diff options
| author | Darwin Huang <huangdarwin@chromium.org> | 2020-05-29 01:17:11 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Michael Brüning <michael.bruning@qt.io> | 2020-07-29 09:24:48 +0000 |
| commit | cc32214f8dc1268ed0de951c16746b86df0f2257 (patch) | |
| tree | 5b0c09d9fc946531d779ad24c97cb63a184cda6d | |
| parent | 4a996760680eb99732d172463b2a8288e67c8cc0 (diff) | |
| download | qtwebengine-chromium-cc32214f8dc1268ed0de951c16746b86df0f2257.tar.gz | |
[Backport] Security bugs 1087629 and 1029569
Update sqlite to version 3.32.1
Backport of patch originally committed as
https://chromium.googlesource.com/chromium/deps/sqlite/+/b5399f70d4778fa2f0f0ada1bb5910e14c096be9
Amalgamations for release 3.32.1
Bug: 1087629
Also fixes bug 1029569
Change-Id: If43d7c75cf5a8028d6f0e88a65d819cf5d298e0e
Reviewed-by: Michal Klocek <michal.klocek@qt.io>
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/README.md | 12 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/rename_exports.h | 709 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/shell/shell.c | 1147 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.c | 19382 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.h | 1572 |
5 files changed, 12174 insertions, 10648 deletions
diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/README.md b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/README.md index 1175041681b..5b9400fe998 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/README.md +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/README.md @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -** DO NOT EDIT FILES IN THIS DIRECTORY. ** +**DO NOT EDIT FILES IN THIS DIRECTORY.** -These files are automatically generated from the sqlite originals. If you -edit these files, your edits will be dropped in a future import of the sqlite -code. +These files are automatically generated from the SQLite originals. If files in +this directory are edited those changes **will** be dropped in subsequent +changes in this projects branch. -See the contents of `../scripts` for information on how these files are -built.
\ No newline at end of file +See the contents of `chromium/src/third_party/sqlite/scripts` for information +on how these files are built. diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/rename_exports.h b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/rename_exports.h index 54a8ed02757..ca23c4fb4a6 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/rename_exports.h +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/rename_exports.h @@ -7,399 +7,334 @@ #ifndef THIRD_PARTY_SQLITE_AMALGAMATION_RENAME_EXPORTS_H_ #define THIRD_PARTY_SQLITE_AMALGAMATION_RENAME_EXPORTS_H_ -#define sqlite3_activate_cerod chrome_sqlite3_activate_cerod // Lines 5870-5872 -#define sqlite3_activate_see chrome_sqlite3_activate_see // Lines 5860-5862 -#define sqlite3_aggregate_context chrome_sqlite3_aggregate_context // Line 5406 -#define sqlite3_aggregate_count chrome_sqlite3_aggregate_count // Line 5181 -#define sqlite3_auto_extension chrome_sqlite3_auto_extension // Line 6569 -#define sqlite3_backup_finish chrome_sqlite3_backup_finish // Line 8596 -#define sqlite3_backup_init chrome_sqlite3_backup_init // Lines 8589-8594 -#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount chrome_sqlite3_backup_pagecount // Line 8598 -#define sqlite3_backup_remaining chrome_sqlite3_backup_remaining // Line 8597 -#define sqlite3_backup_step chrome_sqlite3_backup_step // Line 8595 -#define sqlite3_bind_blob chrome_sqlite3_bind_blob // Line 4285 -#define sqlite3_bind_blob64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_blob64 // Lines 4286-4287 -#define sqlite3_bind_double chrome_sqlite3_bind_double // Line 4288 -#define sqlite3_bind_int chrome_sqlite3_bind_int // Line 4289 -#define sqlite3_bind_int64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_int64 // Line 4290 -#define sqlite3_bind_null chrome_sqlite3_bind_null // Line 4291 -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count \ - chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_count // Line 4320 -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index \ - chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_index // Line 4366 -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name \ - chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_name // Line 4348 -#define sqlite3_bind_pointer chrome_sqlite3_bind_pointer // Line 4297 -#define sqlite3_bind_text chrome_sqlite3_bind_text // Line 4292 -#define sqlite3_bind_text16 chrome_sqlite3_bind_text16 // Line 4293 -#define sqlite3_bind_text64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_text64 // Lines 4294-4295 -#define sqlite3_bind_value chrome_sqlite3_bind_value // Line 4296 -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob chrome_sqlite3_bind_zeroblob // Line 4298 -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 // Line 4299 -#define sqlite3_blob_bytes chrome_sqlite3_blob_bytes // Line 7147 -#define sqlite3_blob_close chrome_sqlite3_blob_close // Line 7131 -#define sqlite3_blob_open chrome_sqlite3_blob_open // Lines 7075-7083 -#define sqlite3_blob_read chrome_sqlite3_blob_read // Line 7176 -#define sqlite3_blob_reopen chrome_sqlite3_blob_reopen // Line 7108 -#define sqlite3_blob_write chrome_sqlite3_blob_write // Line 7218 -#define sqlite3_busy_handler chrome_sqlite3_busy_handler // Line 2648 -#define sqlite3_busy_timeout chrome_sqlite3_busy_timeout // Line 2671 -#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension \ - chrome_sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension // Line 6581 -#define sqlite3_changes chrome_sqlite3_changes // Line 2477 -#define sqlite3_clear_bindings chrome_sqlite3_clear_bindings // Line 4376 -#define sqlite3_close chrome_sqlite3_close // Line 334 -#define sqlite3_close_v2 chrome_sqlite3_close_v2 // Line 335 -#define sqlite3_collation_needed \ - chrome_sqlite3_collation_needed // Lines 5809-5813 -#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 \ - chrome_sqlite3_collation_needed16 // Lines 5814-5818 -#define sqlite3_column_blob chrome_sqlite3_column_blob // Line 4852 -#define sqlite3_column_bytes chrome_sqlite3_column_bytes // Line 4859 -#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 chrome_sqlite3_column_bytes16 // Line 4860 -#define sqlite3_column_count chrome_sqlite3_column_count // Line 4392 -#define sqlite3_column_database_name \ - chrome_sqlite3_column_database_name // Line 4466 -#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 \ - chrome_sqlite3_column_database_name16 // Line 4467 -#define sqlite3_column_decltype chrome_sqlite3_column_decltype // Line 4503 -#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 chrome_sqlite3_column_decltype16 // Line 4504 -#define sqlite3_column_double chrome_sqlite3_column_double // Line 4853 -#define sqlite3_column_int chrome_sqlite3_column_int // Line 4854 -#define sqlite3_column_int64 chrome_sqlite3_column_int64 // Line 4855 -#define sqlite3_column_name chrome_sqlite3_column_name // Line 4421 -#define sqlite3_column_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_name16 // Line 4422 -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name \ - chrome_sqlite3_column_origin_name // Line 4470 -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 \ - chrome_sqlite3_column_origin_name16 // Line 4471 -#define sqlite3_column_table_name chrome_sqlite3_column_table_name // Line 4468 -#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 \ - chrome_sqlite3_column_table_name16 // Line 4469 -#define sqlite3_column_text chrome_sqlite3_column_text // Line 4856 -#define sqlite3_column_text16 chrome_sqlite3_column_text16 // Line 4857 -#define sqlite3_column_type chrome_sqlite3_column_type // Line 4861 -#define sqlite3_column_value chrome_sqlite3_column_value // Line 4858 -#define sqlite3_commit_hook chrome_sqlite3_commit_hook // Line 6166 +#define sqlite3_activate_cerod chrome_sqlite3_activate_cerod // Lines 5954-5956 +#define sqlite3_aggregate_context chrome_sqlite3_aggregate_context // Line 5515 +#define sqlite3_aggregate_count chrome_sqlite3_aggregate_count // Line 5290 +#define sqlite3_auto_extension chrome_sqlite3_auto_extension // Line 6653 +#define sqlite3_backup_finish chrome_sqlite3_backup_finish // Line 8680 +#define sqlite3_backup_init chrome_sqlite3_backup_init // Lines 8673-8678 +#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount chrome_sqlite3_backup_pagecount // Line 8682 +#define sqlite3_backup_remaining chrome_sqlite3_backup_remaining // Line 8681 +#define sqlite3_backup_step chrome_sqlite3_backup_step // Line 8679 +#define sqlite3_bind_blob chrome_sqlite3_bind_blob // Line 4394 +#define sqlite3_bind_blob64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_blob64 // Lines 4395-4396 +#define sqlite3_bind_double chrome_sqlite3_bind_double // Line 4397 +#define sqlite3_bind_int chrome_sqlite3_bind_int // Line 4398 +#define sqlite3_bind_int64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_int64 // Line 4399 +#define sqlite3_bind_null chrome_sqlite3_bind_null // Line 4400 +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_count // Line 4429 +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_index // Line 4475 +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_name // Line 4457 +#define sqlite3_bind_pointer chrome_sqlite3_bind_pointer // Line 4406 +#define sqlite3_bind_text chrome_sqlite3_bind_text // Line 4401 +#define sqlite3_bind_text16 chrome_sqlite3_bind_text16 // Line 4402 +#define sqlite3_bind_text64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_text64 // Lines 4403-4404 +#define sqlite3_bind_value chrome_sqlite3_bind_value // Line 4405 +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob chrome_sqlite3_bind_zeroblob // Line 4407 +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 // Line 4408 +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes chrome_sqlite3_blob_bytes // Line 7231 +#define sqlite3_blob_close chrome_sqlite3_blob_close // Line 7215 +#define sqlite3_blob_open chrome_sqlite3_blob_open // Lines 7159-7167 +#define sqlite3_blob_read chrome_sqlite3_blob_read // Line 7260 +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen chrome_sqlite3_blob_reopen // Line 7192 +#define sqlite3_blob_write chrome_sqlite3_blob_write // Line 7302 +#define sqlite3_busy_handler chrome_sqlite3_busy_handler // Line 2656 +#define sqlite3_busy_timeout chrome_sqlite3_busy_timeout // Line 2679 +#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension chrome_sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension // Line 6665 +#define sqlite3_changes chrome_sqlite3_changes // Line 2485 +#define sqlite3_clear_bindings chrome_sqlite3_clear_bindings // Line 4485 +#define sqlite3_close chrome_sqlite3_close // Line 330 +#define sqlite3_close_v2 chrome_sqlite3_close_v2 // Line 331 +#define sqlite3_collation_needed chrome_sqlite3_collation_needed // Lines 5938-5942 +#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 chrome_sqlite3_collation_needed16 // Lines 5943-5947 +#define sqlite3_column_blob chrome_sqlite3_column_blob // Line 4961 +#define sqlite3_column_bytes chrome_sqlite3_column_bytes // Line 4968 +#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 chrome_sqlite3_column_bytes16 // Line 4969 +#define sqlite3_column_count chrome_sqlite3_column_count // Line 4501 +#define sqlite3_column_database_name chrome_sqlite3_column_database_name // Line 4575 +#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_database_name16 // Line 4576 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype chrome_sqlite3_column_decltype // Line 4612 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 chrome_sqlite3_column_decltype16 // Line 4613 +#define sqlite3_column_double chrome_sqlite3_column_double // Line 4962 +#define sqlite3_column_int chrome_sqlite3_column_int // Line 4963 +#define sqlite3_column_int64 chrome_sqlite3_column_int64 // Line 4964 +#define sqlite3_column_name chrome_sqlite3_column_name // Line 4530 +#define sqlite3_column_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_name16 // Line 4531 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name chrome_sqlite3_column_origin_name // Line 4579 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_origin_name16 // Line 4580 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name chrome_sqlite3_column_table_name // Line 4577 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_table_name16 // Line 4578 +#define sqlite3_column_text chrome_sqlite3_column_text // Line 4965 +#define sqlite3_column_text16 chrome_sqlite3_column_text16 // Line 4966 +#define sqlite3_column_type chrome_sqlite3_column_type // Line 4970 +#define sqlite3_column_value chrome_sqlite3_column_value // Line 4967 +#define sqlite3_commit_hook chrome_sqlite3_commit_hook // Line 6250 #define sqlite3_compileoption_get chrome_sqlite3_compileoption_get // Line 191 #define sqlite3_compileoption_used chrome_sqlite3_compileoption_used // Line 190 -#define sqlite3_complete chrome_sqlite3_complete // Line 2586 -#define sqlite3_complete16 chrome_sqlite3_complete16 // Line 2587 -#define sqlite3_config chrome_sqlite3_config // Line 1570 -#define sqlite3_context_db_handle chrome_sqlite3_context_db_handle // Line 5433 -#define sqlite3_create_collation \ - chrome_sqlite3_create_collation // Lines 5759-5765 -#define sqlite3_create_collation16 \ - chrome_sqlite3_create_collation16 // Lines 5774-5780 -#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 \ - chrome_sqlite3_create_collation_v2 // Lines 5766-5773 -#define sqlite3_create_function \ - chrome_sqlite3_create_function // Lines 5043-5052 -#define sqlite3_create_function16 \ - chrome_sqlite3_create_function16 // Lines 5053-5062 -#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 \ - chrome_sqlite3_create_function_v2 // Lines 5063-5073 -#define sqlite3_create_module chrome_sqlite3_create_module // Lines 6861-6866 -#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 \ - chrome_sqlite3_create_module_v2 // Lines 6867-6873 -#define sqlite3_create_window_function \ - chrome_sqlite3_create_window_function // Lines 5074-5085 -#define sqlite3_data_count chrome_sqlite3_data_count // Line 4609 -#define sqlite3_data_directory chrome_sqlite3_data_directory // Line 5987 -#define sqlite3_db_cacheflush chrome_sqlite3_db_cacheflush // Line 9286 -#define sqlite3_db_config chrome_sqlite3_db_config // Line 1589 -#define sqlite3_db_filename chrome_sqlite3_db_filename // Line 6091 -#define sqlite3_db_handle chrome_sqlite3_db_handle // Line 6059 -#define sqlite3_db_mutex chrome_sqlite3_db_mutex // Line 7522 -#define sqlite3_db_readonly chrome_sqlite3_db_readonly // Line 6101 -#define sqlite3_db_release_memory chrome_sqlite3_db_release_memory // Line 6293 -#define sqlite3_db_status chrome_sqlite3_db_status // Line 7946 -#define sqlite3_declare_vtab chrome_sqlite3_declare_vtab // Line 6947 -#define sqlite3_deserialize chrome_sqlite3_deserialize // Lines 9680-9687 -#define sqlite3_drop_modules chrome_sqlite3_drop_modules // Lines 6887-6890 -#define sqlite3_enable_load_extension \ - chrome_sqlite3_enable_load_extension // Line 6531 -#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache \ - chrome_sqlite3_enable_shared_cache // Line 6263 -#define sqlite3_errcode chrome_sqlite3_errcode // Line 3673 -#define sqlite3_errmsg chrome_sqlite3_errmsg // Line 3675 -#define sqlite3_errmsg16 chrome_sqlite3_errmsg16 // Line 3676 -#define sqlite3_errstr chrome_sqlite3_errstr // Line 3677 -#define sqlite3_exec chrome_sqlite3_exec // Lines 406-412 -#define sqlite3_expanded_sql chrome_sqlite3_expanded_sql // Line 4039 -#define sqlite3_expired chrome_sqlite3_expired // Line 5182 -#define sqlite3_extended_errcode chrome_sqlite3_extended_errcode // Line 3674 -#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes \ - chrome_sqlite3_extended_result_codes // Line 2347 -#define sqlite3_file_control chrome_sqlite3_file_control // Line 7565 -#define sqlite3_filename_database chrome_sqlite3_filename_database // Line 3616 -#define sqlite3_filename_journal chrome_sqlite3_filename_journal // Line 3617 -#define sqlite3_filename_wal chrome_sqlite3_filename_wal // Line 3618 -#define sqlite3_finalize chrome_sqlite3_finalize // Line 4889 -#define sqlite3_free chrome_sqlite3_free // Line 2880 -#define sqlite3_free_table chrome_sqlite3_free_table // Line 2754 -#define sqlite3_get_autocommit chrome_sqlite3_get_autocommit // Line 6046 -#define sqlite3_get_auxdata chrome_sqlite3_get_auxdata // Line 5492 -#define sqlite3_get_table chrome_sqlite3_get_table // Lines 2746-2753 -#define sqlite3_global_recover chrome_sqlite3_global_recover // Line 5184 -#define sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64 chrome_sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64 // Line 6360 -#define sqlite3_initialize chrome_sqlite3_initialize // Line 1534 -#define sqlite3_interrupt chrome_sqlite3_interrupt // Line 2551 -#define sqlite3_key chrome_sqlite3_key // Lines 5828-5831 -#define sqlite3_key_v2 chrome_sqlite3_key_v2 // Lines 5832-5836 -#define sqlite3_keyword_check chrome_sqlite3_keyword_check // Line 7676 -#define sqlite3_keyword_count chrome_sqlite3_keyword_count // Line 7674 -#define sqlite3_keyword_name chrome_sqlite3_keyword_name // Line 7675 -#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid chrome_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid // Line 2409 +#define sqlite3_complete chrome_sqlite3_complete // Line 2594 +#define sqlite3_complete16 chrome_sqlite3_complete16 // Line 2595 +#define sqlite3_config chrome_sqlite3_config // Line 1578 +#define sqlite3_context_db_handle chrome_sqlite3_context_db_handle // Line 5542 +#define sqlite3_create_collation chrome_sqlite3_create_collation // Lines 5888-5894 +#define sqlite3_create_collation16 chrome_sqlite3_create_collation16 // Lines 5903-5909 +#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 chrome_sqlite3_create_collation_v2 // Lines 5895-5902 +#define sqlite3_create_filename chrome_sqlite3_create_filename // Lines 3703-3709 +#define sqlite3_create_function chrome_sqlite3_create_function // Lines 5152-5161 +#define sqlite3_create_function16 chrome_sqlite3_create_function16 // Lines 5162-5171 +#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 chrome_sqlite3_create_function_v2 // Lines 5172-5182 +#define sqlite3_create_module chrome_sqlite3_create_module // Lines 6945-6950 +#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 chrome_sqlite3_create_module_v2 // Lines 6951-6957 +#define sqlite3_create_window_function chrome_sqlite3_create_window_function // Lines 5183-5194 +#define sqlite3_data_count chrome_sqlite3_data_count // Line 4718 +#define sqlite3_data_directory chrome_sqlite3_data_directory // Line 6071 +#define sqlite3_database_file_object chrome_sqlite3_database_file_object // Line 3656 +#define sqlite3_db_cacheflush chrome_sqlite3_db_cacheflush // Line 9370 +#define sqlite3_db_config chrome_sqlite3_db_config // Line 1597 +#define sqlite3_db_filename chrome_sqlite3_db_filename // Line 6175 +#define sqlite3_db_handle chrome_sqlite3_db_handle // Line 6143 +#define sqlite3_db_mutex chrome_sqlite3_db_mutex // Line 7606 +#define sqlite3_db_readonly chrome_sqlite3_db_readonly // Line 6185 +#define sqlite3_db_release_memory chrome_sqlite3_db_release_memory // Line 6377 +#define sqlite3_db_status chrome_sqlite3_db_status // Line 8030 +#define sqlite3_declare_vtab chrome_sqlite3_declare_vtab // Line 7031 +#define sqlite3_deserialize chrome_sqlite3_deserialize // Lines 9764-9771 +#define sqlite3_drop_modules chrome_sqlite3_drop_modules // Lines 6971-6974 +#define sqlite3_enable_load_extension chrome_sqlite3_enable_load_extension // Line 6615 +#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache chrome_sqlite3_enable_shared_cache // Line 6347 +#define sqlite3_errcode chrome_sqlite3_errcode // Line 3764 +#define sqlite3_errmsg chrome_sqlite3_errmsg // Line 3766 +#define sqlite3_errmsg16 chrome_sqlite3_errmsg16 // Line 3767 +#define sqlite3_errstr chrome_sqlite3_errstr // Line 3768 +#define sqlite3_exec chrome_sqlite3_exec // Lines 402-408 +#define sqlite3_expanded_sql chrome_sqlite3_expanded_sql // Line 4130 +#define sqlite3_expired chrome_sqlite3_expired // Line 5291 +#define sqlite3_extended_errcode chrome_sqlite3_extended_errcode // Line 3765 +#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes chrome_sqlite3_extended_result_codes // Line 2355 +#define sqlite3_file_control chrome_sqlite3_file_control // Line 7649 +#define sqlite3_filename_database chrome_sqlite3_filename_database // Line 3635 +#define sqlite3_filename_journal chrome_sqlite3_filename_journal // Line 3636 +#define sqlite3_filename_wal chrome_sqlite3_filename_wal // Line 3637 +#define sqlite3_finalize chrome_sqlite3_finalize // Line 4998 +#define sqlite3_free chrome_sqlite3_free // Line 2888 +#define sqlite3_free_filename chrome_sqlite3_free_filename // Line 3710 +#define sqlite3_free_table chrome_sqlite3_free_table // Line 2762 +#define sqlite3_get_autocommit chrome_sqlite3_get_autocommit // Line 6130 +#define sqlite3_get_auxdata chrome_sqlite3_get_auxdata // Line 5601 +#define sqlite3_get_table chrome_sqlite3_get_table // Lines 2754-2761 +#define sqlite3_global_recover chrome_sqlite3_global_recover // Line 5293 +#define sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64 chrome_sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64 // Line 6444 +#define sqlite3_initialize chrome_sqlite3_initialize // Line 1542 +#define sqlite3_interrupt chrome_sqlite3_interrupt // Line 2559 +#define sqlite3_keyword_check chrome_sqlite3_keyword_check // Line 7760 +#define sqlite3_keyword_count chrome_sqlite3_keyword_count // Line 7758 +#define sqlite3_keyword_name chrome_sqlite3_keyword_name // Line 7759 +#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid chrome_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid // Line 2417 #define sqlite3_libversion chrome_sqlite3_libversion // Line 163 #define sqlite3_libversion_number chrome_sqlite3_libversion_number // Line 165 -#define sqlite3_limit chrome_sqlite3_limit // Line 3745 -#define sqlite3_load_extension chrome_sqlite3_load_extension // Lines 6499-6504 -#define sqlite3_log chrome_sqlite3_log // Line 8794 -#define sqlite3_malloc chrome_sqlite3_malloc // Line 2876 -#define sqlite3_malloc64 chrome_sqlite3_malloc64 // Line 2877 -#define sqlite3_memory_alarm chrome_sqlite3_memory_alarm // Lines 5186-5187 -#define sqlite3_memory_highwater chrome_sqlite3_memory_highwater // Line 2907 -#define sqlite3_memory_used chrome_sqlite3_memory_used // Line 2906 -#define sqlite3_mprintf chrome_sqlite3_mprintf // Line 2796 -#define sqlite3_msize chrome_sqlite3_msize // Line 2881 -#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc chrome_sqlite3_mutex_alloc // Line 7367 -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter chrome_sqlite3_mutex_enter // Line 7369 -#define sqlite3_mutex_free chrome_sqlite3_mutex_free // Line 7368 -#define sqlite3_mutex_held chrome_sqlite3_mutex_held // Line 7481 -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave chrome_sqlite3_mutex_leave // Line 7371 -#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld chrome_sqlite3_mutex_notheld // Line 7482 -#define sqlite3_mutex_try chrome_sqlite3_mutex_try // Line 7370 -#define sqlite3_next_stmt chrome_sqlite3_next_stmt // Line 6117 -#define sqlite3_normalized_sql chrome_sqlite3_normalized_sql // Line 4040 -#define sqlite3_open chrome_sqlite3_open // Lines 3514-3517 -#define sqlite3_open16 chrome_sqlite3_open16 // Lines 3518-3521 -#define sqlite3_open_v2 chrome_sqlite3_open_v2 // Lines 3522-3527 -#define sqlite3_os_end chrome_sqlite3_os_end // Line 1537 -#define sqlite3_os_init chrome_sqlite3_os_init // Line 1536 -#define sqlite3_overload_function chrome_sqlite3_overload_function // Line 6966 -#define sqlite3_prepare chrome_sqlite3_prepare // Lines 3955-3961 -#define sqlite3_prepare16 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16 // Lines 3977-3983 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16_v2 // Lines 3984-3990 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v3 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16_v3 // Lines 3991-3998 -#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 chrome_sqlite3_prepare_v2 // Lines 3962-3968 -#define sqlite3_prepare_v3 chrome_sqlite3_prepare_v3 // Lines 3969-3976 -#define sqlite3_preupdate_count chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_count // Line 9385 -#define sqlite3_preupdate_depth chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_depth // Line 9386 -#define sqlite3_preupdate_hook chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_hook // Lines 9371-9383 -#define sqlite3_preupdate_new chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_new // Line 9387 -#define sqlite3_preupdate_old chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_old // Line 9384 -#define sqlite3_profile chrome_sqlite3_profile // Lines 3131-3132 -#define sqlite3_progress_handler chrome_sqlite3_progress_handler // Line 3259 -#define sqlite3_randomness chrome_sqlite3_randomness // Line 2930 -#define sqlite3_realloc chrome_sqlite3_realloc // Line 2878 -#define sqlite3_realloc64 chrome_sqlite3_realloc64 // Line 2879 -#define sqlite3_rekey chrome_sqlite3_rekey // Lines 5846-5849 -#define sqlite3_rekey_v2 chrome_sqlite3_rekey_v2 // Lines 5850-5854 -#define sqlite3_release_memory chrome_sqlite3_release_memory // Line 6279 -#define sqlite3_reset chrome_sqlite3_reset // Line 4916 -#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension \ - chrome_sqlite3_reset_auto_extension // Line 6589 -#define sqlite3_result_blob chrome_sqlite3_result_blob // Line 5640 -#define sqlite3_result_blob64 chrome_sqlite3_result_blob64 // Lines 5641-5642 -#define sqlite3_result_double chrome_sqlite3_result_double // Line 5643 -#define sqlite3_result_error chrome_sqlite3_result_error // Line 5644 -#define sqlite3_result_error16 chrome_sqlite3_result_error16 // Line 5645 -#define sqlite3_result_error_code chrome_sqlite3_result_error_code // Line 5648 -#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem \ - chrome_sqlite3_result_error_nomem // Line 5647 -#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig \ - chrome_sqlite3_result_error_toobig // Line 5646 -#define sqlite3_result_int chrome_sqlite3_result_int // Line 5649 -#define sqlite3_result_int64 chrome_sqlite3_result_int64 // Line 5650 -#define sqlite3_result_null chrome_sqlite3_result_null // Line 5651 -#define sqlite3_result_pointer chrome_sqlite3_result_pointer // Line 5659 -#define sqlite3_result_subtype chrome_sqlite3_result_subtype // Line 5676 -#define sqlite3_result_text chrome_sqlite3_result_text // Line 5652 -#define sqlite3_result_text16 chrome_sqlite3_result_text16 // Line 5655 -#define sqlite3_result_text16be chrome_sqlite3_result_text16be // Line 5657 -#define sqlite3_result_text16le chrome_sqlite3_result_text16le // Line 5656 -#define sqlite3_result_text64 chrome_sqlite3_result_text64 // Lines 5653-5654 -#define sqlite3_result_value chrome_sqlite3_result_value // Line 5658 -#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob chrome_sqlite3_result_zeroblob // Line 5660 -#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 chrome_sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 // Line 5661 -#define sqlite3_rollback_hook chrome_sqlite3_rollback_hook // Line 6167 -#define sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback \ - chrome_sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback // Lines 9767-9772 -#define sqlite3_rtree_query_callback \ - chrome_sqlite3_rtree_query_callback // Lines 9793-9799 -#define sqlite3_serialize chrome_sqlite3_serialize // Lines 9628-9633 -#define sqlite3_set_authorizer chrome_sqlite3_set_authorizer // Lines 3021-3025 -#define sqlite3_set_auxdata chrome_sqlite3_set_auxdata // Line 5493 -#define sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid \ - chrome_sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid // Line 2419 -#define sqlite3_shutdown chrome_sqlite3_shutdown // Line 1535 -#define sqlite3_sleep chrome_sqlite3_sleep // Line 5892 -#define sqlite3_snapshot_cmp chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_cmp // Lines 9562-9565 -#define sqlite3_snapshot_free chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_free // Line 9535 -#define sqlite3_snapshot_get chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_get // Lines 9469-9473 -#define sqlite3_snapshot_open chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_open // Lines 9518-9522 -#define sqlite3_snapshot_recover chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_recover // Line 9590 -#define sqlite3_snprintf chrome_sqlite3_snprintf // Line 2798 -#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit chrome_sqlite3_soft_heap_limit // Line 6371 -#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 chrome_sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 // Line 6359 +#define sqlite3_limit chrome_sqlite3_limit // Line 3836 +#define sqlite3_load_extension chrome_sqlite3_load_extension // Lines 6583-6588 +#define sqlite3_log chrome_sqlite3_log // Line 8878 +#define sqlite3_malloc chrome_sqlite3_malloc // Line 2884 +#define sqlite3_malloc64 chrome_sqlite3_malloc64 // Line 2885 +#define sqlite3_memory_alarm chrome_sqlite3_memory_alarm // Lines 5295-5296 +#define sqlite3_memory_highwater chrome_sqlite3_memory_highwater // Line 2915 +#define sqlite3_memory_used chrome_sqlite3_memory_used // Line 2914 +#define sqlite3_mprintf chrome_sqlite3_mprintf // Line 2804 +#define sqlite3_msize chrome_sqlite3_msize // Line 2889 +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc chrome_sqlite3_mutex_alloc // Line 7451 +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter chrome_sqlite3_mutex_enter // Line 7453 +#define sqlite3_mutex_free chrome_sqlite3_mutex_free // Line 7452 +#define sqlite3_mutex_held chrome_sqlite3_mutex_held // Line 7565 +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave chrome_sqlite3_mutex_leave // Line 7455 +#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld chrome_sqlite3_mutex_notheld // Line 7566 +#define sqlite3_mutex_try chrome_sqlite3_mutex_try // Line 7454 +#define sqlite3_next_stmt chrome_sqlite3_next_stmt // Line 6201 +#define sqlite3_normalized_sql chrome_sqlite3_normalized_sql // Line 4131 +#define sqlite3_open chrome_sqlite3_open // Lines 3522-3525 +#define sqlite3_open16 chrome_sqlite3_open16 // Lines 3526-3529 +#define sqlite3_open_v2 chrome_sqlite3_open_v2 // Lines 3530-3535 +#define sqlite3_os_end chrome_sqlite3_os_end // Line 1545 +#define sqlite3_os_init chrome_sqlite3_os_init // Line 1544 +#define sqlite3_overload_function chrome_sqlite3_overload_function // Line 7050 +#define sqlite3_prepare chrome_sqlite3_prepare // Lines 4046-4052 +#define sqlite3_prepare16 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16 // Lines 4068-4074 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16_v2 // Lines 4075-4081 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v3 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16_v3 // Lines 4082-4089 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 chrome_sqlite3_prepare_v2 // Lines 4053-4059 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v3 chrome_sqlite3_prepare_v3 // Lines 4060-4067 +#define sqlite3_preupdate_count chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_count // Line 9469 +#define sqlite3_preupdate_depth chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_depth // Line 9470 +#define sqlite3_preupdate_hook chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_hook // Lines 9455-9467 +#define sqlite3_preupdate_new chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_new // Line 9471 +#define sqlite3_preupdate_old chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_old // Line 9468 +#define sqlite3_profile chrome_sqlite3_profile // Lines 3139-3140 +#define sqlite3_progress_handler chrome_sqlite3_progress_handler // Line 3267 +#define sqlite3_randomness chrome_sqlite3_randomness // Line 2938 +#define sqlite3_realloc chrome_sqlite3_realloc // Line 2886 +#define sqlite3_realloc64 chrome_sqlite3_realloc64 // Line 2887 +#define sqlite3_release_memory chrome_sqlite3_release_memory // Line 6363 +#define sqlite3_reset chrome_sqlite3_reset // Line 5025 +#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension chrome_sqlite3_reset_auto_extension // Line 6673 +#define sqlite3_result_blob chrome_sqlite3_result_blob // Line 5769 +#define sqlite3_result_blob64 chrome_sqlite3_result_blob64 // Lines 5770-5771 +#define sqlite3_result_double chrome_sqlite3_result_double // Line 5772 +#define sqlite3_result_error chrome_sqlite3_result_error // Line 5773 +#define sqlite3_result_error16 chrome_sqlite3_result_error16 // Line 5774 +#define sqlite3_result_error_code chrome_sqlite3_result_error_code // Line 5777 +#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem chrome_sqlite3_result_error_nomem // Line 5776 +#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig chrome_sqlite3_result_error_toobig // Line 5775 +#define sqlite3_result_int chrome_sqlite3_result_int // Line 5778 +#define sqlite3_result_int64 chrome_sqlite3_result_int64 // Line 5779 +#define sqlite3_result_null chrome_sqlite3_result_null // Line 5780 +#define sqlite3_result_pointer chrome_sqlite3_result_pointer // Line 5788 +#define sqlite3_result_subtype chrome_sqlite3_result_subtype // Line 5805 +#define sqlite3_result_text chrome_sqlite3_result_text // Line 5781 +#define sqlite3_result_text16 chrome_sqlite3_result_text16 // Line 5784 +#define sqlite3_result_text16be chrome_sqlite3_result_text16be // Line 5786 +#define sqlite3_result_text16le chrome_sqlite3_result_text16le // Line 5785 +#define sqlite3_result_text64 chrome_sqlite3_result_text64 // Lines 5782-5783 +#define sqlite3_result_value chrome_sqlite3_result_value // Line 5787 +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob chrome_sqlite3_result_zeroblob // Line 5789 +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 chrome_sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 // Line 5790 +#define sqlite3_rollback_hook chrome_sqlite3_rollback_hook // Line 6251 +#define sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback chrome_sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback // Lines 9851-9856 +#define sqlite3_rtree_query_callback chrome_sqlite3_rtree_query_callback // Lines 9877-9883 +#define sqlite3_serialize chrome_sqlite3_serialize // Lines 9712-9717 +#define sqlite3_set_authorizer chrome_sqlite3_set_authorizer // Lines 3029-3033 +#define sqlite3_set_auxdata chrome_sqlite3_set_auxdata // Line 5602 +#define sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid chrome_sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid // Line 2427 +#define sqlite3_shutdown chrome_sqlite3_shutdown // Line 1543 +#define sqlite3_sleep chrome_sqlite3_sleep // Line 5976 +#define sqlite3_snapshot_cmp chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_cmp // Lines 9646-9649 +#define sqlite3_snapshot_free chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_free // Line 9619 +#define sqlite3_snapshot_get chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_get // Lines 9553-9557 +#define sqlite3_snapshot_open chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_open // Lines 9602-9606 +#define sqlite3_snapshot_recover chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_recover // Line 9674 +#define sqlite3_snprintf chrome_sqlite3_snprintf // Line 2806 +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit chrome_sqlite3_soft_heap_limit // Line 6455 +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 chrome_sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 // Line 6443 #define sqlite3_sourceid chrome_sqlite3_sourceid // Line 164 -#define sqlite3_sql chrome_sqlite3_sql // Line 4038 -#define sqlite3_status chrome_sqlite3_status // Line 7836 -#define sqlite3_status64 chrome_sqlite3_status64 // Lines 7837-7842 -#define sqlite3_step chrome_sqlite3_step // Line 4588 -#define sqlite3_stmt_busy chrome_sqlite3_stmt_busy // Line 4109 -#define sqlite3_stmt_isexplain chrome_sqlite3_stmt_isexplain // Line 4088 -#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly chrome_sqlite3_stmt_readonly // Line 4076 -#define sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus \ - chrome_sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus // Lines 9238-9243 -#define sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset \ - chrome_sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset // Line 9254 -#define sqlite3_stmt_status chrome_sqlite3_stmt_status // Line 8099 -#define sqlite3_str_append chrome_sqlite3_str_append // Line 7772 -#define sqlite3_str_appendall chrome_sqlite3_str_appendall // Line 7773 -#define sqlite3_str_appendchar chrome_sqlite3_str_appendchar // Line 7774 -#define sqlite3_str_appendf chrome_sqlite3_str_appendf // Line 7770 -#define sqlite3_str_errcode chrome_sqlite3_str_errcode // Line 7806 -#define sqlite3_str_finish chrome_sqlite3_str_finish // Line 7736 -#define sqlite3_str_length chrome_sqlite3_str_length // Line 7807 -#define sqlite3_str_new chrome_sqlite3_str_new // Line 7721 -#define sqlite3_str_reset chrome_sqlite3_str_reset // Line 7775 -#define sqlite3_str_value chrome_sqlite3_str_value // Line 7808 -#define sqlite3_str_vappendf chrome_sqlite3_str_vappendf // Line 7771 -#define sqlite3_strglob chrome_sqlite3_strglob // Line 8748 -#define sqlite3_stricmp chrome_sqlite3_stricmp // Line 8730 -#define sqlite3_strlike chrome_sqlite3_strlike // Line 8771 -#define sqlite3_strnicmp chrome_sqlite3_strnicmp // Line 8731 -#define sqlite3_system_errno chrome_sqlite3_system_errno // Line 9400 -#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata \ - chrome_sqlite3_table_column_metadata // Lines 6443-6453 -#define sqlite3_temp_directory chrome_sqlite3_temp_directory // Line 5950 -#define sqlite3_test_control chrome_sqlite3_test_control // Line 7584 -#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup chrome_sqlite3_thread_cleanup // Line 5185 -#define sqlite3_threadsafe chrome_sqlite3_threadsafe // Line 233 -#define sqlite3_total_changes chrome_sqlite3_total_changes // Line 2514 -#define sqlite3_trace chrome_sqlite3_trace // Lines 3129-3130 -#define sqlite3_trace_v2 chrome_sqlite3_trace_v2 // Lines 3220-3225 -#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings chrome_sqlite3_transfer_bindings // Line 5183 -#define sqlite3_unlock_notify chrome_sqlite3_unlock_notify // Lines 8715-8719 -#define sqlite3_update_hook chrome_sqlite3_update_hook // Lines 6218-6222 -#define sqlite3_uri_boolean chrome_sqlite3_uri_boolean // Line 3585 -#define sqlite3_uri_int64 chrome_sqlite3_uri_int64 // Line 3586 -#define sqlite3_uri_key chrome_sqlite3_uri_key // Line 3587 -#define sqlite3_uri_parameter chrome_sqlite3_uri_parameter // Line 3584 -#define sqlite3_user_data chrome_sqlite3_user_data // Line 5421 -#define sqlite3_value_blob chrome_sqlite3_value_blob // Line 5318 -#define sqlite3_value_bytes chrome_sqlite3_value_bytes // Line 5327 -#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 chrome_sqlite3_value_bytes16 // Line 5328 -#define sqlite3_value_double chrome_sqlite3_value_double // Line 5319 -#define sqlite3_value_dup chrome_sqlite3_value_dup // Line 5360 -#define sqlite3_value_free chrome_sqlite3_value_free // Line 5361 -#define sqlite3_value_frombind chrome_sqlite3_value_frombind // Line 5332 -#define sqlite3_value_int chrome_sqlite3_value_int // Line 5320 -#define sqlite3_value_int64 chrome_sqlite3_value_int64 // Line 5321 -#define sqlite3_value_nochange chrome_sqlite3_value_nochange // Line 5331 -#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type \ - chrome_sqlite3_value_numeric_type // Line 5330 -#define sqlite3_value_pointer chrome_sqlite3_value_pointer // Line 5322 -#define sqlite3_value_subtype chrome_sqlite3_value_subtype // Line 5344 -#define sqlite3_value_text chrome_sqlite3_value_text // Line 5323 -#define sqlite3_value_text16 chrome_sqlite3_value_text16 // Line 5324 -#define sqlite3_value_text16be chrome_sqlite3_value_text16be // Line 5326 -#define sqlite3_value_text16le chrome_sqlite3_value_text16le // Line 5325 -#define sqlite3_value_type chrome_sqlite3_value_type // Line 5329 +#define sqlite3_sql chrome_sqlite3_sql // Line 4129 +#define sqlite3_status chrome_sqlite3_status // Line 7920 +#define sqlite3_status64 chrome_sqlite3_status64 // Lines 7921-7926 +#define sqlite3_step chrome_sqlite3_step // Line 4697 +#define sqlite3_stmt_busy chrome_sqlite3_stmt_busy // Line 4200 +#define sqlite3_stmt_isexplain chrome_sqlite3_stmt_isexplain // Line 4179 +#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly chrome_sqlite3_stmt_readonly // Line 4167 +#define sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus chrome_sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus // Lines 9322-9327 +#define sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset chrome_sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset // Line 9338 +#define sqlite3_stmt_status chrome_sqlite3_stmt_status // Line 8183 +#define sqlite3_str_append chrome_sqlite3_str_append // Line 7856 +#define sqlite3_str_appendall chrome_sqlite3_str_appendall // Line 7857 +#define sqlite3_str_appendchar chrome_sqlite3_str_appendchar // Line 7858 +#define sqlite3_str_appendf chrome_sqlite3_str_appendf // Line 7854 +#define sqlite3_str_errcode chrome_sqlite3_str_errcode // Line 7890 +#define sqlite3_str_finish chrome_sqlite3_str_finish // Line 7820 +#define sqlite3_str_length chrome_sqlite3_str_length // Line 7891 +#define sqlite3_str_new chrome_sqlite3_str_new // Line 7805 +#define sqlite3_str_reset chrome_sqlite3_str_reset // Line 7859 +#define sqlite3_str_value chrome_sqlite3_str_value // Line 7892 +#define sqlite3_str_vappendf chrome_sqlite3_str_vappendf // Line 7855 +#define sqlite3_strglob chrome_sqlite3_strglob // Line 8832 +#define sqlite3_stricmp chrome_sqlite3_stricmp // Line 8814 +#define sqlite3_strlike chrome_sqlite3_strlike // Line 8855 +#define sqlite3_strnicmp chrome_sqlite3_strnicmp // Line 8815 +#define sqlite3_system_errno chrome_sqlite3_system_errno // Line 9484 +#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata chrome_sqlite3_table_column_metadata // Lines 6527-6537 +#define sqlite3_temp_directory chrome_sqlite3_temp_directory // Line 6034 +#define sqlite3_test_control chrome_sqlite3_test_control // Line 7668 +#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup chrome_sqlite3_thread_cleanup // Line 5294 +#define sqlite3_threadsafe chrome_sqlite3_threadsafe // Line 233 +#define sqlite3_total_changes chrome_sqlite3_total_changes // Line 2522 +#define sqlite3_trace chrome_sqlite3_trace // Lines 3137-3138 +#define sqlite3_trace_v2 chrome_sqlite3_trace_v2 // Lines 3228-3233 +#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings chrome_sqlite3_transfer_bindings // Line 5292 +#define sqlite3_unlock_notify chrome_sqlite3_unlock_notify // Lines 8799-8803 +#define sqlite3_update_hook chrome_sqlite3_update_hook // Lines 6302-6306 +#define sqlite3_uri_boolean chrome_sqlite3_uri_boolean // Line 3604 +#define sqlite3_uri_int64 chrome_sqlite3_uri_int64 // Line 3605 +#define sqlite3_uri_key chrome_sqlite3_uri_key // Line 3606 +#define sqlite3_uri_parameter chrome_sqlite3_uri_parameter // Line 3603 +#define sqlite3_user_data chrome_sqlite3_user_data // Line 5530 +#define sqlite3_value_blob chrome_sqlite3_value_blob // Line 5427 +#define sqlite3_value_bytes chrome_sqlite3_value_bytes // Line 5436 +#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 chrome_sqlite3_value_bytes16 // Line 5437 +#define sqlite3_value_double chrome_sqlite3_value_double // Line 5428 +#define sqlite3_value_dup chrome_sqlite3_value_dup // Line 5469 +#define sqlite3_value_free chrome_sqlite3_value_free // Line 5470 +#define sqlite3_value_frombind chrome_sqlite3_value_frombind // Line 5441 +#define sqlite3_value_int chrome_sqlite3_value_int // Line 5429 +#define sqlite3_value_int64 chrome_sqlite3_value_int64 // Line 5430 +#define sqlite3_value_nochange chrome_sqlite3_value_nochange // Line 5440 +#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type chrome_sqlite3_value_numeric_type // Line 5439 +#define sqlite3_value_pointer chrome_sqlite3_value_pointer // Line 5431 +#define sqlite3_value_subtype chrome_sqlite3_value_subtype // Line 5453 +#define sqlite3_value_text chrome_sqlite3_value_text // Line 5432 +#define sqlite3_value_text16 chrome_sqlite3_value_text16 // Line 5433 +#define sqlite3_value_text16be chrome_sqlite3_value_text16be // Line 5435 +#define sqlite3_value_text16le chrome_sqlite3_value_text16le // Line 5434 +#define sqlite3_value_type chrome_sqlite3_value_type // Line 5438 #define sqlite3_version chrome_sqlite3_version // Line 162 -#define sqlite3_vfs_find chrome_sqlite3_vfs_find // Line 7249 -#define sqlite3_vfs_register chrome_sqlite3_vfs_register // Line 7250 -#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister chrome_sqlite3_vfs_unregister // Line 7251 -#define sqlite3_vmprintf chrome_sqlite3_vmprintf // Line 2797 -#define sqlite3_vsnprintf chrome_sqlite3_vsnprintf // Line 2799 -#define sqlite3_vtab_collation chrome_sqlite3_vtab_collation // Line 9133 -#define sqlite3_vtab_config chrome_sqlite3_vtab_config // Line 9021 -#define sqlite3_vtab_nochange chrome_sqlite3_vtab_nochange // Line 9118 -#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict chrome_sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict // Line 9099 -#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint \ - chrome_sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint // Line 8865 -#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint chrome_sqlite3_wal_checkpoint // Line 8887 -#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 \ - chrome_sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 // Lines 8981-8987 -#define sqlite3_wal_hook chrome_sqlite3_wal_hook // Lines 8830-8834 -#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory \ - chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory // Lines 6008-6011 -#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory16 \ - chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory16 // Line 6013 -#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory8 \ - chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory8 // Line 6012 -#define sqlite3changegroup_add chrome_sqlite3changegroup_add // Line 10780 -#define sqlite3changegroup_add_strm \ - chrome_sqlite3changegroup_add_strm // Lines 11442-11445 -#define sqlite3changegroup_delete \ - chrome_sqlite3changegroup_delete // Line 10817 -#define sqlite3changegroup_new chrome_sqlite3changegroup_new // Line 10702 -#define sqlite3changegroup_output \ - chrome_sqlite3changegroup_output // Lines 10807-10811 -#define sqlite3changegroup_output_strm \ - chrome_sqlite3changegroup_output_strm // Lines 11446-11449 -#define sqlite3changeset_apply \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply // Lines 10977-10991 -#define sqlite3changeset_apply_strm \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_strm // Lines 11375-11389 -#define sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 // Lines 10992-11008 -#define sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm // Lines 11390-11406 -#define sqlite3changeset_concat \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_concat // Lines 10648-10655 -#define sqlite3changeset_concat_strm \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_concat_strm // Lines 11407-11414 -#define sqlite3changeset_conflict \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_conflict // Lines 10534-10538 -#define sqlite3changeset_finalize \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_finalize // Line 10587 -#define sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts // Lines 10551-10554 -#define sqlite3changeset_invert \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_invert // Lines 10617-10620 -#define sqlite3changeset_invert_strm \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_invert_strm // Lines 11415-11420 -#define sqlite3changeset_new chrome_sqlite3changeset_new // Lines 10506-10510 -#define sqlite3changeset_next chrome_sqlite3changeset_next // Line 10378 -#define sqlite3changeset_old chrome_sqlite3changeset_old // Lines 10472-10476 -#define sqlite3changeset_op chrome_sqlite3changeset_op // Lines 10407-10413 -#define sqlite3changeset_pk chrome_sqlite3changeset_pk // Lines 10441-10445 -#define sqlite3changeset_start \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_start // Lines 10329-10333 -#define sqlite3changeset_start_strm \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_strm // Lines 11421-11425 -#define sqlite3changeset_start_v2 \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_v2 // Lines 10334-10339 -#define sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm \ - chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm // Lines 11426-11431 -#define sqlite3rebaser_configure \ - chrome_sqlite3rebaser_configure // Lines 11250-11253 -#define sqlite3rebaser_create chrome_sqlite3rebaser_create // Line 11239 -#define sqlite3rebaser_delete chrome_sqlite3rebaser_delete // Line 11283 -#define sqlite3rebaser_rebase chrome_sqlite3rebaser_rebase // Lines 11269-11273 -#define sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm \ - chrome_sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm // Lines 11450-11456 -#define sqlite3session_attach chrome_sqlite3session_attach // Lines 10036-10039 -#define sqlite3session_changeset \ - chrome_sqlite3session_changeset // Lines 10165-10169 -#define sqlite3session_changeset_strm \ - chrome_sqlite3session_changeset_strm // Lines 11432-11436 -#define sqlite3session_config chrome_sqlite3session_config // Line 11491 -#define sqlite3session_create chrome_sqlite3session_create // Lines 9906-9910 -#define sqlite3session_delete chrome_sqlite3session_delete // Line 9925 -#define sqlite3session_diff chrome_sqlite3session_diff // Lines 10228-10233 -#define sqlite3session_enable chrome_sqlite3session_enable // Line 9946 -#define sqlite3session_indirect chrome_sqlite3session_indirect // Line 9976 -#define sqlite3session_isempty chrome_sqlite3session_isempty // Line 10286 -#define sqlite3session_patchset \ - chrome_sqlite3session_patchset // Lines 10265-10269 -#define sqlite3session_patchset_strm \ - chrome_sqlite3session_patchset_strm // Lines 11437-11441 -#define sqlite3session_table_filter \ - chrome_sqlite3session_table_filter // Lines 10051-10058 +#define sqlite3_vfs_find chrome_sqlite3_vfs_find // Line 7333 +#define sqlite3_vfs_register chrome_sqlite3_vfs_register // Line 7334 +#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister chrome_sqlite3_vfs_unregister // Line 7335 +#define sqlite3_vmprintf chrome_sqlite3_vmprintf // Line 2805 +#define sqlite3_vsnprintf chrome_sqlite3_vsnprintf // Line 2807 +#define sqlite3_vtab_collation chrome_sqlite3_vtab_collation // Line 9217 +#define sqlite3_vtab_config chrome_sqlite3_vtab_config // Line 9105 +#define sqlite3_vtab_nochange chrome_sqlite3_vtab_nochange // Line 9202 +#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict chrome_sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict // Line 9183 +#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint chrome_sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint // Line 8949 +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint chrome_sqlite3_wal_checkpoint // Line 8971 +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 chrome_sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 // Lines 9065-9071 +#define sqlite3_wal_hook chrome_sqlite3_wal_hook // Lines 8914-8918 +#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory // Lines 6092-6095 +#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory16 chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory16 // Line 6097 +#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory8 chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory8 // Line 6096 +#define sqlite3changegroup_add chrome_sqlite3changegroup_add // Line 10864 +#define sqlite3changegroup_add_strm chrome_sqlite3changegroup_add_strm // Lines 11526-11529 +#define sqlite3changegroup_delete chrome_sqlite3changegroup_delete // Line 10901 +#define sqlite3changegroup_new chrome_sqlite3changegroup_new // Line 10786 +#define sqlite3changegroup_output chrome_sqlite3changegroup_output // Lines 10891-10895 +#define sqlite3changegroup_output_strm chrome_sqlite3changegroup_output_strm // Lines 11530-11533 +#define sqlite3changeset_apply chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply // Lines 11061-11075 +#define sqlite3changeset_apply_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_strm // Lines 11459-11473 +#define sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 // Lines 11076-11092 +#define sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm // Lines 11474-11490 +#define sqlite3changeset_concat chrome_sqlite3changeset_concat // Lines 10732-10739 +#define sqlite3changeset_concat_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_concat_strm // Lines 11491-11498 +#define sqlite3changeset_conflict chrome_sqlite3changeset_conflict // Lines 10618-10622 +#define sqlite3changeset_finalize chrome_sqlite3changeset_finalize // Line 10671 +#define sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts chrome_sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts // Lines 10635-10638 +#define sqlite3changeset_invert chrome_sqlite3changeset_invert // Lines 10701-10704 +#define sqlite3changeset_invert_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_invert_strm // Lines 11499-11504 +#define sqlite3changeset_new chrome_sqlite3changeset_new // Lines 10590-10594 +#define sqlite3changeset_next chrome_sqlite3changeset_next // Line 10462 +#define sqlite3changeset_old chrome_sqlite3changeset_old // Lines 10556-10560 +#define sqlite3changeset_op chrome_sqlite3changeset_op // Lines 10491-10497 +#define sqlite3changeset_pk chrome_sqlite3changeset_pk // Lines 10525-10529 +#define sqlite3changeset_start chrome_sqlite3changeset_start // Lines 10413-10417 +#define sqlite3changeset_start_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_strm // Lines 11505-11509 +#define sqlite3changeset_start_v2 chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_v2 // Lines 10418-10423 +#define sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm // Lines 11510-11515 +#define sqlite3rebaser_configure chrome_sqlite3rebaser_configure // Lines 11334-11337 +#define sqlite3rebaser_create chrome_sqlite3rebaser_create // Line 11323 +#define sqlite3rebaser_delete chrome_sqlite3rebaser_delete // Line 11367 +#define sqlite3rebaser_rebase chrome_sqlite3rebaser_rebase // Lines 11353-11357 +#define sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm chrome_sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm // Lines 11534-11540 +#define sqlite3session_attach chrome_sqlite3session_attach // Lines 10120-10123 +#define sqlite3session_changeset chrome_sqlite3session_changeset // Lines 10249-10253 +#define sqlite3session_changeset_strm chrome_sqlite3session_changeset_strm // Lines 11516-11520 +#define sqlite3session_config chrome_sqlite3session_config // Line 11575 +#define sqlite3session_create chrome_sqlite3session_create // Lines 9990-9994 +#define sqlite3session_delete chrome_sqlite3session_delete // Line 10009 +#define sqlite3session_diff chrome_sqlite3session_diff // Lines 10312-10317 +#define sqlite3session_enable chrome_sqlite3session_enable // Line 10030 +#define sqlite3session_indirect chrome_sqlite3session_indirect // Line 10060 +#define sqlite3session_isempty chrome_sqlite3session_isempty // Line 10370 +#define sqlite3session_patchset chrome_sqlite3session_patchset // Lines 10349-10353 +#define sqlite3session_patchset_strm chrome_sqlite3session_patchset_strm // Lines 11521-11525 +#define sqlite3session_table_filter chrome_sqlite3session_table_filter // Lines 10135-10142 #endif // THIRD_PARTY_SQLITE_AMALGAMATION_RENAME_EXPORTS_H_ diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/shell/shell.c b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/shell/shell.c index ce627697e6d..974f57af79a 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/shell/shell.c +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/shell/shell.c @@ -36,6 +36,14 @@ #endif /* +** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of +** the full Win32 API. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0 +#endif + +/* ** Warning pragmas copied from msvc.h in the core. */ #if defined(_MSC_VER) @@ -147,22 +155,26 @@ typedef unsigned char u8; #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) -# include <io.h> -# include <fcntl.h> -# define isatty(h) _isatty(h) -# ifndef access -# define access(f,m) _access((f),(m)) -# endif -# ifndef unlink -# define unlink _unlink -# endif -# ifndef strdup -# define strdup _strdup +# if SQLITE_OS_WINRT +# define SQLITE_OMIT_POPEN 1 +# else +# include <io.h> +# include <fcntl.h> +# define isatty(h) _isatty(h) +# ifndef access +# define access(f,m) _access((f),(m)) +# endif +# ifndef unlink +# define unlink _unlink +# endif +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup _strdup +# endif +# undef popen +# define popen _popen +# undef pclose +# define pclose _pclose # endif -# undef popen -# define popen _popen -# undef pclose -# define pclose _pclose #else /* Make sure isatty() has a prototype. */ extern int isatty(int); @@ -191,6 +203,9 @@ typedef unsigned char u8; #define ToLower(X) (char)tolower((unsigned char)X) #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT +#include <intrin.h> +#endif #include <windows.h> /* string conversion routines only needed on Win32 */ @@ -206,7 +221,7 @@ extern LPWSTR sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_unicode(const char *zText); ** rendering quoted strings that contain \n characters). The following ** routines take care of that. */ -#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) +#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)) && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT static void setBinaryMode(FILE *file, int isOutput){ if( isOutput ) fflush(file); _setmode(_fileno(file), _O_BINARY); @@ -310,6 +325,7 @@ static int hasTimer(void){ if( getProcessTimesAddr ){ return 1; } else { +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT /* GetProcessTimes() isn't supported in WIN95 and some other Windows ** versions. See if the version we are running on has it, and if it ** does, save off a pointer to it and the current process handle. @@ -326,6 +342,7 @@ static int hasTimer(void){ FreeLibrary(hinstLib); } } +#endif } return 0; } @@ -415,6 +432,15 @@ static sqlite3 *globalDb = 0; */ static volatile int seenInterrupt = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Out-of-memory simulator variables +*/ +static unsigned int oomCounter = 0; /* Simulate OOM when equals 1 */ +static unsigned int oomRepeat = 0; /* Number of OOMs in a row */ +static void*(*defaultMalloc)(int) = 0; /* The low-level malloc routine */ +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + /* ** This is the name of our program. It is set in main(), used ** in a number of other places, mostly for error messages. @@ -466,6 +492,49 @@ static void shell_out_of_memory(void){ exit(1); } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* This routine is called when a simulated OOM occurs. It is broken +** out as a separate routine to make it easy to set a breakpoint on +** the OOM +*/ +void shellOomFault(void){ + if( oomRepeat>0 ){ + oomRepeat--; + }else{ + oomCounter--; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* This routine is a replacement malloc() that is used to simulate +** Out-Of-Memory (OOM) errors for testing purposes. +*/ +static void *oomMalloc(int nByte){ + if( oomCounter ){ + if( oomCounter==1 ){ + shellOomFault(); + return 0; + }else{ + oomCounter--; + } + } + return defaultMalloc(nByte); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* Register the OOM simulator. This must occur before any memory +** allocations */ +static void registerOomSimulator(void){ + sqlite3_mem_methods mem; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC, &mem); + defaultMalloc = mem.xMalloc; + mem.xMalloc = oomMalloc; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &mem); +} +#endif + /* ** Write I/O traces to the following stream. */ @@ -1801,7 +1870,7 @@ static unsigned char *SHA3Final(SHA3Context *p){ ** Implementation of the sha3(X,SIZE) function. ** ** Return a BLOB which is the SIZE-bit SHA3 hash of X. The default -** size is 256. If X is a BLOB, it is hashed as is. +** size is 256. If X is a BLOB, it is hashed as is. ** For all other non-NULL types of input, X is converted into a UTF-8 string ** and the string is hashed without the trailing 0x00 terminator. The hash ** of a NULL value is NULL. @@ -2101,8 +2170,8 @@ int sqlite3_shathree_init( ** directory, NULL. ** ** If a non-NULL value is specified for the optional $dir parameter and -** $path is a relative path, then $path is interpreted relative to $dir. -** And the paths returned in the "name" column of the table are also +** $path is a relative path, then $path is interpreted relative to $dir. +** And the paths returned in the "name" column of the table are also ** relative to directory $dir. */ /* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ @@ -2152,7 +2221,7 @@ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /* -** Set the result stored by context ctx to a blob containing the +** Set the result stored by context ctx to a blob containing the ** contents of file zName. Or, leave the result unchanged (NULL) ** if the file does not exist or is unreadable. ** @@ -2369,7 +2438,7 @@ static int makeDirectory( } /* -** This function does the work for the writefile() UDF. Refer to +** This function does the work for the writefile() UDF. Refer to ** header comments at the top of this file for details. */ static int writeFile( @@ -2426,6 +2495,7 @@ static int writeFile( if( mtime>=0 ){ #if defined(_WIN32) +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT /* Windows */ FILETIME lastAccess; FILETIME lastWrite; @@ -2456,6 +2526,7 @@ static int writeFile( }else{ return 1; } +#endif #elif defined(AT_FDCWD) && 0 /* utimensat() is not universally available */ /* Recent unix */ struct timespec times[2]; @@ -2481,7 +2552,7 @@ static int writeFile( } /* -** Implementation of the "writefile(W,X[,Y[,Z]]])" SQL function. +** Implementation of the "writefile(W,X[,Y[,Z]]])" SQL function. ** Refer to header comments at the top of this file for details. */ static void writefileFunc( @@ -2495,7 +2566,7 @@ static void writefileFunc( sqlite3_int64 mtime = -1; if( argc<2 || argc>4 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, + sqlite3_result_error(context, "wrong number of arguments to function writefile()", -1 ); return; @@ -2565,7 +2636,7 @@ static void lsModeFunc( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* +/* ** Cursor type for recursively iterating through a directory structure. */ typedef struct fsdir_cursor fsdir_cursor; @@ -2713,7 +2784,7 @@ static int fsdirNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ } pCur->iLvl = iNew; pLvl = &pCur->aLvl[iNew]; - + pLvl->zDir = pCur->zPath; pCur->zPath = 0; pLvl->pDir = opendir(pLvl->zDir); @@ -2844,7 +2915,7 @@ static int fsdirEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ ** idxNum==2 Both PATH and DIR supplied */ static int fsdirFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -2933,7 +3004,7 @@ static int fsdirBestIndex( } break; } - } + } } if( seenPath || seenDir ){ /* If input parameters are unusable, disallow this plan */ @@ -3004,14 +3075,14 @@ static int fsdirRegister(sqlite3 *db){ #endif int sqlite3_fileio_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi); (void)pzErrMsg; /* Unused parameter */ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "readfile", 1, + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "readfile", 1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DIRECTONLY, 0, readfileFunc, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -3380,11 +3451,11 @@ static int completionEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ /* ** This method is called to "rewind" the completion_cursor object back ** to the first row of output. This method is always called at least -** once prior to any call to completionColumn() or completionRowid() or +** once prior to any call to completionColumn() or completionRowid() or ** completionEof(). */ static int completionFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -3476,7 +3547,7 @@ static int completionBestIndex( } /* -** This following structure defines all the methods for the +** This following structure defines all the methods for the ** completion virtual table. */ static sqlite3_module completionModule = { @@ -3520,8 +3591,8 @@ int sqlite3CompletionVtabInit(sqlite3 *db){ #endif int sqlite3_completion_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -3674,7 +3745,7 @@ static sqlite3_vfs apnd_vfs = { 1024, /* mxPathname */ 0, /* pNext */ "apndvfs", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData (set when registered) */ + 0, /* pAppData (set when registered) */ apndOpen, /* xOpen */ apndDelete, /* xDelete */ apndAccess, /* xAccess */ @@ -3729,9 +3800,9 @@ static int apndClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){ ** Read data from an apnd-file. */ static int apndRead( - sqlite3_file *pFile, - void *zBuf, - int iAmt, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + void *zBuf, + int iAmt, sqlite_int64 iOfst ){ ApndFile *p = (ApndFile *)pFile; @@ -3948,7 +4019,7 @@ static sqlite3_int64 apndReadMark(sqlite3_int64 sz, sqlite3_file *pFile){ if( rc ) return -1; if( memcmp(a, APND_MARK_PREFIX, APND_MARK_PREFIX_SZ)!=0 ) return -1; iMark = ((sqlite3_int64)(a[APND_MARK_PREFIX_SZ]&0x7f))<<56; - for(i=1; i<8; i++){ + for(i=1; i<8; i++){ iMark += (sqlite3_int64)a[APND_MARK_PREFIX_SZ+i]<<(56-8*i); } return iMark; @@ -4010,17 +4081,17 @@ static int apndDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xDelete(ORIGVFS(pVfs), zPath, dirSync); } static int apndAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int flags, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int flags, int *pResOut ){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xAccess(ORIGVFS(pVfs), zPath, flags, pResOut); } static int apndFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int nOut, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int nOut, char *zOut ){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xFullPathname(ORIGVFS(pVfs),zPath,nOut,zOut); @@ -4069,17 +4140,17 @@ static const char *apndNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zName){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xNextSystemCall(ORIGVFS(pVfs), zName); } - + #ifdef _WIN32 #endif -/* +/* ** This routine is called when the extension is loaded. ** Register the new VFS. */ int sqlite3_appendvfs_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -4137,7 +4208,7 @@ static FILE *memtraceOut; /* Methods that trace memory allocations */ static void *memtraceMalloc(int n){ if( memtraceOut ){ - fprintf(memtraceOut, "MEMTRACE: allocate %d bytes\n", + fprintf(memtraceOut, "MEMTRACE: allocate %d bytes\n", memtraceBase.xRoundup(n)); } return memtraceBase.xMalloc(n); @@ -4213,6 +4284,101 @@ int sqlite3MemTraceDeactivate(void){ } /************************* End ../ext/misc/memtrace.c ********************/ +/************************* Begin ../ext/misc/uint.c ******************/ +/* +** 2020-04-14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This SQLite extension implements the UINT collating sequence. +** +** UINT works like BINARY for text, except that embedded strings +** of digits compare in numeric order. +** +** * Leading zeros are handled properly, in the sense that +** they do not mess of the maginitude comparison of embedded +** strings of digits. "x00123y" is equal to "x123y". +** +** * Only unsigned integers are recognized. Plus and minus +** signs are ignored. Decimal points and exponential notation +** are ignored. +** +** * Embedded integers can be of arbitrary length. Comparison +** is *not* limited integers that can be expressed as a +** 64-bit machine integer. +*/ +/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ +SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +#include <assert.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <ctype.h> + +/* +** Compare text in lexicographic order, except strings of digits +** compare in numeric order. +*/ +static int uintCollFunc( + void *notUsed, + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, + int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +){ + const unsigned char *zA = (const unsigned char*)pKey1; + const unsigned char *zB = (const unsigned char*)pKey2; + int i=0, j=0, x; + (void)notUsed; + while( i<nKey1 && j<nKey2 ){ + x = zA[i] - zB[j]; + if( isdigit(zA[i]) ){ + int k; + if( !isdigit(zB[j]) ) return x; + while( i<nKey1 && zA[i]=='0' ){ i++; } + while( j<nKey2 && zB[j]=='0' ){ j++; } + k = 0; + while( i+k<nKey1 && isdigit(zA[i+k]) + && j+k<nKey2 && isdigit(zB[j+k]) ){ + k++; + } + if( i+k<nKey1 && isdigit(zA[i+k]) ){ + return +1; + }else if( j+k<nKey2 && isdigit(zB[j+k]) ){ + return -1; + }else{ + x = memcmp(zA+i, zB+j, k); + if( x ) return x; + i += k; + j += k; + } + }else if( x ){ + return x; + }else{ + i++; + j++; + } + } + return (nKey1 - i) - (nKey2 - j); +} + +#ifdef _WIN32 + +#endif +int sqlite3_uint_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi); + (void)pzErrMsg; /* Unused parameter */ + return sqlite3_create_collation(db, "uint", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, uintCollFunc); +} + +/************************* End ../ext/misc/uint.c ********************/ #ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ZLIB /************************* Begin ../ext/misc/zipfile.c ******************/ /* @@ -4275,10 +4441,10 @@ typedef unsigned long u32; /* ** Definitions for mode bitmasks S_IFDIR, S_IFREG and S_IFLNK. ** -** In some ways it would be better to obtain these values from system +** In some ways it would be better to obtain these values from system ** header files. But, the dependency is undesirable and (a) these ** have been stable for decades, (b) the values are part of POSIX and -** are also made explicit in [man stat], and (c) are part of the +** are also made explicit in [man stat], and (c) are part of the ** file format for zip archives. */ #ifndef S_IFDIR @@ -4291,7 +4457,7 @@ typedef unsigned long u32; # define S_IFLNK 0120000 #endif -static const char ZIPFILE_SCHEMA[] = +static const char ZIPFILE_SCHEMA[] = "CREATE TABLE y(" "name PRIMARY KEY," /* 0: Name of file in zip archive */ "mode," /* 1: POSIX mode for file */ @@ -4312,8 +4478,8 @@ static const char ZIPFILE_SCHEMA[] = ** ** ZIPFILE_NEWENTRY_MADEBY: ** Use this value for the "version-made-by" field in new zip file -** entries. The upper byte indicates "unix", and the lower byte -** indicates that the zip file matches pkzip specification 3.0. +** entries. The upper byte indicates "unix", and the lower byte +** indicates that the zip file matches pkzip specification 3.0. ** This is what info-zip seems to do. ** ** ZIPFILE_NEWENTRY_REQUIRED: @@ -4342,7 +4508,7 @@ static const char ZIPFILE_SCHEMA[] = #define ZIPFILE_SIGNATURE_EOCD 0x06054b50 /* -** The sizes of the fixed-size part of each of the three main data +** The sizes of the fixed-size part of each of the three main data ** structures in a zip archive. */ #define ZIPFILE_LFH_FIXED_SZ 30 @@ -4435,7 +4601,7 @@ struct ZipfileCDS { *** uncompressed size 4 bytes *** file name length 2 bytes *** extra field length 2 bytes -*** +*** */ typedef struct ZipfileLFH ZipfileLFH; struct ZipfileLFH { @@ -4461,7 +4627,7 @@ struct ZipfileEntry { ZipfileEntry *pNext; /* Next element in in-memory CDS */ }; -/* +/* ** Cursor type for zipfile tables. */ typedef struct ZipfileCsr ZipfileCsr; @@ -4534,7 +4700,7 @@ static void zipfileDequote(char *zIn){ /* ** Construct a new ZipfileTab virtual table object. -** +** ** argv[0] -> module name ("zipfile") ** argv[1] -> database name ** argv[2] -> table name @@ -4602,7 +4768,7 @@ static void zipfileEntryFree(ZipfileEntry *p){ } /* -** Release resources that should be freed at the end of a write +** Release resources that should be freed at the end of a write ** transaction. */ static void zipfileCleanupTransaction(ZipfileTab *pTab){ @@ -4711,7 +4877,7 @@ static void zipfileCursorErr(ZipfileCsr *pCsr, const char *zFmt, ...){ /* ** Read nRead bytes of data from offset iOff of file pFile into buffer ** aRead[]. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code -** otherwise. +** otherwise. ** ** If an error does occur, output variable (*pzErrmsg) may be set to point ** to an English language error message. It is the responsibility of the @@ -4916,7 +5082,7 @@ static int zipfileScanExtra(u8 *aExtra, int nExtra, u32 *pmTime){ ** File modification date: ** Bits 00-04: day ** Bits 05-08: month (1-12) -** Bits 09-15: years from 1980 +** Bits 09-15: years from 1980 ** ** https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/9kkf9tah.aspx */ @@ -4986,9 +5152,9 @@ static void zipfileMtimeToDos(ZipfileCDS *pCds, u32 mUnixTime){ pCds->mDate = pCds->mTime = 0; } - assert( mUnixTime<315507600 - || mUnixTime==zipfileMtime(pCds) - || ((mUnixTime % 2) && mUnixTime-1==zipfileMtime(pCds)) + assert( mUnixTime<315507600 + || mUnixTime==zipfileMtime(pCds) + || ((mUnixTime % 2) && mUnixTime-1==zipfileMtime(pCds)) /* || (mUnixTime % 2) */ ); } @@ -5055,7 +5221,7 @@ static int zipfileGetEntry( if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u32 *pt = &pNew->mUnixTime; - pNew->cds.zFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*s", nFile, aRead); + pNew->cds.zFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*s", nFile, aRead); pNew->aExtra = (u8*)&pNew[1]; memcpy(pNew->aExtra, &aRead[nFile], nExtra); if( pNew->cds.zFile==0 ){ @@ -5083,7 +5249,7 @@ static int zipfileGetEntry( memcpy(pNew->aData, &aBlob[pNew->iDataOff], pNew->cds.szCompressed); } }else{ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("failed to read LFH at offset %d", + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("failed to read LFH at offset %d", (int)pNew->cds.iOffset ); } @@ -5135,8 +5301,8 @@ static int zipfileNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ return rc; } -static void zipfileFree(void *p) { - sqlite3_free(p); +static void zipfileFree(void *p) { + sqlite3_free(p); } /* @@ -5186,7 +5352,7 @@ static void zipfileInflate( ** Buffer aIn (size nIn bytes) contains uncompressed data. This function ** compresses it and sets (*ppOut) to point to a buffer containing the ** compressed data. The caller is responsible for eventually calling -** sqlite3_free() to release buffer (*ppOut). Before returning, (*pnOut) +** sqlite3_free() to release buffer (*ppOut). Before returning, (*pnOut) ** is set to the size of buffer (*ppOut) in bytes. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error @@ -5372,8 +5538,8 @@ static int zipfileReadEOCD( /* Scan backwards looking for the signature bytes */ for(i=nRead-20; i>=0; i--){ - if( aRead[i]==0x50 && aRead[i+1]==0x4b - && aRead[i+2]==0x05 && aRead[i+3]==0x06 + if( aRead[i]==0x50 && aRead[i+1]==0x4b + && aRead[i+2]==0x05 && aRead[i+3]==0x06 ){ break; } @@ -5398,14 +5564,14 @@ static int zipfileReadEOCD( } /* -** Add object pNew to the linked list that begins at ZipfileTab.pFirstEntry +** Add object pNew to the linked list that begins at ZipfileTab.pFirstEntry ** and ends with pLastEntry. If argument pBefore is NULL, then pNew is added ** to the end of the list. Otherwise, it is added to the list immediately ** before pBefore (which is guaranteed to be a part of said list). */ static void zipfileAddEntry( - ZipfileTab *pTab, - ZipfileEntry *pBefore, + ZipfileTab *pTab, + ZipfileEntry *pBefore, ZipfileEntry *pNew ){ assert( (pTab->pFirstEntry==0)==(pTab->pLastEntry==0) ); @@ -5451,7 +5617,7 @@ static int zipfileLoadDirectory(ZipfileTab *pTab, const u8 *aBlob, int nBlob){ ** xFilter callback. */ static int zipfileFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -5605,7 +5771,7 @@ static int zipfileAppendEntry( } static int zipfileGetMode( - sqlite3_value *pVal, + sqlite3_value *pVal, int bIsDir, /* If true, default to directory */ u32 *pMode, /* OUT: Mode value */ char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message */ @@ -5668,7 +5834,7 @@ static int zipfileBegin(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ } /* Open a write fd on the file. Also load the entire central directory - ** structure into memory. During the transaction any new file data is + ** structure into memory. During the transaction any new file data is ** appended to the archive file, but the central directory is accumulated ** in main-memory until the transaction is committed. */ pTab->pWriteFd = fopen(pTab->zFile, "ab+"); @@ -5740,9 +5906,9 @@ static void zipfileRemoveEntryFromList(ZipfileTab *pTab, ZipfileEntry *pOld){ ** xUpdate method. */ static int zipfileUpdate( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, - int nVal, - sqlite3_value **apVal, + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nVal, + sqlite3_value **apVal, sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ ZipfileTab *pTab = (ZipfileTab*)pVtab; @@ -5795,7 +5961,7 @@ static int zipfileUpdate( rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; } if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[6])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - zipfileTableErr(pTab, "rawdata must be NULL"); + zipfileTableErr(pTab, "rawdata must be NULL"); rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; } @@ -6381,7 +6547,7 @@ static int zipfileRegister(sqlite3 *db){ int rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "zipfile" , &zipfileModule, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "zipfile_cds", -1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "zipfile", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0, + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "zipfile", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0, zipfileStep, zipfileFinal ); } @@ -6395,8 +6561,8 @@ static int zipfileRegister(sqlite3 *db){ #endif int sqlite3_zipfile_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi); @@ -6425,6 +6591,7 @@ int sqlite3_zipfile_init( /* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #include <zlib.h> +#include <assert.h> /* ** Implementation of the "sqlar_compress(X)" SQL function. @@ -6512,14 +6679,14 @@ static void sqlarUncompressFunc( #endif int sqlite3_sqlar_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi); (void)pzErrMsg; /* Unused parameter */ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "sqlar_compress", 1, + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "sqlar_compress", 1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_INNOCUOUS, 0, sqlarCompressFunc, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -6569,7 +6736,7 @@ sqlite3expert *sqlite3_expert_new(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErr); ** By default, sqlite3_expert_analyze() generates sqlite_stat1 data for ** each candidate index. This involves scanning and sorting the entire ** contents of each user database table once for each candidate index -** associated with the table. For large databases, this can be +** associated with the table. For large databases, this can be ** prohibitively slow. This option allows the sqlite3expert object to ** be configured so that sqlite_stat1 data is instead generated based on a ** subset of each table, or so that no sqlite_stat1 data is used at all. @@ -6629,7 +6796,7 @@ int sqlite3_expert_sql( ** add further SQL statements to the analysis. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pzErr) is set to NULL. Or, if -** an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and (*pzErr) set to +** an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and (*pzErr) set to ** point to a buffer containing an English language error message. In this ** case it is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer ** using sqlite3_free(). @@ -6658,7 +6825,7 @@ int sqlite3_expert_count(sqlite3expert*); ** The value passed as the third argument must be one of the EXPERT_REPORT_* ** #define constants defined below. ** -** For some EXPERT_REPORT_* parameters, the buffer returned contains +** For some EXPERT_REPORT_* parameters, the buffer returned contains ** information relating to a specific SQL statement. In these cases that ** SQL statement is identified by the value passed as the second argument. ** SQL statements are numbered from 0 in the order in which they are parsed. @@ -6671,7 +6838,7 @@ int sqlite3_expert_count(sqlite3expert*); ** ** EXPERT_REPORT_INDEXES: ** Return a buffer containing the CREATE INDEX statements for all recommended -** indexes for statement iStmt. If there are no new recommeded indexes, NULL +** indexes for statement iStmt. If there are no new recommeded indexes, NULL ** is returned. ** ** EXPERT_REPORT_PLAN: @@ -6679,7 +6846,7 @@ int sqlite3_expert_count(sqlite3expert*); ** iStmt after the proposed indexes have been added to the database schema. ** ** EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES: -** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the CREATE INDEX statements +** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the CREATE INDEX statements ** for all indexes that were tested (for all SQL statements). The iStmt ** parameter is ignored for EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES calls. */ @@ -6694,8 +6861,8 @@ const char *sqlite3_expert_report(sqlite3expert*, int iStmt, int eReport); #define EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES 4 /* -** Free an (sqlite3expert*) handle and all associated resources. There -** should be one call to this function for each successful call to +** Free an (sqlite3expert*) handle and all associated resources. There +** should be one call to this function for each successful call to ** sqlite3-expert_new(). */ void sqlite3_expert_destroy(sqlite3expert*); @@ -6721,7 +6888,7 @@ void sqlite3_expert_destroy(sqlite3expert*); #include <string.h> #include <stdio.h> -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; */ /* typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; */ @@ -6774,7 +6941,7 @@ struct IdxScan { }; /* -** Information regarding a single database table. Extracted from +** Information regarding a single database table. Extracted from ** "PRAGMA table_info" by function idxGetTableInfo(). */ struct IdxColumn { @@ -6858,7 +7025,7 @@ struct sqlite3expert { /* -** Allocate and return nByte bytes of zeroed memory using sqlite3_malloc(). +** Allocate and return nByte bytes of zeroed memory using sqlite3_malloc(). ** If the allocation fails, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and return NULL. */ static void *idxMalloc(int *pRc, int nByte){ @@ -6914,11 +7081,11 @@ static int idxHashString(const char *z, int n){ /* ** If zKey is already present in the hash table, return non-zero and do ** nothing. Otherwise, add an entry with key zKey and payload string zVal to -** the hash table passed as the second argument. +** the hash table passed as the second argument. */ static int idxHashAdd( - int *pRc, - IdxHash *pHash, + int *pRc, + IdxHash *pHash, const char *zKey, const char *zVal ){ @@ -6950,7 +7117,7 @@ static int idxHashAdd( } /* -** If zKey/nKey is present in the hash table, return a pointer to the +** If zKey/nKey is present in the hash table, return a pointer to the ** hash-entry object. */ static IdxHashEntry *idxHashFind(IdxHash *pHash, const char *zKey, int nKey){ @@ -7089,7 +7256,7 @@ static char *expertDequote(const char *zIn){ return zRet; } -/* +/* ** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate ** methods of the r-tree virtual table. ** @@ -7145,7 +7312,7 @@ static int expertBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int n = 0; IdxScan *pScan; - const int opmask = + const int opmask = SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE; @@ -7162,10 +7329,10 @@ static int expertBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ /* Add the constraints to the IdxScan object */ for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++){ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i]; - if( pCons->usable - && pCons->iColumn>=0 + if( pCons->usable + && pCons->iColumn>=0 && p->pTab->aCol[pCons->iColumn].iPk==0 - && (pCons->op & opmask) + && (pCons->op & opmask) ){ IdxConstraint *pNew; const char *zColl = sqlite3_vtab_collation(pIdxInfo, i); @@ -7208,9 +7375,9 @@ static int expertBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ } static int expertUpdate( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, - int nData, - sqlite3_value **azData, + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nData, + sqlite3_value **azData, sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ (void)pVtab; @@ -7220,7 +7387,7 @@ static int expertUpdate( return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Virtual table module xOpen method. */ static int expertOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ @@ -7232,7 +7399,7 @@ static int expertOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Virtual table module xClose method. */ static int expertClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ @@ -7245,7 +7412,7 @@ static int expertClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ /* ** Virtual table module xEof method. ** -** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid +** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid ** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise. */ static int expertEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ @@ -7253,7 +7420,7 @@ static int expertEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ return pCsr->pData==0; } -/* +/* ** Virtual table module xNext method. */ static int expertNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ @@ -7272,7 +7439,7 @@ static int expertNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Virtual table module xRowid method. */ static int expertRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ @@ -7281,7 +7448,7 @@ static int expertRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Virtual table module xColumn method. */ static int expertColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ @@ -7294,11 +7461,11 @@ static int expertColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Virtual table module xFilter method. */ static int expertFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -7451,7 +7618,7 @@ static int idxGetTableInfo( } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is set to anything other than +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is set to anything other than ** SQLITE_OK when it is called. ** ** If *pRc is initially set to SQLITE_OK, then the text specified by @@ -7541,7 +7708,7 @@ static char *idxAppendColDefn( /* ** Search database dbm for an index compatible with the one idxCreateFromCons() -** would create from arguments pScan, pEq and pTail. If no error occurs and +** would create from arguments pScan, pEq and pTail. If no error occurs and ** such an index is found, return non-zero. Or, if no such index is found, ** return zero. ** @@ -7617,7 +7784,7 @@ static int idxFindCompatible( static int idxCreateFromCons( sqlite3expert *p, IdxScan *pScan, - IdxConstraint *pEq, + IdxConstraint *pEq, IdxConstraint *pTail ){ sqlite3 *dbm = p->dbm; @@ -7646,7 +7813,7 @@ static int idxCreateFromCons( h += ((h<<3) + zCols[i]); } zName = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_idx_%08x", zTable, h); - if( zName==0 ){ + if( zName==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ if( idxIdentifierRequiresQuotes(zTable) ){ @@ -7684,7 +7851,7 @@ static int idxFindConstraint(IdxConstraint *pList, IdxConstraint *p){ } static int idxCreateFromWhere( - sqlite3expert *p, + sqlite3expert *p, IdxScan *pScan, /* Create indexes for this scan */ IdxConstraint *pTail /* range/ORDER BY constraints for inclusion */ ){ @@ -7719,7 +7886,7 @@ static int idxCreateFromWhere( } /* -** Create candidate indexes in database [dbm] based on the data in +** Create candidate indexes in database [dbm] based on the data in ** linked-list pScan. */ static int idxCreateCandidates(sqlite3expert *p){ @@ -7766,7 +7933,7 @@ static void idxScanFree(IdxScan *pScan, IdxScan *pLast){ } /* -** Free all elements of the linked list starting from pStatement up +** Free all elements of the linked list starting from pStatement up ** until pLast (pLast is not freed). */ static void idxStatementFree(IdxStatement *pStatement, IdxStatement *pLast){ @@ -7834,14 +8001,19 @@ int idxFindIndexes( /* int iParent = sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 1); */ /* int iNotUsed = sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 2); */ const char *zDetail = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pExplain, 3); - int nDetail = STRLEN(zDetail); + int nDetail; int i; + if( !zDetail ) continue; + nDetail = STRLEN(zDetail); + for(i=0; i<nDetail; i++){ const char *zIdx = 0; - if( memcmp(&zDetail[i], " USING INDEX ", 13)==0 ){ + if( i+13<nDetail && memcmp(&zDetail[i], " USING INDEX ", 13)==0 ){ zIdx = &zDetail[i+13]; - }else if( memcmp(&zDetail[i], " USING COVERING INDEX ", 22)==0 ){ + }else if( i+22<nDetail + && memcmp(&zDetail[i], " USING COVERING INDEX ", 22)==0 + ){ zIdx = &zDetail[i+22]; } if( zIdx ){ @@ -7915,15 +8087,15 @@ static int idxAuthCallback( } static int idxProcessOneTrigger( - sqlite3expert *p, - IdxWrite *pWrite, + sqlite3expert *p, + IdxWrite *pWrite, char **pzErr ){ static const char *zInt = UNIQUE_TABLE_NAME; static const char *zDrop = "DROP TABLE " UNIQUE_TABLE_NAME; IdxTable *pTab = pWrite->pTab; const char *zTab = pTab->zName; - const char *zSql = + const char *zSql = "SELECT 'CREATE TEMP' || substr(sql, 7) FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE tbl_name = %Q AND type IN ('table', 'trigger') " "ORDER BY type;"; @@ -7964,7 +8136,7 @@ static int idxProcessOneTrigger( int i; zWrite = idxAppendText(&rc, zWrite, "UPDATE %Q SET ", zInt); for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ - zWrite = idxAppendText(&rc, zWrite, "%s%Q=?", i==0 ? "" : ", ", + zWrite = idxAppendText(&rc, zWrite, "%s%Q=?", i==0 ? "" : ", ", pTab->aCol[i].zName ); } @@ -8052,14 +8224,14 @@ static int idxCreateVtabSchema(sqlite3expert *p, char **pzErrmsg){ /* The statement the vtab will pass to sqlite3_declare_vtab() */ zInner = idxAppendText(&rc, 0, "CREATE TABLE x("); for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ - zInner = idxAppendText(&rc, zInner, "%s%Q COLLATE %s", + zInner = idxAppendText(&rc, zInner, "%s%Q COLLATE %s", (i==0 ? "" : ", "), pTab->aCol[i].zName, pTab->aCol[i].zColl ); } zInner = idxAppendText(&rc, zInner, ")"); /* The CVT statement to create the vtab */ - zOuter = idxAppendText(&rc, 0, + zOuter = idxAppendText(&rc, 0, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %Q USING expert(%Q)", zName, zInner ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -8197,7 +8369,7 @@ static void idxRemFunc( static int idxLargestIndex(sqlite3 *db, int *pnMax, char **pzErr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - const char *zMax = + const char *zMax = "SELECT max(i.seqno) FROM " " sqlite_master AS s, " " pragma_index_list(s.name) AS l, " @@ -8240,7 +8412,7 @@ static int idxPopulateOneStat1( const char *zComma = zCols==0 ? "" : ", "; const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIndexXInfo, 0); const char *zColl = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIndexXInfo, 1); - zCols = idxAppendText(&rc, zCols, + zCols = idxAppendText(&rc, zCols, "%sx.%Q IS rem(%d, x.%Q) COLLATE %s", zComma, zName, nCol, zName, zColl ); zOrder = idxAppendText(&rc, zOrder, "%s%d", zComma, ++nCol); @@ -8337,13 +8509,13 @@ static int idxBuildSampleTable(sqlite3expert *p, const char *zTab){ ** indexes have already been created in database sqlite3expert.dbm, this ** function populates sqlite_stat1 table in the same database. ** -** The stat1 data is generated by querying the +** The stat1 data is generated by querying the */ static int idxPopulateStat1(sqlite3expert *p, char **pzErr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nMax =0; struct IdxRemCtx *pCtx = 0; - struct IdxSampleCtx samplectx; + struct IdxSampleCtx samplectx; int i; i64 iPrev = -100000; sqlite3_stmt *pAllIndex = 0; @@ -8355,7 +8527,7 @@ static int idxPopulateStat1(sqlite3expert *p, char **pzErr){ " sqlite_master AS s, " " pragma_index_list(s.name) AS l " "WHERE s.type = 'table'"; - const char *zIndexXInfo = + const char *zIndexXInfo = "SELECT name, coll FROM pragma_index_xinfo(?) WHERE key"; const char *zWrite = "INSERT INTO sqlite_stat1 VALUES(?, ?, ?)"; @@ -8411,7 +8583,7 @@ static int idxPopulateStat1(sqlite3expert *p, char **pzErr){ iPrev = iRowid; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->iSample<100 ){ - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbv, + rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbv, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS temp." UNIQUE_TABLE_NAME, 0,0,0 ); } @@ -8459,12 +8631,12 @@ sqlite3expert *sqlite3_expert_new(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){ sqlite3_db_config(pNew->dbm, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP, 1, (int*)0); } } - + /* Copy the entire schema of database [db] into [dbm]. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_stmt *pSql; - rc = idxPrintfPrepareStmt(pNew->db, &pSql, pzErrmsg, + rc = idxPrintfPrepareStmt(pNew->db, &pSql, pzErrmsg, "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'" " AND sql NOT LIKE 'CREATE VIRTUAL %%'" ); @@ -8585,8 +8757,8 @@ int sqlite3_expert_analyze(sqlite3expert *p, char **pzErr){ /* Formulate the EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES text */ for(pEntry=p->hIdx.pFirst; pEntry; pEntry=pEntry->pNext){ - p->zCandidates = idxAppendText(&rc, p->zCandidates, - "%s;%s%s\n", pEntry->zVal, + p->zCandidates = idxAppendText(&rc, p->zCandidates, + "%s;%s%s\n", pEntry->zVal, pEntry->zVal2 ? " -- stat1: " : "", pEntry->zVal2 ); } @@ -8656,7 +8828,7 @@ void sqlite3_expert_destroy(sqlite3expert *p){ } } -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUAL_TABLE */ +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /************************* End ../ext/expert/sqlite3expert.c ********************/ @@ -8708,7 +8880,7 @@ void sqlite3_expert_destroy(sqlite3expert *p){ ** INSERT INTO t1(rowid, a, b) VALUES(5, 'v', 'five'); ** INSERT INTO t1(rowid, a, b) VALUES(10, 'x', 'ten'); ** -** the sqlite_dbdata table contains, as well as from entries related to +** the sqlite_dbdata table contains, as well as from entries related to ** page 1, content equivalent to: ** ** INSERT INTO sqlite_dbdata(pgno, cell, field, value) VALUES @@ -8735,7 +8907,7 @@ void sqlite3_expert_destroy(sqlite3expert *p){ ** It contains one entry for each b-tree pointer between a parent and ** child page in the database. */ -#if !defined(SQLITEINT_H) +#if !defined(SQLITEINT_H) /* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ /* typedef unsigned char u8; */ @@ -8745,7 +8917,7 @@ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #include <string.h> #include <assert.h> -#define DBDATA_PADDING_BYTES 100 +#define DBDATA_PADDING_BYTES 100 typedef struct DbdataTable DbdataTable; typedef struct DbdataCursor DbdataCursor; @@ -8771,7 +8943,7 @@ struct DbdataCursor { int iField; /* Current field number */ u8 *pHdrPtr; u8 *pPtr; - + sqlite3_int64 iIntkey; /* Integer key value */ }; @@ -8810,7 +8982,7 @@ struct DbdataTable { ")" /* -** Connect to an sqlite_dbdata (pAux==0) or sqlite_dbptr (pAux!=0) virtual +** Connect to an sqlite_dbdata (pAux==0) or sqlite_dbptr (pAux!=0) virtual ** table. */ static int dbdataConnect( @@ -8929,7 +9101,7 @@ static int dbdataOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ } /* -** Restore a cursor object to the state it was in when first allocated +** Restore a cursor object to the state it was in when first allocated ** by dbdataOpen(). */ static void dbdataResetCursor(DbdataCursor *pCsr){ @@ -8960,8 +9132,8 @@ static int dbdataClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Utility methods to decode 16 and 32-bit big-endian unsigned integers. +/* +** Utility methods to decode 16 and 32-bit big-endian unsigned integers. */ static unsigned int get_uint16(unsigned char *a){ return (a[0]<<8)|a[1]; @@ -9068,26 +9240,26 @@ static int dbdataValueBytes(int eType){ ** result of context object pCtx. */ static void dbdataValue( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - int eType, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int eType, u8 *pData, int nData ){ if( eType>=0 && dbdataValueBytes(eType)<=nData ){ switch( eType ){ - case 0: - case 10: - case 11: + case 0: + case 10: + case 11: sqlite3_result_null(pCtx); break; - - case 8: + + case 8: sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 0); break; case 9: sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 1); break; - + case 1: case 2: case 3: case 4: case 5: case 6: case 7: { sqlite3_uint64 v = (signed char)pData[0]; pData++; @@ -9099,7 +9271,7 @@ static void dbdataValue( case 3: v = (v<<8) + pData[0]; pData++; case 2: v = (v<<8) + pData[0]; pData++; } - + if( eType==7 ){ double r; memcpy(&r, &v, sizeof(r)); @@ -9109,7 +9281,7 @@ static void dbdataValue( } break; } - + default: { int n = ((eType-12) / 2); if( eType % 2 ){ @@ -9170,7 +9342,7 @@ static int dbdataNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ int iHdr; int U, X; int nLocal; - + switch( pCsr->aPage[iOff] ){ case 0x02: nPointer = 4; @@ -9189,29 +9361,29 @@ static int dbdataNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ if( pCsr->iCell>=pCsr->nCell ){ bNextPage = 1; }else{ - + iOff += 8 + nPointer + pCsr->iCell*2; if( iOff>pCsr->nPage ){ bNextPage = 1; }else{ iOff = get_uint16(&pCsr->aPage[iOff]); } - + /* For an interior node cell, skip past the child-page number */ iOff += nPointer; - + /* Load the "byte of payload including overflow" field */ if( bNextPage || iOff>pCsr->nPage ){ bNextPage = 1; }else{ iOff += dbdataGetVarint(&pCsr->aPage[iOff], &nPayload); } - + /* If this is a leaf intkey cell, load the rowid */ if( bHasRowid && !bNextPage && iOff<pCsr->nPage ){ iOff += dbdataGetVarint(&pCsr->aPage[iOff], &pCsr->iIntkey); } - + /* Figure out how much data to read from the local page */ U = pCsr->nPage; if( bHasRowid ){ @@ -9237,7 +9409,7 @@ static int dbdataNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ }else{ /* Allocate space for payload. And a bit more to catch small buffer - ** overruns caused by attempting to read a varint or similar from + ** overruns caused by attempting to read a varint or similar from ** near the end of a corrupt record. */ pCsr->pRec = (u8*)sqlite3_malloc64(nPayload+DBDATA_PADDING_BYTES); if( pCsr->pRec==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; @@ -9270,7 +9442,7 @@ static int dbdataNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ sqlite3_free(aOvfl); } } - + iHdr = dbdataGetVarint(pCsr->pRec, &nHdr); pCsr->nHdr = nHdr; pCsr->pHdrPtr = &pCsr->pRec[iHdr]; @@ -9316,7 +9488,7 @@ static int dbdataNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Return true if the cursor is at EOF. */ static int dbdataEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ @@ -9324,9 +9496,9 @@ static int dbdataEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ return pCsr->aPage==0; } -/* +/* ** Determine the size in pages of database zSchema (where zSchema is -** "main", "temp" or the name of an attached database) and set +** "main", "temp" or the name of an attached database) and set ** pCsr->szDb accordingly. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, ** an SQLite error code. */ @@ -9348,11 +9520,11 @@ static int dbdataDbsize(DbdataCursor *pCsr, const char *zSchema){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** xFilter method for sqlite_dbdata and sqlite_dbptr. */ static int dbdataFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -9379,7 +9551,7 @@ static int dbdataFilter( pCsr->pStmt = pTab->pStmt; pTab->pStmt = 0; }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pTab->db, + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pTab->db, "SELECT data FROM sqlite_dbpage(?) WHERE pgno=?", -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0 ); @@ -9396,12 +9568,12 @@ static int dbdataFilter( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Return a column for the sqlite_dbdata or sqlite_dbptr table. */ static int dbdataColumn( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, - sqlite3_context *ctx, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_context *ctx, int i ){ DbdataCursor *pCsr = (DbdataCursor*)pCursor; @@ -9454,7 +9626,7 @@ static int dbdataColumn( return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Return the rowid for an sqlite_dbdata or sqlite_dptr table. */ static int dbdataRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ @@ -9506,8 +9678,8 @@ static int sqlite3DbdataRegister(sqlite3 *db){ #endif int sqlite3_dbdata_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi); @@ -9602,6 +9774,7 @@ struct ShellState { unsigned mxProgress; /* Maximum progress callbacks before failing */ unsigned flgProgress; /* Flags for the progress callback */ unsigned shellFlgs; /* Various flags */ + unsigned priorShFlgs; /* Saved copy of flags */ sqlite3_int64 szMax; /* --maxsize argument to .open */ char *zDestTable; /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */ char *zTempFile; /* Temporary file that might need deleting */ @@ -9883,7 +10056,7 @@ static void editFunc( } sz = j; p[sz] = 0; - } + } sqlite3_result_text64(context, (const char*)p, sz, sqlite3_free, SQLITE_UTF8); } @@ -9902,11 +10075,13 @@ edit_func_end: */ static void outputModePush(ShellState *p){ p->modePrior = p->mode; + p->priorShFlgs = p->shellFlgs; memcpy(p->colSepPrior, p->colSeparator, sizeof(p->colSeparator)); memcpy(p->rowSepPrior, p->rowSeparator, sizeof(p->rowSeparator)); } static void outputModePop(ShellState *p){ p->mode = p->modePrior; + p->shellFlgs = p->priorShFlgs; memcpy(p->colSeparator, p->colSepPrior, sizeof(p->colSeparator)); memcpy(p->rowSeparator, p->rowSepPrior, sizeof(p->rowSeparator)); } @@ -10871,8 +11046,7 @@ static void set_table_name(ShellState *p, const char *zName){ */ static int run_table_dump_query( ShellState *p, /* Query context */ - const char *zSelect, /* SELECT statement to extract content */ - const char *zFirstRow /* Print before first row, if not NULL */ + const char *zSelect /* SELECT statement to extract content */ ){ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; int rc; @@ -10889,10 +11063,6 @@ static int run_table_dump_query( rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect); nResult = sqlite3_column_count(pSelect); while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - if( zFirstRow ){ - utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", zFirstRow); - zFirstRow = 0; - } z = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, 0); utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", z); for(i=1; i<nResult; i++){ @@ -11349,9 +11519,9 @@ static void bind_table_init(ShellState *p){ ** CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_parameters(key TEXT PRIMARY KEY, value) ** WITHOUT ROWID; ** -** No bindings occur if this table does not exist. The special character '$' -** is included in the table name to help prevent collisions with actual tables. -** The table must be in the TEMP schema. +** No bindings occur if this table does not exist. The name of the table +** begins with "sqlite_" so that it will not collide with ordinary application +** tables. The table must be in the TEMP schema. */ static void bind_prepared_stmt(ShellState *pArg, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ int nVar; @@ -11459,8 +11629,8 @@ static void exec_prepared_stmt( ** caller to eventually free this buffer using sqlite3_free(). */ static int expertHandleSQL( - ShellState *pState, - const char *zSql, + ShellState *pState, + const char *zSql, char **pzErr ){ assert( pState->expert.pExpert ); @@ -11470,7 +11640,7 @@ static int expertHandleSQL( /* ** This function is called either to silently clean up the object -** created by the ".expert" command (if bCancel==1), or to generate a +** created by the ".expert" command (if bCancel==1), or to generate a ** report from it and then clean it up (if bCancel==0). ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error @@ -11655,6 +11825,7 @@ static int shell_exec( const char *zEQPLine = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pExplain,3); int iEqpId = sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 0); int iParentId = sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 1); + if( zEQPLine==0 ) zEQPLine = ""; if( zEQPLine[0]=='-' ) eqp_render(pArg); eqp_append(pArg, iEqpId, iParentId, zEQPLine); } @@ -12065,11 +12236,12 @@ static const char *(azHelp[]) = { ".databases List names and files of attached databases", ".dbconfig ?op? ?val? List or change sqlite3_db_config() options", ".dbinfo ?DB? Show status information about the database", - ".dump ?TABLE? ... Render all database content as SQL", + ".dump ?TABLE? Render database content as SQL", " Options:", " --preserve-rowids Include ROWID values in the output", " --newlines Allow unescaped newline characters in output", " TABLE is a LIKE pattern for the tables to dump", + " Additional LIKE patterns can be given in subsequent arguments", ".echo on|off Turn command echo on or off", ".eqp on|off|full|... Enable or disable automatic EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", " Other Modes:", @@ -12079,15 +12251,29 @@ static const char *(azHelp[]) = { #endif " trigger Like \"full\" but also show trigger bytecode", ".excel Display the output of next command in spreadsheet", + " --bom Put a UTF8 byte-order mark on intermediate file", ".exit ?CODE? Exit this program with return-code CODE", ".expert EXPERIMENTAL. Suggest indexes for queries", ".explain ?on|off|auto? Change the EXPLAIN formatting mode. Default: auto", ".filectrl CMD ... Run various sqlite3_file_control() operations", - " Run \".filectrl\" with no arguments for details", + " --schema SCHEMA Use SCHEMA instead of \"main\"", + " --help Show CMD details", ".fullschema ?--indent? Show schema and the content of sqlite_stat tables", ".headers on|off Turn display of headers on or off", ".help ?-all? ?PATTERN? Show help text for PATTERN", ".import FILE TABLE Import data from FILE into TABLE", + " Options:", + " --ascii Use \\037 and \\036 as column and row separators", + " --csv Use , and \\n as column and row separators", + " --skip N Skip the first N rows of input", + " -v \"Verbose\" - increase auxiliary output", + " Notes:", + " * If TABLE does not exist, it is created. The first row of input", + " determines the column names.", + " * If neither --csv or --ascii are used, the input mode is derived", + " from the \".mode\" output mode", + " * If FILE begins with \"|\" then it is a command that generates the", + " input text.", #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEST_CONTROL ".imposter INDEX TABLE Create imposter table TABLE on index INDEX", #endif @@ -12118,11 +12304,14 @@ static const char *(azHelp[]) = { " tabs Tab-separated values", " tcl TCL list elements", ".nullvalue STRING Use STRING in place of NULL values", - ".once (-e|-x|FILE) Output for the next SQL command only to FILE", + ".once ?OPTIONS? ?FILE? Output for the next SQL command only to FILE", " If FILE begins with '|' then open as a pipe", - " Other options:", - " -e Invoke system text editor", - " -x Open in a spreadsheet", + " --bom Put a UTF8 byte-order mark at the beginning", + " -e Send output to the system text editor", + " -x Send output as CSV to a spreadsheet (same as \".excel\")", +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + ".oom [--repeat M] [N] Simulate an OOM error on the N-th allocation", +#endif ".open ?OPTIONS? ?FILE? Close existing database and reopen FILE", " Options:", " --append Use appendvfs to append database to the end of FILE", @@ -12136,7 +12325,11 @@ static const char *(azHelp[]) = { " --readonly Open FILE readonly", " --zip FILE is a ZIP archive", ".output ?FILE? Send output to FILE or stdout if FILE is omitted", - " If FILE begins with '|' then open it as a pipe.", + " If FILE begins with '|' then open it as a pipe.", + " Options:", + " --bom Prefix output with a UTF8 byte-order mark", + " -e Send output to the system text editor", + " -x Send output as CSV to a spreadsheet", ".parameter CMD ... Manage SQL parameter bindings", " clear Erase all bindings", " init Initialize the TEMP table that holds bindings", @@ -12256,6 +12449,7 @@ static int showHelp(FILE *out, const char *zPattern){ || zPattern[0]=='0' || strcmp(zPattern,"-a")==0 || strcmp(zPattern,"-all")==0 + || strcmp(zPattern,"--all")==0 ){ /* Show all commands, but only one line per command */ if( zPattern==0 ) zPattern = ""; @@ -12435,7 +12629,7 @@ int deduceDatabaseType(const char *zName, int dfltZip){ } } fclose(f); - return rc; + return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE @@ -12536,8 +12730,8 @@ readHexDb_error: ** offset (4*<arg2>) of the blob. */ static void shellInt32( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *pBlob; @@ -12564,8 +12758,8 @@ static void shellInt32( ** using "..." with internal double-quote characters doubled. */ static void shellIdQuote( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); @@ -12579,7 +12773,7 @@ static void shellIdQuote( /* ** Scalar function "shell_escape_crnl" used by the .recover command. ** The argument passed to this function is the output of built-in -** function quote(). If the first character of the input is "'", +** function quote(). If the first character of the input is "'", ** indicating that the value passed to quote() was a text value, ** then this function searches the input for "\n" and "\r" characters ** and adds a wrapper similar to the following: @@ -12590,8 +12784,8 @@ static void shellIdQuote( ** of the input is returned. */ static void shellEscapeCrnl( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); @@ -12690,13 +12884,13 @@ static void open_db(ShellState *p, int openFlags){ if( p->zDbFilename==0 || p->zDbFilename[0]==0 ){ p->openMode = SHELL_OPEN_NORMAL; }else{ - p->openMode = (u8)deduceDatabaseType(p->zDbFilename, + p->openMode = (u8)deduceDatabaseType(p->zDbFilename, (openFlags & OPEN_DB_ZIPFILE)!=0); } } switch( p->openMode ){ case SHELL_OPEN_APPENDVFS: { - sqlite3_open_v2(p->zDbFilename, &p->db, + sqlite3_open_v2(p->zDbFilename, &p->db, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|p->openFlags, "apndvfs"); break; } @@ -12737,6 +12931,7 @@ static void open_db(ShellState *p, int openFlags){ sqlite3_fileio_init(p->db, 0, 0); sqlite3_shathree_init(p->db, 0, 0); sqlite3_completion_init(p->db, 0, 0); + sqlite3_uint_init(p->db, 0, 0); #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB) sqlite3_dbdata_init(p->db, 0, 0); #endif @@ -12804,7 +12999,7 @@ void close_db(sqlite3 *db){ if( rc ){ utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: sqlite3_close() returns %d: %s\n", rc, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - } + } } #if HAVE_READLINE || HAVE_EDITLINE @@ -13073,6 +13268,8 @@ struct ImportCtx { int n; /* Number of bytes in z */ int nAlloc; /* Space allocated for z[] */ int nLine; /* Current line number */ + int nRow; /* Number of rows imported */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors encountered */ int bNotFirst; /* True if one or more bytes already read */ int cTerm; /* Character that terminated the most recent field */ int cColSep; /* The column separator character. (Usually ",") */ @@ -13454,11 +13651,15 @@ static void output_reset(ShellState *p){ zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf("%s %s", zXdgOpenCmd, p->zTempFile); if( system(zCmd) ){ utf8_printf(stderr, "Failed: [%s]\n", zCmd); + }else{ + /* Give the start/open/xdg-open command some time to get + ** going before we continue, and potential delete the + ** p->zTempFile data file out from under it */ + sqlite3_sleep(2000); } sqlite3_free(zCmd); outputModePop(p); p->doXdgOpen = 0; - sqlite3_sleep(100); } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_NOHAVE_SYSTEM) */ } @@ -13534,12 +13735,7 @@ static int shell_dbinfo_command(ShellState *p, int nArg, char **azArg){ "SELECT data FROM sqlite_dbpage(?1) WHERE pgno=1", -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc ){ - if( !sqlite3_compileoption_used("ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB") ){ - utf8_printf(stderr, "the \".dbinfo\" command requires the " - "-DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB compile-time options\n"); - }else{ - utf8_printf(stderr, "error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); - } + utf8_printf(stderr, "error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); return 1; } @@ -13748,9 +13944,21 @@ static void newTempFile(ShellState *p, const char *zSuffix){ sqlite3_file_control(p->db, 0, SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME, &p->zTempFile); } if( p->zTempFile==0 ){ + /* If p->db is an in-memory database then the TEMPFILENAME file-control + ** will not work and we will need to fallback to guessing */ + char *zTemp; sqlite3_uint64 r; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r); - p->zTempFile = sqlite3_mprintf("temp%llx.%s", r, zSuffix); + zTemp = getenv("TEMP"); + if( zTemp==0 ) zTemp = getenv("TMP"); + if( zTemp==0 ){ +#ifdef _WIN32 + zTemp = "\\tmp"; +#else + zTemp = "/tmp"; +#endif + } + p->zTempFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%s/temp%llx.%s", zTemp, r, zSuffix); }else{ p->zTempFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%z.%s", p->zTempFile, zSuffix); } @@ -14012,16 +14220,16 @@ static int lintDotCommand( #if !defined SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE static void shellPrepare( - sqlite3 *db, - int *pRc, - const char *zSql, + sqlite3 *db, + int *pRc, + const char *zSql, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt ){ *ppStmt = 0; if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - raw_printf(stderr, "sql error: %s (%d)\n", + raw_printf(stderr, "sql error: %s (%d)\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db), sqlite3_errcode(db) ); *pRc = rc; @@ -14037,10 +14245,10 @@ static void shellPrepare( ** nuisance compiler warnings about "defined but not used". */ void shellPreparePrintf( - sqlite3 *db, - int *pRc, + sqlite3 *db, + int *pRc, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, - const char *zFmt, + const char *zFmt, ... ){ *ppStmt = 0; @@ -14066,7 +14274,7 @@ void shellPreparePrintf( ** nuisance compiler warnings about "defined but not used". */ void shellFinalize( - int *pRc, + int *pRc, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt ){ if( pStmt ){ @@ -14088,7 +14296,7 @@ void shellFinalize( ** nuisance compiler warnings about "defined but not used". */ void shellReset( - int *pRc, + int *pRc, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt ){ int rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); @@ -14135,7 +14343,7 @@ static int arUsage(FILE *f){ } /* -** Print an error message for the .ar command to stderr and return +** Print an error message for the .ar command to stderr and return ** SQLITE_ERROR. */ static int arErrorMsg(ArCommand *pAr, const char *zFmt, ...){ @@ -14210,7 +14418,7 @@ static int arProcessSwitch(ArCommand *pAr, int eSwitch, const char *zArg){ /* ** Parse the command line for an ".ar" command. The results are written into ** structure (*pAr). SQLITE_OK is returned if the command line is parsed -** successfully, otherwise an error message is written to stderr and +** successfully, otherwise an error message is written to stderr and ** SQLITE_ERROR returned. */ static int arParseCommand( @@ -14351,7 +14559,7 @@ static int arParseCommand( /* ** This function assumes that all arguments within the ArCommand.azArg[] -** array refer to archive members, as for the --extract or --list commands. +** array refer to archive members, as for the --extract or --list commands. ** It checks that each of them are present. If any specified file is not ** present in the archive, an error is printed to stderr and an error ** code returned. Otherwise, if all specified arguments are present in @@ -14368,7 +14576,7 @@ static int arCheckEntries(ArCommand *pAr){ sqlite3_stmt *pTest = 0; shellPreparePrintf(pAr->db, &rc, &pTest, - "SELECT name FROM %s WHERE name=$name", + "SELECT name FROM %s WHERE name=$name", pAr->zSrcTable ); j = sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(pTest, "$name"); @@ -14401,8 +14609,8 @@ static int arCheckEntries(ArCommand *pAr){ ** any non-NULL (*pzWhere) value. */ static void arWhereClause( - int *pRc, - ArCommand *pAr, + int *pRc, + ArCommand *pAr, char **pzWhere /* OUT: New WHERE clause */ ){ char *zWhere = 0; @@ -14415,7 +14623,7 @@ static void arWhereClause( for(i=0; i<pAr->nArg; i++){ const char *z = pAr->azArg[i]; zWhere = sqlite3_mprintf( - "%z%s name = '%q' OR substr(name,1,%d) = '%q/'", + "%z%s name = '%q' OR substr(name,1,%d) = '%q/'", zWhere, zSep, z, strlen30(z)+1, z ); if( zWhere==0 ){ @@ -14430,10 +14638,10 @@ static void arWhereClause( } /* -** Implementation of .ar "lisT" command. +** Implementation of .ar "lisT" command. */ static int arListCommand(ArCommand *pAr){ - const char *zSql = "SELECT %s FROM %s WHERE %s"; + const char *zSql = "SELECT %s FROM %s WHERE %s"; const char *azCols[] = { "name", "lsmode(mode), sz, datetime(mtime, 'unixepoch'), name" @@ -14455,7 +14663,7 @@ static int arListCommand(ArCommand *pAr){ if( pAr->bVerbose ){ utf8_printf(pAr->p->out, "%s % 10d %s %s\n", sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 0), - sqlite3_column_int(pSql, 1), + sqlite3_column_int(pSql, 1), sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 2), sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 3) ); @@ -14471,17 +14679,17 @@ static int arListCommand(ArCommand *pAr){ /* -** Implementation of .ar "eXtract" command. +** Implementation of .ar "eXtract" command. */ static int arExtractCommand(ArCommand *pAr){ - const char *zSql1 = + const char *zSql1 = "SELECT " " ($dir || name)," " writefile(($dir || name), %s, mode, mtime) " "FROM %s WHERE (%s) AND (data IS NULL OR $dirOnly = 0)" " AND name NOT GLOB '*..[/\\]*'"; - const char *azExtraArg[] = { + const char *azExtraArg[] = { "sqlar_uncompress(data, sz)", "data" }; @@ -14507,7 +14715,7 @@ static int arExtractCommand(ArCommand *pAr){ if( zDir==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } - shellPreparePrintf(pAr->db, &rc, &pSql, zSql1, + shellPreparePrintf(pAr->db, &rc, &pSql, zSql1, azExtraArg[pAr->bZip], pAr->zSrcTable, zWhere ); @@ -14585,7 +14793,7 @@ static int arCreateOrUpdateCommand( int bUpdate, /* true for a --create. */ int bOnlyIfChanged /* Only update if file has changed */ ){ - const char *zCreate = + const char *zCreate = "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS sqlar(\n" " name TEXT PRIMARY KEY, -- name of the file\n" " mode INT, -- access permissions\n" @@ -14627,7 +14835,7 @@ static int arCreateOrUpdateCommand( arExecSql(pAr, "PRAGMA page_size=512"); rc = arExecSql(pAr, "SAVEPOINT ar;"); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - zTemp[0] = 0; + zTemp[0] = 0; if( pAr->bZip ){ /* Initialize the zipfile virtual table, if necessary */ if( pAr->zFile ){ @@ -14721,7 +14929,7 @@ static int arDotCommand( }else if( cmd.zFile ){ int flags; if( cmd.bAppend ) eDbType = SHELL_OPEN_APPENDVFS; - if( cmd.eCmd==AR_CMD_CREATE || cmd.eCmd==AR_CMD_INSERT + if( cmd.eCmd==AR_CMD_CREATE || cmd.eCmd==AR_CMD_INSERT || cmd.eCmd==AR_CMD_UPDATE ){ flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; }else{ @@ -14732,10 +14940,10 @@ static int arDotCommand( utf8_printf(pState->out, "-- open database '%s'%s\n", cmd.zFile, eDbType==SHELL_OPEN_APPENDVFS ? " using 'apndvfs'" : ""); } - rc = sqlite3_open_v2(cmd.zFile, &cmd.db, flags, + rc = sqlite3_open_v2(cmd.zFile, &cmd.db, flags, eDbType==SHELL_OPEN_APPENDVFS ? "apndvfs" : 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - utf8_printf(stderr, "cannot open file: %s (%s)\n", + utf8_printf(stderr, "cannot open file: %s (%s)\n", cmd.zFile, sqlite3_errmsg(cmd.db) ); goto end_ar_command; @@ -14856,12 +15064,12 @@ static void *shellMalloc(int *pRc, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ /* ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, zFmt is treated as a printf() style string. The result of -** formatting it along with any trailing arguments is written into a +** formatting it along with any trailing arguments is written into a ** buffer obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), and pointer to which is returned. ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free this buffer ** using a call to sqlite3_free(). -** -** If an OOM error occurs, (*pRc) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and a NULL +** +** If an OOM error occurs, (*pRc) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and a NULL ** pointer returned. */ static char *shellMPrintf(int *pRc, const char *zFmt, ...){ @@ -14920,7 +15128,7 @@ static RecoverTable *recoverNewTable( int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ const char *zName, /* Name of table */ const char *zSql, /* CREATE TABLE statement */ - int bIntkey, + int bIntkey, int nCol ){ sqlite3 *dbtmp = 0; /* sqlite3 handle for testing CREATE TABLE */ @@ -14932,7 +15140,7 @@ static RecoverTable *recoverNewTable( int nSqlCol = 0; int bSqlIntkey = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - + rc = sqlite3_open("", &dbtmp); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_create_function(dbtmp, "shell_idquote", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, @@ -14948,7 +15156,7 @@ static RecoverTable *recoverNewTable( goto finished; } } - shellPreparePrintf(dbtmp, &rc, &pStmt, + shellPreparePrintf(dbtmp, &rc, &pStmt, "SELECT count(*) FROM pragma_table_info(%Q)", zName ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ @@ -14960,7 +15168,7 @@ static RecoverTable *recoverNewTable( goto finished; } - shellPreparePrintf(dbtmp, &rc, &pStmt, + shellPreparePrintf(dbtmp, &rc, &pStmt, "SELECT (" " SELECT substr(data,1,1)==X'0D' FROM sqlite_dbpage WHERE pgno=rootpage" ") FROM sqlite_master WHERE name = %Q", zName @@ -14982,7 +15190,7 @@ static RecoverTable *recoverNewTable( ** leave zPk as "_rowid_" and pTab->iPk at -2. */ pTab->iPk = -2; if( bIntkey ){ - shellPreparePrintf(dbtmp, &rc, &pPkFinder, + shellPreparePrintf(dbtmp, &rc, &pPkFinder, "SELECT cid, name FROM pragma_table_info(%Q) " " WHERE pk=1 AND type='integer' COLLATE nocase" " AND NOT EXISTS (SELECT cid FROM pragma_table_info(%Q) WHERE pk=2)" @@ -15004,11 +15212,11 @@ static RecoverTable *recoverNewTable( pTab->azlCol[0] = shellMPrintf(&rc, ""); } i = 1; - shellPreparePrintf(dbtmp, &rc, &pStmt, + shellPreparePrintf(dbtmp, &rc, &pStmt, "SELECT %Q || group_concat(shell_idquote(name), ', ') " " FILTER (WHERE cid!=%d) OVER (ORDER BY %s cid) " - "FROM pragma_table_info(%Q)", - bIntkey ? ", " : "", pTab->iPk, + "FROM pragma_table_info(%Q)", + bIntkey ? ", " : "", pTab->iPk, bIntkey ? "" : "(CASE WHEN pk=0 THEN 1000000 ELSE pk END), ", zName ); @@ -15042,7 +15250,7 @@ static RecoverTable *recoverNewTable( ** those. ** ** If a table is found, a (RecoverTable*) object is returned. Or, if -** no such table is found, but bIntkey is false and iRoot is the +** no such table is found, but bIntkey is false and iRoot is the ** root page of an index in the recovered schema, then (*pbNoop) is ** set to true and NULL returned. Or, if there is no such table or ** index, NULL is returned and (*pbNoop) set to 0, indicating that @@ -15136,7 +15344,7 @@ static RecoverTable *recoverOrphanTable( recoverFreeTable(pTab); pTab = 0; }else{ - raw_printf(pState->out, + raw_printf(pState->out, "CREATE TABLE %s(rootpgno INTEGER, " "pgno INTEGER, nfield INTEGER, id INTEGER", pTab->zQuoted ); @@ -15189,14 +15397,14 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){ bRowids = 0; } else{ - utf8_printf(stderr, "unexpected option: %s\n", azArg[i]); + utf8_printf(stderr, "unexpected option: %s\n", azArg[i]); showHelp(pState->out, azArg[0]); return 1; } } shellExecPrintf(pState->db, &rc, - /* Attach an in-memory database named 'recovery'. Create an indexed + /* Attach an in-memory database named 'recovery'. Create an indexed ** cache of the sqlite_dbptr virtual table. */ "PRAGMA writable_schema = on;" "ATTACH %Q AS recovery;" @@ -15230,9 +15438,9 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){ } /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, add all pointer-map pages to - ** the freelist table. Do this regardless of whether or not + ** the freelist table. Do this regardless of whether or not ** --freelist-corrupt was specified. */ - shellExec(pState->db, &rc, + shellExec(pState->db, &rc, "WITH ptrmap(pgno) AS (" " SELECT 2 WHERE shell_int32(" " (SELECT data FROM sqlite_dbpage WHERE pgno=1), 13" @@ -15244,7 +15452,7 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){ "REPLACE INTO recovery.freelist SELECT pgno FROM ptrmap" ); - shellExec(pState->db, &rc, + shellExec(pState->db, &rc, "CREATE TABLE recovery.dbptr(" " pgno, child, PRIMARY KEY(child, pgno)" ") WITHOUT ROWID;" @@ -15264,7 +15472,7 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){ ");" /* Create the "map" table that will (eventually) contain instructions - ** for dealing with each page in the db that contains one or more + ** for dealing with each page in the db that contains one or more ** records. */ "CREATE TABLE recovery.map(" "pgno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, maxlen INT, intkey, root INT" @@ -15313,7 +15521,7 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){ "CREATE INDEX recovery.schema_rootpage ON schema(rootpage);" ); - /* Open a transaction, then print out all non-virtual, non-"sqlite_%" + /* Open a transaction, then print out all non-virtual, non-"sqlite_%" ** CREATE TABLE statements that extracted from the existing schema. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; @@ -15330,7 +15538,7 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){ ); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ const char *zCreateTable = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); - raw_printf(pState->out, "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %s;\n", + raw_printf(pState->out, "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %s;\n", &zCreateTable[12] ); } @@ -15339,7 +15547,7 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){ /* Figure out if an orphan table will be required. And if so, how many ** user columns it should contain */ - shellPrepare(pState->db, &rc, + shellPrepare(pState->db, &rc, "SELECT coalesce(max(maxlen), -2) FROM recovery.map WHERE root>1" , &pLoop ); @@ -15363,8 +15571,8 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){ ); /* Loop through each root page. */ - shellPrepare(pState->db, &rc, - "SELECT root, intkey, max(maxlen) FROM recovery.map" + shellPrepare(pState->db, &rc, + "SELECT root, intkey, max(maxlen) FROM recovery.map" " WHERE root>1 GROUP BY root, intkey ORDER BY root=(" " SELECT rootpage FROM recovery.schema WHERE name='sqlite_sequence'" ")", &pLoop @@ -15417,13 +15625,13 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){ nField = nField+1; if( pTab2==pOrphan ){ - raw_printf(pState->out, + raw_printf(pState->out, "INSERT INTO %s VALUES(%d, %d, %d, %s%s%s);\n", pTab2->zQuoted, iRoot, iPgno, nField, iMin<0 ? "" : "NULL, ", zVal, pTab2->azlCol[nField] ); }else{ - raw_printf(pState->out, "INSERT INTO %s(%s) VALUES( %s );\n", + raw_printf(pState->out, "INSERT INTO %s(%s) VALUES( %s );\n", pTab2->zQuoted, pTab2->azlCol[nField], zVal ); } @@ -15441,7 +15649,7 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){ /* The rest of the schema */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - shellPrepare(pState->db, &rc, + shellPrepare(pState->db, &rc, "SELECT sql, name FROM recovery.schema " "WHERE sql NOT LIKE 'create table%'", &pStmt ); @@ -15449,7 +15657,7 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){ const char *zSql = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zSql, "create virt", 11)==0 ){ const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1); - char *zPrint = shellMPrintf(&rc, + char *zPrint = shellMPrintf(&rc, "INSERT INTO sqlite_master VALUES('table', %Q, %Q, 0, %Q)", zName, zName, zSql ); @@ -15585,7 +15793,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ return 1; } if( zDb==0 ) zDb = "main"; - rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zDestFile, &pDest, + rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zDestFile, &pDest, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, zVfs); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zDestFile); @@ -15759,7 +15967,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ if( nArg>1 && ii==ArraySize(aDbConfig) ){ utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: unknown dbconfig \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); utf8_printf(stderr, "Enter \".dbconfig\" with no arguments for a list\n"); - } + } }else if( c=='d' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "dbinfo", n)==0 ){ @@ -15774,7 +15982,8 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ #endif /* !(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB) */ if( c=='d' && strncmp(azArg[0], "dump", n)==0 ){ - const char *zLike = 0; + char *zLike = 0; + char *zSql; int i; int savedShowHeader = p->showHeader; int savedShellFlags = p->shellFlgs; @@ -15802,12 +16011,10 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ goto meta_command_exit; } }else if( zLike ){ - raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .dump ?--preserve-rowids? " - "?--newlines? ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n"); - rc = 1; - goto meta_command_exit; + zLike = sqlite3_mprintf("%z OR name LIKE %Q ESCAPE '\\'", + zLike, azArg[i]); }else{ - zLike = azArg[i]; + zLike = sqlite3_mprintf("name LIKE %Q ESCAPE '\\'", azArg[i]); } } @@ -15825,35 +16032,25 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ ** corrupt. */ sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT dump; PRAGMA writable_schema=ON", 0, 0, 0); p->nErr = 0; - if( zLike==0 ){ - run_schema_dump_query(p, - "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type=='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" - ); - run_schema_dump_query(p, - "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence'" - ); - run_table_dump_query(p, - "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')", 0 - ); - }else{ - char *zSql; - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE tbl_name LIKE %Q AND type=='table'" - " AND sql NOT NULL", zLike); - run_schema_dump_query(p,zSql); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE sql NOT NULL" - " AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')" - " AND tbl_name LIKE %Q", zLike); - run_table_dump_query(p, zSql, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - } + if( zLike==0 ) zLike = sqlite3_mprintf("true"); + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " + "WHERE (%s) AND type=='table'" + " AND sql NOT NULL" + " ORDER BY tbl_name='sqlite_sequence', rowid", + zLike + ); + run_schema_dump_query(p,zSql); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master " + "WHERE (%s) AND sql NOT NULL" + " AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')", + zLike + ); + run_table_dump_query(p, zSql); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + sqlite3_free(zLike); if( p->writableSchema ){ raw_printf(p->out, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF;\n"); p->writableSchema = 0; @@ -15954,8 +16151,9 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ { "psow", SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, "[BOOLEAN]" }, /* { "pragma", SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, "NAME ARG" },*/ { "tempfilename", SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME, "" }, - { "has_moved", SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, "" }, + { "has_moved", SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, "" }, { "lock_timeout", SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, "MILLISEC" }, + { "reserve_bytes", SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES, "[N]" }, }; int filectrl = -1; int iCtrl = -1; @@ -15963,10 +16161,21 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ int isOk = 0; /* 0: usage 1: %lld 2: no-result */ int n2, i; const char *zCmd = 0; + const char *zSchema = 0; open_db(p, 0); zCmd = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : "help"; + if( zCmd[0]=='-' + && (strcmp(zCmd,"--schema")==0 || strcmp(zCmd,"-schema")==0) + && nArg>=4 + ){ + zSchema = azArg[2]; + for(i=3; i<nArg; i++) azArg[i-2] = azArg[i]; + nArg -= 2; + zCmd = azArg[1]; + } + /* The argument can optionally begin with "-" or "--" */ if( zCmd[0]=='-' && zCmd[1] ){ zCmd++; @@ -16008,7 +16217,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT: { if( nArg!=2 && nArg!=3 ) break; iRes = nArg==3 ? integerValue(azArg[2]) : -1; - sqlite3_file_control(p->db, 0, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT, &iRes); + sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zSchema, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT, &iRes); isOk = 1; break; } @@ -16017,7 +16226,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ int x; if( nArg!=3 ) break; x = (int)integerValue(azArg[2]); - sqlite3_file_control(p->db, 0, filectrl, &x); + sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zSchema, filectrl, &x); isOk = 2; break; } @@ -16026,7 +16235,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ int x; if( nArg!=2 && nArg!=3 ) break; x = nArg==3 ? booleanValue(azArg[2]) : -1; - sqlite3_file_control(p->db, 0, filectrl, &x); + sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zSchema, filectrl, &x); iRes = x; isOk = 1; break; @@ -16034,7 +16243,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: { int x; if( nArg!=2 ) break; - sqlite3_file_control(p->db, 0, filectrl, &x); + sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zSchema, filectrl, &x); iRes = x; isOk = 1; break; @@ -16042,7 +16251,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: { char *z = 0; if( nArg!=2 ) break; - sqlite3_file_control(p->db, 0, filectrl, &z); + sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zSchema, filectrl, &z); if( z ){ utf8_printf(p->out, "%s\n", z); sqlite3_free(z); @@ -16050,6 +16259,18 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ isOk = 2; break; } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES: { + int x; + if( nArg>=3 ){ + x = atoi(azArg[2]); + sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zSchema, filectrl, &x); + } + x = -1; + sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zSchema, filectrl, &x); + utf8_printf(p->out,"%d\n", x); + isOk = 2; + break; + } } } if( isOk==0 && iCtrl>=0 ){ @@ -16133,8 +16354,8 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ }else if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "import", n)==0 ){ - char *zTable; /* Insert data into this table */ - char *zFile; /* Name of file to extra content from */ + char *zTable = 0; /* Insert data into this table */ + char *zFile = 0; /* Name of file to extra content from */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = NULL; /* A statement */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in the table */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes in an SQL string */ @@ -16145,51 +16366,108 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ ImportCtx sCtx; /* Reader context */ char *(SQLITE_CDECL *xRead)(ImportCtx*); /* Func to read one value */ int (SQLITE_CDECL *xCloser)(FILE*); /* Func to close file */ + int eVerbose = 0; /* Larger for more console output */ + int nSkip = 0; /* Initial lines to skip */ + int useOutputMode = 1; /* Use output mode to determine separators */ - if( nArg!=3 ){ - raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .import FILE TABLE\n"); - goto meta_command_exit; - } - zFile = azArg[1]; - zTable = azArg[2]; - seenInterrupt = 0; memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx)); - open_db(p, 0); - nSep = strlen30(p->colSeparator); - if( nSep==0 ){ - raw_printf(stderr, - "Error: non-null column separator required for import\n"); - return 1; + if( p->mode==MODE_Ascii ){ + xRead = ascii_read_one_field; + }else{ + xRead = csv_read_one_field; } - if( nSep>1 ){ - raw_printf(stderr, "Error: multi-character column separators not allowed" - " for import\n"); - return 1; + for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){ + char *z = azArg[i]; + if( z[0]=='-' && z[1]=='-' ) z++; + if( z[0]!='-' ){ + if( zFile==0 ){ + zFile = z; + }else if( zTable==0 ){ + zTable = z; + }else{ + utf8_printf(p->out, "ERROR: extra argument: \"%s\". Usage:\n", z); + showHelp(p->out, "import"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } + }else if( strcmp(z,"-v")==0 ){ + eVerbose++; + }else if( strcmp(z,"-skip")==0 && i<nArg-1 ){ + nSkip = integerValue(azArg[++i]); + }else if( strcmp(z,"-ascii")==0 ){ + sCtx.cColSep = SEP_Unit[0]; + sCtx.cRowSep = SEP_Record[0]; + xRead = ascii_read_one_field; + useOutputMode = 0; + }else if( strcmp(z,"-csv")==0 ){ + sCtx.cColSep = ','; + sCtx.cRowSep = '\n'; + xRead = csv_read_one_field; + useOutputMode = 0; + }else{ + utf8_printf(p->out, "ERROR: unknown option: \"%s\". Usage:\n", z); + showHelp(p->out, "import"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } } - nSep = strlen30(p->rowSeparator); - if( nSep==0 ){ - raw_printf(stderr, "Error: non-null row separator required for import\n"); - return 1; + if( zTable==0 ){ + utf8_printf(p->out, "ERROR: missing %s argument. Usage:\n", + zFile==0 ? "FILE" : "TABLE"); + showHelp(p->out, "import"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; } - if( nSep==2 && p->mode==MODE_Csv && strcmp(p->rowSeparator, SEP_CrLf)==0 ){ - /* When importing CSV (only), if the row separator is set to the - ** default output row separator, change it to the default input - ** row separator. This avoids having to maintain different input - ** and output row separators. */ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row); + seenInterrupt = 0; + open_db(p, 0); + if( useOutputMode ){ + /* If neither the --csv or --ascii options are specified, then set + ** the column and row separator characters from the output mode. */ + nSep = strlen30(p->colSeparator); + if( nSep==0 ){ + raw_printf(stderr, + "Error: non-null column separator required for import\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } + if( nSep>1 ){ + raw_printf(stderr, + "Error: multi-character column separators not allowed" + " for import\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } nSep = strlen30(p->rowSeparator); - } - if( nSep>1 ){ - raw_printf(stderr, "Error: multi-character row separators not allowed" - " for import\n"); - return 1; + if( nSep==0 ){ + raw_printf(stderr, + "Error: non-null row separator required for import\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } + if( nSep==2 && p->mode==MODE_Csv && strcmp(p->rowSeparator,SEP_CrLf)==0 ){ + /* When importing CSV (only), if the row separator is set to the + ** default output row separator, change it to the default input + ** row separator. This avoids having to maintain different input + ** and output row separators. */ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row); + nSep = strlen30(p->rowSeparator); + } + if( nSep>1 ){ + raw_printf(stderr, "Error: multi-character row separators not allowed" + " for import\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } + sCtx.cColSep = p->colSeparator[0]; + sCtx.cRowSep = p->rowSeparator[0]; } sCtx.zFile = zFile; sCtx.nLine = 1; if( sCtx.zFile[0]=='|' ){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_POPEN raw_printf(stderr, "Error: pipes are not supported in this OS\n"); - return 1; + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; #else sCtx.in = popen(sCtx.zFile+1, "r"); sCtx.zFile = "<pipe>"; @@ -16199,17 +16477,26 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ sCtx.in = fopen(sCtx.zFile, "rb"); xCloser = fclose; } - if( p->mode==MODE_Ascii ){ - xRead = ascii_read_one_field; - }else{ - xRead = csv_read_one_field; - } if( sCtx.in==0 ){ utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zFile); - return 1; + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } + if( eVerbose>=2 || (eVerbose>=1 && useOutputMode) ){ + char zSep[2]; + zSep[1] = 0; + zSep[0] = sCtx.cColSep; + utf8_printf(p->out, "Column separator "); + output_c_string(p->out, zSep); + utf8_printf(p->out, ", row separator "); + zSep[0] = sCtx.cRowSep; + output_c_string(p->out, zSep); + utf8_printf(p->out, "\n"); + } + while( (nSkip--)>0 ){ + while( xRead(&sCtx) && sCtx.cTerm==sCtx.cColSep ){} + sCtx.nLine++; } - sCtx.cColSep = p->colSeparator[0]; - sCtx.cRowSep = p->rowSeparator[0]; zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %s", zTable); if( zSql==0 ){ xCloser(sCtx.in); @@ -16231,9 +16518,13 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ sqlite3_free(sCtx.z); xCloser(sCtx.in); utf8_printf(stderr,"%s: empty file\n", sCtx.zFile); - return 1; + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; } zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf("%z\n)", zCreate); + if( eVerbose>=1 ){ + utf8_printf(p->out, "%s\n", zCreate); + } rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_free(zCreate); if( rc ){ @@ -16241,7 +16532,8 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); sqlite3_free(sCtx.z); xCloser(sCtx.in); - return 1; + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; } rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); } @@ -16250,7 +16542,8 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ if (pStmt) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); xCloser(sCtx.in); - return 1; + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; } nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); @@ -16269,13 +16562,17 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ } zSql[j++] = ')'; zSql[j] = 0; + if( eVerbose>=2 ){ + utf8_printf(p->out, "Insert using: %s\n", zSql); + } rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); if( rc ){ utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); if (pStmt) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); xCloser(sCtx.in); - return 1; + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; } needCommit = sqlite3_get_autocommit(p->db); if( needCommit ) sqlite3_exec(p->db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0); @@ -16318,6 +16615,9 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ utf8_printf(stderr, "%s:%d: INSERT failed: %s\n", sCtx.zFile, startLine, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); + sCtx.nErr++; + }else{ + sCtx.nRow++; } } }while( sCtx.cTerm!=EOF ); @@ -16326,6 +16626,11 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ sqlite3_free(sCtx.z); sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); if( needCommit ) sqlite3_exec(p->db, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0); + if( eVerbose>0 ){ + utf8_printf(p->out, + "Added %d rows with %d errors using %d lines of input\n", + sCtx.nRow, sCtx.nErr, sCtx.nLine-1); + } }else #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE @@ -16604,6 +16909,34 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ } }else +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( c=='o' && strcmp(azArg[0],"oom")==0 ){ + int i; + for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){ + const char *z = azArg[i]; + if( z[0]=='-' && z[1]=='-' ) z++; + if( strcmp(z,"-repeat")==0 ){ + if( i==nArg-1 ){ + raw_printf(p->out, "missing argument on \"%s\"\n", azArg[i]); + rc = 1; + }else{ + oomRepeat = (int)integerValue(azArg[++i]); + } + }else if( IsDigit(z[0]) ){ + oomCounter = (int)integerValue(azArg[i]); + }else{ + raw_printf(p->out, "unknown argument: \"%s\"\n", azArg[i]); + raw_printf(p->out, "Usage: .oom [--repeat N] [M]\n"); + rc = 1; + } + } + if( rc==0 ){ + raw_printf(p->out, "oomCounter = %d\n", oomCounter); + raw_printf(p->out, "oomRepeat = %d\n", oomRepeat); + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + if( c=='o' && strncmp(azArg[0], "open", n)==0 && n>=2 ){ char *zNewFilename; /* Name of the database file to open */ int iName = 1; /* Index in azArg[] of the filename */ @@ -16671,42 +17004,66 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ && (strncmp(azArg[0], "output", n)==0||strncmp(azArg[0], "once", n)==0)) || (c=='e' && n==5 && strcmp(azArg[0],"excel")==0) ){ - const char *zFile = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : "stdout"; + const char *zFile = 0; int bTxtMode = 0; - if( azArg[0][0]=='e' ){ - /* Transform the ".excel" command into ".once -x" */ - nArg = 2; - azArg[0] = "once"; - zFile = azArg[1] = "-x"; - n = 4; - } - if( nArg>2 ){ - utf8_printf(stderr, "Usage: .%s [-e|-x|FILE]\n", azArg[0]); - rc = 1; - goto meta_command_exit; + int i; + int eMode = 0; + int bBOM = 0; + int bOnce = 0; /* 0: .output, 1: .once, 2: .excel */ + + if( c=='e' ){ + eMode = 'x'; + bOnce = 2; + }else if( strncmp(azArg[0],"once",n)==0 ){ + bOnce = 1; } - if( n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "once", n)==0 ){ - if( nArg<2 ){ - raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .once (-e|-x|FILE)\n"); + for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){ + char *z = azArg[i]; + if( z[0]=='-' ){ + if( z[1]=='-' ) z++; + if( strcmp(z,"-bom")==0 ){ + bBOM = 1; + }else if( c!='e' && strcmp(z,"-x")==0 ){ + eMode = 'x'; /* spreadsheet */ + }else if( c!='e' && strcmp(z,"-e")==0 ){ + eMode = 'e'; /* text editor */ + }else{ + utf8_printf(p->out, "ERROR: unknown option: \"%s\". Usage:\n", + azArg[i]); + showHelp(p->out, azArg[0]); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } + }else if( zFile==0 ){ + zFile = z; + }else{ + utf8_printf(p->out,"ERROR: extra parameter: \"%s\". Usage:\n", + azArg[i]); + showHelp(p->out, azArg[0]); rc = 1; goto meta_command_exit; } + } + if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "stdout"; + if( bOnce ){ p->outCount = 2; }else{ p->outCount = 0; } output_reset(p); - if( zFile[0]=='-' && zFile[1]=='-' ) zFile++; #ifndef SQLITE_NOHAVE_SYSTEM - if( strcmp(zFile, "-e")==0 || strcmp(zFile, "-x")==0 ){ + if( eMode=='e' || eMode=='x' ){ p->doXdgOpen = 1; outputModePush(p); - if( zFile[1]=='x' ){ + if( eMode=='x' ){ + /* spreadsheet mode. Output as CSV. */ newTempFile(p, "csv"); + ShellClearFlag(p, SHFLG_Echo); p->mode = MODE_Csv; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Comma); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_CrLf); }else{ + /* text editor mode */ newTempFile(p, "txt"); bTxtMode = 1; } @@ -16725,6 +17082,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ p->out = stdout; rc = 1; }else{ + if( bBOM ) fprintf(p->out,"\357\273\277"); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "%s", zFile); } #endif @@ -16737,6 +17095,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ p->out = stdout; rc = 1; } else { + if( bBOM ) fprintf(p->out,"\357\273\277"); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "%s", zFile); } } @@ -17800,7 +18159,6 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ { "prng_restore", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE, "" }, { "prng_save", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE, "" }, { "prng_seed", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SEED, "SEED ?db?" }, - { "reserve", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, "BYTES-OF-RESERVE"}, }; int testctrl = -1; int iCtrl = -1; @@ -17853,7 +18211,6 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){ /* sqlite3_test_control(int, db, int) */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: if( nArg==3 ){ int opt = (int)strtol(azArg[2], 0, 0); rc2 = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, p->db, opt); @@ -18625,14 +18982,18 @@ static void main_init(ShellState *data) { */ #ifdef _WIN32 static void printBold(const char *zText){ +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT HANDLE out = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE); CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO defaultScreenInfo; GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(out, &defaultScreenInfo); SetConsoleTextAttribute(out, FOREGROUND_RED|FOREGROUND_INTENSITY ); +#endif printf("%s", zText); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT SetConsoleTextAttribute(out, defaultScreenInfo.wAttributes); +#endif } #else static void printBold(const char *zText){ @@ -18687,6 +19048,10 @@ int SQLITE_CDECL wmain(int argc, wchar_t **wargv){ stdin_is_interactive = isatty(0); stdout_is_console = isatty(1); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + registerOomSimulator(); +#endif + #if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) if( getenv("SQLITE_DEBUG_BREAK") ){ if( isatty(0) && isatty(2) ){ @@ -18696,7 +19061,11 @@ int SQLITE_CDECL wmain(int argc, wchar_t **wargv){ fgetc(stdin); }else{ #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + __debugbreak(); +#else DebugBreak(); +#endif #elif defined(SIGTRAP) raise(SIGTRAP); #endif diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.c b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.c index 911f098be07..1b2c2ec7a33 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.c +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /****************************************************************************** ** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite -** version 3.31.1. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** version 3.32.1. By combining all the individual C code files into this ** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation ** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be ** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #define CTIMEOPT_VAL2(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL2_(opt) /* -** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should +** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should ** be sorted A-Z. ** ** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses @@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ */ static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = { -/* -** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl +/* +** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl */ #if SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID "32BIT_ROWID", @@ -218,6 +218,9 @@ static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = { #if SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE "ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE", #endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB + "ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB", +#endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD "ENABLE_CEROD=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD), #endif @@ -380,9 +383,6 @@ static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = { #if SQLITE_FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID "FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID", #endif -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - "HAS_CODEC", -#endif #if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN "HAVE_ISNAN", #endif @@ -539,9 +539,6 @@ static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = { #if SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL", #endif -#if SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT - "OMIT_BTREECOUNT", -#endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_CAST "OMIT_CAST", #endif @@ -777,8 +774,8 @@ static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = { #if SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC "ZERO_MALLOC", #endif -/* -** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl +/* +** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl */ }; @@ -828,10 +825,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt){ ** ** PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD - This branch prevents a buffer overread ** that would be harmless and undetectable -** if it did occur. +** if it did occur. ** ** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual -** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the +** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the ** asterisks and the comment text. */ @@ -1150,7 +1147,7 @@ extern "C" { ** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented ** and Z will be reset to zero. ** -** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), +** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), ** SQLite source code has been stored in the ** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management ** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to @@ -1165,9 +1162,9 @@ extern "C" { ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.31.1" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3031001 -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-01-27 19:55:54 3bfa9cc97da10598521b342961df8f5f68c7388fa117345eeb516eaa837balt1" +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.32.1" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3032001 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-05-25 16:19:56 0c1fcf4711a2e66c813aed38cf41cd3e2123ee8eb6db98118086764c4ba83350" /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers @@ -1193,8 +1190,8 @@ extern "C" { ** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have ** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The ** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns -** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the ** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built ** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters ** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^ @@ -1209,20 +1206,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics ** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 -** indicating whether the specified option was defined at -** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the -** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating ** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by ** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, -** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ -** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by ** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). ** ** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() -** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the ** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. ** ** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and @@ -1246,7 +1243,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes ** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, ** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe ** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. ** @@ -1303,14 +1300,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; ** ** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values ** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The -** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values ** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. */ #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; # ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; -# else +# else typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; # endif #elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) @@ -1341,26 +1338,22 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; ** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated ** resources are deallocated. ** -** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared -** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() -** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. -** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements -** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes -** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the -** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is -** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with -** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which -** destructors are called is arbitrary. -** -** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], -** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** Ideally, applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all +** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and ** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated -** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If -** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has -** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or -** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation -** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], -** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements, BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then +** sqlite3_close() will leave the database connection open and return +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared +** statements, unclosed BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, +** it returns [SQLITE_OK] regardless, but instead of deallocating the database +** connection immediately, it marks the database connection as an unusable +** "zombie" and makes arrangements to automatically deallocate the database +** connection after all prepared statements are finalized, all BLOB handles +** are closed, and all backups have finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface +** is intended for use with host languages that are garbage collected, and +** where the order in which destructors are called is arbitrary. ** ** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, ** the transaction is automatically rolled back. @@ -1390,7 +1383,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], ** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL -** without having to use a lot of C code. +** without having to use a lot of C code. ** ** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, ** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, @@ -1430,7 +1423,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. ** ** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer -** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or ** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database ** is not changed. ** @@ -1549,10 +1542,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (29<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (30<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (31<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DATA (SQLITE_IOERR | (32<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB (SQLITE_LOCKED | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT (SQLITE_BUSY | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) @@ -1561,6 +1556,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (6<<8)) #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) @@ -1712,7 +1708,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle ** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the ** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface ** implementations will ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields @@ -1734,7 +1730,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file { ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** -** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method ** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The ** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] @@ -1884,7 +1880,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS ** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified -** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should ** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use ** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and @@ -1907,24 +1903,24 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and ** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a -** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked -** because the user has configured SQLite with -** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place ** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with ** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced ** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated -** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that -** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications -** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may -** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite ** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately ** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal ** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call -** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the -** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic @@ -1972,13 +1968,13 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening ** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some -** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current ** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of ** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the -** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable ** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. ** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with @@ -1997,7 +1993,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** upper-most shim only. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] -** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding ** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument ** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of @@ -2008,7 +2004,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] ** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or ** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal ** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the ** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op @@ -2048,7 +2044,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that ** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The ** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if -** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit ** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This ** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. ** @@ -2092,7 +2088,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by ** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for -** this opcode. +** this opcode. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then @@ -2109,7 +2105,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write -** operations since the previous successful call to +** operations since the previous successful call to ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically. ** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were ** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage. @@ -2121,7 +2117,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write -** operations since the previous successful call to +** operations since the previous successful call to ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back. ** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode ** so that all subsequent write operations are independent. @@ -2129,10 +2125,12 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode causes attempts to obtain -** a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS to wait -** for up to M milliseconds before failing, where M is the single -** unsigned integer parameter. +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode is used to configure a VFS +** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to +** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS. +** The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit signed integer that contains +** the value that M is to be set to. Before returning, the 32-bit signed +** integer is overwritten with the previous value of M. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] opcode is used to detect changes to @@ -2154,6 +2152,11 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** happen either internally or externally and that are associated with ** a particular attached database. ** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint +** in wal mode before the client starts to copy pages from the wal +** file to the database file. +** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint ** in wal mode after the client has finished copying pages from the wal @@ -2197,6 +2200,8 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { #define SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION 35 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT 36 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE 37 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES 38 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START 39 /* deprecated names */ #define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE @@ -2280,14 +2285,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. ** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen -** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the ** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to ** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. ** @@ -2329,10 +2334,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() -** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. -** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened +** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened ** for exclusive access. ** ** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite @@ -2356,7 +2361,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** non-zero error code if there is an I/O error or if the name of ** the file given in the second argument is illegal. If SQLITE_OK ** is returned, then non-zero or zero is written into *pResOut to indicate -** whether or not the file is accessible. +** whether or not the file is accessible. ** ** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the ** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer @@ -2376,16 +2381,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as ** a floating point value. ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian -** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in -** a 24-hour day). +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current -** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. ** ** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces ** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided -** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding ** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can ** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult ** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden @@ -2432,7 +2437,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. + ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ }; @@ -2476,7 +2481,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { ** </ul> ** ** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as -** was given on the corresponding lock. +** was given on the corresponding lock. ** ** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or ** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED @@ -2621,7 +2626,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); ** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code ** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. ** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** @@ -2639,7 +2644,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to ** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. ** By creating an instance of this object ** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative @@ -2669,7 +2674,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple ** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. ** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] -** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** ** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, @@ -2727,7 +2732,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default -** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.</dd> ** @@ -2762,7 +2767,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt> -** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is ** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. ** The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of @@ -2813,7 +2818,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt> ** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool ** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page -** cache implementation. +** cache implementation. ** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-defined page ** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]. ** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to @@ -2841,7 +2846,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** additional cache line. </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt> -** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer ** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs ** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. ** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled @@ -2896,7 +2901,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt> -** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is ** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies ** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd> @@ -2910,7 +2915,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite ** global [error log]. ** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a -** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is ** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the ** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. @@ -3019,7 +3024,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]] ** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL ** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which -** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. +** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. ** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes) ** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk. ** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held @@ -3041,7 +3046,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference ** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded ** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default -** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a +** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a ** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour. ** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option. @@ -3069,7 +3074,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ @@ -3104,7 +3109,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> -** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a ** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. @@ -3122,7 +3127,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** when the "current value" returned by ** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. ** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside -** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns ** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY]] @@ -3199,11 +3204,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** until after the database connection closes. ** </dd> ** -** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt> -** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a -** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no -** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint +** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a +** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no +** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint ** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to ** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation ** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the @@ -3222,7 +3227,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** slower. But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior. With ** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as ** was used during testing in the lab. -** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable ** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting ** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled @@ -3230,15 +3235,15 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt> -** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not +** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not ** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This ** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this ** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer - ** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it, ** or negative to leave the setting unchanged. -** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written -** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if -** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written +** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if +** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE</dt> @@ -3252,7 +3257,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any ** errors. This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep ** the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before -** the reset. +** the reset. ** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0); ** <li> [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0); ** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0); @@ -3264,7 +3269,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE</dt> ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE option activates or deactivates the ** "defensive" flag for a database connection. When the defensive -** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to +** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to ** deliberately corrupt the database file are disabled. The disabled ** features include but are not limited to the following: ** <ul> @@ -3279,7 +3284,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA option activates or deactivates the ** "writable_schema" flag. This has the same effect and is logically equivalent ** to setting [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] or [PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF]. -** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable ** the writable_schema, positive to enable writable_schema, or negative to ** leave the setting unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an ** integer into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the writable_schema @@ -3324,7 +3329,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** including: ** <ul> ** <li> Prohibit the use of SQL functions inside triggers, views, -** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, +** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, ** partial indexes, or generated columns ** unless those functions are tagged with [SQLITE_INNOCUOUS]. ** <li> Prohibit the use of virtual tables inside of triggers or views @@ -3345,7 +3350,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** any SQLite version back to 3.0.0 ([dateof:3.0.0]). Without this setting, ** newly created databases are generally not understandable by SQLite versions ** prior to 3.3.0 ([dateof:3.3.0]). As these words are written, there -** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible +** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible ** all the way back to version 3.0.0, and so this setting is of little ** practical use, but is provided so that SQLite can continue to claim the ** ability to generate new database files that are compatible with version @@ -3403,8 +3408,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); ** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of ** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] ** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not -** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred -** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns +** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred +** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns ** zero. ** ** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database @@ -3414,15 +3419,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); ** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as ** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory ** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid -** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to +** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to ** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid -** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original -** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning +** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original +** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning ** control to the user. ** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will -** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is -** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will +** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is +** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned ** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a @@ -3455,7 +3460,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to -** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R +** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R ** without inserting a row into the database. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); @@ -3471,37 +3476,37 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); ** returned by this function. ** ** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are -** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], +** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], ** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted. -** -** Changes to a view that are intercepted by -** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value -** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or -** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real +** +** Changes to a view that are intercepted by +** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value +** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or +** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real ** tables are counted. ** ** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is ** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the ** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback ** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially: -** +** ** <ul> ** <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by -** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program +** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program ** has finished, the original value is restored.)^ -** -** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE -** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() -** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include -** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() +** +** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE +** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() +** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include +** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() ** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^ ** </ul> -** +** ** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used -** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it +** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it ** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing. -** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger -** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the +** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger +** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the ** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection @@ -3527,10 +3532,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); ** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as ** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement ** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes(). -** +** ** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the ** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are -** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers +** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers ** are not counted. ** ** The [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number @@ -3539,7 +3544,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); ** To detect changes against a database file from other database ** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control]. -** +** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value ** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. @@ -3581,7 +3586,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the ** running statement count reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been ** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are @@ -3613,7 +3618,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** -** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior ** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, ** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero @@ -3658,7 +3663,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] -** to the application instead of invoking the +** to the application instead of invoking the ** busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and @@ -3683,7 +3688,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, ** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. -** +** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ @@ -3801,7 +3806,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions ** from the standard C library. ** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from -** the standard library printf() +** the standard library printf() ** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]). ** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details. ** @@ -3997,7 +4002,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that -** access is denied. +** access is denied. ** ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third ** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter @@ -4050,7 +4055,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the -** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a ** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the ** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. ** @@ -4198,7 +4203,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each ** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the ** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which -** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment +** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment ** that indicates the invocation of a trigger. ^The callback can compute ** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()] ** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking @@ -4214,7 +4219,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** ** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_ROW</dt> ** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared -** statement generates a single row of result. +** statement generates a single row of result. ** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the ** X argument is unused. ** @@ -4241,10 +4246,10 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of ** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants. ** -** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides +** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides ** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2(). ** -** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by +** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by ** mask M occur. ^The integer return value from the callback is currently ** ignored, though this may change in future releases. Callback ** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility. @@ -4276,8 +4281,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( ** database connection D. An example use for this ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** -** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the -** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive ** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress ** handler is disabled. @@ -4304,7 +4309,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3 ** -** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually @@ -4423,17 +4428,17 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** information. ** ** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an -** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string -** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an -** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if ** present, is ignored. ** ** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file -** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, -** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin ** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) -** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. -** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path ** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^ ** ** [[core URI query parameters]] @@ -4453,13 +4458,13 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** ** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", ** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is -** an error)^. -** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only -** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the -** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to -** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) -** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had -** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is ** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads ** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for @@ -4469,7 +4474,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or ** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the ** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to -** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is ** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. ** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in ** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting @@ -4495,7 +4500,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** property on a database file that does in fact change can result ** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. ** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. -** +** ** </ul> ** ** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an @@ -4507,36 +4512,36 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** ** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5> ** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results -** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> ** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br> -** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> -** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> +** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> +** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> ** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". -** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> +** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> ** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. -** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> +** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> ** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db ** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive -** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly ** necessary - space characters can be used literally ** in URI filenames. -** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> ** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. ** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by ** default, use a private cache. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td> ** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" ** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. -** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> ** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. ** </table> ** ** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and ** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a -** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits ** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a -** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all ** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the ** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, ** the results are undefined. @@ -4572,14 +4577,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters ** ** These are utility routines, useful to [VFS|custom VFS implementations], -** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. ** -** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of -** a VFS implementation or it is the return value of [sqlite3_db_filename()] +** The first parameter to these interfaces (hereafter referred to +** as F) must be one of: +** <ul> +** <li> A database filename pointer created by the SQLite core and +** passed into the xOpen() method of a VFS implemention, or +** <li> A filename obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], or +** <li> A new filename constructed using [sqlite3_create_filename()]. +** </ul> +** If the F parameter is not one of the above, then the behavior is +** undefined and probably undesirable. Older versions of SQLite were +** more tolerant of invalid F parameters than newer versions. +** +** If F is a suitable filename (as described in the previous paragraph) ** and if P is the name of the query parameter, then ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P -** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a ** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F and it ** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns ** a pointer to an empty string. @@ -4588,7 +4604,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value ** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the ** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any -** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of ** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or ** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query @@ -4606,7 +4622,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** parameters minus 1. The N value is zero-based so N should be 0 to obtain ** the name of the first query parameter, 1 for the second parameter, and ** so forth. -** +** ** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and ** is not a database file pathname pointer that the SQLite core passed @@ -4659,17 +4675,89 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_database(const char*); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_journal(const char*); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_wal(const char*); +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database File Corresponding To A Journal +** +** ^If X is the name of a rollback or WAL-mode journal file that is +** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then +** sqlite3_database_file_object(X) returns a pointer to the [sqlite3_file] +** object that represents the main database file. +** +** This routine is intended for use in custom [VFS] implementations +** only. It is not a general-purpose interface. +** The argument sqlite3_file_object(X) must be a filename pointer that +** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the +** flags parameter to xOpen contains one of the bits +** [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] or [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]. Any other use +** of this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable +** behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create and Destroy VFS Filenames +** +** These interfces are provided for use by [VFS shim] implementations and +** are not useful outside of that context. +** +** The sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) allocates memory to hold a version of +** database filename D with corresponding journal file J and WAL file W and +** with N URI parameters key/values pairs in the array P. The result from +** sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) is a pointer to a database filename that +** is safe to pass to routines like: +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_parameter()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_boolean()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_int64()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()], +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_database()], +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_journal()], or +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_wal()]. +** </ul> +** If a memory allocation error occurs, sqlite3_create_filename() might +** return a NULL pointer. The memory obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(X) +** must be released by a corresponding call to sqlite3_free_filename(Y). +** +** The P parameter in sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) should be an array +** of 2*N pointers to strings. Each pair of pointers in this array corresponds +** to a key and value for a query parameter. The P parameter may be a NULL +** pointer if N is zero. None of the 2*N pointers in the P array may be +** NULL pointers and key pointers should not be empty strings. +** None of the D, J, or W parameters to sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) may +** be NULL pointers, though they can be empty strings. +** +** The sqlite3_free_filename(Y) routine releases a memory allocation +** previously obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(). Invoking +** sqlite3_free_filename(Y) where Y is a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** If the Y parameter to sqlite3_free_filename(Y) is anything other +** than a NULL pointer or a pointer previously acquired from +** sqlite3_create_filename(), then bad things such as heap +** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should be +** used again after sqlite3_free_filename(Y) has been called. This means +** that if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen()] method of a VFS has been called using Y, +** then the corresponding [sqlite3_module.xClose() method should also be +** invoked prior to calling sqlite3_free_filename(Y). +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_create_filename( + const char *zDatabase, + const char *zJournal, + const char *zWal, + int nParam, + const char **azParam +); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with +** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with ** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface ** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that ** API call. ** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() -** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** interface is the same except that it always returns the ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are ** disabled. ** @@ -4726,7 +4814,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); ** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated. ** ** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The -** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object +** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object ** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a ** prepared statement before it can be run. ** @@ -4756,7 +4844,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; ** new limit for that construct.)^ ** ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. -** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a ** [limits | hard upper bound] ** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called ** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>]. @@ -4764,7 +4852,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. ** -** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the ** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. ** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, ** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. @@ -4869,7 +4957,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner ** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and ** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] -** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will +** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will ** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using ** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts ** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to @@ -4976,12 +5064,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** </li> ** ** <li> -** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the +** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the ** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, -** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been ** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change -** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. -** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column ** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4] compile-time option is enabled. @@ -5090,8 +5178,8 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** the content of the database file. ** ** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or -** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. -** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that ** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would ** change the database file through side-effects: ** @@ -5105,10 +5193,10 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], ** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, ** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but -** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the ** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause ** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements -** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make ** changes to the content of the database files on disk. ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since ** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and @@ -5134,18 +5222,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the -** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using ** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned ** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor ** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) -** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a ** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] ** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. ** ** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] -** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database ** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, -** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared ** statements that are holding a transaction open. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); @@ -5164,7 +5252,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The -** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new +** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new ** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not @@ -5172,7 +5260,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) -** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, @@ -5241,12 +5329,30 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index ** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. ** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] -** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). +** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 32766). ** ** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. ** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() ** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter ** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF8 text. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text16() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF16 text. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to a well-formed unicode string that is +** either UTF8 if the sixth parameter is SQLITE_UTF8, or UTF16 +** otherwise. +** +** [[byte-order determination rules]] ^The byte-order of +** UTF16 input text is determined by the byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) +** found in first character, which is removed, or in the absence of a BOM +** the byte order is the native byte order of the host +** machine for sqlite3_bind_text16() or the byte order specified in +** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^ +** ^If UTF16 input text contains invalid unicode +** characters, then SQLite might change those invalid characters +** into the unicode replacement character: U+FFFD. ** ** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the ** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the @@ -5260,7 +5366,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then ** that parameter must be the byte offset ** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL -** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than +** terminated. If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than ** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will ** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings ** with embedded NULs is undefined. @@ -5422,7 +5528,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the -** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the +** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the ** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]). ** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not ** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement @@ -5604,7 +5710,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to ** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything ** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of -** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using ** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from ** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1], ** sqlite3_step() began @@ -5695,7 +5801,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int64</b><td>→<td>64-bit INTEGER result ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text</b><td>→<td>UTF-8 TEXT result ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text16</b><td>→<td>UTF-16 TEXT result -** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an ** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object. ** <tr><td> <td> <td> ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes</b><td>→<td>Size of a BLOB @@ -5743,7 +5849,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which ** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value. ** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no -** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. +** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. ** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type() ** is undefined, though harmless. Future ** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() @@ -5771,7 +5877,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** the number of bytes in that string. ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. ** -** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and ** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end ** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by ** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of @@ -5790,7 +5896,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], ** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe. ** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface -** is normally only useful within the implementation of +** is normally only useful within the implementation of ** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within ** top-level application code. ** @@ -5965,8 +6071,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior ** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between -** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding -** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being +** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding +** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being ** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for ** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function() ** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions @@ -5980,7 +6086,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or ** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 ** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name -** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. ** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name ** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. ** @@ -5995,7 +6101,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for ** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to -** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes ** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the ** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or ** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] @@ -6022,7 +6128,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** For best security, the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] flag is recommended for ** all application-defined SQL functions that do not need to be ** used inside of triggers, view, CHECK constraints, or other elements of -** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL +** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL ** functions that have side effects or reveal internal application state. ** Without this flag, an attacker might be able to modify the schema of ** a database file to include invocations of the function with parameters @@ -6043,21 +6149,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function ** callbacks. ** -** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue +** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue ** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to ** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal ** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in -** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be +** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be ** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate ** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation -** of aggregate window functions are +** of aggregate window functions are ** [user-defined window functions|available here]. ** ** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or ** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for -** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function -** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection -** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function +** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection +** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to ** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ^When the destructor callback is ** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application ** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). @@ -6070,7 +6176,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with ** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding ** matches the database encoding is a better -** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** match than a function where the encoding is different. ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is ** between UTF8 and UTF16. @@ -6142,7 +6248,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Flags ** -** These constants may be ORed together with the +** These constants may be ORed together with the ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument ** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or ** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. @@ -6158,10 +6264,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( ** SQLite might also optimize deterministic functions by factoring them ** out of inner loops. ** </dd> -** +** ** [[SQLITE_DIRECTONLY]] <dt>SQLITE_DIRECTONLY</dt><dd> ** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag means that the function may only be invoked -** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in +** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in ** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses], ** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], or [generated columns]. ** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flags is a security feature which is recommended @@ -6214,7 +6320,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( ** DEPRECATED ** ** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain -** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue ** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid ** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid ** these functions, we will not explain what they do. @@ -6282,11 +6388,11 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 ** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces ** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. ** -** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized +** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized ** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)] ** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y), ** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise, -** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() +** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() ** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the @@ -6409,7 +6515,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); ** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. ** -** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called ** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite allocates ** N bytes of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to @@ -6422,19 +6528,19 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); ** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the ** first time from within xFinal().)^ ** -** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer ** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory ** allocate error occurs. ** ** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is ** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the -** value of N in any subsequents call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within +** value of N in any subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory ** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set -** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no ** pointless memory allocations occur. ** -** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. ** ** The first parameter must be a copy of the @@ -6484,7 +6590,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example ** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching ** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as -** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** metadata associated with the pattern string. ** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, ** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple ** invocations of the same function. @@ -6510,10 +6616,10 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** SQL statement)^, or ** <li> ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same ** parameter)^, or -** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory ** allocation error occurs.)^ </ul> ** -** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in ** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the ** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() ** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the @@ -6585,8 +6691,9 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() ** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error ** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite -** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native -** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() +** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 using +** the same [byte-order determination rules] as [sqlite3_bind_text16()]. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() ** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error ** message all text up through the first zero character. ** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or @@ -6654,6 +6761,25 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. ** +** ^For the sqlite3_result_text16(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and +** sqlite3_result_text16be() routines, and for sqlite3_result_text64() +** when the encoding is not UTF8, if the input UTF16 begins with a +** byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) then the BOM is removed from the +** string and the rest of the string is interpreted according to the +** byte-order specified by the BOM. ^The byte-order specified by +** the BOM at the beginning of the text overrides the byte-order +** specified by the interface procedure. ^So, for example, if +** sqlite3_result_text16le() is invoked with text that begins +** with bytes 0xfe, 0xff (a big-endian byte-order mark) then the +** first two bytes of input are skipped and the remaining input +** is interpreted as UTF16BE text. +** +** ^For UTF16 input text to the sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16be(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and +** sqlite3_result_text64() routines, if the text contains invalid +** UTF16 characters, the invalid characters might be converted +** into the unicode replacement character, U+FFFD. +** ** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of ** the application-defined function to be a copy of the ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The @@ -6666,7 +6792,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an ** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it -** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that +** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that ** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an ** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()]. ** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor @@ -6708,8 +6834,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n); ** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of -** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with -** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits +** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with +** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits ** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite; ** higher order bits are discarded. ** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase @@ -6756,7 +6882,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); ** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, ** that collation is no longer usable. ** -** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg ** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified ** by the eTextRep argument. The two integer parameters to the collating ** function callback are the length of the two strings, in bytes. The collating @@ -6787,36 +6913,36 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); ** calls to the collation creation functions or when the ** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. ** -** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the +** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke -** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should ** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer ** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. -** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency -** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards ** compatibility. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, const void *zName, - int eTextRep, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); @@ -6849,64 +6975,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3*, - void*, + sqlite3*, + void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ); -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be -** called right after sqlite3_open(). -** -** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release -** of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ -); - -/* -** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not -** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the -** database is decrypted. -** -** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release -** of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ -); - -/* -** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless -** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( - const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ -); -#endif - #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD /* -** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( @@ -6962,7 +7043,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be @@ -7019,7 +7100,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; ** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be @@ -7258,7 +7339,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), void* ); @@ -7272,7 +7353,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ ** ** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. -** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). +** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). ** In prior versions of SQLite, ** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. ** @@ -7293,8 +7374,8 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag. ** ** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0 -** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, -** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via +** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, +** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]. ** ** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a @@ -7347,7 +7428,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); ** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. ** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay ** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate -** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit ** is advisory only. ** ** ^The sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface sets a hard upper bound of @@ -7463,7 +7544,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); ** ** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. ** -** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table ** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no @@ -7529,7 +7610,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( ** prior to calling this API, ** otherwise an error will be returned. ** -** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the +** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the ** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this ** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface ** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()] @@ -7616,7 +7697,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); ** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the ** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to ** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] -** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully ** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization ** routines. */ @@ -7651,8 +7732,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} ** -** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", -** defines the implementation of a [virtual table]. +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual table]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent @@ -7691,7 +7772,7 @@ struct sqlite3_module { void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); - /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); @@ -7741,7 +7822,7 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column ** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also ** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression -** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to +** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to ** non-zero. ** ** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information @@ -7768,17 +7849,17 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** ** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular ** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar -** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) ** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a ** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. ** ** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that ** will be returned by the strategy. ** -** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a +** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a ** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag - ** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite -** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. +** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. ** ** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then ** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as @@ -7791,14 +7872,14 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite. ** ** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info -** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). +** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). ** If a virtual table extension is -** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting -** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely ** to include crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should ** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a ** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field -** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). +** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). ** It may therefore only be used if ** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to ** 3009000. @@ -7838,7 +7919,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags ** -** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the +** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the ** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of ** these bits. */ @@ -7878,7 +7959,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. ** ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified -** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the ** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to ** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through @@ -7993,7 +8074,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions -** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. ** But global versions of those functions ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ ** @@ -8044,7 +8125,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow; ** </pre>)^ ** -** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but +** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but ** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is ** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement. ** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP @@ -8057,28 +8138,28 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored ** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error ** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided -** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] +** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] ** on *ppBlob after this function it returns. ** ** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true: ** <ul> -** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, -** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, -** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, +** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, ** <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^, ** <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^, ** <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not ** a TEXT or BLOB value)^, -** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE +** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE ** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^, -** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, +** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, ** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is ** being opened for read/write access)^. ** </ul> ** -** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the -** [database connection] error code and message accessible via -** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the ** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using @@ -8104,7 +8185,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** blob. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces -** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a ** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface. ** ** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually @@ -8154,7 +8235,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed -** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the +** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the ** handle is still closed.)^ ** ** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if @@ -8164,10 +8245,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); ** code is returned and the transaction rolled back. ** ** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an -** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine -** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to +** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine +** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to ** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function -** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the +** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the ** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); @@ -8176,7 +8257,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB ** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. @@ -8227,9 +8308,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); ** ** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ -** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the -** [database connection] error code and message accessible via -** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for ** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), @@ -8238,9 +8319,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); ** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is ** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the -** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined -** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the +** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined +** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less ** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ** ** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an @@ -8392,7 +8473,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation ** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() ** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses -** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable ** behavior.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was @@ -8555,7 +8636,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this @@ -8582,7 +8663,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); ** method becomes the return value of this routine. ** ** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly -** by the SQLite core and never invoke the +** by the SQLite core and never invoke the ** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes ** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into @@ -8646,7 +8727,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 /* NOT USED */ @@ -8669,7 +8750,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking ** -** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords +** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords ** recognized by SQLite. Applications can uses these routines to determine ** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example, ** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser. @@ -8741,14 +8822,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_str sqlite3_str; ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes ** a new [sqlite3_str] object. To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by -** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a ** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory ** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will -** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from -** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for +** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from +** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for ** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. It is always safe to use the value ** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter @@ -8784,9 +8865,9 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); ** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained ** from [sqlite3_str_new()]. ** -** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and ** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf] -** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of +** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of ** [sqlite3_str] object X. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S @@ -8803,7 +8884,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); ** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction -** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. +** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. ** ** These methods do not return a result code. ^If an error occurs, that fact ** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a @@ -8905,7 +8986,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt> @@ -8914,11 +8995,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the -** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^ ** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] @@ -8931,7 +9012,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to the [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt> @@ -8944,7 +9025,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** <dd>No longer used.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt> -** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. +** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. ** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^ ** </dl> @@ -8966,12 +9047,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that -** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely ** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** @@ -9006,7 +9087,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** checked out.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt> -** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** @@ -9031,7 +9112,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. ** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a ** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap @@ -9046,7 +9127,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated -** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ ** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the ** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to ** [shared cache mode] being enabled. @@ -9061,13 +9142,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** @@ -9125,7 +9206,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than -** an index. +** an index. ** ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement @@ -9152,7 +9233,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter -** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt> @@ -9170,14 +9251,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed ** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal -** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be ** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. ** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 ** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been -** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to +** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to ** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan. ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN</dt> @@ -9237,15 +9318,15 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} ** ** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can -** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an ** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ -** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by ** SQLite is used for the page cache. -** By implementing a +** By implementing a ** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control -** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which -** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to -** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for ** how long. ** ** The alternative page cache mechanism is an @@ -9258,19 +9339,19 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** ** [[the xInit() page cache method]] -** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective ** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() ** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ -** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures -** required by the custom page cache implementation. -** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache.)^ ** ** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] ** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** It can be used to clean up +** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. ** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. ** @@ -9289,7 +9370,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must ** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The -** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage ** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will ** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the ** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying @@ -9302,7 +9383,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. ** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to -** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** @@ -9317,12 +9398,12 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. -** +** ** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] -** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to ** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. ** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a -** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a ** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be ** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested ** for each entry in the page cache. @@ -9361,8 +9442,8 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. ** -** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single -** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls ** to xFetch(). ** ** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] @@ -9402,7 +9483,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); - void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); @@ -9447,7 +9528,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or -** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] ** @@ -9458,36 +9539,36 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without ** preventing other database connections from ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. -** -** ^(To perform a backup operation: +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: ** <ol> ** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the -** backup, -** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer +** backup, +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer ** the data between the two databases, and finally -** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources -** associated with the backup operation. +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. ** </ol>)^ ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> ** -** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the -** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database ** and the database name, respectively. ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. -** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** ^The S and M arguments passed to ** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] ** and database name of the source database, respectively. ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) ** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** -** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if -** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the +** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if +** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the ** destination database. ** ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is @@ -9499,14 +9580,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and -** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> ** -** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. -** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there ** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages @@ -9528,8 +9609,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then ** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] -** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the -** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then ** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source ** [database connection] @@ -9537,15 +9618,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this ** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or -** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then -** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These -** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept -** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle ** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. ** ** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock -** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either -** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete ** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that ** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. @@ -9554,18 +9635,18 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically -** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> ** -** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application ** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all -** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. ** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid @@ -9605,8 +9686,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently ** from within other threads. ** -** However, the application must guarantee that the destination -** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after ** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] @@ -9617,11 +9698,11 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means -** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, ** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple ** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). ** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the @@ -9646,8 +9727,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See -** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. -** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. @@ -9655,14 +9736,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. ** ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes -** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. ** ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a ** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that -** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an ** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The ** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] @@ -9676,15 +9757,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds -** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. ** -** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a ** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, ** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing -** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked ** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. ** @@ -9697,7 +9778,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b> ** -** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to @@ -9710,12 +9791,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. -** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions ** related to the set of unblocked database connections. ** ** <b>Deadlock Detection</b> ** -** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for @@ -9738,7 +9819,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b> ** -** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost ** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements @@ -9751,7 +9832,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned ** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the ** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in -** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just ** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( @@ -9842,8 +9923,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that ** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode. ** -** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and -** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation +** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation ** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. ** ** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked @@ -9862,7 +9943,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results ** are undefined. ** -** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback ** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any ** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the ** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the @@ -9870,7 +9951,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), void* ); @@ -9883,7 +9964,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( ** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D ** to automatically [checkpoint] ** after committing a transaction if there are N or -** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or ** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic ** checkpoints entirely. ** @@ -9913,7 +9994,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); ** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to ** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^ ** -** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the +** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the ** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be ** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to ** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition @@ -9939,10 +10020,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd> -** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database -** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames +** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames ** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback] -** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. +** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. ** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished ** if there are concurrent readers or writers. ** @@ -9956,9 +10037,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd> ** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition -** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the ** [busy-handler callback]) -** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures ** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning. ** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new ** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers. @@ -9980,31 +10061,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero. ** ** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If -** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the -** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a ** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. ** -** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the +** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the ** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be ** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and ** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock ** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for ** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before ** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the -** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as -** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible ** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. ** ** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the -** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to ** [database connection] db. In this case the -** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If -** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the -** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining -** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other -** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned -** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error -** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached ** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL @@ -10064,7 +10145,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options -** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} +** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} ** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration option} ** ** These macros define the various options to the @@ -10087,20 +10168,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees ** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before ** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. -** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite ** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon -** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. ** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns ** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode ** had been ABORT. ** ** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE -** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the -** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON -** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should ** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and ** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT ** constraint handling. ** </dd> ** @@ -10163,12 +10244,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*); ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint ** ** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex] -** method of a [virtual table]. +** method of a [virtual table]. ** ** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the ** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be ** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info -** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer +** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer ** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding ** constraint. */ @@ -10282,7 +10363,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ void *pOut /* Result written here */ -); +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters @@ -10300,15 +10381,15 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*); ** ** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the ** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty -** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out +** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out ** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an ** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database ** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] ** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and ** any [attached] databases. ** -** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages -** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained +** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages +** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained ** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked ** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then ** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages @@ -10355,16 +10436,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); ** kind of update operation that is about to occur. ** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the ** database within the database connection that is being modified. This -** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or +** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or ** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached ** databases.)^ ** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the ** table that is being modified. ** ** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth -** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the +** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the ** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table, -** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth +** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth ** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the ** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted ** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback @@ -10403,7 +10484,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate ** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete -** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level +** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level ** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level ** triggers; and so forth. ** @@ -10437,7 +10518,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); ** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be ** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such -** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. +** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*); @@ -10475,12 +10556,12 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { ** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly ** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK. ** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when -** this function is called, one is opened automatically. +** this function is called, one is opened automatically. ** ** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of ** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is ** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined -** in this case. +** in this case. ** ** <ul> ** <li> The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode]. @@ -10492,13 +10573,13 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { ** ** <li> One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal ** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means -** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal +** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal ** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction ** must be written to it first. ** </ul> ** ** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the -** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, +** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, ** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined. ** ** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to @@ -10518,38 +10599,38 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get( ** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot ** -** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read -** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of -** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to -** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the -** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read +** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of +** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to +** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the +** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK ** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails. ** -** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in +** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in ** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there ** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle ** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed -** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). +** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). ** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or ** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid. ** ** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified -** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case +** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case ** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned. ** -** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is +** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is ** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same ** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT ** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an ** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the -** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the +** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the ** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P. ** ** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the ** database connection D does not know that the database file for ** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know ** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior -** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] +** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] ** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^ ** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened ** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.) @@ -10581,17 +10662,17 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*); ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot ** ** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages -** of two valid snapshot handles. +** of two valid snapshot handles. ** -** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database -** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. +** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database +** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. ** ** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the ** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the ** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the ** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database -** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the -** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function +** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the +** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function ** is undefined. ** ** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older @@ -10656,7 +10737,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const c ** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has ** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same ** values of D and S. -** The size of the database is written into *P even if the +** The size of the database is written into *P even if the ** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy ** of the database exists. ** @@ -10693,7 +10774,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( /* ** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database ** -** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the +** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the ** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then ** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained ** in P. The serialized database P is N bytes in size. M is the size of @@ -10712,7 +10793,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( ** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup ** operation. ** -** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the +** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the ** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then ** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning. ** @@ -10827,7 +10908,7 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { }; /* -** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be ** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: ** ** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) @@ -10842,7 +10923,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( /* -** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the ** argument to scored geometry callback registered using ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). ** @@ -10937,7 +11018,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter; ** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a ** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is ** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for -** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting +** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting ** either of these things are undefined. ** ** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in @@ -10955,13 +11036,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create( ** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session ** -** Delete a session object previously allocated using +** Delete a session object previously allocated using ** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the ** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module ** function are undefined. ** ** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they -** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for +** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for ** [sqlite3session_create()] for details. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); @@ -10979,10 +11060,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** the eventual changesets. ** ** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value -** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a +** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a ** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session. ** -** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if +** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if ** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); @@ -10997,7 +11078,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); ** <ul> ** <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is ** made, or -** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action +** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action ** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement. ** </ul> ** @@ -11009,10 +11090,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); ** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the ** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag ** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value -** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the +** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the ** indirect flag for the specified session object. ** -** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if +** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if ** it is clear, or 1 if it is set. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect); @@ -11022,20 +11103,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect) ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** ** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach -** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes -** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See +** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes +** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See ** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details. ** ** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables -** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by -** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for +** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by +** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for ** the new tables are also recorded. ** ** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly -** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the +** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the ** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY ** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key. -** +** ** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor ** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However, ** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios. @@ -11043,29 +11124,29 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect) ** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored ** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error ** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. ** ** <h3>Special sqlite_stat1 Handling</h3> ** -** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to +** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to ** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is: ** <pre> -** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat) +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat) ** </pre> ** -** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are -** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes +** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are +** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes ** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such ** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or ** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be ** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(), ** concat() and similar. ** -** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the +** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the ** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1 ** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(), -** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset +** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset ** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a ** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application ** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required. @@ -11084,10 +11165,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach( ** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object. ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** -** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows +** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows ** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called -** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. -** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is +** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. +** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is ** attached, xFilter will not be called again. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( @@ -11103,9 +11184,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** -** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the -** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, -** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset +** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the +** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, +** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset ** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning ** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to ** zero and return an SQLite error code. @@ -11120,7 +11201,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it ** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT. ** -** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or +** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or ** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted, ** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this ** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in @@ -11173,14 +11254,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** <ul> ** <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried ** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT -** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change +** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change ** is added to the changeset. ** -** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is +** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is ** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is ** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been -** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to -** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE +** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to +** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE ** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching ** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original ** values, no change is added to the changeset. @@ -11188,7 +11269,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** ** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later ** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete -** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a +** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a ** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is ** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of ** a DELETE and an INSERT. @@ -11197,10 +11278,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted. ** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row ** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row -** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while +** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while ** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the ** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled. -** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and +** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and ** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the ** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields. */ @@ -11221,7 +11302,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** an error). ** ** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.) -** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains +** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains ** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function. ** A table is considered compatible if it: ** @@ -11237,25 +11318,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored. ** ** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be -** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") -** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session +** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") +** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session ** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically: ** ** <ul> -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in ** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object. ** -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in ** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object. ** -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features ** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the -** session. +** session. ** </ul> ** ** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed -** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to -** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be +** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to +** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be ** identical. ** ** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the @@ -11263,7 +11344,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** ** If the operation is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite ** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg -** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error ** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). */ @@ -11282,19 +11363,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff( ** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that: ** ** <ul> -** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The +** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The ** original values of other fields are omitted. -** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from +** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from ** UPDATE records. ** </ul> ** -** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all -** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all +** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), ** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly, ** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the -** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. +** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. ** -** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no +** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset ** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work ** in the same way as for changesets. @@ -11313,22 +11394,22 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset( /* ** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes. ** -** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by -** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or +** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by +** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or ** more changes have been recorded, return zero. ** ** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling ** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a -** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in -** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values +** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in +** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values ** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is -** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a +** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a ** changeset containing zero changes. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); /* -** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset +** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. @@ -11336,7 +11417,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an ** SQLite error code is returned. ** -** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset +** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset ** iterator created by this function: ** ** <ul> @@ -11353,12 +11434,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** ** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the ** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or -** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset -** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when -** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by -** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited -** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change -** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit +** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset +** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when +** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by +** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited +** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change +** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit ** another change for table X. ** ** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_start_v2() and its streaming equivalent @@ -11409,12 +11490,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2( ** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances ** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If ** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call -** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. +** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. ** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited, ** SQLITE_DONE is returned. ** -** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error -** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error +** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or ** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); @@ -11432,14 +11513,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); ** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a ** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table ** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either -** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the -** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is +** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the +** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is ** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If ** pbIndirect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change ** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for ** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect -** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of -** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the +** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the ** type of change that the iterator currently points to. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an @@ -11493,7 +11574,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent -** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise, ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. @@ -11503,9 +11584,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of ** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and -** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this +** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this ** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers. ** ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code @@ -11524,7 +11605,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent -** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise, ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. @@ -11534,12 +11615,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of ** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and ** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include -** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and -** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that -** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete +** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and +** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that +** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete ** triggers. ** ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code @@ -11566,7 +11647,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the ** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback ** and returns SQLITE_OK. ** @@ -11610,7 +11691,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( ** call has no effect. ** ** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx() -** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an +** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an ** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding ** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is ** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code): @@ -11622,7 +11703,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( ** } ** rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize(); ** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ -** // An error has occurred +** // An error has occurred ** } ** </pre> */ @@ -11650,7 +11731,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); ** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned. ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() -** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful +** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful ** call to this function. ** ** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid @@ -11664,11 +11745,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert( /* ** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects ** -** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a +** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a ** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying -** changeset A followed by changeset B. +** changeset A followed by changeset B. ** -** This function combines the two input changesets using an +** This function combines the two input changesets using an ** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the ** following code fragment: ** @@ -11700,7 +11781,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat( /* ** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle ** -** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more +** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more ** [changesets] or [patchsets] */ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; @@ -11716,7 +11797,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** ** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with ** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller -** should eventually free the returned object using a call to +** should eventually free the returned object using a call to ** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code ** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** @@ -11728,7 +11809,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object ** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add(). ** -** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained +** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained ** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output(). ** ** <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete(). @@ -11737,7 +11818,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to ** new() and delete(), and in any order. ** -** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and +** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and ** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming ** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(). */ @@ -11748,7 +11829,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup ** ** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size -** nData bytes) to the changegroup. +** nData bytes) to the changegroup. ** ** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function ** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if @@ -11775,7 +11856,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. ** <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td> -** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the +** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the ** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the ** existing change and then updated according to the new change. ** <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td> @@ -11786,17 +11867,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. ** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td> -** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended -** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once +** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended +** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once ** by the existing change and then again by the new change. ** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td> ** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the ** changegroup. ** <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td> ** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the -** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing +** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing ** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the -** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same +** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same ** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded. ** <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td> ** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new @@ -11841,7 +11922,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pDa ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output ** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK -** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a +** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a ** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a ** call to sqlite3_free(). @@ -11863,7 +11944,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** ** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to ** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in -** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. +** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. ** ** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter ** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one @@ -11874,16 +11955,16 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to ** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted. ** -** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function -** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is +** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function +** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is ** considered compatible if all of the following are true: ** ** <ul> -** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the +** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the ** changeset, and -** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the +** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the ** changeset, and -** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as +** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as ** recorded in the changeset. ** </ul> ** @@ -11892,11 +11973,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most ** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset. ** -** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made -** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE -** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler -** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be -** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for +** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made +** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE +** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler +** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be +** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for ** each type of change is below. ** ** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results @@ -11904,23 +11985,23 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** argument are undefined. ** ** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one -** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or +** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned ** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler ** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and -** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different +** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different ** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value ** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to -** the documentation for the three +** the documentation for the three ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details. ** ** <dl> ** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd> -** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database -** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the -** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values -** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in ** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database. ** ** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of @@ -11949,22 +12030,22 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default ** values. ** -** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already ** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler -** function is invoked with the second argument set to +** function is invoked with the second argument set to ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. ** ** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint -** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is +** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is ** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]. -** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because -** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. ** ** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd> -** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database -** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the -** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values ** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values ** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database. ** @@ -11980,12 +12061,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] ** passed as the second argument. ** -** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with +** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument. -** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after +** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after ** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned -** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. ** </dl> ** ** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the @@ -11996,12 +12077,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction. ** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to ** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is -** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an +** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an ** SQLite error code returned. ** ** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and ** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() -** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the +** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the ** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase) ** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the ** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer @@ -12062,7 +12143,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully ** applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag ** causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the -** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, +** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, ** it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT <dd> @@ -12073,7 +12154,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT 0x0001 #define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT 0x0002 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler ** ** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler. @@ -12082,32 +12163,32 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd> ** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument ** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required -** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other -** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the +** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other +** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the ** expected "before" values. -** +** ** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching ** primary key. -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd> ** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second ** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the ** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database. -** +** ** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the ** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd> ** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict -** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result +** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result ** in duplicate primary key values. -** +** ** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching ** primary key. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd> ** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the -** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict +** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict ** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument ** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler ** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the @@ -12117,12 +12198,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function ** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle ** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(). -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd> -** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. -** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is +** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. +** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is ** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument. -** +** ** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the ** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. ** @@ -12134,7 +12215,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler ** ** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values. @@ -12142,13 +12223,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd> ** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The -** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module +** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module ** continues to the next change in the changeset. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd> ** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict ** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this -** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the +** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the ** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. ** ** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict @@ -12161,7 +12242,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the original row is restored to the database before continuing. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd> -** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back +** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back ** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT. ** </dl> */ @@ -12169,20 +12250,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets ** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that ** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a ** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based -** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and -** applied to the database. The database is then in state +** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and +** applied to the database. The database is then in state ** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict ** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote". -** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict +** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict ** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts -** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. +** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. ** ** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an ** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)": @@ -12201,7 +12282,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** ** <dl> ** <dt>Local INSERT<dd> -** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict +** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict ** resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased ** changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add ** nothing to the rebased changeset. @@ -12225,12 +12306,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote ** change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied ** into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by -** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would +** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would ** be updated, the change is omitted. ** </dl> ** -** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes -** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote +** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes +** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote ** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset ** is rebased: ** @@ -12243,10 +12324,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** of the OMIT resolutions. ** </ul> ** -** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are -** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the -** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single -** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for +** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are +** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the +** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single +** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for ** OMIT. ** ** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first @@ -12254,7 +12335,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then: ** ** <ol> -** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling +** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling ** sqlite3rebaser_create(). ** <li> The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure(). @@ -12275,8 +12356,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser; ** ** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to ** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error -** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) -** to NULL. +** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) +** to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); @@ -12290,9 +12371,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( - sqlite3_rebaser*, + sqlite3_rebaser*, int nRebase, const void *pRebase -); +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset @@ -12302,7 +12383,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( ** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy ** of the changeset rebased according to the configuration of the ** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut) -** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and +** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and ** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut) @@ -12310,8 +12391,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( sqlite3_rebaser*, - int nIn, const void *pIn, - int *pnOut, void **ppOut + int nIn, const void *pIn, + int *pnOut, void **ppOut ); /* @@ -12322,30 +12403,30 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( ** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation ** of sqlite3rebaser_create(). */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions. ** -** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the +** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the ** corresponding non-streaming API functions: ** ** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex"> ** <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th> -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] -** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] -** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] ** </table> ** ** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input -** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. -** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning -** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). -** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a +** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. +** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning +** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). +** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a ** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the ** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous. ** @@ -12367,12 +12448,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** </pre> ** ** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first -** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second -** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no -** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data -** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied -** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) -** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite +** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second +** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no +** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data +** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied +** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) +** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite ** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns ** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function ** returns a copy of the error code to the caller. @@ -12380,7 +12461,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be ** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the ** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters -** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions +** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions ** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput. ** ** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets) @@ -12410,7 +12491,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy ** of the xOutput error code to the application. ** -** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third +** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third ** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this, ** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned. */ @@ -12481,12 +12562,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), void *pIn ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, - int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( @@ -12501,16 +12582,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( ** CAPI3REF: Configure global parameters ** ** The sqlite3session_config() interface is used to make global configuration -** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs +** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs ** of the application. ** ** The sqlite3session_config() interface is not threadsafe. If it is invoked ** while any other thread is inside any other sessions method then the ** results are undefined. Furthermore, if it is invoked after any sessions -** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. +** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. ** ** The first argument to the sqlite3session_config() function must be one -** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The +** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The ** interpretation of the (void*) value passed as the second parameter and ** the effect of calling this function depends on the value of the first ** parameter. @@ -12560,7 +12641,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg); ** ****************************************************************************** ** -** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, ** FTS5 may be extended with: ** ** * custom tokenizers, and @@ -12604,19 +12685,19 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS ** ** xUserData(pFts): -** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was ** registered with. ** ** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): ** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken ** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is ** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return -** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in ** the FTS5 table. ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** xColumnCount(pFts): @@ -12630,7 +12711,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table @@ -12657,8 +12738,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. ** ** xInst: @@ -12673,7 +12754,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. ** ** xRowid: ** Returns the rowid of the current row. @@ -12689,11 +12770,11 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the ** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to -** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each -** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument -** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback ** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. -** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as ** the third argument to pUserData. ** ** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the @@ -12708,14 +12789,14 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) ** -** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's ** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any ** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of ** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. ** ** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for -** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked -** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a ** single auxiliary data context. ** ** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is @@ -12734,7 +12815,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) ** -** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension ** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. ** ** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared @@ -12754,7 +12835,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within ** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the ** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient -** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate ** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: ** ** Fts5PhraseIter iter; @@ -12772,8 +12853,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates ** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). ** @@ -12797,16 +12878,16 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** } ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either -** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), -** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to ** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). ** ** The information accessed using this API and its companion ** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext ** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is ** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with -** "detail=column" tables. +** "detail=column" tables. ** ** xPhraseNextColumn() ** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. @@ -12820,7 +12901,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ @@ -12849,15 +12930,15 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); }; -/* +/* ** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS *************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************* ** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS ** -** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer -** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the ** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting ** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined ** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: @@ -12868,16 +12949,16 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) ** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object -** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). ** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings ** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the ** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used ** to create the FTS5 table. ** -** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) ** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK ** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should -** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut ** is undefined. ** ** xDelete: @@ -12886,7 +12967,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). ** ** xTokenize: -** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated ** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first ** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object ** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). @@ -12900,8 +12981,8 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the ** FTS index. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed -** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize ** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. ** ** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as @@ -12909,10 +12990,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token ** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to ** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary ** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same -** on a columnsize=0 database. +** on a columnsize=0 database. ** </ul> ** ** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must @@ -12924,10 +13005,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** which the token is derived within the input. ** ** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should -** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports ** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. ** -** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the ** order that they occur within the input text. ** ** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then @@ -12941,7 +13022,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** SYNONYM SUPPORT ** ** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a -** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the ** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances ** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms ** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match @@ -12961,34 +13042,34 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term ** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the -** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term -** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each +** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term +** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each ** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock> ** ** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the -** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query ** similar to: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock> ** ** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query -** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" ** being treated as a single phrase. ** ** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. ** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer -** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a ** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are ** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and ** "place". ** ** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms ** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be -** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for ** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the ** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. ** </ol> @@ -13009,11 +13090,11 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time ** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token -** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. ** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a ** single token. ** -** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add ** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, ** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it ** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the @@ -13025,18 +13106,18 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer ** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). ** -** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, ** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix ** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because ** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space ** within the database. ** ** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, -** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal ** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to ** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' ** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require -** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. ** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, ** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. ** @@ -13050,10 +13131,10 @@ typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; struct fts5_tokenizer { int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, void *pCtx, int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ - const char *pText, int nText, + const char *pText, int nText, int (*xToken)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ @@ -13150,7 +13231,7 @@ struct fts5_api { ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** +** ** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. */ @@ -13198,9 +13279,9 @@ struct fts5_api { #endif /* -** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to -** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might -** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an +** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to +** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might +** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an ** expression. ** ** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. @@ -13272,9 +13353,12 @@ struct fts5_api { /* ** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. +** If the value exceeds 32767 then extra space is required for the Expr +** structure. But otherwise, we believe that the number can be as large +** as a signed 32-bit integer can hold. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER -# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 +# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 32766 #endif /* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit @@ -13282,10 +13366,10 @@ struct fts5_api { ** ** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at ** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates -** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library -** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database -** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite -** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback +** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library +** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database +** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite +** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback ** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE @@ -13344,7 +13428,7 @@ struct fts5_api { ** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. ** ** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself -** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all ** may be executed. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH @@ -13364,6 +13448,21 @@ struct fts5_api { #endif /* +** WAL mode depends on atomic aligned 32-bit loads and stores in a few +** places. The following macros try to make this explicit. +*/ +#ifndef __has_feature +# define __has_feature(x) 0 /* compatibility with non-clang compilers */ +#endif +#if GCC_VERSION>=4007000 || __has_feature(c_atomic) +# define AtomicLoad(PTR) __atomic_load_n((PTR),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) +# define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) __atomic_store_n((PTR),(VAL),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) +#else +# define AtomicLoad(PTR) (*(PTR)) +# define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) (*(PTR) = (VAL)) +#endif + +/* ** Include standard header files as necessary */ #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H @@ -13762,7 +13861,7 @@ typedef struct HashElem HashElem; ** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. ** ** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done -** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the +** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the ** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements ** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage ** the hash table. @@ -13777,7 +13876,7 @@ struct Hash { } *ht; }; -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following ** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** ** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really @@ -14113,7 +14212,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); #endif /* -** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and +** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and ** SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE are not compatible with one another. ** You must choose one or the other (or neither) but not both. */ @@ -14427,7 +14526,6 @@ struct BusyHandler { int (*xBusyHandler)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ void *pBusyArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ - u8 bExtraFileArg; /* Include sqlite3_file as callback arg */ }; /* @@ -14685,7 +14783,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); @@ -14737,7 +14835,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); /* ** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta -** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned +** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned ** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an ** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: ** @@ -14808,7 +14906,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); #define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 /* Used to full index in sorted order */ #define BTREE_SEEK_EQ 0x00000002 /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */ -/* +/* ** Flags passed as the third argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor(). ** ** For read-only cursors the wrFlag argument is always zero. For read-write @@ -14876,7 +14974,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags); ** The nMem field might be zero, indicating that no decomposition is available. ** ** Table btrees (used for rowid tables) contain an integer rowid used as -** the key and passed in the nKey field. The pKey field is zero. +** the key and passed in the nKey field. The pKey field is zero. ** pData,nData hold the content of the new entry. nZero extra zero bytes ** are appended to the end of the content when constructing the entry. ** The aMem,nMem fields are uninitialized for table btrees. @@ -14895,7 +14993,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags); ** ** This object is used to pass information into sqlite3BtreeInsert(). The ** same information used to be passed as five separate parameters. But placing -** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more +** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more ** organized and understandable, and it also helps the resulting code to ** run a little faster by using fewer registers for parameter passing. */ @@ -14947,9 +15045,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(BtCursor*); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(sqlite3*, BtCursor*, i64*); -#endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); @@ -14972,7 +15068,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree*); #else -# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) # define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) # define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 # define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) @@ -15146,7 +15242,7 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define P5_ConstraintFK 4 /* -** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the +** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the ** number of columns of data returned by the statement. */ #define COLNAME_NAME 0 @@ -15242,8 +15338,8 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define OP_IncrVacuum 60 /* jump */ #define OP_VNext 61 /* jump */ #define OP_Init 62 /* jump, synopsis: Start at P2 */ -#define OP_PureFunc 63 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ -#define OP_Function 64 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_PureFunc 63 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP]) */ +#define OP_Function 64 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP]) */ #define OP_Return 65 #define OP_EndCoroutine 66 #define OP_HaltIfNull 67 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt */ @@ -15309,8 +15405,8 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define OP_Rowid 127 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ #define OP_NullRow 128 #define OP_SeekEnd 129 -#define OP_SorterInsert 130 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ -#define OP_IdxInsert 131 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_IdxInsert 130 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_SorterInsert 131 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ #define OP_IdxDelete 132 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */ #define OP_DeferredSeek 133 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed */ #define OP_IdxRowid 134 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ @@ -15464,6 +15560,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, int P3); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u16 P5); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(Vdbe*, int addr); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -15523,6 +15620,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHasSubProgram(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NotPureFunc(sqlite3_context*); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBytecodeVtabInit(sqlite3*); +#endif /* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on ** each VDBE opcode. @@ -15649,8 +15749,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, VdbeOp*); #define SQLITE_PAGER_H /* -** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative -** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the +** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative +** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the ** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT @@ -15676,9 +15776,9 @@ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; /* ** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is ** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is -** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file +** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file ** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to -** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c +** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c ** for details. */ #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) @@ -15739,11 +15839,11 @@ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; /* ** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions -** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for +** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for ** a detailed description of each routine. */ -/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ +/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( sqlite3_vfs*, Pager **ppPager, @@ -15759,9 +15859,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); /* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*); -#endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int); @@ -15776,7 +15873,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*); -/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ +/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); @@ -15789,8 +15886,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); /* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); @@ -15811,14 +15908,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*); # ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager); # endif #endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager*, sqlite3*); +#else +# define sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(y,z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3PagerWalDb(x,y) +#endif + #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); #endif @@ -15844,21 +15949,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager); -#else -# define sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(X) -#endif /* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16); -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); -#endif - /* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); @@ -15892,7 +15988,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. +** subsystem. */ #ifndef _PCACHE_H_ @@ -15918,7 +16014,7 @@ struct PgHdr { u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ /********************************************************************** - ** Elements above, except pCache, are public. All that follow are + ** Elements above, except pCache, are public. All that follow are ** private to pcache.c and should not be accessed by other modules. ** pCache is grouped with the public elements for efficiency. */ @@ -15971,7 +16067,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); /* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. -** Reference counted. +** Reference counted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**); @@ -16015,7 +16111,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); #if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This -** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the +** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the ** library is built. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); @@ -16190,10 +16286,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache); ** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then ** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it ** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. -** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a +** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a ** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the ** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. -** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" +** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" ** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but ** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart ** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid @@ -16234,9 +16330,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache); ** UnlockFile(). ** ** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. -** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen -** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at -** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the +** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen +** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at +** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the ** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. ** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. ** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking @@ -16255,7 +16351,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache); ** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. ** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which ** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for -** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. +** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. ** ** The same locking strategy and ** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possibility of having @@ -16271,7 +16367,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache); ** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. ** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE ** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except -** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic +** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic ** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. ** ** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible @@ -16295,8 +16391,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); @@ -16322,8 +16418,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *); -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); @@ -16341,7 +16437,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); /* -** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using +** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using ** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); @@ -16411,9 +16507,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); */ #define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) #define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) @@ -16526,7 +16622,6 @@ struct Schema { */ #define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ #define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ -#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ #define DB_ResetWanted 0x0008 /* Reset the schema when nSchemaLock==0 */ /* @@ -16684,7 +16779,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CryptFunc(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); struct sqlite3 { sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ - CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ + CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* BINARY collseq for the database encoding */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ Db *aDb; /* All backends */ int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ @@ -16787,6 +16882,7 @@ struct sqlite3 { BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ + int nAnalysisLimit; /* Number of index rows to ANALYZE */ int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ @@ -16893,6 +16989,7 @@ struct sqlite3 { #define DBFLAG_VacuumInto 0x0008 /* Currently running VACUUM INTO */ #define DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk 0x0010 /* Schema is known to be valid */ #define DBFLAG_InternalFunc 0x0020 /* Allow use of internal functions */ +#define DBFLAG_EncodingFixed 0x0040 /* No longer possible to change enc. */ /* ** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the @@ -17011,7 +17108,7 @@ struct FuncDestructor { #define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x0040 /* Built-in length() function */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x0080 /* Built-in typeof() function */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x0100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x0200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */ +/* 0x0200 -- available for reuse */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x0400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x0800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX 0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */ @@ -17030,8 +17127,9 @@ struct FuncDestructor { #define INLINEFUNC_coalesce 0 #define INLINEFUNC_implies_nonnull_row 1 #define INLINEFUNC_expr_implies_expr 2 -#define INLINEFUNC_expr_compare 3 +#define INLINEFUNC_expr_compare 3 #define INLINEFUNC_affinity 4 +#define INLINEFUNC_iif 5 #define INLINEFUNC_unlikely 99 /* Default case */ /* @@ -17074,7 +17172,7 @@ struct FuncDestructor { ** PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) ** Used for "pure" date/time functions, this macro is like DFUNCTION ** except that it does set the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flags. iArg is -** ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an +** ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an ** arbitrary non-NULL pointer. The bNC parameter is not used. ** ** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) @@ -17196,6 +17294,7 @@ struct Column { u8 notNull; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */ char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ u8 szEst; /* Estimated size of value in this column. sizeof(INT)==1 */ + u8 hName; /* Column name hash for faster lookup */ u16 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */ }; @@ -17415,8 +17514,11 @@ struct Table { */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE # define IsVirtual(X) ((X)->nModuleArg) +# define ExprIsVtab(X) \ + ((X)->op==TK_COLUMN && (X)->y.pTab!=0 && (X)->y.pTab->nModuleArg) #else # define IsVirtual(X) 0 +# define ExprIsVtab(X) 0 #endif /* @@ -17728,7 +17830,7 @@ struct Token { ** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. ** ** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a -** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in +** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iAgg field is the index in ** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate ** code for that node. ** @@ -17774,10 +17876,10 @@ struct AggInfo { ** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user ** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications ** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want -** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them +** to have prepared statements with over 32766 variables, and for them ** the option is available (at compile-time). */ -#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767 +#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<32767 typedef i16 ynVar; #else typedef int ynVar; @@ -17853,6 +17955,9 @@ struct Expr { ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth ** TK_FUNCTION: NC_SelfRef flag if needs OP_PureFunc */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 vvaFlags; /* Verification flags. */ +#endif u32 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ union { char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ @@ -17927,7 +18032,7 @@ struct Expr { #define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */ #define EP_Win 0x008000 /* Contains window functions */ #define EP_MemToken 0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */ -#define EP_NoReduce 0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */ + /* 0x020000 // available for reuse */ #define EP_Unlikely 0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */ #define EP_ConstFunc 0x080000 /* A SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function */ #define EP_CanBeNull 0x100000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */ @@ -17941,6 +18046,7 @@ struct Expr { #define EP_IsTrue 0x10000000 /* Always has boolean value of TRUE */ #define EP_IsFalse 0x20000000 /* Always has boolean value of FALSE */ #define EP_FromDDL 0x40000000 /* Originates from sqlite_master */ + /* 0x80000000 // Available */ /* ** The EP_Propagate mask is a set of properties that automatically propagate @@ -17959,14 +18065,24 @@ struct Expr { #define ExprAlwaysTrue(E) (((E)->flags&(EP_FromJoin|EP_IsTrue))==EP_IsTrue) #define ExprAlwaysFalse(E) (((E)->flags&(EP_FromJoin|EP_IsFalse))==EP_IsFalse) + +/* Flags for use with Expr.vvaFlags +*/ +#define EP_NoReduce 0x01 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */ +#define EP_Immutable 0x02 /* Do not change this Expr node */ + /* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation, ** and Accreditation only. It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA ** processes but is a no-op for delivery. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) +# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) (E)->vvaFlags|=(P) +# define ExprHasVVAProperty(E,P) (((E)->vvaFlags&(P))!=0) +# define ExprClearVVAProperties(E) (E)->vvaFlags = 0 #else # define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) +# define ExprHasVVAProperty(E,P) 0 +# define ExprClearVVAProperties(E) #endif /* @@ -18241,7 +18357,7 @@ struct NameContext { ** conflict-target clause.) The pUpsertTargetWhere is the optional ** WHERE clause used to identify partial unique indexes. ** -** pUpsertSet is the list of column=expr terms of the UPDATE statement. +** pUpsertSet is the list of column=expr terms of the UPDATE statement. ** The pUpsertSet field is NULL for a ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING. The ** pUpsertWhere is the WHERE clause for the UPDATE and is NULL if the ** WHERE clause is omitted. @@ -18940,6 +19056,7 @@ struct Walker { struct WhereConst *pConst; /* WHERE clause constants */ struct RenameCtx *pRename; /* RENAME COLUMN context */ struct Table *pTab; /* Table of generated column */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrcItem; /* A single FROM clause item */ } u; }; @@ -18952,6 +19069,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkFail(Walker*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkerDepthIncrease(Walker*,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalkerDepthDecrease(Walker*,Select*); + #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWalkAssert2(Walker*, Select*); #endif @@ -19096,13 +19216,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NomemError(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int,Pgno); # define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3NomemError(__LINE__) # define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3IoerrnomemError(__LINE__) -# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(__LINE__,(P)) #else # define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_NOMEM # define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CORRUPT_PGNO) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int,Pgno); +# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(__LINE__,(P)) +#else # define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__) #endif @@ -19372,11 +19495,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddGenerated(Parse*,Expr*,Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*, sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **); -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*); -#else -# define sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(A,B,C) 0 -#endif +#define sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(A,B,C) 0 SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*); #ifdef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE @@ -19485,7 +19604,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGeneratedColumn(Parse*, Column*, int); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, u8); @@ -19640,6 +19759,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int) # define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c) # define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a) ((void)(a)) #endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbIsNamed(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*); @@ -19688,6 +19808,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v); */ #define getVarint32(A,B) \ (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B))) +#define getVarint32NR(A,B) \ + B=(u32)*(A);if(B>=0x80)sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32*)&(B)) #define putVarint32(A,B) \ (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\ sqlite3PutVarint((A),(B))) @@ -19697,10 +19819,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3*, Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(const Expr *pExpr, char aff2); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(const Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(Table*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(const Expr *pExpr); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...); @@ -19723,9 +19845,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsBinary(const CollSeq*); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName); -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse*,Expr*,Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetTextEncoding(sqlite3 *db, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse*,const Expr*,const Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*); @@ -19792,6 +19915,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchEName( const char*, const char* ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3ExprColUsed(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3StrIHash(const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(NameContext*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); @@ -19807,7 +19932,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprlistUnmap(Parse*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, Column*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*, sqlite3_file*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB); @@ -19830,10 +19955,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), - void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), FuncDestructor *pDestructor ); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NoopDestructor(void*); @@ -19932,8 +20057,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Module *sqlite3VtabCreateModule( SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadOnlyShadowTables(sqlite3 *db); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ShadowTableName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(sqlite3*,Table*,const char*); #else # define sqlite3ShadowTableName(A,B) 0 +# define sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(A,B,C) 0 #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse*,Module*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3*,Module*); @@ -19956,8 +20083,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Normalize(Vdbe*, const char*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(Parse*,Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(Parse*,const Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, const Expr*, const Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL @@ -20191,7 +20318,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt); /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding -** lower-case character. +** lower-case character. ** ** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not ** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables @@ -20258,7 +20385,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = { ** The equivalent of tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[] ** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite. ** -** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an +** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an ** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any ** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is ** part of an identifier is 0x46. @@ -20311,16 +20438,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-43642-56306 By default, URI handling is globally ** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the ** SQLITE_USE_URI symbol defined. -** -** URI filenames are enabled by default if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC is -** enabled. */ #ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI -# ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -# define SQLITE_USE_URI 1 -# else -# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0 -# endif +# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0 #endif /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38720-18127 The default setting is determined by the @@ -20330,7 +20450,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { #if !defined(SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN) # define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1 #else -# if !SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +# if !SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN # error "Compile-time disabling of covering index scan using the\ -DSQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN=0 option is deprecated.\ Contact SQLite developers if this is a problem for you, and\ @@ -20353,7 +20473,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { ** if journal_mode=MEMORY or if temp_store=MEMORY, regardless of this ** setting.) */ -#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL +#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL # define SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL (64*1024) #endif @@ -20488,7 +20608,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000; ** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is ** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained ** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in -** the vdbe.c file. +** the vdbe.c file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER; @@ -20550,7 +20670,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3StrBINARY[] = "BINARY"; ** "explain" P4 display logic is enabled. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \ - || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \ + || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB) # define VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 1 #else # define VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 0 @@ -20659,7 +20780,7 @@ struct VdbeCursor { ** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type ** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as ** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific -** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, +** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, ** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure, ** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program ** began executing. @@ -20756,7 +20877,7 @@ struct sqlite3_value { ** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. ** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main ** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also -** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real +** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real ** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. */ #define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL (or a pointer) */ @@ -20817,7 +20938,7 @@ struct sqlite3_value { #endif /* -** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function +** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function ** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance ** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM ** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed @@ -20937,9 +21058,9 @@ struct Vdbe { u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */ u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */ u8 prepFlags; /* SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ + u8 doingRerun; /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */ bft expired:2; /* 1: recompile VM immediately 2: when convenient */ bft explain:2; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */ - bft doingRerun:1; /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */ bft changeCntOn:1; /* True to update the change-counter */ bft runOnlyOnce:1; /* Automatically expire on reset */ bft usesStmtJournal:1; /* True if uses a statement journal */ @@ -20977,7 +21098,7 @@ struct Vdbe { #define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0x5606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */ /* -** Structure used to store the context required by the +** Structure used to store the context required by the ** sqlite3_preupdate_*() API functions. */ struct PreUpdate { @@ -20992,7 +21113,7 @@ struct PreUpdate { i64 iKey1; /* First key value passed to hook */ i64 iKey2; /* Second key value passed to hook */ Mem *aNew; /* Array of new.* values */ - Table *pTab; /* Schema object being upated */ + Table *pTab; /* Schema object being upated */ Index *pPk; /* PK index if pTab is WITHOUT ROWID */ }; @@ -21015,7 +21136,14 @@ int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(sqlite3*,VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor*, i64*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode(Vdbe*,Mem*,int,int*,int*,Op**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(sqlite3*,Op*); +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeDisplayComment(sqlite3*,const Op*,const char*); +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*); @@ -21051,12 +21179,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(BtCursor*,u32,Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemAggValue(Mem*, Mem*, FuncDef*); #endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB) SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve); @@ -21090,7 +21219,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(Vdbe*); # define sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(V) #endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*); #else # define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X) @@ -21372,7 +21501,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( break; } - /* + /* ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero. @@ -21416,7 +21545,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( HashElem *p; nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * ( - pSchema->tblHash.count + pSchema->tblHash.count + pSchema->trigHash.count + pSchema->idxHash.count + pSchema->fkeyHash.count @@ -21466,7 +21595,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( /* ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all - ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set + ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set ** to zero. */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL: @@ -21525,7 +21654,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time -** functions for SQLite. +** functions for SQLite. ** ** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function ** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. @@ -21534,7 +21663,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( ** SQLite processes all times and dates as julian day numbers. The ** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon ** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian -** calendar system. +** calendar system. ** ** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 ** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 @@ -21882,7 +22011,7 @@ static void setRawDateNumber(DateTime *p, double r){ ** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: ** ** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM -** DDDD.DD +** DDDD.DD ** now ** ** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional @@ -21892,8 +22021,8 @@ static void setRawDateNumber(DateTime *p, double r){ ** as there is a year and date. */ static int parseDateOrTime( - sqlite3_context *context, - const char *zDate, + sqlite3_context *context, + const char *zDate, DateTime *p ){ double r; @@ -21914,7 +22043,7 @@ static int parseDateOrTime( ** Multiplying this by 86400000 gives 464269060799999 as the maximum value ** for DateTime.iJD. ** -** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with +** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with ** such a large integer literal, so we have to encode it. */ #define INT_464269060799999 ((((i64)0x1a640)<<32)|0x1072fdff) @@ -21996,14 +22125,14 @@ static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME /* ** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available -** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to -** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the +** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to +** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the ** order of the parameters is reversed. ** ** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx. ** ** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s() -** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides +** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides ** localtime_s(). */ #if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S \ @@ -22059,7 +22188,7 @@ static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){ /* ** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC ** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs, -** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. +** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. ** ** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value ** is undefined in this case. @@ -22136,12 +22265,12 @@ static const struct { double rLimit; /* Maximum NNN value for this transform */ double rXform; /* Constant used for this transform */ } aXformType[] = { - { 0, 6, "second", 464269060800.0, 86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0) }, - { 0, 6, "minute", 7737817680.0, 86400000.0/(24.0*60.0) }, - { 0, 4, "hour", 128963628.0, 86400000.0/24.0 }, - { 0, 3, "day", 5373485.0, 86400000.0 }, - { 1, 5, "month", 176546.0, 30.0*86400000.0 }, - { 2, 4, "year", 14713.0, 365.0*86400000.0 }, + { 0, 6, "second", 464269060800.0, 1000.0 }, + { 0, 6, "minute", 7737817680.0, 60000.0 }, + { 0, 4, "hour", 128963628.0, 3600000.0 }, + { 0, 3, "day", 5373485.0, 86400000.0 }, + { 1, 5, "month", 176546.0, 2592000000.0 }, + { 2, 4, "year", 14713.0, 31536000000.0 }, }; /* @@ -22386,9 +22515,9 @@ static int parseModifier( ** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0]. */ static int isDate( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p ){ int i, n; @@ -23033,7 +23162,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufO }else{ return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); } - + } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); @@ -23211,17 +23340,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ ** ************************************************************************* ** -** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" +** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" ** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory -** and returns 0). +** and returns 0). ** ** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite ** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually ** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily -** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this -** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The -** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure +** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this +** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The +** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure ** during a hash table resize is a benign fault. */ @@ -23423,7 +23552,7 @@ static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_; #else /* if not __APPLE__ */ /* -** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems. +** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems. ** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined. */ #define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x) @@ -23603,7 +23732,7 @@ static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */ _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone(); }else{ - /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, + /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */ _sqliteZone_ = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0); malloc_set_zone_name(_sqliteZone_, "Sqlite_Heap"); @@ -23727,7 +23856,7 @@ struct MemBlockHdr { ** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. */ static struct { - + /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ @@ -23738,7 +23867,7 @@ static struct { */ struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; - + /* ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. */ @@ -23751,7 +23880,7 @@ static struct { int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ - /* + /* ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. */ @@ -23810,7 +23939,7 @@ static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation; assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD ); /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due - ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure + ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure ** they haven't been overwritten. */ while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 ); @@ -23939,7 +24068,7 @@ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ p = (void*)pInt; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return p; + return p; } /* @@ -23949,7 +24078,7 @@ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; void **pBt; char *z; - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || mem.mutex!=0 ); pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); pBt = (void**)pHdr; @@ -23975,15 +24104,15 @@ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); free(z); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. ** ** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the -** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the -** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is +** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the +** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is ** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find ** the error. */ @@ -24117,7 +24246,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){ } /* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ @@ -24134,7 +24263,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ char *z = (char*)pHdr; z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; - fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", + fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ fflush(out); @@ -24147,7 +24276,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n"); for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){ if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){ - fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", + fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]); } } @@ -24188,12 +24317,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){ ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory -** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. +** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. ** ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all ** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations -** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() +** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() ** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, ** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot ** be changed. @@ -24224,8 +24353,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){ #define N_HASH 61 /* -** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or -** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are +** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or +** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are ** a header that is not returned to the user. ** ** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or @@ -24248,10 +24377,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){ ** ** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list. The ** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes. -** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] +** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] ** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks. ** -** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked +** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked ** out. If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into ** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk. */ @@ -24287,12 +24416,12 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global { ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback. */ int alarmBusy; - + /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; - + /* ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen. */ @@ -24308,7 +24437,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global { u32 szMaster; /* - ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size + ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger ** chunks. */ @@ -24339,7 +24468,7 @@ static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){ } /* -** Unlink the chunk at index i from +** Unlink the chunk at index i from ** whatever list is currently a member of. */ static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){ @@ -24423,8 +24552,8 @@ static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){ /* -** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its -** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the +** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its +** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the ** user portion of the chunk. */ static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){ @@ -24477,12 +24606,12 @@ static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){ /* ** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size ** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either -** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[]. +** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[]. ** ** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries -** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. +** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. ** -** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces +** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces ** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for ** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be ** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of @@ -24573,7 +24702,7 @@ static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ } - /* STEP 3: + /* STEP 3: ** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free ** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk. ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off @@ -24680,7 +24809,7 @@ static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){ memsys3Enter(); p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); memsys3Leave(); - return (void*)p; + return (void*)p; } /* @@ -24761,7 +24890,7 @@ static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ /* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){ @@ -24812,7 +24941,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){ fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); } - fprintf(out, "\n"); + fprintf(out, "\n"); } for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){ if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue; @@ -24821,7 +24950,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){ fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); } - fprintf(out, "\n"); + fprintf(out, "\n"); } fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster); fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8); @@ -24838,7 +24967,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){ } /* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external ** linkage. ** ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in @@ -24878,12 +25007,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory -** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. +** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. ** ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all ** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations -** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() +** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() ** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, ** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot ** be changed. @@ -24903,12 +25032,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ ** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions ** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for ** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499. -** +** ** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum ** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.) Let M ** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time. Let ** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation. Robson -** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to +** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to ** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds: ** ** N >= M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1 @@ -24919,7 +25048,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* -** This version of the memory allocator is used only when +** This version of the memory allocator is used only when ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 @@ -24964,7 +25093,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global { int szAtom; /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */ int nBlock; /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */ u8 *zPool; /* Memory available to be allocated */ - + /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ @@ -24983,7 +25112,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global { u32 maxCount; /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */ u32 maxRequest; /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */ #endif - + /* ** Lists of free blocks. aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of ** size mem5.szAtom. aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2. @@ -25159,7 +25288,7 @@ static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ u32 size, iLogsize; int iBlock; - /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in + /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool. */ iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom); @@ -25228,7 +25357,7 @@ static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){ p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); memsys5Leave(); } - return (void*)p; + return (void*)p; } /* @@ -25241,14 +25370,14 @@ static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){ assert( pPrior!=0 ); memsys5Enter(); memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); - memsys5Leave(); + memsys5Leave(); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. ** ** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from -** being called with pPrior==0. +** being called with pPrior==0. ** ** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to ** memsys5Round(). Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power @@ -25381,7 +25510,7 @@ static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ @@ -25423,7 +25552,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ #endif /* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external ** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods ** struct populated with the memsys5 methods. */ @@ -25478,7 +25607,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; /* ** This block (enclosed by SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS) contains ** the implementation of a wrapper around the system default mutex -** implementation (sqlite3DefaultMutex()). +** implementation (sqlite3DefaultMutex()). ** ** Most calls are passed directly through to the underlying default ** mutex implementation. Except, if a mutex is configured by calling @@ -25489,7 +25618,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; ** apps that usually use SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD mode. */ -/* +/* ** Type for all mutexes used when SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS ** is defined. Variable CheckMutex.mutex is a pointer to the real mutex ** allocated by the system mutex implementation. Variable iType is usually set @@ -25506,9 +25635,9 @@ struct CheckMutex { #define SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION (-1) -/* +/* ** Pointer to real mutex methods object used by the CheckMutex -** implementation. Set by checkMutexInit(). +** implementation. Set by checkMutexInit(). */ static SQLITE_WSD const sqlite3_mutex_methods *pGlobalMutexMethods; @@ -25524,13 +25653,13 @@ static int checkMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. */ -static int checkMutexInit(void){ +static int checkMutexInit(void){ pGlobalMutexMethods = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } -static int checkMutexEnd(void){ +static int checkMutexEnd(void){ pGlobalMutexMethods = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* @@ -25604,7 +25733,7 @@ static void checkMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ if( SQLITE_OK==pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexTry(pCheck->mutex) ){ return; } - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "illegal multi-threaded access to database connection" ); } @@ -25663,11 +25792,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(sqlite3_mutex *p){ /* ** Initialize the mutex system. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not - ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to + ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. */ @@ -25701,6 +25830,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1; #endif + sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); return rc; } @@ -25778,7 +25908,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously -** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex +** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex ** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument ** this function is a no-op. */ @@ -25847,9 +25977,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ */ static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ +static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); - return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; + return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; } static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } @@ -25914,7 +26044,7 @@ static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. */ static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 - 1]; @@ -26092,7 +26222,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex { ** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to ** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is ** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery -** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a +** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a ** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are ** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines ** will not always work correctly on HPUX. @@ -26174,7 +26304,7 @@ static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } ** ** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static +** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. */ @@ -26285,7 +26415,7 @@ static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. @@ -26328,7 +26458,7 @@ static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. @@ -26541,7 +26671,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } - + #elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ @@ -27228,7 +27358,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){ } mem0.alarmThreshold = n; nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); - mem0.nearlyFull = (n>0 && n<=nUsed); + AtomicStore(&mem0.nearlyFull, n>0 && n<=nUsed); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n; if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff)); @@ -27296,7 +27426,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){ ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){ - return mem0.nearlyFull; + return AtomicLoad(&mem0.nearlyFull); } /* @@ -27330,7 +27460,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ } /* -** Trigger the alarm +** Trigger the alarm */ static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){ if( mem0.alarmThreshold<=0 ) return; @@ -27360,7 +27490,7 @@ static void mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){ if( mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){ sqlite3_int64 nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){ - mem0.nearlyFull = 1; + AtomicStore(&mem0.nearlyFull, 1); sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); if( mem0.hardLimit ){ nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); @@ -27370,7 +27500,7 @@ static void mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){ } } }else{ - mem0.nearlyFull = 0; + AtomicStore(&mem0.nearlyFull, 0); } } p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); @@ -27450,11 +27580,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); } static int lookasideMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE return p<db->lookaside.pMiddle ? db->lookaside.szTrue : LOOKASIDE_SMALL; #else return db->lookaside.szTrue; -#endif +#endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ assert( p!=0 ); @@ -27594,15 +27724,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, u64 nBytes){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes); nDiff = nNew - nOld; - if( nDiff>0 && sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= + if( nDiff>0 && sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){ sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff); } pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){ sqlite3MallocAlarm((int)nBytes); pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); } +#endif if( pNew ){ nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew); sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld); @@ -27636,7 +27768,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void *pOld, sqlite3_uint64 n){ /* ** Allocate and zero memory. -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){ void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n); if( p ){ @@ -27666,13 +27798,13 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbMallocRawFinish(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ assert( db!=0 ); p = sqlite3Malloc(n); if( !p ) sqlite3OomFault(db); - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, (db->lookaside.bDisable==0) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP); return p; } /* -** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap. +** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap. ** If the allocation fails, set the mallocFailed flag in ** the connection pointer. ** @@ -27708,7 +27840,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ assert( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ); if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){ if( !db->lookaside.bDisable ){ - db->lookaside.anStat[1]++; + db->lookaside.anStat[1]++; }else if( db->mallocFailed ){ return 0; } @@ -27787,7 +27919,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbReallocFinish(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); - pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p, n); + pNew = sqlite3Realloc(p, n); if( !pNew ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); } @@ -27812,9 +27944,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){ } /* -** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These +** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These ** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This -** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are +** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are ** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the ** ThreadData structure. */ @@ -27877,7 +28009,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomFault(sqlite3 *db){ if( db->mallocFailed==0 && db->bBenignMalloc==0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; if( db->nVdbeExec>0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; + AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 1); } DisableLookaside; if( db->pParse ){ @@ -27896,7 +28028,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomFault(sqlite3 *db){ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomClear(sqlite3 *db){ if( db->mallocFailed && db->nVdbeExec==0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 0; - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 0); assert( db->lookaside.bDisable>0 ); EnableLookaside; } @@ -27912,20 +28044,20 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int apiOomError(sqlite3 *db){ } /* -** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. +** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. ** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or ** sqlite3_realloc. ** ** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this ** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous -** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. +** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. ** ** If an OOM as occurred, then the connection error-code (the value ** returned by sqlite3_errcode()) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ /* If the db handle must hold the connection handle mutex here. - ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed + ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). */ assert( db!=0 ); @@ -27940,7 +28072,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ /************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/ /* ** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in -** the public domain. +** the public domain. ** ************************************************************************** ** @@ -28135,6 +28267,13 @@ static char *printfTempBuf(sqlite3_str *pAccum, sqlite3_int64 n){ #define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ /* +** Hard limit on the precision of floating-point conversions. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT +# define SQLITE_FP_PRECISION_LIMIT 100000000 +#endif + +/* ** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf( @@ -28175,7 +28314,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf( PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ - /* pAccum never starts out with an empty buffer that was obtained from + /* pAccum never starts out with an empty buffer that was obtained from ** malloc(). This precondition is required by the mprintf("%z...") ** optimization. */ assert( pAccum->nChar>0 || (pAccum->printfFlags&SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)==0 ); @@ -28334,13 +28473,15 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf( ** xtype The class of the conversion. ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. */ + assert( width>=0 ); + assert( precision>=(-1) ); switch( xtype ){ case etPOINTER: flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64) ? 2 : sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int) ? 1 : 0; /* Fall through into the next case */ case etORDINAL: - case etRADIX: + case etRADIX: cThousand = 0; /* Fall through into the next case */ case etDECIMAL: @@ -28455,6 +28596,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf( length = 0; #else if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ +#ifdef SQLITE_FP_PRECISION_LIMIT + if( precision>SQLITE_FP_PRECISION_LIMIT ){ + precision = SQLITE_FP_PRECISION_LIMIT; + } +#endif if( realvalue<0.0 ){ realvalue = -realvalue; prefix = '-'; @@ -28737,7 +28883,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf( } isnull = escarg==0; if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)"); - /* For %q, %Q, and %w, the precision is the number of byte (or + /* For %q, %Q, and %w, the precision is the number of bytes (or ** characters if the ! flags is present) to use from the input. ** Because of the extra quoting characters inserted, the number ** of output characters may be larger than the precision. @@ -28864,7 +29010,7 @@ static int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum *p, int N){ if( p->db ){ zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc); }else{ - zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(zOld, p->nAlloc); + zNew = sqlite3Realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc); } if( zNew ){ assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 ); @@ -29093,7 +29239,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; StrAccum acc; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( zFormat==0 ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; @@ -29206,7 +29352,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; StrAccum acc; - char zBuf[500]; + char zBuf[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*10]; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); va_start(ap,zFormat); sqlite3_str_vappendf(&acc, zFormat, ap); @@ -29252,7 +29398,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ ** ** This file contains C code to implement the TreeView debugging routines. ** These routines print a parse tree to standard output for debugging and -** analysis. +** analysis. ** ** The interfaces in this file is only available when compiling ** with SQLITE_DEBUG. @@ -29378,8 +29524,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSrcList(TreeView *pView, const SrcList *pSrc) sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " %s", pItem->zName); } if( pItem->pTab ){ - sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " tab=%Q nCol=%d ptr=%p", - pItem->pTab->zName, pItem->pTab->nCol, pItem->pTab); + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " tab=%Q nCol=%d ptr=%p used=%llx", + pItem->pTab->zName, pItem->pTab->nCol, pItem->pTab, pItem->colUsed); } if( pItem->zAlias ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias); @@ -29391,7 +29537,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSrcList(TreeView *pView, const SrcList *pSrc) sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " DDL"); } sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); - sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<pSrc->nSrc-1); + sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<pSrc->nSrc-1); if( pItem->pSelect ){ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pItem->pSelect, 0); } @@ -29411,7 +29557,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 m if( p==0 ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil-SELECT"); return; - } + } pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow); if( p->pWith ){ sqlite3TreeViewWith(pView, p->pWith, 1); @@ -29638,14 +29784,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewWinFunc(TreeView *pView, const Window *pWin, SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 moreToFollow){ const char *zBinOp = 0; /* Binary operator */ const char *zUniOp = 0; /* Unary operator */ - char zFlgs[60]; + char zFlgs[200]; pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow); if( pExpr==0 ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil"); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); return; } - if( pExpr->flags || pExpr->affExpr ){ + if( pExpr->flags || pExpr->affExpr || pExpr->vvaFlags ){ StrAccum x; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zFlgs, sizeof(zFlgs), 0); sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " fg.af=%x.%c", @@ -29656,6 +29802,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 m if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromDDL) ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " DDL"); } + if( ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_Immutable) ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " IMMUTABLE"); + } sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); }else{ zFlgs[0] = 0; @@ -29762,6 +29911,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 m case TK_RSHIFT: zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break; case TK_CONCAT: zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break; case TK_DOT: zBinOp = "DOT"; break; + case TK_LIMIT: zBinOp = "LIMIT"; break; case TK_UMINUS: zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break; case TK_UPLUS: zUniOp = "UPLUS"; break; @@ -29815,11 +29965,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 m pWin = ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ? pExpr->y.pWin : 0; #else pWin = 0; -#endif +#endif } if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){ - sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q%s", - pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken, zFlgs); + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q%s iAgg=%d agg=%p", + pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken, zFlgs, + pExpr->iAgg, pExpr->pAggInfo); }else if( pExpr->op2!=0 ){ const char *zOp2; char zBuf[8]; @@ -29896,7 +30047,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 m ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to ** read the rowid field. */ - sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)", + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)", pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn); break; } @@ -30218,13 +30369,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate( memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); p->xTask = xTask; p->pIn = pIn; - /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a + /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that - ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically + ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically ** for testing purposes. */ if( sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){ rc = 1; - }else{ + }else{ rc = pthread_create(&p->tid, 0, xTask, pIn); } if( rc ){ @@ -30306,9 +30457,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate( *ppThread = 0; p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p)); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; - /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a + /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that - ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically + ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically ** (via the sqlite3FaultSim() term of the conditional) for testing ** purposes. */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){ @@ -30437,7 +30588,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, +** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, ** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE. ** ** Notes on UTF-8: @@ -30533,26 +30684,6 @@ static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { } \ } -#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ - c = (*zIn++); \ - c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ - int c2 = (*zIn++); \ - c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ - } \ -} - -#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ - c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c += (*zIn++); \ - if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ - int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c2 += (*zIn++); \ - c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ - } \ -} - /* ** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value. ** @@ -30618,7 +30749,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read( /* ** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is ** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(). -*/ +*/ /* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 @@ -30645,13 +30776,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desired { StrAccum acc; char zBuf[1000]; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, &acc); fprintf(stderr, "INPUT: %s\n", sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc)); } #endif - /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then + /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled ** differently from the others. */ @@ -30729,13 +30860,59 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desired if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */ while( zIn<zTerm ){ - READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); + c = *(zIn++); + c += (*(zIn++))<<8; + if( c>=0xd800 && c<0xe000 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_REPLACE_INVALID_UTF + if( c>=0xdc00 || zIn>=zTerm ){ + c = 0xfffd; + }else{ + int c2 = *(zIn++); + c2 += (*(zIn++))<<8; + if( c2<0xdc00 || c2>=0xe000 ){ + zIn -= 2; + c = 0xfffd; + }else{ + c = ((c&0x3ff)<<10) + (c2&0x3ff) + 0x10000; + } + } +#else + if( zIn<zTerm ){ + int c2 = (*zIn++); + c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); + c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); + } +#endif + } WRITE_UTF8(z, c); } }else{ /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */ while( zIn<zTerm ){ - READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); + c = (*(zIn++))<<8; + c += *(zIn++); + if( c>=0xd800 && c<0xe000 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_REPLACE_INVALID_UTF + if( c>=0xdc00 || zIn>=zTerm ){ + c = 0xfffd; + }else{ + int c2 = (*(zIn++))<<8; + c2 += *(zIn++); + if( c2<0xdc00 || c2>=0xe000 ){ + zIn -= 2; + c = 0xfffd; + }else{ + c = ((c&0x3ff)<<10) + (c2&0x3ff) + 0x10000; + } + } +#else + if( zIn<zTerm ){ + int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); + c2 += (*zIn++); + c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); + } +#endif + } WRITE_UTF8(z, c); } } @@ -30757,7 +30934,7 @@ translate_out: { StrAccum acc; char zBuf[1000]; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, &acc); fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc)); } @@ -30768,7 +30945,7 @@ translate_out: #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the +** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the ** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and ** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any ** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately. @@ -30791,7 +30968,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){ bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE; } } - + if( bom ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -30811,7 +30988,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){ ** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero, ** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including) ** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the -** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to +** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to ** the first 0x00, whichever comes first). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){ @@ -30831,7 +31008,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){ return r; } -/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. +/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. ** Hence it is only available in debug builds. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) @@ -30893,19 +31070,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){ int c; unsigned char const *z = zIn; int n = 0; - - if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ - while( n<nChar ){ - READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c); - n++; - } - }else{ - while( n<nChar ){ - READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c); - n++; - } + + if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE ) z++; + while( n<nChar ){ + c = z[0]; + z += 2; + if( c>=0xd8 && c<0xdc && z[0]>=0xdc && z[0]<0xe0 ) z += 2; + n++; } - return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn); + return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn) + - (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE); } #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) @@ -30935,30 +31109,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){ assert( c==t ); assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); } - for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ - if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; - z = zBuf; - WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i); - n = (int)(z-zBuf); - assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); - z[0] = 0; - z = zBuf; - READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c); - assert( c==i ); - assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); - } - for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ - if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; - z = zBuf; - WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i); - n = (int)(z-zBuf); - assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); - z[0] = 0; - z = zBuf; - READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c); - assert( c==i ); - assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); - } } #endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ @@ -31000,7 +31150,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){ /* ** Calls to sqlite3FaultSim() are used to simulate a failure during testing, -** or to bypass normal error detection during testing in order to let +** or to bypass normal error detection during testing in order to let ** execute proceed futher downstream. ** ** In deployment, sqlite3FaultSim() *always* return SQLITE_OK (0). The @@ -31049,7 +31199,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){ } /* -** Return the declared type of a column. Or return zDflt if the column +** Return the declared type of a column. Or return zDflt if the column ** has no declared type. ** ** The column type is an extra string stored after the zero-terminator on @@ -31285,6 +31435,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){ } /* +** Compute an 8-bit hash on a string that is insensitive to case differences +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3StrIHash(const char *z){ + u8 h = 0; + if( z==0 ) return 0; + while( z[0] ){ + h += UpperToLower[(unsigned char)z[0]]; + z++; + } + return h; +} + +/* ** Compute 10 to the E-th power. Examples: E==1 results in 10. ** E==2 results in 100. E==50 results in 1.0e50. ** @@ -31319,7 +31482,7 @@ static LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite3Pow10(int E){ if( E==0 ) break; x *= x; } - return r; + return r; #endif } @@ -31336,7 +31499,7 @@ static LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite3Pow10(int E){ ** 1 => The input string is a pure integer ** 2 or more => The input has a decimal point or eNNN clause ** 0 or less => The input string is not a valid number -** -1 => Not a valid number, but has a valid prefix which +** -1 => Not a valid number, but has a valid prefix which ** includes a decimal point and/or an eNNN clause ** ** Valid numbers are in one of these formats: @@ -31437,7 +31600,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 en eValid = 0; eType++; - /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread. The + /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread. The ** special comment alerts the mutation tester that the correct answer ** is obtained even if the branch is omitted */ if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /*PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD*/ @@ -31833,7 +31996,7 @@ static int SQLITE_NOINLINE putVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ v >>= 7; } return 9; - } + } n = 0; do{ buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); @@ -32033,8 +32196,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ ** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned ** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff. ** -** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the -** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as +** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the +** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as ** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ @@ -32223,7 +32386,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){ return (u8)(h & 0xf); } -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) /* ** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary ** value. Return a pointer to its binary value. Space to hold the @@ -32244,7 +32407,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ } return zBlob; } -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL */ /* ** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should @@ -32252,7 +32415,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ ** argument. The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid". */ static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API call with %s database connection pointer", zType ); @@ -32326,7 +32489,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1; } *pA += iB; - return 0; + return 0; #endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ @@ -32367,7 +32530,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ } /* -** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or +** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or ** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647 */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){ @@ -32407,11 +32570,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){ } #endif -/* +/* ** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values. This computation is ** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic ** value. -** +** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){ static const unsigned char x[] = { @@ -32525,8 +32688,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){ ** Conceptually: ** ** struct VList { -** int nAlloc; // Number of allocated slots -** int nUsed; // Number of used slots +** int nAlloc; // Number of allocated slots +** int nUsed; // Number of used slots ** struct VListEntry { ** int iValue; // Value for this entry ** int nSlot; // Slots used by this entry @@ -32535,7 +32698,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){ ** } ** ** During code generation, pointers to the variable names within the -** VList are taken. When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an +** VList are taken. When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an ** indication that the VList may never again be enlarged, since the ** accompanying realloc() would invalidate the pointers. */ @@ -32726,7 +32889,7 @@ static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){ /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error. So mark the - ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of + ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero() ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which @@ -32778,7 +32941,7 @@ static HashElem *findElementWithHash( if( pHash ) *pHash = h; while( count-- ){ assert( elem!=0 ); - if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){ return elem; } elem = elem->next; @@ -32796,7 +32959,7 @@ static void removeElementGivenHash( ){ struct _ht *pEntry; if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; + elem->prev->next = elem->next; }else{ pH->first = elem->next; } @@ -32955,8 +33118,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ /* 60 */ "IncrVacuum" OpHelp(""), /* 61 */ "VNext" OpHelp(""), /* 62 */ "Init" OpHelp("Start at P2"), - /* 63 */ "PureFunc" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"), - /* 64 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 63 */ "PureFunc" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP])"), + /* 64 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP])"), /* 65 */ "Return" OpHelp(""), /* 66 */ "EndCoroutine" OpHelp(""), /* 67 */ "HaltIfNull" OpHelp("if r[P3]=null halt"), @@ -33022,8 +33185,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ /* 127 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), /* 128 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""), /* 129 */ "SeekEnd" OpHelp(""), - /* 130 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), - /* 131 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), + /* 130 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), + /* 131 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), /* 132 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"), /* 133 */ "DeferredSeek" OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed"), /* 134 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), @@ -33138,7 +33301,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ ** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE ** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic ** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem -** where the database is located. +** where the database is located. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) # if defined(__APPLE__) @@ -33264,7 +33427,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ #define osGetpid(X) (pid_t)getpid() /* -** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not +** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not ** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK */ #define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY)) @@ -33332,7 +33495,7 @@ struct unixFile { ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the - ** one described by ticket #3584. + ** one described by ticket #3584. */ unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */ unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */ @@ -33341,7 +33504,7 @@ struct unixFile { #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that + /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. */ char aPadding[32]; @@ -33472,7 +33635,7 @@ static pid_t randomnessPid = 0; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } - + #elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ @@ -33684,7 +33847,7 @@ static struct unix_syscall { #ifdef __DJGPP__ { "fstat", 0, 0 }, #define osFstat(a,b,c) 0 -#else +#else { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 }, #define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) #endif @@ -33922,7 +34085,7 @@ static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){ /* ** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid -** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for +** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for ** standard input, output, and error. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR @@ -33961,17 +34124,17 @@ static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){ } if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break; osClose(fd); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd); fd = -1; - if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break; + if( osOpen("/dev/null", O_RDONLY, m)<0 ) break; } if( fd>=0 ){ if( m!=0 ){ struct stat statbuf; - if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 + if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 && statbuf.st_size==0 - && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m + && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m ){ osFchmod(fd, m); } @@ -33986,11 +34149,11 @@ static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){ /* ** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The ** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and -** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be +** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be ** shared by multiple threads. ** -** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex -** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() +** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex +** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() ** statements. e.g. ** ** unixEnterMutex() @@ -34112,7 +34275,7 @@ static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){ int rc; #ifdef __ANDROID__ - /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if + /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any ** such attempts. */ @@ -34128,32 +34291,32 @@ static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){ ** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something ** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is ** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY -** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into +** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into ** SQLITE_IOERR -** +** ** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks, ** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately. */ static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { - assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || + assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || + (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ); switch (posixError) { - case EACCES: + case EACCES: case EAGAIN: case ETIMEDOUT: case EBUSY: case EINTR: - case ENOLCK: - /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support + case ENOLCK: + /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ return SQLITE_BUSY; - - case EPERM: + + case EPERM: return SQLITE_PERM; - - default: + + default: return sqliteIOErr; } } @@ -34168,7 +34331,7 @@ static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { ** ** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a ** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains -** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. +** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. ** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to ** zero. ** @@ -34184,7 +34347,7 @@ struct vxworksFileId { }; #if OS_VXWORKS -/* +/* ** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this ** variable: */ @@ -34256,7 +34419,7 @@ static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){ */ unixEnterMutex(); for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){ - if( pCandidate->nName==n + if( pCandidate->nName==n && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0 ){ sqlite3_free(pNew); @@ -34349,7 +34512,7 @@ static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ ** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. ** ** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking -** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a +** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a ** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between ** a locked and an unlocked state. ** @@ -34382,7 +34545,7 @@ static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ ** ** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads ** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with -** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection +** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection ** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections ** do not move across threads. */ @@ -34399,7 +34562,7 @@ struct unixFileId { /* We are told that some versions of Android contain a bug that ** sizes ino_t at only 32-bits instead of 64-bits. (See ** https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/115351/3/dist/sqlite3.c) - ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number. + ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number. ** On small machines that only have 32-bit inodes, this wastes 4 bytes, ** but that should not be a big deal. */ /* WAS: ino_t ino; */ @@ -34487,7 +34650,7 @@ int unixFileMutexNotheld(unixFile *pFile){ ** strerror_r(). ** ** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that -** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). +** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). ** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that ** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path, ** if any. @@ -34505,7 +34668,7 @@ static int unixLogErrorAtLine( /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r(). - */ + */ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R) char aErr[80]; memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr)); @@ -34513,18 +34676,18 @@ static int unixLogErrorAtLine( /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined, ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that - ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer - ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. - ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of + ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer + ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. + ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[]. ** ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a - ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available + ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available ** could lead to a segfault though. */ #if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU) - zErr = + zErr = # endif strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1); @@ -34575,7 +34738,7 @@ static void storeLastErrno(unixFile *pFile, int error){ /* ** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list. -*/ +*/ static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; UnixUnusedFd *p; @@ -34730,7 +34893,7 @@ static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){ #else struct stat buf; return pFile->pInode!=0 && - (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 + (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || (u64)buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino); #endif } @@ -34811,7 +34974,7 @@ static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ } } #endif - + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex); OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); @@ -34840,8 +35003,9 @@ static int osSetPosixAdvisoryLock( struct flock *pLock, /* The description of the lock */ unixFile *pFile /* Structure holding timeout value */ ){ + int tm = pFile->iBusyTimeout; int rc = osFcntl(h,F_SETLK,pLock); - while( rc<0 && pFile->iBusyTimeout>0 ){ + while( rc<0 && tm>0 ){ /* On systems that support some kind of blocking file lock with a timeout, ** make appropriate changes here to invoke that blocking file lock. On ** generic posix, however, there is no such API. So we simply try the @@ -34849,7 +35013,7 @@ static int osSetPosixAdvisoryLock( ** the lock is obtained. */ usleep(1000); rc = osFcntl(h,F_SETLK,pLock); - pFile->iBusyTimeout--; + tm--; } return rc; } @@ -34857,7 +35021,7 @@ static int osSetPosixAdvisoryLock( /* -** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is +** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is ** described by pLock. ** ** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock @@ -34949,7 +35113,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ ** ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the - ** 'reserved byte'. + ** 'reserved byte'. ** ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock @@ -34963,7 +35127,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the - ** database. + ** database. */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; @@ -35004,7 +35168,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. */ - if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && + if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; @@ -35015,7 +35179,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and ** return SQLITE_OK. */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); @@ -35033,7 +35197,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ */ lock.l_len = 1L; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK) ){ lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK); @@ -35072,7 +35236,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* This could happen with a network mount */ tErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; } if( rc ){ @@ -35114,7 +35278,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ } } } - + #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when @@ -35143,7 +35307,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ end_lock: sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); return rc; } @@ -35168,11 +35332,11 @@ static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){ ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** +** ** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED ** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then -** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works -** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to +** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works +** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to ** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set. */ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ @@ -35210,7 +35374,7 @@ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade - ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a + ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock: ** 1: [WWWWW] ** 2: [....W] @@ -35226,7 +35390,7 @@ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ if( handleNFSUnlock ){ int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */ off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1; - + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; @@ -35268,11 +35432,11 @@ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another - ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this + ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning - ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes - ** an assert to fail). */ + ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes + ** an assert to fail). */ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); goto end_unlock; @@ -35348,7 +35512,7 @@ static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd); #endif /* -** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation +** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation ** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file ** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile ** structure to 0. @@ -35411,7 +35575,7 @@ static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ if( pInode->nLock ){ /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed + ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed ** when the last lock is cleared. */ setPendingFd(pFile); @@ -35511,7 +35675,7 @@ static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); reserved = osAccess((const char*)pFile->lockingContext, 0)==0; OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); @@ -35565,7 +35729,7 @@ static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { #endif return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* grab an exclusive lock */ rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777); if( rc<0 ){ @@ -35580,8 +35744,8 @@ static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { } } return rc; - } - + } + /* got it, set the type and return ok */ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return rc; @@ -35605,7 +35769,7 @@ static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - + /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; @@ -35618,7 +35782,7 @@ static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */ assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ); rc = osRmdir(zLockFile); @@ -35630,7 +35794,7 @@ static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } - return rc; + return rc; } pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; @@ -35677,7 +35841,7 @@ static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){ #else # define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b) #endif - + /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified @@ -35689,16 +35853,16 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); - + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } - + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ /* attempt to get the lock */ @@ -35709,7 +35873,7 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ if ( lrc ) { int tErrno = errno; /* unlock failed with an error */ - lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); rc = lrc; } @@ -35717,7 +35881,7 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int tErrno = errno; reserved = 1; /* someone else might have it reserved */ - lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); rc = lrc; @@ -35771,15 +35935,15 @@ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { assert( pFile ); - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* grab an exclusive lock */ - + if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) { int tErrno = errno; /* didn't get, must be busy */ @@ -35791,7 +35955,7 @@ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { /* got it, set the type and return ok */ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; } - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS if( (rc & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ @@ -35811,23 +35975,23 @@ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { */ static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - + assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - + /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* no, really, unlock. */ if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS @@ -35878,14 +36042,14 @@ static int semXCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } - + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; @@ -35944,14 +36108,14 @@ static int semXLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; rc = SQLITE_OK; goto sem_end_lock; } - + /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */ if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; @@ -35981,18 +36145,18 @@ static int semXUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - + /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* no, really unlock. */ if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) { int rc, tErrno = errno; @@ -36000,7 +36164,7 @@ static int semXUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } - return rc; + return rc; } pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; @@ -36066,7 +36230,7 @@ struct ByteRangeLockPB2 /* ** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an ** AFP filesystem. -** +** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure. */ static int afpSetLock( @@ -36078,14 +36242,14 @@ static int afpSetLock( ){ struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; int err; - + pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; pb.startEndFlag = 0; pb.offset = offset; - pb.length = length; + pb.length = length; pb.fd = pFile->h; - - OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", + + OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""), offset, length)); err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); @@ -36120,9 +36284,9 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; afpLockingContext *context; - + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; if( context->reserved ){ @@ -36134,12 +36298,12 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } - + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ /* lock the RESERVED byte */ - int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); + int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){ /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore ** the original state */ @@ -36152,10 +36316,10 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ rc=lrc; } } - + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex); OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - + *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } @@ -36189,7 +36353,7 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - + assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), @@ -36213,7 +36377,7 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - + /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ pInode = pFile->pInode; @@ -36222,18 +36386,18 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. */ - if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && + if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto afp_end_lock; } - + /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and ** return SQLITE_OK. */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); @@ -36243,12 +36407,12 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ pInode->nLock++; goto afp_end_lock; } - + /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will ** be released. */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK) ){ int failed; @@ -36258,30 +36422,30 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ goto afp_end_lock; } } - + /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make ** operating system calls for the specified lock. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0; long lk, mask; - + assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); - + mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff; /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */ /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ - lk = random(); + lk = random(); pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); - lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, + lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){ lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno; } /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) { storeLastErrno(pFile, lrc1Errno); rc = lrc1; @@ -36316,34 +36480,34 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ } if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ - - /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to + + /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock */ if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){ int failed2 = SQLITE_OK; /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ - failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, + failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 1); - if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, + if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){ /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is ** a critical I/O error */ - rc = ((failed & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : + rc = ((failed & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; goto afp_end_lock; - } + } }else{ - rc = failed; + rc = failed; } } if( failed ){ rc = failed; } } - + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; @@ -36351,10 +36515,10 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; } - + afp_end_lock: sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); return rc; } @@ -36393,7 +36557,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - + #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start ** reading the database file again, make sure that the @@ -36408,7 +36572,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { || pFile->transCntrChng==1 ); pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; #endif - + if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){ @@ -36421,11 +36585,11 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - } + } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); - if( !rc ){ - context->reserved = 0; + if( !rc ){ + context->reserved = 0; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){ @@ -36458,7 +36622,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { if( pInode->nLock==0 ) closePendingFds(pFile); } } - + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; @@ -36467,7 +36631,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { } /* -** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context +** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context */ static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -36525,7 +36689,7 @@ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ /* ** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific ** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative -** is available. +** is available. ** ********************* End of the NFS lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ @@ -36533,7 +36697,7 @@ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ /****************************************************************************** **************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods ***************************** ** -** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the +** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the ** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking ** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per ** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes @@ -36541,7 +36705,7 @@ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ */ /* -** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt +** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt ** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. ** ** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also @@ -36603,8 +36767,8 @@ static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ ** wrong. */ static int unixRead( - sqlite3_file *id, - void *pBuf, + sqlite3_file *id, + void *pBuf, int amt, sqlite3_int64 offset ){ @@ -36619,7 +36783,7 @@ static int unixRead( #if 0 assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0 || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE + || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); #endif @@ -36657,7 +36821,7 @@ static int unixRead( /* ** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to ** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from -** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, +** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, ** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than ** nBuf). */ @@ -36717,10 +36881,10 @@ static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ ** or some other error code on failure. */ static int unixWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, - const void *pBuf, + sqlite3_file *id, + const void *pBuf, int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset + sqlite3_int64 offset ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int wrote = 0; @@ -36732,7 +36896,7 @@ static int unixWrite( #if 0 assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0 || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE + || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); #endif @@ -36774,7 +36938,7 @@ static int unixWrite( } } #endif - + while( (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))<amt && wrote>0 ){ amt -= wrote; offset += wrote; @@ -36840,8 +37004,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; ** ** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged. ** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content -** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is -** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, +** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is +** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, ** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the ** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync() ** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the @@ -36855,7 +37019,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ int rc; /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as - ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering + ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros. */ #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC @@ -36869,7 +37033,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); #endif - /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and + /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure ** gets called with the correct arguments. */ @@ -36895,11 +37059,11 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ rc = 1; } /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). - ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local + ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC - ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync - ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. - ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid + ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync + ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. + ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid ** the fcntl call every time sync is called. */ if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); @@ -36909,7 +37073,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync */ rc = fsync(fd); -#else +#else rc = fdatasync(fd); #if OS_VXWORKS if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){ @@ -36960,7 +37124,7 @@ static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ if( zDirname[0]!='/' ) zDirname[0] = '.'; zDirname[1] = 0; } - fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0); + fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); if( fd>=0 ){ OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname)); } @@ -37070,7 +37234,7 @@ static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will - ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. + ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. */ if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){ pFile->mmapSize = nByte; @@ -37116,8 +37280,8 @@ static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); #endif -/* -** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT +/* +** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT ** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size ** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already ** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op. @@ -37126,7 +37290,7 @@ static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ i64 nSize; /* Required file size */ struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */ - + if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; } @@ -37135,8 +37299,8 @@ static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){ #if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE - /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() - ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, + /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() + ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */ int err; do{ @@ -37144,7 +37308,7 @@ static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ }while( err==EINTR ); if( err && err!=EINVAL ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; #else - /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a + /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a ** single byte to the last byte in each block that falls entirely ** within the extended region. Then, if required, a single byte ** at offset (nSize-1), to set the size of the file correctly. @@ -37270,7 +37434,9 @@ static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT: { + int iOld = pFile->iBusyTimeout; pFile->iBusyTimeout = *(int*)pArg; + *(int*)pArg = iOld; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif @@ -37323,9 +37489,9 @@ static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ /* ** If pFd->sectorSize is non-zero when this function is called, it is a -** no-op. Otherwise, the values of pFd->sectorSize and -** pFd->deviceCharacteristics are set according to the file-system -** characteristics. +** no-op. Otherwise, the values of pFd->sectorSize and +** pFd->deviceCharacteristics are set according to the file-system +** characteristics. ** ** There are two versions of this function. One for QNX and one for all ** other systems. @@ -37359,7 +37525,7 @@ static void setDeviceCharacteristics(unixFile *pFd){ static void setDeviceCharacteristics(unixFile *pFile){ if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){ struct statvfs fsInfo; - + /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */ pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; @@ -37468,7 +37634,7 @@ static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ /* ** Return the system page size. ** -** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. +** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. ** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize(). */ static int unixGetpagesize(void){ @@ -37486,7 +37652,7 @@ static int unixGetpagesize(void){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* -** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer. +** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer. ** ** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread ** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance @@ -37506,7 +37672,7 @@ static int unixGetpagesize(void){ ** nRef ** ** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: -** +** ** hShm ** zFilename ** @@ -37589,13 +37755,20 @@ static int unixShmSystemLock( assert( n>=1 && n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); if( pShmNode->hShm>=0 ){ + int res; /* Initialize the locking parameters */ f.l_type = lockType; f.l_whence = SEEK_SET; f.l_start = ofst; f.l_len = n; - rc = osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(pShmNode->hShm, &f, pFile); - rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY; + res = osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(pShmNode->hShm, &f, pFile); + if( res==-1 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT + rc = (pFile->iBusyTimeout ? SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT : SQLITE_BUSY); +#else + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; +#endif + } } /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */ @@ -37633,7 +37806,7 @@ static int unixShmSystemLock( } #endif - return rc; + return rc; } /* @@ -37689,7 +37862,7 @@ static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){ ** take it now. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error ** code otherwise. ** -** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1 +** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1 ** connection and no other process already holds a lock, return ** SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT and set pShmNode->isUnlocked=1. */ @@ -37700,7 +37873,7 @@ static int unixLockSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd, unixShmNode *pShmNode){ /* Use F_GETLK to determine the locks other processes are holding ** on the DMS byte. If it indicates that another process is holding ** a SHARED lock, then this process may also take a SHARED lock - ** and proceed with opening the *-shm file. + ** and proceed with opening the *-shm file. ** ** Or, if no other process is holding any lock, then this process ** is the first to open it. In this case take an EXCLUSIVE lock on the @@ -37748,20 +37921,20 @@ static int unixLockSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd, unixShmNode *pShmNode){ } /* -** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd. +** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd. ** This particular implementation uses mmapped files. ** ** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory ** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database ** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file ** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped -** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm". +** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm". ** ** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an ** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory ** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions ** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same -** database to end up using different files for shared memory - +** database to end up using different files for shared memory - ** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting ** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage ** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm" @@ -37831,7 +38004,7 @@ static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){ memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename); zShm = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1]; #ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY - sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm, + sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm, SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x", (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev); #else @@ -37906,22 +38079,22 @@ shm_open_err: } /* -** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the -** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions -** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion +** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the +** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions +** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion ** bytes in size. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** ** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory ** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a -** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If -** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet +** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If +** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet ** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. ** ** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by -** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes -** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped +** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes +** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped ** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. */ static int unixShmMap( @@ -37976,7 +38149,7 @@ static int unixShmMap( rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE; goto shmpage_out; } - + if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){ /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. @@ -38025,7 +38198,7 @@ static int unixShmMap( void *pMem; if( pShmNode->hShm>=0 ){ pMem = osMmap(0, nMap, - pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, + pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->hShm, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion ); if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){ @@ -38092,6 +38265,25 @@ static int unixShmLock( assert( pShmNode->hShm>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); assert( pShmNode->hShm<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); + /* Check that, if this to be a blocking lock, no locks that occur later + ** in the following list than the lock being obtained are already held: + ** + ** 1. Checkpointer lock (ofst==1). + ** 2. Write lock (ofst==0). + ** 3. Read locks (ofst>=3 && ofst<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK). + ** + ** In other words, if this is a blocking lock, none of the locks that + ** occur later in the above list than the lock being obtained may be + ** held. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT + assert( (flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK) || pDbFd->iBusyTimeout==0 || ( + (ofst!=2) /* not RECOVER */ + && (ofst!=1 || (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask)==0) + && (ofst!=0 || (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask)<3) + && (ofst<3 || (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask)<(1<<ofst)) + )); +#endif + mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst); assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->pShmMutex); @@ -38116,7 +38308,7 @@ static int unixShmLock( if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->exclMask &= ~mask; p->sharedMask &= ~mask; - } + } }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ @@ -38155,7 +38347,7 @@ static int unixShmLock( break; } } - + /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful ** also mark the local connection as being locked. */ @@ -38174,7 +38366,7 @@ static int unixShmLock( } /* -** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. +** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. ** ** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before ** any load or store begun after the barrier. @@ -38184,15 +38376,15 @@ static void unixShmBarrier( ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); /* compiler-defined memory barrier */ - assert( fd->pMethods->xLock==nolockLock - || unixFileMutexNotheld((unixFile*)fd) + assert( fd->pMethods->xLock==nolockLock + || unixFileMutexNotheld((unixFile*)fd) ); unixEnterMutex(); /* Also mutex, for redundancy */ unixLeaveMutex(); } /* -** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying +** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying ** storage if deleteFlag is true. ** ** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this @@ -38266,7 +38458,7 @@ static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){ } /* -** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file +** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file ** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded. ** ** If successful, this function sets the following variables: @@ -38358,14 +38550,14 @@ static void unixRemapfile( /* ** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file -** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if -** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still +** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if +** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still ** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. ** -** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of -** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the +** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of +** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the ** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the -** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured +** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured ** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not @@ -38406,7 +38598,7 @@ static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nMap){ ** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final ** value of *pp is undefined in this case. ** -** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually +** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually ** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch(). */ static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ @@ -38431,13 +38623,13 @@ static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ } /* -** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a +** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a ** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second ** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding -** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. +** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. ** -** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called -** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping +** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called +** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping ** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. */ static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ @@ -38445,7 +38637,7 @@ static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); - /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding + /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); @@ -38653,8 +38845,8 @@ IOMETHODS( #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy +/* +** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy ** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods ** object that implements that strategy. ** @@ -38696,8 +38888,8 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( } /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". - ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, - ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. + ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, + ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. */ lockInfo.l_len = 1; lockInfo.l_start = 0; @@ -38713,7 +38905,7 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( return &dotlockIoMethods; } } -static const sqlite3_io_methods +static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ @@ -38749,7 +38941,7 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *vxworksIoFinderImpl( return &semIoMethods; } } -static const sqlite3_io_methods +static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const vxworksIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = vxworksIoFinderImpl; #endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ @@ -38877,14 +39069,14 @@ static int fillInUnixFile( robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); h = -1; } - unixLeaveMutex(); + unixLeaveMutex(); } } #endif else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){ /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the dotlockLockingContext + ** the dotlockLockingContext */ char *zLockFile; int nFilename; @@ -38922,7 +39114,7 @@ static int fillInUnixFile( unixLeaveMutex(); } #endif - + storeLastErrno(pNew, 0); #if OS_VXWORKS if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -38986,7 +39178,7 @@ static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. + ** function failing. */ zBuf[0] = 0; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); @@ -39015,7 +39207,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); #endif /* -** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database +** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database ** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname ** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second ** argument to this function. @@ -39024,7 +39216,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); ** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some ** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock. ** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment -** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for +** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for ** further details. Also, ticket #4018. ** ** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no @@ -39035,8 +39227,8 @@ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure), - ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better - ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure + ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better + ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure ** feature. */ #if !OS_VXWORKS struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */ @@ -39078,7 +39270,7 @@ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ } /* -** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile. +** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile. */ static int getFileMode( const char *zFile, /* File name */ @@ -39102,16 +39294,16 @@ static int getFileMode( ** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions ** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned ** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is -** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is +** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is ** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified. ** ** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become ** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask. -** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then -** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the -** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever -** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions +** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then +** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the +** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever +** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions ** as the associated database file. ** ** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the @@ -39143,10 +39335,10 @@ static int findCreateFileMode( ** "<path to db>-journalNN" ** "<path to db>-walNN" ** - ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are + ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are ** used by the test_multiplex.c module. */ - nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; + nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){ /* In normal operation, the journal file name will always contain ** a '-' character. However in 8+3 filename mode, or if a corrupt @@ -39176,7 +39368,7 @@ static int findCreateFileMode( /* ** Open the file zPath. -** +** ** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this ** one: ** @@ -39187,13 +39379,13 @@ static int findCreateFileMode( ** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: ** ** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) -** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) +** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) ** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) ** ** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If ** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the -** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new -** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for +** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new +** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for ** OpenExclusive(). */ static int unixOpen( @@ -39228,8 +39420,8 @@ static int unixOpen( ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. */ int isNewJrnl = (isCreate && ( - eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL + eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL )); @@ -39239,9 +39431,9 @@ static int unixOpen( char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; const char *zName = zPath; - /* Check the following statements are true: + /* Check the following statements are true: ** - ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and + ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. @@ -39251,7 +39443,7 @@ static int unixOpen( assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); - /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never + /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); @@ -39259,9 +39451,9 @@ static int unixOpen( assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); @@ -39310,7 +39502,7 @@ static int unixOpen( /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as - ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the + ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the ** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */ if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY; if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR; @@ -39375,7 +39567,7 @@ static int unixOpen( if( p->pPreallocatedUnused ){ p->pPreallocatedUnused->fd = fd; - p->pPreallocatedUnused->flags = + p->pPreallocatedUnused->flags = flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); } @@ -39397,7 +39589,7 @@ static int unixOpen( p->openFlags = openFlags; } #endif - + #if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ storeLastErrno(p, errno); @@ -39428,7 +39620,7 @@ static int unixOpen( char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING"); int useProxy = 0; - /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means + /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */ if( envforce!=NULL ){ useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0; @@ -39440,9 +39632,9 @@ static int unixOpen( if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:"); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile - ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, - ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op + /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile + ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, + ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op */ unixClose(pFile); return rc; @@ -39452,9 +39644,9 @@ static int unixOpen( } } #endif - - assert( zPath==0 || zPath[0]=='/' - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL + + assert( zPath==0 || zPath[0]=='/' + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); @@ -39572,9 +39764,9 @@ static int mkFullPathname( /* ** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path ** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by -** zPath. +** zPath. ** -** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes +** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes ** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to ** this buffer before returning. */ @@ -39693,7 +39885,7 @@ static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ unixLeaveMutex(); } static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ - /* + /* ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we @@ -39703,7 +39895,7 @@ static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function. ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function. ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that - ** x points to. + ** x points to. ** ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the @@ -39746,7 +39938,7 @@ static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ ** tests repeatable. */ memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); - randomnessPid = osGetpid(0); + randomnessPid = osGetpid(0); #if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) { int fd, got; @@ -39813,7 +40005,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1 ** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the ** proleptic Gregorian calendar. ** -** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date +** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date ** cannot be found. */ static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ @@ -39920,7 +40112,7 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking ** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a ** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file -** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. +** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. ** ** ** Using proxy locks @@ -39946,19 +40138,19 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the ** database file. For example: ** -** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" +** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" ** The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:") ** ** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not ** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via ** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another -** connection or process). +** connection or process). ** ** ** How proxy locking works ** ----------------------- ** -** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: +** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: ** ** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host ** at a time @@ -39985,11 +40177,11 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file). ** ** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is -** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. +** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. ** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where ** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it. -** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until -** the connection to the database is closed. +** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until +** the connection to the database is closed. ** ** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need ** to be created the first time they are used. @@ -40003,7 +40195,7 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are ** named automatically using the same logic as ** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:" -** +** ** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG ** ** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file @@ -40018,8 +40210,8 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** ** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the ** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set. -** -** +** +** ** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING, ** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will ** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0 @@ -40029,12 +40221,12 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ */ /* -** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX +** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* -** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote +** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote ** and local proxy files in it */ typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext; @@ -40050,10 +40242,10 @@ struct proxyLockingContext { sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */ }; -/* -** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, +/* +** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, ** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length -** file path. +** file path. */ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ int len; @@ -40070,7 +40262,7 @@ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ lPath, errno, osGetpid(0))); return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } - len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); + len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); } # else len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen); @@ -40080,7 +40272,7 @@ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){ len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen); } - + /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */ dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath); for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){ @@ -40093,14 +40285,14 @@ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath */ static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){ int i, len; char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; int start = 0; - + assert(lockPath!=NULL); /* try to create all the intermediate directories */ len = (int)strlen(lockPath); @@ -40108,7 +40300,7 @@ static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){ for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){ if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){ /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */ - if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') + if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){ buf[i]='\0'; if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){ @@ -40185,13 +40377,13 @@ static int proxyCreateUnixFile( switch (terrno) { case EACCES: return SQLITE_PERM; - case EIO: + case EIO: return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */ default: return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } } - + pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pNew)); if( pNew==NULL ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; @@ -40205,13 +40397,13 @@ static int proxyCreateUnixFile( pUnused->fd = fd; pUnused->flags = openFlags; pNew->pPreallocatedUnused = pUnused; - + rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *ppFile = pNew; return SQLITE_OK; } -end_create_proxy: +end_create_proxy: robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__); sqlite3_free(pNew); sqlite3_free(pUnused); @@ -40230,7 +40422,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0; extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait); #endif -/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN +/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN ** bytes of writable memory. */ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ @@ -40256,7 +40448,7 @@ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF)); } #endif - + return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -40267,14 +40459,14 @@ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ #define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) #define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN) -/* -** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves +/* +** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves ** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the -** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is +** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is ** closed. Returns zero if successful. */ static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; char tPath[MAXPATHLEN]; char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; @@ -40288,7 +40480,7 @@ static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */ pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN); - if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || + if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen); goto end_breaklock; @@ -40330,24 +40522,24 @@ end_breaklock: return rc; } -/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the +/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the ** host id matches. */ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nTries = 0; struct timespec conchModTime; - + memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime)); do { rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); nTries ++; if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ /* If the lock failed (busy): - * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. - * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait + * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. + * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait * 10 sec and try again * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed. */ @@ -40356,20 +40548,20 @@ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } - + if( nTries==1 ){ conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec; usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/ - continue; + continue; } assert( nTries>1 ); - if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || + if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } - - if( nTries==2 ){ + + if( nTries==2 ){ char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); if( len<0 ){ @@ -40386,9 +40578,9 @@ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */ - continue; + continue; } - + assert( nTries==3 ); if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -40401,19 +40593,19 @@ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ } } } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 ); - + return rc; } -/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if -** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL -** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the -** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically +/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if +** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL +** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the +** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically ** and written to the conch file. */ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ @@ -40429,7 +40621,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ int readLen = 0; int tryOldLockPath = 0; int forceNewLockPath = 0; - + OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0))); @@ -40450,21 +40642,21 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ storeLastErrno(pFile, conchFile->lastErrno); rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ; goto end_takeconch; - }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || + }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){ - /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new - ** conch file. + /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new + ** conch file. */ createConch = 1; } /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch - ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll - ** retry with a new auto-generated path + ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll + ** retry with a new auto-generated path */ do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */ if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){ - hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, + hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); /* if the conch has data compare the contents */ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ @@ -40473,7 +40665,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ */ if( hostIdMatch ){ size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX); - + if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){ pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1; } @@ -40489,23 +40681,23 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX) ){ /* conch host and lock path match */ - goto end_takeconch; + goto end_takeconch; } } - + /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */ if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto end_takeconch; } - + /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN); tempLockPath = lockPath; /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */ } - + /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big ** stick. @@ -40516,7 +40708,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { + } else { rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } }else{ @@ -40525,7 +40717,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; int writeSize = 0; - + writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION; memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){ @@ -40538,8 +40730,8 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize); rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0); full_fsync(conchFile->h,0,0); - /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a - ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database + /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a + ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){ struct stat buf; @@ -40563,14 +40755,14 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ } }else{ int code = errno; - fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", + fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", err, code, strerror(code)); #endif } } } conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); - + end_takeconch: OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h)); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){ @@ -40593,7 +40785,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){ /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path - ** so try again via auto-naming + ** so try again via auto-naming */ forceNewLockPath = 1; tryOldLockPath = 0; @@ -40613,7 +40805,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCtx->conchHeld = 1; - + if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ afpLockingContext *afpCtx; afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext; @@ -40625,7 +40817,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed")); return rc; - } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - + } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */ } } @@ -40641,7 +40833,7 @@ static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){ pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, - (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), + (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0))); if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); @@ -40669,13 +40861,13 @@ static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */ /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to - ** the name of the original database file. */ + ** the name of the original database file. */ *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(len + 8); if( conchPath==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1); - + /* now insert a "." before the last / character */ for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){ if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){ @@ -40698,7 +40890,7 @@ static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ /* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches -** the local lock file path +** the local lock file path */ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; @@ -40707,7 +40899,7 @@ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; - } + } /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */ if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") || @@ -40725,7 +40917,7 @@ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { sqlite3_free(oldPath); pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path); } - + return rc; } @@ -40739,7 +40931,7 @@ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ #if defined(__APPLE__) if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ - /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field + /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field ** of the struct */ assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, @@ -40760,9 +40952,9 @@ static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ } /* -** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking +** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking ** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields -** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and +** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and ** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time: ** ->lockingContext ** ->pMethod @@ -40772,7 +40964,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */ char *lockPath=NULL; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - + if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } @@ -40782,7 +40974,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { }else{ lockPath=(char *)path; } - + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0))); @@ -40816,7 +41008,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { rc = SQLITE_OK; } } - } + } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath); } @@ -40828,7 +41020,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, + /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return. */ pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext; @@ -40836,12 +41028,12 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod; pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods; }else{ - if( pCtx->conchFile ){ + if( pCtx->conchFile ){ pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile); sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile); } sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); + sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); sqlite3_free(pCtx); } OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h, @@ -40879,7 +41071,7 @@ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ if( isProxyStyle ){ /* turn off proxy locking - not supported. If support is added for ** switching proxy locking mode off then it will need to fail if - ** the journal mode is WAL mode. + ** the journal mode is WAL mode. */ rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/; }else{ @@ -40889,9 +41081,9 @@ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ }else{ const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg; if( isProxyStyle ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; - if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") + if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") || (pCtx->lockProxyPath && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ @@ -41016,7 +41208,7 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - + if( lockProxy ){ rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK); if( rc ) return rc; @@ -41053,7 +41245,7 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { ** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems. ** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also ** restricted to MacOSX. -** +** ** ******************* End of the proxy lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ @@ -41071,8 +41263,8 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { ** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they ** should not be used. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ - /* +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ + /* ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object. ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because @@ -41088,7 +41280,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ ** ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little - ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the + ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for ** that filesystem time. */ @@ -41161,7 +41353,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0); } unixBigLock = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1); - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* @@ -41171,11 +41363,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ ** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix. ** This routine is a no-op for unix. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ unixBigLock = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } - + #endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */ /************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/ @@ -41299,7 +41491,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } - + #elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ @@ -44882,6 +45074,7 @@ static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ /* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */ static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **); static int winIsDir(const void *); +static BOOL winIsLongPathPrefix(const char *); static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *); /* @@ -46651,7 +46844,9 @@ static int winOpen( if( isReadonly ){ pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY; } - if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ + if( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) + && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) + ){ pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW; } pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR; @@ -46862,6 +47057,17 @@ static int winAccess( } /* +** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with the "long path" +** prefix. +*/ +static BOOL winIsLongPathPrefix( + const char *zPathname +){ + return ( zPathname[0]=='\\' && zPathname[1]=='\\' + && zPathname[2]=='?' && zPathname[3]=='\\' ); +} + +/* ** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter ** followed by a colon character. */ @@ -46925,10 +47131,11 @@ static int winFullPathname( char *zOut; #endif - /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic - ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname. + /* If this path name begins with "/X:" or "\\?\", where "X" is any + ** alphabetic character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname. */ - if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){ + if( zRelative[0]=='/' && (winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) + || winIsLongPathPrefix(zRelative+1)) ){ zRelative++; } @@ -47600,7 +47807,7 @@ static sqlite3_vfs memdb_vfs = { 1024, /* mxPathname */ 0, /* pNext */ "memdb", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData (set when registered) */ + 0, /* pAppData (set when registered) */ memdbOpen, /* xOpen */ 0, /* memdbDelete, */ /* xDelete */ memdbAccess, /* xAccess */ @@ -47625,7 +47832,7 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods memdb_io_methods = { memdbSync, /* xSync */ memdbFileSize, /* xFileSize */ memdbLock, /* xLock */ - memdbLock, /* xUnlock - same as xLock in this case */ + memdbLock, /* xUnlock - same as xLock in this case */ 0, /* memdbCheckReservedLock, */ /* xCheckReservedLock */ memdbFileControl, /* xFileControl */ 0, /* memdbSectorSize,*/ /* xSectorSize */ @@ -47656,9 +47863,9 @@ static int memdbClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){ ** Read data from an memdb-file. */ static int memdbRead( - sqlite3_file *pFile, - void *zBuf, - int iAmt, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + void *zBuf, + int iAmt, sqlite_int64 iOfst ){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; @@ -47684,7 +47891,7 @@ static int memdbEnlarge(MemFile *p, sqlite3_int64 newSz){ } newSz *= 2; if( newSz>p->szMax ) newSz = p->szMax; - pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p->aData, newSz); + pNew = sqlite3Realloc(p->aData, newSz); if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; p->aData = pNew; p->szAlloc = newSz; @@ -47726,7 +47933,7 @@ static int memdbWrite( static int memdbTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; if( NEVER(size>p->sz) ) return SQLITE_FULL; - p->sz = size; + p->sz = size; return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -47751,7 +47958,7 @@ static int memdbFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ */ static int memdbLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; - if( eLock>SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED + if( eLock>SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED && (p->mFlags & SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY)!=0 ){ return SQLITE_READONLY; @@ -47809,7 +48016,7 @@ static int memdbSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ ** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an memdb-file. */ static int memdbDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){ - return SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | + return SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE | SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL; @@ -47881,9 +48088,9 @@ static int memdbDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ ** With memdb, no files ever exist on disk. So always return false. */ static int memdbAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int flags, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int flags, int *pResOut ){ *pResOut = 0; @@ -47896,9 +48103,9 @@ static int memdbAccess( ** of at least (INST_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes. */ static int memdbFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int nOut, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int nOut, char *zOut ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath); @@ -47914,7 +48121,7 @@ static void *memdbDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ /* ** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable -** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated +** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated ** with dynamic libraries. */ static void memdbDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){ @@ -47936,7 +48143,7 @@ static void memdbDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ } /* -** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of +** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of ** random data. */ static int memdbRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ @@ -47944,7 +48151,7 @@ static int memdbRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ } /* -** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds +** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds ** actually slept. */ static int memdbSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ @@ -48050,7 +48257,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( }else{ memset(pTo, 0, szPage); } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); } } } @@ -48089,7 +48296,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize( if( iDb<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto end_deserialize; - } + } zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("ATTACH x AS %Q", zSchema); rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); @@ -48123,7 +48330,7 @@ end_deserialize: return rc; } -/* +/* ** This routine is called when the extension is loaded. ** Register the new VFS. */ @@ -48131,10 +48338,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){ sqlite3_vfs *pLower = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); int sz = pLower->szOsFile; memdb_vfs.pAppData = pLower; - /* In all known configurations of SQLite, the size of a default - ** sqlite3_file is greater than the size of a memdb sqlite3_file. - ** Should that ever change, remove the following NEVER() */ - if( NEVER(sz<sizeof(MemFile)) ) sz = sizeof(MemFile); + /* The following conditional can only be true when compiled for + ** Windows x86 and SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE=0. We always leave + ** it in, to be safe, but it is marked as NO_TEST since there + ** is no way to reach it under most builds. */ + if( sz<sizeof(MemFile) ) sz = sizeof(MemFile); /*NO_TEST*/ memdb_vfs.szOsFile = sz; return sqlite3_vfs_register(&memdb_vfs, 0); } @@ -48161,8 +48369,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){ ** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition. ** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality. ** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most -** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, -** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs +** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, +** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs ** to handle both cases well. ** ** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created. @@ -48183,13 +48391,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){ /* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */ #define BITVEC_SZ 512 -/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how +/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how ** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */ #define BITVEC_USIZE \ (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*)) -/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. -** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. +/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. +** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. ** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve ** performance. */ #define BITVEC_TELEM u8 @@ -48202,12 +48410,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){ /* Number of u32 values in hash table. */ #define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32)) -/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before +/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before ** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ #define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2) /* Hashing function for the aHash representation. -** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier -** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided +** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier +** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided ** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */ #define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT) @@ -48253,7 +48461,7 @@ struct Bitvec { /* ** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize, -** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if +** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if ** malloc fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){ @@ -48509,7 +48717,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){ break; } case 3: - case 4: + case 4: default: { nx = 2; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i); @@ -48589,7 +48797,7 @@ bitvec_end: ** ** The PCache.pSynced variable is used to optimize searching for a dirty ** page to eject from the cache mid-transaction. It is better to eject -** a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does. +** a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does. ** Therefore, pSynced is maintained so that it *almost* always points ** to either the oldest page in the pDirty/pDirtyTail list that has a ** clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag or to a page that is older than this one @@ -48630,7 +48838,7 @@ struct PCache { sqlite3_pcache_page *pLower; PgHdr *pPg; unsigned char *a; - + if( sqlite3PcacheTrace<2 ) return; if( pCache->pCache==0 ) return; N = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache); @@ -48722,12 +48930,12 @@ static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){ if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){ assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty ); - + /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */ if( p->pSynced==pPage ){ p->pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev; } - + if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev; }else{ @@ -48737,7 +48945,7 @@ static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){ if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){ pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext; }else{ - /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2. + /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2. ** This is an optimization that allows sqlite3PcacheFetch() to skip ** searching for a dirty page to eject from the cache when it might ** otherwise have to. */ @@ -48766,11 +48974,11 @@ static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){ p->pDirty = pPage; /* If pSynced is NULL and this page has a clear NEED_SYNC flag, set - ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an + ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an ** optimization, as if pSynced points to a page with the NEED_SYNC - ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer + ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer ** entries of the dirty-list for a page with NEED_SYNC clear anyway. */ - if( !p->pSynced + if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ ){ p->pSynced = pPage; @@ -48811,7 +49019,7 @@ static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){ /*************************************************** General Interfaces ****** ** -** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these +** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these ** functions are threadsafe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){ @@ -48838,8 +49046,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); } /* ** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object -** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. -** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by +** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. +** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by ** calling sqlite3PcacheSize(). ** ** szExtra is some extra space allocated for each page. The first @@ -48951,7 +49159,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch( /* ** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new ** page because no clean pages are available for reuse and the cache -** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to +** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to ** try harder to allocate a page. This routine might invoke the stress ** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal. It will then try to ** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on @@ -48968,17 +49176,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress( if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0; if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache)>pCache->szSpill ){ - /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a + /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC - ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other + ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other ** unreferenced dirty page. ** ** If the LRU page in the dirty list that has a clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ** flag is currently referenced, then the following may leave pSynced ** set incorrectly (pointing to other than the LRU page with NEED_SYNC ** cleared). This is Ok, as pSynced is just an optimization. */ - for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; - pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); + for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; + pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev ); pCache->pSynced = pPg; @@ -48988,7 +49196,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress( if( pPg ){ int rc; #ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d", pPg->pgno, pgno, sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache), @@ -49173,7 +49381,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){ } /* -** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. +** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){ PCache *pCache = p->pCache; @@ -49236,7 +49444,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); } -/* +/* ** Discard the contents of the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){ @@ -49327,7 +49535,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){ return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty); } -/* +/* ** Return the total number of references to all pages held by the cache. ** ** This is not the total number of pages referenced, but the sum of the @@ -49344,7 +49552,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){ return p->nRef; } -/* +/* ** Return the total number of pages in the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){ @@ -49386,7 +49594,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *p, int mxPage){ p->szSpill = mxPage; } res = numberOfCachePages(p); - if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill; + if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill; return res; } @@ -49417,7 +49625,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(PCache *pCache){ } #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ -/* +/* ** Return true if there are one or more dirty pages in the cache. Else false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache){ @@ -49506,7 +49714,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHd ** ** The third case is a chunk of heap memory (defaulting to 100 pages worth) ** that is allocated when the page cache is created. The size of the local -** bulk allocation can be adjusted using +** bulk allocation can be adjusted using ** ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, (void*)0, 0, N). ** @@ -49531,16 +49739,16 @@ typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot; typedef struct PGroup PGroup; /* -** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following +** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following ** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of -** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure +** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure ** in memory. ** ** Note: Variables isBulkLocal and isAnchor were once type "u8". That works, -** but causes a 2-byte gap in the structure for most architectures (since +** but causes a 2-byte gap in the structure for most architectures (since ** pointers must be either 4 or 8-byte aligned). As this structure is located ** in memory directly after the associated page data, if the database is -** corrupt, code at the b-tree layer may overread the page buffer and +** corrupt, code at the b-tree layer may overread the page buffer and ** read part of this structure before the corruption is detected. This ** can cause a valgrind error if the unitialized gap is accessed. Using u16 ** ensures there is no such gap, and therefore no bytes of unitialized memory @@ -49565,7 +49773,7 @@ struct PgHdr1 { #define PAGE_IS_PINNED(p) ((p)->pLruNext==0) #define PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(p) ((p)->pLruNext!=0) -/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set +/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set ** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned ** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of ** the following object. @@ -49601,13 +49809,13 @@ struct PGroup { ** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which ** is an instance of this object. ** -** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as +** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as ** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles. */ struct PCache1 { /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable ** flag (bPurgeable) and the pnPurgeable pointer are all set when the - ** cache is created and are never changed thereafter. nMax may be + ** cache is created and are never changed thereafter. nMax may be ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method. ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax. */ @@ -49655,7 +49863,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { */ int isInit; /* True if initialized */ int separateCache; /* Use a new PGroup for each PCache */ - int nInitPage; /* Initial bulk allocation size */ + int nInitPage; /* Initial bulk allocation size */ int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */ int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */ int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */ @@ -49696,7 +49904,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { /* -** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is +** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is ** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE ** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large ** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each. @@ -49766,8 +49974,8 @@ static int pcache1InitBulk(PCache1 *pCache){ /* ** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer -** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no -** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls +** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no +** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls ** back to sqlite3Malloc(). ** ** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables @@ -49874,7 +50082,7 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache, int benignMalloc){ }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This - ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that + ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that ** this mutex is not held. */ assert( pcache1.separateCache==0 ); assert( pCache->pGroup==&pcache1.grp ); @@ -50015,7 +50223,7 @@ static void pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){ } /* -** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the +** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the ** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup ** LRU list, then this function is a no-op. ** @@ -50040,7 +50248,7 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){ /* -** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table +** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table ** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in. ** Also free the page if freePage is true. ** @@ -50083,8 +50291,8 @@ static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PCache1 *pCache){ } /* -** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) -** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this +** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) +** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this ** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded. ** ** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. @@ -50116,7 +50324,7 @@ static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe( PgHdr1 **pp; PgHdr1 *pPage; assert( h<pCache->nHash ); - pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; + pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){ if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){ pCache->nPage--; @@ -50155,7 +50363,7 @@ static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ ** ** * Use a unified cache in single-threaded applications that have ** configured a start-time buffer for use as page-cache memory using - ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL + ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL ** pBuf argument. ** ** * Otherwise use separate caches (mode-1) @@ -50190,7 +50398,7 @@ static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method. -** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does +** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does ** not need to be freed. */ static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ @@ -50253,7 +50461,7 @@ static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){ } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. ** ** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache. */ @@ -50272,7 +50480,7 @@ static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){ } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. ** ** Free up as much memory as possible. */ @@ -50291,7 +50499,7 @@ static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){ } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. */ static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ int n; @@ -50312,8 +50520,8 @@ static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ ** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( - PCache1 *pCache, - unsigned int iKey, + PCache1 *pCache, + unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ unsigned int nPinned; @@ -50355,8 +50563,8 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( } } - /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, - ** attempt to allocate a new one. + /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, + ** attempt to allocate a new one. */ if( !pPage ){ pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache, createFlag==1); @@ -50381,13 +50589,13 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. ** ** Fetch a page by key value. ** ** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on ** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new -** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 +** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 ** means to try really hard to allocate a new page. ** ** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory @@ -50398,7 +50606,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( ** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page, ** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2). ** -** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a +** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a ** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned. ** ** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is @@ -50412,13 +50620,13 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( ** PCache1.nMax, or ** ** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than -** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of +** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of ** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or ** ** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked ** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true: ** -** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already +** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already ** PCache1.nMax, or ** ** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is @@ -50430,7 +50638,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( ** ** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right ** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and -** proceed to step 5. +** proceed to step 5. ** ** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer. ** @@ -50440,8 +50648,8 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( ** invokes the appropriate routine. */ static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - unsigned int iKey, + sqlite3_pcache *p, + unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; @@ -50470,8 +50678,8 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex( } #if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - unsigned int iKey, + sqlite3_pcache *p, + unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; @@ -50485,8 +50693,8 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex( } #endif static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - unsigned int iKey, + sqlite3_pcache *p, + unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ #if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) @@ -50516,18 +50724,18 @@ static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch( ** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling). */ static void pcache1Unpin( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, + sqlite3_pcache *p, + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, int reuseUnlikely ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - + assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already + /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already ** part of the PGroup LRU list. */ assert( pPage->pLruNext==0 ); @@ -50548,7 +50756,7 @@ static void pcache1Unpin( } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. */ static void pcache1Rekey( sqlite3_pcache *p, @@ -50559,7 +50767,7 @@ static void pcache1Rekey( PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; PgHdr1 **pp; - unsigned int h; + unsigned int h; assert( pPage->iKey==iOld ); assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); @@ -50584,7 +50792,7 @@ static void pcache1Rekey( } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. ** ** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to ** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number @@ -50601,7 +50809,7 @@ static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){ } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. ** ** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create(). */ @@ -50667,7 +50875,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void){ ** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. ** ** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has -** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number +** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number ** of bytes of memory released. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){ @@ -50758,7 +50966,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( ** extracts the least value from the RowSet. ** ** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is -** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an +** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an ** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed ** until DESTROY. ** @@ -50806,7 +51014,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( ** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused. The ** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list. */ -struct RowSetEntry { +struct RowSetEntry { i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */ struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */ @@ -50900,7 +51108,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetDelete(void *pArg){ /* ** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the ** given RowSet. Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized -** objected. +** object. ** ** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this ** routine returns NULL. @@ -50958,7 +51166,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){ /* ** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates. ** -** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are +** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are ** assumed to each already be in sorted order. */ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge( @@ -50995,7 +51203,7 @@ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge( /* ** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of ** increasing v. -*/ +*/ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){ unsigned int i; struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40]; @@ -51068,7 +51276,7 @@ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree( struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ if( *ppList==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ /* Prevent unnecessary deep recursion when we run out of entries */ - return 0; + return 0; } if( iDepth>1 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ /* This branch causes a *balanced* tree to be generated. A valid tree @@ -51176,7 +51384,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 if( p ){ struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest; if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ - /* Only sort the current set of entiries if they need it */ + /* Only sort the current set of entries if they need it */ p = rowSetEntrySort(p); } for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){ @@ -51238,7 +51446,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". -** +** ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file @@ -51261,8 +51469,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging -** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to +** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging +** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to ** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details. */ @@ -51301,8 +51509,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 #define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4 -/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. -** There is one object of this type for each pager. +/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. +** There is one object of this type for each pager. */ typedef struct Wal Wal; @@ -51313,7 +51521,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, sqlite3*, int sync_flags, int, u8 /* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64); -/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A +/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A ** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database ** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and ** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes @@ -51348,7 +51556,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); /* Write a frame or frames to the log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int); -/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ +/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */ sqlite3 *db, /* Check this handle's interrupt flag */ @@ -51376,7 +51584,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op); /* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using ** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the -** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. +** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal); @@ -51398,6 +51606,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal); /* Return the sqlite3_file object for the WAL file */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalWriteLock(Wal *pWal, int bLock); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalDb(Wal *pWal, sqlite3 *db); +#endif + #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ #endif /* SQLITE_WAL_H */ @@ -51418,60 +51631,60 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal); ** ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if ** one or more of the following are true about the page: -** +** ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and ** synced. -** +** ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. -** +** ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in ** the database file at the start of the transaction. -** +** ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the ** following are true: -** +** ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. -** +** ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence ** number consists of a single page change. -** +** ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current ** transaction. -** +** ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. -** +** ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the ** first 100 bytes of the database file. -** +** ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. -** +** ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. -** +** ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence ** of the database. -** +** ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, -** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the +** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. -** +** ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will ** invoke it.) -** +** ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same @@ -51504,7 +51717,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ /* ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above -** to print out file-descriptors. +** to print out file-descriptors. ** ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file @@ -51525,7 +51738,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** | | | ** | V | ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR -** | | ^ +** | | ^ ** | V | ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| ** | | | @@ -51537,7 +51750,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: -** +** ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] ** @@ -51549,7 +51762,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] -** +** ** ** OPEN: ** @@ -51563,9 +51776,9 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** READER: ** -** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in +** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently -** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is +** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is ** open. The database size is known in this state. ** ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when @@ -51575,28 +51788,28 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN ** is via the ERROR state (see below). -** +** ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read +** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables ** may not be trusted at this point. ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. -** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that +** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. ** ** WRITER_LOCKED: ** ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction -** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks -** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual +** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks +** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. ** -** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with +** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when -** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened -** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while -** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database +** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened +** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while +** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database ** file. ** ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. @@ -51604,7 +51817,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. ** ** * A write transaction is active. -** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater +** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater ** lock is held on the database file. ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully @@ -51623,7 +51836,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written +** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. ** @@ -51636,7 +51849,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written +** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written ** and synced to disk. ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly ** written to disk). @@ -51648,8 +51861,8 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply -** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is -** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper +** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is +** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. ** ** * A write transaction is active. @@ -51657,19 +51870,19 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need -** to rollback the transaction. +** to rollback the transaction. ** ** ERROR: ** ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including -** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it -** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, +** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it +** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. ** ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers ** cannot. ** -** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, +** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might @@ -51679,13 +51892,13 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** instead of READER following such an error. ** ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager -** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all +** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to -** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the +** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning -** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered +** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered ** from the error. ** ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: @@ -51701,21 +51914,21 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** memory. ** ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree -** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition +** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. ** ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a -** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent +** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent ** state. ** ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. -** +** ** ** Notes: ** @@ -51725,7 +51938,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has -** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are +** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". ** ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). @@ -51739,7 +51952,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ #define PAGER_ERROR 6 /* -** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the +** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by @@ -51754,20 +51967,20 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. ** -** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may +** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. ** ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves -** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file +** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part ** of hot-journal detection. ** -** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED -** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may +** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED +** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active @@ -51778,32 +51991,18 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition -** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK +** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. ** -** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in +** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in ** PAGER_OPEN state. */ #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) /* -** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ - if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ - if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ - if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } -#else -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D -#endif - -/* -** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method +** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. @@ -51819,7 +52018,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while -** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset +** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). @@ -51869,34 +52068,34 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** ** changeCountDone ** -** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter -** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is -** not updated more often than necessary. +** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter +** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is +** not updated more often than necessary. ** -** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which +** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. -** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is +** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. ** -** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection +** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction ** committed. ** ** setMaster ** ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may -** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the +** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the ** journal file before it is synced to disk. ** -** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects -** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is +** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects +** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If -** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized -** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were +** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized +** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. ** ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized @@ -51922,12 +52121,12 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF ** case is a user preference. -** +** ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync -** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. +** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. ** ** subjInMemory ** @@ -51935,16 +52134,16 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. ** -** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new +** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new ** write-transaction is opened. ** ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize ** ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for -** OPEN and ERROR). +** OPEN and ERROR). ** -** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be +** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in @@ -51955,10 +52154,10 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. -** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), +** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), ** dbSize is updated. ** -** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states +** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before @@ -51967,12 +52166,12 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made -** to write or truncate the database file on disk. +** to write or truncate the database file on disk. ** -** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress -** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, -** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates -** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), +** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress +** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, +** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates +** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case @@ -51983,20 +52182,20 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** dbHintSize ** ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to -** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. +** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. ** ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the -** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for +** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for ** details. ** ** errCode ** ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It -** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode -** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX +** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode +** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX ** sub-codes. ** ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags @@ -52087,12 +52286,6 @@ struct Pager { #endif void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ - void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ - void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ - void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ -#endif char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL @@ -52103,7 +52296,7 @@ struct Pager { /* ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains -** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS +** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). */ #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 @@ -52161,7 +52354,7 @@ static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) /* -** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same +** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). */ #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) @@ -52219,9 +52412,6 @@ static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0; if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( pPager->xCodec!=0 ) return 0; -#endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL if( pPager->pWal ){ u32 iRead = 0; @@ -52244,7 +52434,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK #endif -#ifndef NDEBUG +#ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Usage: ** @@ -52273,25 +52463,25 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); - /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". + /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. */ assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); - /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since - ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter - ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing - ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may - ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It - ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR + /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since + ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter + ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing + ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may + ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It + ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR ** state. */ if( MEMDB ){ assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); assert( p->noSync ); - assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); @@ -52338,9 +52528,9 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ ** to journal_mode=wal. */ assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); } assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); @@ -52352,9 +52542,9 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); @@ -52364,9 +52554,9 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ); break; @@ -52385,7 +52575,7 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ } #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This @@ -52455,11 +52645,7 @@ static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ if( pPager->errCode ){ pPager->xGet = getPageError; #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - && pPager->xCodec==0 -#endif - ){ + }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ }else{ @@ -52537,7 +52723,7 @@ static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. ** ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is -** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of +** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. */ static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ @@ -52561,11 +52747,11 @@ static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ /* ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the -** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. +** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. ** -** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is -** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. -** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation +** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is +** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation ** of this. */ static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ @@ -52592,7 +52778,7 @@ static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal ** to the page size. ** -** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal +** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page. ** ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics() @@ -52683,8 +52869,8 @@ static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ /* ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. -** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the -** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied +** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the +** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. ** @@ -52700,7 +52886,7 @@ static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master ** journal file name. ** -** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present +** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. ** ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite @@ -52718,9 +52904,9 @@ static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) || szJ<16 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) - || len>=nMaster + || len>=nMaster || len>szJ-16 - || len==0 + || len==0 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) @@ -52743,13 +52929,13 @@ static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ } zMaster[len] = '\0'; zMaster[len+1] = '\0'; - + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately -** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector +** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately +** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. ** ** i.e for a sector size of 512: @@ -52760,7 +52946,7 @@ static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ ** 512 512 ** 100 512 ** 2000 2048 -** +** */ static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ i64 offset = 0; @@ -52782,12 +52968,12 @@ static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ ** ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, -** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, -** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately +** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, +** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately ** after writing or truncating it. ** ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and -** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the +** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does ** not need to be synced following this operation. @@ -52813,8 +52999,8 @@ static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); } - /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock - ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for + /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock + ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need ** to sync the file following this operation. @@ -52842,7 +53028,7 @@ static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. -** +** ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. */ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ @@ -52858,8 +53044,8 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); } - /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created - ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the + /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created + ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. */ for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ @@ -52870,10 +53056,10 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - /* + /* ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. - ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, + ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number ** of records (see syncJournal()). ** @@ -52892,7 +53078,7 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ */ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) + || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); @@ -52900,7 +53086,7 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); } - /* The random check-hash initializer */ + /* The random check-hash initializer */ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); /* The initial database size */ @@ -52919,23 +53105,23 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); - /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the - ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the - ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next + /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the + ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the + ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). ** - ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can + ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, - ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of + ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what - ** is done. + ** is done. ** - ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the + ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required ** to populate the entire journal header sector. - */ + */ for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); @@ -53033,29 +53219,29 @@ static int readJournalHdr( /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power - ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their + ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their ** respective compile time maximum limits. */ if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE - || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 + || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 ){ - /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is - ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have - ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading + /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is + ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have + ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading ** the journal file here. */ return SQLITE_DONE; } - /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. - ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within + /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. + ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. */ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by + /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value @@ -53085,7 +53271,7 @@ static int readJournalHdr( ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. ** -** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), +** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), ** this call is a no-op. */ static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ @@ -53098,8 +53284,8 @@ static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - if( !zMaster - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + if( !zMaster + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ return SQLITE_OK; @@ -53135,16 +53321,16 @@ static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ } pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); - /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical + /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name - ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is + ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file - ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine - ** whether or not the journal is hot. + ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine + ** whether or not the journal is hot. ** - ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal + ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal ** file to the required size. - */ + */ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff ){ @@ -53189,7 +53375,7 @@ static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint +** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. */ @@ -53218,8 +53404,8 @@ static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is ** closed (if it is open). ** -** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the -** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to +** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the +** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction @@ -53227,9 +53413,9 @@ static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ */ static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER - || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN - || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER + || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN + || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ); sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); @@ -53306,17 +53492,17 @@ static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ /* ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. -** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second -** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The -** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. +** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second +** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The +** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. ** ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. ** -** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache -** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding +** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache +** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if @@ -53364,27 +53550,27 @@ static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ } /* -** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by -** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called +** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by +** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a ** database transaction. -** +** ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. ** ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. ** -** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal -** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a +** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal +** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: ** ** journalMode==MEMORY -** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an +** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an ** in-memory journal. ** ** journalMode==TRUNCATE @@ -53404,12 +53590,12 @@ static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. ** ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. -** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is +** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the -** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the +** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related @@ -53428,9 +53614,9 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** - ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE + ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a - ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER + ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. */ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); @@ -53440,7 +53626,7 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ } releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ); if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ @@ -53478,9 +53664,9 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ */ int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); if( bDelete ){ @@ -53513,8 +53699,8 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ } if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in - ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE + /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in + ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE ** lock held on the database file. */ rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); @@ -53522,7 +53708,7 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. - ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction + ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum ** required size. */ @@ -53535,7 +53721,7 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) ){ rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); @@ -53547,19 +53733,19 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ } /* -** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the -** database file. +** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the +** database file. ** -** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt +** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock -** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this -** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next -** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) +** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this +** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next +** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) ** will roll it back. ** ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or -** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause +** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. */ @@ -53580,10 +53766,10 @@ static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ /* ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes -** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the +** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. ** -** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the +** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. @@ -53591,8 +53777,8 @@ static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an ** incompatible journal file format. ** -** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely -** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. +** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely +** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. @@ -53608,41 +53794,12 @@ static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ } /* -** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back -** to the codec. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ - pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, - (int)pPager->nReserve); - } -} -#else -# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination -** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the -** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ - if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ - pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; - pagerReportSize(pDest); - } -} -#endif - -/* ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. ** -** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does +** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does ** not. ** ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file @@ -53662,7 +53819,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in ** two circumstances: -** +** ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. @@ -53687,11 +53844,6 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through - ** the codec. It is false for pure in-memory journals. */ - const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0); -#endif assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ @@ -53702,7 +53854,7 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); - /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction + /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback @@ -53754,7 +53906,6 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( */ if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; - pagerReportSize(pPager); } /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this @@ -53769,7 +53920,7 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( ** assert()able. ** ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the - ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked + ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty ** if the pager is in OPEN state. @@ -53822,43 +53973,29 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database ** file. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( !jrnlEnc ){ - CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); - CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); - }else -#endif rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; } if( pPager->pBackup ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( jrnlEnc ){ - CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); - sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); - CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData); - }else -#endif sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); } }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential - ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it - ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be - ** current. + ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it + ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be + ** current. ** ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite - ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen + ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). ** ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing - ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty - ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as + ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty + ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. */ assert( isSavepnt ); @@ -53892,11 +54029,6 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( if( pgno==1 ){ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); } - - /* Decode the page just read from disk */ -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } -#endif sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); } return rc; @@ -53908,26 +54040,26 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, ** and does so if it is. ** -** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not +** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not ** available for use within this function. ** -** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names -** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 -** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a +** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names +** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 +** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: ** ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" ** -** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child +** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child ** journals have been rolled back. ** -** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into +** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For ** each child journal, it checks if: ** ** * if the child journal exists, and if so -** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal +** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal ** file zMaster ** ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria @@ -53937,12 +54069,12 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( ** ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors +** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be -** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page +** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page ** size. */ static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ @@ -53999,9 +54131,12 @@ static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. + ** NB: zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL. But call it a + ** MASTER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal + ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object(). */ int c; - int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); + int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto delmaster_out; @@ -54021,7 +54156,7 @@ static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ } zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); } - + sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); @@ -54037,20 +54172,20 @@ delmaster_out: /* -** This function is used to change the actual size of the database +** This function is used to change the actual size of the database ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). ** ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either -** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size -** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). +** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size +** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. ** -** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than -** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if -** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it -** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to +** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than +** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if +** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it +** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to ** the end of the new file instead. ** ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying @@ -54060,9 +54195,9 @@ static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); - - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) - && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) + + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) + && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) ){ i64 currentSize, newSize; int szPage = pPager->pageSize; @@ -54106,8 +54241,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ /* ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method -** of the open database file. The sector size will be used -** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and +** of the open database file. The sector size will be used +** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and ** master journal pointers within created journal files. ** ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. @@ -54130,7 +54265,7 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); if( pPager->tempFile - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & + || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 ){ /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file @@ -54144,15 +54279,15 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ /* ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to -** the state it was in before we started making changes. +** the state it was in before we started making changes. ** -** The journal file format is as follows: +** The journal file format is as follows: ** ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the ** number of page records from the journal size. -** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the +** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the ** sanity checksum. ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the ** database to during a rollback. @@ -54181,7 +54316,7 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be -** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. +** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. ** ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled @@ -54193,7 +54328,7 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ ** and an error code is returned. ** ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal -** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is +** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is @@ -54244,9 +54379,9 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ pPager->journalOff = 0; needPagerReset = isHot; - /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or - ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error - ** occurs. + /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or + ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error + ** occurs. */ while( 1 ){ /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are @@ -54255,7 +54390,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. */ rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } @@ -54283,7 +54418,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional - ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages + ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages ** should be computed based on the journal file size. */ if( nRec==0 && !isHot && @@ -54302,7 +54437,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ pPager->dbSize = mxPg; } - /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the + /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the ** database file and/or page cache. */ for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ @@ -54352,10 +54487,10 @@ end_playback: sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); #endif - /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or - ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but - ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter - ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive + /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or + ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but + ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter + ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just @@ -54400,7 +54535,7 @@ end_playback: /* ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of -** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into +** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database ** file before this function is called. ** @@ -54456,8 +54591,6 @@ static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); } } - CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); @@ -54491,15 +54624,15 @@ static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* -** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been +** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. -** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument +** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. ** ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the -** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, +** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ @@ -54525,7 +54658,7 @@ static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one - ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore + ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, ** the backups must be restarted. */ @@ -54542,7 +54675,7 @@ static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already - ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the + ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the ** following: ** ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or @@ -54564,11 +54697,11 @@ static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have -** changed. +** changed. ** ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. -*/ +*/ static int pagerWalFrames( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ @@ -54609,7 +54742,7 @@ static int pagerWalFrames( pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); - rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, + rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ @@ -54724,9 +54857,9 @@ static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. ** ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this -** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete -** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition -** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some +** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete +** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition +** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some ** other connection. */ static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ @@ -54762,21 +54895,21 @@ static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ /* ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback -** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when -** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction +** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when +** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction ** savepoint. ** -** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is +** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, ** performed in the order specified: ** ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte -** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to +** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. ** ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played -** back starting from the journal header immediately following +** back starting from the journal header immediately following ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. ** ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting @@ -54792,7 +54925,7 @@ static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. ** ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable -** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint +** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. */ @@ -54813,7 +54946,7 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ } } - /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint + /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint ** being reverted was opened. */ pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; @@ -54866,7 +54999,7 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the ** pager_playback() function for additional information. */ - if( nJRec==0 + if( nJRec==0 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); @@ -55042,7 +55175,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( /* ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for -** testing and analysis only. +** testing and analysis only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; @@ -55051,8 +55184,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; /* ** Open a temporary file. ** -** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically +** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. ** ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified @@ -55084,9 +55217,9 @@ static int pagerOpentemp( /* ** Set the busy handler function. ** -** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns +** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, -** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE +** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: @@ -55098,7 +55231,7 @@ static int pagerOpentemp( ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes ** -** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is +** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. */ @@ -55117,16 +55250,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler( } /* -** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size +** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size ** is passed in *pPageSize. ** ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it -** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. +** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). ** ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: ** -** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power +** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and ** ** * there are no outstanding page references, and @@ -55136,14 +55269,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler( ** ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. ** -** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() -** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. +** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() +** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt +** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this -** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, +** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ @@ -55153,7 +55286,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nR ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. ** - ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in + ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. @@ -55162,8 +55295,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nR u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) - && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 - && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize + && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 + && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize ){ char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ i64 nByte = 0; @@ -55201,7 +55334,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nR if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; - pagerReportSize(pPager); pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); } return rc; @@ -55220,7 +55352,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. +** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. ** @@ -55264,11 +55396,11 @@ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ /* ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory -** that pDest points to. +** that pDest points to. ** ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is -** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this +** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. ** @@ -55301,7 +55433,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned cha ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. ** -** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then +** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then ** this is considered a 1 page file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ @@ -55316,19 +55448,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). ** -** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke -** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat -** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to +** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke +** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat +** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to ** obtain the lock succeeds. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain -** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state +** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state ** variable to locktype before returning. */ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ int rc; /* Return code */ - /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is + /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). @@ -55345,10 +55477,10 @@ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ } /* -** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the +** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: ** -** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the +** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the ** current database image, in pages, OR ** ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not @@ -55361,9 +55493,9 @@ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either -** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and +** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the -** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that +** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that ** this circumstance cannot arise. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) @@ -55379,9 +55511,9 @@ static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ #endif /* -** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This -** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It -** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the +** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This +** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It +** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. ** ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. @@ -55396,11 +55528,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, - ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint + ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only - ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the - ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), + ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the + ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call ** is no longer correct. */ } @@ -55412,12 +55544,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows ** that the entire journal file has been synced. ** -** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures +** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal ** content as this process. ** -** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, ** an SQLite error code. */ static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ @@ -55433,7 +55565,7 @@ static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* -** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. +** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set @@ -55449,7 +55581,7 @@ static int pagerAcquireMapPage( PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ ){ PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ - + if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; @@ -55483,7 +55615,7 @@ static int pagerAcquireMapPage( #endif /* -** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an +** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). */ static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ @@ -55543,7 +55675,7 @@ static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ ** result in a coredump. ** ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt -** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback +** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned ** to the caller. */ @@ -55560,7 +55692,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ { u8 *a = 0; assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); - if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) + if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager) ){ a = pTmp; @@ -55574,8 +55706,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ pager_unlock(pPager); }else{ /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. - ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal - ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs + ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal + ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. ** ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager @@ -55597,11 +55729,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); -#endif - assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); @@ -55631,7 +55758,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. ** ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. -** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the +** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: ** ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need @@ -55643,7 +55770,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. ** -** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then +** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then ** journal file is synced. ** ** Or, in pseudo-code: @@ -55652,11 +55779,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); ** <update nRec field> -** } +** } ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); ** } ** -** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every +** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. */ @@ -55684,10 +55811,10 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the - ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure - ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes - ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its - ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the + ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure + ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes + ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its + ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. @@ -55697,7 +55824,7 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. ** ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this - ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used + ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of ** the potential journal header. */ @@ -55724,7 +55851,7 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ ** it as a candidate for rollback. ** ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the - ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible + ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written ** and never needs to be updated. @@ -55744,7 +55871,7 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; @@ -55761,8 +55888,8 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ } } - /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just - ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on + /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just + ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on ** all pages. */ sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); @@ -55782,9 +55909,9 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. -** +** ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file -** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is +** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is ** written out. ** ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, @@ -55799,7 +55926,7 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in ** the database file. ** -** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error +** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. */ @@ -55825,7 +55952,7 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ ** file size will be. */ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) ){ @@ -55847,20 +55974,19 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ */ if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ - char *pData; /* Data to write */ + char *pData; /* Data to write */ assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); - /* Encode the database */ - CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); + pData = pList->pData; /* Write out the page data. */ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match - ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this - ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. + ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this + ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. */ if( pgno==1 ){ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); @@ -55888,18 +56014,18 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ } /* -** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this +** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this ** function is a no-op. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An -** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() +** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An +** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() ** fails. */ static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ - const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE - | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE + const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ @@ -55911,13 +56037,13 @@ static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. +** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. ** ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs ** for all open savepoints before returning. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO -** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or +** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint ** bitvec. */ @@ -55930,9 +56056,9 @@ static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ assert( pPager->useJournal ); assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) - || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) - || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) + || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) + || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); rc = openSubJournal(pPager); @@ -55942,12 +56068,6 @@ static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ void *pData = pPg->pData; i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); char *pData2; - -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){ - CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); - }else -#endif pData2 = pData; PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); @@ -55975,14 +56095,14 @@ static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory -** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is +** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page -** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first +** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first ** argument. ** ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the -** journal file. +** journal file. ** ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the @@ -56007,7 +56127,7 @@ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. ** ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could - ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it + ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() @@ -56028,26 +56148,26 @@ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ pPg->pDirty = 0; if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ - rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); + rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); } }else{ - + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc); } #endif - + /* Sync the journal file if required. */ - if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC + if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ){ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); } - + /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); @@ -56061,7 +56181,7 @@ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); } - return pager_error(pPager, rc); + return pager_error(pPager, rc); } /* @@ -56092,8 +56212,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted -** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then -** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. +** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then +** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. ** ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated @@ -56107,13 +56227,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ ** of the PAGER_* flags. ** ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter -** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. +** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. ** -** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened +** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM -** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or +** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( @@ -56212,7 +56332,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( } /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the - ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal + ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: ** ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) @@ -56220,6 +56340,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) + ** Ptr back to the Pager (sizeof(Pager*) bytes) ** \0\0\0\0 database prefix (4 bytes) ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) ** URI query parameters (nUriByte bytes) @@ -56248,12 +56369,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( ** - \0 ** - WAL Path (zWALName) ** - \0 + ** + ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility + ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the + ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format + ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well. */ pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ + sizeof(pPager) + /* Space to hold a pointer */ 4 + /* Database prefix */ nPathname + 1 + /* database filename */ nUriByte + /* query parameters */ @@ -56274,6 +56401,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize; pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize; assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); + memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager)); pPtr += sizeof(pPager); /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */ pPtr += 4; /* Skip zero prefix */ @@ -56382,7 +56510,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. ** ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. - */ + */ act_like_temp_file: tempFile = 1; pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ @@ -56391,7 +56519,7 @@ act_like_temp_file: readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); } - /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of + /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -56431,10 +56559,10 @@ act_like_temp_file: /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; - assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); - pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; + pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; @@ -56474,12 +56602,25 @@ act_like_temp_file: return SQLITE_OK; } +/* +** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name +** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into +** xOpen. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){ + Pager *pPager; + while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){ + zName--; + } + pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*)); + return pPager->fd; +} /* ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in -** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that +** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal ** file exists if the following criteria are met: ** @@ -56498,10 +56639,10 @@ act_like_temp_file: ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() -** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and -** will not roll it back. +** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and +** will not roll it back. ** -** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and +** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error @@ -56529,7 +56670,7 @@ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the - ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() + ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when @@ -56562,7 +56703,7 @@ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. - ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, + ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, ** it can be ignored. */ if( !jrnlOpen ){ @@ -56612,7 +56753,7 @@ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, -** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal +** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. @@ -56623,8 +56764,8 @@ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal ** file. ** -** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error -** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or +** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error +** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ @@ -56632,7 +56773,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either - ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in + ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in ** exclusive access mode. */ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); @@ -56670,12 +56811,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the - ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the + ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the ** hot-journal back. - ** + ** ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any - ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to - ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock + ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to + ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock ** on the database file. ** ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is @@ -56685,17 +56826,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto failed; } - - /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the - ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because - ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open - ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access - ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist + + /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the + ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because + ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open + ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access + ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). ** - ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some - ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before - ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it + ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some + ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before + ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. */ @@ -56716,7 +56857,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ } } } - + /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with @@ -56741,8 +56882,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be - ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for - ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). + ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for + ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). ** ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition @@ -56750,7 +56891,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible - ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page + ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page ** references. */ pager_error(pPager, rc); @@ -56775,8 +56916,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when ** a codec is in use. - ** - ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be + ** + ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that ** it can be neglected. */ @@ -56843,7 +56984,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. -*/ +*/ static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){ assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */ @@ -56853,7 +56994,7 @@ static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ /* ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a -** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is +** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. ** ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending @@ -56863,22 +57004,22 @@ static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled ** -** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. +** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing ** object with no outstanding references. ** -** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the -** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is +** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the +** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. ** -** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if -** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the -** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no -** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the -** page is initialized to all zeros. +** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if +** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the +** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no +** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the +** page is initialized to all zeros. ** ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: @@ -56949,7 +57090,7 @@ static int getPageNormal( return SQLITE_OK; }else{ - /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to + /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to ** be initialized. But first some error checks: ** ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31 @@ -56970,9 +57111,9 @@ static int getPageNormal( } if( noContent ){ /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. - ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a - ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure - ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set + ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a + ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure + ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set ** a bit in a bit vector. */ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); @@ -57022,16 +57163,13 @@ static int getPageMMap( /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY - ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a + ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a ** temporary or in-memory database. */ const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) ); assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - assert( pPager->xCodec==0 ); -#endif /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" @@ -57054,7 +57192,7 @@ static int getPageMMap( } if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ void *pData = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, + rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ @@ -57110,12 +57248,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet( /* ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, -** or 0 if the page is not in cache. +** or 0 if the page is not in cache. ** ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine -** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error +** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error ** has ever happened. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ @@ -57162,31 +57300,30 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){ assert( pPg->pgno==1 ); assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ pPager = pPg->pPager; - sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager); sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); } /* ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. -** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database +** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database ** file when this routine is called. ** ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal -** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being -** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used +** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being +** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. ** ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the -** already open file. +** already open file. ** ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return -** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. */ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ @@ -57196,7 +57333,7 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - + /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in ** an error state. */ @@ -57207,7 +57344,7 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } - + /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ @@ -57223,7 +57360,7 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); } - + /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when ** it was originally opened. */ rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); @@ -57235,9 +57372,9 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); } - - - /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open + + + /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open ** the sub-journal if necessary. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -57262,12 +57399,12 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a +** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. ** ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least -** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking +** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking ** functions need be called. ** ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened @@ -57275,7 +57412,7 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required -** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, +** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, ** or using a temporary file otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ @@ -57323,9 +57460,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory ** ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. - ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint - ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database - ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in + ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint + ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database + ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in ** WAL mode. */ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; @@ -57360,7 +57497,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); - CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); + pData2 = pPg->pData; cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the @@ -57379,11 +57516,11 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, + IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; @@ -57398,9 +57535,9 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ } /* -** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the +** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into -** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the +** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. */ @@ -57408,7 +57545,7 @@ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already + /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. ** It is never called in the ERROR state. */ @@ -57425,7 +57562,7 @@ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. ** - ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. + ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. @@ -57470,7 +57607,7 @@ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. */ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; - + /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, ** then write the page into the statement journal. */ @@ -57554,7 +57691,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ } } - /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages + /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them @@ -57577,9 +57714,9 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ } /* -** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before -** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value -** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless +** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before +** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value +** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this @@ -57630,13 +57767,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so ** that it does not get written to disk. ** -** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large +** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large ** DELETE operations. ** ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if -** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need -** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the +** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need +** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the ** current transaction is rolled back. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ @@ -57652,17 +57789,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ } /* -** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file -** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at +** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file +** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. ** ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. -** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an +** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an ** unconditional update of the change counters. ** -** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling +** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current ** transaction is committed. @@ -57670,7 +57807,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly -** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the +** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. */ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ @@ -57709,7 +57846,7 @@ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not - ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in + ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. */ @@ -57725,7 +57862,7 @@ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ if( DIRECT_MODE ){ const void *zBuf; assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); - CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); + zBuf = pPgHdr->pData; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; @@ -57770,22 +57907,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ /* ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in -** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. -** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on +** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. ** ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is +** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is ** returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ int rc = pPager->errCode; assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ @@ -57805,12 +57942,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ ** ** * The database file change-counter is updated, ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), -** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, +** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and -** * the database file synced. +** * the database file synced. ** -** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize -** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or +** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize +** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or ** delete the master journal file if specified). ** ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value @@ -57841,7 +57978,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; - PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", + PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ @@ -57892,11 +58029,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization - ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the - ** runtime criteria to use the operation: + ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the + ** runtime criteria to use the operation: ** ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for - ** blocks of size page-size, and + ** blocks of size page-size, and ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. ** @@ -57906,7 +58043,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect - ** mode. + ** mode. ** ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter @@ -57915,19 +58052,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( */ if( bBatch==0 ){ PgHdr *pPg; - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); - if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) - && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) + if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) + && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) ){ - /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The - ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 - ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 - ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write + /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The + ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 + ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 + ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. */ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); @@ -57949,24 +58086,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master - ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, + + /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master + ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. */ rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - + /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. - ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not + ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. ** ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive - ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is + ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant - ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. + ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. */ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; @@ -58007,7 +58144,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( } sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use + /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the @@ -58019,7 +58156,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; } - + /* Finally, sync the database file. */ if( !noSync ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); @@ -58039,12 +58176,12 @@ commit_phase_one_exit: /* ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and -** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system +** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. ** -** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, -** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used +** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, +** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is ** irrevocably committed. ** @@ -58070,15 +58207,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. ** - ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal + ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made - ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal + ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need ** to drop any locks either. */ - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - && pPager->exclusiveMode + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + && pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ){ assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); @@ -58092,7 +58229,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the +** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR ** state if an error occurs. @@ -58102,14 +58239,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ ** ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: ** -** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and +** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction ** was opened, and ** ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot ** rollback at any point in the future. ** -** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the +** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the ** rollback is successful. ** ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the @@ -58122,7 +58259,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If - ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not + ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. */ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); @@ -58138,7 +58275,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ int eState = pPager->eState; rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ - /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error + /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. */ @@ -58153,7 +58290,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT - || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR + || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ); @@ -58227,8 +58364,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ ** it was added later. ** ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the -** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the -** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before +** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the +** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before ** returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ @@ -58264,7 +58401,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. ** -** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error +** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ @@ -58279,7 +58416,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM - ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a + ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. */ aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( @@ -58327,7 +58464,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ /* ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. -** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently +** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently ** created savepoint. ** ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. @@ -58335,29 +58472,29 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. ** -** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter +** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. ** ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current -** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling +** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate -** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the -** contents of the database to its original state. +** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the +** contents of the database to its original state. ** -** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint +** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. ** ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, -** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a +** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ int rc = pPager->errCode; - + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; #endif @@ -58370,7 +58507,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this - ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated + ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. */ nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); @@ -58379,7 +58516,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ } pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; - /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate + /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ @@ -58401,14 +58538,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); } - + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS - /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled + /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ - else if( - pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + else if( + pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ){ pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; @@ -58435,7 +58572,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ - static const char zFake[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 }; + static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename; } @@ -58455,16 +58592,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->fd; } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT -/* -** Reset the lock timeout for pager. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager){ - int x = 0; - sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &x); -} -#endif - /* ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. @@ -58484,54 +58611,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->zJournal; } -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( - Pager *pPager, - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), - void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), - void (*xCodecFree)(void*), - void *pCodec -){ - if( pPager->xCodecFree ){ - pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); - }else{ - pager_reset(pPager); - } - pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; - pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; - pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; - pPager->pCodec = pCodec; - setGetterMethod(pPager); - pagerReportSize(pPager); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pCodec; -} - -/* -** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content -** into the log file. -** -** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted -** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ - void *aData = 0; - CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); - return aData; -} - -/* -** Return the current pager state -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->eState; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ - #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. @@ -58551,8 +58630,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ ** transaction is active). ** ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being -** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction -** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page +** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction +** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. ** ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error @@ -58580,7 +58659,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i } /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest - ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the + ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: ** ** BEGIN; @@ -58603,7 +58682,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i return rc; } - PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", + PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) @@ -58611,7 +58690,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. ** ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that - ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno + ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. */ if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ @@ -58622,8 +58701,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i } /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it - ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for - ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained + ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for + ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained ** for the page moved there. */ pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; @@ -58658,9 +58737,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i } if( needSyncPgno ){ - /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be + /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. - ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the + ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ** flag. @@ -58691,9 +58770,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i #endif /* -** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page -** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's -** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to +** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page +** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's +** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to ** the value passed as the third parameter. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ @@ -58711,7 +58790,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ } /* -** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space +** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space ** allocated along with the specified page. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ @@ -58720,7 +58799,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ /* ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one -** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or +** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. ** @@ -58768,8 +58847,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and @@ -58926,7 +59005,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, pnLog, pnCkpt ); - sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager); } return rc; } @@ -58955,7 +59033,7 @@ static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the + /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } @@ -58964,7 +59042,7 @@ static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in +** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. @@ -58975,8 +59053,8 @@ static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use - ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory + /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use + ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL ** file, to make sure this is safe. */ @@ -58984,7 +59062,7 @@ static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); } - /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, + /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -59006,7 +59084,7 @@ static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is ** not modified in either case. ** @@ -59048,7 +59126,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. ** -** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an +** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. @@ -59074,7 +59152,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); } } - + /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. */ @@ -59091,7 +59169,31 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ return rc; } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT +/* +** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode, +** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object +** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function. +** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock); + } + return rc; +} +/* +** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if +** blocking locks are required. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db); + } +} +#endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT /* @@ -59108,10 +59210,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppS /* ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a -** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it +** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen( + Pager *pPager, + sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot +){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pPager->pWal ){ sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); @@ -59122,7 +59227,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSn } /* -** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this +** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this ** is not a WAL database, return an error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ @@ -59139,7 +59244,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database. ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise, ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then -** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still +** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if @@ -59199,7 +59304,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** ************************************************************************* ** -** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in +** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in ** "journal_mode=WAL" mode. ** ** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT @@ -59208,7 +59313,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the ** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing ** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that -** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record +** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record ** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is ** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a ** "checkpoint". @@ -59234,11 +59339,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** ** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each ** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes -** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned +** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned ** integer values, as follows: ** ** 0: Page number. -** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages +** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages ** after the commit. For all other records, zero. ** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header) ** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header) @@ -59264,7 +59369,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as ** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The ** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows: -** +** ** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2: ** s0 += x[i] + s1; ** s1 += x[i+1] + s0; @@ -59272,7 +59377,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** ** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights ** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element -** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit +** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit ** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term. ** ** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the @@ -59305,19 +59410,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database ** content simultaneously. ** -** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but +** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but ** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the ** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the ** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow, ** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate ** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the ** search for frames of a particular page. -** +** ** WAL-INDEX FORMAT ** ** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations ** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because -** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL +** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL ** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to ** share memory. ** @@ -59335,28 +59440,28 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** byte order of the host computer. ** ** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given -** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the +** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the ** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return ** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M. ** ** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or -** more index blocks. +** more index blocks. ** ** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL ** in the mxFrame field. ** -** Each index block except for the first contains information on +** Each index block except for the first contains information on ** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on -** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and +** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and ** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and ** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the ** wal-index. ** ** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the -** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table +** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table ** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number. ** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE -** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the +** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the ** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the ** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block ** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in @@ -59377,8 +59482,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** ** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers. ** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the -** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash -** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions +** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash +** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions ** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an ** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same ** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in @@ -59397,12 +59502,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot ** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was ** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full, -** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let +** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let ** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused, ** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists ** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the ** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the -** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references +** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references ** page P. ** ** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the @@ -59427,7 +59532,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table ** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the ** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted -** later, which is exactly what reader two wants. +** later, which is exactly what reader two wants. ** ** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries ** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed @@ -59448,18 +59553,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0; #endif /* -** WAL mode depends on atomic aligned 32-bit loads and stores in a few -** places. The following macros try to make this explicit. -*/ -#if GCC_VESRION>=5004000 -# define AtomicLoad(PTR) __atomic_load_n((PTR),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) -# define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) __atomic_store_n((PTR),(VAL),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) -#else -# define AtomicLoad(PTR) (*(PTR)) -# define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) (*(PTR) = (VAL)) -#endif - -/* ** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats ** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite. ** @@ -59467,7 +59560,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0; ** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not ** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. ** -** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the +** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the ** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not ** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite ** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. @@ -59514,7 +59607,7 @@ typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo; ** ** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive. ** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was -** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added. +** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added. */ struct WalIndexHdr { u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */ @@ -59556,7 +59649,7 @@ struct WalIndexHdr { ** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader ** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than ** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff) -** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is +** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is ** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder ** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding ** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content @@ -59576,7 +59669,7 @@ struct WalIndexHdr { ** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything ** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers ** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will -** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore +** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore ** the WAL. ** ** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However, @@ -59618,14 +59711,14 @@ struct WalCkptInfo { ** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file. ** ** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL -** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit -** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting +** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit +** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting ** all data as 32-bit little-endian words. */ #define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682 /* -** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, +** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, ** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned ** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header. */ @@ -59668,13 +59761,16 @@ struct Wal { #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT WalIndexHdr *pSnapshot; /* Start transaction here if not NULL */ #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT + sqlite3 *db; +#endif }; /* ** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode. */ #define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0 -#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 +#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 #define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2 /* @@ -59693,7 +59789,7 @@ typedef u16 ht_slot; /* ** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through ** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames -** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the +** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the ** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with ** the largest index). ** @@ -59729,7 +59825,7 @@ struct WalIterator { #define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */ #define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */ -/* +/* ** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a ** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete ** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index. @@ -59766,7 +59862,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int walIndexPageRealloc( if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){ sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1); volatile u32 **apNew; - apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc64((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte); + apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3Realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte); if( !apNew ){ *ppPage = 0; return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; @@ -59783,7 +59879,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int walIndexPageRealloc( pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ); if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, + rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage] ); assert( pWal->apWiData[iPage]!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK || pWal->writeLock==0 ); @@ -59840,7 +59936,7 @@ static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){ ) /* -** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in +** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in ** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or ** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL). ** @@ -59887,6 +59983,10 @@ static void walChecksumBytes( aOut[1] = s2; } +/* +** If there is the possibility of concurrent access to the SHM file +** from multiple threads and/or processes, then do a memory barrier. +*/ static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd); @@ -59894,11 +59994,24 @@ static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){ } /* +** Add the SQLITE_NO_TSAN as part of the return-type of a function +** definition as a hint that the function contains constructs that +** might give false-positive TSAN warnings. +** +** See tag-20200519-1. +*/ +#if defined(__clang__) && !defined(SQLITE_NO_TSAN) +# define SQLITE_NO_TSAN __attribute__((no_sanitize_thread)) +#else +# define SQLITE_NO_TSAN +#endif + +/* ** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index. ** ** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written. */ -static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ +static SQLITE_NO_TSAN void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum); @@ -59906,6 +60019,7 @@ static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ pWal->hdr.isInit = 1; pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION; walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum); + /* Possible TSAN false-positive. See tag-20200519-1 */ memcpy((void*)&aHdr[1], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); walShmBarrier(pWal); memcpy((void*)&aHdr[0], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); @@ -59913,11 +60027,11 @@ static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ /* ** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer -** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of +** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of ** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows: ** ** 0: Page number. -** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages +** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages ** after the commit. For all other records, zero. ** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header) ** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header) @@ -59968,7 +60082,7 @@ static int walDecodeFrame( assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header - ** match the salt values in the wal-header. + ** match the salt values in the wal-header. */ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){ return 0; @@ -59982,15 +60096,15 @@ static int walDecodeFrame( } /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header, - ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, - ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 + ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, + ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 ** bytes of this frame-header. */ nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); - if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) - || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) + if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) + || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) ){ /* Checksum failed. */ return 0; @@ -60025,7 +60139,7 @@ static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){ } } #endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ - + /* ** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive. @@ -60041,7 +60155,7 @@ static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) + VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) return rc; } static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ @@ -60057,7 +60171,7 @@ static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) + VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) return rc; } static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ @@ -60094,15 +60208,15 @@ struct WalHashLoc { u32 iZero; /* One less than the frame number of first indexed*/ }; -/* +/* ** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on ** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages ** numbered starting from 0. ** ** Set output variable pLoc->aHash to point to the start of the hash table -** in the wal-index file. Set pLoc->iZero to one less than the frame +** in the wal-index file. Set pLoc->iZero to one less than the frame ** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a -** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number +** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number ** (pLoc->iZero+N) in the log. ** ** Finally, set pLoc->aPgno so that pLoc->aPgno[1] is the page number of the @@ -60134,7 +60248,7 @@ static int walHashGet( /* ** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table ** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame -** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages +** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages ** are numbered starting from 0. */ static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){ @@ -60185,7 +60299,7 @@ static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return; - /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing + /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.(1) */ @@ -60204,9 +60318,9 @@ static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ sLoc.aHash[i] = 0; } } - + /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with - ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. */ nByte = (int)((char *)sLoc.aHash - (char *)&sLoc.aPgno[iLimit+1]); memset((void *)&sLoc.aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte); @@ -60249,9 +60363,9 @@ static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ idx = iFrame - sLoc.iZero; assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 ); - + /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the - ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding. + ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding. */ if( idx==1 ){ int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&sLoc.aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] @@ -60261,8 +60375,8 @@ static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after - ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). - ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from + ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). + ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from ** the hash-table before writing any new entries. */ if( sLoc.aPgno[idx] ){ @@ -60314,7 +60428,7 @@ static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ /* -** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. +** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. ** ** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the ** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything @@ -60379,16 +60493,16 @@ static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){ } /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than - ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid + ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole ** WAL file. */ magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]); szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]); - if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC - || szPage&(szPage-1) - || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || szPage<512 + if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC + || szPage&(szPage-1) + || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || szPage<512 ){ goto finished; } @@ -60398,7 +60512,7 @@ static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){ memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8); /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */ - walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, + walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum ); if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24]) @@ -60462,7 +60576,7 @@ finished: pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1]; walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is + /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and ** checkpointers. */ @@ -60509,8 +60623,8 @@ static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ } } -/* -** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must +/* +** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must ** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points ** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle. ** @@ -60520,7 +60634,7 @@ static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ ** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the ** system would be badly broken. ** -** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and +** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and ** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs, ** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified. */ @@ -60684,7 +60798,7 @@ static void walMerge( ht_slot logpage; Pgno dbpage; - if( (iLeft<nLeft) + if( (iLeft<nLeft) && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]]) ){ logpage = aLeft[iLeft++]; @@ -60782,7 +60896,7 @@ static void walMergesort( #endif } -/* +/* ** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit(). */ static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){ @@ -60790,7 +60904,7 @@ static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){ } /* -** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all +** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all ** pages in the WAL following frame nBackfill in ascending order. Frames ** nBackfill or earlier may be included - excluding them is an optimization ** only. The caller must hold the checkpoint lock. @@ -60819,7 +60933,7 @@ static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, u32 nBackfill, WalIterator **pp){ /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */ nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1; - nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) + nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment) + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot); p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); @@ -60856,7 +60970,7 @@ static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, u32 nBackfill, WalIterator **pp){ } aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[sLoc.iZero]; sLoc.iZero++; - + for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){ aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j; } @@ -60877,6 +60991,89 @@ static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, u32 nBackfill, WalIterator **pp){ return rc; } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT +/* +** Attempt to enable blocking locks. Blocking locks are enabled only if (a) +** they are supported by the VFS, and (b) the database handle is configured +** with a busy-timeout. Return 1 if blocking locks are successfully enabled, +** or 0 otherwise. +*/ +static int walEnableBlocking(Wal *pWal){ + int res = 0; + if( pWal->db ){ + int tmout = pWal->db->busyTimeout; + if( tmout ){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl( + pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, (void*)&tmout + ); + res = (rc==SQLITE_OK); + } + } + return res; +} + +/* +** Disable blocking locks. +*/ +static void walDisableBlocking(Wal *pWal){ + int tmout = 0; + sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, (void*)&tmout); +} + +/* +** If parameter bLock is true, attempt to enable blocking locks, take +** the WRITER lock, and then disable blocking locks. If blocking locks +** cannot be enabled, no attempt to obtain the WRITER lock is made. Return +** an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. It is not +** an error if blocking locks can not be enabled. +** +** If the bLock parameter is false and the WRITER lock is held, release it. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalWriteLock(Wal *pWal, int bLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pWal->readLock<0 || bLock==0 ); + if( bLock ){ + assert( pWal->db ); + if( walEnableBlocking(pWal) ){ + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pWal->writeLock = 1; + } + walDisableBlocking(pWal); + } + }else if( pWal->writeLock ){ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + pWal->writeLock = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set the database handle used to determine if blocking locks are required. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalDb(Wal *pWal, sqlite3 *db){ + pWal->db = db; +} + +/* +** Take an exclusive WRITE lock. Blocking if so configured. +*/ +static int walLockWriter(Wal *pWal){ + int rc; + walEnableBlocking(pWal); + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + walDisableBlocking(pWal); + return rc; +} +#else +# define walEnableBlocking(x) 0 +# define walDisableBlocking(x) +# define walLockWriter(pWal) walLockExclusive((pWal), WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1) +# define sqlite3WalDb(pWal, db) +#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT */ + + /* ** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and ** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a @@ -60894,6 +61091,12 @@ static int walBusyLock( do { rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n); }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT ){ + walDisableBlocking(pWal); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } +#endif return rc; } @@ -60918,8 +61121,8 @@ static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){ ** client to write to the database (which may be this one) does so by ** writing frames into the start of the log file. ** -** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the -** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e. +** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the +** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e. ** one obtained from sqlite3_randomness()). */ static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){ @@ -60931,7 +61134,7 @@ static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){ sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0])); memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt[1], &salt1, 4); walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - pInfo->nBackfill = 0; + AtomicStore(&pInfo->nBackfill, 0); pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = 0; pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0; for(i=2; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; @@ -60947,8 +61150,8 @@ static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){ ** that a concurrent reader might be using. ** ** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when -** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if -** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background +** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if +** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background ** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call. ** ** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and @@ -60961,7 +61164,7 @@ static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){ ** database file. ** ** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header. -** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill. +** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill. ** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase ** its value.) ** @@ -61006,32 +61209,13 @@ static int walCheckpoint( mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage; for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){ - /* Thread-sanitizer reports that the following is an unsafe read, - ** as some other thread may be in the process of updating the value - ** of the aReadMark[] slot. The assumption here is that if that is - ** happening, the other client may only be increasing the value, - ** not decreasing it. So assuming either that either the "old" or - ** "new" version of the value is read, and not some arbitrary value - ** that would never be written by a real client, things are still - ** safe. - ** - ** Astute readers have pointed out that the assumption stated in the - ** last sentence of the previous paragraph is not guaranteed to be - ** true for all conforming systems. However, the assumption is true - ** for all compilers and architectures in common use today (circa - ** 2019-11-27) and the alternatives are both slow and complex, and - ** so we will continue to go with the current design for now. If this - ** bothers you, or if you really are running on a system where aligned - ** 32-bit reads and writes are not atomic, then you can simply avoid - ** the use of WAL mode, or only use WAL mode together with - ** PRAGMA locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE and all will be well. - */ - u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i]; + u32 y = AtomicLoad(pInfo->aReadMark+i); if( mxSafeFrame>y ){ assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED); + u32 iMark = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED); + AtomicStore(pInfo->aReadMark+i, iMark); walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ mxSafeFrame = y; @@ -61049,7 +61233,7 @@ static int walCheckpoint( } if( pIter - && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0),1))==SQLITE_OK + && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal,xBusy,pBusyArg,WAL_READ_LOCK(0),1))==SQLITE_OK ){ u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill; @@ -61064,6 +61248,7 @@ static int walCheckpoint( if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage); i64 nSize; /* Current size of database file */ + sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START, 0); rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq); @@ -61075,7 +61260,7 @@ static int walCheckpoint( while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){ i64 iOffset; assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage ); - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + if( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ){ rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_INTERRUPT; break; } @@ -61091,6 +61276,7 @@ static int walCheckpoint( rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } + sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE, 0); /* If work was actually accomplished... */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -61103,11 +61289,7 @@ static int walCheckpoint( } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame; + AtomicStore(&pInfo->nBackfill, mxSafeFrame); } } @@ -61123,8 +61305,8 @@ static int walCheckpoint( } /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART or TRUNCATE operation, and the - ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block - ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that + ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block + ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that ** the next process to write to the database restarts the wal file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ @@ -61148,7 +61330,7 @@ static int walCheckpoint( ** writer clients should see that the entire log file has been ** checkpointed and behave accordingly. This seems unsafe though, ** as it would leave the system in a state where the contents of - ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the + ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the ** file-system. To avoid this, update the wal-index header to ** indicate that the log file contains zero valid frames. */ walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1); @@ -61210,7 +61392,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose( if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; } - rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pWal, db, + rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pWal, db, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -61266,7 +61448,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose( ** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header ** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero. */ -static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ +static SQLITE_NO_TSAN int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */ WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */ WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */ @@ -61279,19 +61461,25 @@ static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero. ** + ** tag-20200519-1: ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index. ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order. ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from - ** reordering the reads and writes. + ** reordering the reads and writes. TSAN and similar tools can sometimes + ** give false-positive warnings about these accesses because the tools do not + ** account for the double-read and the memory barrier. The use of mutexes + ** here would be problematic as the memory being accessed is potentially + ** shared among multiple processes and not all mutex implementions work + ** reliably in that environment. */ aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); - memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1)); + memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1)); /* Possible TSAN false-positive */ walShmBarrier(pWal); memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2)); if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){ return 1; /* Dirty read */ - } + } if( h1.isInit==0 ){ return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */ } @@ -61327,7 +61515,7 @@ static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ ** changed by this operation. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged ** to 0. ** -** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. +** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ @@ -61335,7 +61523,7 @@ static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */ volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */ - /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the + /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here. */ assert( pChanged ); @@ -61367,7 +61555,7 @@ static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually - ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently + ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently ** being modified by another thread or process. */ badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1); @@ -61375,28 +61563,32 @@ static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again. */ - assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); if( badHdr ){ if( pWal->bShmUnreliable==0 && (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY) ){ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK); rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY; } - }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){ - pWal->writeLock = 1; - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){ - badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged); - if( badHdr ){ - /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding - ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and - ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that. - */ - rc = walIndexRecover(pWal); - *pChanged = 1; + }else{ + int bWriteLock = pWal->writeLock; + if( bWriteLock || SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockWriter(pWal)) ){ + pWal->writeLock = 1; + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){ + badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged); + if( badHdr ){ + /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding + ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and + ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that. + */ + rc = walIndexRecover(pWal); + *pChanged = 1; + } + } + if( bWriteLock==0 ){ + pWal->writeLock = 0; + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); } } - pWal->writeLock = 0; - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); } } @@ -61438,15 +61630,15 @@ static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ ** ** The *-wal file has been read and an appropriate wal-index has been ** constructed in pWal->apWiData[] using heap memory instead of shared -** memory. +** memory. ** ** If this function returns SQLITE_OK, then the read transaction has -** been successfully opened. In this case output variable (*pChanged) +** been successfully opened. In this case output variable (*pChanged) ** is set to true before returning if the caller should discard the -** contents of the page cache before proceeding. Or, if it returns -** WAL_RETRY, then the heap memory wal-index has been discarded and -** the caller should retry opening the read transaction from the -** beginning (including attempting to map the *-shm file). +** contents of the page cache before proceeding. Or, if it returns +** WAL_RETRY, then the heap memory wal-index has been discarded and +** the caller should retry opening the read transaction from the +** beginning (including attempting to map the *-shm file). ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ @@ -61557,8 +61749,8 @@ static int walBeginShmUnreliable(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ ** the caller. */ aSaveCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; aSaveCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; - for(iOffset=walFrameOffset(pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1, pWal->hdr.szPage); - iOffset+szFrame<=szWal; + for(iOffset=walFrameOffset(pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1, pWal->hdr.szPage); + iOffset+szFrame<=szWal; iOffset+=szFrame ){ u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ @@ -61606,10 +61798,10 @@ static int walBeginShmUnreliable(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ ** ** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable ** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely -** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() -** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the -** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication -** to the caller that the local page cache is obsolete and needs to be +** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() +** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the +** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication +** to the caller that the local page cache is obsolete and needs to be ** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already ** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused. ** @@ -61624,7 +61816,7 @@ static int walBeginShmUnreliable(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ ** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that ** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe. ** -** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on +** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on ** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is ** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1) ** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not @@ -61662,16 +61854,16 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ ** ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the - ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But + ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get - ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, + ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case, ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free. ** ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th - ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, + ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 323 milliseconds. ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 10 seconds. */ @@ -61702,9 +61894,9 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){ /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY. ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The - ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS - ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the - ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region + ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS + ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the + ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned. */ rc = WAL_RETRY; @@ -61726,7 +61918,7 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 ); assert( pWal->apWiData[0]!=0 ); pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame + if( !useWal && AtomicLoad(&pInfo->nBackfill)==pWal->hdr.mxFrame #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT && (pWal->pSnapshot==0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0) #endif @@ -61745,7 +61937,7 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ ** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from ** happening, this is usually correct. ** - ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log + ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0) ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before @@ -61788,7 +61980,8 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - mxReadMark = AtomicStore(pInfo->aReadMark+i,mxFrame); + AtomicStore(pInfo->aReadMark+i,mxFrame); + mxReadMark = mxFrame; mxI = i; walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); break; @@ -61826,9 +62019,9 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ ** to read any frames earlier than minFrame from the wal file - they ** can be safely read directly from the database file. ** - ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of + ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of ** nBackfill and checking that the wal-header in shared-memory still - ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the + ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the ** checkpointer that set nBackfill was not working with a wal-index ** header newer than that cached in pWal->hdr. If it were, that could ** cause a problem. The checkpointer could omit to checkpoint @@ -61856,15 +62049,15 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT /* -** Attempt to reduce the value of the WalCkptInfo.nBackfillAttempted +** Attempt to reduce the value of the WalCkptInfo.nBackfillAttempted ** variable so that older snapshots can be accessed. To do this, loop -** through all wal frames from nBackfillAttempted to (nBackfill+1), +** through all wal frames from nBackfillAttempted to (nBackfill+1), ** comparing their content to the corresponding page with the database ** file, if any. Set nBackfillAttempted to the frame number of the ** first frame for which the wal file content matches the db file. ** -** This is only really safe if the file-system is such that any page -** writes made by earlier checkpointers were atomic operations, which +** This is only really safe if the file-system is such that any page +** writes made by earlier checkpointers were atomic operations, which ** is not always true. It is also possible that nBackfillAttempted ** may be left set to a value larger than expected, if a wal frame ** contains content that duplicate of an earlier version of the same @@ -61892,7 +62085,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(Wal *pWal){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ u32 i = pInfo->nBackfillAttempted; - for(i=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted; i>pInfo->nBackfill; i--){ + for(i=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted; i>AtomicLoad(&pInfo->nBackfill); i--){ WalHashLoc sLoc; /* Hash table location */ u32 pgno; /* Page number in db file */ i64 iDbOff; /* Offset of db file entry */ @@ -61947,12 +62140,35 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(Wal *pWal){ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ int rc; /* Return code */ int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */ - #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT int bChanged = 0; WalIndexHdr *pSnapshot = pWal->pSnapshot; - if( pSnapshot && memcmp(pSnapshot, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ - bChanged = 1; +#endif + + assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT + if( pSnapshot ){ + if( memcmp(pSnapshot, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ + bChanged = 1; + } + + /* It is possible that there is a checkpointer thread running + ** concurrent with this code. If this is the case, it may be that the + ** checkpointer has already determined that it will checkpoint + ** snapshot X, where X is later in the wal file than pSnapshot, but + ** has not yet set the pInfo->nBackfillAttempted variable to indicate + ** its intent. To avoid the race condition this leads to, ensure that + ** there is no checkpointer process by taking a shared CKPT lock + ** before checking pInfo->nBackfillAttempted. */ + (void)walEnableBlocking(pWal); + rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); + walDisableBlocking(pWal); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pWal->ckptLock = 1; } #endif @@ -61985,48 +62201,42 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ assert( pWal->readLock>0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ); assert( pInfo->aReadMark[pWal->readLock]<=pSnapshot->mxFrame ); - /* It is possible that there is a checkpointer thread running - ** concurrent with this code. If this is the case, it may be that the - ** checkpointer has already determined that it will checkpoint - ** snapshot X, where X is later in the wal file than pSnapshot, but - ** has not yet set the pInfo->nBackfillAttempted variable to indicate - ** its intent. To avoid the race condition this leads to, ensure that - ** there is no checkpointer process by taking a shared CKPT lock - ** before checking pInfo->nBackfillAttempted. - ** - ** TODO: Does the aReadMark[] lock prevent a checkpointer from doing - ** this already? - */ - rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Check that the wal file has not been wrapped. Assuming that it has - ** not, also check that no checkpointer has attempted to checkpoint any - ** frames beyond pSnapshot->mxFrame. If either of these conditions are - ** true, return SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT. Otherwise, overwrite pWal->hdr - ** with *pSnapshot and set *pChanged as appropriate for opening the - ** snapshot. */ - if( !memcmp(pSnapshot->aSalt, pWal->hdr.aSalt, sizeof(pWal->hdr.aSalt)) - && pSnapshot->mxFrame>=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted - ){ - assert( pWal->readLock>0 ); - memcpy(&pWal->hdr, pSnapshot, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - *pChanged = bChanged; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT; - } - - /* Release the shared CKPT lock obtained above. */ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); - pWal->minFrame = 1; + /* Check that the wal file has not been wrapped. Assuming that it has + ** not, also check that no checkpointer has attempted to checkpoint any + ** frames beyond pSnapshot->mxFrame. If either of these conditions are + ** true, return SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT. Otherwise, overwrite pWal->hdr + ** with *pSnapshot and set *pChanged as appropriate for opening the + ** snapshot. */ + if( !memcmp(pSnapshot->aSalt, pWal->hdr.aSalt, sizeof(pWal->hdr.aSalt)) + && pSnapshot->mxFrame>=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted + ){ + assert( pWal->readLock>0 ); + memcpy(&pWal->hdr, pSnapshot, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + *pChanged = bChanged; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT; } + /* A client using a non-current snapshot may not ignore any frames + ** from the start of the wal file. This is because, for a system + ** where (minFrame < iSnapshot < maxFrame), a checkpointer may + ** have omitted to checkpoint a frame earlier than minFrame in + ** the file because there exists a frame after iSnapshot that + ** is the same database page. */ + pWal->minFrame = 1; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pWal); } } } + + /* Release the shared CKPT lock obtained above. */ + if( pWal->ckptLock ){ + assert( pSnapshot ); + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); + pWal->ckptLock = 0; + } #endif return rc; } @@ -62066,8 +62276,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early - ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, - ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the + ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, + ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the ** WAL were empty. */ if( iLast==0 || (pWal->readLock==0 && pWal->bShmUnreliable==0) ){ @@ -62080,9 +62290,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames). ** ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend() - ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash - ** table). This means the value just read from the hash - ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the + ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash + ** table). This means the value just read from the hash + ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly - ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume @@ -62090,13 +62300,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( ** opened remain unmodified. ** ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner - ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required + ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table: ** - ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): + ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions. ** - ** (iFrame<=iLast): + ** (iFrame<=iLast): ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash ** table after the current read-transaction had started. */ @@ -62106,14 +62316,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( int iKey; /* Hash slot index */ int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */ int rc; /* Error code */ + u32 iH; rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &sLoc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT; - for(iKey=walHash(pgno); sLoc.aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ - u32 iH = sLoc.aHash[iKey]; + iKey = walHash(pgno); + while( (iH = AtomicLoad(&sLoc.aHash[iKey]))!=0 ){ u32 iFrame = iH + sLoc.iZero; if( iFrame<=iLast && iFrame>=pWal->minFrame && sLoc.aPgno[iH]==pgno ){ assert( iFrame>iRead || CORRUPT_DB ); @@ -62122,6 +62333,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( if( (nCollide--)==0 ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } + iKey = walNextHash(iKey); } if( iRead ) break; } @@ -62170,7 +62382,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame( return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset); } -/* +/* ** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ @@ -62181,7 +62393,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ } -/* +/* ** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL. ** ** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call @@ -62197,6 +62409,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ int rc; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT + /* If the write-lock is already held, then it was obtained before the + ** read-transaction was even opened, making this call a no-op. + ** Return early. */ + if( pWal->writeLock ){ + assert( !memcmp(&pWal->hdr,(void *)walIndexHdr(pWal),sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ); + return SQLITE_OK; + } +#endif + /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read ** transaction. */ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); @@ -62259,18 +62481,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *p if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){ Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; Pgno iFrame; - + /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it - ** was in before the client began writing to the database. + ** was in before the client began writing to the database. */ memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; - ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; + for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; + ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; iFrame++ ){ /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number - ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and + ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b) ** is false). @@ -62288,10 +62510,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *p return rc; } -/* -** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 -** values. This function populates the array with values required to -** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current +/* +** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 +** values. This function populates the array with values required to +** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current ** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ @@ -62302,7 +62524,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; } -/* +/* ** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by ** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array ** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated @@ -62442,11 +62664,7 @@ static int walWriteOneFrame( int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ void *pData; /* Data actually written */ u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */ -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; -#else pData = pPage->pData; -#endif walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame); rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset); if( rc ) return rc; @@ -62508,7 +62726,7 @@ static int walRewriteChecksums(Wal *pWal, u32 iLast){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock ** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()). */ @@ -62575,7 +62793,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]); - + pWal->szPage = szPage; pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0]; @@ -62617,7 +62835,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( /* Check if this page has already been written into the wal file by ** the current transaction. If so, overwrite the existing frame and - ** set Wal.writeLock to WAL_WRITELOCK_RECKSUM - indicating that + ** set Wal.writeLock to WAL_WRITELOCK_RECKSUM - indicating that ** checksums must be recomputed when the transaction is committed. */ if( iFirst && (p->pDirty || isCommit==0) ){ u32 iWrite = 0; @@ -62629,11 +62847,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( if( pWal->iReCksum==0 || iWrite<pWal->iReCksum ){ pWal->iReCksum = iWrite; } -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(p))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; -#else pData = p->pData; -#endif rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOff); if( rc ) return rc; p->flags &= ~PGHDR_WAL_APPEND; @@ -62705,7 +62919,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; } - /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the + /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten. @@ -62744,7 +62958,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( return rc; } -/* +/* ** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and ** related interfaces. ** @@ -62781,45 +62995,52 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY; WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal)); - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive - ** "checkpoint" lock on the database file. */ - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); - if( rc ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-10421-19736 If any other process is running a - ** checkpoint operation at the same time, the lock cannot be obtained and - ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned. - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53820-33897 Even if there is a busy-handler configured, - ** it will not be invoked in this case. - */ - testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ); - testcase( xBusy!=0 ); - return rc; - } - pWal->ckptLock = 1; + /* Enable blocking locks, if possible. If blocking locks are successfully + ** enabled, set xBusy2=0 so that the busy-handler is never invoked. */ + sqlite3WalDb(pWal, db); + (void)walEnableBlocking(pWal); - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59782-36818 The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and - ** TRUNCATE modes also obtain the exclusive "writer" lock on the database - ** file. - ** - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60642-04082 If the writer lock cannot be obtained - ** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the - ** writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the - ** lock is successfully obtained. + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive + ** "checkpoint" lock on the database file. + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-10421-19736 If any other process is running a + ** checkpoint operation at the same time, the lock cannot be obtained and + ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned. + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53820-33897 Even if there is a busy-handler configured, + ** it will not be invoked in this case. */ - if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ - rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pWal->writeLock = 1; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; - xBusy2 = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xBusy2!=0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pWal->ckptLock = 1; + + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59782-36818 The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and + ** TRUNCATE modes also obtain the exclusive "writer" lock on the database + ** file. + ** + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60642-04082 If the writer lock cannot be obtained + ** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the + ** writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the + ** lock is successfully obtained. + */ + if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ + rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy2, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pWal->writeLock = 1; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; + xBusy2 = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } } } + /* Read the wal-index header. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + walDisableBlocking(pWal); rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged); + (void)walEnableBlocking(pWal); if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0); } @@ -62842,7 +63063,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( } if( isChanged ){ - /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was + /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that @@ -62851,11 +63072,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); } + walDisableBlocking(pWal); + sqlite3WalDb(pWal, 0); + /* Release the locks. */ sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); - pWal->ckptLock = 0; + if( pWal->ckptLock ){ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); + pWal->ckptLock = 0; + } WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT ) rc = SQLITE_BUSY; +#endif return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc); } @@ -62885,7 +63114,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){ ** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive ** lock on the main database file. ** -** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into +** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into ** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must ** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the ** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this @@ -62902,8 +63131,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 ); - /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a - ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot + /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a + ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error. @@ -62934,10 +63163,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using ** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the -** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. +** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){ return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ); @@ -62972,11 +63201,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapsho /* Try to open on pSnapshot when the next read-transaction starts */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen( + Wal *pWal, + sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot +){ pWal->pSnapshot = (WalIndexHdr*)pSnapshot; } -/* +/* ** Return a +ve value if snapshot p1 is newer than p2. A -ve value if ** p1 is older than p2 and zero if p1 and p2 are the same snapshot. */ @@ -62996,7 +63228,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(sqlite3_snapshot *p1, sqlite3_snapshot *p2){ /* ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database. ** This function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then -** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still +** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if @@ -63103,16 +63335,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal){ ** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And ** so forth. ** -** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the +** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the ** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. ** -** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate +** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate ** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The ** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A ** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database ** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus ** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry -** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each +** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each ** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other ** information such as the size of key and data. ** @@ -63242,7 +63474,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal){ ** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. ** ** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable -** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each +** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each ** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and ** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer ** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. @@ -63315,7 +63547,7 @@ typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; ** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The ** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so ** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change -** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read +** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read ** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools ** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. */ @@ -63378,7 +63610,7 @@ struct MemPage { /* ** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. -** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor +** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor ** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed ** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when ** a btree handle is closed. @@ -63402,7 +63634,7 @@ struct BtLock { ** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to ** this structure. ** -** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be +** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be ** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection ** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object ** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the @@ -63410,7 +63642,7 @@ struct BtLock { ** the BtShared object. ** ** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. -** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors +** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors ** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those ** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and ** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. @@ -63445,7 +63677,7 @@ struct Btree { /* ** An instance of this object represents a single database file. -** +** ** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two ** or more database connections. When two or more connections are ** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own @@ -63491,9 +63723,7 @@ struct BtShared { #endif u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ u8 max1bytePayload; /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - u8 optimalReserve; /* Desired amount of reserved space per page */ -#endif + u8 nReserveWanted; /* Desired number of extra bytes per page */ u16 btsFlags; /* Boolean parameters. See BTS_* macros below */ u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ @@ -63565,7 +63795,7 @@ struct CellInfo { ** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db. ** ** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** found at self->pBt->mutex. +** found at self->pBt->mutex. ** ** skipNext meaning: ** The meaning of skipNext depends on the value of eState: @@ -63622,7 +63852,7 @@ struct BtCursor { ** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. ** ** CURSOR_INVALID: -** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) +** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) ** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been ** called. ** @@ -63635,9 +63865,9 @@ struct BtCursor { ** operation should be a no-op. ** ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: -** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been +** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been ** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved -** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in +** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in ** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to ** seek the cursor to the saved position. ** @@ -63654,13 +63884,13 @@ struct BtCursor { #define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 3 #define CURSOR_FAULT 4 -/* +/* ** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. */ # define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt) /* -** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a +** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a ** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable ** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the ** page number to look up in the pointer map. @@ -63695,10 +63925,10 @@ struct BtCursor { ** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not ** used in this case. ** -** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number +** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number ** is not used in this case. ** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of ** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that ** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. ** @@ -63720,13 +63950,13 @@ struct BtCursor { */ #define btreeIntegrity(p) \ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); + assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); /* ** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine ** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used -** within an expression that is an argument to another macro +** within an expression that is an argument to another macro ** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. ** So, this macro is defined instead. */ @@ -63743,8 +63973,8 @@ struct BtCursor { ** ** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in ** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in -** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to -** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which +** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to +** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which ** indicate corruption). */ typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; @@ -64061,10 +64291,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* -** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree. +** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree. ** -** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required -** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not +** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required +** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not ** the build is threadsafe. Leave() is only required by threadsafe builds. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ @@ -64134,7 +64364,7 @@ int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ #define BTALLOC_LE 2 /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */ /* -** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not +** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not ** defined, or 0 if it is. For example: ** ** bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum); @@ -64149,7 +64379,7 @@ int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ /* ** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation ** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, -** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for +** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for ** test builds. ** ** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. @@ -64184,7 +64414,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user - ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. + ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. */ #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK @@ -64229,15 +64459,15 @@ int corruptPageError(int lineno, MemPage *p){ /* **** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** ** -** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the +** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the ** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. ** -** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via +** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via ** Btree connection pBtree: ** ** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) ); ** -** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the +** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the ** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of ** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated, ** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine @@ -64259,7 +64489,7 @@ static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( BtLock *pLock; /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading - ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. + ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. ** Return true immediately. */ if( (pBtree->sharable==0) @@ -64299,13 +64529,13 @@ static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( iTab = iRoot; } - /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a + /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ - if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree + if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) - && pLock->eLock>=eLockType + && pLock->eLock>=eLockType ){ return 1; } @@ -64338,7 +64568,7 @@ static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ BtCursor *p; for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot + if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot && p->pBtree!=pBtree && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommit) ){ @@ -64350,7 +64580,7 @@ static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ #endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* -** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock +** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock ** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return ** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling ** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. @@ -64363,14 +64593,14 @@ static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); assert( p->db!=0 ); assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); - + /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write - ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there + ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. */ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - + /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ if( !p->sharable ){ return SQLITE_OK; @@ -64385,7 +64615,7 @@ static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ } for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) + /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) ** statement is a simplification of: ** ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) @@ -64412,7 +64642,7 @@ static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used -** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or +** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or ** WRITE_LOCK. ** ** This function assumes the following: @@ -64424,7 +64654,7 @@ static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ ** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has ** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK). ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM ** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. */ static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ @@ -64438,11 +64668,11 @@ static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained - ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master + ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it + /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ assert( p->sharable ); assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); @@ -64487,7 +64717,7 @@ static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ ** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to ** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. ** -** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write +** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write ** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag ** may be incorrectly cleared. */ @@ -64519,7 +64749,7 @@ static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ pBt->pWriter = 0; pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ - /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its + /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case @@ -64565,7 +64795,7 @@ static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ } /* Verify that the cursor and the BtShared agree about what is the current -** database connetion. This is important in shared-cache mode. If the database +** database connetion. This is important in shared-cache mode. If the database ** connection pointers get out-of-sync, it is possible for routines like ** btreeInitPage() to reference an stale connection pointer that references a ** a connection that has already closed. This routine is used inside assert() @@ -64636,8 +64866,8 @@ static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /* -** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called -** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf +** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called +** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf ** page. ** ** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure @@ -64663,7 +64893,7 @@ static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( ** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible ** to restore the database to its original configuration. ** -** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is +** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is ** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is ** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, ** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already @@ -64694,7 +64924,7 @@ static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ */ static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; - return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); + return p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p, pgno)); } /* @@ -64724,13 +64954,13 @@ static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){ ** The cursor passed as the only argument must point to a valid entry ** when this function is called (i.e. have eState==CURSOR_VALID). This ** function saves the current cursor key in variables pCur->nKey and -** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error +** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error ** code otherwise. ** ** If the cursor is open on an intkey table, then the integer key ** (the rowid) is stored in pCur->nKey and pCur->pKey is left set to -** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is -** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing +** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is +** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing ** the key. */ static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){ @@ -64746,8 +64976,8 @@ static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){ /* For an index btree, save the complete key content. It is possible ** that the current key is corrupt. In that case, it is possible that ** the sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() function may overread the buffer by - ** up to the size of 1 varint plus 1 8-byte value when the cursor - ** position is restored. Hence the 17 bytes of padding allocated + ** up to the size of 1 varint plus 1 8-byte value when the cursor + ** position is restored. Hence the 17 bytes of padding allocated ** below. */ void *pKey; pCur->nKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur); @@ -64769,11 +64999,11 @@ static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){ } /* -** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey +** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey ** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. ** ** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) -** prior to calling this routine. +** prior to calling this routine. */ static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc; @@ -64812,7 +65042,7 @@ static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*); ** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the ** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert(). ** -** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such +** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such ** cursors should have their BTCF_Multiple flag set. The btreeCursor() ** routine enforces that rule. This routine only needs to be called in ** the uncommon case when pExpect has the BTCF_Multiple flag set. @@ -64912,9 +65142,9 @@ moveto_done: /* ** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) -** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the +** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the ** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be -** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each +** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each ** saveCursorPosition(). */ static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ @@ -64982,7 +65212,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE BtCursor *sqlite3BtreeFakeValidCursor(void){ /* ** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it ** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or -** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor). +** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor). ** ** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left ** pointing at exactly the same row. *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor @@ -65047,7 +65277,7 @@ static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ if( pgno<2 ) return 0; nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; - ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; + ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ ret++; } @@ -65393,7 +65623,7 @@ static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ } pIter++; if( pPage->intKey ){ - /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length + /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte ** past the end of the key value. */ pEnd = &pIter[9]; @@ -65518,7 +65748,7 @@ static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage, int nMaxFrag){ /* This block handles pages with two or fewer free blocks and nMaxFrag ** or fewer fragmented bytes. In this case it is faster to move the ** two (or one) blocks of cells using memmove() and add the required - ** offsets to each pointer in the cell-pointer array than it is to + ** offsets to each pointer in the cell-pointer array than it is to ** reconstruct the entire page. */ if( (int)data[hdr+7]<=nMaxFrag ){ int iFree = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); @@ -65532,7 +65762,7 @@ static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage, int nMaxFrag){ int sz2 = 0; int sz = get2byte(&data[iFree+2]); int top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - if( NEVER(top>=iFree) ){ + if( top>=iFree ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } if( iFree2 ){ @@ -65696,7 +65926,7 @@ static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Integer return code */ int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ - + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->pBt ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); @@ -65804,7 +66034,7 @@ static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){ assert( iSize>=4 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ assert( iStart<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the + /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted. */ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; @@ -65823,7 +66053,7 @@ static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 ); - + /* At this point: ** iFreeBlk: First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none ** iPtr: The address of a pointer to iFreeBlk @@ -65840,7 +66070,7 @@ static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){ iSize = iEnd - iStart; iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]); } - + /* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist ** pointer in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be ** coalesced onto the end of iPtr. @@ -65863,7 +66093,7 @@ static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){ ** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another ** freelist entry */ if( iStart<x ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); - if( NEVER(iPtr!=hdr+1) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); + if( iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk); put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd); }else{ @@ -65987,7 +66217,7 @@ static int btreeComputeFreeSpace(MemPage *pPage){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55530-52930 In a well-formed b-tree page, there will ** always be at least one cell before the first freeblock. */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } while( 1 ){ if( pc>iCellLast ){ @@ -66026,7 +66256,7 @@ static int btreeComputeFreeSpace(MemPage *pPage){ /* ** Do additional sanity check after btreeInitPage() if -** PRAGMA cell_size_check=ON +** PRAGMA cell_size_check=ON */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeCellSizeCheck(MemPage *pPage){ int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ @@ -66064,7 +66294,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeCellSizeCheck(MemPage *pPage){ ** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does -** not contain a well-formed database page, then return +** not contain a well-formed database page, then return ** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not ** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that ** we failed to detect any corruption. @@ -66169,7 +66399,7 @@ static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ pPage->hdrOffset = pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; } assert( pPage->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) ); - return pPage; + return pPage; } /* @@ -66387,17 +66617,16 @@ static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; assert( pBt->db ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) ); - return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler, - sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager)); + return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler); } /* ** Open a database file. -** +** ** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL ** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might ** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache. -** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted +** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted ** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. ** ** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created @@ -66430,7 +66659,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */ const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0; - /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or + /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or ** false for a file-based database. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB @@ -66553,7 +66782,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); - + pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); if( pBt==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; @@ -66572,7 +66801,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( pBt->db = db; sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); p->pBt = pBt; - + pBt->pCursor = 0; pBt->pPage1 = 0; if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; @@ -66616,7 +66845,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ - + #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. */ @@ -66745,7 +66974,7 @@ static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ } /* -** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of +** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of ** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes with a 4-byte prefix for a left-child ** pointer. */ @@ -66760,7 +66989,7 @@ static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3 ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it - ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized + ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error, ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here. ** @@ -66813,7 +67042,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree - ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans + ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans ** up the shared-btree. */ assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); @@ -66919,7 +67148,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags( /* ** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. -** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY +** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY ** without changing anything. ** ** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page @@ -66939,19 +67168,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags( */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int x; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); + assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( nReserve>pBt->optimalReserve ) pBt->optimalReserve = (u8)nReserve; -#endif + pBt->nReserveWanted = nReserve; + x = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; + if( nReserve<x ) nReserve = x; if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return SQLITE_READONLY; } - if( nReserve<0 ){ - nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; - } assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ @@ -66980,7 +67207,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ ** held. ** ** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is -** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the +** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the ** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter() ** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the ** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior. @@ -66997,19 +67224,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){ ** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is ** sometimes used by extensions. ** -** If SQLITE_HAS_MUTEX is defined then the number returned is the -** greater of the current reserved space and the maximum requested -** reserve space. +** The value returned is the larger of the current reserve size and +** the latest reserve size requested by SQLITE_FILECTRL_RESERVE_BYTES. +** The amount of reserve can only grow - never shrink. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree *p){ - int n; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(Btree *p){ + int n1, n2; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p); -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( n<p->pBt->optimalReserve ) n = p->pBt->optimalReserve; -#endif + n1 = (int)p->pBt->nReserveWanted; + n2 = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; + return n1>n2 ? n1 : n2; } @@ -67062,7 +67287,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ /* ** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' ** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it -** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is +** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is ** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ @@ -67086,7 +67311,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ } /* -** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is +** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is ** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ @@ -67118,9 +67343,9 @@ static void setDefaultSyncFlag(BtShared *pBt, u8 safety_level){ Db *pDb; if( (db=pBt->db)!=0 && (pDb=db->aDb)!=0 ){ while( pDb->pBt==0 || pDb->pBt->pBt!=pBt ){ pDb++; } - if( pDb->bSyncSet==0 - && pDb->safety_level!=safety_level - && pDb!=&db->aDb[1] + if( pDb->bSyncSet==0 + && pDb->safety_level!=safety_level + && pDb!=&db->aDb[1] ){ pDb->safety_level = safety_level; sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, @@ -67143,7 +67368,7 @@ static int newDatabase(BtShared*); ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a ** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM -** is returned if we run out of memory. +** is returned if we run out of memory. */ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ @@ -67160,7 +67385,7 @@ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is - ** a valid database file. + ** a valid database file. */ nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, (int*)&nPageFile); @@ -67198,7 +67423,7 @@ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ } /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed - ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then + ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1. ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer @@ -67239,8 +67464,8 @@ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25008-21688 The size of a page is a power of two ** between 512 and 65536 inclusive. */ if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 - || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || pageSize<=256 + || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || pageSize<=256 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } @@ -67248,7 +67473,7 @@ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59310-51205 The "reserved space" size in the 1-byte ** integer at offset 20 is the number of bytes of space at the end of - ** each page to reserve for extensions. + ** each page to reserve for extensions. ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20 @@ -67338,7 +67563,7 @@ static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){ int r = 0; for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0) - && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; + && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; } return r; } @@ -67347,7 +67572,7 @@ static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){ /* ** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle ** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then -** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which +** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which ** has the effect of releasing the read lock. ** ** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. @@ -67431,8 +67656,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){ ** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the ** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. ** -** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any -** changes to the database. None of the following routines +** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any +** changes to the database. None of the following routines ** will work unless a transaction is started first: ** ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() @@ -67446,7 +67671,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){ ** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention ** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler ** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not -** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is +** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is ** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. ** ** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has @@ -67459,6 +67684,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVersion){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); @@ -67473,8 +67699,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers } assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 ); - if( (p->db->flags & SQLITE_ResetDatabase) - && sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager)==0 + if( (p->db->flags & SQLITE_ResetDatabase) + && sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pPager)==0 ){ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_READ_ONLY; } @@ -67488,7 +67714,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE { sqlite3 *pBlock = 0; - /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction + /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. */ @@ -67513,8 +67739,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers } #endif - /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on - ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock + /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on + ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; @@ -67522,10 +67748,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; do { + sqlite3PagerWalDb(pPager, p->db); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT + /* If transitioning from no transaction directly to a write transaction, + ** block for the WRITER lock first if possible. */ + if( pBt->pPage1==0 && wrflag ){ + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE ); + rc = sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(pPager, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } +#endif + /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after - ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database + ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. */ @@ -67535,7 +67773,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db)); + rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPager, wrflag>1, sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db)); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = newDatabase(pBt); }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE ){ @@ -67546,13 +67784,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers } } } - + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + (void)sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(pPager, 0); unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); } }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); - sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pBt->pPager); + sqlite3PagerWalDb(pPager, 0); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT ) rc = SQLITE_BUSY; +#endif if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ @@ -67581,7 +67823,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing - ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely + ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction ** rollback occurs within the transaction. */ @@ -67604,7 +67846,7 @@ trans_begun: ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. */ - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); } } @@ -67656,7 +67898,7 @@ static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ ** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to ** be modified, as follows: ** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child +** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child ** page of pPage. ** ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow @@ -67704,9 +67946,9 @@ static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ } } } - + if( i==nCell ){ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || + if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } @@ -67718,11 +67960,11 @@ static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ /* -** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the +** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the ** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. ** ** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that -** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno +** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that ** page. */ @@ -67739,14 +67981,14 @@ static int relocatePage( Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; int rc; - assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || + assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); if( iDbPage<3 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ - TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", + TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -67805,19 +68047,19 @@ static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); /* ** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return -** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in -** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error +** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in +** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error ** occurs, return some other error code. ** -** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so +** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so ** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use. ** ** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain ** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE. ** -** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the -** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE -** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit +** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the +** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE +** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit ** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum. */ static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ @@ -67848,7 +68090,7 @@ static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ if( bCommit==0 ){ /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be - ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't + ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. */ Pgno iFreePg; @@ -67892,7 +68134,7 @@ static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ releasePage(pFreePg); }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin ); assert( iFreePg<iLastPg ); - + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, bCommit); releasePage(pLastPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -67913,7 +68155,7 @@ static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ /* ** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database -** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected +** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected ** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation. */ static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){ @@ -67940,7 +68182,7 @@ static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){ ** ** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, ** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred, -** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. +** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ int rc; @@ -67980,7 +68222,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ ** is committed for an auto-vacuum database. ** ** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages -** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. +** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. ** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc ** pages are in use. */ @@ -68054,7 +68296,7 @@ static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ ** ** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to ** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the -** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file +** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file ** (single database transaction). ** ** When this is called, the master journal should already have been @@ -68105,8 +68347,8 @@ static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; }else{ - /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the - ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count + /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the + ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() ** call below will unlock the pager. */ if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ @@ -68117,7 +68359,7 @@ static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ } } - /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the + /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */ p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); @@ -68138,12 +68380,12 @@ static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ ** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and ** drop locks. ** -** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to +** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to ** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and ** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument -** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file -** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed -** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this +** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file +** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed +** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this ** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer, ** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write ** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have @@ -68158,7 +68400,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); btreeIntegrity(p); - /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees + /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. */ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ @@ -68207,15 +68449,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ ** ** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly ** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only -** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue -** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are +** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue +** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are ** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being ** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root ** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making ** it unsafe for read cursors to continue. ** -** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while -** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors, +** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while +** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors, ** including all read-cursors are tripped. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while @@ -68321,8 +68563,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode, int writeOnly){ /* ** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled -** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction -** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically +** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction +** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically ** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. ** ** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements @@ -68359,11 +68601,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ /* ** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the -** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value +** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value ** of op. ** ** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is -** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the ** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different ** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the ** transaction remains open. @@ -68388,7 +68630,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ rc = newDatabase(pBt); btreeSetNPage(pBt, pBt->pPage1); - /* pBt->nPage might be zero if the database was corrupt when + /* pBt->nPage might be zero if the database was corrupt when ** the transaction was started. Otherwise, it must be at least 1. */ assert( CORRUPT_DB || pBt->nPage>0 ); } @@ -68426,10 +68668,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ ** is set. If FORDELETE is set, that is a hint to the implementation that ** this cursor will only be used to seek to and delete entries of an index ** as part of a larger DELETE statement. The FORDELETE hint is not used by -** this implementation. But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine +** this implementation. But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine ** in which index entries are automatically deleted when corresponding table ** rows are deleted, the FORDELETE flag is a hint that all SEEK and DELETE -** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can +** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can ** return a null row (2-bytes: 0x01 0x00). ** ** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the @@ -68450,14 +68692,14 @@ static int btreeCursor( BtCursor *pX; /* Looping over other all cursors */ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( wrFlag==0 - || wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR - || wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) + assert( wrFlag==0 + || wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR + || wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) ); - /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable - ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, - ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with + /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable + ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, + ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with ** this lock. The iTable<1 term disables the check for corrupt schemas. */ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, (wrFlag?2:1)) || iTable<1 ); @@ -68714,15 +68956,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeMaxRecordSize(BtCursor *pCur){ /* ** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter -** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the +** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the ** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum -** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. +** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. ** ** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: ** -** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is -** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked -** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. +** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is +** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked +** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. ** ** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding ** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that @@ -68746,9 +68988,9 @@ static int getOverflowPage( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the - ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in - ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns - ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page + ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in + ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns + ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. */ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ @@ -68836,8 +69078,8 @@ static int copyPayload( ** ** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages ** this function may allocate space for and lazily populate -** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). -** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset +** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). +** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset ** more efficient. ** ** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it must be @@ -68853,7 +69095,7 @@ static int accessPayload( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ - unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ + unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ ){ unsigned char *aPayload; @@ -68976,12 +69218,12 @@ static int accessPayload( #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ /* If all the following are true: ** - ** 1) this is a read operation, and + ** 1) this is a read operation, and ** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and ** 3) there are no dirty pages in the page-cache ** 4) the database is file-backed, and ** 5) the page is not in the WAL file - ** 6) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer + ** 6) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer ** ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds @@ -69089,7 +69331,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 am #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /* -** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the +** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the ** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of ** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for ** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available @@ -69181,7 +69423,7 @@ static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function +** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function ** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th ** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of ** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of @@ -69198,7 +69440,7 @@ static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ } } #else -# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) +# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) #endif /* @@ -69216,8 +69458,8 @@ static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); assert( pCur->pPage ); assertParentIndex( - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], + pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], pCur->pPage->pgno ); testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell ); @@ -69234,19 +69476,19 @@ static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ ** ** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point ** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a -** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a +** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a ** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. ** -** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to +** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to ** CURSOR_INVALID and this routine returns SQLITE_EMPTY. Otherwise, ** the cursor is set to point to the first cell located on the root ** (or virtual root) page and the cursor state is set to CURSOR_VALID. ** ** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the -** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected +** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected ** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not ** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, -** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo +** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo ** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index ** b-tree). */ @@ -69297,19 +69539,19 @@ static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, - ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. + ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. ** ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e. - ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted - ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table + ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted + ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table ** (or the freelist). */ assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 ); if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pCur->pPage); } -skip_init: +skip_init: pCur->ix = 0; pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); @@ -69409,14 +69651,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ int rc; - + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point + /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ int ii; for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){ @@ -69447,10 +69689,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ return rc; } -/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key +/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key ** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. ** -** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey +** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey ** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey ** is ignored. ** @@ -69460,7 +69702,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ ** before or after the key. ** ** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of -** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is +** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is ** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into ** *pRes is as follows: ** @@ -69475,7 +69717,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ ** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. ** ** For index tables, the pIdxKey->eqSeen field is set to 1 if there -** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey. +** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ @@ -69531,8 +69773,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( if( pIdxKey ){ xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey); pIdxKey->errCode = 0; - assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 - || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 + assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 + || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1 ); }else{ @@ -69616,9 +69858,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte - ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing - ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is - ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first + ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing + ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is + ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first ** 2 bytes of the cell. */ nCell = pCell[0]; @@ -69628,10 +69870,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( ** b-tree page. */ testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd ); c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey); - }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) + }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal ){ - /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record + /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd ); c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey); @@ -69639,10 +69881,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the - ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. + ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. ** ** If the record is corrupt, the xRecordCompare routine may read - ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18 + ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18 ** bytes of padding is allocated at the end of the buffer in ** case this happens. */ void *pCellKey; @@ -69674,7 +69916,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey); sqlite3_free(pCellKey); } - assert( + assert( (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0) && (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed) ); @@ -69738,7 +69980,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ /* ** Return an estimate for the number of rows in the table that pCur is -** pointing to. Return a negative number if no estimate is currently +** pointing to. Return a negative number if no estimate is currently ** available. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor *pCur){ @@ -69762,7 +70004,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor *pCur){ } /* -** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. +** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. ** Return value: ** ** SQLITE_OK success @@ -69815,7 +70057,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } - /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx + /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the @@ -69967,7 +70209,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int flags){ ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates ** an error. *ppPage is set to NULL in the event of an error. ** -** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to +** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to ** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an ** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, ** which in turn can make database access faster. @@ -70009,7 +70251,7 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( Pgno iTrunk; u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ u32 nSearch = 0; /* Count of the number of search attempts */ - + /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. @@ -70072,8 +70314,8 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( ** is the number of leaf page pointers to follow. */ k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); if( k==0 && !searchList ){ - /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. - ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly + /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. + ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly ** allocated page */ assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); @@ -70090,8 +70332,8 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iTrunk); goto end_allocate_page; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - }else if( searchList - && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) + }else if( searchList + && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) ){ /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. @@ -70114,13 +70356,13 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); } }else{ - /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains + /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk ** page in this case. */ MemPage *pNewTrunk; Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); - if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ + if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iTrunk); goto end_allocate_page; } @@ -70190,8 +70432,8 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( goto end_allocate_page; } testcase( iPage==mxPage ); - if( !searchList - || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) + if( !searchList + || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) ){ int noContent; *pPgno = iPage; @@ -70232,7 +70474,7 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal ** the current page content before overwriting it. ** - ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal + ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the @@ -70289,12 +70531,12 @@ end_allocate_page: } /* -** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. +** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. ** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. ** ** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. -** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object -** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. +** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object +** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. ** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. ** ** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, @@ -70302,7 +70544,7 @@ end_allocate_page: */ static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ - Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ + Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ int rc; /* Return Code */ @@ -70406,7 +70648,7 @@ static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. - ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the + ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. */ @@ -70467,15 +70709,15 @@ static int clearCell( assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; nOvfl = (pInfo->nPayload - pInfo->nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; - assert( nOvfl>0 || + assert( nOvfl>0 || (CORRUPT_DB && (pInfo->nPayload + ovflPageSize)<ovflPageSize) ); while( nOvfl-- ){ Pgno iNext = 0; MemPage *pOvfl = 0; if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an - ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the + /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an + ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the ** file the database must be corrupt. */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } @@ -70487,11 +70729,11 @@ static int clearCell( if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 ){ - /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference + /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. - ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it - ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. - ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as + ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it + ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. + ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this @@ -70562,7 +70804,7 @@ static int fillInCell( pSrc = pX->pKey; nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload); } - + /* Fill in the payload */ pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ @@ -70653,8 +70895,8 @@ static int fillInCell( if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ do{ pgnoOvfl++; - } while( - PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) + } while( + PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); } #endif @@ -70662,9 +70904,9 @@ static int fillInCell( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map - ** for that page now. + ** for that page now. ** - ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry + ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the @@ -70763,8 +71005,8 @@ static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ ** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if ** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry ** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either -** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. -** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that +** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. +** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that ** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. ** ** *pRC must be SQLITE_OK when this routine is called. @@ -70989,16 +71231,16 @@ static u16 cachedCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){ } /* -** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The +** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The ** szCell[] array contains the size in bytes of each cell. This function ** replaces the current contents of page pPg with the contents of the cell ** array. ** ** Some of the cells in apCell[] may currently be stored in pPg. This -** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any +** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any ** such cells before overwriting the page data. ** -** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the +** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly. */ static int rebuildPage( @@ -71081,7 +71323,7 @@ static int rebuildPage( ** cell in the array. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure ** that it is safe to overwrite this part of the cell-pointer array. ** -** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the +** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the ** content area on page pPg. If the size of the content area is extended, ** *ppData is updated to point to the new start of the content area ** before returning. @@ -71240,7 +71482,7 @@ static int editPage( assert( nCell>=0 ); if( iOld<iNew ){ int nShift = pageFreeArray(pPg, iOld, iNew-iOld, pCArray); - if( nShift>nCell ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + if( NEVER(nShift>nCell) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; memmove(pPg->aCellIdx, &pPg->aCellIdx[nShift*2], nCell*2); nCell -= nShift; } @@ -71351,12 +71593,12 @@ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); - + if( pPage->nCell==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* dbfuzz001.test */ assert( pPage->nFree>=0 ); assert( pParent->nFree>=0 ); - /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of + /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. */ @@ -71387,7 +71629,7 @@ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ pNew->nFree = pBt->usableSize - pNew->cellOffset - 2 - szCell; /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map - ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the + ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. @@ -71401,14 +71643,14 @@ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pNew, pCell, &rc); } } - + /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the ** largest key on pPage). ** - ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most - ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the + ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most + ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length @@ -71429,7 +71671,7 @@ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); - + /* Release the reference to the new page. */ releasePage(pNew); } @@ -71441,7 +71683,7 @@ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ #if 0 /* ** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. -** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible +** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible ** for setting pointer-map entries. */ static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ @@ -71456,7 +71698,7 @@ static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){ CellInfo info; u8 *z; - + z = findCell(pPage, j); pPage->xParseCell(pPage, z, &info); if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload ){ @@ -71481,7 +71723,7 @@ static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ #endif /* -** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored +** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored ** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then ** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the ** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained @@ -71489,11 +71731,11 @@ static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ ** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. ** ** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the -** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. +** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. ** ** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). ** -** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by +** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by ** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of ** which are called often under normal circumstances. */ @@ -71506,20 +71748,20 @@ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); int rc; int iData; - - + + assert( pFrom->isInit ); assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize ); - + /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); - + /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under - ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized + ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized ** page pFrom. */ pTo->isInit = 0; @@ -71529,7 +71771,7 @@ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ *pRC = rc; return; } - + /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. */ @@ -71544,13 +71786,13 @@ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ ** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the ** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the ** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one -** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page +** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page ** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page ** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings ** participate in the balancing. ** -** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by -** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. +** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by +** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. ** ** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page ** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen @@ -71561,7 +71803,7 @@ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ ** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so ** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this ** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct -** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). +** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). ** ** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database ** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should @@ -71576,7 +71818,7 @@ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ ** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large ** enough for all overflow cells. ** -** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns +** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns ** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ static int balance_nonroot( @@ -71623,7 +71865,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if - ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with + ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete(). */ @@ -71635,11 +71877,11 @@ static int balance_nonroot( } assert( pParent->nFree>=0 ); - /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent - ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on - ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, + /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent + ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on + ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent - ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. + ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. ** ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any @@ -71651,7 +71893,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( nxDiv = 0; }else{ assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 ); - if( iParentIdx==0 ){ + if( iParentIdx==0 ){ nxDiv = 0; }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ nxDiv = i-2+bBulk; @@ -71697,7 +71939,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use - ** later on. + ** later on. ** ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode, ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. @@ -71863,7 +72105,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all b.nCell cells. ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index - ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. + ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. ** cntNew[k] should equal b.nCell. ** ** Values computed by this block: @@ -71873,7 +72115,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( ** cntNew[i]: Index in b.apCell[] and b.szCell[] for the first cell to ** the right of the i-th sibling page. ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. - ** + ** */ usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; for(i=k=0; i<nOld; i++, k++){ @@ -72027,15 +72269,15 @@ static int balance_nonroot( } /* - ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order. + ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order. ** This helps to keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan - ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn + ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn ** helps the operating system to deliver pages from the disk more rapidly. ** - ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more + ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more ** than (NB+2) (a small constant), that should not be a problem. ** - ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster + ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster ** for large insertions and deletions. */ for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ @@ -72044,7 +72286,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( for(j=0; j<i; j++){ if( aPgno[j]==aPgno[i] ){ /* This branch is taken if the set of sibling pages somehow contains - ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt. + ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt. ** It would be simpler to detect this as part of the loop below, but ** we do the detection here in order to avoid populating the pager ** cache with two separate objects associated with the same @@ -72090,14 +72332,14 @@ static int balance_nonroot( put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); /* If the sibling pages are not leaves, ensure that the right-child pointer - ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was + ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was ** originally in the same field of the right-most old sibling page. */ if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 && nOld!=nNew ){ MemPage *pOld = (nNew>nOld ? apNew : apOld)[nOld-1]; memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &pOld->aData[8], 4); } - /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with + /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with ** cells stored on sibling pages following the balance operation. Pointer ** map entries associated with divider cells are set by the insertCell() ** routine. The associated pointer map entries are: @@ -72108,9 +72350,9 @@ static int balance_nonroot( ** b) if the sibling pages are not leaves, the child page associated ** with the cell. ** - ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry - ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be - ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been + ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry + ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be + ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been ** populated, not here. */ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ @@ -72135,7 +72377,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( } /* Cell pCell is destined for new sibling page pNew. Originally, it - ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell), + ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell), ** or else the divider cell to the left of sibling page iOld. So, ** if sibling page iOld had the same page number as pNew, and if ** pCell really was a part of sibling page iOld (not a divider or @@ -72171,9 +72413,9 @@ static int balance_nonroot( if( !pNew->leaf ){ memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); }else if( leafData ){ - /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, - ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider - ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of + /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, + ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider + ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of ** the sibling-page assembled above only. */ CellInfo info; @@ -72186,9 +72428,9 @@ static int balance_nonroot( pCell -= 4; /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 - ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this + ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of - ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to + ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. ** ** This can only happen for b-trees used to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" @@ -72280,8 +72522,8 @@ static int balance_nonroot( ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. ** - ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() - ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages + ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() + ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. ** ** It is critical that the child page be defragmented before being @@ -72292,7 +72534,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( assert( nNew==1 || CORRUPT_DB ); rc = defragmentPage(apNew[0], -1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - assert( apNew[0]->nFree == + assert( apNew[0]->nFree == (get2byteNotZero(&apNew[0]->aData[5]) - apNew[0]->cellOffset - apNew[0]->nCell*2) || rc!=SQLITE_OK @@ -72322,7 +72564,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( #if 0 if( ISAUTOVACUUM && rc==SQLITE_OK && apNew[0]->isInit ){ /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that - ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while + ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); @@ -72352,15 +72594,15 @@ balance_cleanup: ** ** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root ** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root -** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child +** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child ** pointer pointing to the new page. ** -** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages +** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages ** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The ** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root ** page is also updated. ** -** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child +** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child ** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required ** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs, ** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0. @@ -72374,7 +72616,7 @@ static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){ assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new + /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. */ @@ -72439,7 +72681,7 @@ static int anotherValidCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ /* ** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in ** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the -** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing +** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing ** routine. Balancing routines are: ** ** balance_quick() @@ -72468,7 +72710,7 @@ static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. - */ + */ assert( balance_deeper_called==0 ); VVA_ONLY( balance_deeper_called++ ); rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); @@ -72502,17 +72744,17 @@ static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this - ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent + ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] - ** buffer. + ** buffer. ** ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. */ - assert( balance_quick_called==0 ); + assert( balance_quick_called==0 ); VVA_ONLY( balance_quick_called++ ); rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); }else @@ -72523,15 +72765,15 @@ static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop ** will balance the parent page to correct this. - ** + ** ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells - ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. + ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a - ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() + ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by - ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been + ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). */ @@ -72539,9 +72781,9 @@ static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1, pCur->hints&BTREE_BULKLOAD); if( pFree ){ - /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used + /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are - ** now stored either on real database pages or within the + ** now stored either on real database pages or within the ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ sqlite3PageFree(pFree); } @@ -72660,7 +72902,7 @@ static int btreeOverwriteCell(BtCursor *pCur, const BtreePayload *pX){ if( rc ) return rc; iOffset += ovflPageSize; }while( iOffset<nTotal ); - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -72676,7 +72918,7 @@ static int btreeOverwriteCell(BtCursor *pCur, const BtreePayload *pX){ ** hold the content of the row. ** ** For an index btree (used for indexes and WITHOUT ROWID tables), the -** key is an arbitrary byte sequence stored in pX.pKey,nKey. The +** key is an arbitrary byte sequence stored in pX.pKey,nKey. The ** pX.pData,nData,nZero fields must be zero. ** ** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to @@ -72734,8 +72976,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( ** ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer - ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the - ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the + ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the + ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important @@ -72748,11 +72990,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ assert( pX->pKey==0 ); - /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob + /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob ** cursors open on the row being replaced */ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pX->nKey, 0); - /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing + /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing ** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -72789,7 +73031,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( }else{ /* This is an index or a WITHOUT ROWID table */ - /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing + /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing ** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted. */ assert( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 || loc==0 ); @@ -72833,7 +73075,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( } } - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) || CORRUPT_DB ); @@ -72870,14 +73112,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell, &info); testcase( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl ); invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - if( info.nSize==szNew && info.nLocal==info.nPayload + if( info.nSize==szNew && info.nLocal==info.nPayload && (!ISAUTOVACUUM || szNew<pPage->minLocal) ){ /* Overwrite the old cell with the new if they are the same size. ** We could also try to do this if the old cell is smaller, then add ** the leftover space to the free list. But experiments show that ** doing that is no faster then skipping this optimization and just - ** calling dropCell() and insertCell(). + ** calling dropCell() and insertCell(). ** ** This optimization cannot be used on an autovacuum database if the ** new entry uses overflow pages, as the insertCell() call below is @@ -72905,7 +73147,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); - /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() + /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey ** variables. @@ -72932,7 +73174,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( rc = balance(pCur); /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() - ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. + ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ pCur->pPage->nOverflow = 0; @@ -72959,7 +73201,7 @@ end_insert: } /* -** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. +** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. ** ** If the BTREE_SAVEPOSITION bit of the flags parameter is zero, then ** the cursor is left pointing at an arbitrary location after the delete. @@ -72977,12 +73219,12 @@ end_insert: */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){ Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int rc; /* Return code */ MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ - int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ + int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ CellInfo info; /* Size of the cell being deleted */ int bSkipnext = 0; /* Leaf cursor in SKIPNEXT state */ u8 bPreserve = flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION; /* Keep cursor valid */ @@ -73009,14 +73251,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){ /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the cursor position must ** be preserved following this delete operation. If the current delete ** will cause a b-tree rebalance, then this is done by saving the cursor - ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before - ** returning. + ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before + ** returning. ** ** Or, if the current delete will not cause a rebalance, then the cursor ** will be left in CURSOR_SKIPNEXT state pointing to the entry immediately ** before or after the deleted entry. In this case set bSkipnext to true. */ if( bPreserve ){ - if( !pPage->leaf + if( !pPage->leaf || (pPage->nFree+cellSizePtr(pPage,pCell)+2)>(int)(pBt->usableSize*2/3) || pPage->nCell==1 /* See dbfuzz001.test for a test case */ ){ @@ -73111,7 +73353,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){ ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, - ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as + ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as ** well. */ rc = balance(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ @@ -73265,7 +73507,7 @@ static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ } }else{ pRoot = pPageMove; - } + } /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); @@ -73418,12 +73660,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ ** cursors on the table. ** ** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last -** root page in the database file, then the last root page +** root page in the database file, then the last root page ** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by ** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page ** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all ** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which -** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the +** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the ** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before ** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. ** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of @@ -73461,7 +73703,7 @@ static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page - ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. + ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. */ freePage(pPage, &rc); releasePage(pPage); @@ -73470,7 +73712,7 @@ static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ } }else{ /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page - ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the + ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the ** gap left by the deleted root-page. */ MemPage *pMove; @@ -73512,7 +73754,7 @@ static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ releasePage(pPage); } #endif - return rc; + return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ int rc; @@ -73531,7 +73773,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ ** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] ** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] ** is read-only, the others are read/write. -** +** ** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema ** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of ** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. @@ -73597,12 +73839,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ return rc; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT /* ** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the ** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. ** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database ** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. */ @@ -73617,13 +73858,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ } /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each - ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). + ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). */ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ){ int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ - /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then + /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter ** accordingly. */ @@ -73632,7 +73873,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ nEntry += pPage->nCell; } - /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it + /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell @@ -73656,7 +73897,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ pPage = pCur->pPage; } - /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently + /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). */ iIdx = pCur->ix; @@ -73670,7 +73911,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ return rc; } -#endif /* ** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for @@ -73745,14 +73985,14 @@ static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); return 1; } - if( pCheck->db->u1.isInterrupted ) return 1; + if( AtomicLoad(&pCheck->db->u1.isInterrupted) ) return 1; setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage); return 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to +** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to ** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message ** to pCheck. */ @@ -73775,7 +74015,7 @@ static void checkPtrmap( if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, - "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", + "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); } } @@ -73870,7 +74110,7 @@ static void checkList( ** property. ** ** This heap is used for cell overlap and coverage testing. Each u32 -** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page. +** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page. ** The upper 16 bits are the index of the first byte of a range and the ** lower 16 bits are the index of the last byte of that range. */ @@ -73900,7 +74140,7 @@ static int btreeHeapPull(u32 *aHeap, u32 *pOut){ aHeap[j] = x; i = j; } - return 1; + return 1; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK @@ -73908,7 +74148,7 @@ static int btreeHeapPull(u32 *aHeap, u32 *pOut){ ** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return ** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages ** return 1, and so forth. -** +** ** These checks are done: ** ** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap @@ -74106,7 +74346,7 @@ static int checkTreePage( ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-20690-50594 The second field of the b-tree page header ** is the offset of the first freeblock, or zero if there are no - ** freeblocks on the page. + ** freeblocks on the page. */ i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); while( i>0 ){ @@ -74126,13 +74366,13 @@ static int checkTreePage( assert( (u32)j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeComputeFreeSpace() */ i = j; } - /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or + /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or ** freeblocks, and counting the number of untracked bytes in nFrag. - ** + ** ** Each min-heap entry is of the form: (start_address<<16)|end_address. ** There is an implied first entry the covers the page header, the cell ** pointer index, and the gap between the cell pointer index and the start - ** of cell content. + ** of cell content. ** ** The loop below pulls entries from the min-heap in order and compares ** the start_address against the previous end_address. If there is an @@ -74291,11 +74531,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain ** references to pointer-map pages. */ - if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && + if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i); } - if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && + if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); } @@ -74357,7 +74597,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ /* ** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument. ** -** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open +** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open ** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to. ** ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. @@ -74396,20 +74636,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ /* ** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with ** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own -** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with +** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with ** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. ** ** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory -** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent +** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent ** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob -** of memory returned. +** of memory returned. ** ** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been ** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been ** allocated, it is returned as normal. ** -** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the -** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the +** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the +** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the ** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free() ** on the memory, the btree layer does that. */ @@ -74425,8 +74665,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void } /* -** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared -** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the +** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared +** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the ** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ @@ -74467,11 +74707,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* -** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an -** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. +** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an +** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. ** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. ** -** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to +** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to ** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with ** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, ** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. @@ -74502,7 +74742,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - /* Check some assumptions: + /* Check some assumptions: ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), @@ -74521,7 +74761,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); } -/* +/* ** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ @@ -74531,14 +74771,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ #endif /* -** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and +** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and ** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database ** header to iVersion. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){ BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; int rc; /* Return code */ - + assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 ); /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the @@ -74596,7 +74836,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){ /* ** Return the number of connections to the BtShared object accessed by -** the Btree handle passed as the only argument. For private caches +** the Btree handle passed as the only argument. For private caches ** this is always 1. For shared caches it may be 1 or greater. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree *p){ @@ -74618,7 +74858,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree *p){ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() ** API functions and the related features. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ @@ -74655,15 +74895,15 @@ struct sqlite3_backup { ** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup ** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points: ** -** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and +** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and ** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database -** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared +** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared ** structure, in that order. ** ** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are ** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in ** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex -** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always +** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always ** be held when either of these functions are invoked. ** ** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and @@ -74684,8 +74924,8 @@ struct sqlite3_backup { ** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return ** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb. ** -** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this -** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an +** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this +** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an ** error message to pErrorDb. */ static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ @@ -74721,14 +74961,14 @@ static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ */ static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){ int rc; - rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0); + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),0,0); return rc; } /* ** Check that there is no open read-transaction on the b-tree passed as the ** second argument. If there is not, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if there -** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error +** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error ** message in database handle db. */ static int checkReadTransaction(sqlite3 *db, Btree *p){ @@ -74798,13 +75038,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( p->iNext = 1; p->isAttached = 0; - if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest - || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK + if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest + || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM ** error was hit. Or there is a transaction open on the destination - ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb - ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup + ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb + ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup ** structure. */ sqlite3_free(p); p = 0; @@ -74820,7 +75060,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( } /* -** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is +** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is ** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors ** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED. */ @@ -74829,8 +75069,8 @@ static int isFatalError(int rc){ } /* -** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for -** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the +** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for +** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the ** destination database. */ static int backupOnePage( @@ -74844,13 +75084,6 @@ static int backupOnePage( int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz); const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz; -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is - ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle - ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner. */ - int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc); - int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(p->pDest); -#endif int rc = SQLITE_OK; i64 iOff; @@ -74861,33 +75094,13 @@ static int backupOnePage( assert( zSrcData ); /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the - ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. + ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. */ if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing - ** and a codec is in use. - */ - if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - } - - /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ - ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to - ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible, - ** then the backup cannot proceed. - */ - if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){ - u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz; - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=(u32)nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - } -#endif - - /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source + /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset ** of the destination page. */ @@ -74906,7 +75119,7 @@ static int backupOnePage( ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers - ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked + ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. */ memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); @@ -74926,7 +75139,7 @@ static int backupOnePage( ** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then ** this function is a no-op. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error ** code if an error occurs. */ static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){ @@ -75008,7 +75221,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2, - (int*)&p->iDestSchema)) + (int*)&p->iDestSchema)) ){ p->bDestLocked = 1; } @@ -75021,7 +75234,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } - + /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the ** source pager for the number of pages in the database. */ @@ -75048,7 +75261,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ attachBackupObject(p); } } - + /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in ** the case where the source and destination databases have the @@ -75074,12 +75287,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ int nDestTruncate; /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination ** database. The complication here is that the destination page - ** size may be different to the source page size. + ** size may be different to the source page size. ** - ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, + ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call - ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the + ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed ** by the file truncation. @@ -75103,7 +75316,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ ** ** * The destination may need to be truncated, and ** - ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the + ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the ** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be ** copied into the destination database. */ @@ -75115,7 +75328,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ i64 iEnd; assert( pFile ); - assert( nDestTruncate==0 + assert( nDestTruncate==0 || (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || ( nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1) && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest @@ -75125,7 +75338,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure - ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the + ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the ** journal file. */ sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage); for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){ @@ -75145,8 +75358,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */ iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize); for( - iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; - rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; + iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; + rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=pgszSrc ){ PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0; @@ -75170,7 +75383,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate); rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0); } - + /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0)) @@ -75179,7 +75392,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ } } } - + /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as @@ -75191,7 +75404,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0); assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); } - + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } @@ -75273,7 +75486,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){ } /* -** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most +** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most ** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ @@ -75288,7 +75501,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ /* ** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the -** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been +** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been ** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the ** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs ** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is @@ -75331,7 +75544,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, con ** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer ** detects that the database has been modified by an external database ** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the -** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still +** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still ** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. ** ** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object @@ -75351,8 +75564,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){ ** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction ** must be active for both files. ** -** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything -** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the +** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything +** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the ** transaction is committed before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ @@ -75382,15 +75595,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ b.pDest = pTo; b.iNext = 1; -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo), sqlite3BtreePager(pFrom)); -#endif - /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to - ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes + ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement - ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE + ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE ** or an error code. */ sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF); assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK ); @@ -75445,7 +75654,7 @@ copy_finished: ** this: assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) ); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){ - /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0. + /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0. ** Mem.xDel might not be initialized if MEM_Dyn is clear. */ assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 ); @@ -75500,7 +75709,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){ ** (4) A static string or blob */ if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->n>0 ){ - assert( + assert( ((p->szMalloc>0 && p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) + ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + @@ -75868,7 +76077,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){ ** This routine calls the xValue method for that function and stores ** the results in memory cell pMem. ** -** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if xValue() reports an error. SQLITE_OK +** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if xValue() reports an error. SQLITE_OK ** otherwise. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC @@ -76041,7 +76250,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ /* ** Return 1 if pMem represents true, and return 0 if pMem represents false. -** Return the value ifNull if pMem is NULL. +** Return the value ifNull if pMem is NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(Mem *pMem, int ifNull){ testcase( pMem->flags & MEM_IntReal ); @@ -76232,7 +76441,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); } /* @@ -76353,7 +76562,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){ } return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; } - return 0; + return 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -76375,7 +76584,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("Invalidate R[%d] due to change in R[%d]\n", (int)(pX - pVdbe->aMem), (int)(pMem - pVdbe->aMem)); } - /* If pX is marked as a shallow copy of pMem, then verify that + /* If pX is marked as a shallow copy of pMem, then try to verify that ** no significant changes have been made to pX since the OP_SCopy. ** A significant change would indicated a missed call to this ** function for pX. Minor changes, such as adding or removing a @@ -76383,12 +76592,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){ ** same. */ mFlags = pMem->flags & pX->flags & pX->mScopyFlags; assert( (mFlags&(MEM_Int|MEM_IntReal))==0 || pMem->u.i==pX->u.i ); - /* assert( (mFlags&MEM_Real)==0 || pMem->u.r==pX->u.r ); */ - /* ^^ */ - /* Cannot reliably compare doubles for equality */ - assert( (mFlags&MEM_Str)==0 || (pMem->n==pX->n && pMem->z==pX->z) ); - assert( (mFlags&MEM_Blob)==0 || sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem,pX)==0 ); - + /* pMem is the register that is changing. But also mark pX as ** undefined so that we can quickly detect the shallow-copy error */ pX->flags = MEM_Undefined; @@ -76464,8 +76668,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){ ** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB. ** ** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel -** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the -** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the +** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the +** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the ** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the ** pointer copied. ** @@ -76583,7 +76787,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr( ** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable ** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state. */ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemFromBtreeResize( +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ @@ -76606,31 +76810,28 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemFromBtreeResize( } return rc; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree( +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ - u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ ){ - char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */ u32 available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ); - /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() + /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */ assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); - zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(pCur, &available); - assert( zData!=0 ); + pMem->z = (char *)sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(pCur, &available); + assert( pMem->z!=0 ); - if( offset+amt<=available ){ - pMem->z = &zData[offset]; + if( amt<=available ){ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; pMem->n = (int)amt; }else{ - rc = vdbeMemFromBtreeResize(pCur, offset, amt, pMem); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, amt, pMem); } return rc; @@ -76712,7 +76913,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){ } /* -** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to +** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to ** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details. */ struct ValueNewStat4Ctx { @@ -76727,9 +76928,9 @@ struct ValueNewStat4Ctx { ** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated ** by calling sqlite3ValueNew(). ** -** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is +** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is ** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not -** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that +** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that ** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer to ** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array. */ @@ -76743,7 +76944,7 @@ static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){ int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ int i; /* Counter variable */ int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; /* Number of index columns including rowid */ - + nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)); pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); if( pRec ){ @@ -76764,7 +76965,7 @@ static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){ if( pRec==0 ) return 0; p->ppRec[0] = pRec; } - + pRec->nField = p->iVal+1; return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal]; } @@ -76783,11 +76984,11 @@ static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){ ** * the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL function flag is not set, ** ** then this routine attempts to invoke the SQL function. Assuming no -** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value +** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value ** object containing the result before returning SQLITE_OK. ** ** Affinity aff is applied to the result of the function before returning. -** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding +** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding ** enc. ** ** If the conditions above are not met, this function returns SQLITE_OK @@ -76818,7 +77019,7 @@ static int valueFromFunction( if( pList ) nVal = pList->nExpr; pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, p->u.zToken, nVal, enc, 0); assert( pFunc ); - if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0 + if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0 || (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) ){ return SQLITE_OK; @@ -76966,7 +77167,7 @@ static int valueFromExpr( } }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) { /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */ - if( SQLITE_OK==valueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal,pCtx) + if( SQLITE_OK==valueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal,pCtx) && pVal!=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal); @@ -77115,8 +77316,8 @@ static int stat4ValueFromExpr( } /* -** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord -** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored +** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord +** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored ** in the sqlite_stat4 table. ** ** A single call to this function populates zero or more fields of the @@ -77127,14 +77328,14 @@ static int stat4ValueFromExpr( ** ** * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or ** -** * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value +** * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value ** from the expression (i.e. the expression is a literal value). ** ** Or, if pExpr is a TK_VECTOR, one field is populated for each of the ** vector components that match either of the two latter criteria listed ** above. ** -** Before any value is appended to the record, the affinity of the +** Before any value is appended to the record, the affinity of the ** corresponding column within index pIdx is applied to it. Before ** this function returns, output parameter *pnExtract is set to the ** number of values appended to the record. @@ -77185,9 +77386,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue( /* ** Attempt to extract a value from expression pExpr using the methods -** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above. +** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above. ** -** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return +** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return ** SQLITE_OK. If no value can be extracted, but no other error occurs ** (e.g. OOM), return SQLITE_OK and set *ppVal to NULL. Or, if an error ** does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final value of *ppVal @@ -77207,7 +77408,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr( ** the column value into *ppVal. If *ppVal is initially NULL then a new ** sqlite3_value object is allocated. ** -** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for +** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for ** ensuring that the value written into *ppVal is eventually freed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column( @@ -77331,7 +77532,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating -** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) +** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ @@ -77466,13 +77667,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){ } /* -** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger +** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger ** than its current size. nOp is guaranteed to be less than or equal ** to 1024/sizeof(Op). ** ** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return -** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain -** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be +** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain +** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be ** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe). */ static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){ @@ -77480,7 +77681,7 @@ static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){ Parse *p = v->pParse; /* The SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS compile-time option is designed to force - ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for + ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for ** simulated OOM faults. SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is generally used ** during testing only. With SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS grow the op array ** by the minimum* amount required until the size reaches 512. Normal @@ -77745,7 +77946,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBreakpoint(const char *z1, const char *z2){ #endif /* -** Add a new OP_ opcode. +** Add a new OP_Explain opcode. ** ** If the bPush flag is true, then make this opcode the parent for ** subsequent Explains until sqlite3VdbeExplainPop() is called. @@ -77919,19 +78120,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReusable(Vdbe *p){ /* ** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes -** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may +** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may ** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows: ** ** Op *pOp; ** VdbeOpIter sIter; ** ** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); -** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* +** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* ** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){ ** // Do something with pOp ** } ** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); -** +** */ typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter; struct VdbeOpIter { @@ -77964,7 +78165,7 @@ static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ p->iSub++; p->iAddr = 0; } - + if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); int j; @@ -77998,7 +78199,7 @@ static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ ** * OP_VCreate ** * OP_VRename ** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint) -** * OP_CreateBtree/BTREE_INTKEY and OP_InitCoroutine +** * OP_CreateBtree/BTREE_INTKEY and OP_InitCoroutine ** (for CREATE TABLE AS SELECT ...) ** ** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an @@ -78021,11 +78222,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){ int opcode = pOp->opcode; - if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename + if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename || opcode==OP_VDestroy || opcode==OP_VCreate || (opcode==OP_ParseSchema && pOp->p4.z==0) - || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) + || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) && ((pOp->p1)!=SQLITE_OK && pOp->p2==OE_Abort)) ){ hasAbort = 1; @@ -78034,7 +78235,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ if( opcode==OP_CreateBtree && pOp->p3==BTREE_INTKEY ) hasCreateTable = 1; if( mayAbort ){ /* hasCreateIndex may also be set for some DELETE statements that use - ** OP_Clear. So this routine may end up returning true in the case + ** OP_Clear. So this routine may end up returning true in the case ** where a "DELETE FROM tbl" has a statement-journal but does not ** require one. This is not so bad - it is an inefficiency, not a bug. */ if( opcode==OP_CreateBtree && pOp->p3==BTREE_BLOBKEY ) hasCreateIndex = 1; @@ -78150,7 +78351,7 @@ static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext; pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; /* The code generator never codes any of these opcodes as a jump - ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a + ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a ** known address */ assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); break; @@ -78159,7 +78360,7 @@ static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious; pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; /* The code generator never codes any of these opcodes as a jump - ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a + ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a ** known address */ assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); break; @@ -78257,12 +78458,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(Vdbe *p, int onError){ /* ** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with ** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility -** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the +** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the ** vdbeFreeOpArray() function. ** ** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned -** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and -** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the +** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and +** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the ** returned program. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){ @@ -78336,7 +78537,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeAddOpList( SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus( Vdbe *p, /* VM to add scanstatus() to */ int addrExplain, /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */ - int addrLoop, /* Address of loop counter */ + int addrLoop, /* Address of loop counter */ int addrVisit, /* Address of rows visited counter */ LogEst nEst, /* Estimated number of output rows */ const char *zName /* Name of table or index being scanned */ @@ -78386,6 +78587,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp); } +/* +** Change the P2 operand of the jump instruction at addr so that +** the jump lands on the next opcode. Or if the jump instruction was +** the previous opcode (and is thus a no-op) then simply back up +** the next instruction counter by one slot so that the jump is +** overwritten by the next inserted opcode. +** +** This routine is an optimization of sqlite3VdbeJumpHere() that +** strives to omit useless byte-code like this: +** +** 7 Once 0 8 0 +** 8 ... +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(Vdbe *p, int addr){ + if( addr==p->nOp-1 ){ + assert( p->aOp[addr].opcode==OP_Once + || p->aOp[addr].opcode==OP_If + || p->aOp[addr].opcode==OP_FkIfZero ); + assert( p->aOp[addr].p4type==0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,-1)->iSrcLine = 0; /* Erase VdbeCoverage() macros */ +#endif + p->nOp--; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp); + } +} + /* ** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If @@ -78454,8 +78683,8 @@ static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){ /* ** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the -** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain -** nOp entries. +** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain +** nOp entries. */ static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ if( aOp ){ @@ -78464,7 +78693,7 @@ static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ if( pOp->p4type <= P4_FREE_IF_LE ) freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment); -#endif +#endif } sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, aOp); } @@ -78559,7 +78788,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReleaseRegisters( ** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the ** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4. -** +** ** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points ** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of ** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer. @@ -78620,7 +78849,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int } /* -** Change the P4 operand of the most recently coded instruction +** Change the P4 operand of the most recently coded instruction ** to the value defined by the arguments. This is a high-speed ** version of sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(). ** @@ -78710,7 +78939,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe *v, int iLine){ ** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode ** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value. ** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning -** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from +** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from ** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0, ** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and ** by running with Valgrind. @@ -78757,17 +78986,19 @@ static int translateP(char c, const Op *pOp){ ** "PX@PY+1" -> "r[X..X+Y]" or "r[x]" if y is 0 ** "PY..PY" -> "r[X..Y]" or "r[x]" if y<=x */ -static int displayComment( +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeDisplayComment( + sqlite3 *db, /* Optional - Oom error reporting only */ const Op *pOp, /* The opcode to be commented */ - const char *zP4, /* Previously obtained value for P4 */ - char *zTemp, /* Write result here */ - int nTemp /* Space available in zTemp[] */ + const char *zP4 /* Previously obtained value for P4 */ ){ const char *zOpName; const char *zSynopsis; int nOpName; - int ii, jj; + int ii; char zAlt[50]; + StrAccum x; + + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); zOpName = sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); nOpName = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpName); if( zOpName[nOpName+1] ){ @@ -78782,53 +79013,64 @@ static int displayComment( } zSynopsis = zAlt; } - for(ii=jj=0; jj<nTemp-1 && (c = zSynopsis[ii])!=0; ii++){ + for(ii=0; (c = zSynopsis[ii])!=0; ii++){ if( c=='P' ){ c = zSynopsis[++ii]; if( c=='4' ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", zP4); + sqlite3_str_appendall(&x, zP4); }else if( c=='X' ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", pOp->zComment); + sqlite3_str_appendall(&x, pOp->zComment); seenCom = 1; }else{ int v1 = translateP(c, pOp); int v2; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%d", v1); if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@P", 2)==0 ){ ii += 3; - jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); v2 = translateP(zSynopsis[ii], pOp); if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1,"+1",2)==0 ){ ii += 2; v2++; } - if( v2>1 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "..%d", v1+v2-1); + if( v2<2 ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d", v1); + }else{ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d..%d", v1, v1+v2-1); + } + }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@NP", 3)==0 ){ + sqlite3_context *pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx; + if( pOp->p4type!=P4_FUNCCTX || pCtx->argc==1 ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d", v1); + }else if( pCtx->argc>1 ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d..%d", v1, v1+pCtx->argc-1); + }else{ + assert( x.nChar>2 ); + x.nChar -= 2; + ii++; + } + ii += 3; + }else{ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d", v1); + if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){ + ii += 4; } - }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){ - ii += 4; } } - jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); }else{ - zTemp[jj++] = c; + sqlite3_str_appendchar(&x, 1, c); } } - if( !seenCom && jj<nTemp-5 && pOp->zComment ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "; %s", pOp->zComment); - jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); + if( !seenCom && pOp->zComment ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "; %s", pOp->zComment); } - if( jj<nTemp ) zTemp[jj] = 0; }else if( pOp->zComment ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s", pOp->zComment); - jj = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp); - }else{ - zTemp[0] = 0; - jj = 0; + sqlite3_str_appendall(&x, pOp->zComment); + } + if( (x.accError & SQLITE_NOMEM)!=0 && db!=0 ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); } - return jj; + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); } -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS */ #if VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS) /* @@ -78909,11 +79151,11 @@ static void displayP4Expr(StrAccum *p, Expr *pExpr){ ** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode. ** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space. */ -static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ - char *zP4 = zTemp; +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(sqlite3 *db, Op *pOp){ + char *zP4 = 0; StrAccum x; - assert( nTemp>=20 ); - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zTemp, nTemp, 0); + + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); switch( pOp->p4type ){ case P4_KEYINFO: { int j; @@ -78924,9 +79166,9 @@ static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j]; const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : ""; if( strcmp(zColl, "BINARY")==0 ) zColl = "B"; - sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, ",%s%s%s", - (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC) ? "-" : "", - (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)? "N." : "", + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, ",%s%s%s", + (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC) ? "-" : "", + (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)? "N." : "", zColl); } sqlite3_str_append(&x, ")", 1); @@ -78939,8 +79181,11 @@ static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ } #endif case P4_COLLSEQ: { + static const char *const encnames[] = {"?", "8", "16LE", "16BE"}; CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl; - sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "(%.20s)", pColl->zName); + assert( pColl->enc>=0 && pColl->enc<4 ); + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%.18s-%s", pColl->zName, + encnames[pColl->enc]); break; } case P4_FUNCDEF: { @@ -78994,36 +79239,32 @@ static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ int n = ai[0]; /* The first element of an INTARRAY is always the ** count of the number of elements to follow */ for(i=1; i<=n; i++){ - sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, ",%d", ai[i]); + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%c%d", (i==1 ? '[' : ','), ai[i]); } - zTemp[0] = '['; sqlite3_str_append(&x, "]", 1); break; } case P4_SUBPROGRAM: { - sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "program"); + zP4 = "program"; break; } case P4_DYNBLOB: case P4_ADVANCE: { - zTemp[0] = 0; break; } case P4_TABLE: { - sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%s", pOp->p4.pTab->zName); + zP4 = pOp->p4.pTab->zName; break; } default: { zP4 = pOp->p4.z; - if( zP4==0 ){ - zP4 = zTemp; - zTemp[0] = 0; - } } } - sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); - assert( zP4!=0 ); - return zP4; + if( zP4 ) sqlite3_str_appendall(&x, zP4); + if( (x.accError & SQLITE_NOMEM)!=0 ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); } #endif /* VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 */ @@ -79054,13 +79295,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){ ** ** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then ** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables -** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle +** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle ** associated with the VM. ** ** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this ** function is a no-op. ** -** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared +** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared ** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask ** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of ** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not @@ -79113,24 +79354,30 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, VdbeOp *pOp){ char *zP4; - char zPtr[50]; - char zCom[100]; + char *zCom; + sqlite3 dummyDb; static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-13s %.2X %s\n"; if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout; - zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr)); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + dummyDb.mallocFailed = 1; + zP4 = sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(&dummyDb, pOp); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS - displayComment(pOp, zP4, zCom, sizeof(zCom)); + zCom = sqlite3VdbeDisplayComment(0, pOp, zP4); #else - zCom[0] = 0; + zCom = 0; #endif /* NB: The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created ** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the ** information from the vdbe.c source text */ - fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, - sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5, - zCom + fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, + sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, + zP4 ? zP4 : "", pOp->p5, + zCom ? zCom : "" ); fflush(pOut); + sqlite3_free(zP4); + sqlite3_free(zCom); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } #endif @@ -79167,15 +79414,15 @@ static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){ assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) ); /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() - ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is + ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources. ** - ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to - ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 - ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if + ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to + ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 + ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps - ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table - ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() + ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table + ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction. */ testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg ); @@ -79221,6 +79468,121 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameMemDel(void *pArg){ pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame; } +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) +/* +** Locate the next opcode to be displayed in EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN +** QUERY PLAN output. +** +** Return SQLITE_ROW on success. Return SQLITE_DONE if there are no +** more opcodes to be displayed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode( + Vdbe *p, /* The statement being explained */ + Mem *pSub, /* Storage for keeping track of subprogram nesting */ + int eMode, /* 0: normal. 1: EQP. 2: TablesUsed */ + int *piPc, /* IN/OUT: Current rowid. Overwritten with next rowid */ + int *piAddr, /* OUT: Write index into (*paOp)[] here */ + Op **paOp /* OUT: Write the opcode array here */ +){ + int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */ + int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */ + SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */ + int i; /* Next instruction address */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + Op *aOp = 0; /* Opcode array */ + int iPc; /* Rowid. Copy of value in *piPc */ + + /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the + ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE. + ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus + ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered + ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are + ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow. + */ + nRow = p->nOp; + if( pSub!=0 ){ + if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){ + /* pSub is initiallly NULL. It is initialized to a BLOB by + ** the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */ + nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*); + apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; + } + for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){ + nRow += apSub[i]->nOp; + } + } + iPc = *piPc; + while(1){ /* Loop exits via break */ + i = iPc++; + if( i>=nRow ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + break; + } + if( i<p->nOp ){ + /* The rowid is small enough that we are still in the + ** main program. */ + aOp = p->aOp; + }else{ + /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and + ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */ + int j; + i -= p->nOp; + assert( apSub!=0 ); + assert( nSub>0 ); + for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){ + i -= apSub[j]->nOp; + assert( i<apSub[j]->nOp || j+1<nSub ); + } + aOp = apSub[j]->aOp; + } + + /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has + ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms + ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram + ** has not already been seen. + */ + if( pSub!=0 && aOp[i].p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ + int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); + int j; + for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){ + if( apSub[j]==aOp[i].p4.pProgram ) break; + } + if( j==nSub ){ + p->rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; + apSub[nSub++] = aOp[i].p4.pProgram; + MemSetTypeFlag(pSub, MEM_Blob); + pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*); + nRow += aOp[i].p4.pProgram->nOp; + } + } + if( eMode==0 ) break; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB + if( eMode==2 ){ + Op *pOp = aOp + i; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead ) break; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite && (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG)==0 ) break; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_ReopenIdx ) break; + }else +#endif + { + assert( eMode==1 ); + if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Explain ) break; + if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Init && iPc>1 ) break; + } + } + *piPc = iPc; + *piAddr = i; + *paOp = aOp; + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB || !SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ + /* ** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are @@ -79261,16 +79623,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList( Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ ){ - int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */ - int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */ - SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */ Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */ int bListSubprogs = (p->explain==1 || (db->flags & SQLITE_TriggerEQP)!=0); - Op *pOp = 0; + Op *aOp; /* Array of opcodes */ + Op *pOp; /* Current opcode */ assert( p->explain ); assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); @@ -79290,14 +79650,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList( return SQLITE_ERROR; } - /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the - ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE. - ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus - ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered - ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are - ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow. - */ - nRow = p->nOp; if( bListSubprogs ){ /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers @@ -79305,147 +79657,55 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList( ** cells. */ assert( p->nMem>9 ); pSub = &p->aMem[9]; - if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){ - /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is - ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */ - nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*); - apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; - } - for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){ - nRow += apSub[i]->nOp; - } + }else{ + pSub = 0; } - while(1){ /* Loop exits via break */ - i = p->pc++; - if( i>=nRow ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - break; - } - if( i<p->nOp ){ - /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the - ** main program. */ - pOp = &p->aOp[i]; - }else{ - /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and - ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */ - int j; - i -= p->nOp; - assert( apSub!=0 ); - assert( nSub>0 ); - for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){ - i -= apSub[j]->nOp; - assert( i<apSub[j]->nOp || j+1<nSub ); - } - pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i]; - } - - /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has - ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms - ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram - ** has not already been seen. - */ - if( bListSubprogs && pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ - int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); - int j; - for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){ - if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break; - } - if( j==nSub ){ - p->rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0); - if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - } - apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; - apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram; - pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob; - pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*); - nRow += pOp->p4.pProgram->nOp; - } - } - if( p->explain<2 ) break; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Explain ) break; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && p->pc>1 ) break; - } + /* Figure out which opcode is next to display */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode(p, pSub, p->explain==2, &p->pc, &i, &aOp); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + pOp = aOp + i; + if( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ){ p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3VdbeError(p, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc)); }else{ - char *zP4; - if( p->explain==1 ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */ - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */ - assert( pMem->z!=0 ); - pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem++; - } - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */ - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */ - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */ - pMem++; - - if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 100) ){ /* P4 */ - assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, pMem->szMalloc); - if( zP4!=pMem->z ){ - pMem->n = 0; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + char *zP4 = sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(db, pOp); + if( p->explain==2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, pOp->p1); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+1, pOp->p2); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+2, pOp->p3); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem+3, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); + p->nResColumn = 4; }else{ - assert( pMem->z!=0 ); - pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - } - pMem++; - - if( p->explain==1 ){ - if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 4) ){ - assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->n = 2; - sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */ - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem++; - + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+0, i); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem+1, (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), + -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+2, pOp->p1); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+3, pOp->p2); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+4, pOp->p3); + /* pMem+5 for p4 is done last */ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+6, pOp->p5); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS - if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 500) ){ - assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_ERROR; + { + char *zCom = sqlite3VdbeDisplayComment(db, pOp, zP4); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem+7, zCom, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); } - pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500); - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; #else - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem+7); #endif + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem+5, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); + p->nResColumn = 8; + } + p->pResultSet = pMem; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + rc = SQLITE_ROW; } - - p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1); - p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1]; - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - rc = SQLITE_ROW; } } return rc; @@ -79588,11 +79848,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){ ** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such ** as allocating registers and initializing the program counter. ** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more -** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). +** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). ** ** This function may be called exactly once on each virtual machine. ** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready -** to run. After this routine is called, further calls to +** to run. After this routine is called, further calls to ** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects ** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the ** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be @@ -79624,7 +79884,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( nMem = pParse->nMem; nCursor = pParse->nTab; nArg = pParse->nMaxArg; - + /* Each cursor uses a memory cell. The first cursor (cursor 0) can ** use aMem[0] which is not otherwise used by the VDBE program. Allocate ** space at the end of aMem[] for cursors 1 and greater. @@ -79653,6 +79913,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( }; int iFirst, mx, i; if( nMem<10 ) nMem = 10; + p->explain = pParse->explain; if( pParse->explain==2 ){ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(p, 4); iFirst = 8; @@ -79670,10 +79931,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( p->expired = 0; /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in one or two - ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the + ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second - ** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation. + ** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation. ** ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from ** the leftover memory at the end of the opcode array. This can significantly @@ -79703,7 +79964,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( p->pVList = pParse->pVList; pParse->pVList = 0; - p->explain = pParse->explain; if( db->mallocFailed ){ p->nVar = 0; p->nCursor = 0; @@ -79723,7 +79983,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( } /* -** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor +** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor ** happens to hold. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){ @@ -79805,7 +80065,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){ /* ** Close all cursors. ** -** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory +** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory ** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain ** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to ** open cursors. @@ -79902,27 +80162,27 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ int needXcommit = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply - ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. + /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply + ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); #endif /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to - ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is + ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database ** to the transaction. */ rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p); /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and - ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not - ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than + ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not + ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal ** file is required for an atomic commit. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ + */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ /* Whether or not a database might need a master journal depends upon @@ -79943,7 +80203,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ if( db->aDb[i].safety_level!=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF && aMJNeeded[sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager)] && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pPager)==0 - ){ + ){ assert( i!=1 ); nTrans++; } @@ -79968,8 +80228,8 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ ** master-journal. ** ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length - ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In - ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the + ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In + ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the ** simple case then too. */ if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) @@ -79982,7 +80242,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ } } - /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. + /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely, ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error. @@ -80015,8 +80275,9 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ /* Select a master journal file name */ nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile); - zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz%c%c", zMainFile, 0, 0); + zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.4c%s%.16c", 0,zMainFile,0); if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + zMaster += 4; do { u32 iRandom; if( retryCount ){ @@ -80040,16 +80301,16 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Open the master journal. */ - rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, + rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0 ); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster-4); return rc; } - + /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files @@ -80069,7 +80330,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster-4); return rc; } } @@ -80083,7 +80344,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ ){ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster-4); return rc; } @@ -80097,7 +80358,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal ** file before the failure occurred. */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster); @@ -80106,7 +80367,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster-4); return rc; } @@ -80115,7 +80376,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ ** transaction files are deleted. */ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster-4); zMaster = 0; if( rc ){ return rc; @@ -80130,7 +80391,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ */ disable_simulated_io_errors(); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1); @@ -80146,7 +80407,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable ** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are ** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match. @@ -80182,10 +80443,10 @@ static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){ ** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction, ** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or ** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement -** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the +** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the ** statement transaction is committed. ** -** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. +** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. ** Otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ @@ -80198,7 +80459,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ assert( db->nStatement>0 ); assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) ); - for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ @@ -80225,8 +80486,8 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ } } - /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the - ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when + /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the + ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when ** the statement transaction was opened. */ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons; @@ -80243,20 +80504,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ /* -** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database -** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be +** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database +** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be ** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint ** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. ** -** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns +** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns ** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY ** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){ sqlite3 *db = p->db; - if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) - || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) + if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) + || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){ p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; p->errorAction = OE_Abort; @@ -80286,7 +80547,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the - ** execution of this virtual machine. + ** execution of this virtual machine. ** ** If any of the following errors occur: ** @@ -80324,16 +80585,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL; if( isSpecialError ){ - /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, - ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint - ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a + /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, + ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint + ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a ** consistent state. ** ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform - ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error + ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function - ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore + ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore ** the pager to a consistent state. */ if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ @@ -80355,16 +80616,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0); } - - /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer - ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. + + /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer + ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. ** - ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled - ** above has occurred. + ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled + ** above has occurred. */ - if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) - && db->autoCommit - && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) + if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) + && db->autoCommit + && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) ){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1); @@ -80374,10 +80635,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; - }else{ - /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful + }else{ + /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign - ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit + ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit ** is required. */ rc = vdbeCommit(db, p); } @@ -80411,7 +80672,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ p->nChange = 0; } } - + /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement @@ -80432,9 +80693,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ p->nChange = 0; } } - + /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction - ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. + ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. */ if( p->changeCntOn ){ if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ @@ -80465,7 +80726,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ } /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held - ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() + ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks. */ if( db->autoCommit ){ @@ -80487,7 +80748,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){ /* ** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed -** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be +** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be ** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()). ** ** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just @@ -80512,7 +80773,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG /* -** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, +** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, ** invoke it. */ static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){ @@ -80576,7 +80837,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ /* Reset register contents and reclaim error message memory. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and + /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */ if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 ); if( p->aMem ){ @@ -80628,7 +80889,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RESET; return p->rc & db->errMask; } - + /* ** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is ** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg. @@ -80649,8 +80910,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){ ** the first argument. ** ** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is -** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user -** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of +** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user +** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of ** VM pVdbe, and only then if: ** ** * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting @@ -80821,7 +81082,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor **pp, int *piCol){ assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE || p->eCurType==CURTYPE_PSEUDO ); if( p->deferredMoveto ){ int iMap; - if( p->aAltMap && (iMap = p->aAltMap[1+*piCol])>0 ){ + if( p->aAltMap && (iMap = p->aAltMap[1+*piCol])>0 && !p->nullRow ){ *pp = p->pAltCursor; *piCol = iMap - 1; return SQLITE_OK; @@ -80953,7 +81214,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format, u32 *pLen){ ** The sizes for serial types less than 128 */ static const u8 sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[] = { - /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 */ + /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 */ /* 0 */ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, /* 10 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, /* 20 */ 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8, @@ -80976,19 +81237,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ if( serial_type>=128 ){ return (serial_type-12)/2; }else{ - assert( serial_type<12 + assert( serial_type<12 || sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]==(serial_type - 12)/2 ); return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; } } SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8 serial_type){ assert( serial_type<128 ); - return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; + return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; } /* -** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating -** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the +** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating +** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the ** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. ** ** For most architectures, this is a no-op. @@ -81010,7 +81271,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8 serial_type){ ** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely ** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank ** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware -** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full +** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full ** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the ** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point ** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, @@ -81040,7 +81301,7 @@ static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ #endif /* -** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into +** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into ** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. ** Return the number of bytes written. ** @@ -81051,7 +81312,7 @@ static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ ** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number ** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only ** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){ u32 len; @@ -81105,7 +81366,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){ ** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate ** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer ** is avoided. -*/ +*/ static u32 serialGet( const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ @@ -81189,7 +81450,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit ** twos-complement integer. */ pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf); -#ifdef __HP_cc +#ifdef __HP_cc /* Work around a sign-extension bug in the HP compiler for HP/UX */ if( buf[0]&0x80 ) pMem->u.i |= 0xffffffff80000000LL; #endif @@ -81241,7 +81502,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( ** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within ** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably ** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should -** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the +** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the ** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL ** before returning. ** @@ -81263,10 +81524,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( } /* -** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the +** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the ** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the ** contents of the decoded record. -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */ int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */ @@ -81274,7 +81535,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */ ){ const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey; - u32 d; + u32 d; u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */ u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ u32 szHdr; @@ -81300,7 +81561,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( } if( d>(u32)nKey && u ){ assert( CORRUPT_DB ); - /* In a corrupt record entry, the last pMem might have been set up using + /* In a corrupt record entry, the last pMem might have been set up using ** uninitialized memory. Overwrite its value with NULL, to prevent ** warnings from MSAN. */ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem-1); @@ -81344,13 +81605,13 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug( /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized. ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints. - ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing + ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized. */ /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */ - + idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); if( szHdr1>98307 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT; d1 = szHdr1; @@ -81371,7 +81632,7 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug( ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case. */ if( d1+(u64)serial_type1+2>(u64)nKey1 - && d1+(u64)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u64)nKey1 + && d1+(u64)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u64)nKey1 ){ break; } @@ -81387,7 +81648,7 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug( if( rc!=0 ){ assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ if( (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) - && ((mem1.flags & MEM_Null) || (pPKey2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null)) + && ((mem1.flags & MEM_Null) || (pPKey2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null)) ){ rc = -rc; } @@ -81433,7 +81694,7 @@ debugCompareEnd: ** incorrectly. */ static void vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits( - int nKey, const void *pKey, /* The record to verify */ + int nKey, const void *pKey, /* The record to verify */ const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo /* Compare size with this KeyInfo */ ){ int nField = 0; @@ -81459,7 +81720,7 @@ static void vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits( /* ** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values ** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero -** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than +** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than ** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);". */ static int vdbeCompareMemString( @@ -81583,7 +81844,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const C f2 = pMem2->flags; combined_flags = f1|f2; assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem1) && !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem2) ); - + /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values ** are NULL, return 0. */ @@ -81646,7 +81907,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const C } assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc || pMem1->db->mallocFailed ); - assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || + assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if @@ -81661,7 +81922,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const C /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */ } - + /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */ return sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem1, pMem2); } @@ -81669,7 +81930,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const C /* ** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that -** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive +** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive ** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value ** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes ** and returns the value. @@ -81711,7 +81972,7 @@ static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){ /* ** This function compares the two table rows or index records ** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero -** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or +** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or ** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob ** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2 ** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from @@ -81720,12 +81981,12 @@ static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){ ** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already ** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal. ** -** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all -** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is +** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all +** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is ** returned. ** -** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to -** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, +** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to +** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, ** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the ** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db). */ @@ -81759,13 +82020,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( d1 = szHdr1; i = 0; } - if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ + if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; return 0; /* Corruption */ } VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ - assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nAllField>=pPKey2->nField + assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nAllField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB ); assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortFlags!=0 ); assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nKeyField>0 ); @@ -81802,7 +82063,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; if( serial_type>=10 ){ /* Serial types 12 or greater are strings and blobs (greater than - ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future + ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future ** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing ** them to numberic values are. */ rc = +1; @@ -81824,7 +82085,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( /* RHS is a string */ else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){ - getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); + getVarint32NR(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); testcase( serial_type==12 ); if( serial_type<12 ){ rc = -1; @@ -81850,7 +82111,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( }else{ int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n); rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); - if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; + if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; } } } @@ -81858,7 +82119,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( /* RHS is a blob */ else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){ assert( (pRhs->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 || pRhs->n==0 ); - getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); + getVarint32NR(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); testcase( serial_type==12 ); if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){ rc = -1; @@ -81919,8 +82180,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc ** value. */ - assert( CORRUPT_DB - || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) + assert( CORRUPT_DB + || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) || pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed ); pPKey2->eqSeen = 1; @@ -81935,8 +82196,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare( /* -** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() -** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the +** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() +** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the ** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single ** byte (i.e. is less than 128). ** @@ -81991,7 +82252,7 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( testcase( lhs<0 ); break; } - case 8: + case 8: lhs = 0; break; case 9: @@ -81999,11 +82260,11 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( break; /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running - ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch + ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated - ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other - ** compilers might be similar. */ + ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other + ** compilers might be similar. */ case 0: case 7: return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2); @@ -82017,7 +82278,7 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( }else if( v<lhs ){ res = pPKey2->r2; }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ - /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing + /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing ** fields. */ res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); }else{ @@ -82032,9 +82293,9 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( } /* -** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() +** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() ** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field -** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint +** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint ** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte. */ static int vdbeRecordCompareString( @@ -82047,10 +82308,13 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareString( assert( pPKey2->aMem[0].flags & MEM_Str ); vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo); - getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type); + serial_type = (u8)(aKey1[1]); + if( serial_type >= 0x80 ){ + sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey1[1], (u32*)&serial_type); + } if( serial_type<12 ){ res = pPKey2->r1; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */ - }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ + }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ res = pPKey2->r2; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */ }else{ int nCmp; @@ -82102,7 +82366,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){ /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt() - ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the + ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to @@ -82160,7 +82424,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption. ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so - ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits + ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits */ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); nCellKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur); @@ -82168,13 +82432,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */ sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, &m); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(pCur, (u32)nCellKey, &m); if( rc ){ return rc; } /* The index entry must begin with a header size */ - (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr); + getVarint32NR((u8*)m.z, szHdr); testcase( szHdr==3 ); testcase( szHdr==m.n ); testcase( szHdr>0x7fffffff ); @@ -82185,7 +82449,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID. ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */ - (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid); + getVarint32NR((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid); testcase( typeRowid==1 ); testcase( typeRowid==2 ); testcase( typeRowid==3 ); @@ -82225,7 +82489,7 @@ idx_rowid_corruption: ** ** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it ** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry -** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes +** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes ** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare( @@ -82250,7 +82514,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare( return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, &m); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(pCur, (u32)nCellKey, &m); if( rc ){ return rc; } @@ -82261,7 +82525,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare( /* ** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to -** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. +** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); @@ -82318,7 +82582,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbePrepareFlags(Vdbe *v){ /* ** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound -** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return +** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return ** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_* ** constants) to the value before returning it. ** @@ -82410,7 +82674,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* -** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated +** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated ** with the memory cells in the p->aMem[] array. Also free the UnpackedRecord ** structure itself, using sqlite3DbFree(). ** @@ -82464,7 +82728,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook( } } - assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol + assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol || (pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol+1 && op==SQLITE_DELETE && iReg==-1) ); @@ -82855,7 +83119,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value *pOrig){ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value *pOld){ sqlite3ValueFree(pOld); } - + /**************************** sqlite3_result_ ******************************* ** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify @@ -82896,9 +83160,9 @@ static int invokeValueDestructor( return SQLITE_TOOBIG; } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( n>=0 ); @@ -82906,8 +83170,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob( setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, sqlite3_uint64 n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ @@ -82966,8 +83230,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context *pCtx, unsigned int eSubt pOut->flags |= MEM_Subtype; } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const char *z, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const char *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ @@ -82975,8 +83239,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text( setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const char *z, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const char *z, sqlite3_uint64 n, void (*xDel)(void *), unsigned char enc @@ -82992,27 +83256,27 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64( } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); @@ -83042,7 +83306,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ if( pCtx->pVdbe ) pCtx->pVdbe->rcApp = errCode; #endif if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); } } @@ -83051,7 +83315,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1, + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); } @@ -83068,7 +83332,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ ** a MEM_IntReal value. See the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL ** test-control. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResultIntReal(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResultIntReal(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Int ){ pCtx->pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Int; @@ -83079,7 +83343,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResultIntReal(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ /* -** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It +** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It ** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required. */ static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -83108,7 +83372,7 @@ static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){ ** statement is completely executed or an error occurs. ** ** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step() -** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a +** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a ** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the ** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure. */ @@ -83122,15 +83386,15 @@ static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error. - ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, + ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by ** definition. ** ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written - ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE + ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the - ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the + ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED ** or SQLITE_BUSY error. */ @@ -83163,10 +83427,10 @@ static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started. */ if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 0); } - assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 + assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0) ); @@ -83218,25 +83482,25 @@ static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } end_of_step: - /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be - ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy + /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be + ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only - ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc - ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() + ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc + ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() ** were called on statement p. */ - assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR + assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR || (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE ); assert( (p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE) || p->rc==p->rcApp ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE && (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 ){ - /* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an + /* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. - */ + */ rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); } return (rc&db->errMask); @@ -83264,15 +83528,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ int savedPc = v->pc; rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. - ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded - ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message + /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. + ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded + ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement - ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is + ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode(). */ - const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); + const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr); @@ -83434,9 +83698,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){ ** access code. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - int iArg, - void *pAux, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int iArg, + void *pAux, void (*xDelete)(void*) ){ AuxData *pAuxData; @@ -83478,7 +83742,7 @@ failed: #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been +** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been ** called. ** ** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is @@ -83523,9 +83787,9 @@ static const Mem *columnNullValue(void){ ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */ - static const Mem nullMem + static const Mem nullMem #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__) - __attribute__((aligned(8))) + __attribute__((aligned(8))) #endif = { /* .u = */ {0}, @@ -83571,9 +83835,9 @@ static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ } /* -** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a +** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a ** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the -** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If +** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If ** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result ** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM. ** @@ -83612,8 +83876,8 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ const void *val; val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might - ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() - ** expression. + ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() + ** expression. */ columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; @@ -83814,11 +84078,11 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ /******************************* sqlite3_bind_ *************************** -** +** ** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement. */ /* -** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the +** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the ** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is ** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK. ** @@ -83837,7 +84101,7 @@ static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql); return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } @@ -83852,10 +84116,10 @@ static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ pVar->flags = MEM_Null; p->db->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then + /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan. ** - ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57496-20354 If the specific value bound to a host ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled, ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call @@ -83908,10 +84172,10 @@ static int bindText( ** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR @@ -83920,10 +84184,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob( return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - sqlite3_uint64 nData, + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + sqlite3_uint64 nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); @@ -83983,20 +84247,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_pointer( } return rc; } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const char *zData, - int nData, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const char *zData, + int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8); } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const char *zData, - sqlite3_uint64 nData, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const char *zData, + sqlite3_uint64 nData, void (*xDel)(void*), unsigned char enc ){ @@ -84010,10 +84274,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64( } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); @@ -84077,7 +84341,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite3_uint6 /* ** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to. -** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. +** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; @@ -84222,7 +84486,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){ Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt; u32 v; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - if( !pStmt + if( !pStmt || (op!=SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED && (op<0||op>=ArraySize(pVdbe->aCounter))) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; @@ -84301,8 +84565,8 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ ** if successful, or a NULL pointer if an OOM error is encountered. */ static UnpackedRecord *vdbeUnpackRecord( - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, - int nKey, + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, + int nKey, const void *pKey ){ UnpackedRecord *pRet; /* Return value */ @@ -84394,7 +84658,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *db){ ** only. It returns zero if the change that caused the callback was made ** immediately by a user SQL statement. Or, if the change was made by a ** trigger program, it returns the number of trigger programs currently -** on the stack (1 for a top-level trigger, 2 for a trigger fired by a +** on the stack (1 for a top-level trigger, 2 for a trigger fired by a ** top-level trigger etc.). ** ** For the purposes of the previous paragraph, a foreign key CASCADE, SET NULL @@ -84603,8 +84867,8 @@ static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){ /* ** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory ** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the -** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to -** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, +** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to +** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, ** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended ** to each line of text. ** @@ -84642,7 +84906,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */ db = p->db; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){ while( *zRawSql ){ @@ -84710,7 +84974,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT; while( nOut<pVar->n && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; } } -#endif +#endif sqlite3_str_appendf(&out, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z); #ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT if( nOut<pVar->n ){ @@ -84903,7 +85167,7 @@ static void test_trace_breakpoint(int pc, Op *pOp, Vdbe *v){ ** ** In other words, if M is 2, then I is either 0 (for fall-through) or ** 1 (for when the branch is taken). If M is 3, the I is 0 for an -** ordinary fall-through, I is 1 if the branch was taken, and I is 2 +** ordinary fall-through, I is 1 if the branch was taken, and I is 2 ** if the result of comparison is NULL. For M=3, I=2 the jump may or ** may not be taken, depending on the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL flags in p5. ** When M is 4, that means that an OP_Jump is being run. I is 0, 1, or 2 @@ -84997,7 +85261,7 @@ static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( u8 eCurType /* Type of the new cursor */ ){ /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory - ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a + ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons: ** @@ -85018,14 +85282,14 @@ static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( int nByte; VdbeCursor *pCx = 0; - nByte = - ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + + nByte = + ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + (eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0); assert( iCur>=0 && iCur<p->nCursor ); if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ /* Before calling sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(), ensure the isEphemeral flag - ** is clear. Otherwise, if this is an ephemeral cursor created by + ** is clear. Otherwise, if this is an ephemeral cursor created by ** OP_OpenDup, the cursor will not be closed and will still be part ** of a BtShared.pCursor list. */ if( p->apCsr[iCur]->pBtx==0 ) p->apCsr[iCur]->isEphemeral = 0; @@ -85105,7 +85369,7 @@ static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec, int bTryForInt){ ** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: ** SQLITE_AFF_REAL: ** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: -** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a +** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a ** floating-point representation if an integer representation ** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is ** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because @@ -85136,7 +85400,7 @@ static void applyAffinity( }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string - ** representation. It would be harmless to repeat the conversion if + ** representation. It would be harmless to repeat the conversion if ** there is already a string rep, but it is pointless to waste those ** CPU cycles. */ if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ @@ -85168,12 +85432,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){ } /* -** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, +** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, ** not the internal Mem* type. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity( - sqlite3_value *pVal, - u8 affinity, + sqlite3_value *pVal, + u8 affinity, u8 enc ){ applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc); @@ -85208,7 +85472,7 @@ static u16 SQLITE_NOINLINE computeNumericType(Mem *pMem){ /* ** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or -** none. +** none. ** ** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags. ** But it does set pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i appropriately. @@ -85351,8 +85615,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRegisterDump(Vdbe *v){ #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/ @@ -85411,7 +85675,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRegisterDump(Vdbe *v){ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } - + #elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ @@ -85452,9 +85716,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } /* ** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It ** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to -** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the +** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the ** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint. -** +** ** Usage: ** ** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); @@ -85494,7 +85758,7 @@ static Mem *out2Prerelease(Vdbe *p, VdbeOp *pOp){ /* ** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can. -** This is the core of sqlite3_step(). +** This is the core of sqlite3_step(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ @@ -85548,7 +85812,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( assert( p->explain==0 ); p->pResultSet = 0; db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; + if( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); @@ -85599,7 +85863,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( test_trace_breakpoint((int)(pOp - aOp),pOp,p); } #endif - + /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens ** if we have a special test build. @@ -85653,7 +85917,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) pOrigOp = pOp; #endif - + switch( pOp->opcode ){ /***************************************************************************** @@ -85694,7 +85958,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( /* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * * ** ** An unconditional jump to address P2. -** The next instruction executed will be +** The next instruction executed will be ** the one at index P2 from the beginning of ** the program. ** @@ -85724,7 +85988,7 @@ jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt: /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev, ** OP_VNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon ** completion. Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called - ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. + ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. ** ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean. ** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this @@ -85732,7 +85996,7 @@ jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt: ** checks on every opcode. This helps sqlite3_step() to run about 1.5% ** faster according to "valgrind --tool=cachegrind" */ check_for_interrupt: - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; + if( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of @@ -85750,7 +86014,7 @@ check_for_interrupt: } } #endif - + break; } @@ -85885,7 +86149,7 @@ case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */ ** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback ** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort, ** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the -** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. +** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. ** ** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string. ** @@ -85920,7 +86184,7 @@ case OP_Halt: { sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); pcx = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){ - /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program + /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified @@ -86008,7 +86272,7 @@ case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2 */ /* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 * ** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' ** -** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed +** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed ** into a String opcode before it is executed for the first time. During ** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored ** as the P1 parameter. @@ -86043,7 +86307,7 @@ case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2 */ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */ } - + /* Opcode: String P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) ** @@ -86307,8 +86571,8 @@ case OP_ResultRow: { goto abort_due_to_error; } - /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then - ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows + /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then + ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode. ** @@ -86385,7 +86649,6 @@ case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - testcase( pIn1==pIn2 ); testcase( pOut==pIn2 ); assert( pIn1!=pOut ); flags1 = pIn1->flags; @@ -86462,15 +86725,15 @@ case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */ ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] ** ** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 -** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in -** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is +** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in +** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is ** NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] ** -** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by -** register P1 and store the result in register P3. +** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by +** register P1 and store the result in register P3. ** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL. ** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. */ @@ -86665,7 +86928,7 @@ case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ /* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 -** +** ** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1. ** The result is always an integer. ** @@ -86680,7 +86943,7 @@ case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */ } /* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * * -** +** ** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value ** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer ** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0 @@ -86732,7 +86995,7 @@ case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */ ** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1]) ** ** Force the value in register P1 to be the type defined by P2. -** +** ** <ul> ** <li> P2=='A' → BLOB ** <li> P2=='B' → TEXT @@ -86770,14 +87033,14 @@ case OP_Cast: { /* in1 */ ** store the result of comparison in register P2. ** ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character - -** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made +** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made ** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the ** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric ** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored ** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause ** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3. ** -** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, +** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, ** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is ** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values ** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in @@ -86816,18 +87079,18 @@ case OP_Cast: { /* in1 */ ** the result of comparison (0 or 1 or NULL) into register P2. ** ** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or -** reg(P3) is NULL then the take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL +** reg(P3) is NULL then the take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL. ** ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character - -** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made +** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made ** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the ** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric ** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored ** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause ** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3. ** -** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, +** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, ** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is ** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values ** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in @@ -86916,7 +87179,7 @@ case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */ if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Str ){ if( (flags1 & (MEM_Int|MEM_IntReal|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){ applyNumericAffinity(pIn1,0); - testcase( flags3!=pIn3->flags ); + assert( flags3==pIn3->flags ); flags3 = pIn3->flags; } if( (flags3 & (MEM_Int|MEM_IntReal|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){ @@ -86939,7 +87202,7 @@ case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */ sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn1, encoding, 1); testcase( (flags1&MEM_Dyn) != (pIn1->flags&MEM_Dyn) ); flags1 = (pIn1->flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1 & MEM_TypeMask); - if( pIn1==pIn3 ) flags3 = flags1 | MEM_Str; + if( NEVER(pIn1==pIn3) ) flags3 = flags1 | MEM_Str; } if( (flags3 & MEM_Str)==0 && (flags3&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_IntReal))!=0 ){ testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); @@ -87050,7 +87313,7 @@ case OP_ElseNotEq: { /* same as TK_ESCAPE, jump */ ** instruction. The permutation is stored in the P4 operand. ** ** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has -** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should +** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should ** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare. ** ** The first integer in the P4 integer array is the length of the array @@ -87132,7 +87395,7 @@ case OP_Compare: { bRev = (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC); iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl); if( iCompare ){ - if( (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) + if( (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) && ((aMem[p1+idx].flags & MEM_Null) || (aMem[p2+idx].flags & MEM_Null)) ){ iCompare = -iCompare; @@ -87212,13 +87475,13 @@ case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */ ** IS NOT FALSE operators. ** ** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store that -** boolean (a 0 or 1) in register P2. Or if the value in register P1 is +** boolean (a 0 or 1) in register P2. Or if the value in register P1 is ** NULL, then the P3 is stored in register P2. Invert the answer if P4 ** is 1. ** ** The logic is summarized like this: ** -** <ul> +** <ul> ** <li> If P3==0 and P4==0 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS TRUE ** <li> If P3==1 and P4==1 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS FALSE ** <li> If P3==0 and P4==1 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS NOT TRUE @@ -87238,7 +87501,7 @@ case OP_IsTrue: { /* in1, out2 */ ** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] ** ** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the -** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is +** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is ** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2. */ case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */ @@ -87353,7 +87616,7 @@ case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */ /* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 ** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. */ case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; @@ -87418,7 +87681,7 @@ case OP_Offset: { /* out3 */ ** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using ** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional ** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column -** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) +** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) ** values in the record, extract a NULL. ** ** The value extracted is stored in register P3. @@ -87454,7 +87717,7 @@ case OP_Column: { p2 = pOp->p2; /* If the cursor cache is stale (meaning it is not currently point at - ** the correct row) then bring it up-to-date by doing the necessary + ** the correct row) then bring it up-to-date by doing the necessary ** B-Tree seek. */ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(&pC, &p2); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; @@ -87548,19 +87811,19 @@ case OP_Column: { */ if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){ /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try - ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field + ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field */ if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){ /* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */ if( pC->aRow==0 ){ memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem)); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, aOffset[0], &sMem); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(pC->uc.pCursor,aOffset[0],&sMem); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; zData = (u8*)sMem.z; }else{ zData = pC->aRow; } - + /* Fill in pC->aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */ op_column_read_header: i = pC->nHdrParsed; @@ -87668,7 +87931,7 @@ case OP_Column: { ** 2. the length(X) function if X is a blob, and ** 3. if the content length is zero. ** So we might as well use bogus content rather than reading - ** content from disk. + ** content from disk. ** ** Although sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() may read at most 8 bytes from the ** buffer passed to it, debugging function VdbeMemPrettyPrint() may @@ -87784,13 +88047,13 @@ case OP_MakeRecord: { ** like this: ** ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | + ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ** ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1 ** and so forth. ** - ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the + ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning ** of the record to data0. @@ -87979,7 +88242,7 @@ case OP_MakeRecord: { } nByte = nHdr+nData; - /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store + /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to ** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used). @@ -88029,13 +88292,16 @@ case OP_MakeRecord: { break; } -/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * * +/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 p3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=count() ** -** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index -** opened by cursor P1 in register P2 +** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index +** opened by cursor P1 in register P2. +** +** If P3==0, then an exact count is obtained, which involves visiting +** every btree page of the table. But if P3 is non-zero, an estimate +** is returned based on the current cursor position. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT case OP_Count: { /* out2 */ i64 nEntry; BtCursor *pCrsr; @@ -88043,14 +88309,17 @@ case OP_Count: { /* out2 */ assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->uc.pCursor; assert( pCrsr ); - nEntry = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(db, pCrsr, &nEntry); - if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( pOp->p3 ){ + nEntry = sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(pCrsr); + }else{ + nEntry = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(db, pCrsr, &nEntry); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + } pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pOut->u.i = nEntry; goto check_for_interrupt; } -#endif /* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 * ** @@ -88073,7 +88342,7 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { zName = pOp->p4.z; /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open - ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. + ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. */ assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 ); assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); @@ -88083,7 +88352,7 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){ if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ - /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write + /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles). */ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot open savepoint - SQL statements in progress"); @@ -88107,7 +88376,7 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { if( pNew ){ pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1); - + /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special ** "transaction savepoint". */ if( db->autoCommit ){ @@ -88131,7 +88400,7 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an ** an error is returned to the user. */ for( - pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; + pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName); pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext ){ @@ -88141,7 +88410,7 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { sqlite3VdbeError(p, "no such savepoint: %s", zName); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ - /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are + /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are ** active write statements. */ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot release savepoint - " @@ -88150,8 +88419,8 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { }else{ /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so, - ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction - ** is committed. + ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction + ** is committed. */ int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint; if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ @@ -88199,8 +88468,8 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { } } if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - - /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all + + /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */ while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){ pTmp = db->pSavepoint; @@ -88209,8 +88478,8 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { db->nSavepoint--; } - /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on - ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred + /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on + ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored ** when the savepoint was created. */ if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ @@ -88264,7 +88533,7 @@ case OP_AutoCommit: { db->autoCommit = 1; }else if( desiredAutoCommit && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing - ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. + ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. */ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot commit transaction - " "SQL statements in progress"); @@ -88293,7 +88562,7 @@ case OP_AutoCommit: { (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":( (iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active": "cannot commit - no transaction is active")); - + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto abort_due_to_error; } @@ -88304,7 +88573,7 @@ case OP_AutoCommit: { ** ** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already ** active. -** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a +** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a ** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction. ** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started. ** @@ -88363,12 +88632,12 @@ case OP_Transaction: { if( p->usesStmtJournal && pOp->p2 - && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) + && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) ){ assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ); if( p->iStatement==0 ){ assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 ); - db->nStatement++; + db->nStatement++; p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement; } @@ -88396,7 +88665,7 @@ case OP_Transaction: { */ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed"); - /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie + /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do ** not reload the schema from the database file. ** @@ -88406,7 +88675,7 @@ case OP_Transaction: { ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself - ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within + ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within ** a v-table method. */ if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){ @@ -88454,8 +88723,8 @@ case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2 */ ** ** Write the integer value P3 into cookie number P2 of database P1. ** P2==1 is the schema version. P2==2 is the database format. -** P2==3 is the recommended pager cache -** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the +** P2==3 is the recommended pager cache +** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the ** database file used to store temporary tables. ** ** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode. @@ -88495,8 +88764,8 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { ** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 ** ** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is -** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. -** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for +** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. +** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for ** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached ** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1 ** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers. @@ -88506,14 +88775,14 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { ** <ul> ** <li> <b>0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ</b>: This cursor will only be used for ** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT -** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT) +** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxLT) ** </ul> ** ** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to -** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo +** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo ** object, then table being opened must be an [index b-tree] where the -** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating -** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer +** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating +** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer ** value, then the table being opened must be a [table b-tree] with a ** number of columns no less than the value of P4. ** @@ -88536,7 +88805,7 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { ** <ul> ** <li> <b>0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ</b>: This cursor will only be used for ** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT -** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT) +** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxLT) ** </ul> ** ** See also: OP_OpenRead, OP_OpenWrite @@ -88549,10 +88818,10 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { ** OPFLAG_P2ISREG bit is set in P5 - see below). ** ** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to -** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo +** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo ** object, then table being opened must be an [index b-tree] where the -** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating -** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer +** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating +** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer ** value, then the table being opened must be a [table b-tree] with a ** number of columns no less than the value of P4. ** @@ -88560,7 +88829,7 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { ** <ul> ** <li> <b>0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ</b>: This cursor will only be used for ** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT -** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT) +** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxLT) ** <li> <b>0x08 OPFLAG_FORDELETE</b>: This cursor is used only to seek ** and subsequently delete entries in an index btree. This is a ** hint to the storage engine that the storage engine is allowed to @@ -88665,16 +88934,14 @@ case OP_OpenWrite: /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has - ** since moved into the btree layer. */ + ** since moved into the btree layer. */ pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO; open_cursor_set_hints: assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD ); assert( OPFLAG_SEEKEQ==BTREE_SEEK_EQ ); testcase( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR ); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS testcase( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_SEEKEQ ); -#endif sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(pCur->uc.pCursor, (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_BULKCSR|OPFLAG_SEEKEQ))); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; @@ -88719,7 +88986,7 @@ case OP_OpenDup: { ** Synopsis: nColumn=P2 ** ** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table. -** The cursor is always opened read/write even if +** The cursor is always opened read/write even if ** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral ** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed. ** @@ -88744,12 +89011,12 @@ case OP_OpenDup: { ** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient ** indices in joins. */ -case OP_OpenAutoindex: +case OP_OpenAutoindex: case OP_OpenEphemeral: { VdbeCursor *pCx; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - static const int vfsFlags = + static const int vfsFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | @@ -88769,7 +89036,7 @@ case OP_OpenEphemeral: { pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, CURTYPE_BTREE); if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; pCx->isEphemeral = 1; - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBtx, + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBtx, BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -88784,7 +89051,7 @@ case OP_OpenEphemeral: { if( (pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBtx, (int*)&pCx->pgnoRoot, - BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); + BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pCx->pgnoRoot==MASTER_ROOT+1 ); assert( pKeyInfo->db==db ); @@ -88855,7 +89122,7 @@ case OP_SequenceTest: { ** ** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single ** row of data. The content of that one row is the content of memory -** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the +** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the ** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2. ** ** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single @@ -88920,21 +89187,23 @@ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { /* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that -** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that +** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records ** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this -** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or -** else jump immediately to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this -** opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments. -** The IdxLE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the -** IdxLE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. +** opcode will either land on a record that exactly matches the key, or +** else it will cause a jump to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, +** this opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments. +** The IdxGT opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the +** IdxGT opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. The +** OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flags is a hint to the btree layer to say that this +** is an equality search. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, ** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is @@ -88945,13 +89214,13 @@ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { /* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that -** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that +** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than ** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, @@ -88960,16 +89229,16 @@ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe */ -/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 * +/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that -** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that +** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than ** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, @@ -88981,13 +89250,13 @@ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { /* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that -** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that +** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records ** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, @@ -88995,11 +89264,13 @@ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { ** configured to use Prev, not Next. ** ** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this -** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or -** else jump immediately to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this -** opcode must be followed by an IdxGE opcode with the same arguments. +** opcode will either land on a record that exactly matches the key, or +** else it will cause a jump to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, +** this opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments. ** The IdxGE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the -** IdxGE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. +** IdxGE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. The +** OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flags is a hint to the btree layer to say that this +** is an equality search. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt */ @@ -89036,7 +89307,7 @@ case OP_SeekGT: { /* jump, in3, group */ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; if( pC->isTable ){ u16 flags3, newType; - /* The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is only set on index cursors */ + /* The OPFLAG_SEEKEQ/BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is only set on index cursors */ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ)==0 || CORRUPT_DB ); @@ -89095,14 +89366,17 @@ case OP_SeekGT: { /* jump, in3, group */ goto abort_due_to_error; } }else{ - /* For a cursor with the BTREE_SEEK_EQ hint, only the OP_SeekGE and - ** OP_SeekLE opcodes are allowed, and these must be immediately followed - ** by an OP_IdxGT or OP_IdxLT opcode, respectively, with the same key. + /* For a cursor with the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ/BTREE_SEEK_EQ hint, only the + ** OP_SeekGE and OP_SeekLE opcodes are allowed, and these must be + ** immediately followed by an OP_IdxGT or OP_IdxLT opcode, respectively, + ** with the same key. */ if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ) ){ eqOnly = 1; assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekGE || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekLE ); assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT ); + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekGE || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT ); + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekLE || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT ); assert( pOp[1].p1==pOp[0].p1 ); assert( pOp[1].p2==pOp[0].p2 ); assert( pOp[1].p3==pOp[0].p3 ); @@ -89248,9 +89522,9 @@ case OP_IfNotOpen: { /* jump */ ** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If ** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked ** record. -** +** ** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 -** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 +** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 ** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control ** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the ** matching entry. @@ -89294,7 +89568,7 @@ case OP_IfNotOpen: { /* jump */ ** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If ** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked ** record. -** +** ** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 ** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2. If all terms of the ** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the @@ -89406,9 +89680,9 @@ case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ ** ** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer ** keys). If register P3 does not contain an integer or if P1 does not -** contain a record with rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. +** contain a record with rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. ** Or, if P2 is 0, raise an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain -** a record with rowid P3 then +** a record with rowid P3 then ** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next ** instruction. ** @@ -89431,7 +89705,7 @@ case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ ** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer ** keys). P3 is an integer rowid. If P1 does not contain a record with ** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. Or, if P2 is 0, raise an -** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then +** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then ** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next ** instruction. ** @@ -89514,7 +89788,7 @@ notExistsWithKey: ** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1. ** Write the sequence number into register P2. ** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this -** instruction. +** instruction. */ case OP_Sequence: { /* out2 */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); @@ -89534,9 +89808,9 @@ case OP_Sequence: { /* out2 */ ** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written ** written to register P2. ** -** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds +** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds ** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are -** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, +** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, ** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the ' ** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the ** AUTOINCREMENT feature. @@ -89685,8 +89959,8 @@ case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2 */ ** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to ** the update hook. ** -** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is -** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked +** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is +** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked ** following a successful insert. ** ** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically @@ -89788,7 +90062,7 @@ case OP_Insert: { ** the cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous ** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then ** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. As a result, in this case -** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If +** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If ** OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of P5 is clear, then the cursor will be ** left in an undefined state. ** @@ -89804,11 +90078,11 @@ case OP_Insert: { ** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with ** multiple rows. ** -** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table object. In this case either +** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table object. In this case either ** the update or pre-update hook, or both, may be invoked. The P1 cursor must -** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in -** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is -** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured, +** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in +** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is +** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured, ** P4 is not NULL, and the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag is set in P2. ** ** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set in P2, then P3 contains the address @@ -89847,7 +90121,7 @@ case OP_Delete: { /* If the update-hook or pre-update-hook will be invoked, set zDb to ** the name of the db to pass as to it. Also set local pTab to a copy ** of p4.pTab. Finally, if p5 is true, indicating that this cursor was - ** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set + ** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set ** VdbeCursor.movetoTarget to the current rowid. */ if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){ assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); @@ -89865,20 +90139,20 @@ case OP_Delete: { #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* Invoke the pre-update-hook if required. */ if( db->xPreUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.pTab ){ - assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) - || HasRowid(pTab)==0 - || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int) + assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) + || HasRowid(pTab)==0 + || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int) ); sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC, - (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE, + (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, pTab, pC->movetoTarget, pOp->p3 ); } if( opflags & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break; #endif - - /* Only flags that can be set are SAVEPOISTION and AUXDELETE */ + + /* Only flags that can be set are SAVEPOISTION and AUXDELETE */ assert( (pOp->p5 & ~(OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION|OPFLAG_AUXDELETE))==0 ); assert( OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION==BTREE_SAVEPOSITION ); assert( OPFLAG_AUXDELETE==BTREE_AUXDELETE ); @@ -89931,7 +90205,7 @@ case OP_ResetCount: { ** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 ** ** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the -** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that +** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that ** the sorter cursor currently points to. Only the first P4 fields ** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared. ** @@ -89989,10 +90263,10 @@ case OP_SorterData: { /* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=data ** -** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at +** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at ** which cursor P1 is currently pointing. -** There is no interpretation of the data. -** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as +** There is no interpretation of the data. +** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as ** it is found in the database file. ** ** If cursor P1 is an index, then the content is the key of the row. @@ -90050,7 +90324,7 @@ case OP_RowData: { goto too_big; } testcase( n==0 ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(pCrsr, n, pOut); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( !pOp->p3 ) Deephemeralize(pOut); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); @@ -90145,7 +90419,7 @@ case OP_NullRow: { */ /* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * * ** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 ** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index. ** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. ** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through @@ -90250,10 +90524,10 @@ case OP_Sort: { /* jump */ } /* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * * ** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 ** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index. ** If the table or index is empty, jump immediately to P2. -** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following +** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following ** instruction. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, @@ -90423,11 +90697,41 @@ next_tail: ** run faster by avoiding an unnecessary seek on cursor P1. However, ** the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag must only be set if there have been no prior ** seeks on the cursor or if the most recent seek used a key equivalent -** to P2. +** to P2. ** ** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction ** for tables is OP_Insert. */ +case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtreePayload x; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, pC); + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( !isSorter(pC) ); + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob ); + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 ); + rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + x.nKey = pIn2->n; + x.pKey = pIn2->z; + x.aMem = aMem + pOp->p3; + x.nMem = (u16)pOp->p4.i; + rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x, + (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)), + ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0) + ); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( rc) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} + /* Opcode: SorterInsert P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: key=r[P2] ** @@ -90435,47 +90739,37 @@ next_tail: ** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key ** into the sorter P1. Data for the entry is nil. */ -case OP_SorterInsert: /* in2 */ -case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ +case OP_SorterInsert: { /* in2 */ VdbeCursor *pC; - BtreePayload x; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, pC); assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) ); + assert( isSorter(pC) ); pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob ); - if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; - assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE || pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert ); assert( pC->isTable==0 ); rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(pC, pIn2); - }else{ - x.nKey = pIn2->n; - x.pKey = pIn2->z; - x.aMem = aMem + pOp->p3; - x.nMem = (u16)pOp->p4.i; - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x, - (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)), - ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0) - ); - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - } + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(pC, pIn2); if( rc) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } -/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * * +/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * P5 ** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] ** ** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form -** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the +** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the ** index opened by cursor P1. +** +** If P5 is not zero, then raise an SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX error +** if no matching index entry is found. This happens when running +** an UPDATE or DELETE statement and the index entry to be updated +** or deleted is not found. For some uses of IdxDelete +** (example: the EXCEPT operator) it does not matter that no matching +** entry is found. For those cases, P5 is zero. */ case OP_IdxDelete: { VdbeCursor *pC; @@ -90492,7 +90786,6 @@ case OP_IdxDelete: { sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, pC); pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; assert( pCrsr!=0 ); - assert( pOp->p5==0 ); r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3; r.default_rc = 0; @@ -90502,6 +90795,9 @@ case OP_IdxDelete: { if( res==0 ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr, BTREE_AUXDELETE); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + }else if( pOp->p5 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX; + goto abort_due_to_error; } assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; @@ -90522,8 +90818,8 @@ case OP_IdxDelete: { ** ** P4 may be an array of integers (type P4_INTARRAY) containing ** one entry for each column in the P3 table. If array entry a(i) -** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is -** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i +** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is +** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i ** from P1. This information is stored in P3 and used to redirect ** reads against P3 over to P1, thus possibly avoiding the need to ** seek and read cursor P3. @@ -90592,7 +90888,7 @@ case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2 */ } /* Opcode: FinishSeek P1 * * * * -** +** ** If cursor P1 was previously moved via OP_DeferredSeek, complete that ** seek operation now, without further delay. If the cursor seek has ** already occurred, this instruction is a no-op. @@ -90612,9 +90908,9 @@ case OP_FinishSeek: { /* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index -** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index +** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID ** fields at the end. ** ** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value @@ -90623,9 +90919,9 @@ case OP_FinishSeek: { /* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index -** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index +** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID ** fields at the end. ** ** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value @@ -90634,7 +90930,7 @@ case OP_FinishSeek: { /* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index ** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against ** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ** ROWID on the P1 index. @@ -90645,7 +90941,7 @@ case OP_FinishSeek: { /* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index ** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against ** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ** ROWID on the P1 index. @@ -90719,15 +91015,15 @@ case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ ** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former ** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred - ** is stored in register P2. If no page movement was required (because the -** table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then a -** zero is stored in register P2. If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero +** table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then a +** zero is stored in register P2. If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero ** is stored in register P2. ** ** This opcode throws an error if there are any active reader VMs when -** it is invoked. This is done to avoid the difficulty associated with -** updating existing cursors when a root page is moved in an AUTOVACUUM -** database. This error is thrown even if the database is not an AUTOVACUUM -** db in order to avoid introducing an incompatibility between autovacuum +** it is invoked. This is done to avoid the difficulty associated with +** updating existing cursors when a root page is moved in an AUTOVACUUM +** database. This error is thrown even if the database is not an AUTOVACUUM +** db in order to avoid introducing an incompatibility between autovacuum ** and non-autovacuum modes. ** ** See also: Clear @@ -90776,8 +91072,8 @@ case OP_Destroy: { /* out2 */ ** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. ** ** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an -** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change -** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. +** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change +** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. ** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is ** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. ** @@ -90785,7 +91081,7 @@ case OP_Destroy: { /* out2 */ */ case OP_Clear: { int nChange; - + sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); nChange = 0; assert( p->readOnly==0 ); @@ -90815,7 +91111,7 @@ case OP_Clear: { */ case OP_ResetSorter: { VdbeCursor *pC; - + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); @@ -90887,7 +91183,7 @@ case OP_ParseSchema: { InitData initData; /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes - ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking + ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking ** sqlite3InitCallback(). */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -90945,7 +91241,7 @@ case OP_ParseSchema: { } goto abort_due_to_error; } - break; + break; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) @@ -90959,7 +91255,7 @@ case OP_LoadAnalysis: { assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - break; + break; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */ @@ -90967,7 +91263,7 @@ case OP_LoadAnalysis: { ** ** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe ** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table -** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep +** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep ** the internal representation of the ** schema consistent with what is on disk. */ @@ -90995,7 +91291,7 @@ case OP_DropIndex: { ** ** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe ** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger -** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep +** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep ** the internal representation of the ** schema consistent with what is on disk. */ @@ -91015,7 +91311,7 @@ case OP_DropTrigger: { ** ** The register P3 contains one less than the maximum number of allowed errors. ** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported. -** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are +** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are ** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining. ** ** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integers @@ -91095,7 +91391,7 @@ case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 || sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pIn1) ); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 || sqlite3RowSetNext((RowSet*)pIn1->z, &val)==0 ){ /* The boolean index is empty */ @@ -91167,13 +91463,13 @@ case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ /* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** -** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). +** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). ** -** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory -** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 -** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE -** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address -** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the +** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory +** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 +** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE +** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address +** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the ** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime. ** ** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program. @@ -91193,17 +91489,17 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram; pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( pProgram->nOp>0 ); - - /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is + + /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear). - ** - ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is - ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one - ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different + ** + ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is + ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one + ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a - ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token + ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token ** variable. */ if( pOp->p5 ){ t = pProgram->token; @@ -91219,10 +91515,10 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute - ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt + ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */ if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ){ - /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the + /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value. @@ -91270,7 +91566,7 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ }else{ pFrame = (VdbeFrame*)pRt->z; assert( pRt->xDel==sqlite3VdbeFrameMemDel ); - assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem + assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem || (pProgram->nCsr==0 && pProgram->nMem+1==pFrame->nChildMem) ); assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr ); assert( (int)(pOp - aOp)==pFrame->pc ); @@ -91304,7 +91600,7 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ int i; for(i=0; i<p->nMem; i++){ aMem[i].pScopyFrom = 0; /* Prevent false-positive AboutToChange() errs */ - aMem[i].flags |= MEM_Undefined; /* Cause a fault if this reg is reused */ + MemSetTypeFlag(&aMem[i], MEM_Undefined); /* Fault if this reg is reused */ } } #endif @@ -91314,10 +91610,10 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ /* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * * ** -** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the -** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory -** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames -** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* +** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the +** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory +** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames +** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* ** and old.* values. ** ** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding @@ -91329,7 +91625,7 @@ case OP_Param: { /* out2 */ Mem *pIn; pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pFrame = p->pFrame; - pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1]; + pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1]; sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem); break; } @@ -91341,8 +91637,8 @@ case OP_Param: { /* out2 */ ** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 ** ** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive). -** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented -** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the +** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented +** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the ** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints). */ case OP_FkCounter: { @@ -91360,7 +91656,7 @@ case OP_FkCounter: { ** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 ** ** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero. -** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next +** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next ** instruction. ** ** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter @@ -91386,7 +91682,7 @@ case OP_FkIfZero: { /* jump */ ** ** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is ** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed -** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of +** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of ** its current value and the value in register P2. ** ** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially @@ -91446,7 +91742,7 @@ case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */ ** and r[P2] is set to be the value of the LIMIT, r[P1]. ** ** if r[P1] is zero or negative, that means there is no LIMIT -** and r[P2] is set to -1. +** and r[P2] is set to -1. ** ** Otherwise, r[P2] is set to the sum of r[P1] and r[P3]. */ @@ -91478,7 +91774,7 @@ case OP_OffsetLimit: { /* in1, out2, in3 */ ** ** Register P1 must contain an integer. If the content of register P1 is ** initially greater than zero, then decrement the value in register P1. -** If it is non-zero (negative or positive) and then also jump to P2. +** If it is non-zero (negative or positive) and then also jump to P2. ** If register P1 is initially zero, leave it unchanged and fall through. */ case OP_IfNotZero: { /* jump, in1 */ @@ -91512,7 +91808,7 @@ case OP_DecrJumpZero: { /* jump, in1 */ ** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) ** ** Execute the xStep function for an aggregate. -** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the +** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the ** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the ** accumulator. ** @@ -91523,7 +91819,7 @@ case OP_DecrJumpZero: { /* jump, in1 */ ** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] inverse(r[P2@P5]) ** ** Execute the xInverse function for an aggregate. -** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the +** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the ** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the ** accumulator. ** @@ -91534,7 +91830,7 @@ case OP_DecrJumpZero: { /* jump, in1 */ ** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) ** ** Execute the xStep (if P1==0) or xInverse (if P1!=0) function for an -** aggregate. The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the +** aggregate. The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the ** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the ** accumulator. ** @@ -91650,7 +91946,7 @@ case OP_AggStep1: { ** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 ** ** P1 is the memory location that is the accumulator for an aggregate -** or window function. Execute the finalizer function +** or window function. Execute the finalizer function ** for an aggregate and store the result in P1. ** ** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and @@ -91689,7 +91985,7 @@ case OP_AggFinal: { { rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc); } - + if( rc ){ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem)); goto abort_due_to_error; @@ -91735,9 +92031,9 @@ case OP_Checkpoint: { } for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]); - } + } break; -}; +}; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA @@ -91763,9 +92059,9 @@ case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2 */ pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); eNew = pOp->p3; - assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE - || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL @@ -91784,7 +92080,7 @@ case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2 */ zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1); /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database - ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory + ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory */ if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */ @@ -91804,12 +92100,12 @@ case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2 */ ); goto abort_due_to_error; }else{ - + if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call - ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log - ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file - ** after a successful return. + ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log + ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file + ** after a successful return. */ rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager, db); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -91820,7 +92116,7 @@ case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2 */ ** as an intermediate */ sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF); } - + /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal. */ @@ -91895,7 +92191,7 @@ case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */ ** is executed using sqlite3_step() it will either automatically ** reprepare itself (if it was originally created using sqlite3_prepare_v2()) ** or it will fail with SQLITE_SCHEMA. -** +** ** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero, ** then only the currently executing statement is expired. ** @@ -91950,7 +92246,7 @@ case OP_CursorUnlock: { ** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 ** ** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when -** the shared-cache feature is enabled. +** the shared-cache feature is enabled. ** ** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database ** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or @@ -91964,7 +92260,7 @@ case OP_CursorUnlock: { case OP_TableLock: { u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3; if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit) ){ - int p1 = pOp->p1; + int p1 = pOp->p1; assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, p1) ); assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); @@ -91984,7 +92280,7 @@ case OP_TableLock: { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 * ** -** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the +** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the ** xBegin method for that table. ** ** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from @@ -92004,7 +92300,7 @@ case OP_VBegin: { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VCreate P1 P2 * * * ** -** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database +** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database ** P1. Call the xCreate method for that table. */ case OP_VCreate: { @@ -92240,7 +92536,7 @@ case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during - ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that + ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor. */ @@ -92268,7 +92564,7 @@ case OP_VRename: { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; Mem *pName; int isLegacy; - + isLegacy = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyAlter); db->flags |= SQLITE_LegacyAlter; pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; @@ -92298,23 +92594,23 @@ case OP_VRename: { ** ** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. ** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values -** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate -** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the +** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate +** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the ** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate. ** ** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both. ** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3) -** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no -** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new -** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new -** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are +** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no +** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new +** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new +** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are ** the values of columns in the new row. ** ** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of ** a row to delete. ** ** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call -** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() +** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() ** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted. ** ** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to @@ -92329,7 +92625,7 @@ case OP_VUpdate: { Mem **apArg; Mem *pX; - assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback + assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace ); assert( p->readOnly==0 ); @@ -92415,7 +92711,7 @@ case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2 */ #endif /* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) +** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP]) ** ** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object that ** contains a pointer to the function to be run) with arguments taken @@ -92424,7 +92720,7 @@ case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2 */ ** The result of the function is stored ** in register P3. Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. ** -** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the +** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the ** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first ** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine ** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the @@ -92434,7 +92730,7 @@ case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2 */ ** See also: AggStep, AggFinal, PureFunc */ /* Opcode: PureFunc P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) +** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP]) ** ** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object that ** contains a pointer to the function to be run) with arguments taken @@ -92443,7 +92739,7 @@ case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2 */ ** The result of the function is stored ** in register P3. Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. ** -** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the +** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the ** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first ** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine ** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the @@ -92773,7 +93069,7 @@ abort_due_to_error: p->rc = rc; sqlite3SystemError(db, rc); testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", + sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", (int)(pOp - aOp), p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); @@ -92798,8 +93094,8 @@ vdbe_return: #endif p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep; sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0 - || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0 + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0 + || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0 ); return rc; @@ -92823,7 +93119,7 @@ no_mem: ** flag. */ abort_due_to_interrupt: - assert( db->u1.isInterrupted ); + assert( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ); rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_INTERRUPT; p->rc = rc; sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); @@ -92883,7 +93179,7 @@ struct Incrblob { ** sqlite3DbFree(). ** ** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent -** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will +** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will ** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. */ static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ @@ -92891,7 +93187,7 @@ static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt; - /* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow. + /* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow. ** This is done directly as a performance optimization */ v->aMem[1].flags = MEM_Int; @@ -93035,7 +93331,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( } /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the - ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. + ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. */ if( wrFlag ){ const char *zFault = 0; @@ -93044,7 +93340,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent - ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this + ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this ** case. */ FKey *pFKey; for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ @@ -93078,8 +93374,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(&sParse); assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed ); if( pBlob->pStmt ){ - - /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified + + /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction, @@ -93087,11 +93383,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( ** ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow. ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and - ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and + ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and ** blob_bytes() functions. ** ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program, - ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the + ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the ** transaction. */ static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); @@ -93108,7 +93404,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); VdbeOp *aOp; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie, pTab->pSchema->iGeneration); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); @@ -93116,7 +93412,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn); /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ assert( aOp!=0 ); @@ -93132,17 +93428,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ #endif - /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 + /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */ if( wrFlag ) aOp[1].opcode = OP_OpenWrite; aOp[1].p2 = pTab->tnum; - aOp[1].p3 = iDb; + aOp[1].p3 = iDb; /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to ** think that the table has one more column than it really ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means - ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type + ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type ** and offset cache without causing any IO. */ aOp[1].p4type = P4_INT32; @@ -93155,7 +93451,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, &sParse); } } - + pBlob->iCol = iCol; pBlob->db = db; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); @@ -93206,10 +93502,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ ** Perform a read or write operation on a blob */ static int blobReadWrite( - sqlite3_blob *pBlob, - void *z, - int n, - int iOffset, + sqlite3_blob *pBlob, + void *z, + int n, + int iOffset, int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*) ){ int rc; @@ -93239,14 +93535,14 @@ static int blobReadWrite( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK if( xCall==sqlite3BtreePutData && db->xPreUpdateCallback ){ - /* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor, - ** invoke it here. - ** + /* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor, + ** invoke it here. + ** ** TODO: The preupdate-hook is passed SQLITE_DELETE, even though this ** operation should really be an SQLITE_UPDATE. This is probably - ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values - ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an - ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the + ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values + ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an + ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the ** same way as an SQLITE_DELETE (the SQLITE_DELETE code is actually ** slightly more efficient). Since you cannot write to a PK column ** using the incremental-blob API, this works. For the sessions module @@ -93306,8 +93602,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ ** ** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not ** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the -** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all -** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) +** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all +** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) ** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ @@ -93401,7 +93697,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ ** is like Close() followed by Init() only ** much faster. ** -** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order. Write() can +** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order. Write() can ** only occur in between Init()/Reset() and Rewind(). Next(), Rowkey(), and ** Compare() can only occur in between Rewind() and Close()/Reset(). i.e. ** @@ -93409,16 +93705,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ ** for each record: Write() ** Rewind() ** Rowkey()/Compare() -** Next() +** Next() ** Close() ** ** Algorithm: ** -** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held +** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held ** unsorted in main memory. Assuming the amount of memory used never exceeds ** a threshold, when Rewind() is called the set of records is sorted using ** an in-memory merge sort. In this case, no temporary files are required -** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records +** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records ** directly from main memory. ** ** If the amount of space used to store records in main memory exceeds the @@ -93428,10 +93724,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ ** of PMAs may be created by merging existing PMAs together - for example ** merging two or more level-0 PMAs together creates a level-1 PMA. ** -** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing +** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing ** records to a PMA is roughly the same as the limit configured for the -** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to -** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by +** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to +** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by ** that returned by "PRAGMA main.cache_size", in bytes. ** ** If the sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then all PMAs generated @@ -93448,7 +93744,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ ** than zero, and (b) worker threads have been enabled at runtime by calling ** "PRAGMA threads=N" with some value of N greater than 0. ** -** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a +** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a ** final PMA. So at this point the data is stored in some number of sorted ** PMAs within temporary files on disk. ** @@ -93460,16 +93756,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ ** ** Or, if running in multi-threaded mode, then a background thread is ** launched to merge the existing PMAs. Once the background thread has -** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread +** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread ** begins reading keys from that PMA while the background thread proceeds ** with merging the next T bytes of data. And so on. ** -** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used +** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used ** by Write() above to determine when to create a new PMA. ** -** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when -** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used. -** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on +** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when +** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used. +** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on ** disk are merged together. Then T bytes of data from the second set, and ** so on, such that no operation ever merges more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ** PMAs at a time. This done is to improve locality. @@ -93484,7 +93780,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ -/* +/* ** If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, this module outputs various ** messages to stderr that may be helpful in understanding the performance ** characteristics of the sorter in multi-threaded mode. @@ -93513,7 +93809,7 @@ typedef struct SorterList SorterList; /* In-memory list of records */ typedef struct IncrMerger IncrMerger; /* Read & merge multiple PMAs */ /* -** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data +** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data ** stored in the file. */ struct SorterFile { @@ -93553,17 +93849,17 @@ struct SorterList { ** the MergeEngine.nTree variable. ** ** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing -** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of +** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of ** comparing aReadr[2*i-N] and aReadr[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the -** aTree element is set to the index of it. +** aTree element is set to the index of it. ** ** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any ** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF ** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored. ** -** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described +** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described ** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 PmaReaders -** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that +** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that ** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused. ** ** Example: @@ -93579,7 +93875,7 @@ struct SorterList { ** ** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 } ** -** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by +** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by ** PmaReader 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, PmaReader 5 will ** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is ** "Eggplant": @@ -93620,8 +93916,8 @@ struct MergeEngine { ** each thread requries its own UnpackedRecord object to unpack records in ** as part of comparison operations. ** -** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then, -** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for +** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then, +** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for ** two purposes: ** ** 1. When flushing the contents of memory to a level-0 PMA on disk, to @@ -93652,7 +93948,7 @@ struct SortSubtask { /* -** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each +** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each ** sorter cursor created by the VDBE. ** ** mxKeysize: @@ -93708,21 +94004,21 @@ struct PmaReader { }; /* -** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored +** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored ** within a temp file. However, if the PmaReader.pIncr variable points to ** an object of the following type, it may be used to iterate/merge through ** multiple PMAs simultaneously. ** -** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and -** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1). +** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and +** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1). ** -** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0] -** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in -** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from -** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the -** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off -** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of -** sorted record data from pMerger. +** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0] +** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in +** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from +** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the +** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off +** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of +** sorted record data from pMerger. ** ** When the PmaReader reaches the end of aFile[0], it blocks until the ** background thread has finished populating aFile[1]. It then exchanges @@ -93733,7 +94029,7 @@ struct PmaReader { ** ** A single-threaded IncrMerger does not open any temporary files of its ** own. Instead, it has exclusive access to mxSz bytes of space beginning -** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a +** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a ** background thread to prepare data for the PmaReader, with a single ** threaded IncrMerger the allocate part of pTask->file2 is "refilled" with ** keys from pMerger by the calling thread whenever the PmaReader runs out @@ -93845,7 +94141,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReadBlob( assert( p->aBuffer ); - /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next + /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data. */ iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; @@ -93866,11 +94162,11 @@ static int vdbePmaReadBlob( assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } - nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; + nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; if( nByte<=nAvail ){ /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this - ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a + ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a ** pointer into the buffer to the caller. */ *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf]; p->iReadOff += nByte; @@ -93949,7 +94245,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReadVarint(PmaReader *p, u64 *pnOut){ /* ** Attempt to memory map file pFile. If successful, set *pp to point to the -** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted +** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted ** (because the file is too large or the VFS layer is configured not to use ** mmap), return SQLITE_OK and set *pp to NULL. ** @@ -93970,7 +94266,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterMapFile(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterFile *pFile, u8 **pp){ /* ** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to -** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK +** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK ** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. */ static int vdbePmaReaderSeek( @@ -94060,11 +94356,11 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderNext(PmaReader *pReadr){ /* ** Initialize PmaReader pReadr to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile -** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function -** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the +** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function +** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the ** PMA is empty). ** -** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file +** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file ** contains a single PMA, and that that PMA omits the initial length varint. */ static int vdbePmaReaderInit( @@ -94097,7 +94393,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderInit( /* ** A version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that it has already been -** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of +** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of ** key2. */ static int vdbeSorterCompareTail( @@ -94115,7 +94411,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterCompareTail( } /* -** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, +** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, ** size nKey2 bytes). Use (pTask->pKeyInfo) for the collation sequences ** used by the comparison. Return the result of the comparison. ** @@ -94161,8 +94457,8 @@ static int vdbeSorterCompareText( int n2; int res; - getVarint32(&p1[1], n1); - getVarint32(&p2[1], n2); + getVarint32NR(&p1[1], n1); + getVarint32NR(&p2[1], n2); res = memcmp(v1, v2, (MIN(n1, n2) - 13)/2); if( res==0 ){ res = n1 - n2; @@ -94261,7 +94557,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterCompareInt( ** is non-zero and the sorter is able to guarantee a stable sort, nField ** is used instead. This is used when sorting records for a CREATE INDEX ** statement. In this case, keys are always delivered to the sorter in -** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part +** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part ** of the records being sorted. So if the sort is stable, there is never ** any reason to compare PK fields and they can be ignored for a small ** performance boost. @@ -94358,7 +94654,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit( } } - if( pKeyInfo->nAllField<13 + if( pKeyInfo->nAllField<13 && (pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 || pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==db->pDfltColl) && (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[0] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)==0 ){ @@ -94383,7 +94679,7 @@ static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){ } /* -** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All +** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All ** fields of *pTask are zeroed before returning. */ static void vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(sqlite3 *db, SortSubtask *pTask){ @@ -94482,7 +94778,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterCreateThread( } /* -** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create +** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create ** level-0 PMAs. */ static int vdbeSorterJoinAll(VdbeSorter *pSorter, int rcin){ @@ -94491,10 +94787,10 @@ static int vdbeSorterJoinAll(VdbeSorter *pSorter, int rcin){ /* This function is always called by the main user thread. ** - ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called, + ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called, ** it is possible that thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread ** is currently attempt to join one of the other threads. To avoid a race - ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join + ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join ** thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread first. */ for(i=pSorter->nTask-1; i>=0; i--){ SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i]; @@ -94666,8 +94962,8 @@ static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile( } /* -** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord -** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or +** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord +** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or ** if no allocation was required), or SQLITE_NOMEM otherwise. */ static int vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(SortSubtask *pTask){ @@ -94730,14 +95026,14 @@ static SorterCompare vdbeSorterGetCompare(VdbeSorter *p){ if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER ){ return vdbeSorterCompareInt; }else if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_TEXT ){ - return vdbeSorterCompareText; + return vdbeSorterCompareText; } return vdbeSorterCompare; } /* -** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return -** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if +** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return +** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if ** an error occurs. */ static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ @@ -94782,8 +95078,8 @@ static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ } pList->pList = p; - assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK - || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM + assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK + || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM ); return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode; } @@ -94824,8 +95120,8 @@ static void vdbePmaWriteBlob(PmaWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){ memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy); p->iBufEnd += nCopy; if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){ - p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, - &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, + p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, + &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart ); p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0; @@ -94840,7 +95136,7 @@ static void vdbePmaWriteBlob(PmaWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){ /* ** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the PMA-writer object. ** The results of using the PMA-writer after this call are undefined. -** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not +** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not ** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. ** ** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the @@ -94849,8 +95145,8 @@ static void vdbePmaWriteBlob(PmaWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){ static int vdbePmaWriterFinish(PmaWriter *p, i64 *piEof){ int rc; if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){ - p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, - &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, + p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, + &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart ); } @@ -94862,11 +95158,11 @@ static int vdbePmaWriterFinish(PmaWriter *p, i64 *piEof){ } /* -** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return +** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return ** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. */ static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){ - int nByte; + int nByte; u8 aByte[10]; nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal); vdbePmaWriteBlob(p, aByte, nByte); @@ -94874,7 +95170,7 @@ static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){ /* ** Write the current contents of in-memory linked-list pList to a level-0 -** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if +** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if ** successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. ** ** The format of a PMA is: @@ -94882,8 +95178,8 @@ static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){ ** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content ** in the PMA (not including the varint itself). ** -** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. -** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the +** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. +** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the ** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data. */ static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ @@ -94892,7 +95188,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ PmaWriter writer; /* Object used to write to the file */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA. + /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA. ** This is used by an assert() statement at the end of this function. */ i64 iSz = pList->szPMA + sqlite3VarintLen(pList->szPMA) + pTask->file.iEof; #endif @@ -95045,7 +95341,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterFlushPMA(VdbeSorter *pSorter){ SortSubtask *pTask = 0; /* Thread context used to create new PMA */ int nWorker = (pSorter->nTask-1); - /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written. + /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written. ** Or will be, anyhow. */ pSorter->bUsePMA = 1; @@ -95055,7 +95351,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterFlushPMA(VdbeSorter *pSorter){ ** the background thread from a sub-tasks previous turn is still running, ** skip it. If the first (pSorter->nTask-1) sub-tasks are all still busy, ** fall back to using the final sub-task. The first (pSorter->nTask-1) - ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final + ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final ** sub-task uses the main thread. */ for(i=0; i<nWorker; i++){ int iTest = (pSorter->iPrev + i + 1) % nWorker; @@ -95119,7 +95415,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite( assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; - getVarint32((const u8*)&pVal->z[1], t); + getVarint32NR((const u8*)&pVal->z[1], t); if( t>0 && t<10 && t!=7 ){ pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER; }else if( t>10 && (t & 0x01) ){ @@ -95136,14 +95432,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite( ** If using the single large allocation mode (pSorter->aMemory!=0), then ** flush the contents of memory to a new PMA if (a) at least one value is ** already in memory and (b) the new value will not fit in memory. - ** + ** ** Or, if using separate allocations for each record, flush the contents ** of memory to a PMA if either of the following are true: ** - ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater ** than (page-size * cache-size), or ** - ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater ** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true. */ nReq = pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord); @@ -95282,11 +95578,11 @@ static int vdbeIncrBgPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){ ** aFile[0] such that the PmaReader should start rereading it from the ** beginning. ** -** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading -** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0]. +** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading +** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0]. ** -** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the -** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap +** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the +** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap ** aFile[0] and aFile[1] in place. If the contents of pMerger have not ** been exhausted, this function also launches a new background thread ** to populate the new aFile[1]. @@ -95426,7 +95722,7 @@ static void vdbeMergeEngineCompare( #define INCRINIT_TASK 1 #define INCRINIT_ROOT 2 -/* +/* ** Forward reference required as the vdbeIncrMergeInit() and ** vdbePmaReaderIncrInit() routines are called mutually recursively when ** building a merge tree. @@ -95435,7 +95731,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode); /* ** Initialize the MergeEngine object passed as the second argument. Once this -** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the +** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the ** MergeEngine object in the usual fashion. ** ** If argument eMode is INCRINIT_ROOT, then it is assumed that any IncrMerge @@ -95445,8 +95741,8 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode); ** required is to call vdbePmaReaderNext() on each PmaReader to point it at ** its first key. ** -** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use -** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data +** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use +** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data ** to pMerger. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. @@ -95501,19 +95797,19 @@ static int vdbeMergeEngineInit( ** object at (pReadr->pIncr). ** ** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_NORMAL, then all PmaReaders -** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then -** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to +** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then +** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to ** the first key in its range. ** ** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_TASK, then pReadr is guaranteed ** to be a multi-threaded PmaReader and this function is being called in a -** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are +** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are ** initialized as for INCRINIT_NORMAL and the aFile[1] buffer belonging to ** pReadr is populated. However, pReadr itself is not set up to point ** to its first key. A call to vdbePmaReaderNext() is still required to do -** that. +** that. ** -** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately +** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately ** in the INCRINIT_TASK case is that vdbePmaReaderNext() assumes that it has ** to block on thread (pTask->thread) before accessing aFile[1]. But, since ** this entire function is being run by thread (pTask->thread), that will @@ -95569,12 +95865,12 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bUseThread ){ /* Use the current thread to populate aFile[1], even though this ** PmaReader is multi-threaded. If this is an INCRINIT_TASK object, - ** then this function is already running in background thread - ** pIncr->pTask->thread. + ** then this function is already running in background thread + ** pIncr->pTask->thread. ** - ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the + ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the ** main VDBE thread. But that is Ok, as that thread cannot return - ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the + ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the ** first results are ready from this merger object anyway. */ assert( eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK ); @@ -95591,7 +95887,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){ #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 /* -** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in +** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in ** background threads. */ static void *vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(void *pCtx){ @@ -95609,8 +95905,8 @@ static void *vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(void *pCtx){ ** (if pReadr->pIncr==0), then this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it invokes ** the vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() function with the parameters passed to ** this routine to initialize the incremental merge. -** -** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1), +** +** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1), ** then a background thread is launched to call vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(). ** Or, if the IncrMerger is single threaded, the same function is called ** using the current thread. @@ -95640,7 +95936,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){ ** to NULL and return an SQLite error code. ** ** When this function is called, *piOffset is set to the offset of the -** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is +** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is ** set to the offset immediately following the last byte of the last ** PMA before returning. If an error does occur, then the final value of ** *piOffset is undefined. @@ -95750,12 +96046,12 @@ static int vdbeSorterAddToTree( /* ** This function is called as part of a SorterRewind() operation on a sorter ** that has already written two or more level-0 PMAs to one or more temp -** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that +** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that ** can be used to incrementally merge all PMAs on disk. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut set to point to the ** MergeEngine object at the root of the tree before returning. Or, if an -** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value +** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value ** of *ppOut is undefined. */ static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild( @@ -95767,8 +96063,8 @@ static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild( int iTask; #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 - /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level - ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly + /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level + ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly ** one PmaReader per sub-task. */ assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->nTask==1 ); if( pSorter->nTask>1 ){ @@ -95877,7 +96173,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterSetupMerge(VdbeSorter *pSorter){ } for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){ /* Check that: - ** + ** ** a) The incremental merge object is configured to use the ** right task, and ** b) If it is using task (nTask-1), it is configured to run @@ -95940,7 +96236,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ return rc; } - /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite() + /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite() ** function flushes the contents of memory to disk, it immediately always ** creates a new list consisting of a single key immediately afterwards. ** So the list is never empty at this point. */ @@ -95952,7 +96248,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewind"); - /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to + /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to ** incrementally read and merge all remaining PMAs. */ assert( pSorter->pReader==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -96006,7 +96302,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr){ } /* -** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the +** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the ** current key. */ static void *vdbeSorterRowkey( @@ -96106,6 +96402,433 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare( } /************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbevtab.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2020-03-23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file implements virtual-tables for examining the bytecode content +** of a prepared statement. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +/* An instance of the bytecode() table-valued function. +*/ +typedef struct bytecodevtab bytecodevtab; +struct bytecodevtab { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class - must be first */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int bTablesUsed; /* 2 for tables_used(). 0 for bytecode(). */ +}; + +/* A cursor for scanning through the bytecode +*/ +typedef struct bytecodevtab_cursor bytecodevtab_cursor; +struct bytecodevtab_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class - must be first */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* The statement whose bytecode is displayed */ + int iRowid; /* The rowid of the output table */ + int iAddr; /* Address */ + int needFinalize; /* Cursors owns pStmt and must finalize it */ + int showSubprograms; /* Provide a listing of subprograms */ + Op *aOp; /* Operand array */ + char *zP4; /* Rendered P4 value */ + const char *zType; /* tables_used.type */ + const char *zSchema; /* tables_used.schema */ + const char *zName; /* tables_used.name */ + Mem sub; /* Subprograms */ +}; + +/* +** Create a new bytecode() table-valued function. +*/ +static int bytecodevtabConnect( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, + char **pzErr +){ + bytecodevtab *pNew; + int rc; + int isTabUsed = pAux!=0; + const char *azSchema[2] = { + /* bytecode() schema */ + "CREATE TABLE x(" + "addr INT," + "opcode TEXT," + "p1 INT," + "p2 INT," + "p3 INT," + "p4 TEXT," + "p5 INT," + "comment TEXT," + "subprog TEXT," + "stmt HIDDEN" + ");", + + /* Tables_used() schema */ + "CREATE TABLE x(" + "type TEXT," + "schema TEXT," + "name TEXT," + "wr INT," + "subprog TEXT," + "stmt HIDDEN" + ");" + }; + + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, azSchema[isTabUsed]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) ); + *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pNew; + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); + pNew->db = db; + pNew->bTablesUsed = isTabUsed*2; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This method is the destructor for bytecodevtab objects. +*/ +static int bytecodevtabDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + bytecodevtab *p = (bytecodevtab*)pVtab; + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Constructor for a new bytecodevtab_cursor object. +*/ +static int bytecodevtabOpen(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ + bytecodevtab *pVTab = (bytecodevtab*)p; + bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur; + pCur = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCur) ); + if( pCur==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(*pCur)); + sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&pCur->sub, pVTab->db, 1); + *ppCursor = &pCur->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Clear all internal content from a bytecodevtab cursor. +*/ +static void bytecodevtabCursorClear(bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur){ + sqlite3_free(pCur->zP4); + pCur->zP4 = 0; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&pCur->sub); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCur->sub); + if( pCur->needFinalize ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pStmt); + } + pCur->pStmt = 0; + pCur->needFinalize = 0; + pCur->zType = 0; + pCur->zSchema = 0; + pCur->zName = 0; +} + +/* +** Destructor for a bytecodevtab_cursor. +*/ +static int bytecodevtabClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor*)cur; + bytecodevtabCursorClear(pCur); + sqlite3_free(pCur); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Advance a bytecodevtab_cursor to its next row of output. +*/ +static int bytecodevtabNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor*)cur; + bytecodevtab *pTab = (bytecodevtab*)cur->pVtab; + int rc; + if( pCur->zP4 ){ + sqlite3_free(pCur->zP4); + pCur->zP4 = 0; + } + if( pCur->zName ){ + pCur->zName = 0; + pCur->zType = 0; + pCur->zSchema = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode( + (Vdbe*)pCur->pStmt, + pCur->showSubprograms ? &pCur->sub : 0, + pTab->bTablesUsed, + &pCur->iRowid, + &pCur->iAddr, + &pCur->aOp); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCur->sub); + pCur->aOp = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the cursor has been moved off of the last +** row of output. +*/ +static int bytecodevtabEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor*)cur; + return pCur->aOp==0; +} + +/* +** Return values of columns for the row at which the bytecodevtab_cursor +** is currently pointing. +*/ +static int bytecodevtabColumn( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, /* The cursor */ + sqlite3_context *ctx, /* First argument to sqlite3_result_...() */ + int i /* Which column to return */ +){ + bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor*)cur; + bytecodevtab *pVTab = (bytecodevtab*)cur->pVtab; + Op *pOp = pCur->aOp + pCur->iAddr; + if( pVTab->bTablesUsed ){ + if( i==4 ){ + i = 8; + }else{ + if( i<=2 && pCur->zType==0 ){ + Schema *pSchema; + HashElem *k; + int iDb = pOp->p3; + int iRoot = pOp->p2; + sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db; + pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pCur->zSchema = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && pTab->tnum==iRoot ){ + pCur->zName = pTab->zName; + pCur->zType = "table"; + break; + } + } + if( pCur->zName==0 ){ + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + Index *pIdx = (Index*)sqliteHashData(k); + if( pIdx->tnum==iRoot ){ + pCur->zName = pIdx->zName; + pCur->zType = "index"; + } + } + } + } + i += 10; + } + } + switch( i ){ + case 0: /* addr */ + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCur->iAddr); + break; + case 1: /* opcode */ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), + -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + case 2: /* p1 */ + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pOp->p1); + break; + case 3: /* p2 */ + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pOp->p2); + break; + case 4: /* p3 */ + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pOp->p3); + break; + case 5: /* p4 */ + case 7: /* comment */ + if( pCur->zP4==0 ){ + pCur->zP4 = sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(pVTab->db, pOp); + } + if( i==5 ){ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCur->zP4, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + char *zCom = sqlite3VdbeDisplayComment(pVTab->db, pOp, pCur->zP4); + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zCom, -1, sqlite3_free); +#endif + } + break; + case 6: /* p5 */ + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pOp->p5); + break; + case 8: { /* subprog */ + Op *aOp = pCur->aOp; + assert( aOp[0].opcode==OP_Init ); + assert( aOp[0].p4.z==0 || strncmp(aOp[0].p4.z,"-" "- ",3)==0 ); + if( pCur->iRowid==pCur->iAddr+1 ){ + break; /* Result is NULL for the main program */ + }else if( aOp[0].p4.z!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, aOp[0].p4.z+3, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, "(FK)", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + break; + } + case 10: /* tables_used.type */ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCur->zType, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + case 11: /* tables_used.schema */ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCur->zSchema, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + case 12: /* tables_used.name */ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCur->zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + case 13: /* tables_used.wr */ + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite); + break; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return the rowid for the current row. In this implementation, the +** rowid is the same as the output value. +*/ +static int bytecodevtabRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor*)cur; + *pRowid = pCur->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Initialize a cursor. +** +** idxNum==0 means show all subprograms +** idxNum==1 means show only the main bytecode and omit subprograms. +*/ +static int bytecodevtabFilter( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv +){ + bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor *)pVtabCursor; + bytecodevtab *pVTab = (bytecodevtab *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + bytecodevtabCursorClear(pCur); + pCur->iRowid = 0; + pCur->iAddr = 0; + pCur->showSubprograms = idxNum==0; + assert( argc==1 ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + const char *zSql = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pVTab->db, zSql, -1, &pCur->pStmt, 0); + pCur->needFinalize = 1; + } + }else{ + pCur->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sqlite3_value_pointer(argv[0],"stmt-pointer"); + } + if( pCur->pStmt==0 ){ + pVTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "argument to %s() is not a valid SQL statement", + pVTab->bTablesUsed ? "tables_used" : "bytecode" + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + bytecodevtabNext(pVtabCursor); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** We must have a single stmt=? constraint that will be passed through +** into the xFilter method. If there is no valid stmt=? constraint, +** then return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. +*/ +static int bytecodevtabBestIndex( + sqlite3_vtab *tab, + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo +){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p; + bytecodevtab *pVTab = (bytecodevtab*)tab; + int iBaseCol = pVTab->bTablesUsed ? 4 : 8; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)100; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 100; + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; + for(i=0, p=pIdxInfo->aConstraint; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, p++){ + if( p->usable==0 ) continue; + if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && p->iColumn==iBaseCol+1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; + } + if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNULL && p->iColumn==iBaseCol ){ + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This following structure defines all the methods for the +** virtual table. +*/ +static sqlite3_module bytecodevtabModule = { + /* iVersion */ 0, + /* xCreate */ 0, + /* xConnect */ bytecodevtabConnect, + /* xBestIndex */ bytecodevtabBestIndex, + /* xDisconnect */ bytecodevtabDisconnect, + /* xDestroy */ 0, + /* xOpen */ bytecodevtabOpen, + /* xClose */ bytecodevtabClose, + /* xFilter */ bytecodevtabFilter, + /* xNext */ bytecodevtabNext, + /* xEof */ bytecodevtabEof, + /* xColumn */ bytecodevtabColumn, + /* xRowid */ bytecodevtabRowid, + /* xUpdate */ 0, + /* xBegin */ 0, + /* xSync */ 0, + /* xCommit */ 0, + /* xRollback */ 0, + /* xFindMethod */ 0, + /* xRename */ 0, + /* xSavepoint */ 0, + /* xRelease */ 0, + /* xRollbackTo */ 0, + /* xShadowName */ 0 +}; + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBytecodeVtabInit(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "bytecode", &bytecodevtabModule, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "tables_used", &bytecodevtabModule, &db); + } + return rc; +} +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBytecodeVtabInit(sqlite3 *db){ return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB */ + +/************** End of vdbevtab.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/ /* ** 2008 October 7 @@ -96211,7 +96934,7 @@ static int memjrnlRead( assert( p->readpoint.iOffset==0 || p->readpoint.pChunk!=0 ); if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0; - for(pChunk=p->pFirst; + for(pChunk=p->pFirst; ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+p->nChunkSize)<=iOfst; pChunk=pChunk->pNext ){ @@ -96246,7 +96969,7 @@ static void memjrnlFreeChunks(MemJournal *p){ for(pIter=p->pFirst; pIter; pIter=pNext){ pNext = pIter->pNext; sqlite3_free(pIter); - } + } p->pFirst = 0; } @@ -96318,7 +97041,7 @@ static int memjrnlWrite( ** access writes are not required. The only exception to this is when ** the in-memory journal is being used by a connection using the ** atomic-write optimization. In this case the first 28 bytes of the - ** journal file may be written as part of committing the transaction. */ + ** journal file may be written as part of committing the transaction. */ assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset || iOfst==0 ); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) @@ -96369,7 +97092,7 @@ static int memjrnlWrite( ** ** If the journal file is already on disk, truncate it there. Or, if it ** is still in main memory but is being truncated to zero bytes in size, -** ignore +** ignore */ static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; @@ -96396,8 +97119,8 @@ static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ /* ** Sync the file. ** -** If the real file has been created, call its xSync method. Otherwise, -** syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. +** If the real file has been created, call its xSync method. Otherwise, +** syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. */ static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(pJfd, flags); @@ -96438,11 +97161,11 @@ static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { 0 /* xUnfetch */ }; -/* -** Open a journal file. +/* +** Open a journal file. ** -** The behaviour of the journal file depends on the value of parameter -** nSpill. If nSpill is 0, then the journal file is always create and +** The behaviour of the journal file depends on the value of parameter +** nSpill. If nSpill is 0, then the journal file is always create and ** accessed using the underlying VFS. If nSpill is less than zero, then ** all content is always stored in main-memory. Finally, if nSpill is a ** positive value, then the journal file is initially created in-memory @@ -96493,9 +97216,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) /* -** If the argument p points to a MemJournal structure that is not an +** If the argument p points to a MemJournal structure that is not an ** in-memory-only journal file (i.e. is one that was opened with a +ve -** nSpill parameter or as SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL), and the underlying +** nSpill parameter or as SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL), and the underlying ** file has not yet been created, create it now. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ @@ -96529,7 +97252,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(sqlite3_file *p){ return p->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; } -/* +/* ** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs ** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. */ @@ -96688,7 +97411,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the ** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select ** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery -** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return +** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return ** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue; */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ @@ -96697,24 +97420,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ struct SrcList_item *pItem; pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc!=0 ); - for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - if( pItem->pSelect && sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc - && sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) - ){ - return WRC_Abort; + if( pSrc ){ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + if( pItem->pSelect && sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc + && sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) + ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } } } return WRC_Continue; -} +} /* ** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p. ** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and -** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. +** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. ** ** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before ** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2() @@ -96748,6 +97472,43 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ return WRC_Continue; } +/* Increase the walkerDepth when entering a subquery, and +** descrease when leaving the subquery. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkerDepthIncrease(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); + pWalker->walkerDepth++; + return WRC_Continue; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalkerDepthDecrease(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); + pWalker->walkerDepth--; +} + + +/* +** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. +** +** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees +** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, +** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then +** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every +** subquery in the parser tree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker for SELECT statements. +** subquery in the parser tree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Select *NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return WRC_Continue; +} + /************** End of walker.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/ /* @@ -96776,6 +97537,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** ** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine. incrAggDepth(..) ** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker. +** +** See also the sqlite3WindowExtraAggFuncDepth() routine in window.c */ static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.n; @@ -96833,7 +97596,7 @@ static void resolveAlias( pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken); } - /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This + /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself, ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line. ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the @@ -96892,7 +97655,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchEName( ){ int n; const char *zSpan; - if( NEVER(pItem->eEName!=ENAME_TAB) ) return 0; + if( pItem->eEName!=ENAME_TAB ) return 0; zSpan = pItem->zEName; for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){} if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){ @@ -96928,8 +97691,33 @@ static int areDoubleQuotedStringsEnabled(sqlite3 *db, NameContext *pTopNC){ } /* +** The argument is guaranteed to be a non-NULL Expr node of type TK_COLUMN. +** return the appropriate colUsed mask. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3ExprColUsed(Expr *pExpr){ + int n; + Table *pExTab; + + n = pExpr->iColumn; + pExTab = pExpr->y.pTab; + assert( pExTab!=0 ); + if( (pExTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated)!=0 + && (pExTab->aCol[n].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)!=0 + ){ + testcase( pExTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( pExTab->nCol==BMS ); + return pExTab->nCol>=BMS ? ALLBITS : MASKBIT(pExTab->nCol)-1; + }else{ + testcase( n==BMS-1 ); + testcase( n==BMS ); + if( n>=BMS ) n = BMS-1; + return ((Bitmask)1)<<n; + } +} + +/* ** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up -** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr +** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr ** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes ** are made to pExpr: ** @@ -97004,6 +97792,12 @@ static int lookupName( break; } } + if( i==db->nDb && sqlite3StrICmp("main", zDb)==0 ){ + /* This branch is taken when the main database has been renamed + ** using SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME. */ + pSchema = db->aDb[0].pSchema; + zDb = db->aDb[0].zDbSName; + } } } @@ -97015,6 +97809,7 @@ static int lookupName( if( pSrcList ){ for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ + u8 hCol; pTab = pItem->pTab; assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 ); assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); @@ -97048,10 +97843,11 @@ static int lookupName( if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ pMatch = pItem; } + hCol = sqlite3StrIHash(zCol); for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ + if( pCol->hName==hCol && sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match - ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a + ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a ** USING clause, then skip this match. */ if( cnt==1 ){ @@ -97079,7 +97875,7 @@ static int lookupName( } /* if( pSrcList ) */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT) - /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe + /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference. Or ** maybe it is an excluded.* from an upsert. */ @@ -97108,12 +97904,13 @@ static int lookupName( } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT */ - if( pTab ){ + if( pTab ){ int iCol; + u8 hCol = sqlite3StrIHash(zCol); pSchema = pTab->pSchema; cntTab++; for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ + if( pCol->hName==hCol && sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ iCol = -1; } @@ -97235,7 +98032,7 @@ static int lookupName( } goto lookupname_end; } - } + } } /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either @@ -97323,22 +98120,7 @@ static int lookupName( ** of the table. */ if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ - int n = pExpr->iColumn; - Table *pExTab = pExpr->y.pTab; - assert( pExTab!=0 ); - assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); - if( (pExTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated)!=0 - && (pExTab->aCol[n].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)!=0 - ){ - testcase( pExTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); - testcase( pExTab->nCol==BMS ); - pMatch->colUsed = pExTab->nCol>=BMS ? ALLBITS : MASKBIT(pExTab->nCol)-1; - }else{ - testcase( n==BMS-1 ); - testcase( n==BMS ); - if( n>=BMS ) n = BMS-1; - pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n; - } + pMatch->colUsed |= sqlite3ExprColUsed(pExpr); } /* Clean up and return @@ -97405,7 +98187,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSr ** ** static void notValid( ** Parse *pParse, // Leave error message here -** NameContext *pNC, // The name context +** NameContext *pNC, // The name context ** const char *zMsg, // Type of error ** int validMask, // Set of contexts for which prohibited ** Expr *pExpr // Invalidate this expression on error @@ -97507,7 +98289,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID ** ** The TK_ID and TK_OUT cases are combined so that there will only - ** be one call to lookupName(). Then the compiler will in-line + ** be one call to lookupName(). Then the compiler will in-line ** lookupName() for a size reduction and performance increase. */ case TK_ID: @@ -97596,7 +98378,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ** to likelihood(X,0.9375). */ /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625. likely() is 0.9375 */ pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 8388608 : 125829120; - } + } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { @@ -97658,11 +98440,11 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ || (pDef->xValue && pDef->xInverse && pDef->xSFunc && pDef->xFinalize) ); if( pDef && pDef->xValue==0 && pWin ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%.*s() may not be used as a window function", nId, zId ); pNC->nErr++; - }else if( + }else if( (is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0) || (is_agg && (pDef->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) && !pWin) || (is_agg && pWin && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowWin)==0) @@ -97698,8 +98480,8 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC else if( is_agg==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "FILTER may not be used with non-aggregate %.*s()", + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "FILTER may not be used with non-aggregate %.*s()", nId, zId ); pNC->nErr++; @@ -97761,7 +98543,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ pNC->ncFlags |= savedAllowFlags; } /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return - ** type of the function + ** type of the function */ return WRC_Prune; } @@ -97803,7 +98585,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) ); /* Handle special cases of "x IS TRUE", "x IS FALSE", "x IS NOT TRUE", ** and "x IS NOT FALSE". */ - if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ + if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_ID ){ int rc = resolveExprStep(pWalker, pRight); if( rc==WRC_Abort ) return WRC_Abort; if( pRight->op==TK_TRUEFALSE ){ @@ -97846,7 +98628,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ); sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused"); } - break; + break; } } return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue; @@ -97957,7 +98739,7 @@ static void resolveOutOfRangeError( int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */ int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */ ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r %s BY term out of range - should be " "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx); } @@ -98021,7 +98803,7 @@ static int resolveCompoundOrderBy( iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE); if( iCol==0 ){ /* Now test if expression pE matches one of the values returned - ** by pSelect. In the usual case this is done by duplicating the + ** by pSelect. In the usual case this is done by duplicating the ** expression, resolving any symbols in it, and then comparing ** it against each expression returned by the SELECT statement. ** Once the comparisons are finished, the duplicate expression @@ -98245,7 +99027,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - + assert( p!=0 ); if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){ @@ -98299,7 +99081,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ pSub->pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; p->pOrderBy = 0; } - + /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries */ for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){ @@ -98326,19 +99108,19 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ pItem->fg.isCorrelated = (nRef!=0); } } - + /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to ** resolve the result-set expression list. */ sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg|NC_AllowWin; sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; - + /* Resolve names in the result set. */ if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort; sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowWin; - - /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY + + /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. */ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ); @@ -98349,14 +99131,14 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ }else{ sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; } - + /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. */ if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); return WRC_Abort; } - + /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by @@ -98375,19 +99157,19 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc - && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) + && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) ){ return WRC_Abort; } } /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in - ** outer queries + ** outer queries */ sNC.pNext = 0; sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg|NC_AllowWin; - /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from + /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from ** the sub-query back to the parent query. At this point each term ** within the ORDER BY clause has been transformed to an integer value. ** These integers will be replaced by copies of the corresponding result @@ -98417,13 +99199,13 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ return WRC_Abort; } sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowWin; - - /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure + + /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. */ if( pGroupBy ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; - + if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){ return WRC_Abort; } @@ -98478,7 +99260,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions ** are seen. ** -** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the +** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the ** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where ** ** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or @@ -98510,7 +99292,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** ** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b; ** -** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is +** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is ** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified. ** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is ** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. @@ -98520,7 +99302,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number ** if errors is returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ ){ @@ -98559,16 +99341,46 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( ** just like sqlite3ResolveExprNames() except that it works for an expression ** list rather than a single expression. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames( +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames( NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ ExprList *pList /* The expression list to be analyzed. */ ){ int i; - if( pList ){ - for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort; + int savedHasAgg = 0; + Walker w; + if( pList==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + w.pParse = pNC->pParse; + w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; + w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; + w.xSelectCallback2 = 0; + w.u.pNC = pNC; + savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg|NC_HasWin); + pNC->ncFlags &= ~(NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg|NC_HasWin); + for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; + if( pExpr==0 ) continue; +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + w.pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; + if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(w.pParse, w.pParse->nHeight) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } +#endif + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + w.pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; +#endif + assert( EP_Agg==NC_HasAgg ); + assert( EP_Win==NC_HasWin ); + testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ); + testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasWin ); + if( pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg|NC_HasWin) ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_HasWin) ); + savedHasAgg |= pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg|NC_HasWin); + pNC->ncFlags &= ~(NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg|NC_HasWin); } + if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ) return WRC_Abort; } + pNC->ncFlags |= savedHasAgg; return WRC_Continue; } @@ -98687,7 +99499,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(Table *pTab, int iCol){ ** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. ** ** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, -** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the +** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the ** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, ** indicating no affinity for the expression. ** @@ -98699,10 +99511,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(Table *pTab, int iCol){ ** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(const Expr *pExpr){ int op; while( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){ - assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW ); pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; assert( pExpr!=0 ); } @@ -98769,9 +99581,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, con */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){ while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){ - assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW ); pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; - } + } return pExpr; } @@ -98788,10 +99600,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(Expr *pExpr){ assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ); pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; }else{ - assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW ); pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; } - } + } return pExpr; } @@ -98809,10 +99621,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(Expr *pExpr){ ** COLLATE operators take first precedence. Left operands take ** precedence over right operands. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; CollSeq *pColl = 0; - Expr *p = pExpr; + const Expr *p = pExpr; while( p ){ int op = p->op; if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; @@ -98847,7 +99659,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ Expr *pNext = p->pRight; /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */ assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 ); - if( p->x.pList!=0 + if( p->x.pList!=0 && !db->mallocFailed && ALWAYS(!ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect)) ){ @@ -98865,7 +99677,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ break; } } - if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ + if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ pColl = 0; } return pColl; @@ -98881,7 +99693,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** The sqlite3ExprCollSeq() routine works the same except that it ** returns NULL if there is no defined collation. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr){ CollSeq *p = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr); if( p==0 ) p = pParse->db->pDfltColl; assert( p!=0 ); @@ -98891,7 +99703,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ /* ** Return TRUE if the two expressions have equivalent collating sequences. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse *pParse, Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pE1, const Expr *pE2){ CollSeq *pColl1 = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pE1); CollSeq *pColl2 = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pE2); return sqlite3StrICmp(pColl1->zName, pColl2->zName)==0; @@ -98902,7 +99714,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse *pParse, Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2){ ** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the ** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(const Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); if( aff1>SQLITE_AFF_NONE && aff2>SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric @@ -98924,7 +99736,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ ** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should ** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. */ -static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ +static char comparisonAffinity(const Expr *pExpr){ char aff; assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || @@ -98947,7 +99759,7 @@ static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ ** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement ** the comparison in pExpr. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(const Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); if( aff<SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ return 1; @@ -98962,7 +99774,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ ** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison ** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. */ -static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ +static u8 binaryCompareP5( + const Expr *pExpr1, /* Left operand */ + const Expr *pExpr2, /* Right operand */ + int jumpIfNull /* Extra flags added to P5 */ +){ u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull; return aff; @@ -98981,9 +99797,9 @@ static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ ** it is not considered. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( - Parse *pParse, - Expr *pLeft, - Expr *pRight + Parse *pParse, + const Expr *pLeft, + const Expr *pRight ){ CollSeq *pColl; assert( pLeft ); @@ -99008,7 +99824,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( ** is reversed in the sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq() call so that the ** correct collating sequence is found. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *p){ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Commuted) ){ return sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, p->pRight, p->pLeft); }else{ @@ -99060,7 +99876,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsVector(Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** If the expression passed as the only argument is of type TK_VECTOR +** If the expression passed as the only argument is of type TK_VECTOR ** return the number of expressions in the vector. Or, if the expression ** is a sub-select, return the number of columns in the sub-select. For ** any other type of expression, return 1. @@ -99110,7 +99926,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(Expr *pVector, int i){ ** sqlite3ExprCode() will generate all necessary code to compute ** the iField-th column of the vector expression pVector. ** -** It is ok for pVector to be a scalar (as long as iField==0). +** It is ok for pVector to be a scalar (as long as iField==0). ** In that case, this routine works like sqlite3ExprDup(). ** ** The caller owns the returned Expr object and is responsible for @@ -99166,7 +99982,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprForVectorField( /* ** If expression pExpr is of type TK_SELECT, generate code to evaluate -** it. Return the register in which the result is stored (or, if the +** it. Return the register in which the result is stored (or, if the ** sub-select returns more than one column, the first in an array ** of registers in which the result is stored). ** @@ -99188,10 +100004,10 @@ static int exprCodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** the register number of a register that contains the value of ** element iField of the vector. ** -** If pVector is a TK_SELECT expression, then code for it must have +** If pVector is a TK_SELECT expression, then code for it must have ** already been generated using the exprCodeSubselect() routine. In this ** case parameter regSelect should be the first in an array of registers -** containing the results of the sub-select. +** containing the results of the sub-select. ** ** If pVector is of type TK_VECTOR, then code for the requested field ** is generated. In this case (*pRegFree) may be set to the number of @@ -99251,15 +100067,16 @@ static void codeVectorCompare( int addrDone = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); int isCommuted = ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Commuted); + assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr,EP_Immutable) ); if( pParse->nErr ) return; if( nLeft!=sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pRight) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused"); return; } - assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_NE - || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT - || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT - || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_GE + assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_NE + || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT + || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT + || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_GE ); assert( pExpr->op==op || (pExpr->op==TK_IS && op==TK_EQ) || (pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT && op==TK_NE) ); @@ -99275,7 +100092,7 @@ static void codeVectorCompare( for(i=0; 1 /*Loop exits by "break"*/; i++){ int regFree1 = 0, regFree2 = 0; - Expr *pL, *pR; + Expr *pL, *pR; int r1, r2; assert( i>=0 && i<nLeft ); r1 = exprVectorRegister(pParse, pLeft, i, regLeft, &pL, ®Free1); @@ -99321,7 +100138,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]; if( nHeight>mxHeight ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -99366,10 +100183,10 @@ static void heightOfSelect(Select *pSelect, int *pnHeight){ } /* -** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an -** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or +** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an +** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or ** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression -** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other +** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other ** referenced Expr plus one. ** ** Also propagate EP_Propagate flags up from Expr.x.pList to Expr.flags, @@ -99394,7 +100211,7 @@ static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){ ** leave an error in pParse. ** ** Also propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into -** Expr.flags. +** Expr.flags. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ if( pParse->nErr ) return; @@ -99414,7 +100231,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ #else /* ABOVE: Height enforcement enabled. BELOW: Height enforcement off */ /* ** Propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into -** Expr.flags. +** Expr.flags. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ if( p && p->x.pList && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ @@ -99483,7 +100300,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc( } #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 pNew->nHeight = 1; -#endif +#endif } return pNew; } @@ -99590,7 +100407,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Parse *pParse, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ return pRight; }else if( pRight==0 ){ return pLeft; - }else if( (ExprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || ExprAlwaysFalse(pRight)) + }else if( (ExprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || ExprAlwaysFalse(pRight)) && !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); @@ -99655,7 +100472,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprFunctionUsable( /* Functions prohibited in triggers and views if: ** (1) tagged with SQLITE_DIRECTONLY ** (2) not tagged with SQLITE_INNOCUOUS (which means it - ** is tagged with SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE) and + ** is tagged with SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE) and ** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA is off (meaning ** that the schema is possibly tainted). */ @@ -99666,7 +100483,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprFunctionUsable( /* ** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard -** in the original SQL statement. +** in the original SQL statement. ** ** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential ** variable number. @@ -99804,7 +100621,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprUnmapAndDelete(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ } /* -** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure +** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure ** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, ** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. */ @@ -99819,14 +100636,14 @@ static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){ ** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in ** how much of the tree is measured. ** -** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure +** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure ** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token ** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components ** *************************************************************************** ** -** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: -** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and +** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: +** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and ** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be. ** The return values is always one of: ** @@ -99853,7 +100670,7 @@ static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */ assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff ); assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); - if( 0==flags || p->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN + if( 0==flags || p->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC || ExprHasProperty(p, EP_WinFunc) #endif @@ -99861,9 +100678,9 @@ static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE; }else{ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) ); + assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) ); if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){ nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced; }else{ @@ -99875,7 +100692,7 @@ static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ } /* -** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy +** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy ** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that ** string is defined.) */ @@ -99888,16 +100705,16 @@ static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){ } /* -** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the +** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the ** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a ** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags. ** ** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct ** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any. ** -** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes -** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft -** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or +** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes +** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft +** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or ** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables). */ static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ @@ -99912,8 +100729,8 @@ static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ } /* -** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer -** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough +** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer +** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough ** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken ** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions, ** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte past the @@ -99959,7 +100776,7 @@ static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int dupFlags, u8 **pzBuffer){ }else{ u32 nSize = (u32)exprStructSize(p); memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize); - if( nSize<EXPR_FULLSIZE ){ + if( nSize<EXPR_FULLSIZE ){ memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize); } } @@ -99968,6 +100785,10 @@ static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int dupFlags, u8 **pzBuffer){ pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken); pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly); pNew->flags |= staticFlag; + ExprClearVVAProperties(pNew); + if( dupFlags ){ + ExprSetVVAProperty(pNew, EP_Immutable); + } /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */ if( nToken ){ @@ -100019,7 +100840,7 @@ static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int dupFlags, u8 **pzBuffer){ } /* -** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second +** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second ** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned ** and the db->mallocFailed flag set. */ @@ -100085,7 +100906,7 @@ static void gatherSelectWindows(Select *p){ ** without effecting the originals. ** ** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), -** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded +** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded ** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. ** ** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. @@ -100115,9 +100936,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags) Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr; Expr *pNewExpr; pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags); - if( pOldExpr + if( pOldExpr && pOldExpr->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN - && (pNewExpr = pItem->pExpr)!=0 + && (pNewExpr = pItem->pExpr)!=0 ){ assert( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 || i>0 ); if( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 ){ @@ -100144,7 +100965,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags) /* ** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from -** the build, then none of the following routines, except for +** the build, then none of the following routines, except for ** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes ** called with a NULL argument. */ @@ -100177,7 +100998,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){ } pNewItem->pIBIndex = pOldItem->pIBIndex; if( pNewItem->fg.isTabFunc ){ - pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg = + pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pOldItem->u1.pFuncArg, flags); } pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; @@ -100294,7 +101115,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( pList->nExpr = 0; }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){ ExprList *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList, + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList, sizeof(*pList)+(2*(sqlite3_int64)pList->nExpr-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0])); if( pNew==0 ){ goto no_mem; @@ -100308,7 +101129,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( pItem->pExpr = pExpr; return pList; -no_mem: +no_mem: /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); @@ -100341,8 +101162,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector( if( NEVER(pColumns==0) ) goto vector_append_error; if( pExpr==0 ) goto vector_append_error; - /* If the RHS is a vector, then we can immediately check to see that - ** the size of the RHS and LHS match. But if the RHS is a SELECT, + /* If the RHS is a vector, then we can immediately check to see that + ** the size of the RHS and LHS match. But if the RHS is a SELECT, ** wildcards ("*") in the result set of the SELECT must be expanded before ** we can do the size check, so defer the size check until code generation. */ @@ -100370,7 +101191,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector( Expr *pFirst = pList->a[iFirst].pExpr; assert( pFirst!=0 ); assert( pFirst->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN ); - + /* Store the SELECT statement in pRight so it will be deleted when ** sqlite3ExprListDelete() is called */ pFirst->pRight = pExpr; @@ -100396,13 +101217,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList *p, int iSortOrder, int assert( p->nExpr>0 ); assert( SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED<0 && SQLITE_SO_ASC==0 && SQLITE_SO_DESC>0 ); - assert( iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED - || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC - || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_DESC + assert( iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED + || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC + || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_DESC ); - assert( eNulls==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED - || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_ASC - || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_DESC + assert( eNulls==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED + || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_ASC + || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_DESC ); pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1]; @@ -100435,6 +101256,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName( int dequote /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */ ){ assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 ); + assert( pParse->eParseMode!=PARSE_MODE_UNMAP || dequote==0 ); if( pList ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); @@ -100442,9 +101264,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName( assert( pItem->zEName==0 ); assert( pItem->eEName==ENAME_NAME ); pItem->zEName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n); - if( dequote ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zEName); - if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ - sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)pItem->zEName, pName); + if( dequote ){ + /* If dequote==0, then pName->z does not point to part of a DDL + ** statement handled by the parser. And so no token need be added + ** to the token-map. */ + sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zEName); + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)pItem->zEName, pName); + } } } } @@ -100633,7 +101460,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(Expr *pExpr){ ** when parsing an existing schema out of the sqlite_master table and 4 ** when processing a new CREATE TABLE statement. A bound parameter raises ** an error for new statements, but is silently converted -** to NULL for existing schemas. This allows sqlite_master tables that +** to NULL for existing schemas. This allows sqlite_master tables that ** contain a bound parameter because they were generated by older versions ** of SQLite to be parsed by newer versions of SQLite without raising a ** malformed schema error. @@ -100744,7 +101571,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ ** ** When this routine returns true, it indicates that the expression ** can be added to the pParse->pConstExpr list and evaluated once when -** the prepared statement starts up. See sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(). +** the prepared statement starts up. See sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ return exprIsConst(p, 2, 0); @@ -100791,7 +101618,7 @@ static int exprNodeIsConstantOrGroupBy(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* ** Walk the expression tree passed as the first argument. Return non-zero -** if the expression consists entirely of constants or copies of terms +** if the expression consists entirely of constants or copies of terms ** in pGroupBy that sort with the BINARY collation sequence. ** ** This routine is used to determine if a term of the HAVING clause can @@ -100821,7 +101648,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, ExprLi /* ** Walk an expression tree for the DEFAULT field of a column definition -** in a CREATE TABLE statement. Return non-zero if the expression is +** in a CREATE TABLE statement. Return non-zero if the expression is ** acceptable for use as a DEFAULT. That is to say, return non-zero if ** the expression is constant or a function call with constant arguments. ** Return and 0 if there are any variables. @@ -100905,7 +101732,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ ** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL. ** ** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex -** to tell return TRUE. +** to tell return TRUE. ** ** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes ** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive @@ -100993,7 +101820,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ } /* -** pX is the RHS of an IN operator. If pX is a SELECT statement +** pX is the RHS of an IN operator. If pX is a SELECT statement ** that can be simplified to a direct table access, then return ** a pointer to the SELECT statement. If pX is not a SELECT statement, ** or if the SELECT statement needs to be manifested into a transient @@ -101059,7 +101886,7 @@ static void sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(Vdbe *v, int iCur, int regHasNull){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the +** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the ** right-hand side. Return TRUE if that list is constant. */ static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){ @@ -101118,9 +101945,9 @@ static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){ ** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or due to ** a UNIQUE constraint or index. ** -** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used -** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must -** be used unless <columns> is a single INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column or an +** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used +** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must +** be used unless <columns> is a single INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column or an ** index can be found with the specified <columns> as its left-most. ** ** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and @@ -101132,7 +101959,7 @@ static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){ ** ** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function ** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator -** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and +** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and ** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at ** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written ** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a @@ -101172,9 +101999,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0; - /* If the RHS of this IN(...) operator is a SELECT, and if it matters + /* If the RHS of this IN(...) operator is a SELECT, and if it matters ** whether or not the SELECT result contains NULL values, check whether - ** or not NULL is actually possible (it may not be, for example, due + ** or not NULL is actually possible (it may not be, for example, due ** to NOT NULL constraints in the schema). If no NULL values are possible, ** set prRhsHasNull to 0 before continuing. */ if( prRhsHasNull && (pX->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){ @@ -101189,7 +102016,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( } /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to - ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new + ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new ** ephemeral table. */ if( pParse->nErr==0 && (p = isCandidateForInOpt(pX))!=0 ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ @@ -101224,7 +102051,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( int affinity_ok = 1; int i; - /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform each + /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform each ** comparison is the same as the affinity of each column in table ** on the RHS of the IN operator. If it not, it is not possible to ** use any index of the RHS table. */ @@ -101269,14 +102096,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( continue; /* This index is not unique over the IN RHS columns */ } } - + colUsed = 0; /* Columns of index used so far */ for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){ Expr *pLhs = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pX->pLeft, i); Expr *pRhs = pEList->a[i].pExpr; CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLhs, pRhs); int j; - + assert( pReq!=0 || pRhs->iColumn==XN_ROWID || pParse->nErr ); for(j=0; j<nExpr; j++){ if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=pRhs->iColumn ) continue; @@ -101292,7 +102119,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( colUsed |= mCol; if( aiMap ) aiMap[i] = j; } - + assert( i==nExpr || colUsed!=(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) ); if( colUsed==(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) ){ /* If we reach this point, that means the index pIdx is usable */ @@ -101304,11 +102131,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 ); eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0]; - + if( prRhsHasNull ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK i64 mask = (1<<nExpr)-1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, iTab, 0, 0, (u8*)&mask, P4_INT64); #endif *prRhsHasNull = ++pParse->nMem; @@ -101370,8 +102197,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** Argument pExpr is an (?, ?...) IN(...) expression. This -** function allocates and returns a nul-terminated string containing +** Argument pExpr is an (?, ?...) IN(...) expression. This +** function allocates and returns a nul-terminated string containing ** the affinities to be used for each column of the comparison. ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that the returned @@ -101404,11 +102231,11 @@ static char *exprINAffinity(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** Load the Parse object passed as the first argument with an error +** Load the Parse object passed as the first argument with an error ** message of the form: ** ** "sub-select returns N columns - expected M" -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SubselectError(Parse *pParse, int nActual, int nExpect){ if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ const char *zFmt = "sub-select returns %d columns - expected %d"; @@ -101419,7 +102246,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SubselectError(Parse *pParse, int nActual, int nExpec /* ** Expression pExpr is a vector that has been used in a context where -** it is not permitted. If pExpr is a sub-select vector, this routine +** it is not permitted. If pExpr is a sub-select vector, this routine ** loads the Parse object with a message of the form: ** ** "sub-select returns N columns - expected 1" @@ -101427,7 +102254,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SubselectError(Parse *pParse, int nActual, int nExpec ** Or, if it is a regular scalar vector: ** ** "row value misused" -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY if( pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){ @@ -101490,7 +102317,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRhsOfIN( if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && pParse->iSelfTab==0 ){ /* Reuse of the RHS is allowed */ /* If this routine has already been coded, but the previous code - ** might not have been invoked yet, so invoke it now as a subroutine. + ** might not have been invoked yet, so invoke it now as a subroutine. */ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Subrtn) ){ addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -101589,6 +102416,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRhsOfIN( affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft); if( affinity<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ + affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; } if( pKeyInfo ){ assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); @@ -101642,7 +102471,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRhsOfIN( ** ** The pExpr parameter is the SELECT or EXISTS operator to be coded. ** -** Return the register that holds the result. For a multi-column SELECT, +** Return the register that holds the result. For a multi-column SELECT, ** the result is stored in a contiguous array of registers and the ** return value is the register of the left-most result column. ** Return 0 if an error occurs. @@ -101693,7 +102522,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); } - + /* For a SELECT, generate code to put the values for all columns of ** the first row into an array of registers and return the index of ** the first register. @@ -101701,7 +102530,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** If this is an EXISTS, write an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) ** into a register and return that register number. ** - ** In both cases, the query is augmented with "LIMIT 1". Any + ** In both cases, the query is augmented with "LIMIT 1". Any ** preexisting limit is discarded in place of the new LIMIT 1. */ ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "%sSCALAR SUBQUERY %d", @@ -101758,9 +102587,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** Expr pIn is an IN(...) expression. This function checks that the -** sub-select on the RHS of the IN() operator has the same number of -** columns as the vector on the LHS. Or, if the RHS of the IN() is not +** Expr pIn is an IN(...) expression. This function checks that the +** sub-select on the RHS of the IN() operator has the same number of +** columns as the vector on the LHS. Or, if the RHS of the IN() is not ** a sub-query, that the LHS is a vector of size 1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse *pParse, Expr *pIn){ @@ -101785,18 +102614,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse *pParse, Expr *pIn){ ** x IN (SELECT ...) ** x IN (value, value, ...) ** -** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar or vector expression. The +** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar or vector expression. The ** right-hand side (RHS) is an array of zero or more scalar values, or a ** subquery. If the RHS is a subquery, the number of result columns must ** match the number of columns in the vector on the LHS. If the RHS is -** a list of values, the LHS must be a scalar. +** a list of values, the LHS must be a scalar. ** ** The IN operator is true if the LHS value is contained within the RHS. -** The result is false if the LHS is definitely not in the RHS. The -** result is NULL if the presence of the LHS in the RHS cannot be +** The result is false if the LHS is definitely not in the RHS. The +** result is NULL if the presence of the LHS in the RHS cannot be ** determined due to NULLs. ** -** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not +** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not ** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS ** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained ** within the RHS then fall through. @@ -101825,9 +102654,11 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( int destStep6 = 0; /* Start of code for Step 6 */ int addrTruthOp; /* Address of opcode that determines the IN is true */ int destNotNull; /* Jump here if a comparison is not true in step 6 */ - int addrTop; /* Top of the step-6 loop */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the step-6 loop */ int iTab = 0; /* Index to use */ + u8 okConstFactor = pParse->okConstFactor; + assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr,EP_Immutable) ); pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; if( sqlite3ExprCheckIN(pParse, pExpr) ) return; zAff = exprINAffinity(pParse, pExpr); @@ -101850,7 +102681,7 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( aiMap, &iTab); assert( pParse->nErr || nVector==1 || eType==IN_INDEX_EPH - || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC + || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Confirm that aiMap[] contains nVector integer values between 0 and @@ -101862,16 +102693,22 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( } #endif - /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". If the LHS is a - ** vector, then it is stored in an array of nVector registers starting + /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". If the LHS is a + ** vector, then it is stored in an array of nVector registers starting ** at r1. ** ** sqlite3FindInIndex() might have reordered the fields of the LHS vector ** so that the fields are in the same order as an existing index. The ** aiMap[] array contains a mapping from the original LHS field order to ** the field order that matches the RHS index. - */ + ** + ** Avoid factoring the LHS of the IN(...) expression out of the loop, + ** even if it is constant, as OP_Affinity may be used on the register + ** by code generated below. */ + assert( pParse->okConstFactor==okConstFactor ); + pParse->okConstFactor = 0; rLhsOrig = exprCodeVector(pParse, pLeft, &iDummy); + pParse->okConstFactor = okConstFactor; for(i=0; i<nVector && aiMap[i]==i; i++){} /* Are LHS fields reordered? */ if( i==nVector ){ /* LHS fields are not reordered */ @@ -101897,21 +102734,13 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( int r2, regToFree; int regCkNull = 0; int ii; - int bLhsReal; /* True if the LHS of the IN has REAL affinity */ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); if( destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){ regCkNull = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, rLhs, rLhs, regCkNull); } - bLhsReal = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft)==SQLITE_AFF_REAL; for(ii=0; ii<pList->nExpr; ii++){ - if( bLhsReal ){ - r2 = regToFree = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, r2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r2, 1, 0, "E", P4_STATIC); - }else{ - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, ®ToFree); - } + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, ®ToFree); if( regCkNull && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pList->a[ii].pExpr) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, regCkNull, r2, regCkNull); } @@ -101995,7 +102824,7 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( } /* Step 5. If we do not care about the difference between NULL and - ** FALSE, then just return false. + ** FALSE, then just return false. */ if( destIfFalse==destIfNull ) sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse); @@ -102056,7 +102885,7 @@ sqlite3ExprCodeIN_oom_error: ** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point ** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. ** -** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the +** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the ** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look ** like the continuation of the number. */ @@ -102217,7 +103046,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( /* ** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from -** table pTab and store the column value in register iReg. +** table pTab and store the column value in register iReg. ** ** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine ** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. @@ -102296,6 +103125,16 @@ static int exprCodeVector(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, int *piFreeable){ } /* +** If the last opcode is a OP_Copy, then set the do-not-merge flag (p5) +** so that a subsequent copy will not be merged into this one. +*/ +static void setDoNotMergeFlagOnCopy(Vdbe *v){ + if( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1)->opcode==OP_Copy ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); /* Tag trailing OP_Copy as not mergable */ + } +} + +/* ** Generate code to implement special SQL functions that are implemented ** in-line rather than by using the usual callbacks. */ @@ -102326,14 +103165,19 @@ static int exprCodeInlineFunction( VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target); } - if( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1)->opcode==OP_Copy ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); /* Tag trailing OP_Copy as not mergable */ - } + setDoNotMergeFlagOnCopy(v); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce); break; } + case INLINEFUNC_iif: { + Expr caseExpr; + memset(&caseExpr, 0, sizeof(caseExpr)); + caseExpr.op = TK_CASE; + caseExpr.x.pList = pFarg; + return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, &caseExpr, target); + } - default: { + default: { /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op. The result is the value ** of the first argument. */ @@ -102349,7 +103193,7 @@ static int exprCodeInlineFunction( case INLINEFUNC_expr_compare: { /* Compare two expressions using sqlite3ExprCompare() */ assert( nFarg==2 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, sqlite3ExprCompare(0,pFarg->a[0].pExpr, pFarg->a[1].pExpr,-1), target); break; @@ -102358,7 +103202,7 @@ static int exprCodeInlineFunction( case INLINEFUNC_expr_implies_expr: { /* Compare two expressions using sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr() */ assert( nFarg==2 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse,pFarg->a[0].pExpr, pFarg->a[1].pExpr,-1), target); break; @@ -102370,7 +103214,7 @@ static int exprCodeInlineFunction( assert( nFarg==2 ); pA1 = pFarg->a[1].pExpr; if( pA1->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(pFarg->a[0].pExpr,pA1->iTable), target); }else{ @@ -102389,7 +103233,7 @@ static int exprCodeInlineFunction( char aff; assert( nFarg==1 ); aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pFarg->a[0].pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, (aff<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE) ? "none" : azAff[aff-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB]); break; } @@ -102430,18 +103274,31 @@ expr_code_doover: if( pExpr==0 ){ op = TK_NULL; }else{ + assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr,EP_Immutable) ); op = pExpr->op; } switch( op ){ case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; + struct AggInfo_col *pCol; + assert( pAggInfo!=0 ); + assert( pExpr->iAgg>=0 && pExpr->iAgg<pAggInfo->nColumn ); + pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ assert( pCol->iMem>0 ); return pCol->iMem; }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ + Table *pTab = pCol->pTab; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab, pCol->iSorterColumn, target); + if( pCol->iColumn<0 ){ + VdbeComment((v,"%s.rowid",pTab->zName)); + }else{ + VdbeComment((v,"%s.%s",pTab->zName,pTab->aCol[pCol->iColumn].zName)); + if( pTab->aCol[pCol->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); + } + } return target; } /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ @@ -102467,10 +103324,6 @@ expr_code_doover: static const char zAff[] = "B\000C\000D\000E"; assert( SQLITE_AFF_BLOB=='A' ); assert( SQLITE_AFF_TEXT=='B' ); - if( iReg!=target ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iReg, target); - iReg = target; - } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, 1, 0, &zAff[(aff-'B')*2], P4_STATIC); } @@ -102648,7 +103501,7 @@ expr_code_doover: case TK_BITOR: case TK_SLASH: case TK_LSHIFT: - case TK_RSHIFT: + case TK_RSHIFT: case TK_CONCAT: { assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); testcase( op==TK_AND ); assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); testcase( op==TK_OR ); @@ -102684,6 +103537,7 @@ expr_code_doover: tempX.op = TK_INTEGER; tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly; tempX.u.iValue = 0; + ExprClearVVAProperties(&tempX); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, ®Free1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target); @@ -102729,7 +103583,10 @@ expr_code_doover: } case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - if( pInfo==0 ){ + if( pInfo==0 + || NEVER(pExpr->iAgg<0) + || NEVER(pExpr->iAgg>=pInfo->nFunc) + ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken); }else{ @@ -102755,16 +103612,13 @@ expr_code_doover: #endif if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){ - /* SQL functions can be expensive. So try to move constant functions - ** out of the inner loop, even if that means an extra OP_Copy. */ - return sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1); + /* SQL functions can be expensive. So try to avoid running them + ** multiple times if we know they always give the same result */ + return sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(pParse, pExpr, -1); } assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ - pFarg = 0; - }else{ - pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; - } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ); + pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); zId = pExpr->u.zToken; @@ -102818,7 +103672,7 @@ expr_code_doover: assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG ); testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); - pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = + pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); } } @@ -102837,7 +103691,7 @@ expr_code_doover: ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the - ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to + ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". */ @@ -102848,7 +103702,7 @@ expr_code_doover: } #endif if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC @@ -102931,7 +103785,7 @@ expr_code_doover: return target; } case TK_SPAN: - case TK_COLLATE: + case TK_COLLATE: case TK_UPLUS: { pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; goto expr_code_doover; /* 2018-04-28: Prevent deep recursion. OSSFuzz. */ @@ -102947,7 +103801,7 @@ expr_code_doover: ** ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) - ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where + ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 @@ -102961,11 +103815,11 @@ expr_code_doover: ** ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a - ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b + ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b */ Table *pTab = pExpr->y.pTab; int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; - int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pTab, iCol); assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 ); @@ -103099,17 +103953,18 @@ expr_code_doover: sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDel); + setDoNotMergeFlagOnCopy(v); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER case TK_RAISE: { - assert( pExpr->affExpr==OE_Rollback + assert( pExpr->affExpr==OE_Rollback || pExpr->affExpr==OE_Abort || pExpr->affExpr==OE_Fail || pExpr->affExpr==OE_Ignore ); - if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + if( !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); return 0; @@ -103123,8 +103978,9 @@ expr_code_doover: v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER, - pExpr->affExpr, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, + pParse->pTriggerTab ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER : SQLITE_ERROR, + pExpr->affExpr, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0); } break; @@ -103137,15 +103993,23 @@ expr_code_doover: } /* -** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time. +** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr just one time +** per prepared statement execution. +** +** If the expression uses functions (that might throw an exception) then +** guard them with an OP_Once opcode to ensure that the code is only executed +** once. If no functions are involved, then factor the code out and put it at +** the end of the prepared statement in the initialization section. ** ** If regDest>=0 then the result is always stored in that register and the -** result is not reusable. If regDest<0 then this routine is free to -** store the value whereever it wants. The register where the expression -** is stored is returned. When regDest<0, two identical expressions will -** code to the same register. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit( +** result is not reusable. If regDest<0 then this routine is free to +** store the value whereever it wants. The register where the expression +** is stored is returned. When regDest<0, two identical expressions might +** code to the same register, if they do not contain function calls and hence +** are factored out into the initialization section at the end of the +** prepared statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */ int regDest /* Store the value in this register */ @@ -103163,14 +104027,29 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit( } } pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0); - p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr); - if( p ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1]; - pItem->reusable = regDest<0; - if( regDest<0 ) regDest = ++pParse->nMem; - pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest; + if( pExpr!=0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_HasFunc) ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int addr; + assert( v ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); + pParse->okConstFactor = 0; + if( !pParse->db->mallocFailed ){ + if( regDest<0 ) regDest = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, regDest); + } + pParse->okConstFactor = 1; + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + }else{ + p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr); + if( p ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1]; + pItem->reusable = regDest<0; + if( regDest<0 ) regDest = ++pParse->nMem; + pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest; + } + pParse->pConstExpr = p; } - pParse->pConstExpr = p; return regDest; } @@ -103195,7 +104074,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){ *pReg = 0; - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(pParse, pExpr, -1); }else{ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); @@ -103217,6 +104096,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ int inReg; + assert( pExpr==0 || !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr,EP_Immutable) ); assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); @@ -103251,7 +104131,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target); + sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(pParse, pExpr, target); }else{ sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pExpr, target); } @@ -103311,7 +104191,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( }else if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i); + sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(pParse, pExpr, target+i); }else{ int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i); if( inReg!=target+i ){ @@ -103337,7 +104217,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( ** ** x BETWEEN y AND z ** -** The above is equivalent to +** The above is equivalent to ** ** x>=y AND x<=z ** @@ -103434,6 +104314,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */ + assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_Immutable) ); op = pExpr->op; switch( op ){ case TK_AND: @@ -103553,7 +104434,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); } /* @@ -103575,6 +104456,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ if( pExpr==0 ) return; + assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr,EP_Immutable) ); /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: ** @@ -103712,7 +104594,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int } #endif default: { - default_expr: + default_expr: if( ExprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest); }else if( ExprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ @@ -103762,7 +104644,7 @@ static int exprCompareVariable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pVar, Expr *pExpr){ int res = 0; int iVar; sqlite3_value *pL, *pR = 0; - + sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, &pR); if( pR ){ iVar = pVar->iColumn; @@ -103804,9 +104686,9 @@ static int exprCompareVariable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pVar, Expr *pExpr){ ** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. ** ** If pParse is not NULL then TK_VARIABLE terms in pA with bindings in -** pParse->pReprepare can be matched against literals in pB. The +** pParse->pReprepare can be matched against literals in pB. The ** pParse->pVdbe->expmask bitmask is updated for each variable referenced. -** If pParse is NULL (the normal case) then any TK_VARIABLE term in +** If pParse is NULL (the normal case) then any TK_VARIABLE term in ** Argument pParse should normally be NULL. If it is not NULL and pA or ** pB causes a return value of 2. */ @@ -103858,7 +104740,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Parse *pParse, Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTa } if( (pA->flags & (EP_Distinct|EP_Commuted)) != (pB->flags & (EP_Distinct|EP_Commuted)) ) return 2; - if( (combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0 ){ + if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){ if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2; if( (combinedFlags & EP_FixedCol)==0 && sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2; @@ -103866,24 +104748,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Parse *pParse, Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTa if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2; if( pA->op!=TK_STRING && pA->op!=TK_TRUEFALSE - && (combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0 + && ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0) ){ if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2; - if( pA->op2!=pB->op2 ){ - if( pA->op==TK_TRUTH ) return 2; - if( pA->op==TK_FUNCTION && iTab<0 ){ - /* Ex: CREATE TABLE t1(a CHECK( a<julianday('now') )); - ** INSERT INTO t1(a) VALUES(julianday('now')+10); - ** Without this test, sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit() will run on the - ** the julianday() of INSERT first, and remember that expression. - ** Then sqlite3ExprCodeInit() will see the julianday() in the CHECK - ** constraint as redundant, reusing the one from the INSERT, even - ** though the julianday() in INSERT lacks the critical NC_IsCheck - ** flag. See ticket [830277d9db6c3ba1] (2019-10-30) - */ - return 2; - } - } + if( pA->op2!=pB->op2 && pA->op==TK_TRUTH ) return 2; if( pA->op!=TK_IN && pA->iTable!=pB->iTable && pA->iTable!=iTab ){ return 2; } @@ -103894,7 +104762,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Parse *pParse, Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTa /* ** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical, 1 -** if they are certainly different, or 2 if it is not possible to +** if they are certainly different, or 2 if it is not possible to ** determine if they are identical or not. ** ** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed @@ -103981,8 +104849,8 @@ static int exprImpliesNotNull( case TK_MINUS: case TK_BITOR: case TK_LSHIFT: - case TK_RSHIFT: - case TK_CONCAT: + case TK_RSHIFT: + case TK_CONCAT: seenNot = 1; /* Fall thru */ case TK_STAR: @@ -104027,9 +104895,9 @@ static int exprImpliesNotNull( ** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has ** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab. ** -** If pParse is not NULL, then the values of bound variables in pE1 are +** If pParse is not NULL, then the values of bound variables in pE1 are ** compared against literal values in pE2 and pParse->pVdbe->expmask is -** modified to record which bound variables are referenced. If pParse +** modified to record which bound variables are referenced. If pParse ** is NULL, then false will be returned if pE1 contains any bound variables. ** ** When in doubt, return false. Returning true might give a performance @@ -104121,19 +104989,25 @@ static int impliesNotNullRow(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ case TK_LT: case TK_LE: case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: + case TK_GE: { + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EQ ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_NE ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LT ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LE ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GT ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GE ); - if( (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pExpr->pLeft->y.pTab)) - || (pExpr->pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pExpr->pRight->y.pTab)) + /* The y.pTab=0 assignment in wherecode.c always happens after the + ** impliesNotNullRow() test */ + if( (pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pLeft->y.pTab!=0) + && IsVirtual(pLeft->y.pTab)) + || (pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pRight->y.pTab!=0) + && IsVirtual(pRight->y.pTab)) ){ - return WRC_Prune; + return WRC_Prune; } - + } default: return WRC_Continue; } @@ -104195,7 +105069,7 @@ struct IdxCover { }; /* -** Check to see if there are references to columns in table +** Check to see if there are references to columns in table ** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur can be satisfied using the index ** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx. */ @@ -104239,7 +105113,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex( /* ** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker -** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an +** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an ** aggregate function, in order to implement the ** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine. */ @@ -104254,8 +105128,8 @@ struct SrcCount { */ static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* There was once a NEVER() on the second term on the grounds that - ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() was always called before - ** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the TK_COLUMNs have not yet + ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() was always called before + ** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the TK_COLUMNs have not yet ** been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN. But this is no longer true due ** to window functions - sqlite3WindowRewrite() may now indirectly call ** FunctionUsesThisSrc() when creating a new sub-select. */ @@ -104319,7 +105193,7 @@ static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ &i ); return i; -} +} /* ** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of @@ -104328,14 +105202,14 @@ static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ int i; pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, + db, pInfo->aFunc, sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), &pInfo->nFunc, &i ); return i; -} +} /* ** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to @@ -104364,7 +105238,7 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table - ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. + ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. ** ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there ** is not an entry there already. @@ -104378,7 +105252,7 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } } if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) - && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 + && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 ){ pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; pCol->pTab = pExpr->y.pTab; @@ -104424,7 +105298,7 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0 && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2 ){ - /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate + /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure */ struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; @@ -104445,7 +105319,7 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, - pExpr->u.zToken, + pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; @@ -104468,15 +105342,6 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } return WRC_Continue; } -static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); - pWalker->walkerDepth++; - return WRC_Continue; -} -static void analyzeAggregatesInSelectEnd(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); - pWalker->walkerDepth--; -} /* ** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and @@ -104490,8 +105355,8 @@ static void analyzeAggregatesInSelectEnd(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ Walker w; w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate; - w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect; - w.xSelectCallback2 = analyzeAggregatesInSelectEnd; + w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3WalkerDepthIncrease; + w.xSelectCallback2 = sqlite3WalkerDepthDecrease; w.walkerDepth = 0; w.u.pNC = pNC; w.pParse = 0; @@ -104636,7 +105501,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NoTempsInRange(Parse *pParse, int iFirst, int iLast){ ** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned. */ static int isAlterableTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - if( 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) + if( 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Shadow)!=0 && sqlite3ReadOnlyShadowTables(pParse->db) @@ -104657,24 +105522,24 @@ static int isAlterableTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ ** objects unusable. */ static void renameTestSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb, int bTemp){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "SELECT 1 " "FROM \"%w\".%s " "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X'" " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'" " AND sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, %d)=NULL ", - zDb, MASTER_NAME, + zDb, MASTER_NAME, zDb, bTemp ); if( bTemp==0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "SELECT 1 " "FROM temp.%s " "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X'" " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'" " AND sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, 1)=NULL ", - MASTER_NAME, zDb + MASTER_NAME, zDb ); } } @@ -104693,8 +105558,8 @@ static void renameReloadSchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ } /* -** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" -** command. +** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" +** command. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ @@ -104704,7 +105569,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ - char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ + char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ @@ -104712,7 +105577,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ u32 savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->mDbFlags */ - savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags; + savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags; if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); @@ -104730,8 +105595,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) + || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) + || sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(db, pTab, zName) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); goto exit_rename_table; } @@ -104774,7 +105642,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. Then modify the schema cookie ** (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the schema). Call sqlite3MayAbort(), - ** as the scalar functions (e.g. sqlite_rename_table()) invoked by the + ** as the scalar functions (e.g. sqlite_rename_table()) invoked by the ** nested SQL may raise an exception. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ){ @@ -104788,7 +105656,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( /* Rewrite all CREATE TABLE, INDEX, TRIGGER or VIEW statements in ** the schema to use the new table name. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_table(%Q, type, name, sql, %Q, %Q, %d) " "WHERE (type!='index' OR tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase)" @@ -104808,14 +105676,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " "ELSE name END " "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND " - "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", - zDb, MASTER_NAME, - zName, zName, zName, + "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", + zDb, MASTER_NAME, + zName, zName, zName, nTabName, zTabName ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update + /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update ** it with the new table name. */ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ @@ -104826,10 +105694,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( #endif /* If the table being renamed is not itself part of the temp database, - ** edit view and trigger definitions within the temp database + ** edit view and trigger definitions within the temp database ** as required. */ if( iDb!=1 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_table(%Q, type, name, sql, %Q, %Q, 1), " "tbl_name = " @@ -104863,6 +105731,22 @@ exit_rename_table: } /* +** Write code that will raise an error if the table described by +** zDb and zTab is not empty. +*/ +static void sqlite3ErrorIfNotEmpty( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + const char *zDb, /* Schema holding the table */ + const char *zTab, /* Table to check for empty */ + const char *zErr /* Error message text */ +){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "SELECT raise(ABORT,%Q) FROM \"%w\".\"%w\"", + zErr, zDb, zTab + ); +} + +/* ** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement ** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new ** column definition. @@ -104914,11 +105798,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ return; } if( pNew->pIndex ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); return; } if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)==0 ){ - /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a + /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking ** for an SQL NULL default below. */ @@ -104927,16 +105812,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ pDflt = 0; } if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorIfNotEmpty(pParse, zDb, zTab, "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value"); - return; } if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorIfNotEmpty(pParse, zDb, zTab, "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); - return; } + /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) */ @@ -104950,14 +105834,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ return; } if( !pVal ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); - return; + sqlite3ErrorIfNotEmpty(pParse, zDb, zTab, + "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); } sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); } }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_STORED ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot add a STORED column"); - return; + sqlite3ErrorIfNotEmpty(pParse, zDb, zTab, "cannot add a STORED column"); } @@ -104970,10 +105853,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ *zEnd-- = '\0'; } db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin; - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", zDb, MASTER_NAME, pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, zTab ); @@ -105003,14 +105886,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ /* ** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in -** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument +** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument ** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. ** ** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure ** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point ** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition -** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to -** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c +** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to +** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c ** after parsing is finished. ** ** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete @@ -105076,6 +105959,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){ Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); + pCol->hName = sqlite3StrIHash(pCol->zName); pCol->zColl = 0; pCol->pDflt = 0; } @@ -105149,7 +106033,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameColumn( if( SQLITE_OK!=isAlterableTable(pParse, pTab) ) goto exit_rename_column; if( SQLITE_OK!=isRealTable(pParse, pTab) ) goto exit_rename_column; - /* Which schema holds the table to be altered */ + /* Which schema holds the table to be altered */ iSchema = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iSchema>=0 ); zDb = db->aDb[iSchema].zDbSName; @@ -105182,22 +106066,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameColumn( if( !zNew ) goto exit_rename_column; assert( pNew->n>0 ); bQuote = sqlite3Isquote(pNew->z[0]); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_column(sql, type, name, %Q, %Q, %d, %Q, %d, %d) " "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X' " " AND (type != 'index' OR tbl_name = %Q)" " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'", - zDb, MASTER_NAME, + zDb, MASTER_NAME, zDb, pTab->zName, iCol, zNew, bQuote, iSchema==1, pTab->zName ); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE temp.%s SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_column(sql, type, name, %Q, %Q, %d, %Q, %d, 1) " "WHERE type IN ('trigger', 'view')", - MASTER_NAME, + MASTER_NAME, zDb, pTab->zName, iCol, zNew, bQuote ); @@ -105244,7 +106128,7 @@ struct RenameCtx { RenameToken *pList; /* List of tokens to overwrite */ int nList; /* Number of tokens in pList */ int iCol; /* Index of column being renamed */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being ALTERed */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being ALTERed */ const char *zOld; /* Old column name */ }; @@ -105252,14 +106136,14 @@ struct RenameCtx { /* ** This function is only for debugging. It performs two tasks: ** -** 1. Checks that pointer pPtr does not already appear in the +** 1. Checks that pointer pPtr does not already appear in the ** rename-token list. ** ** 2. Dereferences each pointer in the rename-token list. ** ** The second is most effective when debugging under valgrind or -** address-sanitizer or similar. If any of these pointers no longer -** point to valid objects, an exception is raised by the memory-checking +** address-sanitizer or similar. If any of these pointers no longer +** point to valid objects, an exception is raised by the memory-checking ** tool. ** ** The point of this is to prevent comparisons of invalid pointer values. @@ -105304,7 +106188,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3RenameTokenMap(Parse *pParse, void *pPtr, Token *pTo RenameToken *pNew; assert( pPtr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); renameTokenCheckAll(pParse, pPtr); - if( pParse->eParseMode!=PARSE_MODE_UNMAP ){ + if( ALWAYS(pParse->eParseMode!=PARSE_MODE_UNMAP) ){ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(RenameToken)); if( pNew ){ pNew->p = pPtr; @@ -105361,7 +106245,7 @@ static void renameWalkWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ } } } - + /* ** Unmap all tokens in the IdList object passed as the second argument. */ @@ -105422,7 +106306,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** Remove all nodes that are part of expression-list pEList from the +** Remove all nodes that are part of expression-list pEList from the ** rename list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprlistUnmap(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pEList){ @@ -105496,13 +106380,13 @@ static int renameColumnSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ */ static int renameColumnExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename; - if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER - && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol + if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER + && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol && pWalker->pParse->pTriggerTab==p->pTab ){ renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)pExpr); - }else if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN - && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol + }else if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol && p->pTab==pExpr->y.pTab ){ renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)pExpr); @@ -105541,7 +106425,7 @@ static RenameToken *renameColumnTokenNext(RenameCtx *pCtx){ ** adds context to the error message and then stores it in pCtx. */ static void renameColumnParseError( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int bPost, sqlite3_value *pType, sqlite3_value *pObject, @@ -105551,7 +106435,7 @@ static void renameColumnParseError( const char *zN = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pObject); char *zErr; - zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in %s %s%s: %s", + zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in %s %s%s: %s", zT, zN, (bPost ? " after rename" : ""), pParse->zErrMsg ); @@ -105561,14 +106445,14 @@ static void renameColumnParseError( /* ** For each name in the the expression-list pEList (i.e. each -** pEList->a[i].zName) that matches the string in zOld, extract the +** pEList->a[i].zName) that matches the string in zOld, extract the ** corresponding rename-token from Parse object pParse and add it ** to the RenameCtx pCtx. */ static void renameColumnElistNames( - Parse *pParse, - RenameCtx *pCtx, - ExprList *pEList, + Parse *pParse, + RenameCtx *pCtx, + ExprList *pEList, const char *zOld ){ if( pEList ){ @@ -105586,14 +106470,14 @@ static void renameColumnElistNames( } /* -** For each name in the the id-list pIdList (i.e. each pIdList->a[i].zName) -** that matches the string in zOld, extract the corresponding rename-token +** For each name in the the id-list pIdList (i.e. each pIdList->a[i].zName) +** that matches the string in zOld, extract the corresponding rename-token ** from Parse object pParse and add it to the RenameCtx pCtx. */ static void renameColumnIdlistNames( - Parse *pParse, - RenameCtx *pCtx, - IdList *pIdList, + Parse *pParse, + RenameCtx *pCtx, + IdList *pIdList, const char *zOld ){ if( pIdList ){ @@ -105607,6 +106491,7 @@ static void renameColumnIdlistNames( } } + /* ** Parse the SQL statement zSql using Parse object (*p). The Parse object ** is initialized by this function before it is used. @@ -105635,8 +106520,8 @@ static int renameParseSql( assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); p->zErrMsg = zErr; if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && p->pNewTable==0 && p->pNewIndex==0 && p->pNewTrigger==0 + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && p->pNewTable==0 && p->pNewIndex==0 && p->pNewTrigger==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } @@ -105681,8 +106566,8 @@ static int renameEditSql( char *zOut; int nQuot; - /* Set zQuot to point to a buffer containing a quoted copy of the - ** identifier zNew. If the corresponding identifier in the original + /* Set zQuot to point to a buffer containing a quoted copy of the + ** identifier zNew. If the corresponding identifier in the original ** ALTER TABLE statement was quoted (bQuote==1), then set zNew to ** point to zQuot so that all substitutions are made using the ** quoted version of the new column name. */ @@ -105722,7 +106607,7 @@ static int renameEditSql( iOff = pBest->t.z - zSql; if( pBest->t.n!=nReplace ){ - memmove(&zOut[iOff + nReplace], &zOut[iOff + pBest->t.n], + memmove(&zOut[iOff + nReplace], &zOut[iOff + pBest->t.n], nOut - (iOff + pBest->t.n) ); nOut += nReplace - pBest->t.n; @@ -105744,7 +106629,7 @@ static int renameEditSql( /* ** Resolve all symbols in the trigger at pParse->pNewTrigger, assuming -** it was read from the schema of database zDb. Return SQLITE_OK if +** it was read from the schema of database zDb. Return SQLITE_OK if ** successful. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and leave an error ** message in the Parse object. */ @@ -105758,7 +106643,7 @@ static int renameResolveTrigger(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; assert( pNew->pTabSchema ); - pParse->pTriggerTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, pNew->table, + pParse->pTriggerTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, pNew->table, db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pTabSchema)].zDbSName ); pParse->eTriggerOp = pNew->op; @@ -106006,7 +106891,7 @@ static void renameColumnFunc( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto renameColumnFunc_done; for(pStep=sParse.pNewTrigger->step_list; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ - if( pStep->zTarget ){ + if( pStep->zTarget ){ Table *pTarget = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, 0, pStep->zTarget, zDb); if( pTarget==pTab ){ if( pStep->pUpsert ){ @@ -106050,7 +106935,7 @@ renameColumnFunc_done: } /* -** Walker expression callback used by "RENAME TABLE". +** Walker expression callback used by "RENAME TABLE". */ static int renameTableExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename; @@ -106061,7 +106946,7 @@ static int renameTableExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** Walker select callback used by "RENAME TABLE". +** Walker select callback used by "RENAME TABLE". */ static int renameTableSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ int i; @@ -106087,7 +106972,7 @@ static int renameTableSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ /* ** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code ** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition -** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the +** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the ** parent table. It is passed three arguments: ** ** 0: The database containing the table being renamed. @@ -106198,7 +107083,7 @@ static void renameTableFunc( else{ Trigger *pTrigger = sParse.pNewTrigger; TriggerStep *pStep; - if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(sParse.pNewTrigger->table, zOld) + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(sParse.pNewTrigger->table, zOld) && sCtx.pTab->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, sParse.pNewTrigger->table); @@ -106360,7 +107245,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ ** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 through 3.29.0 when ** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The functionality of sqlite_stat3 ** is a superset of sqlite_stat2 and is also now deprecated. The -** sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced version of sqlite_stat3 and is only +** sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced version of sqlite_stat3 and is only ** available when compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite ** versions 3.8.1 and later. STAT4 is the only variant that is still ** supported. @@ -106379,7 +107264,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ ** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same ** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average ** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two -** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in +** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in ** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For ** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If ** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1. @@ -106389,7 +107274,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ ** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the ** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that ** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query. -** +** ** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat ** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of ** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl. @@ -106447,9 +107332,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ ** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample. The first ** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the ** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample. -** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries +** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries ** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the -** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the +** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the ** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the ** sample. ** @@ -106518,6 +107403,11 @@ static void openStatTable( Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)]; u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)]; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + const int nToOpen = OptimizationEnabled(db,SQLITE_Stat4) ? 2 : 1; +#else + const int nToOpen = 1; +#endif if( v==0 ) return; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); @@ -106530,11 +107420,12 @@ static void openStatTable( for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){ const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName; Table *pStat; + aCreateTbl[i] = 0; if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zDbSName))==0 ){ - if( aTable[i].zCols ){ - /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a - ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage - ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important + if( i<nToOpen ){ + /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a + ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage + ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zDbSName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols @@ -106543,11 +107434,10 @@ static void openStatTable( aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG; } }else{ - /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries + /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the ** entire contents of the table. */ aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; - aCreateTbl[i] = 0; sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab); if( zWhere ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, @@ -106566,7 +107456,7 @@ static void openStatTable( } /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */ - for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){ + for(i=0; i<nToOpen; i++){ assert( i<ArraySize(aTable) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb, 3); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]); @@ -106586,9 +107476,9 @@ static void openStatTable( ** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state ** information. */ -typedef struct Stat4Accum Stat4Accum; -typedef struct Stat4Sample Stat4Sample; -struct Stat4Sample { +typedef struct StatAccum StatAccum; +typedef struct StatSample StatSample; +struct StatSample { tRowcnt *anEq; /* sqlite_stat4.nEq */ tRowcnt *anDLt; /* sqlite_stat4.nDLt */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 @@ -106602,28 +107492,33 @@ struct Stat4Sample { int iCol; /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */ u32 iHash; /* Tiebreaker hash */ #endif -}; -struct Stat4Accum { - tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in the entire table */ - tRowcnt nPSample; /* How often to do a periodic sample */ +}; +struct StatAccum { + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection, for malloc() */ + tRowcnt nEst; /* Estimated number of rows */ + tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows visited so far */ + int nLimit; /* Analysis row-scan limit */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in index + pk/rowid */ int nKeyCol; /* Number of index columns w/o the pk/rowid */ + u8 nSkipAhead; /* Number of times of skip-ahead */ + StatSample current; /* Current row as a StatSample */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + tRowcnt nPSample; /* How often to do a periodic sample */ int mxSample; /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */ - Stat4Sample current; /* Current row as a Stat4Sample */ u32 iPrn; /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */ - Stat4Sample *aBest; /* Array of nCol best samples */ + StatSample *aBest; /* Array of nCol best samples */ int iMin; /* Index in a[] of entry with minimum score */ int nSample; /* Current number of samples */ int nMaxEqZero; /* Max leading 0 in anEq[] for any a[] entry */ int iGet; /* Index of current sample accessed by stat_get() */ - Stat4Sample *a; /* Array of mxSample Stat4Sample objects */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection, for malloc() */ + StatSample *a; /* Array of mxSample StatSample objects */ +#endif }; -/* Reclaim memory used by a Stat4Sample +/* Reclaim memory used by a StatSample */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 -static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p){ +static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, StatSample *p){ assert( db!=0 ); if( p->nRowid ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); @@ -106635,7 +107530,7 @@ static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p){ /* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 -static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){ +static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, StatSample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){ assert( db!=0 ); if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n); @@ -106651,7 +107546,7 @@ static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){ /* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 -static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){ +static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, StatSample *p, i64 iRowid){ assert( db!=0 ); if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); p->nRowid = 0; @@ -106664,7 +107559,7 @@ static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){ ** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo). */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 -static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){ +static void sampleCopy(StatAccum *p, StatSample *pTo, StatSample *pFrom){ pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample; pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol; pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash; @@ -106680,40 +107575,41 @@ static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){ #endif /* -** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure. +** Reclaim all memory of a StatAccum structure. */ -static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){ - Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld; +static void statAccumDestructor(void *pOld){ + StatAccum *p = (StatAccum*)pOld; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - int i; - for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i); - for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i); - sampleClear(p->db, &p->current); + if( p->mxSample ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i); + for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i); + sampleClear(p->db, &p->current); + } #endif sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p); } /* -** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters +** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C,L) SQL function. The four parameters ** are: ** N: The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1) ** K: The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk. -** C: The number of rows in the index (note 2) +** C: Estimated number of rows in the index +** L: A limit on the number of rows to scan, or 0 for no-limit ** ** Note 1: In the special case of the covering index that implements a ** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the ** total number of columns in the table. ** -** Note 2: C is only used for STAT4. -** ** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1. But for indexes on ** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the ** PRIMARY KEY of the table. The covering index that implements the ** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case. ** -** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return -** value is a pointer to the Stat4Accum object. The datatype of the -** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum +** This routine allocates the StatAccum object in heap memory. The return +** value is a pointer to the StatAccum object. The datatype of the +** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the StatAccum ** object. */ static void statInit( @@ -106721,14 +107617,15 @@ static void statInit( int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ - Stat4Accum *p; + StatAccum *p; int nCol; /* Number of columns in index being sampled */ int nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns */ int nColUp; /* nCol rounded up for alignment */ int n; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); /* Database connection */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES; + /* Maximum number of samples. 0 if STAT4 data is not collected */ + int mxSample = OptimizationEnabled(db,SQLITE_Stat4) ?SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES :0; #endif /* Decode the three function arguments */ @@ -106740,16 +107637,17 @@ static void statInit( assert( nKeyCol<=nCol ); assert( nKeyCol>0 ); - /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */ - n = sizeof(*p) - + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anEq */ - + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */ + /* Allocate the space required for the StatAccum object */ + n = sizeof(*p) + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* StatAccum.anEq */ + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp; /* StatAccum.anDLt */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anLt */ - + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample) /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */ - + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample) + if( mxSample ){ + n += sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* StatAccum.anLt */ + + sizeof(StatSample)*(nCol+mxSample) /* StatAccum.aBest[], a[] */ + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample); + } #endif - ; db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n); if( p==0 ){ @@ -106758,25 +107656,28 @@ static void statInit( } p->db = db; + p->nEst = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2]); p->nRow = 0; + p->nLimit = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[3]); p->nCol = nCol; p->nKeyCol = nKeyCol; + p->nSkipAhead = 0; p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1]; p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp]; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - { + p->mxSample = p->nLimit==0 ? mxSample : 0; + if( mxSample ){ u8 *pSpace; /* Allocated space not yet assigned */ int i; /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */ p->iGet = -1; - p->mxSample = mxSample; - p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1); + p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(p->nEst/(mxSample/3+1) + 1); p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp]; p->iPrn = 0x689e962d*(u32)nCol ^ 0xd0944565*(u32)sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); - - /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */ - p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp]; + + /* Set up the StatAccum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */ + p->a = (struct StatSample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp]; p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample]; pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]); for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){ @@ -106785,7 +107686,7 @@ static void statInit( p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); } assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n ); - + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ p->aBest[i].iCol = i; } @@ -106796,10 +107697,10 @@ static void statInit( ** only the pointer (the 2nd parameter) matters. The size of the object ** (given by the 3rd parameter) is never used and can be any positive ** value. */ - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(*p), stat4Destructor); + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(*p), statAccumDestructor); } static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = { - 2+IsStat4, /* nArg */ + 4, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ 0, /* pUserData */ 0, /* pNext */ @@ -106812,20 +107713,20 @@ static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = { #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* -** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for -** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and +** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for +** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and ** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this ** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld. ** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected ** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld. ** ** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of -** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. */ static int sampleIsBetterPost( - Stat4Accum *pAccum, - Stat4Sample *pNew, - Stat4Sample *pOld + StatAccum *pAccum, + StatSample *pNew, + StatSample *pOld ){ int nCol = pAccum->nCol; int i; @@ -106844,12 +107745,12 @@ static int sampleIsBetterPost( ** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld. ** ** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of -** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. */ static int sampleIsBetter( - Stat4Accum *pAccum, - Stat4Sample *pNew, - Stat4Sample *pOld + StatAccum *pAccum, + StatSample *pNew, + StatSample *pOld ){ tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]; tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol]; @@ -106869,30 +107770,30 @@ static int sampleIsBetter( ** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary, ** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room. */ -static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){ - Stat4Sample *pSample = 0; +static void sampleInsert(StatAccum *p, StatSample *pNew, int nEqZero){ + StatSample *pSample = 0; int i; assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 ); - /* Stat4Accum.nMaxEqZero is set to the maximum number of leading 0 - ** values in the anEq[] array of any sample in Stat4Accum.a[]. In + /* StatAccum.nMaxEqZero is set to the maximum number of leading 0 + ** values in the anEq[] array of any sample in StatAccum.a[]. In ** other words, if nMaxEqZero is n, then it is guaranteed that there - ** are no samples with Stat4Sample.anEq[m]==0 for (m>=n). */ + ** are no samples with StatSample.anEq[m]==0 for (m>=n). */ if( nEqZero>p->nMaxEqZero ){ p->nMaxEqZero = nEqZero; } if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){ - Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0; + StatSample *pUpgrade = 0; assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 ); - /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column + /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority ** existing sample that shares this prefix. */ for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ - Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i]; + StatSample *pOld = &p->a[i]; if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){ if( pOld->isPSample ) return; assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol ); @@ -106911,7 +107812,7 @@ static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){ /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */ if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ - Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin]; + StatSample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin]; tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq; tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt; tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt; @@ -106928,7 +107829,7 @@ static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){ /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would ** be out of order. */ - assert( p->nSample==0 + assert( p->nSample==0 || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] ); /* Insert the new sample */ @@ -106954,20 +107855,20 @@ find_new_min: } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* ** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point ** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the ** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are ** correct at this point. */ -static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +static void samplePushPrevious(StatAccum *p, int iChng){ int i; /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point. */ for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){ - Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i]; + StatSample *pBest = &p->aBest[i]; pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i]; if( p->nSample<p->mxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){ sampleInsert(p, pBest, i); @@ -106991,27 +107892,25 @@ static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){ } p->nMaxEqZero = iChng; } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - UNUSED_PARAMETER( p ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng ); -#endif } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ /* ** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function: stat_push(P,C,R) ** Arguments: ** -** P Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init() +** P Pointer to the StatAccum object created by stat_init() ** C Index of left-most column to differ from previous row ** R Rowid for the current row. Might be a key record for ** WITHOUT ROWID tables. ** -** This SQL function always returns NULL. It's purpose it to accumulate -** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the -** index being analyzed. The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to -** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables. +** The purpose of this routine is to collect statistical data and/or +** samples from the index being analyzed into the StatAccum object. +** The stat_get() SQL function will be used afterwards to +** retrieve the information gathered. +** +** This SQL function usually returns NULL, but might return an integer +** if it wants the byte-code to do special processing. ** ** The R parameter is only used for STAT4 */ @@ -107023,7 +107922,7 @@ static void statPush( int i; /* The three function arguments */ - Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + StatAccum *p = (StatAccum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); @@ -107036,7 +107935,9 @@ static void statPush( for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1; }else{ /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */ - samplePushPrevious(p, iChng); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( p->mxSample ) samplePushPrevious(p, iChng); +#endif /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply ** to the current row of the index. */ @@ -107046,26 +107947,25 @@ static void statPush( for(i=iChng; i<p->nCol; i++){ p->current.anDLt[i]++; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i]; + if( p->mxSample ) p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i]; #endif p->current.anEq[i] = 1; } } - p->nRow++; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])); - }else{ - sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]), - sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2])); - } - p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345; -#endif + p->nRow++; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - { - tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1]; + if( p->mxSample ){ + tRowcnt nLt; + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])); + }else{ + sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]), + sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2])); + } + p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345; + nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1]; /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){ p->current.isPSample = 1; @@ -107081,9 +107981,14 @@ static void statPush( sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current); } } - } + }else #endif + if( p->nLimit && p->nRow>(tRowcnt)p->nLimit*(p->nSkipAhead+1) ){ + p->nSkipAhead++; + sqlite3_result_int(context, p->current.anDLt[0]>0); + } } + static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = { 2+IsStat4, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ @@ -107105,15 +108010,15 @@ static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = { /* ** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function. This routine is ** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into -** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push(). The P parameter -** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum object. +** the StatAccum object by prior calls to stat_push(). The P parameter +** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the StatAccum object. ** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J ** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above. ** ** The stat_get(P,J) function is not available to generic SQL. It is ** inserted as part of a manually constructed bytecode program. (See ** the callStatGet() routine below.) It is guaranteed that the P -** parameter will always be a poiner to a Stat4Accum object, never a +** parameter will always be a pointer to a StatAccum object, never a ** NULL. ** ** If STAT4 is not enabled, then J is always @@ -107126,15 +108031,16 @@ static void statGet( int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ - Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + StatAccum *p = (StatAccum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* STAT4 has a parameter on this routine. */ int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); assert( argc==2 ); - assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ + assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT - || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT + || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT ); + assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || p->mxSample ); if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 ) #else assert( argc==1 ); @@ -107143,20 +108049,20 @@ static void statGet( /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1 ** table for this index. ** - ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing - ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of - ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list + ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing + ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of + ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of - ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using + ** the number of rows matched by a equality query on the index using ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words, - ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is + ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that: ** ** * the index contains 100 rows, ** * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and ** * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows. ** - ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of + ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of ** rows, then each estimate is computed as: ** ** I = (K+D-1)/D @@ -107170,7 +108076,8 @@ static void statGet( return; } - sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow); + sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", + p->nSkipAhead ? (u64)p->nEst : (u64)p->nRow); z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet); for(i=0; i<p->nKeyCol; i++){ u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1; @@ -107190,7 +108097,7 @@ static void statGet( p->iGet = 0; } if( p->iGet<p->nSample ){ - Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet; + StatSample *pS = p->a + p->iGet; if( pS->nRowid==0 ){ sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid); }else{ @@ -107206,7 +108113,7 @@ static void statGet( case STAT_GET_NEQ: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break; case STAT_GET_NLT: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break; default: { - aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; + aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; p->iGet++; break; } @@ -107246,16 +108153,16 @@ static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = { {0} }; -static void callStatGet(Parse *pParse, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){ +static void callStatGet(Parse *pParse, int regStat, int iParam, int regOut){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat+1); #elif SQLITE_DEBUG assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 ); #else UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam ); #endif - assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 0, regStat4, regOut, 1+IsStat4, + assert( regOut!=regStat && regOut!=regStat+1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 0, regStat, regOut, 1+IsStat4, &statGetFuncdef, 0); } @@ -107281,18 +108188,17 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ u8 needTableCnt = 1; /* True to count the table */ int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ - int regStat4 = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */ + int regStat = iMem++; /* Register to hold StatAccum object */ int regChng = iMem++; /* Index of changed index field */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */ -#endif int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ + int regTemp2 = iMem++; /* Second temporary use register */ int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */ int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */ int regStat1 = iMem++; /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */ int regPrev = iMem; /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK - Table *pStat1 = 0; + Table *pStat1 = 0; #endif pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem); @@ -107331,7 +108237,7 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( } #endif - /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. + /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at ** this time though. */ @@ -107397,9 +108303,9 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( ** end_of_scan: */ - /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate + /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required - ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of + ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */ pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest); @@ -107410,21 +108316,30 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are: - ** + ** ** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid ** (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns), ** (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk - ** (3) the number of rows in the index, - ** - ** - ** The third argument is only used for STAT4 + ** (3) estimated number of rows in the index, */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat+1); + assert( regRowid==regStat+2 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regRowid); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3); + if( OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat4) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regTemp); + addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else #endif - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2); - sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4, 2+IsStat4, + { + addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regTemp, 1); + } + assert( regTemp2==regStat+4 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->nAnalysisLimit, regTemp2); + sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 0, regStat+1, regStat, 4, &statInitFuncdef, 0); /* Implementation of the following: @@ -107435,8 +108350,6 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( ** goto next_push_0; ** */ - addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur); - VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng); addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); @@ -107460,7 +108373,7 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL - ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip + ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip ** subsequent distinctness tests. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -107469,15 +108382,16 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp); - aGotoChng[i] = + VdbeComment((v, "%s.column(%d)", pIdx->zName, i)); + aGotoChng[i] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endDistinctTest); - - + + /* ** chng_addr_0: ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) @@ -107489,11 +108403,12 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s.column(%d)", pIdx->zName, i)); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endDistinctTest); sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng); } - + /* ** chng_addr_N: ** regRowid = idx(rowid) // STAT4 only @@ -107502,30 +108417,46 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( ** if !eof(csr) goto next_row; */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) ); - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid); - }else{ - Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable); - int j, k, regKey; - regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); - for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){ - k = sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); - assert( k>=0 && k<pIdx->nColumn ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName)); + if( OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat4) ){ + assert( regRowid==(regStat+2) ); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable); + int j, k, regKey; + regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); + for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){ + k = sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); + assert( k>=0 && k<pIdx->nColumn ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j); + VdbeComment((v, "%s.column(%d)", pIdx->zName, i)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol); } #endif - assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 1, regStat4, regTemp, 2+IsStat4, - &statPushFuncdef, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( regChng==(regStat+1) ); + { + sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 1, regStat, regTemp, 2+IsStat4, + &statPushFuncdef, 0); + if( db->nAnalysisLimit ){ + int j1, j2, j3; + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); + j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); + j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SeekGT, iIdxCur, 0, regPrev, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + } /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */ - callStatGet(pParse, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1); + callStatGet(pParse, regStat, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1); assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); @@ -107537,7 +108468,7 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( /* Add the entries to the stat4 table. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - { + if( OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat4) && db->nAnalysisLimit==0 ){ int regEq = regStat1; int regLt = regStat1+1; int regDLt = regStat1+2; @@ -107551,12 +108482,12 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol); addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - callStatGet(pParse, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid); + callStatGet(pParse, regStat, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid); addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); - callStatGet(pParse, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq); - callStatGet(pParse, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt); - callStatGet(pParse, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt); + callStatGet(pParse, regStat, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq); + callStatGet(pParse, regStat, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt); + callStatGet(pParse, regStat, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ @@ -107796,7 +108727,7 @@ static void decodeIntArray( /* ** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the -** sqlite_stat1 table. +** sqlite_stat1 table. ** ** argv[0] = name of the table ** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) @@ -107834,7 +108765,7 @@ static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ tRowcnt *aiRowEst = 0; int nCol = pIndex->nKeyCol+1; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate + /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate ** sqlite_stat1 entries for this index. In that case just clobber ** the old data with the new instead of allocating a new array. */ if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ){ @@ -107891,7 +108822,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* ** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently -** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. +** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. */ static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){ if( pIdx ){ @@ -107927,12 +108858,12 @@ static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){ pIdx->nRowEst0 = nRow; /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that - ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of - ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value + ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of + ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value ** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes). */ for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){ if( i==(pIdx->nSample-1) - || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] + || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] ){ sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; nSum100 += 100; @@ -108059,7 +108990,7 @@ static int loadStatTbl( if( zIndex==0 ) continue; pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); if( pIdx==0 ) continue; - /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from + /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */ nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol; if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){ @@ -108094,7 +109025,7 @@ static int loadStatTbl( } /* -** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 table into +** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 table into ** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices. */ static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ @@ -108103,7 +109034,7 @@ static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ assert( db->lookaside.bDisable ); if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){ rc = loadStatTbl(db, - "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", + "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4", zDb ); @@ -108119,11 +109050,11 @@ static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ ** Index.aSample[] arrays. ** ** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR -** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined -** during compilation and the sqlite_stat4 table is present, no data is +** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined +** during compilation and the sqlite_stat4 table is present, no data is ** read from it. ** -** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined during compilation and the +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined during compilation and the ** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is ** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1 ** table (if it is present) before returning. @@ -108161,7 +109092,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ sInfo.db = db; sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)!=0 ){ - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; @@ -108251,6 +109182,17 @@ static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) } /* +** Return true if zName points to a name that may be used to refer to +** database iDb attached to handle db. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbIsNamed(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ + return ( + sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zName)==0 + || (iDb==0 && sqlite3StrICmp("main", zName)==0) + ); +} + +/* ** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The ** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: ** @@ -108316,20 +109258,19 @@ static void attachFunc( ** * Specified database name already being used. */ if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] ); goto attach_error; } for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ - char *z = db->aDb[i].zDbSName; - assert( z && zName ); - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ + assert( zName ); + if( sqlite3DbIsNamed(db, i, zName) ){ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName); goto attach_error; } } - + /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema ** hash tables. */ @@ -108344,7 +109285,7 @@ static void attachFunc( db->aDb = aNew; pNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb]; memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); - + /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may ** or may not be initialized. @@ -108373,7 +109314,7 @@ static void attachFunc( if( !pNew->pSchema ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else if( pNew->pSchema->file_format && pNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } @@ -108392,46 +109333,10 @@ static void attachFunc( if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pNew->zDbSName==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } - - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); - extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey; - char *zKey; - int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); - switch( t ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: - zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - - case SQLITE_TEXT: - case SQLITE_BLOB: - nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); - rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - break; - - case SQLITE_NULL: - /* No key specified. Use the key from URI filename, or if none, - ** use the key from the main database. */ - if( sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(db, zName, zPath)==0 ){ - sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - if( nKey || sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){ - rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - } - } - break; - } - } -#endif - sqlite3_free( zPath ); + sqlite3_free_filename( zPath ); /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. - ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and + ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the ** way we found it. */ @@ -108475,7 +109380,7 @@ static void attachFunc( } goto attach_error; } - + return; attach_error: @@ -108513,7 +109418,7 @@ static void detachFunc( for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ pDb = &db->aDb[i]; if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zDbSName, zName)==0 ) break; + if( sqlite3DbIsNamed(db, i, zName) ) break; } if( i>=db->nDb ){ @@ -108574,7 +109479,7 @@ static void codeAttach( memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); sName.pParse = pParse; - if( + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) @@ -108614,7 +109519,7 @@ static void codeAttach( */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); } - + attach_end: sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); @@ -108704,20 +109609,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList( SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ ){ int i; - const char *zDb; struct SrcList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pFix->pParse->db; + int iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, pFix->zDb); if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0; - zDb = pFix->zDb; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ if( pFix->bTemp==0 ){ - if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){ + if( pItem->zDatabase && iDb!=sqlite3FindDbName(db, pItem->zDatabase) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); return 1; } - sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); pItem->zDatabase = 0; pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema; pItem->fg.fromDDL = 1; @@ -108981,10 +109887,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol( /* ** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to -** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. +** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. ** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. ** -** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN +** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN ** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, ** then generate an error. */ @@ -109101,7 +110007,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck( */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush( Parse *pParse, - AuthContext *pContext, + AuthContext *pContext, const char *zContext ){ assert( pParse ); @@ -109164,7 +110070,7 @@ struct TableLock { }; /* -** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. +** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. ** ** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. ** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. @@ -109217,7 +110123,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( */ static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ int i; - Vdbe *pVdbe; + Vdbe *pVdbe; pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ @@ -109272,7 +110178,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ ** vdbe program */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite + assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); @@ -109294,7 +110200,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie ** on each used database. */ - if( db->mallocFailed==0 + if( db->mallocFailed==0 && (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr) ){ int iDb, i; @@ -109324,8 +110230,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ pParse->nVtabLock = 0; #endif - /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, - ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the + /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, + ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the ** shared-cache feature is enabled. */ codeTableLocks(pParse); @@ -109439,22 +110345,39 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const cha return 0; } #endif - while(1){ - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDatabase==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zDbSName)==0 ){ - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); - p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName); - if( p ) return p; + if( zDatabase ){ + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[i].zDbSName)==0 ) break; + } + if( i>=db->nDb ){ + /* No match against the official names. But always match "main" + ** to schema 0 as a legacy fallback. */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase,"main")==0 ){ + i = 0; + }else{ + return 0; } } - /* Not found. If the name we were looking for was temp.sqlite_master - ** then change the name to sqlite_temp_master and try again. */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, MASTER_NAME)!=0 ) break; - if( sqlite3_stricmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[1].zDbSName)!=0 ) break; - zName = TEMP_MASTER_NAME; + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash, zName); + if( p==0 && i==1 && sqlite3StrICmp(zName, MASTER_NAME)==0 ){ + /* All temp.sqlite_master to be an alias for sqlite_temp_master */ + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[1].pSchema->tblHash, TEMP_MASTER_NAME); + } + }else{ + /* Match against TEMP first */ + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[1].pSchema->tblHash, zName); + if( p ) return p; + /* The main database is second */ + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[0].pSchema->tblHash, zName); + if( p ) return p; + /* Attached databases are in order of attachment */ + for(i=2; i<db->nDb; i++){ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) ); + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash, zName); + if( p ) break; + } } - return 0; + return p; } /* @@ -109478,7 +110401,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0 + if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0 && SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ return 0; @@ -109528,7 +110451,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( ** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem( - Parse *pParse, + Parse *pParse, u32 flags, struct SrcList_item *p ){ @@ -109544,7 +110467,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem( } /* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes ** a particular index given the name of that index ** and the name of the database that contains the index. ** Return NULL if not found. @@ -109564,7 +110487,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const cha int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; assert( pSchema ); - if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zDbSName) ) continue; + if( zDb && sqlite3DbIsNamed(db, j, zDb)==0 ) continue; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName); if( p ) break; @@ -109717,6 +110640,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ assert( pTable!=0 ); if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){ + assert( pCol->zName==0 || pCol->hName==sqlite3StrIHash(pCol->zName) ); sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl); @@ -109731,10 +110655,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ ** ** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink ** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy -** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with +** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with ** the table. ** -** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object +** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object ** contains lookaside memory. (Table objects in the schema do not use ** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.) Or the ** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory @@ -109746,7 +110670,7 @@ static void SQLITE_NOINLINE deleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables ** prior to doing any free() operations. Since schema Tables do not use - ** lookaside, this number should not change. + ** lookaside, this number should not change. ** ** If malloc has already failed, it may be that it failed while allocating ** a Table object that was going to be marked ephemeral. So do not check @@ -109763,7 +110687,7 @@ static void SQLITE_NOINLINE deleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema || (IsVirtual(pTable) && pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF) ); if( (db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && !IsVirtual(pTable) ){ - char *zName = pIndex->zName; + char *zName = pIndex->zName; TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert( &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0 ); @@ -109878,7 +110802,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ /* ** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or ** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the -** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db +** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db ** does not exist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ @@ -109894,7 +110818,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: ** ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); -** +** ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: ** @@ -110047,7 +110971,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3StorageColumnToTable(Table *pTab, i16 iCol){ ** The storage column number (0,1,2,....) is the index of the value ** as it appears in the record on disk. Or, if the input column is ** the N-th virtual column (zero-based) then the storage number is -** the number of non-virtual columns in the table plus N. +** the number of non-virtual columns in the table plus N. ** ** The true column number is the index (0,1,2,...) of the column in ** the CREATE TABLE statement. @@ -110138,7 +111062,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); if( iDb<0 ) return; if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ - /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless + /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); return; @@ -110238,7 +111162,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause - ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the + ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated ** now. */ @@ -110256,7 +111180,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( } #endif - /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, + /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, ** set them now. */ reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; @@ -110365,8 +111289,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName, Token *pType){ pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); pCol->zName = z; + pCol->hName = sqlite3StrIHash(z); sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(p, pCol); - + if( pType->n==0 ){ /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity ** 'BLOB' with a default size of 4 bytes. */ @@ -110422,11 +111347,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ ** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the ** associated affinity type. ** -** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the +** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the ** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is ** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains -** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of -** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', +** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of +** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', ** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. ** ** Substring | Affinity @@ -110565,7 +111490,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue( /* ** Backwards Compatibility Hack: -** +** ** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in ** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints. Example: ** @@ -110599,11 +111524,11 @@ static void makeColumnPartOfPrimaryKey(Parse *pParse, Column *pCol){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "generated columns cannot be part of the PRIMARY KEY"); } -#endif +#endif } /* -** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names +** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names ** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the ** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. ** @@ -110633,7 +111558,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( int nTerm; if( pTab==0 ) goto primary_key_exit; if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); goto primary_key_exit; } @@ -110736,7 +111661,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ Index *pIdx; sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl); p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; - + /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>", ** then an index may have been created on this column before the ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. @@ -110827,7 +111752,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (int)(1+(unsigned)db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie)); } @@ -110848,13 +111773,13 @@ static int identLength(const char *z){ } /* -** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second +** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second ** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at ** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the ** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, ** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer ** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. -** +** ** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric ** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, ** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, @@ -110898,7 +111823,7 @@ static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; } n += identLength(p->zName); - if( n<50 ){ + if( n<50 ){ zSep = ""; zSep2 = ","; zEnd = ")"; @@ -110939,10 +111864,10 @@ static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); - + zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_BLOB]; len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); - assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB + assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) ); memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); k += len; @@ -111045,7 +111970,7 @@ static int isDupColumn(Index *pIdx, int nKey, Index *pPk, int iCol){ assert( j!=XN_ROWID && j!=XN_EXPR ); for(i=0; i<nKey; i++){ assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 || j>=0 ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==j + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==j && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], pPk->azColl[iCol])==0 ){ return 1; @@ -111096,7 +112021,7 @@ static void recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(Index *pIdx){ ** Changes include: ** ** (1) Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL. -** (2) Convert P3 parameter of the OP_CreateBtree from BTREE_INTKEY +** (2) Convert P3 parameter of the OP_CreateBtree from BTREE_INTKEY ** into BTREE_BLOBKEY. ** (3) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry ** for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now @@ -111141,13 +112066,13 @@ static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ } /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index. Or, if this table was originally - ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. + ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. */ if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ ExprList *pList; Token ipkToken; sqlite3TokenInit(&ipkToken, pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &ipkToken, 0)); if( pList==0 ) return; if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ @@ -111256,6 +112181,28 @@ static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(pPk); } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Return true if pTab is a virtual table and zName is a shadow table name +** for that virtual table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ + int nName; /* Length of zName */ + Module *pMod; /* Module for the virtual table */ + + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName); + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zName, pTab->zName, nName)!=0 ) return 0; + if( zName[nName]!='_' ) return 0; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, pTab->azModuleArg[0]); + if( pMod==0 ) return 0; + if( pMod->pModule->iVersion<3 ) return 0; + if( pMod->pModule->xShadowName==0 ) return 0; + return pMod->pModule->xShadowName(zName+nName+1); +} +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* ** Return true if zName is a shadow table name in the current database @@ -111267,8 +112214,6 @@ static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ShadowTableName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ char *zTail; /* Pointer to the last "_" in zName */ Table *pTab; /* Table that zName is a shadow of */ - Module *pMod; /* Module for the virtual table */ - zTail = strrchr(zName, '_'); if( zTail==0 ) return 0; *zTail = 0; @@ -111276,14 +112221,37 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ShadowTableName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ *zTail = '_'; if( pTab==0 ) return 0; if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, pTab->azModuleArg[0]); - if( pMod==0 ) return 0; - if( pMod->pModule->iVersion<3 ) return 0; - if( pMod->pModule->xShadowName==0 ) return 0; - return pMod->pModule->xShadowName(zTail+1); + return sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(db, pTab, zName); } #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Mark all nodes of an expression as EP_Immutable, indicating that +** they should not be changed. Expressions attached to a table or +** index definition are tagged this way to help ensure that we do +** not pass them into code generator routines by mistake. +*/ +static int markImmutableExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_Immutable); + return WRC_Continue; +} +static void markExprListImmutable(ExprList *pList){ + if( pList ){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = markImmutableExprStep; + w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop; + w.xSelectCallback2 = 0; + sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pList); + } +} +#else +#define markExprListImmutable(X) /* no-op */ +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + + /* ** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates ** a CREATE TABLE statement. @@ -111300,7 +112268,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ShadowTableName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ ** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. ** ** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine -** was called to create a table generated from a +** was called to create a table generated from a ** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of ** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. */ @@ -111376,6 +112344,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( ** actually be used if PRAGMA writable_schema=ON is set. */ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pCheck); p->pCheck = 0; + }else{ + markExprListImmutable(p->pCheck); } } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ @@ -111435,7 +112405,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); - /* + /* ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. */ if( p->pSelect==0 ){ @@ -111514,12 +112484,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd; n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z); if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n; - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z ); } - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all ** the information we've collected. */ @@ -111715,7 +112685,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. ** But the following test is still important as it does come up ** in the following: - ** + ** ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; @@ -111763,9 +112733,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ ** normally holds CHECK constraints on an ordinary table, but for ** a VIEW it holds the list of column names. */ - sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck, + sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck, &pTable->nCol, &pTable->aCol); - if( db->mallocFailed==0 + if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pParse->nErr==0 && pTable->nCol==pSel->pEList->nExpr ){ @@ -111800,7 +112770,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ pTable->nCol = 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - return nErr; + return nErr; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ @@ -111836,7 +112806,7 @@ static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ ** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. ** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might ** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is -** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match +** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match ** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices ** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. ** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with @@ -111873,7 +112843,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iT ** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema ** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst ** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ +*/ static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); @@ -111890,7 +112860,7 @@ static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER ** token for additional information. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, iTable, r1, r1); #endif @@ -111906,7 +112876,7 @@ static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the - ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically + ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the ** following were coded: @@ -111916,7 +112886,7 @@ static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ ** OP_Destroy 5 0 ** ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the - ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the + ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit ** a free-list page. */ @@ -111997,7 +112967,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, in */ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); while( pTrigger ){ - assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || + assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; @@ -112024,7 +112994,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, in ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another ** database. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", pDb->zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTab->zName); if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ @@ -112266,8 +113236,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( } } if( j>=p->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", pFromCol->a[i].zEName); goto fk_end; } @@ -112293,7 +113263,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); - pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, + pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey ); if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ @@ -112399,7 +113369,7 @@ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0)); @@ -112418,7 +113388,7 @@ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ ** user function that throws an exception when it is evaluated. But the ** overhead of adding a statement journal to a CREATE INDEX statement is ** very small (since most of the pages written do not contain content that - ** needs to be restored if the statement aborts), so we call + ** needs to be restored if the statement aborts), so we call ** sqlite3MayAbort() for all CREATE INDEX statements. */ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); @@ -112491,7 +113461,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ if( pList->a[i].bNulls ){ u8 sf = pList->a[i].sortFlags; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported use of NULLS %s", + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported use of NULLS %s", (sf==0 || sf==3) ? "FIRST" : "LAST" ); return 1; @@ -112502,8 +113472,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ } /* -** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index -** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will +** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index +** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will ** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a ** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable ** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is @@ -112511,7 +113481,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ ** ** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this ** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added -** to the table currently under construction. +** to the table currently under construction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ @@ -112561,7 +113531,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( */ if( pTblName!=0 ){ - /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database + /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db ** before looking up the table. */ @@ -112593,7 +113563,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 ); if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index; if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"", pTab->zName); goto exit_create_index; @@ -112610,7 +113580,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( assert( pTab!=0 ); assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 && db->init.busy==0 && pTblName!=0 #if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION @@ -112638,7 +113608,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( /* ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another - ** index or table with the same name. + ** index or table with the same name. ** ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and @@ -112736,8 +113706,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( } } - /* - ** Allocate the index structure. + /* + ** Allocate the index structure. */ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1; @@ -112855,7 +113825,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( int x = pPk->aiColumn[j]; assert( x>=0 ); if( isDupColumn(pIndex, pIndex->nKeyCol, pPk, j) ){ - pIndex->nColumn--; + pIndex->nColumn--; }else{ testcase( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn,pIndex->nKeyCol,x) ); pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x; @@ -112874,7 +113844,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( /* If this index contains every column of its table, then mark ** it as a covering index */ - assert( HasRowid(pTab) + assert( HasRowid(pTab) || pTab->iPKey<0 || sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(pIndex, pTab->iPKey)>=0 ); recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(pIndex); if( pTblName!=0 && pIndex->nColumn>=pTab->nCol ){ @@ -112930,13 +113900,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. - ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this + ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the ** explicitly specified behavior for the index. */ if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); } if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ @@ -112957,7 +113927,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other - ** in-memory database structures. + ** in-memory database structures. */ assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); if( db->init.busy ){ @@ -112972,7 +113942,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( goto exit_create_index; } } - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, pIndex->zName, pIndex); if( p ){ assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ @@ -113006,9 +113976,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); /* Create the rootpage for the index using CreateIndex. But before - ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in - ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a - ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In + ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in + ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a + ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In ** that case the convertToWithoutRowidTable() routine will replace ** the Noop with a Goto to jump over the VDBE code generated below. */ pIndex->tnum = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop); @@ -113032,7 +114002,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pIndex->zName, @@ -113119,7 +114089,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ /* Indexes with default row estimates should not have stat1 data */ assert( !pIdx->hasStat1 ); - /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated + /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated ** number of rows in the table, or half the number of rows in the table ** for a partial index. But do not let the estimate drop below 10. */ a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst; @@ -113403,7 +114373,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( ** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase ** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. ** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might -** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. +** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. ** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, ** or with NULL if no database is specified. ** @@ -113534,7 +114504,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( struct SrcList_item *pItem; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") ); goto append_from_error; @@ -113569,7 +114539,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( } /* -** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added +** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added ** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ @@ -113582,7 +114552,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pI assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 ); assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ); if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ - /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y + /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ pItem->fg.notIndexed = 1; }else{ @@ -113672,7 +114642,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTransaction(Parse *pParse, int eType){ assert( pParse->db!=0 ); assert( eType==TK_COMMIT || eType==TK_END || eType==TK_ROLLBACK ); isRollback = eType==TK_ROLLBACK; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, isRollback ? "ROLLBACK" : "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ return; } @@ -113684,7 +114654,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTransaction(Parse *pParse, int eType){ /* ** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, -** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. +** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); @@ -113711,7 +114681,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ int rc; Btree *pBt; - static const int flags = + static const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | @@ -113727,7 +114697,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ } db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt; assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, 0, 0) ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); return 1; } @@ -113757,7 +114727,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ } /* -** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each +** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each ** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ @@ -113803,9 +114773,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; } -/* +/* ** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is -** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to +** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to ** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make ** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. ** @@ -113814,7 +114784,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ ** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes ** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm ** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency -** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in +** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in ** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective ** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen ** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. @@ -113838,7 +114808,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint( u8 p5Errmsg /* P5_ErrMsg type */ ){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); + assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT || pParse->nested ); if( onError==OE_Abort ){ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); } @@ -113859,7 +114829,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( StrAccum errMsg; Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, pParse->db, 0, 0, + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, pParse->db, 0, 0, pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); if( pIdx->aColExpr ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&errMsg, "index '%q'", pIdx->zName); @@ -113875,8 +114845,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( } } zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, - IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, + IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE, onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique); } @@ -113888,7 +114858,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int onError, /* Conflict resolution algorithm */ - Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ + Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ ){ char *zMsg; int rc; @@ -114082,9 +115052,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE -/* -** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a -** WITH clause. +/* +** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a +** WITH clause. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ @@ -114153,7 +115123,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){ /************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ /* -** 2005 May 23 +** 2005 May 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -114226,7 +115196,7 @@ static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ ** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. ** ** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to -** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, +** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, ** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different ** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. */ @@ -114280,7 +115250,7 @@ static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl); - /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will + /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added ** to the hash table). */ @@ -114317,23 +115287,36 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( int create /* True to create CollSeq if doesn't already exist */ ){ CollSeq *pColl; + assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); if( zName ){ pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); + if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; }else{ pColl = db->pDfltColl; } - assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); - assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; return pColl; } /* +** Change the text encoding for a database connection. This means that +** the pDfltColl must change as well. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetTextEncoding(sqlite3 *db, u8 enc){ + assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + db->enc = enc; + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08308-17224 The default collating function for all + ** strings is BINARY. + */ + db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, sqlite3StrBINARY, 0); +} + +/* ** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback ** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the ** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. -** -** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding +** +** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding ** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. ** ** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database @@ -114417,7 +115400,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ ** is also -1. In other words, we are searching for a function that ** takes a variable number of arguments. ** -** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function +** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function ** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive ** match score for any ** @@ -114511,8 +115494,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs( } } } - - + + /* ** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag @@ -114573,7 +115556,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. - */ + */ if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ bestScore = 0; h = SQLITE_FUNC_HASH(sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]], nName); @@ -114592,7 +115575,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a ** new entry to the hash table and return it. */ - if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH && + if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH && (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){ FuncDef *pOther; u8 *z; @@ -114619,7 +115602,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( /* ** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points -** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the +** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the ** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents ** of the schema hash tables). ** @@ -114699,7 +115682,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ ** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains ** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE, ** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and -** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table +** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table ** name is not found or if any other error occurs. ** ** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc: @@ -114732,7 +115715,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ ** has been provided ** ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not -** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not +** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not ** been specified ** ** 3) The table is a shadow table, the database connection is in @@ -114801,7 +115784,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); } - pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, pOrderBy, + pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, pOrderBy, SF_IncludeHidden, pLimit); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest); @@ -114850,11 +115833,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( return pWhere; } - /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset + /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 ** becomes: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 ** ); */ @@ -114892,7 +115875,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( pSrc->a[0].pIBIndex = 0; /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSelectSrc, pWhere, 0 ,0, + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSelectSrc, pWhere, 0 ,0, pOrderBy,0,pLimit ); @@ -114948,7 +115931,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */ int bComplex; /* True if there are triggers or FKs or ** subqueries in the WHERE clause */ - + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ @@ -115007,7 +115990,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDb<db->nDb ); - rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, + rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ @@ -115043,7 +116026,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( isView ){ - sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iTabCur ); iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur; @@ -115075,7 +116058,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, - ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by + ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. ** ** The "rcauth==SQLITE_OK" terms is the @@ -115126,7 +116109,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); } - + /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. Set variable eOnePass ** to indicate the strategy used to implement this delete: @@ -115141,12 +116124,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( assert( IsVirtual(pTab)==0 || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ); assert( IsVirtual(pTab) || bComplex || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ); if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ) sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - + /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */ if( memCnt ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); } - + /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */ if( pPk ){ for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){ @@ -115159,7 +116142,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( iKey = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, -1, iKey); } - + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the @@ -115189,18 +116172,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey); } } - - /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the + + /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the ** end of the WHERE loop */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); }else{ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); } - - /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are + + /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the - ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF + ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF ** triggers. */ if( !isView ){ @@ -115213,9 +116196,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( iTabCur, aToOpen, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iDataCur==iTabCur ); assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 ); - if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddrOnce); + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(v, iAddrOnce); + } } - + /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the ** where-clause loop above. */ @@ -115238,8 +116223,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey); VdbeCoverage(v); assert( nKey==1 ); - } - + } + /* Delete the row */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ @@ -115262,7 +116247,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, eOnePass, aiCurOnePass[1]); } - + /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass); @@ -115273,7 +116258,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( }else{ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrLoop); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); - } + } } /* End non-truncate path */ /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the @@ -115284,7 +116269,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } - /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is + /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not ** invoke the callback function. */ @@ -115298,7 +116283,7 @@ delete_from_cleanup: sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit); #endif @@ -115343,7 +116328,7 @@ delete_from_cleanup: ** and nPk before reading from it. ** ** If eMode is ONEPASS_MULTI, then this call is being made as part -** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if +** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if ** iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) and is not the same as ** iDataCur, then its position should be preserved following the delete ** operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not a valid cursor number, the @@ -115379,7 +116364,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)", iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk)); - /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists + /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); @@ -115389,7 +116374,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists); VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound); } - + /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ @@ -115406,7 +116391,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( iOld = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); - /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be + /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld); for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ @@ -115420,11 +116405,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */ addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel ); - /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the + /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved ** the cursor or already deleted the row that the cursor was ** pointing to. @@ -115441,21 +116426,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( } /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that - ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) + ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) ** are not violated by deleting this row. */ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0); } /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to - ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). + ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). ** ** If variable 'count' is non-zero, then this OP_Delete instruction should ** invoke the update-hook. The pre-update-hook, on the other hand should ** be invoked unless table pTab is a system table. The difference is that - ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the + ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the ** pre-update-hook is. - */ + */ if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){ u8 p5 = 0; sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,iIdxNoSeek); @@ -115475,16 +116460,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just deleted. */ + ** to the row just deleted. */ sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0); /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel ); /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE - ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a + ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()")); @@ -115536,6 +116521,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1, pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); /* Cause IdxDelete to error if no entry found */ sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); pPrior = pIdx; } @@ -115568,7 +116554,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( ** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share ** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already ** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped. -** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK +** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK ** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or ** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index. */ @@ -115591,7 +116577,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur + 1; - sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, + sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); pParse->iSelfTab = 0; pPrior = 0; /* Ticket a9efb42811fa41ee 2019-11-02; @@ -115787,7 +116773,7 @@ static void lengthFunc( ** Implementation of the abs() function. ** ** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of -** the numeric argument X. +** the numeric argument X. */ static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ assert( argc==1 ); @@ -115804,7 +116790,7 @@ static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ return; } iVal = -iVal; - } + } sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); break; } @@ -116056,7 +117042,7 @@ static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ */ if( r<-4503599627370496.0 || r>+4503599627370496.0 ){ /* The value has no fractional part so there is nothing to round */ - }else if( n==0 ){ + }else if( n==0 ){ r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+(r<0?-0.5:+0.5))); }else{ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r); @@ -116149,7 +117135,7 @@ static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ #define noopFunc versionFunc /* Substitute function - never called */ /* -** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer. +** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer. */ static void randomFunc( sqlite3_context *context, @@ -116160,11 +117146,11 @@ static void randomFunc( UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r); if( r<0 ){ - /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 + /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that ** number of you get the same value back again. To do this ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative - ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the + ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the ** 2s complement of that positive value. The end result can ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807. */ @@ -116202,8 +117188,8 @@ static void randomBlob( ** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. */ static void last_insert_rowid( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); @@ -116311,7 +117297,7 @@ static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 }; ** it the last character in the list. ** ** Like matching rules: -** +** ** '%' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters ** *** '_' Matches any one character @@ -116334,7 +117320,7 @@ static int patternCompare( u32 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; /* "*" or "%" */ u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; /* True if uppercase==lowercase */ const u8 *zEscaped = 0; /* One past the last escaped input char */ - + while( (c = Utf8Read(zPattern))!=0 ){ if( c==matchAll ){ /* Match "*" */ /* Skip over multiple "*" characters in the pattern. If there @@ -116490,8 +117476,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; ** the GLOB operator. */ static void likeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zA, *zB; @@ -116499,6 +117485,7 @@ static void likeFunc( int nPat; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); + struct compareInfo backupInfo; #ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_BLOB @@ -116529,11 +117516,17 @@ static void likeFunc( const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); if( zEsc==0 ) return; if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, + sqlite3_result_error(context, "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); return; } escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc); + if( escape==pInfo->matchAll || escape==pInfo->matchOne ){ + memcpy(&backupInfo, pInfo, sizeof(backupInfo)); + pInfo = &backupInfo; + if( escape==pInfo->matchAll ) pInfo->matchAll = 0; + if( escape==pInfo->matchOne ) pInfo->matchOne = 0; + } }else{ escape = pInfo->matchSet; } @@ -116636,8 +117629,8 @@ static void compileoptionusedFunc( #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ /* -** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. -** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. +** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options ** used to build SQLite. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS @@ -116661,7 +117654,7 @@ static void compileoptiongetFunc( ** digits. */ static const char hexdigits[] = { '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', - '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' + '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' }; /* @@ -116696,7 +117689,7 @@ static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); + zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); if( zText ){ int i; for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){ @@ -116745,7 +117738,7 @@ static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ /* ** The unicode() function. Return the integer unicode code-point value -** for the first character of the input string. +** for the first character of the input string. */ static void unicodeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, @@ -116901,7 +117894,7 @@ static void replaceFunc( if( zOut==0 ){ return; } - loopLimit = nStr - nPattern; + loopLimit = nStr - nPattern; cntExpand = 0; for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){ if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){ @@ -116922,7 +117915,7 @@ static void replaceFunc( ** whose index is a power of two: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, ... */ u8 *zOld; zOld = zOut; - zOut = sqlite3_realloc64(zOut, (int)nOut + (nOut - nStr - 1)); + zOut = sqlite3Realloc(zOut, (int)nOut + (nOut - nStr - 1)); if( zOut==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); sqlite3_free(zOld); @@ -117057,7 +118050,7 @@ static void unknownFunc( ** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. ** ** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the -** soundex encoding of the string X. +** soundex encoding of the string X. */ static void soundexFunc( sqlite3_context *context, @@ -117146,7 +118139,7 @@ static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; struct SumCtx { double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ - i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ + i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ @@ -117260,13 +118253,13 @@ static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make - ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our + ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff || p->bInverse || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); #endif -} +} static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ CountCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); @@ -117283,7 +118276,7 @@ static void countInverse(sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ p->bInverse = 1; #endif } -} +} #else # define countInverse 0 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ @@ -117292,8 +118285,8 @@ static void countInverse(sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ ** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. */ static void minmaxStep( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; @@ -117425,8 +118418,8 @@ static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); }else if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, sqlite3_free); } } @@ -117440,7 +118433,7 @@ static void groupConcatValue(sqlite3_context *context){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); }else if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - }else{ + }else{ const char *zText = sqlite3_str_value(pAccum); sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } @@ -117488,7 +118481,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive) ** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If ** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function ** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and the -** escape character and then return TRUE. If the function is not a +** escape character and then return TRUE. If the function is not a ** LIKE-style function then return FALSE. ** ** The expression "a LIKE b ESCAPE c" is only considered a valid LIKE @@ -117516,6 +118509,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocas if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ return 0; } + + /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are + ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The + ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption + */ + memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); + assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); + if( nExpr<3 ){ aWc[3] = 0; }else{ @@ -117524,17 +118527,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocas if( pEscape->op!=TK_STRING ) return 0; zEscape = pEscape->u.zToken; if( zEscape[0]==0 || zEscape[1]!=0 ) return 0; + if( zEscape[0]==aWc[0] ) return 0; + if( zEscape[0]==aWc[1] ) return 0; aWc[3] = zEscape[0]; } - /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are - ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The - ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption - */ - memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); - assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; return 1; } @@ -117615,7 +118612,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), - INLINE_FUNC(ifnull, 2, INLINEFUNC_coalesce, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), + INLINE_FUNC(ifnull, 2, INLINEFUNC_coalesce, 0 ), VFUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), VFUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), @@ -117633,15 +118630,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ WAGGREGATE(sum, 1,0,0, sumStep, sumFinalize, sumFinalize, sumInverse, 0), WAGGREGATE(total, 1,0,0, sumStep,totalFinalize,totalFinalize,sumInverse, 0), WAGGREGATE(avg, 1,0,0, sumStep, avgFinalize, avgFinalize, sumInverse, 0), - WAGGREGATE(count, 0,0,0, countStep, + WAGGREGATE(count, 0,0,0, countStep, countFinalize, countFinalize, countInverse, SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT ), - WAGGREGATE(count, 1,0,0, countStep, + WAGGREGATE(count, 1,0,0, countStep, countFinalize, countFinalize, countInverse, 0 ), - WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, + WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize, groupConcatValue, groupConcatInverse, 0), - WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, + WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize, groupConcatValue, groupConcatInverse, 0), - + LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), @@ -117655,7 +118652,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ #endif FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), - INLINE_FUNC(coalesce, -1, INLINEFUNC_coalesce, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), + INLINE_FUNC(coalesce, -1, INLINEFUNC_coalesce, 0 ), + INLINE_FUNC(iif, 3, INLINEFUNC_iif, 0 ), }; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE sqlite3AlterFunctions(); @@ -117708,25 +118706,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate. ** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated, ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current -** statement transaction rolled back. If a -** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken -** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the +** statement transaction rolled back. If a +** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken +** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the ** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails. ** ** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated -** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a -** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed +** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a +** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed ** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each ** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from ** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is ** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is ** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks: ** -** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, +** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, ** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied, ** or which row it is not satisfied for. ** -** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the +** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the ** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction. ** ** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler @@ -117738,26 +118736,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the ** constraint counter. ** -** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, +** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, ** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new ** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row ** found (as the constraint is now satisfied). ** ** DELETE operations: ** -** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, -** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the -** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, +** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, +** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the +** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, ** decrement the counter. ** -** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search -** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row +** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search +** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row ** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter. ** ** UPDATE operations: ** ** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only -** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually +** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually ** modified (values must be compared at runtime). ** ** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2. @@ -117766,10 +118764,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict ** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted. ** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception -** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new +** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new ** row is inserted. ** -** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference +** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference ** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement ** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate ** constraint counter is greater than zero, @@ -117780,7 +118778,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such ** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction. ** -** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a +** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a ** table be handled? ** ** @@ -117791,7 +118789,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation ** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original ** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were -** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be +** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be ** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before ** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE ** generation code to query for this information are: @@ -117828,13 +118826,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ /* ** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent ** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint. -** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, -** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns. -** -** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY -** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx -** is set to point to the unique index. +** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, +** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns. ** +** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY +** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx +** is set to point to the unique index. +** ** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint ** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL. ** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where @@ -117857,8 +118855,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** PRIMARY KEY, or ** ** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the -** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table -** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in +** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table +** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in ** the child table. ** ** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded @@ -117882,9 +118880,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); assert( pParse ); - /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it - ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx - ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. + /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it + ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx + ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. ** ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). @@ -117893,7 +118891,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( if( nCol==1 ){ /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: ** - ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly + ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER ** PRIMARY KEY. @@ -117910,14 +118908,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( } for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){ + if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){ /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ if( zKey==0 ){ - /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to - ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be + /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to + ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be ** identified by the test. */ if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ if( aiCol ){ @@ -117975,15 +118973,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( } /* -** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the -** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed +** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the +** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed ** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row ** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the ** new row. ** ** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the -** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into -** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no +** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into +** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no ** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be ** found in the parent table: ** @@ -117997,7 +118995,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( ** ** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". ** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file ** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". */ static void fkLookupParent( @@ -118019,15 +119017,15 @@ static void fkLookupParent( sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, (!pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) - && !pParse->pToplevel + && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite) ? OE_Abort : OE_Ignore); /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. ** - ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If - ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to + ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If + ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ if( nIncr<0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); @@ -118044,17 +119042,17 @@ static void fkLookupParent( ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - - /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. + + /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pFKey->pFrom,aiCol[0])+1+regData, regTemp); iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - + /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not @@ -118063,7 +119061,7 @@ static void fkLookupParent( sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); } - + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk); @@ -118074,21 +119072,21 @@ static void fkLookupParent( int nCol = pFKey->nCol; int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pFKey->pFrom, aiCol[i])+1+regData, regTemp+i); } - + /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not - ** increment the constraint-counter. + ** increment the constraint-counter. ** - ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match + ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that ** none of the child key values are). @@ -118112,19 +119110,19 @@ static void fkLookupParent( } sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk); } - + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx), nCol); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); } } if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) - && !pParse->pToplevel - && !pParse->isMultiWrite + && !pParse->pToplevel + && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of @@ -118202,7 +119200,7 @@ static Expr *exprTableColumn( /* ** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted -** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is +** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is ** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating ** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - ** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. @@ -118229,7 +119227,7 @@ static Expr *exprTableColumn( ** ** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". ** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file ** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". */ static void fkScanChildren( @@ -118272,7 +119270,7 @@ static void fkScanChildren( Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ - i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ + i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1; @@ -118294,7 +119292,7 @@ static void fkScanChildren( ** ** The first form is used for rowid tables. The second form is used ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables. In the second form, the *parent* key is - ** (a,b,...). Either the parent or primary key could be used to + ** (a,b,...). Either the parent or primary key could be used to ** uniquely identify the current row, but the parent key is more convenient ** as the required values have already been loaded into registers ** by the caller. @@ -118343,7 +119341,7 @@ static void fkScanChildren( /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); if( iFkIfZero ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(v, iFkIfZero); } } @@ -118366,7 +119364,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ } /* -** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the +** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the ** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure ** and all of its sub-components. ** @@ -118394,7 +119392,7 @@ static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ ** ** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or ** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is -** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK +** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK ** constraint violations in the database, ** ** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping @@ -118411,7 +119409,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTa assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* Not a view */ if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table - ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without + ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints ** when this statement is run. */ @@ -118428,10 +119426,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTa sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0, 0, 0); pParse->disableTriggers = 0; - /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint + /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement - ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. + ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. ** ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK @@ -118455,7 +119453,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTa /* ** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key ** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab -** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is ** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array ** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element ** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement @@ -118482,7 +119480,7 @@ static int fkChildIsModified( /* ** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key ** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab -** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is ** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array ** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element ** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement @@ -118492,9 +119490,9 @@ static int fkChildIsModified( ** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified. */ static int fkParentIsModified( - Table *pTab, - FKey *p, - int *aChange, + Table *pTab, + FKey *p, + int *aChange, int bChngRowid ){ int i; @@ -118535,7 +119533,7 @@ static int isSetNullAction(Parse *pParse, FKey *pFKey){ /* ** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of -** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint +** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint ** processing for the operation. ** ** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the @@ -118551,11 +119549,11 @@ static int isSetNullAction(Parse *pParse, FKey *pFKey){ ** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before ** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention ** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted -** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. +** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ + Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ int regNew, /* New row data is stored here */ int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ @@ -118587,16 +119585,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( int i; int bIgnore = 0; - if( aChange + if( aChange && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0 - && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 + && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){ continue; } - /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index - ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these - ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return + /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index + ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these + ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return ** early. */ if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); @@ -118640,7 +119638,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( } assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the + /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ if( db->xAuth ){ @@ -118652,24 +119650,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( #endif } - /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate - ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns + /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate + ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns ** in the parent table. */ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); pParse->nTab++; if( regOld!=0 ){ /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. - ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an + ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1, bIgnore); } if( regNew!=0 && !isSetNullAction(pParse, pFKey) ){ /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot - ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. + ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. ** ** If this operation is being performed as part of a trigger program - ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very + ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very ** foreign key, then omit this scan altogether. As all child key ** values are guaranteed to be NULL, it is not possible for adding ** this row to cause an FK violation. */ @@ -118690,8 +119688,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( continue; } - if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) - && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) + && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause (or fix) @@ -118714,7 +119712,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; pItem->pTab->nTabRef++; pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - + if( regNew!=0 ){ fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); } @@ -118733,10 +119731,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( ** ** Note 2: At first glance it may seem like SQLite could simply omit ** all OP_FkCounter related scans when either CASCADE or SET NULL - ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action - ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the + ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action + ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the ** child table to fire. In these cases the fk constraint counters - ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are + ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are ** omitted. */ if( !pFKey->isDeferred && eAction!=OE_Cascade && eAction!=OE_SetNull ){ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); @@ -118752,7 +119750,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( #define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) /* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a ** row contained in table pTab. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( @@ -118782,17 +119780,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( /* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a ** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then ** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points ** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. -** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding +** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding ** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, ** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the ** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. ** ** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns -** non-zero. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function +** non-zero. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function ** returns zero. ** ** For an UPDATE, this function returns 2 if: @@ -118812,8 +119810,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( int eRet = 0; if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ if( !aChange ){ - /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the - ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any + /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the + ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any ** foreign key constraint. */ eRet = (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); }else{ @@ -118842,7 +119840,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( } /* -** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being +** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being ** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. ** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is ** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a @@ -118854,7 +119852,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( ** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers ** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). ** -** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in +** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in ** the following schema: ** ** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); @@ -118867,7 +119865,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( ** END; ** ** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It -** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by +** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by ** sqlite3FkDelete(). */ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( @@ -118923,7 +119921,7 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tFromCol, 0) @@ -118937,20 +119935,20 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( */ if( pChanges ){ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)) ); pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pWhen, pEq); } - + if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ Expr *pNew; if( action==OE_Cascade ){ - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)); }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ @@ -118982,7 +119980,7 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( if( action==OE_Restrict ){ Token tFrom; - Expr *pRaise; + Expr *pRaise; tFrom.z = zFrom; tFrom.n = nFrom; @@ -118990,7 +119988,7 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( if( pRaise ){ pRaise->affExpr = OE_Abort; } - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, &tFrom, 0), pWhere, @@ -119002,7 +120000,7 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ DisableLookaside; - pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, + pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->zTarget */ @@ -119011,7 +120009,7 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; pStep->zTarget = (char *)&pStep[1]; memcpy((char *)pStep->zTarget, zFrom, nFrom); - + pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); @@ -119037,12 +120035,12 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( switch( action ){ case OE_Restrict: - pStep->op = TK_SELECT; + pStep->op = TK_SELECT; break; - case OE_Cascade: - if( !pChanges ){ - pStep->op = TK_DELETE; - break; + case OE_Cascade: + if( !pChanges ){ + pStep->op = TK_DELETE; + break; } default: pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; @@ -119069,9 +120067,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ ){ - /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that - ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK - ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated + /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that + ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK + ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated ** trigger sub-program. */ if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ @@ -119151,7 +120149,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* -** Generate code that will +** Generate code that will ** ** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then ** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur. @@ -119170,7 +120168,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nNVCol); @@ -119187,7 +120185,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( /* ** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index -** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in +** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in ** the table, according to the affinity of the column: ** ** Character Column affinity @@ -119240,7 +120238,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ } pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; } - + return pIdx->zColAff; } @@ -119299,9 +120297,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){ /* ** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices -** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if -** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can -** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. +** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if +** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can +** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. */ static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); @@ -119521,7 +120519,7 @@ static int autoIncBegin( /* ** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the -** register used by the autoincrement tracker. +** register used by the autoincrement tracker. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ @@ -119550,7 +120548,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ /* 8 */ {OP_Goto, 0, 11, 0}, /* 9 */ {OP_Next, 0, 2, 0}, /* 10 */ {OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, - /* 11 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0} + /* 11 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0} }; VdbeOp *aOp; pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; @@ -119902,7 +120900,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( regData = regRowid+1; /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure - ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and + ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and ** remember the column indices. ** ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column @@ -119935,7 +120933,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS if( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & (COLFLAG_STORED|COLFLAG_VIRTUAL) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot INSERT into generated column \"%s\"", pTab->aCol[j].zName); goto insert_cleanup; @@ -119990,7 +120988,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( ** the destination table (template 3). ** ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one - ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a + ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a ** temp table in the case of row triggers. */ if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){ @@ -120026,7 +121024,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); } }else{ - /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a + /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a ** single-row VALUES clause */ NameContext sNC; @@ -120045,7 +121043,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( } /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary - ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key + ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key ** column index in the original table definition. */ if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ @@ -120072,7 +121070,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_NOINSERT ) nHidden++; } if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); goto insert_cleanup; @@ -120081,7 +121079,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); goto insert_cleanup; } - + /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 @@ -120230,7 +121228,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( } if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, k, iRegStore); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, k, iRegStore); }else if( pSelect ){ if( regFromSelect!=regData ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+k, iRegStore); @@ -120301,7 +121299,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( } /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); @@ -120384,7 +121382,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( ** constraints or (b) there are no triggers and this table is not a ** parent table in a foreign key constraint. It is safe to set the ** flag in the second case as if any REPLACE constraint is hit, an - ** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each + ** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each ** cursor that is disturbed. And these instructions both clear the ** VdbeCursor.seekResult variable, disabling the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT ** functionality. */ @@ -120403,7 +121401,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( if( pTrigger ){ /* Code AFTER triggers */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); } @@ -120439,7 +121437,7 @@ insert_end: } /* - ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is + ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not ** invoke the callback function. */ @@ -120472,7 +121470,7 @@ insert_cleanup: #endif /* -** Meanings of bits in of pWalker->eCode for +** Meanings of bits in of pWalker->eCode for ** sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn() */ #define CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN 0x01 /* CHECK constraint uses a changing column */ @@ -120671,9 +121669,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( assert( v!=0 ); assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ nCol = pTab->nCol; - + /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for - ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the + ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table. In other words, nPkField is the ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ @@ -120806,6 +121804,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( ** updated so there is no point it verifying the check constraint */ continue; } + if( bAffinityDone==0 ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1); + bAffinityDone = 1; + } allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError); pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); @@ -120990,10 +121992,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. ** ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers - ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call - ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries - ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry - ** when it is inserted. + ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call + ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries + ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry + ** when it is inserted. ** ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require @@ -121076,7 +122078,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1); bAffinityDone = 1; } - VdbeNoopComment((v, "uniqueness check for %s", pIdx->zName)); + VdbeNoopComment((v, "prep index %s", pIdx->zName)); iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix; @@ -121121,7 +122123,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( #endif sqlite3VdbeReleaseRegisters(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, 0, 0); - /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index + /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the ** primary key, then no collision is possible. The collision detection ** logic below can all be skipped. */ @@ -121132,7 +122134,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */ onError = pIdx->onError; - if( onError==OE_None ){ + if( onError==OE_None ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ } @@ -121160,7 +122162,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( ** ** This is not possible for ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK builds, as the row ** must be explicitly deleted in order to ensure any pre-update hook - ** is invoked. */ + ** is invoked. */ #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK if( (ix==0 && pIdx->pNext==0) /* Condition 3 */ && pPk==pIdx /* Condition 2 */ @@ -121177,7 +122179,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError); - addrConflictCk = + addrConflictCk = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk, regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -121207,7 +122209,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( } } if( isUpdate ){ - /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID + /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually ** different from the old. ** @@ -121217,7 +122219,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol; int op = OP_Ne; int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR); - + for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){ char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]); x = pPk->aiColumn[i]; @@ -121227,7 +122229,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( op = OP_Eq; } x = sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pTab, x); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); @@ -121311,12 +122313,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( x = *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addrConflictCk); if( x.opcode!=OP_IdxRowid ){ int p2; /* New P2 value for copied conflict check opcode */ + const char *zP4; if( sqlite3OpcodeProperty[x.opcode]&OPFLG_JUMP ){ p2 = lblRecheckOk; }else{ p2 = x.p2; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, x.opcode, x.p1, p2, x.p3, x.p4.z, x.p4type); + zP4 = x.p4type==P4_INT32 ? SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(x.p4.i) : x.p4.z; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, x.opcode, x.p1, p2, x.p3, zP4, x.p4type); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, x.p5); VdbeCoverageIf(v, p2!=x.p2); } @@ -121456,7 +122460,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( if( update_flags==0 ){ int r = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i], r, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_ISNOOP); @@ -121629,7 +122633,7 @@ static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ ** ** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; ** -** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1. +** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1. ** Columns are not decoded and reassembled, which greatly improves ** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way. ** @@ -121764,8 +122768,8 @@ static int xferOptimization( Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i]; Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i]; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS - if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0 - && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN + if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0 + && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN ){ return 0; /* Neither table may have __hidden__ columns */ } @@ -121782,7 +122786,7 @@ static int xferOptimization( ** ** Nevertheless, this is a useful notational shorthand to tell SQLite ** to do a bulk transfer all of the content from t1 over to t2. - ** + ** ** We could, in theory, disable this (except for internal use by the ** VACUUM command where it is actually needed). But why do that? It ** seems harmless enough, and provides a useful service. @@ -121816,7 +122820,7 @@ static int xferOptimization( if( (pDestCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)==0 && i>0 ){ assert( pDestCol->pDflt==0 || pDestCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); assert( pSrcCol->pDflt==0 || pSrcCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); - if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0) + if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0) || (pDestCol->pDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->pDflt->u.zToken, pSrcCol->pDflt->u.zToken)!=0) ){ @@ -121850,7 +122854,7 @@ static int xferOptimization( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary. - ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM + ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e] @@ -121897,7 +122901,7 @@ static int xferOptimization( ** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields ** of index entries might need to change.) ** - ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization + ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization ** is unable to test uniqueness.) ** ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback. @@ -121924,14 +122928,13 @@ static int xferOptimization( addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1); if( db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekEnd, iDest); - insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID| - OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + insFlags = OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; }else{ insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND; } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid, (char*)pDest, P4_TABLE); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, insFlags); @@ -121956,19 +122959,18 @@ static int xferOptimization( sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1); if( db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum ){ /* This INSERT command is part of a VACUUM operation, which guarantees ** that the destination table is empty. If all indexed columns use ** collation sequence BINARY, then it can also be assumed that the - ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted + ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted ** order. In this case, instead of seeking within the b-tree as part ** of every OP_IdxInsert opcode, an OP_SeekEnd is added before the - ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key + ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key ** should be inserted. This is faster. ** ** If any of the indexed columns use a collation sequence other than - ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user + ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user ** might change the definition of a collation sequence and then run ** a VACUUM command. In that case keys may not be written in strictly ** sorted order. */ @@ -121980,10 +122982,10 @@ static int xferOptimization( idxInsFlags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekEnd, iDest); } - } - if( !HasRowid(pSrc) && pDestIdx->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ){ + }else if( !HasRowid(pSrc) && pDestIdx->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ){ idxInsFlags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE; } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, idxInsFlags|OPFLAG_APPEND); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -122077,7 +123079,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); /* Invoke the callback function if required */ - if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || + if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ if( !callbackIsInit ){ @@ -122186,7 +123188,7 @@ exec_out: ** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by ** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into ** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded -** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of +** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of ** sqlite3.h. */ #ifndef SQLITE3EXT_H @@ -122504,6 +123506,11 @@ struct sqlite3_api_routines { const char *(*filename_database)(const char*); const char *(*filename_journal)(const char*); const char *(*filename_wal)(const char*); + /* Version 3.32.0 and later */ + char *(*create_filename)(const char*,const char*,const char*, + int,const char**); + void (*free_filename)(char*); + sqlite3_file *(*database_file_object)(const char*); }; /* @@ -122804,17 +123811,21 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_loadext_entry)( #define sqlite3_filename_database sqlite3_api->filename_database #define sqlite3_filename_journal sqlite3_api->filename_journal #define sqlite3_filename_wal sqlite3_api->filename_wal +/* Version 3.32.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_create_filename sqlite3_api->create_filename +#define sqlite3_free_filename sqlite3_api->free_filename +#define sqlite3_database_file_object sqlite3_api->database_file_object #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) - /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable + /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable ** extension */ # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0; # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v; # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \ extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; #else - /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the + /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the ** application */ # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/ # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */ @@ -123106,8 +124117,8 @@ static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { sqlite3_memory_highwater, sqlite3_memory_used, #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT - 0, - 0, + 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, @@ -123282,8 +124293,20 @@ static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { sqlite3_filename_database, sqlite3_filename_journal, sqlite3_filename_wal, + /* Version 3.32.0 and later */ + sqlite3_create_filename, + sqlite3_free_filename, + sqlite3_database_file_object, }; +/* True if x is the directory separator character +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define DirSep(X) ((X)=='/'||(X)=='\\') +#else +# define DirSep(X) ((X)=='/') +#endif + /* ** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file ** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a @@ -123292,7 +124315,7 @@ static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. ** -** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with +** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with ** error message text. The calling function should free this memory ** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). */ @@ -123316,7 +124339,7 @@ static int sqlite3LoadExtension( /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */ static const char *azEndings[] = { #if SQLITE_OS_WIN - "dll" + "dll" #elif defined(__APPLE__) "dylib" #else @@ -123356,7 +124379,7 @@ static int sqlite3LoadExtension( if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg); if( zErrmsg ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, + sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile); sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); } @@ -123368,9 +124391,9 @@ static int sqlite3LoadExtension( /* If no entry point was specified and the default legacy ** entry point name "sqlite3_extension_init" was not found, then ** construct an entry point name "sqlite3_X_init" where the X is - ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic + ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic ** character in the filename after the last "/" upto the first ".", - ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib". + ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib". ** Examples: ** ** /usr/local/lib/libExample5.4.3.so ==> sqlite3_example_init @@ -123385,7 +124408,7 @@ static int sqlite3LoadExtension( return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8); - for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){} + for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && !DirSep(zFile[iFile]); iFile--){} iFile++; if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3; for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){ @@ -123490,7 +124513,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ */ typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { - u32 nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ + u32 nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ } sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; @@ -123677,7 +124700,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ ** that includes the PragType_XXXX macro definitions and the aPragmaName[] ** object. This ensures that the aPragmaName[] table is arranged in ** lexicographical order to facility a binary search of the pragma name. -** Do not edit pragma.h directly. Edit and rerun the script in at +** Do not edit pragma.h directly. Edit and rerun the script in at ** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. */ /************** Include pragma.h in the middle of pragma.c *******************/ /************** Begin file pragma.h ******************************************/ @@ -123688,49 +124711,49 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ */ /* The various pragma types */ -#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE 0 -#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM 1 -#define PragTyp_FLAG 2 -#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT 3 -#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE 4 -#define PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL 5 -#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE 6 -#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST 7 -#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS 8 -#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY 9 -#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST 10 -#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 11 -#define PragTyp_ENCODING 12 -#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK 13 -#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST 14 -#define PragTyp_FUNCTION_LIST 15 -#define PragTyp_HARD_HEAP_LIMIT 16 -#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM 17 -#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO 18 -#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST 19 -#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK 20 -#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE 21 -#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT 22 -#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE 23 -#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE 24 -#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT 25 -#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE 26 -#define PragTyp_MODULE_LIST 27 -#define PragTyp_OPTIMIZE 28 -#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE 29 -#define PragTyp_PRAGMA_LIST 30 -#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE 31 -#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY 32 -#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT 33 -#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS 34 -#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO 35 -#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE 36 -#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY 37 -#define PragTyp_THREADS 38 -#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 39 -#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT 40 -#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS 41 -#define PragTyp_KEY 42 +#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS 0 +#define PragTyp_ANALYSIS_LIMIT 1 +#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE 2 +#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM 3 +#define PragTyp_FLAG 4 +#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT 5 +#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE 6 +#define PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL 7 +#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE 8 +#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST 9 +#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS 10 +#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY 11 +#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST 12 +#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 13 +#define PragTyp_ENCODING 14 +#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK 15 +#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST 16 +#define PragTyp_FUNCTION_LIST 17 +#define PragTyp_HARD_HEAP_LIMIT 18 +#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM 19 +#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO 20 +#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST 21 +#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK 22 +#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE 23 +#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT 24 +#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE 25 +#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE 26 +#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT 27 +#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE 28 +#define PragTyp_MODULE_LIST 29 +#define PragTyp_OPTIMIZE 30 +#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE 31 +#define PragTyp_PRAGMA_LIST 32 +#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE 33 +#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY 34 +#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT 35 +#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS 36 +#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO 37 +#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE 38 +#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY 39 +#define PragTyp_THREADS 40 +#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 41 +#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT 42 #define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS 43 #define PragTyp_STATS 44 @@ -123750,57 +124773,57 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ */ static const char *const pragCName[] = { /* 0 */ "id", /* Used by: foreign_key_list */ - /* 1 */ "seq", - /* 2 */ "table", - /* 3 */ "from", - /* 4 */ "to", - /* 5 */ "on_update", - /* 6 */ "on_delete", - /* 7 */ "match", + /* 1 */ "seq", + /* 2 */ "table", + /* 3 */ "from", + /* 4 */ "to", + /* 5 */ "on_update", + /* 6 */ "on_delete", + /* 7 */ "match", /* 8 */ "cid", /* Used by: table_xinfo */ - /* 9 */ "name", - /* 10 */ "type", - /* 11 */ "notnull", - /* 12 */ "dflt_value", - /* 13 */ "pk", - /* 14 */ "hidden", + /* 9 */ "name", + /* 10 */ "type", + /* 11 */ "notnull", + /* 12 */ "dflt_value", + /* 13 */ "pk", + /* 14 */ "hidden", /* table_info reuses 8 */ /* 15 */ "seqno", /* Used by: index_xinfo */ - /* 16 */ "cid", - /* 17 */ "name", - /* 18 */ "desc", - /* 19 */ "coll", - /* 20 */ "key", + /* 16 */ "cid", + /* 17 */ "name", + /* 18 */ "desc", + /* 19 */ "coll", + /* 20 */ "key", /* 21 */ "name", /* Used by: function_list */ - /* 22 */ "builtin", - /* 23 */ "type", - /* 24 */ "enc", - /* 25 */ "narg", - /* 26 */ "flags", + /* 22 */ "builtin", + /* 23 */ "type", + /* 24 */ "enc", + /* 25 */ "narg", + /* 26 */ "flags", /* 27 */ "tbl", /* Used by: stats */ - /* 28 */ "idx", - /* 29 */ "wdth", - /* 30 */ "hght", - /* 31 */ "flgs", + /* 28 */ "idx", + /* 29 */ "wdth", + /* 30 */ "hght", + /* 31 */ "flgs", /* 32 */ "seq", /* Used by: index_list */ - /* 33 */ "name", - /* 34 */ "unique", - /* 35 */ "origin", - /* 36 */ "partial", + /* 33 */ "name", + /* 34 */ "unique", + /* 35 */ "origin", + /* 36 */ "partial", /* 37 */ "table", /* Used by: foreign_key_check */ - /* 38 */ "rowid", - /* 39 */ "parent", - /* 40 */ "fkid", + /* 38 */ "rowid", + /* 39 */ "parent", + /* 40 */ "fkid", /* index_info reuses 15 */ /* 41 */ "seq", /* Used by: database_list */ - /* 42 */ "name", - /* 43 */ "file", + /* 42 */ "name", + /* 43 */ "file", /* 44 */ "busy", /* Used by: wal_checkpoint */ - /* 45 */ "log", + /* 45 */ "log", /* 46 */ "checkpointed", /* collation_list reuses 32 */ /* 47 */ "database", /* Used by: lock_status */ - /* 48 */ "status", + /* 48 */ "status", /* 49 */ "cache_size", /* Used by: default_cache_size */ /* module_list pragma_list reuses 9 */ /* 50 */ "timeout", /* Used by: busy_timeout */ @@ -123816,13 +124839,18 @@ typedef struct PragmaName { u64 iArg; /* Extra argument */ } PragmaName; static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = { -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) {/* zName: */ "activate_extensions", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS, /* ePragFlg: */ 0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif + {/* zName: */ "analysis_limit", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ANALYSIS_LIMIT, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "application_id", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, @@ -124012,18 +125040,6 @@ static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = { /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - {/* zName: */ "hexkey", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, - /* ePragFlg: */ 0, - /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, - /* iArg: */ 2 }, - {/* zName: */ "hexrekey", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, - /* ePragFlg: */ 0, - /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, - /* iArg: */ 3 }, -#endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) {/* zName: */ "ignore_check_constraints", @@ -124076,13 +125092,6 @@ static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = { /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - {/* zName: */ "key", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, - /* ePragFlg: */ 0, - /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "legacy_alter_table", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, @@ -124190,15 +125199,6 @@ static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = { /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_RecTriggers }, -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - {/* zName: */ "rekey", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, - /* ePragFlg: */ 0, - /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, - /* iArg: */ 1 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "reverse_unordered_selects", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, @@ -124283,18 +125283,6 @@ static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = { /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - {/* zName: */ "textkey", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, - /* ePragFlg: */ 0, - /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, - /* iArg: */ 4 }, - {/* zName: */ "textrekey", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, - /* ePragFlg: */ 0, - /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, - /* iArg: */ 5 }, -#endif {/* zName: */ "threads", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_THREADS, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, @@ -124363,14 +125351,14 @@ static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = { /* iArg: */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_NoSchemaError }, #endif }; -/* Number of pragmas: 66 on by default, 82 total. */ +/* Number of pragmas: 67 on by default, 77 total. */ /************** End of pragma.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in pragma.c *********************/ /* ** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, -** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA. Return 1 for an empty or +** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA. Return 1 for an empty or ** unrecognized string argument. The FULL and EXTRA option is disallowed ** if the omitFull parameter it 1. ** @@ -124429,7 +125417,7 @@ static int getLockingMode(const char *z){ /* ** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value. ** -** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are +** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are ** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively. */ static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){ @@ -124581,7 +125569,7 @@ static const char *actionName(u8 action){ case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; - default: zName = "NO ACTION"; + default: zName = "NO ACTION"; assert( action==OE_None ); break; } return zName; @@ -124645,7 +125633,7 @@ static void pragmaFunclistLine( ){ for(; p; p=p->pNext){ const char *zType; - static const u32 mask = + static const u32 mask = SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC | SQLITE_DIRECTONLY | SQLITE_SUBTYPE | @@ -124664,7 +125652,7 @@ static void pragmaFunclistLine( && showInternFuncs==0 ){ continue; - } + } if( p->xValue!=0 ){ zType = "w"; }else if( p->xFinalize!=0 ){ @@ -124699,7 +125687,7 @@ static int integrityCheckResultRow(Vdbe *v){ } /* -** Process a pragma statement. +** Process a pragma statement. ** ** Pragmas are of this form: ** @@ -124714,7 +125702,7 @@ static int integrityCheckResultRow(Vdbe *v){ ** id and pId2 is any empty string. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( - Parse *pParse, + Parse *pParse, Token *pId1, /* First part of [schema.]id field */ Token *pId2, /* Second part of [schema.]id field, or NULL */ Token *pValue, /* Token for <value>, or NULL */ @@ -124742,8 +125730,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( if( iDb<0 ) return; pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the - ** pragma, make sure it is open. + /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the + ** pragma, make sure it is open. */ if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ return; @@ -124811,7 +125799,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( } /* Register the result column names for pragmas that return results */ - if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns)==0 + if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns)==0 && ((pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1)==0 || zRight==0) ){ setPragmaResultColumnNames(v, pPragma); @@ -124819,7 +125807,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */ switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){ - + #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size @@ -124893,7 +125881,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). */ db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){ + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,0,0) ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); } } @@ -124935,7 +125923,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count=N ** ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The + ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both ** forms return the current setting. ** @@ -124954,7 +125942,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight))); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); @@ -125096,7 +126084,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( */ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ - /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or + /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. @@ -125198,7 +126186,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( !zRight ){ returnSingleInt(v, - (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 : + (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 : sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt,0)); }else{ int size = 1; @@ -125372,7 +126360,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); char *proxy_file_path = NULL; sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &proxy_file_path); returnSingleText(v, proxy_file_path); }else{ @@ -125380,10 +126368,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); int res; if( zRight[0] ){ - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, zRight); } else { - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, NULL); } if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -125393,8 +126381,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( } break; } -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous ** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL|EXTRA @@ -125409,7 +126397,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( returnSingleInt(v, pDb->safety_level-1); }else{ if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); }else if( iDb!=1 ){ int iLevel = (getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1) & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; @@ -125449,7 +126437,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; } - /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL + /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. */ @@ -125692,7 +126680,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( pFK = pTab->pFKey; if( pFK ){ int iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - int i = 0; + int i = 0; pParse->nMem = 8; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iTabDb); while(pFK){ @@ -125789,8 +126777,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); /* Generate code to read the child key values into registers - ** regRow..regRow+n. If any of the child key values are NULL, this - ** row cannot cause an FK violation. Jump directly to addrOk in + ** regRow..regRow+n. If any of the child key values are NULL, this + ** row cannot cause an FK violation. Jump directly to addrOk in ** this case. */ for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){ int iCol = aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom; @@ -125855,7 +126843,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** ** Verify the integrity of the database. ** - ** The "quick_check" is reduced version of + ** The "quick_check" is reduced version of ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption ** without the overhead of cross-checking indexes. Quick_check ** is linear time wherease integrity_check is O(NlogN). @@ -125961,7 +126949,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead, 0, 1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); /* reg[7] counts the number of entries in the table. - ** reg[8+i] counts the number of entries in the i-th index + ** reg[8+i] counts the number of entries in the i-th index */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7); for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ @@ -126005,7 +126993,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( for(k=pCheck->nExpr-1; k>0; k--){ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCheck->a[k].pExpr, addrCkFault, 0); } - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[0].pExpr, addrCkOk, + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[0].pExpr, addrCkOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCkFault); pParse->iSelfTab = 0; @@ -126067,7 +127055,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT if( !isQuick ){ sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 2, "wrong # of entries in index "); for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ @@ -126081,8 +127068,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ - } + } } { static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); @@ -126124,7 +127110,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. - ** + ** ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH @@ -126162,21 +127148,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. */ - int canChangeEnc = 1; /* True if allowed to change the encoding */ - int i; /* For looping over all attached databases */ - for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt!=0 - && DbHasProperty(db,i,DB_SchemaLoaded) - && !DbHasProperty(db,i,DB_Empty) - ){ - canChangeEnc = 0; - } - } - if( canChangeEnc ){ + if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_EncodingFixed)==0 ){ for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ - SCHEMA_ENC(db) = ENC(db) = - pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + u8 enc = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + SCHEMA_ENC(db) = enc; + sqlite3SetTextEncoding(db, enc); break; } } @@ -126315,8 +127292,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( if( zRight ){ sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); } - returnSingleInt(v, - db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? + returnSingleInt(v, + db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); } break; @@ -126356,7 +127333,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** 0x0002 Run ANALYZE on tables that might benefit. On by default. ** See below for additional information. ** - ** 0x0004 (Not yet implemented) Record usage and performance + ** 0x0004 (Not yet implemented) Record usage and performance ** information from the current session in the ** database file so that it will be available to "optimize" ** pragmas run by future database connections. @@ -126367,7 +127344,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** The default MASK is and always shall be 0xfffe. 0xfffe means perform all ** of the optimizations listed above except Debug Mode, including new ** optimizations that have not yet been invented. If new optimizations are - ** ever added that should be off by default, those off-by-default + ** ever added that should be off by default, those off-by-default ** optimizations will have bitmasks of 0x10000 or larger. ** ** DETERMINATION OF WHEN TO RUN ANALYZE @@ -126428,7 +127405,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( } if( szThreshold ){ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfSmaller, iTabCur, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfSmaller, iTabCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2+(opMask&1), szThreshold); VdbeCoverage(v); } @@ -126525,6 +127502,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( break; } + /* + ** PRAGMA analysis_limit + ** PRAGMA analysis_limit = N + ** + ** Configure the maximum number of rows that ANALYZE will examine + ** in each index that it looks at. Return the new limit. + */ + case PragTyp_ANALYSIS_LIMIT: { + sqlite3_int64 N; + if( zRight + && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK + && N>=0 + ){ + db->nAnalysisLimit = (int)(N&0x7fffffff); + } + returnSingleInt(v, db->nAnalysisLimit); + break; + } + #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) /* ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases @@ -126543,7 +127539,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){ zState = "closed"; - }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zDbSName : 0, + }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zDbSName : 0, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ zState = azLockName[j]; } @@ -126553,59 +127549,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( } #endif -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - /* Pragma iArg - ** ---------- ------ - ** key 0 - ** rekey 1 - ** hexkey 2 - ** hexrekey 3 - ** textkey 4 - ** textrekey 5 - */ - case PragTyp_KEY: { - if( zRight ){ - char zBuf[40]; - const char *zKey = zRight; - int n; - if( pPragma->iArg==2 || pPragma->iArg==3 ){ - u8 iByte; - int i; - for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zBuf)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zRight[i]); i++){ - iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zRight[i]); - if( (i&1)!=0 ) zBuf[i/2] = iByte; - } - zKey = zBuf; - n = i/2; - }else{ - n = pPragma->iArg<4 ? sqlite3Strlen30(zRight) : -1; - } - if( (pPragma->iArg & 1)==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, n); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zKey, n); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && n!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "ok", SQLITE_STATIC); - returnSingleText(v, "ok"); - } - } - break; - } -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) case PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS: if( zRight ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ - sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); - } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); } -#endif } break; #endif @@ -126615,7 +127563,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( /* The following block is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. Its only ** purpose is to execute assert() statements to verify that if the ** PragFlg_NoColumns1 flag is set and the caller specified an argument - ** to the PRAGMA, the implementation has not added any OP_ResultRow + ** to the PRAGMA, the implementation has not added any OP_ResultRow ** instructions to the VM. */ if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1) && zRight ){ sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(v); @@ -126646,7 +127594,7 @@ struct PragmaVtabCursor { char *azArg[2]; /* Value of the argument and schema */ }; -/* +/* ** Pragma virtual table module xConnect method. */ static int pragmaVtabConnect( @@ -126708,7 +127656,7 @@ static int pragmaVtabConnect( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Pragma virtual table module xDisconnect method. */ static int pragmaVtabDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ @@ -126806,11 +127754,11 @@ static int pragmaVtabNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Pragma virtual table module xFilter method. */ static int pragmaVtabFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -126865,11 +127813,11 @@ static int pragmaVtabEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ } /* The xColumn method simply returns the corresponding column from -** the PRAGMA. +** the PRAGMA. */ static int pragmaVtabColumn( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, - sqlite3_context *ctx, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_context *ctx, int i ){ PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; @@ -126882,7 +127830,7 @@ static int pragmaVtabColumn( return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Pragma virtual table module xRowid method. */ static int pragmaVtabRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *p){ @@ -127033,7 +127981,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char assert( argc==5 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_EncodingFixed; pData->nInitRow++; if( db->mallocFailed ){ corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], 0); @@ -127121,6 +128069,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl InitData initData; const char *zMasterName; int openedTransaction = 0; + int mask = ((db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_EncodingFixed) | ~DBFLAG_EncodingFixed); assert( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0 ); assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); @@ -127149,6 +128098,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl initData.mInitFlags = mFlags; initData.nInitRow = 0; sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 5, (char **)azArg, 0); + db->mDbFlags &= mask; if( initData.rc ){ rc = initData.rc; goto error_out; @@ -127165,7 +128115,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl } /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it ** will be closed before this function returns. */ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ @@ -127208,27 +128158,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl ** as sqlite3.enc. */ if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ - if( iDb==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( iDb==0 && (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_EncodingFixed)==0 ){ u8 encoding; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; - ENC(db) = encoding; #else - ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8; + encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; #endif + sqlite3SetTextEncoding(db, encoding); }else{ /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ - if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ + if( (meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3)!=ENC(db) ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" " text encoding as main database"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto initone_error_out; } } - }else{ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); } pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); @@ -127273,7 +128221,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl assert( db->init.busy ); { char *zSql; - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT*FROM\"%w\".%s ORDER BY rowid", db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zMasterName); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION @@ -127301,7 +128249,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl } if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_NoSchemaError)){ /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_NoSchemaError flag is set, then consider - ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the + ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary @@ -127340,13 +128288,12 @@ error_out: ** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. ** ** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set -** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database -** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. +** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ int i, rc; int commit_internal = !(db->mDbFlags&DBFLAG_SchemaChange); - + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[0].pBt) ); assert( db->init.busy==0 ); @@ -127411,7 +128358,7 @@ static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ if( pBt==0 ) continue; /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); @@ -127422,7 +128369,7 @@ static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ openedTransaction = 1; } - /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the + /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); @@ -127449,13 +128396,13 @@ static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ int i = -1000000; - /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in + /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one - ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this + ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this ** function should never be used. ** ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using - ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much + ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). */ @@ -127535,8 +128482,8 @@ static int sqlite3Prepare( ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change - ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold - ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is + ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold + ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is ** holding them. ** ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, @@ -127771,7 +128718,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v3( ** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. */ static int sqlite3Prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ u32 prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ @@ -127814,7 +128761,7 @@ static int sqlite3Prepare16( int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; @@ -127829,7 +128776,7 @@ static int sqlite3Prepare16( ** occurs. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ @@ -127841,7 +128788,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ @@ -127853,7 +128800,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ @@ -127977,7 +128924,6 @@ static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int bFree){ if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(p->pWinDefn) ){ sqlite3WindowListDelete(db, p->pWinDefn); } - assert( p->pWin==0 ); #endif if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(p->pWith) ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith); if( bFree ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); @@ -128131,7 +129077,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *p for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ p = apAll[i]; for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){ - if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar + if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; break; @@ -128153,9 +129099,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *p sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); jointype = JT_INNER; - }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 + }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); jointype = JT_INNER; } @@ -128176,7 +129122,7 @@ static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ /* ** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a -** table that has a column named zCol. +** table that has a column named zCol. ** ** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index ** of the matching column and return TRUE. @@ -128197,7 +129143,7 @@ static int tableAndColumnIndex( assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ for(i=0; i<N; i++){ iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol); - if( iCol>=0 + if( iCol>=0 && (bIgnoreHidden==0 || IsHiddenColumn(&pSrc->a[i].pTab->aCol[iCol])==0) ){ if( piTab ){ @@ -128217,7 +129163,7 @@ static int tableAndColumnIndex( ** ** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) ** -** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the +** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the ** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is ** column iColRight of tab2. */ @@ -128294,7 +129240,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ } sqlite3SetJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); p = p->pRight; - } + } } /* Undo the work of sqlite3SetJoinExpr(). In the expression p, convert every @@ -128317,7 +129263,7 @@ static void unsetJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ } unsetJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); p = p->pRight; - } + } } /* @@ -128391,7 +129337,7 @@ static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ } /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named - ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are + ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is @@ -128512,7 +129458,7 @@ static void pushOntoSorter( ** case regData==regOrigData. ** (3) Some output columns are omitted from the sort record due to ** the SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCE optimization, or due to the - ** SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF optimization, or due to the + ** SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF optimization, or due to the ** SortCtx.pDeferredRowLoad optimiation. In any of these cases ** regOrigData is 0 to prevent this routine from trying to copy ** values that might not yet exist. @@ -128550,7 +129496,7 @@ static void pushOntoSorter( pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat; nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + bSeq; if( bSeq ){ - addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); + addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); }else{ addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SequenceTest, pSort->iECursor); } @@ -128584,10 +129530,10 @@ static void pushOntoSorter( /* At this point the values for the new sorter entry are stored ** in an array of registers. They need to be composed into a record ** and inserted into the sorter if either (a) there are currently - ** less than LIMIT+OFFSET items or (b) the new record is smaller than + ** less than LIMIT+OFFSET items or (b) the new record is smaller than ** the largest record currently in the sorter. If (b) is true and there ** are already LIMIT+OFFSET items in the sorter, delete the largest - ** entry before inserting the new one. This way there are never more + ** entry before inserting the new one. This way there are never more ** than LIMIT+OFFSET items in the sorter. ** ** If the new record does not need to be inserted into the sorter, @@ -128666,8 +129612,8 @@ static void codeDistinct( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES /* ** This function is called as part of inner-loop generation for a SELECT -** statement with an ORDER BY that is not optimized by an index. It -** determines the expressions, if any, that the sorter-reference +** statement with an ORDER BY that is not optimized by an index. It +** determines the expressions, if any, that the sorter-reference ** optimization should be used for. The sorter-reference optimization ** is used for SELECT queries like: ** @@ -128677,11 +129623,11 @@ static void codeDistinct( ** storing values read from that column in the sorter records, the PK of ** the row from table t1 is stored instead. Then, as records are extracted from ** the sorter to return to the user, the required value of bigblob is -** retrieved directly from table t1. If the values are very large, this +** retrieved directly from table t1. If the values are very large, this ** can be more efficient than storing them directly in the sorter records. ** -** The ExprList_item.bSorterRef flag is set for each expression in pEList -** for which the sorter-reference optimization should be enabled. +** The ExprList_item.bSorterRef flag is set for each expression in pEList +** for which the sorter-reference optimization should be enabled. ** Additionally, the pSort->aDefer[] array is populated with entries ** for all cursors required to evaluate all selected expressions. Finally. ** output variable (*ppExtra) is set to an expression list containing @@ -128750,7 +129696,7 @@ static void selectExprDefer( ** ** If srcTab is negative, then the p->pEList expressions ** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If srcTab is -** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and p->pEList is used only +** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and p->pEList is used only ** to get the number of columns and the collation sequence for each column. */ static void selectInnerLoop( @@ -128832,8 +129778,8 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( } if( pSort && hasDistinct==0 && eDest!=SRT_EphemTab && eDest!=SRT_Table ){ /* For each expression in p->pEList that is a copy of an expression in - ** the ORDER BY clause (pSort->pOrderBy), set the associated - ** iOrderByCol value to one more than the index of the ORDER BY + ** the ORDER BY clause (pSort->pOrderBy), set the associated + ** iOrderByCol value to one more than the index of the ORDER BY ** expression within the sort-key that pushOntoSorter() will generate. ** This allows the p->pEList field to be omitted from the sorted record, ** saving space and CPU cycles. */ @@ -128849,7 +129795,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( selectExprDefer(pParse, pSort, p->pEList, &pExtra); if( pExtra && pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 ){ /* If there are any extra PK columns to add to the sorter records, - ** allocate extra memory cells and adjust the OpenEphemeral + ** allocate extra memory cells and adjust the OpenEphemeral ** instruction to account for the larger records. This is only ** required if there are one or more WITHOUT ROWID tables with ** composite primary keys in the SortCtx.aDefer[] array. */ @@ -128879,7 +129825,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( testcase( eDest==SRT_Mem ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); - assert( eDest==SRT_Set || eDest==SRT_Mem + assert( eDest==SRT_Set || eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Output ); } sRowLoadInfo.regResult = regResult; @@ -128890,7 +129836,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( if( pExtra ) nResultCol += pExtra->nExpr; #endif if( p->iLimit - && (ecelFlags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF)!=0 + && (ecelFlags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF)!=0 && nPrefixReg>0 ){ assert( pSort!=0 ); @@ -129045,7 +129991,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( }else{ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); assert( sqlite3Strlen30(pDest->zAffSdst)==nResultCol ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1, pDest->zAffSdst, nResultCol); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, nResultCol); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); @@ -129062,7 +130008,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( } /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell or array of + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell or array of ** memory cells and break out of the scan loop. */ case SRT_Mem: { @@ -129117,7 +130063,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously ** added to the queue. */ - addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, + addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, regResult, nResultCol); VdbeCoverage(v); } @@ -129370,7 +130316,7 @@ static void generateSortTail( if( pSort->labelBkOut ){ addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut, nKey+1+nColumn+nRefKey); if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak); @@ -129403,7 +130349,7 @@ static void generateSortTail( sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCsr); if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, iKey++, regKey); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iCsr, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iCsr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1, regKey); }else{ int k; @@ -129461,7 +130407,7 @@ static void generateSortTail( } #endif default: { - assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ @@ -129503,14 +130449,14 @@ static void generateSortTail( ** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The ** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression ** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The -** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is +** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is ** considered a column by this function. ** ** SELECT col FROM tbl; ** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; ** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); ** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); -** +** ** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. ** ** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not @@ -129522,7 +130468,7 @@ static void generateSortTail( # define columnType(A,B,C,D,E) columnTypeImpl(A,B) #endif static const char *columnTypeImpl( - NameContext *pNC, + NameContext *pNC, #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA Expr *pExpr #else @@ -129565,19 +130511,19 @@ static const char *columnTypeImpl( if( pTab==0 ){ /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how - ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer + ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like ** the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; ** - ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the + ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even ** though it should really be "INTEGER". ** ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never - ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression + ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT ** branch below. */ break; @@ -129591,7 +130537,7 @@ static const char *columnTypeImpl( */ if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr ){ /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the - ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see + ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. */ NameContext sNC; @@ -129599,7 +130545,7 @@ static const char *columnTypeImpl( sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pNC; sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol); + zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol); } }else{ /* A real table or a CTE table */ @@ -129643,13 +130589,13 @@ static const char *columnTypeImpl( sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pNC; sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); break; } #endif } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA if( pzOrigDb ){ assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol ); *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb; @@ -129685,7 +130631,7 @@ static void generateColumnTypes( const char *zOrigCol = 0; zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); - /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other + /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this ** virtual machine is deleted. */ @@ -129898,6 +130844,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList( if( cnt>3 ) sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(cnt), &cnt); } pCol->zName = zName; + pCol->hName = sqlite3StrIHash(zName); sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(0, pCol); if( zName && sqlite3HashInsert(&ht, zName, pCol)==pCol ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); @@ -129919,7 +130866,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList( /* ** Add type and collation information to a column list based on ** a SELECT statement. -** +** ** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList(). ** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This ** routine goes through and adds the types and collations. @@ -130027,9 +130974,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ ** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the ** pLimit expressions. pLimit->pLeft and pLimit->pRight hold the expressions ** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET -** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset -** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute -** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then +** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset +** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute +** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then ** iLimit and iOffset are negative. ** ** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if @@ -130055,7 +131002,7 @@ static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ if( p->iLimit ) return; - /* + /* ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be. ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean @@ -130183,7 +131130,7 @@ static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){ ** inserted into the Queue table. The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows ** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be ** discarded. If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed. -** +** ** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in ** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle. Without ** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO. @@ -130396,7 +131343,7 @@ static int multiSelectValues( ** ** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the ** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query -** in which case this routine will be called recursively. +** in which case this routine will be called recursively. ** ** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination ** of type eDest with parameter iParm. @@ -130526,7 +131473,7 @@ static int multiSelect( p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow); if( pPrior->pLimit && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit->pLeft, &nLimit) - && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit) + && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit) ){ p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit); } @@ -130543,7 +131490,7 @@ static int multiSelect( Expr *pLimit; /* Saved values of p->nLimit */ int addr; SelectDest uniondest; - + testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); priorOp = SRT_Union; @@ -130565,7 +131512,7 @@ static int multiSelect( findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; assert( p->pEList ); } - + /* Code the SELECT statements to our left */ assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); @@ -130574,7 +131521,7 @@ static int multiSelect( if( rc ){ goto multi_select_end; } - + /* Code the current SELECT statement */ if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ @@ -130604,7 +131551,7 @@ static int multiSelect( p->pLimit = pLimit; p->iLimit = 0; p->iOffset = 0; - + /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form ** it is that we currently need. */ @@ -130633,7 +131580,7 @@ static int multiSelect( int addr; SelectDest intersectdest; int r1; - + /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin ** by allocating the tables we will need. @@ -130641,13 +131588,13 @@ static int multiSelect( tab1 = pParse->nTab++; tab2 = pParse->nTab++; assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; assert( p->pEList ); - + /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". */ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); @@ -130655,7 +131602,7 @@ static int multiSelect( if( rc ){ goto multi_select_end; } - + /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" */ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); @@ -130676,10 +131623,11 @@ static int multiSelect( } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); p->pLimit = pLimit; - + /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary ** tables. */ + if( rc ) break; assert( p->pEList ); iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); @@ -130700,7 +131648,7 @@ static int multiSelect( break; } } - + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN if( p->pNext==0 ){ ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); @@ -130708,8 +131656,8 @@ static int multiSelect( #endif } if( pParse->nErr ) goto multi_select_end; - - /* Compute collating sequences used by + + /* Compute collating sequences used by ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. ** @@ -130815,7 +131763,7 @@ static int generateOutputSubroutine( addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); - /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT + /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT */ if( regPrev ){ int addr1, addr2; @@ -130857,7 +131805,7 @@ static int generateOutputSubroutine( int r1; testcase( pIn->nSdst>1 ); r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1, pDest->zAffSdst, pIn->nSdst); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); @@ -130897,7 +131845,7 @@ static int generateOutputSubroutine( ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. ** - ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. + ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to ** return the next row of result. */ @@ -130954,7 +131902,7 @@ static int generateOutputSubroutine( ** ** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. ** -** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which +** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which ** <operator> is used: ** ** @@ -131059,7 +132007,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause */ - op = p->op; + op = p->op; pPrior = p->pPrior; assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; @@ -131135,7 +132083,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( } } } - + /* Separate the left and the right query from one another */ p->pPrior = 0; @@ -131180,7 +132128,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrA); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on ** the right - the "B" select */ addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; @@ -131189,7 +132137,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( savedLimit = p->iLimit; savedOffset = p->iOffset; p->iLimit = regLimitB; - p->iOffset = 0; + p->iOffset = 0; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "RIGHT")); sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); p->iLimit = savedLimit; @@ -131203,7 +132151,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); - + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B ** select as the next output row of the compound select. */ @@ -131220,7 +132168,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( */ if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd; - }else{ + }else{ VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd); @@ -131235,7 +132183,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ addrEofB = addrEofA; if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; - }else{ + }else{ VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -131330,13 +132278,13 @@ static void substSelect(SubstContext*, Select*, int); /* ** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to ** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th -** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column +** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column ** unchanged.) ** ** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery ** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the ** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that -** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine makes the necessary +** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine makes the necessary ** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table ** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. */ @@ -131350,7 +132298,10 @@ static Expr *substExpr( ){ pExpr->iRightJoinTable = pSubst->iNewTable; } - if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==pSubst->iTable ){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->iTable==pSubst->iTable + && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FixedCol) + ){ if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ pExpr->op = TK_NULL; }else{ @@ -131368,6 +132319,7 @@ static Expr *substExpr( ifNullRow.op = TK_IF_NULL_ROW; ifNullRow.pLeft = pCopy; ifNullRow.iTable = pSubst->iNewTable; + ifNullRow.flags = EP_Skip; pCopy = &ifNullRow; } testcase( ExprHasProperty(pCopy, EP_Subquery) ); @@ -131387,7 +132339,7 @@ static Expr *substExpr( if( pExpr ){ if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ){ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pSubst->pParse, pExpr); - pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pSubst->pParse, pExpr, + pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pSubst->pParse, pExpr, (pColl ? pColl->zName : "BINARY") ); } @@ -131456,6 +132408,38 @@ static void substSelect( #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* +** pSelect is a SELECT statement and pSrcItem is one item in the FROM +** clause of that SELECT. +** +** This routine scans the entire SELECT statement and recomputes the +** pSrcItem->colUsed mask. +*/ +static int recomputeColumnsUsedExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return WRC_Continue; + pItem = pWalker->u.pSrcItem; + if( pItem->iCursor!=pExpr->iTable ) return WRC_Continue; + if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ) return WRC_Continue; + pItem->colUsed |= sqlite3ExprColUsed(pExpr); + return WRC_Continue; +} +static void recomputeColumnsUsed( + Select *pSelect, /* The complete SELECT statement */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrcItem /* Which FROM clause item to recompute */ +){ + Walker w; + if( NEVER(pSrcItem->pTab==0) ) return; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = recomputeColumnsUsedExpr; + w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop; + w.u.pSrcItem = pSrcItem; + pSrcItem->colUsed = 0; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) +/* ** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization. ** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs. ** @@ -131477,7 +132461,7 @@ static void substSelect( ** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 ** ** The code generated for this simplification gives the same result -** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might +** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might ** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be ** avoided. ** @@ -131504,7 +132488,7 @@ static void substSelect( ** (4) The subquery can not be DISTINCT. ** ** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT -** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction +** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction ** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. ** ** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: @@ -131521,7 +132505,7 @@ static void substSelect( ** ** (**) Restriction (10) was removed from the code on 2005-02-05 but we ** accidently carried the comment forward until 2014-09-15. Original -** constraint: "If the subquery is aggregate then the outer query +** constraint: "If the subquery is aggregate then the outer query ** may not use LIMIT." ** ** (11) The subquery and the outer query may not both have ORDER BY clauses. @@ -131539,7 +132523,7 @@ static void substSelect( ** ** (16) If the outer query is aggregate, then the subquery may not ** use ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter -** until we introduced the group_concat() function. +** until we introduced the group_concat() function. ** ** (17) If the subquery is a compound select, then ** (17a) all compound operators must be a UNION ALL, and @@ -131566,7 +132550,7 @@ static void substSelect( ** syntax error and return a detailed message. ** ** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the -** ORDER BY clause of the parent must be simple references to +** ORDER BY clause of the parent must be simple references to ** columns of the sub-query. ** ** (19) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not @@ -131590,7 +132574,7 @@ static void substSelect( ** recursive queries in multiSelect(). ** ** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: -** The subquery may not be an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or +** The subquery may not be an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or ** or max() functions. (Without this restriction, a query like: ** "SELECT x FROM (SELECT max(y), x FROM t1)" would not necessarily ** return the value X for which Y was maximal.) @@ -131624,7 +132608,7 @@ static int flattenSubquery( SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ int iNewParent = -1;/* Replacement table for iParent */ - int isLeftJoin = 0; /* True if pSub is the right side of a LEFT JOIN */ + int isLeftJoin = 0; /* True if pSub is the right side of a LEFT JOIN */ int i; /* Loop counter */ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ @@ -131709,7 +132693,7 @@ static int flattenSubquery( else if( iFrom>0 && !isAgg ){ /* Setting isLeftJoin to -1 causes OP_IfNullRow opcodes to be generated for ** every reference to any result column from subquery in a join, even - ** though they are not necessary. This will stress-test the OP_IfNullRow + ** though they are not necessary. This will stress-test the OP_IfNullRow ** opcode. */ isLeftJoin = -1; } @@ -131772,13 +132756,13 @@ static int flattenSubquery( pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions - ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must + ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must ** be of the form: ** - ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> + ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> ** ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block - ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or + ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple ** select statements in the compound sub-query. @@ -131831,7 +132815,7 @@ static int flattenSubquery( if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; } - /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause + /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause ** in the outer query. */ pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; @@ -131929,10 +132913,10 @@ static int flattenSubquery( memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); } pSrc->a[iFrom].fg.jointype = jointype; - - /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for + + /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for ** references to the iParent in the outer query. - ** + ** ** Example: ** ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; @@ -131976,12 +132960,12 @@ static int flattenSubquery( x.pEList = pSub->pEList; substSelect(&x, pParent, 0); } - + /* The flattened query is a compound if either the inner or the ** outer query is a compound. */ pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Compound; assert( (pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct)==0 ); /* restriction (17b) */ - + /* ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; ** @@ -131992,6 +132976,12 @@ static int flattenSubquery( pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; pSub->pLimit = 0; } + + /* Recompute the SrcList_item.colUsed masks for the flattened + ** tables. */ + for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){ + recomputeColumnsUsed(pParent, &pSrc->a[i+iFrom]); + } } /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return @@ -132040,9 +133030,8 @@ static void constInsert( assert( pColumn->op==TK_COLUMN ); assert( sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pValue) ); - if( !ExprHasProperty(pValue, EP_FixedCol) && sqlite3ExprAffinity(pValue)!=0 ){ - return; - } + if( ExprHasProperty(pColumn, EP_FixedCol) ) return; + if( sqlite3ExprAffinity(pValue)!=0 ) return; if( !sqlite3IsBinary(sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(pConst->pParse,pExpr)) ){ return; } @@ -132065,9 +133054,6 @@ static void constInsert( if( pConst->apExpr==0 ){ pConst->nConst = 0; }else{ - if( ExprHasProperty(pValue, EP_FixedCol) ){ - pValue = pValue->pLeft; - } pConst->apExpr[pConst->nConst*2-2] = pColumn; pConst->apExpr[pConst->nConst*2-1] = pValue; } @@ -132194,7 +133180,7 @@ static int propagateConstants( sqlite3DbFree(x.pParse->db, x.apExpr); nChng += x.nChng; } - }while( x.nChng ); + }while( x.nChng ); return nChng; } @@ -132245,8 +133231,8 @@ static int propagateConstants( ** But if the (b2=2) term were to be pushed down into the bb subquery, ** then the (1,1,NULL) row would be suppressed. ** -** (6) The inner query features one or more window-functions (since -** changes to the WHERE clause of the inner query could change the +** (6) The inner query features one or more window-functions (since +** changes to the WHERE clause of the inner query could change the ** window over which window functions are calculated). ** ** Return 0 if no changes are made and non-zero if one or more WHERE clause @@ -132274,7 +133260,7 @@ static int pushDownWhereTerms( ** in the future. */ { - Select *pX; + Select *pX; for(pX=pSubq; pX; pX=pX->pPrior){ assert( (pX->selFlags & (SF_Recursive))==0 ); } @@ -132324,7 +133310,7 @@ static int pushDownWhereTerms( /* ** The pFunc is the only aggregate function in the query. Check to see -** if the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization. +** if the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization. ** ** If the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization, then set ** *ppMinMax to be an ORDER BY clause to be used for the optimization @@ -132343,7 +133329,7 @@ static u8 minMaxQuery(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pFunc, ExprList **ppMinMax){ ExprList *pEList = pFunc->x.pList; /* Arguments to agg function */ const char *zFunc; /* Name of aggregate function pFunc */ ExprList *pOrderBy; - u8 sortFlags; + u8 sortFlags = 0; assert( *ppMinMax==0 ); assert( pFunc->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); @@ -132354,7 +133340,9 @@ static u8 minMaxQuery(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pFunc, ExprList **ppMinMax){ zFunc = pFunc->u.zToken; if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){ eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; - sortFlags = KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL; + if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pEList->a[0].pExpr) ){ + sortFlags = KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL; + } }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){ eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; sortFlags = KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC; @@ -132369,7 +133357,7 @@ static u8 minMaxQuery(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pFunc, ExprList **ppMinMax){ /* ** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. -** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This +** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This ** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: ** ** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl> @@ -132384,7 +133372,7 @@ static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ assert( !p->pGroupBy ); - if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 + if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ return 0; @@ -132405,8 +133393,8 @@ static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ /* ** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an ** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there -** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return -** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate +** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return +** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate ** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ @@ -132414,8 +133402,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pF Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; char *zIndexedBy = pFrom->u1.zIndexedBy; Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; - pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; + pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy); pIdx=pIdx->pNext ); if( !pIdx ){ @@ -132428,7 +133416,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pF return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with +** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with ** an alternative collating sequence. ** ** SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ... @@ -132515,9 +133503,9 @@ static int cannotBeFunction(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* -** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested -** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by -** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) +** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested +** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by +** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) ** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise ** return NULL. ** @@ -132552,7 +133540,7 @@ static struct Cte *searchWith( ** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this ** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it ** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when -** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT +** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT ** statement with which it is associated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ @@ -132566,7 +133554,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ } /* -** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by +** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by ** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And, ** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive ** reference to the current CTE. @@ -132581,7 +133569,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ ** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned. */ static int withExpand( - Walker *pWalker, + Walker *pWalker, struct SrcList_item *pFrom ){ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; @@ -132633,8 +133621,8 @@ static int withExpand( SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc; for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i]; - if( pItem->zDatabase==0 - && pItem->zName!=0 + if( pItem->zDatabase==0 + && pItem->zName!=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName) ){ pItem->pTab = pTab; @@ -132645,14 +133633,14 @@ static int withExpand( } } - /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ + /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ if( pTab->nTabRef>2 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg( pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName ); return SQLITE_ERROR; } - assert( pTab->nTabRef==1 || + assert( pTab->nTabRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nTabRef==2 )); pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s"; @@ -132701,12 +133689,12 @@ static int withExpand( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* -** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH +** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH ** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object. ** ** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by ** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table -** names and other FROM clause elements. +** names and other FROM clause elements. */ static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; @@ -132758,7 +133746,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExpandSubquery(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFr ** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every ** element of the FROM clause. ** -** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that +** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that ** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, ** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement ** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT @@ -132981,7 +133969,7 @@ static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** bit set. */ if( (p->selFlags & SF_IncludeHidden)==0 - && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) + && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ continue; } @@ -132991,7 +133979,7 @@ static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ if( (pFrom->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0, 1) ){ - /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the + /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the ** table to the right of the join */ continue; } @@ -133022,7 +134010,7 @@ static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); sqlite3TokenInit(&sColname, zColname); sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); - if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ + if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 && !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1]; sqlite3DbFree(db, pX->zEName); if( pSub ){ @@ -133062,29 +134050,6 @@ static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ return WRC_Continue; } -/* -** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. -** -** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees -** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, -** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then -** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every -** subquery in the parser tree. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker for SELECT statements. -** subquery in the parser tree. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Select *NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return WRC_Continue; -} - #if SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Always assert. This xSelectCallback2 implementation proves that the @@ -133302,13 +134267,13 @@ static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, int regAcc, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ assert( !IsWindowFunc(pF->pExpr) ); if( ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){ Expr *pFilter = pF->pExpr->y.pWin->pFilter; - if( pAggInfo->nAccumulator - && (pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) + if( pAggInfo->nAccumulator + && (pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) ){ if( regHit==0 ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem; /* If this is the first row of the group (regAcc==0), clear the ** "magnet" register regHit so that the accumulator registers - ** are populated if the FILTER clause jumps over the the + ** are populated if the FILTER clause jumps over the the ** invocation of min() or max() altogether. Or, if this is not ** the first row (regAcc==1), set the magnet register so that the ** accumulators are not populated unless the min()/max() is invoked and @@ -133327,7 +134292,7 @@ static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, int regAcc, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ regAgg = 0; } if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ - if( addrNext==0 ){ + if( addrNext==0 ){ addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); } testcase( nArg==0 ); /* Error condition */ @@ -133368,7 +134333,7 @@ static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, int regAcc, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ pAggInfo->directMode = 0; if( addrHitTest ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(v, addrHitTest); } } @@ -133398,10 +134363,10 @@ static void explainSimpleCount( /* ** sqlite3WalkExpr() callback used by havingToWhere(). ** -** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return +** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return ** WRC_Continue to tell sqlite3WalkExpr() to iterate through child nodes. ** -** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the +** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the ** sub-expression matches the criteria for being moved to the WHERE ** clause. If so, add it to the WHERE clause and replace the sub-expression ** within the HAVING expression with a constant "1". @@ -133481,7 +134446,7 @@ static struct SrcList_item *isSelfJoinView( continue; } if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pWhere, pS1->pWhere, -1) - || sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pHaving, pS1->pHaving, -1) + || sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pHaving, pS1->pHaving, -1) ){ /* The view was modified by some other optimization such as ** pushDownWhereTerms() */ @@ -133580,7 +134545,7 @@ static int countOfViewOptimization(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ #endif /* SQLITE_COUNTOFVIEW_OPTIMIZATION */ /* -** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. +** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. ** ** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure. ** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information. @@ -133634,7 +134599,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue ); assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue ); if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || + assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard || pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo); @@ -133906,7 +134871,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** set on each invocation. */ int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1; - + pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName)); @@ -133982,7 +134947,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( } #endif - /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and + /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this: ** @@ -133992,12 +134957,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz ORDER BY xyz ** - ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be - ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally - ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER + ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be + ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally + ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other. */ - if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct + if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, pEList, -1)==0 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC && p->pWin==0 @@ -134105,7 +135070,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( } } - /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral + /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral ** into an OP_Noop. */ @@ -134177,8 +135142,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( if( p->nSelectRow>66 ) p->nSelectRow = 66; /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are - ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause - ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out + ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause + ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY might use a ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the @@ -134188,8 +135153,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( int ii; /* The GROUP BY processing doesn't care whether rows are delivered in ** ASC or DESC order - only that each group is returned contiguously. - ** So set the ASC/DESC flags in the GROUP BY to match those in the - ** ORDER BY to maximize the chances of rows being delivered in an + ** So set the ASC/DESC flags in the GROUP BY to match those in the + ** ORDER BY to maximize the chances of rows being delivered in an ** order that makes the ORDER BY redundant. */ for(ii=0; ii<pGroupBy->nExpr; ii++){ u8 sortFlags = sSort.pOrderBy->a[ii].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC; @@ -134255,7 +135220,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ int ii; - SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After aggregate analysis:\n")); + SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After aggregate analysis %p:\n", &sAggInfo)); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); for(ii=0; ii<sAggInfo.nColumn; ii++){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("agg-column[%d] iMem=%d\n", @@ -134288,12 +135253,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction - ** will be converted into a Noop. + ** will be converted into a Noop. */ sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse,pGroupBy,0,sAggInfo.nColumn); - addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, - sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, + addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, + sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing @@ -134340,7 +135305,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( int nCol; int nGroupBy; - explainTempTable(pParse, + explainTempTable(pParse, (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ? "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY"); @@ -134385,9 +135350,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier. ** ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. - ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to + ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to ** disable this optimization for testing purposes. */ - if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) + if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo)) ){ sSort.pOrderBy = 0; @@ -134493,10 +135458,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); - + } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ else { -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT Table *pTab; if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then @@ -134528,17 +135492,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index. ** - ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only + ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. */ if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 - && pIdx->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow - && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 - && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRow<pBest->szIdxRow) - ){ - pBest = pIdx; + if( !p->pSrc->a[0].fg.notIndexed ){ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 + && pIdx->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow + && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 + && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRow<pBest->szIdxRow) + ){ + pBest = pIdx; + } } } if( pBest ){ @@ -134554,9 +135520,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ - { + }else{ int regAcc = 0; /* "populate accumulators" flag */ /* If there are accumulator registers but no min() or max() functions @@ -134566,7 +135530,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** that the accumulator registers are (a) updated only once if ** there are no min() or max functions or (b) always updated for the ** first row visited by the aggregate, so that they are updated at - ** least once even if the FILTER clause means the min() or max() + ** least once even if the FILTER clause means the min() or max() ** function visits zero rows. */ if( sAggInfo.nAccumulator ){ for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){ @@ -134613,11 +135577,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( sSort.pOrderBy = 0; sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0, + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0, pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); - + } /* endif aggregate query */ if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){ @@ -134719,7 +135683,7 @@ static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ char **azNew; p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; - azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); + azNew = sqlite3Realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; p->azResult = azNew; } @@ -134772,7 +135736,7 @@ malloc_failed: ** at the conclusion of the call. ** ** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained -** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. +** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. ** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when ** the calling procedure is finished using it. */ @@ -134828,7 +135792,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( } if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ char **azNew; - azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); + azNew = sqlite3Realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); if( azNew==0 ){ sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; @@ -134897,7 +135861,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerS } /* -** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to +** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to ** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. ** ** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab @@ -134924,7 +135888,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema - && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) + && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) ){ pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); pList = pTrig; @@ -135071,7 +136035,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( ** of triggers. */ if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); goto trigger_cleanup; } @@ -135167,8 +136131,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( } sqlite3TokenInit(&nameToken, pTrig->zName); sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken); - if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) - || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) + if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) + || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) ){ goto triggerfinish_cleanup; } @@ -135236,14 +136200,14 @@ static char *triggerSpanDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *zStart, const char *zEnd){ int i; if( z ) for(i=0; z[i]; i++) if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ) z[i] = ' '; return z; -} +} /* ** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into ** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. ** ** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in -** body of a TRIGGER. +** body of a TRIGGER. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ @@ -135405,7 +136369,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( return pTriggerStep; } -/* +/* ** Recursively delete a Trigger structure */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ @@ -135419,7 +136383,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ } /* -** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. +** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. ** ** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies ** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the @@ -135444,7 +136408,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr) assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zDbSName, zDb) ) continue; + if( zDb && sqlite3DbIsNamed(db, j, zDb)==0 ) continue; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName); if( pTrigger ) break; @@ -135474,7 +136438,7 @@ static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ /* -** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. +** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ Table *pTable; @@ -135554,12 +136518,12 @@ static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){ if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zEName)>=0 ) return 1; } - return 0; + return 0; } /* ** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least -** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is +** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is ** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at ** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. */ @@ -135623,13 +136587,13 @@ static SrcList *targetSrcList( } /* -** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single +** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single ** trigger. */ static int codeTriggerProgram( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ - int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ + int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ ){ TriggerStep *pStep; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; @@ -135665,26 +136629,26 @@ static int codeTriggerProgram( switch( pStep->op ){ case TK_UPDATE: { - sqlite3Update(pParse, + sqlite3Update(pParse, targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), + sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), pParse->eOrconf, 0, 0, 0 ); break; } case TK_INSERT: { - sqlite3Insert(pParse, + sqlite3Insert(pParse, targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), - sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), + sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), + sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), pParse->eOrconf, sqlite3UpsertDup(db, pStep->pUpsert) ); break; } case TK_DELETE: { - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 0, 0 ); @@ -135698,7 +136662,7 @@ static int codeTriggerProgram( sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); break; } - } + } if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); } @@ -135743,7 +136707,7 @@ static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ } /* -** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program +** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program ** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. */ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( @@ -135766,7 +136730,7 @@ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( assert( pTop->pVdbe ); /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they - ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg + ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); if( !pPrg ) return 0; @@ -135780,7 +136744,7 @@ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; - /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the + /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the ** trigger sub-program. */ pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); if( !pSubParse ) return 0; @@ -135796,7 +136760,7 @@ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); if( v ){ - VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", + VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), @@ -135806,19 +136770,19 @@ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( )); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE if( pTrigger->zName ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC ); } #endif /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false - ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the + ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) - && db->mallocFailed==0 + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) + && db->mallocFailed==0 ){ iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pSubParse); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); @@ -135855,7 +136819,7 @@ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( return pPrg; } - + /* ** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for ** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such @@ -135877,8 +136841,8 @@ static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ - for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; - pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); + for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; + pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); pPrg=pPrg->pNext ); @@ -135891,7 +136855,7 @@ static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( } /* -** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on +** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on ** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this ** function are the same as those described in the header function for ** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() @@ -135909,7 +136873,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program + /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ if( pPrg ){ int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)); @@ -135938,7 +136902,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( ** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified ** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. ** -** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers +** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers ** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references ** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab ** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: @@ -135955,12 +136919,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( ** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab ** ** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will -** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or -** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). +** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or +** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). ** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers ** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an ** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg -** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through +** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through ** (reg+N+N+1) are. ** ** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the @@ -135992,12 +136956,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); - assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema + assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ - if( p->op==op - && p->tr_tm==tr_tm + if( p->op==op + && p->tr_tm==tr_tm && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); @@ -136006,9 +136970,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( } /* -** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. -** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the -** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information +** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. +** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the +** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information ** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire ** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. ** @@ -136018,7 +136982,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( ** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns ** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. ** -** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is +** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is ** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. ** ** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned @@ -136095,10 +137059,10 @@ static void updateVirtualTable( /* ** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the -** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the +** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the ** OP_Column to the default value, if any. ** -** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the +** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the ** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table ** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE ** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk @@ -136107,9 +137071,9 @@ static void updateVirtualTable( ** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value ** for the column and the P4 value is not required. ** -** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have +** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have ** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more -** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated +** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated ** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written ** into the sqlite_master table.) ** @@ -136118,10 +137082,10 @@ static void updateVirtualTable( ** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into ** sqlite3_value objects. ** -** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction -** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is -** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save -** space. +** If column as REAL affinity and the table is an ordinary b-tree table +** (not a virtual table) then the value might have been stored as an +** integer. In that case, add an OP_RealAffinity opcode to make sure +** it has been converted into REAL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ assert( pTab!=0 ); @@ -136131,14 +137095,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); assert( i<pTab->nCol ); - sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, + sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, pCol->affinity, &pValue); if( pValue ){ sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pValue, P4_MEM); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ + if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); } #endif @@ -136274,7 +137238,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( } assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - /* Locate the table which we want to update. + /* Locate the table which we want to update. */ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; @@ -136337,7 +137301,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( } pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur; - /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[]. + /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[]. ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values. */ aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx+1) + nIdx+2 ); @@ -136382,7 +137346,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( else if( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED ){ testcase( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_VIRTUAL ); testcase( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_STORED ); - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot UPDATE generated column \"%s\"", pTab->aCol[j].zName); goto update_cleanup; @@ -136424,11 +137388,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS /* Mark generated columns as changing if their generator expressions - ** reference any changing column. The actual aXRef[] value for + ** reference any changing column. The actual aXRef[] value for ** generated expressions is not used, other than to check to see that it ** is non-negative, so the value of aXRef[] for generated columns can be ** set to any non-negative number. We use 99999 so that the value is - ** obvious when looking at aXRef[] in a symbolic debugger. + ** obvious when looking at aXRef[] in a symbolic debugger. */ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated ){ int bProgress; @@ -136449,7 +137413,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( } #endif - /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop. + /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop. ** So reset the colUsed mask. Unless this is a virtual table. In that ** case, set all bits of the colUsed mask (to ensure that the virtual ** table implementation makes all columns available). @@ -136488,7 +137452,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( } aRegIdx[nAllIdx] = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register storing the table record */ if( bReplace ){ - /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all + /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all ** indexes in case they are needed to delete records. */ memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); } @@ -136527,7 +137491,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( isView ){ - sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iDataCur ); pOrderBy = 0; @@ -136580,7 +137544,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); } } - + if( pUpsert ){ /* If this is an UPSERT, then all cursors have already been opened by ** the outer INSERT and the data cursor should be pointing at the row @@ -136592,7 +137556,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, labelBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); bFinishSeek = 0; }else{ - /* Begin the database scan. + /* Begin the database scan. ** ** Do not consider a single-pass strategy for a multi-row update if ** there are any triggers or foreign keys to process, or rows may @@ -136605,7 +137569,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( } pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, flags, iIdxCur); if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - + /* A one-pass strategy that might update more than one row may not ** be used if any column of the index used for the scan is being ** updated. Otherwise, if there is an index on "b", statements like @@ -136644,7 +137608,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( /* Read the PK of the current row into an array of registers. In ** ONEPASS_OFF mode, serialize the array into a record and store it in ** the ephemeral table. Or, in ONEPASS_SINGLE or MULTI mode, change - ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table + ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table ** is not required) and leave the PK fields in the array of registers. */ for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){ assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); @@ -136666,24 +137630,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ){ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); } - + if( !isView ){ int addrOnce = 0; - + /* Open every index that needs updating. */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0; if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0; } - + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI && (nIdx-(aiCurOnePass[1]>=0))>0 ){ addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, 0, iBaseCur, aToOpen, 0, 0); - if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); + if( addrOnce ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(v, addrOnce); + } } - + /* Top of the update loop */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ if( !isView && aiCurOnePass[0]!=iDataCur && aiCurOnePass[1]!=iDataCur ){ @@ -136726,7 +137692,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( ** information is needed */ if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){ u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); - oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, + oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError ); for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ @@ -136755,8 +137721,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The - ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from - ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger + ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from + ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. */ @@ -136773,7 +137739,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( if( j>=0 ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, k); }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){ - /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed + /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via ** a new.* reference in a trigger program. @@ -136800,11 +137766,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( */ if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew); - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this - ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are + ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the ** documentation. @@ -136818,8 +137784,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( } /* After-BEFORE-trigger-reload-loop: - ** If it did not delete it, the BEFORE trigger may still have modified - ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for + ** If it did not delete it, the BEFORE trigger may still have modified + ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their registers ** in case this has happened. Only unmodified columns are reloaded. ** The values computed for modified columns use the values before the @@ -136839,7 +137805,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( testcase( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasStored ); sqlite3ComputeGeneratedColumns(pParse, regNew, pTab); } -#endif +#endif } if( !isView ){ @@ -136882,7 +137848,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( ** to process, delete the old record. Otherwise, add a noop OP_Delete ** to invoke the pre-update hook. ** - ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the + ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the ** pre-update hook. If the caller invokes preupdate_new(), the returned ** value is copied from memory cell (regNewRowid+1+iCol), where iCol ** is the column index supplied by the user. @@ -136909,29 +137875,29 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( if( hasFK ){ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey); } - + /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ sqlite3CompleteInsertion( - pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, - OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0), + pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, + OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0), 0, 0 ); /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just updated. */ + ** to the row just updated. */ if( hasFK ){ sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey); } } - /* Increment the row counter + /* Increment the row counter */ if( regRowCount ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); } - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until @@ -136974,7 +137940,7 @@ update_cleanup: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit); #endif @@ -136994,8 +137960,8 @@ update_cleanup: /* ** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. ** -** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special -** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table +** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special +** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table ** implementation indicates that pWhere may match at most one row. ** ** The default strategy is to create an ephemeral table that contains @@ -137112,7 +138078,7 @@ static void updateVirtualTable( /* Begin scannning through the ephemeral table. */ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab); VdbeCoverage(v); - /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and + /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and ** invoke the VUpdate method. */ for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i, regArg+i); @@ -137246,11 +138212,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UpsertAnalyzeTarget( rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere); if( rc ) return rc; - /* Check to see if the conflict target matches the rowid. */ + /* Check to see if the conflict target matches the rowid. */ pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; pTarget = pUpsert->pUpsertTarget; iCursor = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; - if( HasRowid(pTab) + if( HasRowid(pTab) && pTarget->nExpr==1 && (pTerm = pTarget->a[0].pExpr)->op==TK_COLUMN && pTerm->iColumn==XN_ROWID @@ -137373,7 +138339,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate( sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, OE_Abort); i = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iDataCur, 0, iPk, nPk); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CORRUPT, OE_Abort, 0, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CORRUPT, OE_Abort, 0, "corrupt database", P4_STATIC); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, i); @@ -137584,7 +138550,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3RunVacuum( zOut = ""; } - /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be + /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ saved_flags = db->flags; @@ -137634,18 +138600,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3RunVacuum( } db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_VacuumInto; } - nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(pMain); - - /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( db->nextPagesize ){ - extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey; - char *zKey; - sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, iDb, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; - } -#endif + nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(pMain); sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pTemp, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->cache_size); sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pMain,0)); @@ -137727,7 +138682,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3RunVacuum( ); if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; - /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the + /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs, ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit @@ -137789,7 +138744,7 @@ end_of_vacuum: db->nChange = saved_nChange; db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; db->mTrace = saved_mTrace; - sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1); + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, 0, 1); /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file @@ -137807,7 +138762,7 @@ end_of_vacuum: } /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[] - ** array. */ + ** array. */ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); return rc; @@ -137836,7 +138791,7 @@ end_of_vacuum: /* ** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the ** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of -** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of +** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of ** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which ** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods. */ @@ -137993,7 +138948,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabModuleUnref(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){ /* ** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. ** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. -** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. +** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. ** ** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, ** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. @@ -138005,7 +138960,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ /* ** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. -** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access +** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access ** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ @@ -138040,7 +138995,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ /* ** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the ** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated -** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. +** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. ** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with ** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. */ @@ -138049,8 +139004,8 @@ static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; p->pVTable = 0; - /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database - ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments + /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database + ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. @@ -138106,7 +139061,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ ** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. ** ** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all -** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the +** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the ** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The ** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: ** @@ -138119,7 +139074,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ ** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then ** the database handle mutex is held. ** -** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously +** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously ** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -138145,12 +139100,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ ** record. ** ** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer -** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable +** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable ** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. -** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database -** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the +** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database +** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the ** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures -** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated +** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated ** database connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ @@ -138230,7 +139185,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 ); /* The database the table is being created in */ - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); } #endif @@ -138262,7 +139217,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ addArgumentToVtab(pParse); pParse->sArg.z = 0; if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; - + /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then @@ -138284,9 +139239,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ } zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. + ** the information we've collected. ** ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab @@ -138367,7 +139322,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ ** to this procedure. */ static int vtabCallConstructor( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab, Module *pMod, int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), @@ -138386,7 +139341,7 @@ static int vtabCallConstructor( /* Check that the virtual-table is not already being initialized */ for(pCtx=db->pVtabCtx; pCtx; pCtx=pCtx->pPrior){ if( pCtx->pTab==pTab ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor called recursively: %s", pTab->zName ); return SQLITE_LOCKED; @@ -138448,7 +139403,7 @@ static int vtabCallConstructor( int iCol; u16 oooHidden = 0; /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure - ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the + ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from ** the type string. */ @@ -138493,7 +139448,7 @@ static int vtabCallConstructor( /* ** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method -** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned +** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned ** and an error left in pParse. ** ** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. @@ -138564,7 +139519,7 @@ static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ /* ** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. ** ** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point to an English language ** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. @@ -138583,8 +139538,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod); - /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, - ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an + /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, + ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. */ if( pMod==0 || pMod->pModule->xCreate==0 || pMod->pModule->xDestroy==0 ){ @@ -138637,7 +139592,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ sParse.eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_DECLARE_VTAB; sParse.db = db; sParse.nQueryLoop = 1; - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) && sParse.pNewTable && !db->mallocFailed && !sParse.pNewTable->pSelect @@ -138735,7 +139690,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab ** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is ** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. ** -** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. +** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. */ static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ int i; @@ -138784,7 +139739,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ } /* -** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the +** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the ** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -138793,7 +139748,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ } /* -** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the +** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the ** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -138815,7 +139770,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a - ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to + ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. */ if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ @@ -138823,7 +139778,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ } if( !pVTab ){ return SQLITE_OK; - } + } pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; if( pModule->xBegin ){ @@ -138836,7 +139791,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ } } - /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the + /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */ rc = growVTrans(db); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -138860,11 +139815,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ ** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked. ** ** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is -** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is ** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with ** an open transaction is invoked. ** -** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, +** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, ** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this ** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful, ** SQLITE_OK is returned. @@ -138913,7 +139868,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){ ** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to ** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. ** -** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a +** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a ** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the ** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. */ @@ -138942,7 +139897,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; - + /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function. ** @@ -138996,7 +139951,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; } n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); - apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc64(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); + apVtabLock = sqlite3Realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); if( apVtabLock ){ pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; @@ -139060,7 +140015,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){ Table *pTab = pMod->pEpoTab; if( pTab!=0 ){ /* Mark the table as Ephemeral prior to deleting it, so that the - ** sqlite3DeleteTable() routine will know that it is not stored in + ** sqlite3DeleteTable() routine will know that it is not stored in ** the schema. */ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); @@ -139076,8 +140031,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){ ** within an xUpdate method. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ - static const unsigned char aMap[] = { - SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE + static const unsigned char aMap[] = { + SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE }; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; @@ -139089,7 +140044,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ } /* -** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide +** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide ** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior ** of the virtual table being implemented. */ @@ -139316,7 +140271,7 @@ struct WhereLoop { /* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a ** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause. -** See WhereOrSet for additional information +** See WhereOrSet for additional information */ struct WhereOrCost { Bitmask prereq; /* Prerequisites */ @@ -139368,7 +140323,7 @@ struct WherePath { ** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, ** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. ** -** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. +** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. ** The following identity holds: ** ** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm @@ -139453,6 +140408,12 @@ struct WhereTerm { #define TERM_LIKE 0x0400 /* The original LIKE operator */ #define TERM_IS 0x0800 /* Term.pExpr is an IS operator */ #define TERM_VARSELECT 0x1000 /* Term.pExpr contains a correlated sub-query */ +#define TERM_HEURTRUTH 0x2000 /* Heuristic truthProb used */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +# define TERM_HIGHTRUTH 0x4000 /* Term excludes few rows */ +#else +# define TERM_HIGHTRUTH 0 /* Only used with STAT4 */ +#endif /* ** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating @@ -139520,8 +140481,8 @@ struct WhereAndInfo { ** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping ** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. ** -** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in -** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE +** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in +** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE ** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might ** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum ** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping @@ -139567,13 +140528,16 @@ struct WhereLoopBuilder { UnpackedRecord *pRec; /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */ int nRecValid; /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */ #endif - unsigned int bldFlags; /* SQLITE_BLDF_* flags */ + unsigned char bldFlags1; /* First set of SQLITE_BLDF_* flags */ + unsigned char bldFlags2; /* Second set of SQLITE_BLDF_* flags */ unsigned int iPlanLimit; /* Search limiter */ }; /* Allowed values for WhereLoopBuider.bldFlags */ -#define SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED 0x0001 /* An index is used */ -#define SQLITE_BLDF_UNIQUE 0x0002 /* All keys of a UNIQUE index used */ +#define SQLITE_BLDF1_INDEXED 0x0001 /* An index is used */ +#define SQLITE_BLDF1_UNIQUE 0x0002 /* All keys of a UNIQUE index used */ + +#define SQLITE_BLDF2_2NDPASS 0x0004 /* Second builder pass needed */ /* The WhereLoopBuilder.iPlanLimit is used to limit the number of ** index+constraint combinations the query planner will consider for a @@ -139826,7 +140790,7 @@ static void explainAppendTerm( } /* -** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This +** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This ** function appends text to pStr that describes the subset of table ** rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an SQL expression. ** @@ -139867,7 +140831,7 @@ static void explainIndexRange(StrAccum *pStr, WhereLoop *pLoop){ /* ** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN ** command, or if either SQLITE_DEBUG or SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS was -** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode +** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode ** is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in pLevel. ** ** If an OP_Explain opcode is added to the VM, its address is returned. @@ -139950,7 +140914,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( assert( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT); zRangeOp = "<"; } - sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, + sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid%s?)",zRangeOp); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE @@ -139979,11 +140943,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS /* ** Configure the VM passed as the first argument with an -** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to -** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM +** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to +** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM ** clause that the scan reads data from. ** -** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an +** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an ** OP_Explain instruction that describes the same loop. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus( @@ -140039,7 +141003,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus( ** ** Only the parent term was in the original WHERE clause. The child1 ** and child2 terms were added by the LIKE optimization. If both of -** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be +** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be ** skipped. ** ** Usually the parent term is marked as TERM_CODED. But if the parent @@ -140071,7 +141035,7 @@ static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ /* ** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff -** to the n registers starting at base. +** to the n registers starting at base. ** ** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB and SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which ** are no-ops) at the beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries @@ -140108,7 +141072,7 @@ static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ } /* -** Expression pRight, which is the RHS of a comparison operation, is +** Expression pRight, which is the RHS of a comparison operation, is ** either a vector of n elements or, if n==1, a scalar expression. ** Before the comparison operation, affinity zAff is to be applied ** to the pRight values. This function modifies characters within the @@ -140206,12 +141170,12 @@ static Expr *removeUnindexableInClauseTerms( } pSelect = pNew->x.pSelect; if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ - /* If the SELECT statement has an ORDER BY clause, zero the - ** iOrderByCol variables. These are set to non-zero when an - ** ORDER BY term exactly matches one of the terms of the + /* If the SELECT statement has an ORDER BY clause, zero the + ** iOrderByCol variables. These are set to non-zero when an + ** ORDER BY term exactly matches one of the terms of the ** result-set. Since the result-set of the SELECT statement may - ** have been modified or reordered, these variables are no longer - ** set correctly. Since setting them is just an optimization, + ** have been modified or reordered, these variables are no longer + ** set correctly. Since setting them is just an optimization, ** it's easiest just to zero them here. */ ExprList *pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ @@ -140232,7 +141196,7 @@ static Expr *removeUnindexableInClauseTerms( /* ** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality -** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be +** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be ** coded. ** ** The current value for the constraint is left in a register, the index @@ -140378,7 +141342,7 @@ static int codeEqualityTerm( ** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). ** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 ** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this -** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two +** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two ** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate ** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored ** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. @@ -140468,7 +141432,7 @@ static int codeAllEqualityTerms( testcase( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR ); VdbeComment((v, "%s", explainIndexColumnName(pIdx, j))); } - } + } /* Evaluate the equality constraints */ @@ -140477,7 +141441,7 @@ static int codeAllEqualityTerms( int r1; pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; assert( pTerm!=0 ); - /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. + /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); @@ -140493,8 +141457,8 @@ static int codeAllEqualityTerms( if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ if( pTerm->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){ /* No affinity ever needs to be (or should be) applied to a value - ** from the RHS of an "? IN (SELECT ...)" expression. The - ** sqlite3FindInIndex() routine has already ensured that the + ** from the RHS of an "? IN (SELECT ...)" expression. The + ** sqlite3FindInIndex() routine has already ensured that the ** affinity of the comparison has been applied to the value. */ if( zAff ) zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; } @@ -140521,7 +141485,7 @@ static int codeAllEqualityTerms( #ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS /* ** If the most recently coded instruction is a constant range constraint -** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then +** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then ** set P3 and P5 on the OP_String opcode so that the string will be cast ** to a BLOB at appropriate times. ** @@ -140546,7 +141510,7 @@ static void whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup( assert( pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>0 ); pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); assert( pOp!=0 ); - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8 + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8 || pTerm->pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db->mallocFailed ); pOp->p3 = (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1); /* Register holding counter */ pOp->p5 = (u8)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr&1); /* ASC or DESC */ @@ -140589,7 +141553,7 @@ static int codeCursorHintCheckExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* ** Test whether or not expression pExpr, which was part of a WHERE clause, ** should be included in the cursor-hint for a table that is on the rhs -** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the +** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the ** expression is not suitable. ** ** An expression is unsuitable if it might evaluate to non NULL even if @@ -140602,9 +141566,9 @@ static int codeCursorHintCheckExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ** CASE WHEN col THEN 0 ELSE 1 END */ static int codeCursorHintIsOrFunction(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - if( pExpr->op==TK_IS - || pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT - || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL || pExpr->op==TK_CASE + if( pExpr->op==TK_IS + || pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT + || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL || pExpr->op==TK_CASE ){ pWalker->eCode = 1; }else if( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ){ @@ -140625,10 +141589,10 @@ static int codeCursorHintIsOrFunction(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ** that accesses any table other than the one identified by ** CCurHint.iTabCur, then do the following: ** -** 1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read +** 1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read ** the specified column into the new register, and ** -** 2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads +** 2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads ** from the newly populated register. ** ** Also, if the node is a TK_COLUMN that does access the table idenified @@ -140656,7 +141620,7 @@ static int codeCursorHintFixExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ** the parent context. Do not walk the function arguments in this case. ** ** todo: It should be possible to replace this node with a TK_REGISTER - ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a + ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a ** register at this point. The same holds for TK_AGG_COLUMN nodes. */ rc = WRC_Prune; } @@ -140699,18 +141663,18 @@ static void codeCursorHint( if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; if( pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady ) continue; - /* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT + /* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT ** JOIN for which the current table is not the rhs are omitted - ** from the cursor-hint. + ** from the cursor-hint. ** - ** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms + ** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms ** that were specified as part of the WHERE clause must be excluded. ** This is to address the following: ** ** SELECT ... t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON (t1.a=t2.b) WHERE t2.c IS NULL; ** ** Say there is a single row in t2 that matches (t1.a=t2.b), but its - ** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is + ** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is ** pushed down to the cursor, this row is filtered out, causing ** SQLite to synthesize a row of NULL values. Which does match the ** WHERE clause, and so the query returns a row. Which is incorrect. @@ -140723,7 +141687,7 @@ static void codeCursorHint( */ if( pTabItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pTabItem->iCursor ){ sWalker.eCode = 0; @@ -140761,7 +141725,7 @@ static void codeCursorHint( if( pExpr!=0 ){ sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintFixExpr; sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint, (sHint.pIdx ? sHint.iIdxCur : sHint.iTabCur), 0, 0, (const char*)pExpr, P4_EXPR); } @@ -140773,7 +141737,7 @@ static void codeCursorHint( /* ** Cursor iCur is open on an intkey b-tree (a table). Register iRowid contains ** a rowid value just read from cursor iIdxCur, open on index pIdx. This -** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the +** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the ** rowid stored in register iRowid. ** ** Normally, this is just: @@ -140783,8 +141747,8 @@ static void codeCursorHint( ** However, if the scan currently being coded is a branch of an OR-loop and ** the statement currently being coded is a SELECT, then P3 of OP_DeferredSeek ** is set to iIdxCur and P4 is set to point to an array of integers -** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open -** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the +** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open +** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the ** index, then the corresponding array entry is set to (i+1). If the column ** does not appear in the index at all, the array entry is set to 0. */ @@ -140799,7 +141763,7 @@ static void codeDeferredSeek( assert( iIdxCur>0 ); assert( pIdx->aiColumn[pIdx->nColumn-1]==-1 ); - + pWInfo->bDeferredSeek = 1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_DeferredSeek, iIdxCur, 0, iCur); if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) @@ -141178,7 +142142,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pOp->opcode, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3); } - /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if + /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if ** the IN constraint is not satisfied */ pCompare = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, 0, 0); assert( pCompare!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); @@ -141187,7 +142151,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( pCompare->pRight = pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); if( pRight ){ pRight->iTable = iReg+j+2; - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCompare, pLevel->addrCont, 0); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse( + pParse, pCompare, pLevel->addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL + ); } pCompare->pLeft = 0; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCompare); @@ -141254,7 +142220,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ int op; /* Cursor seek operation */ - /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding + /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx */ const u8 aMoveOp[] = { @@ -141310,8 +142276,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue, 1); - if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) - && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT) + if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) + && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT) ){ testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; }else{ @@ -141339,14 +142305,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ /* Case 4: A scan using an index. ** - ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality + ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed - ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only + ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must - ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the - ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all + ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the + ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all ** optimized: ** ** x=5 @@ -141367,7 +142333,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. - */ + */ static const u8 aStartOp[] = { 0, 0, @@ -141408,15 +142374,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; assert( nEq>=pLoop->nSkip ); - /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end - ** of the range. + /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end + ** of the range. */ j = nEq; if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; nExtraReg = MAX(nExtraReg, pLoop->u.btree.nBtm); /* Like optimization range constraints always occur in pairs */ - assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 || + assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)!=0 ); } if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ @@ -141449,7 +142415,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); /* If the WHERE_BIGNULL_SORT flag is set, then index column nEq uses - ** a non-default "big-null" sort (either ASC NULLS LAST or DESC NULLS + ** a non-default "big-null" sort (either ASC NULLS LAST or DESC NULLS ** FIRST). In both cases separate ordered scans are made of those ** index entries for which the column is null and for those for which ** it is not. For an ASC sort, the non-NULL entries are scanned first. @@ -141464,11 +142430,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( nExtraReg = 1; bSeekPastNull = 1; pLevel->regBignull = regBignull = ++pParse->nMem; + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regBignull); + } pLevel->addrBignull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); } /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or - ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the + ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). */ if( (nEq<pIdx->nKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC)) @@ -141513,7 +142482,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( } if( zStartAff ){ updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nBtm, &zStartAff[nEq]); - } + } nConstraint += nBtm; testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){ @@ -141564,7 +142533,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( assert( bStopAtNull==startEq ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); op = aStartOp[(nConstraint>1)*4 + 2 + bRev]; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint-startEq); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); @@ -141654,7 +142623,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( } /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ - omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 + omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0; if( omitTable ){ /* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */ @@ -141688,7 +142657,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** to virtual columns in the table into references to (stored) columns ** of the index. ** - ** Do not do this for the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. This is because the + ** Do not do this for the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. This is because the ** expression may be evaluated after OP_NullRow has been executed on ** the cursor. In this case it is important to do the full evaluation, ** as the result of the expression may not be NULL, even if all table @@ -141702,7 +142671,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ){ whereIndexExprTrans(pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur, pWInfo); } - + /* If a partial index is driving the loop, try to eliminate WHERE clause ** terms from the query that must be true due to the WHERE clause of ** the partial index. @@ -141720,7 +142689,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** a LEFT JOIN: */ assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ); } - + /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. */ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){ pLevel->op = OP_Noop; @@ -141830,15 +142799,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; } - /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is + /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is ** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephemeral index ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID. ** - ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction + ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps - ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the - ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to + ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the + ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if ** called on an uninitialized cursor. */ @@ -141863,7 +142832,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the - ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as + ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as ** indices. ** ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term @@ -141887,7 +142856,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( /* The extra 0x10000 bit on the opcode is masked off and does not ** become part of the new Expr.op. However, it does make the ** op==TK_AND comparison inside of sqlite3PExpr() false, and this - ** prevents sqlite3PExpr() from implementing AND short-circuit + ** prevents sqlite3PExpr() from implementing AND short-circuit ** optimization, which we do not want here. */ pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND|0x10000, 0, pAndExpr); } @@ -141958,9 +142927,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in - ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no - ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never - ** be tested for. */ + ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no + ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never + ** be tested for. */ if( iSet ){ jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -141999,8 +142968,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous - ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set - ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will + ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set + ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will ** be available. */ pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop; @@ -142072,7 +143041,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** ** iLoop==1: Code only expressions that are entirely covered by pIdx. ** iLoop==2: Code remaining expressions that do not contain correlated - ** sub-queries. + ** sub-queries. ** iLoop==3: Code all remaining expressions. ** ** An effort is made to skip unnecessary iterations of the loop. @@ -142097,7 +143066,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( if( (pTabItem->fg.jointype&JT_LEFT) && !ExprHasProperty(pE,EP_FromJoin) ){ continue; } - + if( iLoop==1 && !sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(pE, pLevel->iTabCur, pIdx) ){ iNext = 2; continue; @@ -142170,7 +143139,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS, 0); if( pAlt==0 ) continue; if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN) + if( (pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN) && (pAlt->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect) && (pAlt->pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr>1) ){ @@ -142186,7 +143155,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( } /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that - ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. + ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. */ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); @@ -142485,8 +143454,8 @@ static int isLikeOrGlob( ** 2019-06-14 https://sqlite.org/src/info/ce8717f0885af975 ** 2019-09-03 https://sqlite.org/src/info/0f0428096f17252a */ - if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN - || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN + || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT || IsVirtual(pLeft->y.pTab) /* Value might be numeric */ ){ int isNum; @@ -142521,7 +143490,7 @@ static int isLikeOrGlob( ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() ** API. To work around them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. - */ + */ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); @@ -142558,7 +143527,7 @@ static int isLikeOrGlob( ** 9. column IS NOT NULL SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL ** ** In every case, "column" must be a column of a virtual table. If there -** is a match, set *ppLeft to the "column" expression, set *ppRight to the +** is a match, set *ppLeft to the "column" expression, set *ppRight to the ** "expr" expression (even though in forms (6) and (8) the column is on the ** right and the expression is on the left). Also set *peOp2 to the ** appropriate virtual table operator. The return value is 1 or 2 if there @@ -142601,7 +143570,8 @@ static int isAuxiliaryVtabOperator( ** MATCH(expression,vtab_column) */ pCol = pList->a[1].pExpr; - if( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pCol->y.pTab) ){ + testcase( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && pCol->y.pTab==0 ); + if( ExprIsVtab(pCol) ){ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aOp); i++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken, aOp[i].zOp)==0 ){ *peOp2 = aOp[i].eOp2; @@ -142623,7 +143593,8 @@ static int isAuxiliaryVtabOperator( ** with function names in an arbitrary case. */ pCol = pList->a[0].pExpr; - if( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pCol->y.pTab) ){ + testcase( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && pCol->y.pTab==0 ); + if( ExprIsVtab(pCol) ){ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pMod; void (*xNotUsed)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); @@ -142646,10 +143617,12 @@ static int isAuxiliaryVtabOperator( int res = 0; Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; - if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pLeft->y.pTab) ){ + testcase( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && pLeft->y.pTab==0 ); + if( ExprIsVtab(pLeft) ){ res++; } - if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pRight->y.pTab) ){ + testcase( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && pRight->y.pTab==0 ); + if( pRight && ExprIsVtab(pRight) ){ res++; SWAP(Expr*, pLeft, pRight); } @@ -142717,7 +143690,7 @@ static WhereTerm *whereNthSubterm(WhereTerm *pTerm, int N){ ** ** The following is NOT generated: ** -** x<y OR x>y --> x!=y +** x<y OR x>y --> x!=y */ static void whereCombineDisjuncts( SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ @@ -142814,10 +143787,10 @@ static void whereCombineDisjuncts( ** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T ** ** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form -** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and +** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and ** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". ** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more -** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND +** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND ** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have ** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. ** @@ -142908,7 +143881,7 @@ static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( if( !db->mallocFailed ){ for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); - if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) + if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) || pAndTerm->eOperator==WO_AUX ){ b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); @@ -143011,7 +143984,7 @@ static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceded - ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term + ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term ** and use its inversion. */ testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); @@ -143040,7 +144013,7 @@ static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; - }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn || (iColumn==XN_EXPR + }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn || (iColumn==XN_EXPR && sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft, pLeft, -1) )){ okToChngToIN = 0; @@ -143062,7 +144035,7 @@ static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( } /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies - ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is + ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. */ if( okToChngToIN ){ @@ -143207,8 +144180,8 @@ static int exprMightBeIndexed( Expr *pExpr, /* An operand of a comparison operator */ int op /* The specific comparison operator */ ){ - /* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a - ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing + /* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a + ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing ** on the first element of the vector. */ assert( TK_GT+1==TK_LE && TK_GT+2==TK_LT && TK_GT+3==TK_GE ); assert( TK_IS<TK_GE && TK_ISNULL<TK_GE && TK_IN<TK_GE ); @@ -143323,7 +144296,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask; } if( op==TK_IS ) pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_IS; - if( pRight + if( pRight && exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, pTerm->prereqRight, aiCurCol, pRight, op) ){ WhereTerm *pNew; @@ -143388,7 +144361,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( for(i=0; i<2; i++){ Expr *pNewExpr; int idxNew; - pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0)); transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr); @@ -143426,7 +144399,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( ** bound is made all lowercase so that the bounds also work when comparing ** BLOBs. */ - if( pWC->op==TK_AND + if( pWC->op==TK_AND && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) ){ Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ @@ -143462,7 +144435,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( if( noCase ){ /* The point is to increment the last character before the first ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the - ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the + ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag */ @@ -143518,7 +144491,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( prereqColumn = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ Expr *pNewExpr; - pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0)); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && pNewExpr ){ ExprSetProperty(pNewExpr, EP_FromJoin); @@ -143549,11 +144522,11 @@ static void exprAnalyze( ** ** This is only required if at least one side of the comparison operation ** is not a sub-select. */ - if( pWC->op==TK_AND + if( pWC->op==TK_AND && (pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IS) && (nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft))>1 && sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pRight)==nLeft - && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 + && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 || (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0) ){ int i; @@ -143575,7 +144548,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( /* If there is a vector IN term - e.g. "(a, b) IN (SELECT ...)" - create ** a virtual term for each vector component. The expression object - ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...) + ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...) ** expression). The WhereTerm.iField variable identifies the index within ** the vector on the LHS that the virtual term represents. ** @@ -143769,7 +144742,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprLis /* -** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. +** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. ** ** Note that exprAnalyze() might add new virtual terms onto the ** end of the WHERE clause. We do not want to analyze these new @@ -143788,7 +144761,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze( /* ** For table-valued-functions, transform the function arguments into -** new WHERE clause terms. +** new WHERE clause terms. ** ** Each function argument translates into an equality constraint against ** a HIDDEN column in the table. @@ -143821,7 +144794,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs( pColRef->iTable = pItem->iCursor; pColRef->iColumn = k++; pColRef->y.pTab = pTab; - pRhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, + pRhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pArgs->a[j].pExpr, 0), 0); pTerm = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pColRef, pRhs); if( pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){ @@ -143919,7 +144892,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** be the continuation for the inner-most loop. ** ** It is always safe for this routine to return the continuation of the -** inner-most loop, in the sense that a correct answer will result. +** inner-most loop, in the sense that a correct answer will result. ** Returning the continuation the second inner loop is an optimization ** that might make the code run a little faster, but should not change ** the final answer. @@ -143927,7 +144900,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ WhereLevel *pInner; if( !pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop ){ - /* The ORDER BY LIMIT optimization does not apply. Jump to the + /* The ORDER BY LIMIT optimization does not apply. Jump to the ** continuation of the inner-most loop. */ return pWInfo->iContinue; } @@ -143958,7 +144931,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** operate directly on the rowids returned by a WHERE clause. Return ** ONEPASS_SINGLE (1) if the statement can operation directly because only ** a single row is to be changed. Return ONEPASS_MULTI (2) if the one-pass -** optimization can be used on multiple +** optimization can be used on multiple ** ** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true) ** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS @@ -144228,7 +145201,7 @@ static WhereTerm *whereScanInit( ** if pIdx!=0 and <op> is one of the WO_xx operator codes specified by ** the op parameter. Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. ** -** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur. +** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur. ** Search for terms matching the iColumn-th column of pIdx ** rather than the iColumn-th column of table iCur. ** @@ -144341,17 +145314,17 @@ static int isDistinctRedundant( ){ Table *pTab; Index *pIdx; - int i; + int i; int iBase; /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of - ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT + ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT ** clause is redundant. */ if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; - /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return + /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query. */ @@ -144402,7 +145375,7 @@ static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){ ** Convert OP_Column opcodes to OP_Copy in previously generated code. ** ** This routine runs over generated VDBE code and translates OP_Column -** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine +** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine ** instead of via table lookup. ** ** If the iAutoidxCur is not zero, then any OP_Rowid instructions on @@ -144500,7 +145473,7 @@ static int termCanDriveIndex( char aff; if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) return 0; - if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT) + if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT) && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS) ){ @@ -144717,7 +145690,7 @@ static void constructAutomaticIndex( } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - + /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); @@ -144728,7 +145701,7 @@ end_auto_index_create: #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the +** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure ** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). */ @@ -144767,7 +145740,7 @@ static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( nTerm++; } - /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current + /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. */ @@ -144849,7 +145822,7 @@ static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( assert( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_AUX) ); if( op & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE) - && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pTerm->pExpr->pRight) + && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pTerm->pExpr->pRight) ){ testcase( j!=i ); if( j<16 ) mNoOmit |= (1 << j); @@ -144921,8 +145894,8 @@ static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ ** Return the index of the sample that is the smallest sample that ** is greater than or equal to pRec. Note that this index is not an index ** into the aSample[] array - it is an index into a virtual set of samples -** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record -** pRec. +** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record +** pRec. */ static int whereKeyStats( Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ @@ -144958,38 +145931,38 @@ static int whereKeyStats( ** consider prefixes of those samples. For example, if the set of samples ** in aSample is: ** - ** aSample[0] = (a, 5) - ** aSample[1] = (a, 10) - ** aSample[2] = (b, 5) - ** aSample[3] = (c, 100) + ** aSample[0] = (a, 5) + ** aSample[1] = (a, 10) + ** aSample[2] = (b, 5) + ** aSample[3] = (c, 100) ** aSample[4] = (c, 105) ** - ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the - ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize, + ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the + ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize, ** the code actually searches this set: ** - ** 0: (a) - ** 1: (a, 5) - ** 2: (a, 10) - ** 3: (a, 10) - ** 4: (b) - ** 5: (b, 5) - ** 6: (c) - ** 7: (c, 100) + ** 0: (a) + ** 1: (a, 5) + ** 2: (a, 10) + ** 3: (a, 10) + ** 4: (b) + ** 5: (b, 5) + ** 6: (c) + ** 7: (c, 100) ** 8: (c, 105) ** 9: (c, 105) ** ** For each sample in the aSample[] array, N samples are present in the - ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on + ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on ** sample aSample[0]. Samples 2 and 3 on aSample[1] etc. ** ** Often, sample i of each block of N effective samples has (i+1) fields. ** Except, each sample may be extended to ensure that it is greater than or - ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above, - ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it - ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it - ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result, - ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not + ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above, + ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it + ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it + ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result, + ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not ** cause any problems. */ nField = pRec->nField; @@ -145003,7 +145976,7 @@ static int whereKeyStats( iSamp = iTest / nField; if( iSamp>0 ){ /* The proposed effective sample is a prefix of sample aSample[iSamp]. - ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField) + ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField) ** fields that is greater than the previous effective sample. */ for(n=(iTest % nField) + 1; n<nField; n++){ if( aSample[iSamp-1].anLt[n-1]!=aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] ) break; @@ -145038,8 +146011,8 @@ static int whereKeyStats( assert( i<pIdx->nSample ); assert( iCol==nField-1 ); pRec->nField = nField; - assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec) - || pParse->db->mallocFailed + assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec) + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); }else{ /* Unless i==pIdx->nSample, indicating that pRec is larger than @@ -145047,7 +146020,7 @@ static int whereKeyStats( ** (iCol+1) field prefix of sample i. */ assert( i<=pIdx->nSample && i>=0 ); pRec->nField = iCol+1; - assert( i==pIdx->nSample + assert( i==pIdx->nSample || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); @@ -145075,7 +146048,7 @@ static int whereKeyStats( aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; }else{ - /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first + /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first ** sample that is greater than pRec. Or, if i==pIdx->nSample then pRec ** is larger than all samples in the array. */ tRowcnt iUpper, iGap; @@ -145107,7 +146080,7 @@ static int whereKeyStats( /* ** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower -** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated +** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated ** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number ** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account. ** @@ -145145,18 +146118,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int iCo #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 -/* +/* ** This function is called to estimate the number of rows visited by a ** range-scan on a skip-scan index. For example: ** ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c); ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=? AND c BETWEEN ? AND ?; ** -** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows -** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate +** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows +** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate ** by some factor to account for the (c BETWEEN ? AND ?) expression based -** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple -** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with +** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple +** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with ** by the caller. ** ** It does this by scanning through all stat4 samples, comparing values @@ -145177,7 +146150,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int iCo ** estimate of the number of rows delivered remains unchanged), *pbDone ** is left as is. ** -** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, ** SQLITE_OK. */ static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( @@ -145195,7 +146168,7 @@ static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( int rc = SQLITE_OK; u8 aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(db, p, nEq); CollSeq *pColl; - + sqlite3_value *p1 = 0; /* Value extracted from pLower */ sqlite3_value *p2 = 0; /* Value extracted from pUpper */ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* Value extracted from record */ @@ -145227,7 +146200,7 @@ static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( nDiff = (nUpper - nLower); if( nDiff<=0 ) nDiff = 1; - /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the + /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the ** comparisons indicate that they are close together, use the fallback ** method (assume that the scan visits 1/64 of the rows) for estimating ** the number of rows visited. Otherwise, estimate the number of rows @@ -145274,7 +146247,7 @@ static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( ** ** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... ** -** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second +** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second ** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: ** ** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... @@ -145282,13 +146255,13 @@ static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( ** then nEq is set to 0. ** ** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the -** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without -** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of +** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without +** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of ** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced) ** to account for the range constraints pLower and pUpper. -** +** ** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be -** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. +** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. ** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of ** rows visited by a factor of 64. */ @@ -145316,7 +146289,7 @@ static int whereRangeScanEst( int nBtm = pLoop->u.btree.nBtm; int nTop = pLoop->u.btree.nTop; - /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in + /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most @@ -145325,7 +146298,7 @@ static int whereRangeScanEst( ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even - ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and + ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values is used. ** ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows @@ -145349,7 +146322,7 @@ static int whereRangeScanEst( iLower = 0; iUpper = p->nRowEst0; }else{ - /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must + /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst(). */ whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); iLower = a[0]; @@ -145437,7 +146410,7 @@ static int whereRangeScanEst( ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to - ** match 1/64 of the index. */ + ** match 1/64 of the index. */ if( pLower && pLower->truthProb>0 && pUpper && pUpper->truthProb>0 ){ nNew -= 20; } @@ -145464,7 +146437,7 @@ static int whereRangeScanEst( ** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is ** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE". ** -** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. ** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return ** non-zero. ** @@ -145515,7 +146488,7 @@ static int whereEqualScanEst( WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions %s(%d): %d\n", p->zName, nEq-1, (int)a[1])); *pnRow = a[1]; - + return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ @@ -145528,7 +146501,7 @@ static int whereEqualScanEst( ** ** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4) ** -** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. ** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return ** non-zero. ** @@ -145589,7 +146562,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTermPrint(WhereTerm *pTerm, int iTerm){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left={%d:%d}", pTerm->leftCursor, pTerm->u.leftColumn); }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 && pTerm->u.pOrInfo!=0 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"indexable=0x%lld", + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"indexable=0x%lld", pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable); }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left=%d", pTerm->leftCursor); @@ -145792,7 +146765,7 @@ static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** ** Conditions (2) and (3) mean that X is a "proper subset" of Y. ** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought -** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost +** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost ** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted. Constraint (4) ** was added because if X uses skip-scan less than Y it still might ** deserve a lower cost even if it is a proper subset of Y. Constraint (5) @@ -145819,7 +146792,7 @@ static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset( } if( j<0 ) return 0; /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */ } - if( (pX->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 + if( (pX->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 && (pY->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ return 0; /* Constraint (5) */ } @@ -145846,7 +146819,7 @@ static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue; if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue; if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){ - /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its + /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its ** subset p. */ WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n", pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut-1)); @@ -145892,7 +146865,7 @@ static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser( /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */ - assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 + assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup ); /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index @@ -145957,7 +146930,7 @@ static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser( ** ** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we ** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the -** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following +** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following ** conditions are met: ** ** (1) They have the same iTab. @@ -146015,7 +146988,7 @@ static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ sqlite3WhereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); } #endif - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; }else{ p = *ppPrev; } @@ -146133,7 +147106,9 @@ static void whereLoopOutputAdjust( /* In the absence of explicit truth probabilities, use heuristics to ** guess a reasonable truth probability. */ pLoop->nOut--; - if( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){ + if( (pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 + && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_HIGHTRUTH)==0 /* tag-20200224-1 */ + ){ Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; int k = 0; testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); @@ -146142,7 +147117,10 @@ static void whereLoopOutputAdjust( }else{ k = 20; } - if( iReduce<k ) iReduce = k; + if( iReduce<k ){ + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_HEURTRUTH; + iReduce = k; + } } } } @@ -146150,7 +147128,7 @@ static void whereLoopOutputAdjust( if( pLoop->nOut > nRow-iReduce ) pLoop->nOut = nRow - iReduce; } -/* +/* ** Term pTerm is a vector range comparison operation. The first comparison ** in the vector can be optimized using column nEq of the index. This ** function returns the total number of vector elements that can be used @@ -146179,7 +147157,7 @@ static int whereRangeVectorLen( nCmp = MIN(nCmp, (pIdx->nColumn - nEq)); for(i=1; i<nCmp; i++){ - /* Test if comparison i of pTerm is compatible with column (i+nEq) + /* Test if comparison i of pTerm is compatible with column (i+nEq) ** of the index. If not, exit the loop. */ char aff; /* Comparison affinity */ char idxaff = 0; /* Indexed columns affinity */ @@ -146196,9 +147174,9 @@ static int whereRangeVectorLen( ** the right column of the right source table. And that the sort ** order of the index column is the same as the sort order of the ** leftmost index column. */ - if( pLhs->op!=TK_COLUMN - || pLhs->iTable!=iCur - || pLhs->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEq] + if( pLhs->op!=TK_COLUMN + || pLhs->iTable!=iCur + || pLhs->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEq] || pIdx->aSortOrder[i+nEq]!=pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq] ){ break; @@ -146227,15 +147205,15 @@ static int whereRangeVectorLen( #endif /* -** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the +** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the ** index pIndex. Try to match one more. ** -** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the -** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq -** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this +** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the +** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq +** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this ** function returns. ** -** If pProbe->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK, that means pIndex is +** If pProbe->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK, that means pIndex is ** a fake index used for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. */ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( @@ -146324,9 +147302,9 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( } if( IsUniqueIndex(pProbe) && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1 ){ - pBuilder->bldFlags |= SQLITE_BLDF_UNIQUE; + pBuilder->bldFlags1 |= SQLITE_BLDF1_UNIQUE; }else{ - pBuilder->bldFlags |= SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED; + pBuilder->bldFlags1 |= SQLITE_BLDF1_INDEXED; } pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; @@ -146338,9 +147316,9 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf; assert( nInMul==0 - || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 - || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 - || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ); if( eOp & WO_IN ){ @@ -146367,7 +147345,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( /* Let: ** N = the total number of rows in the table ** K = the number of entries on the RHS of the IN operator - ** M = the number of rows in the table that match terms to the + ** M = the number of rows in the table that match terms to the ** to the left in the same index. If the IN operator is on ** the left-most index column, M==N. ** @@ -146402,11 +147380,11 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( int iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq]; pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ; assert( saved_nEq==pNew->u.btree.nEq ); - if( iCol==XN_ROWID + if( iCol==XN_ROWID || (iCol>=0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){ - if( iCol==XN_ROWID || pProbe->uniqNotNull - || (pProbe->nKeyCol==1 && pProbe->onError && eOp==WO_EQ) + if( iCol==XN_ROWID || pProbe->uniqNotNull + || (pProbe->nKeyCol==1 && pProbe->onError && eOp==WO_EQ) ){ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW; }else{ @@ -146451,7 +147429,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the - ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all + ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul). */ assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); @@ -146472,8 +147450,8 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 tRowcnt nOut = 0; - if( nInMul==0 - && pProbe->nSample + if( nInMul==0 + && pProbe->nSample && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat4) @@ -146491,6 +147469,27 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */ if( nOut ){ pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut); + if( nEq==1 + /* TUNING: Mark terms as "low selectivity" if they seem likely + ** to be true for half or more of the rows in the table. + ** See tag-202002240-1 */ + && pNew->nOut+10 > pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0] + ){ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x01 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x01 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "STAT4 determines term has low selectivity:\n"); + sqlite3WhereTermPrint(pTerm, 999); + } +#endif + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_HIGHTRUTH; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_HEURTRUTH ){ + /* If the term has previously been used with an assumption of + ** higher selectivity, then set the flag to rerun the + ** loop computations. */ + pBuilder->bldFlags2 |= SQLITE_BLDF2_2NDPASS; + } + } if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; pNew->nOut -= nIn; } @@ -146500,8 +147499,8 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( { pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]); if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ - /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a - ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows + /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a + ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows ** as (col=?). */ pNew->nOut += 10; } @@ -146554,12 +147553,12 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average - ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. + ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. ** ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of - ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. + ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly ** more expensive. */ assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) ); @@ -146567,6 +147566,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( && saved_nEq+1<pProbe->nKeyCol && saved_nEq==pNew->nLTerm && pProbe->noSkipScan==0 + && pProbe->hasStat1!=0 && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SkipScan) && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42 /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */ && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK @@ -146653,7 +147653,7 @@ static int whereUsablePartialIndex( pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; if( (!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable==iTab) && (isLeft==0 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) - && sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pExpr, pWhere, iTab) + && sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pExpr, pWhere, iTab) ){ return 1; } @@ -146675,18 +147675,18 @@ static int whereUsablePartialIndex( ** cost = nRow * K // scan of covering index ** cost = nRow * (K+3.0) // scan of non-covering index ** -** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative +** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative ** estimated average size of the index and table records. ** ** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited -** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on +** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on ** the index b-tree: ** ** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit) // covering index ** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit) // non-covering index ** -** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the -** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when +** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the +** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when ** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans. ** ** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount @@ -146716,7 +147716,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtree( LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */ WhereClause *pWC; /* The parsed WHERE clause */ Table *pTab; /* Table being queried */ - + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; @@ -146810,9 +147810,9 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtree( } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ - /* Loop over all indices. If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only + /* Loop over all indices. If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only ** consider index pProbe. */ - for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=(pSrc->pIBIndex ? 0 : pProbe->pNext), iSortIdx++ ){ int isLeft = (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; @@ -146903,7 +147903,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtree( if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ) nLookup -= 19; } } - + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, nLookup); } ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult); @@ -146914,9 +147914,9 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtree( } } - pBuilder->bldFlags = 0; + pBuilder->bldFlags1 = 0; rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0); - if( pBuilder->bldFlags==SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED ){ + if( pBuilder->bldFlags1==SQLITE_BLDF1_INDEXED ){ /* If a non-unique index is used, or if a prefix of the key for ** unique index is used (making the index functionally non-unique) ** then the sqlite_stat1 data becomes important for scoring the @@ -146978,13 +147978,13 @@ static int whereLoopAddVirtualOne( *pbIn = 0; pNew->prereq = mPrereq; - /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by + /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by ** arguments mUsable and mExclude. */ pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[pIdxCons->iTermOffset]; pIdxCons->usable = 0; - if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight + if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight && (pTerm->eOperator & mExclude)==0 ){ pIdxCons->usable = 1; @@ -147138,8 +148138,8 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, int ** entries that occur before the virtual table in the FROM clause and are ** separated from it by at least one LEFT or CROSS JOIN. Similarly, the ** mUnusable mask contains all FROM clause entries that occur after the -** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or -** CROSS JOIN. +** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or +** CROSS JOIN. ** ** For example, if the query were: ** @@ -147147,9 +148147,9 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, int ** ** then mPrereq corresponds to (t1, t2) and mUnusable to (t5, t6). ** -** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual -** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by -** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex. +** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual +** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by +** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex. ** Conversely, all tables in mUnusable must be scanned after the current ** virtual table, so any terms for which the prerequisites overlap with ** mUnusable should always be configured as "not-usable" for xBestIndex. @@ -147178,7 +148178,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddVirtual( pNew = pBuilder->pNew; pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab]; assert( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ); - p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy, + p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy, &mNoOmit); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; pNew->rSetup = 0; @@ -147198,7 +148198,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddVirtual( /* If the call to xBestIndex() with all terms enabled produced a plan ** that does not require any source tables (IOW: a plan with mBest==0) - ** and does not use an IN(...) operator, then there is no point in making + ** and does not use an IN(...) operator, then there is no point in making ** any further calls to xBestIndex() since they will all return the same ** result (if the xBestIndex() implementation is sane). */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((mBest = (pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq))!=0 || bIn) ){ @@ -147221,7 +148221,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddVirtual( } } - /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq) + /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq) ** in the set of terms that apply to the current virtual table. */ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; @@ -147278,8 +148278,8 @@ static int whereLoopAddVirtual( ** btrees or virtual tables. */ static int whereLoopAddOr( - WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, - Bitmask mPrereq, + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Bitmask mPrereq, Bitmask mUnusable ){ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; @@ -147292,7 +148292,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddOr( WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild; WhereOrSet sSum, sCur; struct SrcList_item *pItem; - + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; pNew = pBuilder->pNew; @@ -147302,14 +148302,14 @@ static int whereLoopAddOr( for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd && rc==SQLITE_OK; pTerm++){ if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 - && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 + && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 ){ WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; WhereTerm *pOrTerm; int once = 1; int i, j; - + sSubBuild = *pBuilder; sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0; sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur; @@ -147330,7 +148330,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddOr( } sCur.n = 0; #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED - WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n", + WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n", (int)(pOrTerm-pOrWC->a), pTerm, sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm)); if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x400 ){ sqlite3WhereClausePrint(sSubBuild.pWC); @@ -147378,8 +148378,8 @@ static int whereLoopAddOr( /* TUNING: Currently sSum.a[i].rRun is set to the sum of the costs ** of all sub-scans required by the OR-scan. However, due to rounding ** errors, it may be that the cost of the OR-scan is equal to its - ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty - ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that + ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty + ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that ** this does not happen. Otherwise, for WHERE clauses such as the ** following where there is an index on "y": ** @@ -147399,7 +148399,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddOr( } /* -** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables +** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables */ static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; @@ -147466,17 +148466,17 @@ static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ ** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 6th ** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY ** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation. Return N: -** +** ** N>0: N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied ** N==0: No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied -** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied. +** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied. ** ** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as ** strict. With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that ** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another. GROUP BY ** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long ** as equivalent rows are grouped together. Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT -** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the +** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the ** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order. */ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( @@ -147526,7 +148526,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( ** row of the WhereLoop. Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically ** order-distinct. A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being - ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that + ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct. ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL. ** @@ -147579,7 +148579,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( ~ready, eqOpMask, 0); if( pTerm==0 ) continue; if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ){ - /* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT + /* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT ** optimization, and then only if they are actually used ** by the query plan */ assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ); @@ -147587,8 +148587,11 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( if( j>=pLoop->nLTerm ) continue; } if( (pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ - if( sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(pWInfo->pParse, - pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr, pTerm->pExpr)==0 ){ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + CollSeq *pColl1 = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); + CollSeq *pColl2 = sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(pParse, pTerm->pExpr); + assert( pColl1 ); + if( pColl2==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl1->zName, pColl2->zName) ){ continue; } testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); @@ -147621,7 +148624,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){ u8 bOnce = 1; /* True to run the ORDER BY search loop */ - assert( j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq + assert( j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq || (pLoop->aLTerm[j]==0)==(j<pLoop->nSkip) ); if( j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq && j>=pLoop->nSkip ){ @@ -147633,7 +148636,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( ** the loop need to be marked as not order-distinct because it can ** have repeated NULL rows. ** - ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...)) + ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...)) ** expression for which the SELECT returns more than one column, ** check that it is the only column used by this loop. Otherwise, ** if it is one of two or more, none of the columns can be @@ -147646,7 +148649,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( testcase( isOrderDistinct ); isOrderDistinct = 0; } - continue; + continue; }else if( ALWAYS(eOp & WO_IN) ){ /* ALWAYS() justification: eOp is an equality operator due to the ** j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq constraint above. Any equality other @@ -147687,7 +148690,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( } /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column - ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off + ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off */ isMatch = 0; for(i=0; bOnce && i<nOrderBy; i++){ @@ -147827,7 +148830,7 @@ static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){ #endif /* -** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have +** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have ** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in ** order. */ @@ -147837,13 +148840,13 @@ static LogEst whereSortingCost( int nOrderBy, int nSorted ){ - /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is + /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is ** the number of rows to sort is: ** ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)). - ** - ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y - ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the + ** + ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y + ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the ** sorting cost to: ** ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X) @@ -147936,7 +148939,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ ** space for the aSortCost[] array. Each element of the aSortCost array ** is either zero - meaning it has not yet been initialized - or the ** cost of sorting nRowEst rows of data where the first X terms of - ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array + ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array ** index. */ aSortCost = (LogEst*)pX; memset(aSortCost, 0, sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy); @@ -147957,7 +148960,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ ** in this case the query may return a maximum of one row, the results ** are already in the requested order. Set isOrdered to nOrderBy to ** indicate this. Or, if nLoop is greater than zero, set isOrdered to - ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered, + ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered, ** depending on the loops added to the current plan. */ aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : nOrderBy; } @@ -147987,7 +148990,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ continue; } - /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. + /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. ** Compute its cost */ rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow); rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, pFrom->rUnsorted); @@ -148014,7 +149017,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n", - aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, + aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, rUnsorted, rCost)); }else{ rCost = rUnsorted; @@ -148079,11 +149082,11 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ ** same set of loops and has the same isOrdered setting as the ** candidate path. Check to see if the candidate should replace ** pTo or if the candidate should be skipped. - ** + ** ** The conditional is an expanded vector comparison equivalent to: ** (pTo->rCost,pTo->nRow,pTo->rUnsorted) <= (rCost,nOut,rUnsorted) */ - if( pTo->rCost<rCost + if( pTo->rCost<rCost || (pTo->rCost==rCost && (pTo->nRow<nOut || (pTo->nRow==nOut && pTo->rUnsorted<=rUnsorted) @@ -148134,8 +149137,8 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ mxCost = aTo[0].rCost; mxUnsorted = aTo[0].nRow; for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jj<mxChoice; jj++, pTo++){ - if( pTo->rCost>mxCost - || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted) + if( pTo->rCost>mxCost + || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted) ){ mxCost = pTo->rCost; mxUnsorted = pTo->rUnsorted; @@ -148174,7 +149177,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pSpace); return SQLITE_ERROR; } - + /* Find the lowest cost path. pFrom will be left pointing to that path */ pFrom = aFrom; for(ii=1; ii<nFrom; ii++){ @@ -148213,7 +149216,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ pWInfo->nOBSat = 0; if( nLoop>0 ){ u32 wsFlags = pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1]->wsFlags; - if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 + if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 && (wsFlags&(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN))!=(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){ Bitmask m = 0; @@ -148233,7 +149236,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0 ){ Bitmask revMask = 0; - int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, + int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask ); assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 ); @@ -148260,7 +149263,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ ** times for the common case. ** ** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this -** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the +** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the ** general-purpose query planner. */ static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ @@ -148300,8 +149303,8 @@ static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ int opMask; assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm ); if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) - || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 - || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) + || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) ) continue; opMask = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? (WO_EQ|WO_IS) : WO_EQ; for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){ @@ -148354,8 +149357,8 @@ static int exprNodeIsDeterministic(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** Return true if the expression contains no non-deterministic SQL -** functions. Do not consider non-deterministic SQL functions that are +** Return true if the expression contains no non-deterministic SQL +** functions. Do not consider non-deterministic SQL functions that are ** part of sub-select statements. */ static int exprIsDeterministic(Expr *p){ @@ -148368,6 +149371,28 @@ static int exprIsDeterministic(Expr *p){ return w.eCode; } + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +/* +** Display all WhereLoops in pWInfo +*/ +static void showAllWhereLoops(WhereInfo *pWInfo, WhereClause *pWC){ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects */ + WhereLoop *p; + int i; + static const char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ"; + for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){ + p->cId = zLabel[i%(sizeof(zLabel)-1)]; + sqlite3WhereLoopPrint(p, pWC); + } + } +} +# define WHERETRACE_ALL_LOOPS(W,C) showAllWhereLoops(W,C) +#else +# define WHERETRACE_ALL_LOOPS(W,C) +#endif + /* ** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. ** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains @@ -148448,7 +149473,7 @@ static int exprIsDeterministic(Expr *p){ ** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine ** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL. ** -** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If +** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If ** WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index ** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this ** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is @@ -148481,8 +149506,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( u8 bFordelete = 0; /* OPFLAG_FORDELETE or zero, as appropriate */ assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)==0 || ( - (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 - && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 + (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 )); /* Only one of WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE or WHERE_USE_LIMIT */ @@ -148505,7 +149530,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( } /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of - ** bits in a Bitmask + ** bits in a Bitmask */ testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ @@ -148513,7 +149538,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( return 0; } - /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in + /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE flag is set, then we should ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. @@ -148545,7 +149570,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; pWInfo->iLimit = iAuxArg; pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; - memset(&pWInfo->nOBSat, 0, + memset(&pWInfo->nOBSat, 0, offsetof(WhereInfo,sWC) - offsetof(WhereInfo,nOBSat)); memset(&pWInfo->a[0], 0, sizeof(WhereLoop)+nTabList*sizeof(WhereLevel)); assert( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ); /* ONEPASS defaults to OFF */ @@ -148565,7 +149590,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( initMaskSet(pMaskSet); sqlite3WhereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo); sqlite3WhereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND); - + /* Special case: No FROM clause */ if( nTabList==0 ){ @@ -148605,14 +149630,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( } #endif } - + /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. */ sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; /* Special case: WHERE terms that do not refer to any tables in the join ** (constant expressions). Evaluate each such term, and jump over all the - ** generated code if the result is not true. + ** generated code if the result is not true. ** ** Do not do this if the expression contains non-deterministic functions ** that are not within a sub-select. This is not strictly required, but @@ -148670,19 +149695,28 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB); if( rc ) goto whereBeginError; -#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED - if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects */ - WhereLoop *p; - int i; - static const char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ"; - for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){ - p->cId = zLabel[i%(sizeof(zLabel)-1)]; - sqlite3WhereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC); - } - } -#endif - +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + /* If one or more WhereTerm.truthProb values were used in estimating + ** loop parameters, but then those truthProb values were subsequently + ** changed based on STAT4 information while computing subsequent loops, + ** then we need to rerun the whole loop building process so that all + ** loops will be built using the revised truthProb values. */ + if( sWLB.bldFlags2 & SQLITE_BLDF2_2NDPASS ){ + WHERETRACE_ALL_LOOPS(pWInfo, sWLB.pWC); + WHERETRACE(0xffff, + ("**** Redo all loop computations due to" + " TERM_HIGHTRUTH changes ****\n")); + while( pWInfo->pLoops ){ + WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops; + pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop; + whereLoopDelete(db, p); + } + rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB); + if( rc ) goto whereBeginError; + } +#endif + WHERETRACE_ALL_LOOPS(pWInfo, sWLB.pWC); + wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ @@ -148729,7 +149763,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( ** 1) The query must not be an aggregate. ** 2) The table must be the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. ** 3) Either the query must be DISTINCT, or else the ON or USING clause - ** must contain a constraint that limits the scan of the table to + ** must contain a constraint that limits the scan of the table to ** at most a single row. ** 4) The table must not be referenced by any part of the query apart ** from its own USING or ON clause. @@ -148742,13 +149776,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( ** ** then table t2 can be omitted from the following: ** - ** SELECT v1, v3 FROM t1 + ** SELECT v1, v3 FROM t1 ** LEFT JOIN t2 ON (t1.ipk=t2.ipk) ** LEFT JOIN t3 ON (t1.ipk=t3.ipk) ** ** or from: ** - ** SELECT DISTINCT v1, v3 FROM t1 + ** SELECT DISTINCT v1, v3 FROM t1 ** LEFT JOIN t2 ** LEFT JOIN t3 ON (t1.ipk=t3.ipk) */ @@ -148883,7 +149917,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur ); testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS ); - if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF + if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol<BMS && (pTab->tabFlags & (TF_HasGenerated|TF_WithoutRowid))==0 ){ @@ -148952,7 +149986,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 && pWInfo->eDistinct!=WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ); /* Hint to COMDB2 */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ); } VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName)); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK @@ -149038,7 +150072,7 @@ whereBeginError: #endif /* -** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on +** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on ** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ @@ -149110,12 +150144,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ if( pIn->eEndLoopOp!=OP_Noop ){ if( pIn->nPrefix ){ assert( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ); - if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IfNoHope, pLevel->iIdxCur, - sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2+(pLevel->iLeftJoin!=0), - pIn->iBase, pIn->nPrefix); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ /* For LEFT JOIN queries, cursor pIn->iCur may not have been ** opened yet. This occurs for WHERE clauses such as @@ -149125,11 +150153,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** return the null-row. So, if the cursor is not open yet, ** jump over the OP_Next or OP_Prev instruction about to ** be coded. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNotOpen, pIn->iCur, - sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNotOpen, pIn->iCur, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2 + + ((pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0) ); VdbeCoverage(v); } + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IfNoHope, pLevel->iIdxCur, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, + pIn->iBase, pIn->nPrefix); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -149161,8 +150196,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ assert( pLevel->iTabCur==pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iTabCur); } - if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED) - || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx) + if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED) + || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); } @@ -149218,7 +150253,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor); } if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 - && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 + && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 && pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur); @@ -149230,7 +150265,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** from the index instead of from the table where possible. In some cases ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can ** yield a significant performance boost. - ** + ** ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes @@ -149277,7 +150312,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; OpcodeRewriteTrace(db, k, pOp); } - assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 || pWInfo->eOnePass ); }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; @@ -149353,12 +150388,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** (in this case max()) to process rows sorted in order of (c, d), which ** makes things easier for obvious reasons. More generally: ** -** * FROM, WHERE, GROUP BY and HAVING clauses are all moved to +** * FROM, WHERE, GROUP BY and HAVING clauses are all moved to ** the sub-query. ** ** * ORDER BY, LIMIT and OFFSET remain part of the parent query. ** -** * Terminals from each of the expression trees that make up the +** * Terminals from each of the expression trees that make up the ** select-list and ORDER BY expressions in the parent query are ** selected by the sub-query. For the purposes of the transformation, ** terminals are column references and aggregate functions. @@ -149367,14 +150402,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** the same window declaration (the OVER bit), then a single scan may ** be used to process more than one window function. For example: ** -** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), -** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) +** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), +** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) ** FROM t1; ** ** is transformed in the same way as the example above. However: ** -** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), -** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY a ORDER BY b) +** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), +** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY a ORDER BY b) ** FROM t1; ** ** Must be transformed to: @@ -149427,15 +150462,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** first_value(expr) ** last_value(expr) ** nth_value(expr, N) -** -** These are the same built-in window functions supported by Postgres. +** +** These are the same built-in window functions supported by Postgres. ** Although the behaviour of aggregate window functions (functions that ** can be used as either aggregates or window funtions) allows them to ** be implemented using an API, built-in window functions are much more -** esoteric. Additionally, some window functions (e.g. nth_value()) +** esoteric. Additionally, some window functions (e.g. nth_value()) ** may only be implemented by caching the entire partition in memory. ** As such, some built-in window functions use the same API as aggregate -** window functions and some are implemented directly using VDBE +** window functions and some are implemented directly using VDBE ** instructions. Additionally, for those functions that use the API, the ** window frame is sometimes modified before the SELECT statement is ** rewritten. For example, regardless of the specified window frame, the @@ -149447,7 +150482,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** ** As well as some of the built-in window functions, aggregate window ** functions min() and max() are implemented using VDBE instructions if -** the start of the window frame is declared as anything other than +** the start of the window frame is declared as anything other than ** UNBOUNDED PRECEDING. */ @@ -149458,7 +150493,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void row_numberStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149486,10 +150521,10 @@ struct CallCount { ** Implementation of built-in window function dense_rank(). Assumes that ** the window frame has been set to: ** -** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW +** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void dense_rankStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149521,7 +150556,7 @@ struct NthValueCtx { sqlite3_value *pValue; }; static void nth_valueStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149574,7 +150609,7 @@ static void nth_valueFinalizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ #define nth_valueValueFunc noopValueFunc static void first_valueStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149605,10 +150640,10 @@ static void first_valueFinalizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ ** Implementation of built-in window function rank(). Assumes that ** the window frame has been set to: ** -** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW +** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void rankStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149639,7 +150674,7 @@ static void rankValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ ** GROUPS BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ static void percent_rankStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149652,7 +150687,7 @@ static void percent_rankStepFunc( } } static void percent_rankInvFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149684,7 +150719,7 @@ static void percent_rankValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ ** GROUPS BETWEEN 1 FOLLOWING AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ static void cume_distStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149697,7 +150732,7 @@ static void cume_distStepFunc( } } static void cume_distInvFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149733,7 +150768,7 @@ struct NtileCtx { ** ROWS CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ static void ntileStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149753,7 +150788,7 @@ static void ntileStepFunc( } } static void ntileInvFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149799,7 +150834,7 @@ struct LastValueCtx { ** Implementation of last_value(). */ static void last_valueStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149817,7 +150852,7 @@ static void last_valueStepFunc( } } static void last_valueInvFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -149970,7 +151005,7 @@ static Window *windowFind(Parse *pParse, Window *pList, const char *zName){ ** of this file), pWin is updated here. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUpdate( - Parse *pParse, + Parse *pParse, Window *pList, /* List of named windows for this SELECT */ Window *pWin, /* Window frame to update */ FuncDef *pFunc /* Window function definition */ @@ -149990,17 +151025,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUpdate( sqlite3WindowChain(pParse, pWin, pList); } if( (pWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE) - && (pWin->pStart || pWin->pEnd) + && (pWin->pStart || pWin->pEnd) && (pWin->pOrderBy==0 || pWin->pOrderBy->nExpr!=1) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "RANGE with offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING requires one ORDER BY expression" ); }else if( pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( pWin->pFilter ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "FILTER clause may only be used with aggregate window functions" ); }else{ @@ -150010,14 +151045,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUpdate( int eStart; int eEnd; } aUp[] = { - { row_numberName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, - { dense_rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, - { rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, - { percent_rankName, TK_GROUPS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED }, - { cume_distName, TK_GROUPS, TK_FOLLOWING, TK_UNBOUNDED }, - { ntileName, TK_ROWS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED }, - { leadName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_UNBOUNDED }, - { lagName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + { row_numberName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + { dense_rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + { rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + { percent_rankName, TK_GROUPS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { cume_distName, TK_GROUPS, TK_FOLLOWING, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { ntileName, TK_ROWS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { leadName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { lagName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, }; int i; for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aUp); i++){ @@ -150055,7 +151090,7 @@ struct WindowRewrite { /* ** Callback function used by selectWindowRewriteEList(). If necessary, -** this function appends to the output expression-list and updates +** this function appends to the output expression-list and updates ** expression (*ppExpr) in place. */ static int selectWindowRewriteExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ @@ -150156,16 +151191,16 @@ static int selectWindowRewriteSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ ** ** * TK_COLUMN, ** * aggregate function, or -** * window function with a Window object that is not a member of the +** * window function with a Window object that is not a member of the ** Window list passed as the second argument (pWin). ** ** Append the node to output expression-list (*ppSub). And replace it -** with a TK_COLUMN that reads the (N-1)th element of table +** with a TK_COLUMN that reads the (N-1)th element of table ** pWin->iEphCsr, where N is the number of elements in (*ppSub) after ** appending the new one. */ static void selectWindowRewriteEList( - Parse *pParse, + Parse *pParse, Window *pWin, SrcList *pSrc, ExprList *pEList, /* Rewrite expressions in this list */ @@ -150208,13 +151243,19 @@ static ExprList *exprListAppendList( int i; int nInit = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; for(i=0; i<pAppend->nExpr; i++){ - int iDummy; Expr *pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pAppend->a[i].pExpr, 0); assert( pDup==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pDup, EP_MemToken) ); - if( bIntToNull && pDup && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pDup, &iDummy) ){ - pDup->op = TK_NULL; - pDup->flags &= ~(EP_IntValue|EP_IsTrue|EP_IsFalse); - pDup->u.zToken = 0; + if( bIntToNull && pDup ){ + int iDummy; + Expr *pSub; + for(pSub=pDup; ExprHasProperty(pSub, EP_Skip); pSub=pSub->pLeft){ + assert( pSub ); + } + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pSub, &iDummy) ){ + pSub->op = TK_NULL; + pSub->flags &= ~(EP_IntValue|EP_IsTrue|EP_IsFalse); + pSub->u.zToken = 0; + } } pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pDup); if( pList ) pList->a[nInit+i].sortFlags = pAppend->a[i].sortFlags; @@ -150224,8 +151265,25 @@ static ExprList *exprListAppendList( } /* +** When rewriting a query, if the new subquery in the FROM clause +** contains TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes that refer to an outer query, +** then we have to increase the Expr->op2 values of those nodes +** due to the extra subquery layer that was added. +** +** See also the incrAggDepth() routine in resolve.c +*/ +static int sqlite3WindowExtraAggFuncDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION + && pExpr->op2>=pWalker->walkerDepth + ){ + pExpr->op2++; + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* ** If the SELECT statement passed as the second argument does not invoke -** any SQL window functions, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it +** any SQL window functions, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it ** rewrites the SELECT statement so that window function xStep functions ** are invoked in the correct order as described under "SELECT REWRITING" ** at the top of this file. @@ -150246,6 +151304,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ Window *pMWin = p->pWin; /* Master window object */ Window *pWin; /* Window object iterator */ Table *pTab; + u32 selFlags = p->selFlags; pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); if( pTab==0 ){ @@ -150284,8 +151343,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ selectWindowRewriteEList(pParse, pMWin, pSrc, p->pOrderBy, pTab, &pSublist); pMWin->nBufferCol = (pSublist ? pSublist->nExpr : 0); - /* Append the PARTITION BY and ORDER BY expressions to the to the - ** sub-select expression list. They are required to figure out where + /* Append the PARTITION BY and ORDER BY expressions to the to the + ** sub-select expression list. They are required to figure out where ** boundaries for partitions and sets of peer rows lie. */ pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pMWin->pPartition, 0); pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pMWin->pOrderBy, 0); @@ -150316,11 +151375,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ /* If there is no ORDER BY or PARTITION BY clause, and the window ** function accepts zero arguments, and there are no other columns ** selected (e.g. "SELECT row_number() OVER () FROM t1"), it is possible - ** that pSublist is still NULL here. Add a constant expression here to - ** keep everything legal in this case. + ** that pSublist is still NULL here. Add a constant expression here to + ** keep everything legal in this case. */ if( pSublist==0 ){ - pSublist = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, + pSublist = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, "0") ); } @@ -150331,10 +151390,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ p->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, 0); if( p->pSrc ){ Table *pTab2; + Walker w; p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect = pSub; sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, p->pSrc); pSub->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; pTab2 = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSub, SQLITE_AFF_NONE); + pSub->selFlags |= (selFlags & SF_Aggregate); if( pTab2==0 ){ /* Might actually be some other kind of error, but in that case ** pParse->nErr will be set, so if SQLITE_NOMEM is set, we will get @@ -150345,6 +151406,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; p->pSrc->a[0].pTab = pTab; pTab = pTab2; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = sqlite3WindowExtraAggFuncDepth; + w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3WalkerDepthIncrease; + w.xSelectCallback2 = sqlite3WalkerDepthDecrease; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSub); } }else{ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub); @@ -150495,10 +151561,10 @@ windowAllocErr: ** equivalent nul-terminated string. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowAssemble( - Parse *pParse, - Window *pWin, - ExprList *pPartition, - ExprList *pOrderBy, + Parse *pParse, + Window *pWin, + ExprList *pPartition, + ExprList *pOrderBy, Token *pBase ){ if( pWin ){ @@ -150536,7 +151602,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowChain(Parse *pParse, Window *pWin, Window *pLis zErr = "frame specification"; } if( zErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot override %s of window: %s", zErr, pWin->zBase ); }else{ @@ -150772,7 +151838,7 @@ struct WindowCsrAndReg { }; /* -** A single instance of this structure is allocated on the stack by +** A single instance of this structure is allocated on the stack by ** sqlite3WindowCodeStep() and a pointer to it passed to the various helper ** routines. This is to reduce the number of arguments required by each ** helper function. @@ -150819,7 +151885,7 @@ struct WindowCsrAndReg { ** ** Each cursor (start, current and end) consists of a VDBE cursor ** (WindowCsrAndReg.csr) and an array of registers (starting at -** WindowCodeArg.reg) that always contains a copy of the peer values +** WindowCodeArg.reg) that always contains a copy of the peer values ** read from the corresponding cursor. ** ** Depending on the window-frame in question, all three cursors may not @@ -150863,8 +151929,8 @@ static void windowReadPeerValues( } /* -** Generate VM code to invoke either xStep() (if bInverse is 0) or -** xInverse (if bInverse is non-zero) for each window function in the +** Generate VM code to invoke either xStep() (if bInverse is 0) or +** xInverse (if bInverse is non-zero) for each window function in the ** linked list starting at pMWin. Or, for built-in window functions ** that do not use the standard function API, generate the required ** inline VM code. @@ -150913,7 +151979,7 @@ static void windowAggStep( regArg = reg; if( pMWin->regStartRowid==0 - && (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) + && (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) && (pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED) ){ int addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regArg); @@ -150948,7 +152014,7 @@ static void windowAggStep( VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTmp); } - + if( pWin->bExprArgs ){ int iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); VdbeOp *pOp, *pEnd; @@ -150970,7 +152036,7 @@ static void windowAggStep( pColl = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pWin->pOwner->x.pList->a[0].pExpr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0,0,0, (const char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, bInverse? OP_AggInverse : OP_AggStep, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, bInverse? OP_AggInverse : OP_AggStep, bInverse, regArg, pWin->regAccum); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); @@ -151003,7 +152069,7 @@ static void windowAggFinal(WindowCodeArg *p, int bFin){ for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ if( pMWin->regStartRowid==0 - && (pWin->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) + && (pWin->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) && (pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); @@ -151159,7 +152225,7 @@ static void windowReturnOneRow(WindowCodeArg *p){ int lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); int tmpReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); - + if( pFunc->zName==nth_valueName ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column,pMWin->iEphCsr,pWin->iArgCol+1,tmpReg); windowCheckValue(pParse, tmpReg, 2); @@ -151181,7 +152247,7 @@ static void windowReturnOneRow(WindowCodeArg *p){ int lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); int tmpReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); int iEph = pMWin->iEphCsr; - + if( nArg<3 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); }else{ @@ -151198,7 +152264,7 @@ static void windowReturnOneRow(WindowCodeArg *p){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, tmpReg2, tmpReg, tmpReg); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, tmpReg2); } - + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, csr, lbl, tmpReg); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, csr, pWin->iArgCol, pWin->regResult); @@ -151223,6 +152289,7 @@ static int windowInitAccum(Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin){ Window *pWin; for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ FuncDef *pFunc = pWin->pFunc; + assert( pWin->regAccum ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regAccum); nArg = MAX(nArg, windowArgCount(pWin)); if( pMWin->regStartRowid==0 ){ @@ -151243,7 +152310,7 @@ static int windowInitAccum(Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin){ return regArg; } -/* +/* ** Return true if the current frame should be cached in the ephemeral table, ** even if there are no xInverse() calls required. */ @@ -151267,9 +152334,9 @@ static int windowCacheFrame(Window *pMWin){ ** regOld and regNew are each the first register in an array of size ** pOrderBy->nExpr. This function generates code to compare the two ** arrays of registers using the collation sequences and other comparison -** parameters specified by pOrderBy. +** parameters specified by pOrderBy. ** -** If the two arrays are not equal, the contents of regNew is copied to +** If the two arrays are not equal, the contents of regNew is copied to ** regOld and control falls through. Otherwise, if the contents of the arrays ** are equal, an OP_Goto is executed. The address of the OP_Goto is returned. */ @@ -151286,7 +152353,7 @@ static void windowIfNewPeer( KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regOld, regNew, nVal); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1 ); VdbeCoverageEqNe(v); @@ -151320,7 +152387,7 @@ static void windowIfNewPeer( ** or subtraction is a a copy of csr1.peerVal. */ static void windowCodeRangeTest( - WindowCodeArg *p, + WindowCodeArg *p, int op, /* OP_Ge, OP_Gt, or OP_Le */ int csr1, /* Cursor number for cursor 1 */ int regVal, /* Register containing non-negative number */ @@ -151375,8 +152442,8 @@ static void windowCodeRangeTest( sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, arith, regVal, reg1, reg1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGe); - /* If the BIGNULL flag is set for the ORDER BY, then it is required to - ** consider NULL values to be larger than all other values, instead of + /* If the BIGNULL flag is set for the ORDER BY, then it is required to + ** consider NULL values to be larger than all other values, instead of ** the usual smaller. The VDBE opcodes OP_Ge and so on do not handle this ** (and adding that capability causes a performance regression), so ** instead if the BIGNULL flag is set then cases where either reg1 or @@ -151391,23 +152458,23 @@ static void windowCodeRangeTest( ** if( op==OP_Le ) goto lbl; ** } ** - ** Additionally, if either reg1 or reg2 are NULL but the jump to lbl is + ** Additionally, if either reg1 or reg2 are NULL but the jump to lbl is ** not taken, control jumps over the comparison operator coded below this ** block. */ if( pOrderBy->a[0].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL ){ /* This block runs if reg1 contains a NULL. */ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, reg1); VdbeCoverage(v); switch( op ){ - case OP_Ge: - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lbl); + case OP_Ge: + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lbl); break; - case OP_Gt: - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, reg2, lbl); - VdbeCoverage(v); + case OP_Gt: + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, reg2, lbl); + VdbeCoverage(v); break; - case OP_Le: - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, reg2, lbl); - VdbeCoverage(v); + case OP_Le: + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, reg2, lbl); + VdbeCoverage(v); break; default: assert( op==OP_Lt ); /* no-op */ break; } @@ -151440,7 +152507,7 @@ static void windowCodeRangeTest( /* ** Helper function for sqlite3WindowCodeStep(). Each call to this function -** generates VM code for a single RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or AGGINVERSE +** generates VM code for a single RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or AGGINVERSE ** operation. Refer to the header comment for sqlite3WindowCodeStep() for ** details. */ @@ -151499,8 +152566,8 @@ static int windowCodeOp( addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); /* If this is a (RANGE BETWEEN a FOLLOWING AND b FOLLOWING) or - ** (RANGE BETWEEN b PRECEDING AND a PRECEDING) frame, ensure the - ** start cursor does not advance past the end cursor within the + ** (RANGE BETWEEN b PRECEDING AND a PRECEDING) frame, ensure the + ** start cursor does not advance past the end cursor within the ** temporary table. It otherwise might, if (a>b). */ if( pMWin->eStart==pMWin->eEnd && regCountdown && pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE && op==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE @@ -151601,6 +152668,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pOwner, Window *p){ pNew->eStart = p->eStart; pNew->eExclude = p->eExclude; pNew->regResult = p->regResult; + pNew->regAccum = p->regAccum; + pNew->iArgCol = p->iArgCol; + pNew->iEphCsr = p->iEphCsr; + pNew->bExprArgs = p->bExprArgs; pNew->pStart = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pStart, 0); pNew->pEnd = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pEnd, 0); pNew->pOwner = pOwner; @@ -151629,11 +152700,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowListDup(sqlite3 *db, Window *p){ } /* -** Return true if it can be determined at compile time that expression -** pExpr evaluates to a value that, when cast to an integer, is greater +** Return true if it can be determined at compile time that expression +** pExpr evaluates to a value that, when cast to an integer, is greater ** than zero. False otherwise. ** -** If an OOM error occurs, this function sets the Parse.db.mallocFailed +** If an OOM error occurs, this function sets the Parse.db.mallocFailed ** flag and returns zero. */ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ @@ -151649,11 +152720,11 @@ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** sqlite3WhereBegin() has already been called for the SELECT statement +** sqlite3WhereBegin() has already been called for the SELECT statement ** passed as the second argument when this function is invoked. It generates -** code to populate the Window.regResult register for each window function +** code to populate the Window.regResult register for each window function ** and invoke the sub-routine at instruction addrGosub once for each row. -** sqlite3WhereEnd() is always called before returning. +** sqlite3WhereEnd() is always called before returning. ** ** This function handles several different types of window frames, which ** require slightly different processing. The following pseudo code is @@ -151668,17 +152739,17 @@ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** Gosub flush ** } ** Insert new row into eph table. -** +** ** if( first row of partition ){ ** // Rewind three cursors, all open on the eph table. ** Rewind(csrEnd); ** Rewind(csrStart); ** Rewind(csrCurrent); -** +** ** regEnd = <expr2> // FOLLOWING expression ** regStart = <expr1> // PRECEDING expression ** }else{ -** // First time this branch is taken, the eph table contains two +** // First time this branch is taken, the eph table contains two ** // rows. The first row in the partition, which all three cursors ** // currently point to, and the following row. ** AGGSTEP @@ -151707,17 +152778,17 @@ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** with arguments read from the current row of cursor csrEnd, then ** step cursor csrEnd forward one row (i.e. sqlite3BtreeNext()). ** -** RETURN_ROW: return a row to the caller based on the contents of the -** current row of csrCurrent and the current state of all +** RETURN_ROW: return a row to the caller based on the contents of the +** current row of csrCurrent and the current state of all ** aggregates. Then step cursor csrCurrent forward one row. ** -** AGGINVERSE: invoke the aggregate xInverse() function for each window +** AGGINVERSE: invoke the aggregate xInverse() function for each window ** functions with arguments read from the current row of cursor ** csrStart. Then step csrStart forward one row. ** ** There are two other ROWS window frames that are handled significantly ** differently from the above - "BETWEEN <expr> PRECEDING AND <expr> PRECEDING" -** and "BETWEEN <expr> FOLLOWING AND <expr> FOLLOWING". These are special +** and "BETWEEN <expr> FOLLOWING AND <expr> FOLLOWING". These are special ** cases because they change the order in which the three cursors (csrStart, ** csrCurrent and csrEnd) iterate through the ephemeral table. Cases that ** use UNBOUNDED or CURRENT ROW are much simpler variations on one of these @@ -151867,15 +152938,15 @@ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** regEnd = <expr2> ** regStart = <expr1> ** }else if( new group ){ -** ... +** ... ** } ** } ** -** 2. Instead of processing a single row, each RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or +** 2. Instead of processing a single row, each RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or ** AGGINVERSE step processes the current row of the relevant cursor and ** all subsequent rows belonging to the same group. ** -** RANGE window frames are a little different again. As for GROUPS, the +** RANGE window frames are a little different again. As for GROUPS, the ** main loop runs once per group only. And RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP and AGGINVERSE ** deal in groups instead of rows. As for ROWS and GROUPS, there are three ** basic cases: @@ -151912,7 +152983,7 @@ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** } ** } ** -** In the above notation, "csr.key" means the current value of the ORDER BY +** In the above notation, "csr.key" means the current value of the ORDER BY ** expression (there is only ever 1 for a RANGE that uses an <expr> FOLLOWING ** or <expr PRECEDING) read from cursor csr. ** @@ -152012,11 +153083,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( int regStart = 0; /* Value of <expr> PRECEDING */ int regEnd = 0; /* Value of <expr> FOLLOWING */ - assert( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT - || pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED + assert( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT + || pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED ); - assert( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT - || pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED || pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING + assert( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT + || pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED || pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING ); assert( pMWin->eExclude==0 || pMWin->eExclude==TK_CURRENT || pMWin->eExclude==TK_GROUP || pMWin->eExclude==TK_TIES @@ -152038,9 +153109,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( s.end.csr = s.current.csr+3; /* Figure out when rows may be deleted from the ephemeral table. There - ** are four options - they may never be deleted (eDelete==0), they may + ** are four options - they may never be deleted (eDelete==0), they may ** be deleted as soon as they are no longer part of the window frame - ** (eDelete==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE), they may be deleted as after the row + ** (eDelete==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE), they may be deleted as after the row ** has been returned to the caller (WINDOW_RETURN_ROW), or they may ** be deleted after they enter the frame (WINDOW_AGGSTEP). */ switch( pMWin->eStart ){ @@ -152088,7 +153159,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( } /* If this is not a "ROWS BETWEEN ..." frame, then allocate arrays of - ** registers to store copies of the ORDER BY expressions (peer values) + ** registers to store copies of the ORDER BY expressions (peer values) ** for the main loop, and for each cursor (start, current and end). */ if( pMWin->eFrmType!=TK_ROWS ){ int nPeer = (pOrderBy ? pOrderBy->nExpr : 0); @@ -152109,7 +153180,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regNew, nInput, regRecord); /* An input row has just been read into an array of registers starting - ** at regNew. If the window has a PARTITION clause, this block generates + ** at regNew. If the window has a PARTITION clause, this block generates ** VM code to check if the input row is the start of a new partition. ** If so, it does an OP_Gosub to an address to be filled in later. The ** address of the OP_Gosub is stored in local variable addrGosubFlush. */ @@ -152417,7 +153488,7 @@ static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ pLoop->pNext = pNext; pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound; } - if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 && + if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 && (mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT])>0 && cnt>mxSelect ){ @@ -152438,6 +153509,7 @@ static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ p->op = (u8)op; p->affExpr = 0; p->flags = EP_Leaf; + ExprClearVVAProperties(p); p->iAgg = -1; p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; p->x.pList = 0; @@ -152454,7 +153526,7 @@ static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ } #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 p->nHeight = 1; -#endif +#endif if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ return (Expr*)sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)p, &t); } @@ -152530,7 +153602,7 @@ static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ ** the minor type might be the name of the identifier. ** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type. ** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though. -** This macros defines the minor type for terminal +** This macros defines the minor type for terminal ** symbols. ** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types. ** This is typically a union of many types, one of @@ -152628,7 +153700,7 @@ typedef union { /* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the ** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement ** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an -** action integer. +** action integer. ** ** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as ** follows @@ -153181,9 +154253,9 @@ static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { }; /********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/ -/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. +/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. ** If a construct like the following: -** +** ** %fallback ID X Y Z. ** ** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, @@ -153423,10 +154495,10 @@ static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; #endif /* NDEBUG */ #ifndef NDEBUG -/* +/* ** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace ** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off -** by making either argument NULL +** by making either argument NULL ** ** Inputs: ** <ul> @@ -153451,7 +154523,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ #if defined(YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG) /* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals ** are required. The following table supplies these names */ -static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { +static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { /* 0 */ "$", /* 1 */ "SEMI", /* 2 */ "BEGIN", @@ -154117,7 +155189,7 @@ static int yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ #endif p->yystksz = newSize; } - return pNew==0; + return pNew==0; } #endif @@ -154159,7 +155231,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserInit(void *yypRawParser sqlite3ParserCTX_PDECL) } #ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK -/* +/* ** This function allocates a new parser. ** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like ** malloc. @@ -154186,7 +155258,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(YYMALLOCARGTYPE) sql /* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value ** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal ** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is -** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the +** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the ** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor ** directives of the input grammar. */ @@ -154201,7 +155273,7 @@ static void yy_destructor( /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a - ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is + ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. ** ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those @@ -154317,7 +155389,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFinalize(void *p){ } #ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK -/* +/* ** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for ** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. ** @@ -154539,7 +155611,7 @@ static void yy_shift( assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack) ); } #endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 if( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystackEnd ){ yypParser->yytos--; yyStackOverflow(yypParser); @@ -155316,7 +156388,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)); } #endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 if( yypParser->yytos>=yypParser->yystackEnd ){ yyStackOverflow(yypParser); /* The call to yyStackOverflow() above pops the stack until it is @@ -155849,7 +156921,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( } break; case 115: /* xfullname ::= nm AS nm */ -{ +{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy475 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0); /*A-overwrites-X*/ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy475 ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy475->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } @@ -155945,7 +157017,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( case 148: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ { sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy475, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,"set list"); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,"set list"); sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy475,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy244,yymsp[-5].minor.yy222,0,0,0); } break; @@ -156192,7 +157264,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( yymsp[-4].minor.yy244->x.pList = pList; }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); - } + } if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy222 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy244 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy244, 0); } break; @@ -156209,6 +157281,13 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( */ sqlite3ExprUnmapAndDelete(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy244); yymsp[-4].minor.yy244 = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER, yymsp[-3].minor.yy222 ? "1" : "0"); + }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy328->nExpr==1 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(yymsp[-1].minor.yy328->a[0].pExpr) ){ + Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy328->a[0].pExpr; + yymsp[-1].minor.yy328->a[0].pExpr = 0; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); + pRHS = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, pRHS, 0); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy244 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy244, pRHS); + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy222 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy244 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy244, 0); }else{ yymsp[-4].minor.yy244 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy244, 0); if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy244 ){ @@ -156290,7 +157369,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( break; case 220: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */ { - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, + sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy328, yymsp[-10].minor.yy222, &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy244, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy222, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pParse->pNewIndex ){ @@ -156385,7 +157464,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( } break; case 252: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ -{ +{ assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy39!=0 ); yymsp[-1].minor.yy39->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy39; } @@ -156393,7 +157472,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( case 253: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " "statements within triggers"); } @@ -156432,7 +157511,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( break; case 260: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ { - yymsp[-3].minor.yy244 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0); + yymsp[-3].minor.yy244 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0); if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy244 ){ yymsp[-3].minor.yy244->affExpr = OE_Ignore; } @@ -156440,7 +157519,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( break; case 261: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ { - yymsp[-5].minor.yy244 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_RAISE, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1); + yymsp[-5].minor.yy244 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_RAISE, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1); if( yymsp[-5].minor.yy244 ) { yymsp[-5].minor.yy244->affExpr = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy222; } @@ -156763,7 +157842,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL /* A syntax error has occurred. ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the - ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". + ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". ** ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: ** @@ -156987,7 +158066,7 @@ static const unsigned char aiClass[] = { ** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just ** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need ** to adjust the encoding. The mapping is only valid for alphabetics -** which are the only characters for which this feature is used. +** which are the only characters for which this feature is used. ** ** Used by keywordhash.h */ @@ -157019,7 +158098,7 @@ const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { /* ** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if -** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is +** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is ** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. ** ** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, @@ -157311,12 +158390,17 @@ static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n, int *pType){ i = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ n) % 127; for(i=((int)aKWHash[i])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aKWNext[i])-1){ if( aKWLen[i]!=n ) continue; - j = 0; zKW = &zKWText[aKWOffset[i]]; #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII + if( (z[0]&~0x20)!=zKW[0] ) continue; + if( (z[1]&~0x20)!=zKW[1] ) continue; + j = 2; while( j<n && (z[j]&~0x20)==zKW[j] ){ j++; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + if( toupper(z[0])!=zKW[0] ) continue; + if( toupper(z[1])!=zKW[1] ) continue; + j = 2; while( j<n && toupper(z[j])==zKW[j] ){ j++; } #endif if( j<n ) continue; @@ -157477,14 +158561,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_check(const char *zName, int nName){ ** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. ** ** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is -** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, +** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, ** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. ** ** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same ** end result. ** ** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the -** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do. +** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do. ** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. ** But the feature is undocumented. */ @@ -157524,12 +158608,12 @@ static int getToken(const unsigned char **pz){ do { z += sqlite3GetToken(z, &t); }while( t==TK_SPACE ); - if( t==TK_ID - || t==TK_STRING - || t==TK_JOIN_KW - || t==TK_WINDOW - || t==TK_OVER - || sqlite3ParserFallback(t)==TK_ID + if( t==TK_ID + || t==TK_STRING + || t==TK_JOIN_KW + || t==TK_WINDOW + || t==TK_OVER + || sqlite3ParserFallback(t)==TK_ID ){ t = TK_ID; } @@ -157546,8 +158630,8 @@ static int getToken(const unsigned char **pz){ ** ** SELECT sum(x) OVER ... ** -** In the above, "OVER" might be a keyword, or it might be an alias for the -** sum(x) expression. If a "%fallback ID OVER" directive were added to +** In the above, "OVER" might be a keyword, or it might be an alias for the +** sum(x) expression. If a "%fallback ID OVER" directive were added to ** grammar, then SQLite would always treat "OVER" as an alias, making it ** impossible to call a window-function without a FILTER clause. ** @@ -157591,7 +158675,7 @@ static int analyzeFilterKeyword(const unsigned char *z, int lastToken){ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ /* -** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0]. +** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0]. ** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ @@ -157769,7 +158853,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; } if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && - ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) + ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) ) ){ @@ -157874,7 +158958,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ /* ** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is ** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs -** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into +** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into ** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that ** error message. */ @@ -157894,7 +158978,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzEr assert( zSql!=0 ); mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 0); } pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; pParse->zTail = zSql; @@ -157933,13 +159017,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzEr #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( tokenType>=TK_WINDOW ){ assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_OVER || tokenType==TK_FILTER - || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL || tokenType==TK_WINDOW + || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL || tokenType==TK_WINDOW ); #else if( tokenType>=TK_SPACE ){ assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL ); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + if( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ){ pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; break; } @@ -158004,7 +159088,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzEr assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; - sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s in \"%s\"", + sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s in \"%s\"", *pzErrMsg, pParse->zTail); pParse->zErrMsg = 0; nErr++; @@ -158026,7 +159110,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzEr #endif if( !IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ){ - /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table + /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. */ @@ -158259,7 +159343,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; ** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single ** semicolon. ** -** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of +** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of ** a statement. ** ** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a @@ -158606,25 +159690,88 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); /************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ #endif + +/* +** This is an extension initializer that is a no-op and always +** succeeds, except that it fails if the fault-simulation is set +** to 500. +*/ +static int sqlite3TestExtInit(sqlite3 *db){ + (void)db; + return sqlite3FaultSim(500); +} + + +/* +** Forward declarations of external module initializer functions +** for modules that need them. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts5Init(sqlite3*); +#endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3*); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StmtVtabInit(sqlite3*); #endif + +/* +** An array of pointers to extension initializer functions for +** built-in extensions. +*/ +static int (*const sqlite3BuiltinExtensions[])(sqlite3*) = { +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 + sqlite3Fts1Init, +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 + sqlite3Fts2Init, +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 + sqlite3Fts3Init, +#endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts5Init(sqlite3*); + sqlite3Fts5Init, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS) + sqlite3IcuInit, +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE + sqlite3RtreeInit, +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB + sqlite3DbpageRegister, +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB + sqlite3DbstatRegister, +#endif + sqlite3TestExtInit, +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 + sqlite3Json1Init, #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB + sqlite3StmtVtabInit, +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB + sqlite3VdbeBytecodeVtabInit, +#endif +}; #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant -** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. +** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. */ SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; #endif /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns -** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. +** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } @@ -158688,13 +159835,13 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0; /* -** Initialize SQLite. +** Initialize SQLite. ** ** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, ** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with ** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT ** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as -** sqlite3_open(). +** sqlite3_open(). ** ** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, ** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. @@ -158742,9 +159889,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end ** of this routine. */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ + sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); + return SQLITE_OK; + } - /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to + /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. @@ -158826,8 +159976,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ } #endif if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, + sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); + sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT bRunExtraInit = 1; @@ -159043,7 +160194,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ ** a single parameter which is a pointer to an integer and writes into ** that integer the number of extra bytes per page required for each page ** in SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */ - *va_arg(ap, int*) = + *va_arg(ap, int*) = sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree() + sqlite3HeaderSizePcache() + sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(); @@ -159130,7 +160281,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); break; } - + /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument. ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is ** NULL. @@ -159252,7 +160403,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ /* ** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. ** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. ** ** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. @@ -159267,12 +160418,12 @@ static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ sqlite3_int64 szAlloc = sz*(sqlite3_int64)cnt; int nBig; /* Number of full-size slots */ int nSm; /* Number smaller LOOKASIDE_SMALL-byte slots */ - + if( sqlite3LookasideUsed(db,0)>0 ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before - ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for + ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for ** both at the same time. */ if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ @@ -159547,7 +160698,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsBinary(const CollSeq *p){ } /* -** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. +** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. ** ** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent ** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents @@ -159689,7 +160840,7 @@ static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){ /* ** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared -** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects. +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects. */ static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){ int j; @@ -159875,7 +161026,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){ /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into - ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database + ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database ** structure? */ sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); @@ -159903,7 +161054,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). + /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between @@ -160129,8 +161280,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ */ static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( void *ptr, /* Database connection */ - int count, /* Number of times table has been busy */ - sqlite3_file *pFile /* The file on which the lock occurred */ + int count /* Number of times table has been busy */ ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WIN || HAVE_USLEEP /* This case is for systems that have support for sleeping for fractions of @@ -160144,19 +161294,6 @@ static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( int tmout = db->busyTimeout; int delay, prior; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT - if( sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile,SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT,&tmout)==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( count ){ - tmout = 0; - sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &tmout); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile); -#endif assert( count>=0 ); if( count < NDELAY ){ delay = delays[count]; @@ -160176,7 +161313,6 @@ static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( ** must be done in increments of whole seconds */ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; int tmout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile); if( (count+1)*1000 > tmout ){ return 0; } @@ -160194,25 +161330,16 @@ static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( ** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it ** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p, sqlite3_file *pFile){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ int rc; if( p->xBusyHandler==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; - if( p->bExtraFileArg ){ - /* Add an extra parameter with the pFile pointer to the end of the - ** callback argument list */ - int (*xTra)(void*,int,sqlite3_file*); - xTra = (int(*)(void*,int,sqlite3_file*))p->xBusyHandler; - rc = xTra(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy, pFile); - }else{ - /* Legacy style busy handler callback */ - rc = p->xBusyHandler(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy); - } + rc = p->xBusyHandler(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy); if( rc==0 ){ p->nBusy = -1; }else{ p->nBusy++; } - return rc; + return rc; } /* @@ -160231,7 +161358,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( db->busyHandler.xBusyHandler = xBusy; db->busyHandler.pBusyArg = pArg; db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - db->busyHandler.bExtraFileArg = 0; db->busyTimeout = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; @@ -160244,9 +161370,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( ** be invoked every nOps opcodes. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, int nOps, - int (*xProgress)(void*), + int (*xProgress)(void*), void *pArg ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR @@ -160282,7 +161408,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ sqlite3_busy_handler(db, (int(*)(void*,int))sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); db->busyTimeout = ms; - db->busyHandler.bExtraFileArg = 1; }else{ sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); } @@ -160299,7 +161424,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ return; } #endif - db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; + AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 1); } @@ -160307,7 +161432,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ ** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except ** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is ** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code -** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. +** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( sqlite3 *db, @@ -160349,7 +161474,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( assert( SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE==SQLITE_INNOCUOUS ); extraFlags ^= SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE; - + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the @@ -160378,7 +161503,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( #else enc = SQLITE_UTF8; #endif - + /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the @@ -160387,7 +161512,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==(u32)enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ if( db->nVdbeActive ){ - sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); return SQLITE_BUSY; @@ -160462,7 +161587,7 @@ static int createFunctionApi( pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy; pArg->pUserData = p; } - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, pArg ); if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){ @@ -160579,7 +161704,7 @@ static void sqlite3InvalidFunction( ** ** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then ** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create -** a new one that always throws a run-time error. +** a new one that always throws a run-time error. ** ** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they ** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. @@ -160612,7 +161737,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* ** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace -** is returned. +** is returned. ** ** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL ** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each @@ -160663,8 +161788,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered -** profile function is returned. +** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered +** profile function is returned. ** ** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL ** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of @@ -160798,7 +161923,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook( ** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file ** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by ** wal_autocheckpoint()). -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook( void *pClientData, /* Argument */ sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */ @@ -160921,7 +162046,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( /* If there are no active statements, clear the interrupt flag at this ** point. */ if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 0); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); @@ -160932,7 +162057,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( /* ** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points -** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are +** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are ** checkpointed. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ @@ -160946,9 +162071,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ ** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is ** not currently open in WAL mode. ** -** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this -** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If -** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is +** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this +** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If +** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is ** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. ** ** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex @@ -161117,7 +162242,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3 *db){ return db ? db->iSysErrno : 0; -} +} /* ** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the @@ -161134,7 +162259,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){ */ static int createCollation( sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, + const char *zName, u8 enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), @@ -161142,7 +162267,7 @@ static int createCollation( ){ CollSeq *pColl; int enc2; - + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this @@ -161159,14 +162284,14 @@ static int createCollation( return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } - /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation + /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. */ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ if( db->nVdbeActive ){ - sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); return SQLITE_BUSY; } @@ -161177,7 +162302,7 @@ static int createCollation( ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need ** to be called. - */ + */ if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName); int j; @@ -161326,17 +162451,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ ** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename) ** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain ** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in -** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains +** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains ** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to ** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to -** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release -** this buffer. +** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. The value +** stored in *pzFile is a database name acceptable to sqlite3_uri_parameter() +** and is in the same format as names created using sqlite3_create_filename(). +** The caller must invoke sqlite3_free_filename() (not sqlite3_free()!) on +** the value returned in *pzFile to avoid a memory leak. ** ** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg -** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error ** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release ** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free(). */ @@ -161344,7 +162471,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */ const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */ unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */ - sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ + sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */ char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */ ){ @@ -161365,9 +162492,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */ int iIn; /* Input character index */ int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */ - u64 nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + u64 nByte = nUri+8; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ - /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen + /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI; @@ -161375,6 +162502,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + memset(zFile, 0, 4); /* 4-byte of 0x00 is the start of DB name marker */ + zFile += 4; + iIn = 5; #ifdef SQLITE_ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY if( strncmp(zUri+5, "///", 3)==0 ){ @@ -161382,7 +162512,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( /* The following condition causes URIs with five leading / characters ** like file://///host/path to be converted into UNCs like //host/path. ** The correct URI for that UNC has only two or four leading / characters - ** file://host/path or file:////host/path. But 5 leading slashes is a + ** file://host/path or file:////host/path. But 5 leading slashes is a ** common error, we are told, so we handle it as a special case. */ if( strncmp(zUri+7, "///", 3)==0 ){ iIn++; } }else if( strncmp(zUri+5, "//localhost/", 12)==0 ){ @@ -161394,7 +162524,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( iIn = 7; while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++; if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", iIn-7, &zUri[7]); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto parse_uri_out; @@ -161402,8 +162532,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( } #endif - /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. - ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. + /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. + ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. ** ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending ** on the parsing context. As follows: @@ -161415,9 +162545,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( eState = 0; while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){ iIn++; - if( c=='%' - && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) - && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) + if( c=='%' + && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) + && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) ){ int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4); octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]); @@ -161429,7 +162559,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */ - while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' + while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' && (eState!=0 || c!='?') && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&')) && (eState!=2 || c!='&') @@ -161464,10 +162594,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( zFile[iOut++] = c; } if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; - zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; - zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + memset(zFile+iOut, 0, 4); /* end-of-options + empty journal filenames */ - /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted + /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2() ** method. */ @@ -161503,7 +162632,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){ static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = { { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY }, - { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, + { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE }, { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY }, { 0, 0 } @@ -161545,13 +162674,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( } }else{ - zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nUri+2); + zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nUri+8); if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + memset(zFile, 0, 4); + zFile += 4; if( nUri ){ memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri); } - zFile[nUri] = '\0'; - zFile[nUri+1] = '\0'; + memset(zFile+nUri, 0, 4); flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI; } @@ -161562,7 +162692,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( } parse_uri_out: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(zFile); + sqlite3_free_filename(zFile); zFile = 0; } *pFlags = flags; @@ -161570,44 +162700,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( return rc; } -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) /* -** Process URI filename query parameters relevant to the SQLite Encryption -** Extension. Return true if any of the relevant query parameters are -** seen and return false if not. +** This routine does the core work of extracting URI parameters from a +** database filename for the sqlite3_uri_parameter() interface. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodecQueryParameters( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - const char *zDb, /* Which schema is being created/attached */ - const char *zUri /* URI filename */ -){ - const char *zKey; - if( (zKey = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zUri, "hexkey"))!=0 && zKey[0] ){ - u8 iByte; - int i; - char zDecoded[40]; - for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zDecoded)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zKey[i]); i++){ - iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zKey[i]); - if( (i&1)!=0 ) zDecoded[i/2] = iByte; - } - sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zDecoded, i/2); - return 1; - }else if( (zKey = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zUri, "key"))!=0 ){ - sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, sqlite3Strlen30(zKey)); - return 1; - }else if( (zKey = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zUri, "textkey"))!=0 ){ - sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, -1); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; +static const char *uriParameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){ + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + while( zFilename[0] ){ + int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam); + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + if( x==0 ) return zFilename; + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; } + return 0; } -#endif + /* ** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" ** is UTF-8 encoded. */ static int openDatabase( @@ -161621,6 +162733,7 @@ static int openDatabase( int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */ char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */ char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( ppDb==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; @@ -161659,11 +162772,11 @@ static int openDatabase( flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | @@ -161673,7 +162786,7 @@ static int openDatabase( /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; - if( isThreadsafe + if( isThreadsafe #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex #endif @@ -161716,7 +162829,7 @@ static int openDatabase( ** ** SQLITE_DQS SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML ** ---------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -** undefined on on +** undefined on on ** 3 on on ** 2 on off ** 1 off on @@ -161769,6 +162882,9 @@ static int openDatabase( #if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_DEFENSIVE) | SQLITE_Defensive #endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE) + | SQLITE_LegacyAlter +#endif ; sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE @@ -161790,15 +162906,10 @@ static int openDatabase( if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto opendb_out; } - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08308-17224 The default collating function for all - ** strings is BINARY. - */ - db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3StrBINARY, 0); - assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); /* Parse the filename/URI argument ** - ** Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. + ** Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations @@ -161816,7 +162927,7 @@ static int openDatabase( testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */ testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */ if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; /* IMP: R-65497-44594 */ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; /* IMP: R-18321-05872 */ }else{ rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg); } @@ -161839,12 +162950,14 @@ static int openDatabase( } sqlite3BtreeEnter(db->aDb[0].pBt); db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); - if( !db->mallocFailed ) ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3SetTextEncoding(db, SCHEMA_ENC(db)); + } sqlite3BtreeLeave(db->aDb[0].pBt); db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); /* The default safety_level for the main database is FULL; for the temp - ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults. + ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults. */ db->aDb[0].zDbSName = "main"; db->aDb[0].safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1; @@ -161864,14 +162977,11 @@ static int openDatabase( sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(db); rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 - /* Register any built-in FTS5 module before loading the automatic - ** extensions. This allows automatic extensions to register FTS5 - ** tokenizers and auxiliary functions. */ - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts5Init(db); + + /* Load compiled-in extensions */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<ArraySize(sqlite3BuiltinExtensions); i++){ + rc = sqlite3BuiltinExtensions[i](db); } -#endif /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. @@ -161884,65 +162994,9 @@ static int openDatabase( } } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 /* automatically defined by SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 */ - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); - } -#endif - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS) - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ - rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ - rc = sqlite3DbpageRegister(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ - rc = sqlite3DbstatRegister(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ - rc = sqlite3Json1Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ - rc = sqlite3StmtVtabInit(db); - } -#endif - #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS /* Testing use only!!! The -DSQLITE_ENABLE_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS=1 compile-time - ** option gives access to internal functions by default. + ** option gives access to internal functions by default. ** Testing use only!!! */ db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_InternalFunc; #endif @@ -161987,10 +163041,7 @@ opendb_out: sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0); } #endif -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(db, 0, zOpen); -#endif - sqlite3_free(zOpen); + sqlite3_free_filename(zOpen); return rc & 0xff; } @@ -161999,8 +163050,8 @@ opendb_out: ** Open a new database handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( - const char *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb + const char *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb ){ return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); @@ -162019,7 +163070,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** Open a new database handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( - const void *zFilename, + const void *zFilename, sqlite3 **ppDb ){ char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ @@ -162058,9 +163109,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( ** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ){ @@ -162071,9 +163122,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( ** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDel)(void*) @@ -162096,9 +163147,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( ** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3* db, + sqlite3* db, const void *zName, - int enc, + int enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ){ @@ -162126,8 +163177,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( ** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR @@ -162147,8 +163198,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( ** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR @@ -162217,13 +163268,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, lineno, "cannot open file"); } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CORRUPT_PGNO) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int lineno, Pgno pgno){ char zMsg[100]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zMsg), zMsg, "database corruption page %d", pgno); testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, zMsg); } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NomemError(int lineno){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_NOMEM, lineno, "OOM"); @@ -162318,13 +163371,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: + ** + ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" + ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. ** - ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" - ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. - ** - ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an + ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. - */ + */ if( pCol ){ zDataType = sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,0); zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; @@ -162374,7 +163427,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; - /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() + /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. */ rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); @@ -162426,6 +163479,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, vo }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION ){ *(unsigned int*)pArg = sqlite3PagerDataVersion(pPager); rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES ){ + int iNew = *(int*)pArg; + *(int*)pArg = sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(pBtree); + if( iNew>=0 && iNew<=255 ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBtree, 0, iNew, 0); + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); } @@ -162538,7 +163598,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ /* ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) ** - ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures + ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures ** are benign. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { @@ -162636,29 +163696,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ ** 10 little-endian, determined at run-time ** 432101 big-endian, determined at compile-time ** 123410 little-endian, determined at compile-time - */ + */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: { rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; break; } - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N) - ** - ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database - ** connection db. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: { - sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); - int x = va_arg(ap,int); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - break; - } - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) ** - ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The + ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times @@ -162728,7 +163774,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr); ** - ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context + ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context ** pointer ptr. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: { @@ -162840,8 +163886,70 @@ static const char *databaseName(const char *zName){ } /* +** Append text z[] to the end of p[]. Return a pointer to the first +** character after then zero terminator on the new text in p[]. +*/ +static char *appendText(char *p, const char *z){ + size_t n = strlen(z); + memcpy(p, z, n+1); + return p+n+1; +} + +/* +** Allocate memory to hold names for a database, journal file, WAL file, +** and query parameters. The pointer returned is valid for use by +** sqlite3_filename_database() and sqlite3_uri_parameter() and related +** functions. +** +** Memory layout must be compatible with that generated by the pager +** and expected by sqlite3_uri_parameter() and databaseName(). +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_create_filename( + const char *zDatabase, + const char *zJournal, + const char *zWal, + int nParam, + const char **azParam +){ + sqlite3_int64 nByte; + int i; + char *pResult, *p; + nByte = strlen(zDatabase) + strlen(zJournal) + strlen(zWal) + 10; + for(i=0; i<nParam*2; i++){ + nByte += strlen(azParam[i])+1; + } + pResult = p = sqlite3_malloc64( nByte ); + if( p==0 ) return 0; + memset(p, 0, 4); + p += 4; + p = appendText(p, zDatabase); + for(i=0; i<nParam*2; i++){ + p = appendText(p, azParam[i]); + } + *(p++) = 0; + p = appendText(p, zJournal); + p = appendText(p, zWal); + *(p++) = 0; + *(p++) = 0; + assert( (sqlite3_int64)(p - pResult)==nByte ); + return pResult + 4; +} + +/* +** Free memory obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(). It is a severe +** error to call this routine with any parameter other than a pointer +** previously obtained from sqlite3_create_filename() or a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char *p){ + if( p==0 ) return; + p = (char*)databaseName(p); + sqlite3_free(p - 4); +} + + +/* ** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks -** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. ** ** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() @@ -162853,14 +163961,7 @@ static const char *databaseName(const char *zName){ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){ if( zFilename==0 || zParam==0 ) return 0; zFilename = databaseName(zFilename); - zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; - while( zFilename[0] ){ - int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam); - zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; - if( x==0 ) return zFilename; - zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; - } - return 0; + return uriParameter(zFilename, zParam); } /* @@ -162914,7 +164015,6 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64( */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_database(const char *zFilename){ return databaseName(zFilename); - return sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename - 3, "\003"); } SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_journal(const char *zFilename){ zFilename = databaseName(zFilename); @@ -162977,11 +164077,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT /* -** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently +** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently ** being read by handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_get( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot ){ @@ -163017,8 +164117,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_get( ** Open a read-transaction on the snapshot idendified by pSnapshot. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_open( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zDb, + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zDb, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot ){ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -163120,7 +164220,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){ int i, n; int nOpt; const char **azCompileOpt; - + #if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( zOptName==0 ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; @@ -163133,7 +164233,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7; n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName); - /* Since nOpt is normally in single digits, a linear search is + /* Since nOpt is normally in single digits, a linear search is ** adequate. No need for a binary search. */ for(i=0; i<nOpt; i++){ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0 @@ -163205,13 +164305,13 @@ static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; #ifndef NDEBUG /* -** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following +** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following ** properties of the blocked connections list: ** -** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either +** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either ** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both. ** -** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for +** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for ** xUnlockNotify are grouped together. ** ** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the @@ -163263,8 +164363,8 @@ static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3 **pp; assertMutexHeld(); for( - pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; - *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; + pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; + *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked ); db->pNextBlocked = *pp; @@ -163326,9 +164426,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( db->xUnlockNotify = 0; db->pUnlockArg = 0; }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ - /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a + /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback - ** immediately. + ** immediately. */ xNotify(&pArg, 1); }else{ @@ -163354,7 +164454,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( } /* -** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement +** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement ** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED ** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available ** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. @@ -163370,7 +164470,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ /* ** This function is called when -** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held +** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held ** by database connection db have been released. ** ** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections @@ -163430,7 +164530,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ }else{ /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the - ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to + ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. ** ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error @@ -163438,17 +164538,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait - ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never + ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never ** arrive. ** ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and - ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without + ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of ** context pointers the application will receive two or more ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will - ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple + ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the ** circumstances. */ @@ -163483,7 +164583,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ } /* -** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is +** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is ** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -163560,7 +164660,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ ** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a ** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions. ** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document. -** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first +** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first ** word of the document has a position of 0. ** ** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time @@ -163585,7 +164685,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ ** ** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in ** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream -** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur +** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur ** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals ** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. ** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more @@ -163609,7 +164709,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ ** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and ** a doclist consists of one or more document records. ** -** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an +** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an ** array of varint-encoded docids. ** **** Segment leaf nodes **** @@ -163805,7 +164905,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ #ifndef _FTSINT_H #define _FTSINT_H -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif @@ -163828,7 +164928,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ /* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE -/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ +/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 #endif @@ -163872,7 +164972,7 @@ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 ** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to ** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the ** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer -** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an +** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an ** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to ** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). ** @@ -163904,7 +165004,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". ** - ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error + ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by @@ -163925,7 +165025,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { /* ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid - ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). + ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). */ int (*xOpen)( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ @@ -163934,7 +165034,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { ); /* - ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). */ int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); @@ -163945,7 +165045,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. ** - ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the + ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is @@ -163957,7 +165057,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { ** ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call - ** to xNext() or xClose(). + ** to xNext() or xClose(). */ /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes @@ -163975,7 +165075,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1. */ - /* + /* ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor. */ int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid); @@ -164044,7 +165144,7 @@ struct Fts3Hash { } *ht; }; -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following ** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** ** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really @@ -164063,10 +165163,10 @@ struct Fts3HashElem { ** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case ** is respected in comparisons. ** -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. ** memcmp() is used to compare keys. ** -** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. +** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. */ #define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 #define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 @@ -164119,7 +165219,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const voi /* ** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree -** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform +** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform ** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large ** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts ** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow). @@ -164137,11 +165237,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const voi #define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 /* -** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the +** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the ** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is ** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction ** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. -** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new +** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new ** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. */ #define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) @@ -164172,7 +165272,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const voi /* ** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms ** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored -** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. +** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. ** ** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the ** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index @@ -164180,8 +165280,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const voi ** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels ** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on. ** -** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In -** theory though this may happen, but only after at least +** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In +** theory though this may happen, but only after at least ** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables. */ #define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024 @@ -164199,11 +165299,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const voi ** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists. */ #define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */ -#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ +#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ /* ** The assert_fts3_nc() macro is similar to the assert() macro, except that it -** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be +** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be ** guranteed that the database is not corrupt. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) @@ -164215,7 +165315,7 @@ SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt; /* ** This section provides definitions to allow the -** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the +** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the ** amalgamation. */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION @@ -164253,7 +165353,7 @@ typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ /* ** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled. */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif @@ -164316,8 +165416,8 @@ struct Fts3Table { u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */ int bLock; /* Used to prevent recursive content= tbls */ - /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these - ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. + /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these + ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. */ sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40]; sqlite3_stmt *pSeekStmt; /* Cache for fts3CursorSeekStmt() */ @@ -164335,8 +165435,8 @@ struct Fts3Table { char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */ sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */ - /* - ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index + /* + ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature). ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid. @@ -164346,10 +165446,10 @@ struct Fts3Table { ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[] ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length. ** - ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the + ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including ** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash - ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most + ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most ** recently inserted record. */ int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */ @@ -164432,10 +165532,10 @@ struct Fts3Cursor { ** ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d); ** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three'; -** +** ** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b", ** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a, -** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" +** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" ** indicating that all columns should be searched, ** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4. */ @@ -164494,8 +165594,8 @@ struct Fts3Phrase { char *pOrPoslist; i64 iOrDocid; - /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing - ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. + /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing + ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. */ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ @@ -164505,10 +165605,10 @@ struct Fts3Phrase { /* ** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. ** -** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist -** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results -** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial -** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this +** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist +** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results +** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial +** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this ** buffer. ** ** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global @@ -164520,7 +165620,7 @@ struct Fts3Phrase { ** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance ** -** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed +** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed ** when the expression node is. */ struct Fts3Expr { @@ -164544,7 +165644,7 @@ struct Fts3Expr { /* ** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first -** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For +** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For ** example, the following: ** ** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" @@ -164601,7 +165701,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Ft SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *); /* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ @@ -164663,11 +165763,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadInt(const char *z, int *pnOut); /* fts3_tokenizer.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, sqlite3_tokenizer **, char ** ); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char); @@ -164703,7 +165804,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr); @@ -164736,7 +165837,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int); /* #include <stdarg.h> */ /* #include "fts3.h" */ -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE /* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #endif @@ -164761,7 +165862,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b) { assert( !b ); return b; } */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt = 1; -/* +/* ** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. ** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. ** The number of bytes written is returned. @@ -164807,7 +165908,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarintU(const char *pBuf, sqlite_uint64 *v){ return (int)(p - pStart); } -/* +/* ** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. ** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. ** The value is stored in *v. @@ -164816,7 +165917,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *pBuf, sqlite_int64 *v){ return sqlite3Fts3GetVarintU(pBuf, (sqlite3_uint64*)v); } -/* +/* ** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0] and ** not extending past pEnd[-1]. ** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. @@ -164843,7 +165944,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarintBounded( } /* -** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to +** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to ** a non-negative 32-bit integer before it is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ @@ -164902,7 +166003,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ - if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; + if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; while( z[iIn] ){ if( z[iIn]==quote ){ @@ -164938,14 +166039,14 @@ static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ ** varint is part of. */ static void fts3GetReverseVarint( - char **pp, - char *pStart, + char **pp, + char *pStart, sqlite3_int64 *pVal ){ sqlite3_int64 iVal; char *p; - /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are + /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is ** clear on character p[-1]. */ for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--); @@ -165032,7 +166133,7 @@ static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database handle */ /* Drop the shadow tables */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments';" "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir';" "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize';" @@ -165058,7 +166159,7 @@ static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ ** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() ** and xCreate() methods. ** -** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc ** before returning. */ @@ -165081,7 +166182,7 @@ static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", + "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid ); if( !zCols || !zSql ){ @@ -165100,7 +166201,7 @@ static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ ** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ - fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, + fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'" "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName @@ -165136,9 +166237,9 @@ static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid); } if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - + /* Create the content table */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols ); @@ -165146,11 +166247,11 @@ static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ } /* Create other tables */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName ); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" "level INTEGER," "idx INTEGER," @@ -165163,7 +166264,7 @@ static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ p->zDb, p->zName ); if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName ); @@ -165178,7 +166279,7 @@ static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ /* ** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz. ** -** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc ** before returning. */ @@ -165187,7 +166288,7 @@ static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ int rc; /* Return code */ char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */ - + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; @@ -165213,11 +166314,11 @@ static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ ** ** <key> = <value> ** -** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value> +** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value> ** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not. */ static int fts3IsSpecialColumn( - const char *z, + const char *z, int *pnKey, char **pzValue ){ @@ -165294,7 +166395,7 @@ static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){ } /* -** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that +** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that ** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following: ** ** SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ... @@ -165345,7 +166446,7 @@ static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid); } } - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", p->zDb, (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName), (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content") @@ -165360,7 +166461,7 @@ static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ ** ** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark ** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed -** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three +** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three ** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned: ** ** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)" @@ -165396,12 +166497,28 @@ static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ } /* +** Buffer z contains a positive integer value encoded as utf-8 text. +** Decode this value and store it in *pnOut, returning the number of bytes +** consumed. If an overflow error occurs return a negative value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadInt(const char *z, int *pnOut){ + u64 iVal = 0; + int i; + for(i=0; z[i]>='0' && z[i]<='9'; i++){ + iVal = iVal*10 + (z[i] - '0'); + if( iVal>0x7FFFFFFF ) return -1; + } + *pnOut = (int)iVal; + return i; +} + +/* ** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer -** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then +** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then ** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of ** the integer value. ** -** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. +** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. ** ** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and ** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned. @@ -165410,19 +166527,17 @@ static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ */ static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){ const int MAX_NPREFIX = 10000000; - const char *p; /* Iterator pointer */ int nInt = 0; /* Output value */ - - for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){ - nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0'); - if( nInt>MAX_NPREFIX ){ - nInt = 0; - break; - } + int nByte; + nByte = sqlite3Fts3ReadInt(*pp, &nInt); + if( nInt>MAX_NPREFIX ){ + nInt = 0; + } + if( nByte==0 ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; } - if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR; *pnOut = nInt; - *pp = p; + *pp += nByte; return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -165522,7 +166637,7 @@ static int fts3ContentColumns( char **pzErr /* OUT: error message */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */ + char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Compiled version of zSql */ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl); @@ -165664,9 +166779,9 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( char *zVal; /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */ - if( !pTokenizer + if( !pTokenizer && strlen(z)>8 - && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) + && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8]) ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr); @@ -165726,8 +166841,8 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( break; case 4: /* ORDER */ - if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) - && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) + if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) + && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized order: %s", zVal); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -165778,17 +166893,17 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( ** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){ - sqlite3_free(zCompress); - sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); zCompress = 0; zUncompress = 0; if( nCol==0 ){ - sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); + sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); aCol = 0; rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent,&aCol,&nCol,&nString,pzErr); /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id - ** column from the aCol[] array. */ + ** column from the aCol[] array. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){ int j; for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){ @@ -165875,7 +166990,7 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( /* Fill in the azColumn array */ for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ - char *z; + char *z; int n = 0; z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n); if( n>0 ){ @@ -165894,7 +167009,7 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){ char *zNot = azNotindexed[i]; if( zNot && n==(int)strlen(zNot) - && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n) + && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n) ){ p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1; sqlite3_free(zNot); @@ -165918,7 +167033,7 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; - /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the + /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. */ if( isCreate ){ @@ -166018,11 +167133,11 @@ static void fts3SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ #endif } -/* +/* ** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There ** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: ** -** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. +** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. ** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. ** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. */ @@ -166041,7 +167156,7 @@ static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ } /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, - ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient + ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient ** strategy is possible. */ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; @@ -166077,12 +167192,12 @@ static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ ** ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct - ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even + ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting - ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested + ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested ** context" error. */ - if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn ){ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; @@ -166091,7 +167206,7 @@ static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ } /* Equality constraint on the langid column */ - if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2 ){ iLangidCons = i; @@ -166119,22 +167234,22 @@ static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ if( iCons>=0 ){ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; - } + } if( iLangidCons>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; - } + } if( iDocidGe>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++; - } + } if( iDocidLe>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++; - } + } /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or - ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. + ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. */ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){ struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0]; @@ -166161,7 +167276,7 @@ static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the - ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, + ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. */ *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); @@ -166253,7 +167368,7 @@ static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ /* ** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row ** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return -** SQLITE_OK on success. +** SQLITE_OK on success. */ static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -166289,7 +167404,7 @@ static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ /* ** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching -** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this +** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this ** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is ** passed in zTerm/nTerm. ** @@ -166318,9 +167433,10 @@ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */ sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ int nBuffer = 0; /* Total term size */ - /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every + + /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree - ** node into variable iChild. + ** node into variable iChild. ** ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a @@ -166336,12 +167452,12 @@ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( if( zCsr>zEnd ){ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } - + while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){ int cmp; /* memcmp() result */ int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix */ int nPrefix = 0; /* Size of term prefix */ - + /* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand ** the size of zBuffer if required. */ if( !isFirstTerm ){ @@ -166353,7 +167469,7 @@ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( } isFirstTerm = 0; zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix); - + assert( nPrefix>=0 && nSuffix>=0 ); if( nPrefix>zCsr-zNode || nSuffix>zEnd-zCsr || nSuffix==0 ){ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; @@ -166376,8 +167492,8 @@ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal - ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree - ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search + ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree + ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search ** iChild. ** ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then @@ -166413,20 +167529,20 @@ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( ** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term ** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix. ** -** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the +** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the ** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term. ** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the ** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified ** term is a prefix. ** -** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain -** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the +** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain +** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the ** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified ** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and ** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ +*/ static int fts3SelectLeaf( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ @@ -166478,7 +167594,7 @@ static int fts3SelectLeaf( } /* -** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 +** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 ** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. */ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( @@ -166492,11 +167608,11 @@ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( } /* -** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the ** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the ** first byte after the position-list. ** -** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for +** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for ** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this ** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in ** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist. @@ -166509,12 +167625,12 @@ static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; char c = 0; - /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 + /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail ** of some other, multi-byte, value. ** - ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not + ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the ** last byte in the position-list. @@ -166536,7 +167652,7 @@ static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ } /* -** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the ** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the ** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list. ** @@ -166587,7 +167703,7 @@ static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ ** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or ** (1)). ** -** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to +** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to ** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, ** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to ** point to the next value before returning. @@ -166603,7 +167719,9 @@ static void fts3ReadNextPos( sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */ ){ if( (**pp)&0xFE ){ - fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi); + int iVal; + *pp += fts3GetVarint32((*pp), &iVal); + *pi += iVal; *pi -= 2; }else{ *pi = POSITION_LIST_END; @@ -166615,7 +167733,7 @@ static void fts3ReadNextPos( ** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new ** column list. ** -** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before +** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before ** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes ** written (0 if iCol==0). */ @@ -166650,7 +167768,7 @@ static int fts3PoslistMerge( int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */ int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */ - if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); if( iCol1==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } @@ -166674,7 +167792,7 @@ static int fts3PoslistMerge( /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2). - ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each + ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte @@ -166684,7 +167802,7 @@ static int fts3PoslistMerge( fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); do { - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2); + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2); iPrev -= 2; if( i1==i2 ){ fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1); @@ -166726,7 +167844,7 @@ static int fts3PoslistMerge( ** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the ** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists. ** -** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for +** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for ** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in ** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e. ** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken @@ -166752,11 +167870,11 @@ static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 ); assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); - if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ p1++; p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); } - if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ p2++; p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); } @@ -166778,8 +167896,8 @@ static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( if( iPos1<0 || iPos2<0 ) break; while( 1 ){ - if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken - || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) + if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken + || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) ){ sqlite3_int64 iSave; iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; @@ -166814,8 +167932,8 @@ static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the - ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next - ** column-number in the position list. + ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next + ** column-number in the position list. */ else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); @@ -166844,14 +167962,14 @@ static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( /* ** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument -** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression +** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression ** like: ** ** "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2" ** -** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR -** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position -** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" +** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR +** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position +** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" ** in the example above). ** ** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those @@ -166891,7 +168009,7 @@ static int fts3PoslistNearMerge( return res; } -/* +/* ** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially ** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query. ** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details. @@ -166912,7 +168030,7 @@ struct TermSelect { ** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint. ** ** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning. -** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this +** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this ** function returns. */ static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3( @@ -166940,9 +168058,9 @@ static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3( ** end of the value written. ** ** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to -** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. +** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. ** -** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value +** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value ** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal) ** (if bDescIdx is non-zero). ** @@ -166975,7 +168093,7 @@ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( /* ** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two ** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable -** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). +** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). ** Otherwise, (i2-i1). ** ** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are @@ -166986,7 +168104,7 @@ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( /* ** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all -** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the +** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the ** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist ** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be ** passed a non-zero value. @@ -167026,12 +168144,12 @@ static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in ** ascending order). ** - ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the + ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is - ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list + ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must - ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from + ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output. @@ -167043,9 +168161,9 @@ static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( ** ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input - ** docids to grow. + ** docids to grow. ** - ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending + ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending ** order. */ aOut = sqlite3_malloc64((i64)n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1+FTS3_BUFFER_PADDING); @@ -167072,7 +168190,7 @@ static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); } - + assert( (p-aOut)<=((p1?(p1-a1):n1)+(p2?(p2-a2):n2)+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1) ); } @@ -167095,7 +168213,7 @@ static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( ** exactly nDist tokens before it. ** ** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order, -** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending +** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending ** order, it should be passed a non-zero value. ** ** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function. @@ -167241,7 +168359,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){ int nNew; char *aNew; - int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -167285,15 +168403,15 @@ static int fts3TermSelectMerge( ){ if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){ /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output - ** buffer using memcpy(). + ** buffer using memcpy(). ** - ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the + ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the ** allocation. This is so as to ensure that the buffer is big enough ** to hold the current doclist AND'd with any other doclist. If the ** doclists are stored in order=ASC order, this padding would not be ** required (since the size of [doclistA AND doclistB] is always less ** than or equal to the size of [doclistA] in that case). But this is - ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1) + ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1) ** may be smaller than (-1), as in the first example the -1 may be stored ** as a single-byte delta, whereas in the second it must be stored as a ** FTS3_VARINT_MAX byte varint. @@ -167323,7 +168441,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelectMerge( char *aNew; int nNew; - int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -167334,7 +168452,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelectMerge( if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]); pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0; - + aMerge = aNew; nMerge = nNew; if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){ @@ -167351,7 +168469,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelectMerge( ** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend( - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, Fts3SegReader *pNew ){ if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){ @@ -167390,10 +168508,10 @@ static int fts3SegReaderCursor( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */ int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */ - /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader + /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling - ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by + ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these ** calls out here. */ if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex && p->iPrevLangid==iLangid ){ @@ -167427,10 +168545,10 @@ static int fts3SegReaderCursor( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock; } - - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0), - iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, + iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; @@ -167446,7 +168564,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderCursor( } /* -** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a +** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a ** single level therein. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( @@ -167462,7 +168580,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( ){ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex ); assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL - || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iLevel>=0 ); assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL ); @@ -167488,20 +168606,20 @@ static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( int nTerm, /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */ ){ - return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, + return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr ); } /* ** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or, -** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which +** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which ** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write ** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return ** an SQLite error code. ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually -** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() +** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. ** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs. @@ -167526,7 +168644,7 @@ static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){ bFound = 1; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr ); pSegcsr->bLookup = 1; @@ -167536,7 +168654,7 @@ static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){ bFound = 1; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -167549,7 +168667,7 @@ static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( } if( bFound==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr ); pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix; @@ -167597,7 +168715,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelect( rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter); while( SQLITE_OK==rc - && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) + && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) ){ rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist); } @@ -167626,7 +168744,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelect( ** ** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist ** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed -** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded +** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded ** varints. */ static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){ @@ -167772,7 +168890,7 @@ static int fts3FilterMethod( assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 ); rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, - p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, + p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, &p->base.zErrMsg ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -167799,7 +168917,7 @@ static int fts3FilterMethod( (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") ); }else{ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") ); } @@ -167824,8 +168942,8 @@ static int fts3FilterMethod( return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); } -/* -** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this ** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. */ static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ @@ -167837,7 +168955,7 @@ static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ return pCsr->isEof; } -/* +/* ** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to ** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 ** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The @@ -167849,7 +168967,7 @@ static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from ** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. ** @@ -167909,8 +169027,8 @@ static int fts3ColumnMethod( return rc; } -/* -** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by +/* +** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by ** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be ** inserted, updated or deleted. */ @@ -167945,7 +169063,7 @@ static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ ** ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead - ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input + ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input ** segments. */ const u32 nMinMerge = 64; /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */ @@ -167955,8 +169073,8 @@ static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ i64 iLastRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff ){ int mxLevel = 0; /* Maximum relative level value in db */ @@ -167995,7 +169113,7 @@ static int fts3SetHasStat(Fts3Table *p){ } /* -** Implementation of xBegin() method. +** Implementation of xBegin() method. */ static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; @@ -168051,17 +169169,17 @@ static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ /* Skip backwards passed any trailing 0x00 bytes added by NearTrim() */ while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 ); - /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous + /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous ** poslist). This is an 0x00 byte preceded by some byte that does not ** have the 0x80 bit set. */ - while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ - c = *p--; + while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ + c = *p--; } assert( p==pStart || c==0 ); /* At this point p points to that preceding byte without the 0x80 bit ** set. So to find the start of the poslist, skip forward 2 bytes then - ** over a varint. + ** over a varint. ** ** Normally. The other case is that p==pStart and the poslist to return ** is the first in the doclist. In this case do not skip forward 2 bytes. @@ -168082,7 +169200,7 @@ static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ ** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. ** ** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size -** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the +** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the ** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error ** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The ** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. @@ -168127,7 +169245,7 @@ static void fts3SnippetFunc( assert( nVal>=1 ); if( nVal>6 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); return; } @@ -168169,8 +169287,8 @@ static void fts3OffsetsFunc( } } -/* -** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This +/* +** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This ** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. ** Example usage is: ** @@ -168279,10 +169397,10 @@ static int fts3RenameMethod( /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ rc = fts3SetHasStat(p); - + /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is - ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction - ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method + ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction + ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes. */ @@ -168373,7 +169491,7 @@ static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ */ static int fts3ShadowName(const char *zName){ static const char *azName[] = { - "content", "docsize", "segdir", "segments", "stat", + "content", "docsize", "segdir", "segments", "stat", }; unsigned int i; for(i=0; i<sizeof(azName)/sizeof(azName[0]); i++){ @@ -168421,7 +169539,7 @@ static void hashDestroy(void *p){ } /* -** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are +** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are ** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c ** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions ** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations. @@ -168485,10 +169603,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) - || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE - || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) @@ -168504,11 +169622,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ } #endif - /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload + /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload ** the four scalar functions. If this is successful, register the ** module with sqlite. */ - if( SQLITE_OK==rc + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) @@ -168542,7 +169660,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ /* ** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed -** by pExpr. +** by pExpr. ** ** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of ** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple @@ -168552,7 +169670,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ ** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a ** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which ** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed -** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory +** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory ** doclist and then traversed. */ static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( @@ -168569,7 +169687,7 @@ static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( *pnToken += nToken; for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i]; - int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, + int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -168775,7 +169893,7 @@ static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ sqlite3_free(aPoslist); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - + pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut; if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; @@ -168800,7 +169918,7 @@ static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ #define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4 /* -** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query +** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query ** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this ** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be ** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids. @@ -168818,12 +169936,12 @@ static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){ /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be - ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of + ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first" ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index. */ int bHaveIncr = 0; - int bIncrOk = (bOptOk - && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx + int bIncrOk = (bOptOk + && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0 @@ -168859,12 +169977,12 @@ static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){ } /* -** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) +** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) ** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase ** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through ** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc". ** -** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or +** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or ** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this ** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning. */ @@ -168944,7 +170062,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid); }else{ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); - while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++; + while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++; if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){ *pbEof = 1; }else{ @@ -168968,7 +170086,7 @@ static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext( ){ char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */ char *pEnd; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */ - + if( pDL->pNextDocid ){ pIter = pDL->pNextDocid; assert( pDL->aAll!=0 || pIter==0 ); @@ -169017,12 +170135,12 @@ struct TokenDoclist { }; /* -** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a +** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a ** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the ** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new ** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true. ** -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. */ static int incrPhraseTokenNext( @@ -169063,18 +170181,18 @@ static int incrPhraseTokenNext( /* ** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument: ** -** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and +** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and ** ** * does not contain any deferred tokens. ** ** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate -** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. +** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. ** ** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to ** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is ** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. ** -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. */ static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( @@ -169092,7 +170210,7 @@ static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( assert( p->bIncr==1 ); if( p->nToken==1 ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList ); if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1; @@ -169122,8 +170240,8 @@ static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */ for(i=0; i<p->nToken; i++){ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 - && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 + && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 ){ rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){ @@ -169170,8 +170288,8 @@ static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( } /* -** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. ** ** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to @@ -169190,7 +170308,7 @@ static int fts3EvalPhraseNext( if( p->bIncr ){ rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof); }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){ - sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof ); pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid; @@ -169250,7 +170368,7 @@ static void fts3EvalStartReaders( ** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong ** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or ** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered -** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in +** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in ** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot. */ typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost; @@ -169318,7 +170436,7 @@ static void fts3EvalTokenCosts( ** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return ** an SQLite error code. ** -** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating +** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating ** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount ** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in ** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus @@ -169328,10 +170446,10 @@ static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){ /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost - ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required + ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it. ** - ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 + ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table. ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of @@ -169363,7 +170481,7 @@ static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ pCsr->nDoc = nDoc; pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz); - assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); + assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } @@ -169372,11 +170490,11 @@ static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ } /* -** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be +** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be ** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is ** called. ** -** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the +** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the ** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within ** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition ** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details. @@ -169426,8 +170544,8 @@ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 ); - /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order - ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer + /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order + ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index. ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either: ** @@ -169438,7 +170556,7 @@ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( ** ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist - ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in + ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded. ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that ** one or more tokens will not be deferred. @@ -169454,8 +170572,8 @@ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( /* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */ for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){ - if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot - && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) + if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot + && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) ){ pTC = &aTC[iTC]; } @@ -169464,7 +170582,7 @@ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){ /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all - ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages + ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred. */ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; @@ -169473,7 +170591,7 @@ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( pToken->pSegcsr = 0; }else{ /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the - ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from + ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */ if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4; @@ -169595,7 +170713,7 @@ static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ ** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this ** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero. ** -** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit +** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit ** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in ** pPhrase. */ @@ -169609,8 +170727,8 @@ static int fts3EvalNearTrim( int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken; int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken; int nNew; - char *p2; - char *pOut; + char *p2; + char *pOut; int res; assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList ); @@ -169657,19 +170775,19 @@ static int fts3EvalNearTrim( ** ** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists ** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in -** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. +** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. ** ** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or -** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the +** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the ** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other ** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression -** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", +** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", ** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case ** is populated as for "A * C" before returning. ** -** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is +** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is ** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y". -** +** ** See sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred() for details on testing if a row is ** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators. */ @@ -169733,11 +170851,12 @@ static void fts3EvalNextRow( fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); } } + pRight->bEof = pLeft->bEof = 1; } } break; } - + case FTSQUERY_OR: { Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; @@ -169777,9 +170896,9 @@ static void fts3EvalNextRow( fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){ - while( !*pRc - && !pRight->bEof - && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 + while( !*pRc + && !pRight->bEof + && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); } @@ -169804,14 +170923,14 @@ static void fts3EvalNextRow( ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR ** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately. ** -** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR -** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists -** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. +** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR +** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists +** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. ** ** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each ** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those ** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR -** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not +** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not ** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not ** be edited if 0 is returned. */ @@ -169834,15 +170953,15 @@ static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ ** | | ** "w" "x" ** - ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The + ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works. */ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK - && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) ){ - Fts3Expr *p; + Fts3Expr *p; sqlite3_int64 nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */ char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */ @@ -169889,12 +171008,12 @@ static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ /* ** This function is a helper function for sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(). ** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the -** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr +** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr ** currently points to, or zero if it does not. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. -** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to -** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is +** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to +** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is ** undefined. */ static int fts3EvalTestExpr( @@ -169913,10 +171032,10 @@ static int fts3EvalTestExpr( && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc) ); - /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for + /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(), - ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize - ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. + ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize + ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. ** For example if this expression: ** ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)' @@ -169928,8 +171047,8 @@ static int fts3EvalTestExpr( ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b" ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause). */ - if( bHit==0 - && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + if( bHit==0 + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) ){ Fts3Expr *p; @@ -169961,7 +171080,7 @@ static int fts3EvalTestExpr( default: { #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED - if( pCsr->pDeferred + if( pCsr->pDeferred && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred) ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; @@ -170017,7 +171136,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){ ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account - ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). + ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). */ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); @@ -170072,7 +171191,7 @@ static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ /* ** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to -** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental +** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental ** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration. ** ** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is @@ -170115,11 +171234,11 @@ static void fts3EvalRestart( } /* -** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the +** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the ** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched ** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments ** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently -** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase +** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase ** expression nodes. */ static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int nCol){ @@ -170213,9 +171332,9 @@ static int fts3EvalGatherStats( pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid; - }while( pCsr->isEof==0 - && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR - && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 + && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){ @@ -170230,7 +171349,7 @@ static int fts3EvalGatherStats( pRoot->bEof = bEof; }else{ /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending - ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the + ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the ** do loop can not be written: ** ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); @@ -170246,10 +171365,10 @@ static int fts3EvalGatherStats( } /* -** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase +** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase ** expression node for the following information: ** -** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of +** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of ** the FTS table (considering all rows), and ** ** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the @@ -170263,12 +171382,12 @@ static int fts3EvalGatherStats( ** ** Caveats: ** -** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output +** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output ** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other -** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each +** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each ** column of each row of the table. ** -** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred +** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred ** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering ** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences. ** @@ -170306,14 +171425,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( /* ** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function -** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. +** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. ** ** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing ** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol -** of the current row. +** of the current row. ** -** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each -** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) +** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each +** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) ** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example, ** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list ** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain: @@ -170335,7 +171454,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( int iThis; sqlite3_int64 iDocid; - /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than + /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer. */ *ppOut = 0; assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn ); @@ -170354,8 +171473,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( Fts3Expr *pNear; /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */ int bMatch; - /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, - ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid + /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, + ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */ @@ -170403,7 +171522,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( (pIter >= (pPh->doclist.aAll + pPh->doclist.nAll)); while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){ sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( - bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, + bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof ); } @@ -170412,7 +171531,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){ int dummy; sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( - bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, + bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof ); } @@ -170488,7 +171607,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){ __declspec(dllexport) #endif SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ @@ -170582,11 +171701,11 @@ static int fts3auxConnectMethod( */ if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args; - zDb = argv[1]; + zDb = argv[1]; nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); if( argc==5 ){ if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){ - zDb = argv[3]; + zDb = argv[3]; nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); zFts3 = argv[4]; }else{ @@ -170650,7 +171769,7 @@ static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ ** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. */ static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo ){ int i; @@ -170663,14 +171782,14 @@ static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */ - if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 - && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 ){ pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; } - /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. + /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){ if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){ @@ -170751,11 +171870,11 @@ static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){ if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){ struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew; - aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc64(pCsr->aStat, + aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc64(pCsr->aStat, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize ); if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, + memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat) ); pCsr->aStat = aNew; @@ -170815,8 +171934,8 @@ static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the - ** start of a position list for column 0. - ** + ** start of a position list for column 0. + ** ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term. @@ -170929,7 +172048,7 @@ static int fts3auxFilterMethod( if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pCsr->nStop = (int)strlen(pCsr->zStop); } - + if( iLangid>=0 ){ iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]); @@ -171068,15 +172187,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ ****************************************************************************** ** ** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings -** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported +** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported ** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is -** hand-coded. +** hand-coded. */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* -** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been +** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been ** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS ** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between ** the new and the old syntaxes are: @@ -171085,7 +172204,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ ** ** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. ** -** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not +** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not ** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). ** ** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence @@ -171094,7 +172213,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ ** ** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the ** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable -** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to +** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to ** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can ** be tested using a single build of testfixture. ** @@ -171123,7 +172242,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; #else -# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS # define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 # else # define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 @@ -171141,7 +172260,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; /* ** isNot: ** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is -** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a +** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a ** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the ** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to ** zero. @@ -171160,7 +172279,7 @@ struct ParseContext { }; /* -** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. +** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. ** ** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it ** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed @@ -171176,7 +172295,7 @@ static int fts3isspace(char c){ /* ** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful, -** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, +** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, ** return NULL. */ static void *fts3MallocZero(sqlite3_int64 nByte){ @@ -171224,7 +172343,7 @@ static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *); ** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this ** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is ** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated +** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated ** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation @@ -171278,8 +172397,8 @@ static int getNextToken( } while( 1 ){ - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses - && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){ pParse->isNot = 1; iStart--; @@ -171299,7 +172418,7 @@ static int getNextToken( pModule->xClose(pCursor); } - + *ppExpr = pRet; return rc; } @@ -171321,7 +172440,7 @@ static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, sqlite3_int64 nNew){ ** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string ** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character ** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire -** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE +** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE ** containing the results. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the @@ -171346,7 +172465,7 @@ static int getNextString( int nToken = 0; /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase, - ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single + ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach. ** @@ -171355,7 +172474,7 @@ static int getNextString( ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers: ** ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase - ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken + ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array. ** ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens. @@ -171440,7 +172559,7 @@ no_mem: } /* -** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr +** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr ** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached. ** ** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM @@ -171476,7 +172595,7 @@ static int getNextNode( pParse->isNot = 0; /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or - ** close bracket, or a quoted string. + ** close bracket, or a quoted string. */ while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ nInput--; @@ -171503,19 +172622,16 @@ static int getNextNode( if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ assert( nKey==4 ); if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){ - nNear = 0; - for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){ - nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0'); - } + nKey += 1+sqlite3Fts3ReadInt(&zInput[nKey+1], &nNear); } } /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close - ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. + ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. */ cNext = zInput[nKey]; - if( fts3isspace(cNext) + if( fts3isspace(cNext) || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 ){ pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); @@ -171564,15 +172680,15 @@ static int getNextNode( } } - /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or + /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit - ** column specifier for the token. + ** column specifier for the token. ** ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was - ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the + ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the ** limitation. */ iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol; @@ -171580,8 +172696,8 @@ static int getNextNode( for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){ const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); - if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' - && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 + if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' + && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 ){ iCol = ii; iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); @@ -171626,7 +172742,7 @@ static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ } /* -** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query +** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query ** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently ** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary ** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence @@ -171656,7 +172772,7 @@ static void insertBinaryOperator( /* ** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function -** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched +** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched ** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the @@ -171688,8 +172804,8 @@ static int fts3ExprParse( if( p ){ int isPhrase; - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses - && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot ){ /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); @@ -171810,13 +172926,13 @@ exprparse_out: } /* -** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed +** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed ** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth. */ static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p ){ - if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ + if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; }else{ rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1); @@ -171831,12 +172947,12 @@ static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){ /* ** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to ** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place. -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the -** new root expression node. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the +** new root expression node. ** ** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree. ** -** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and ** expression (*pp) freed. */ static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ @@ -171951,7 +173067,7 @@ static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ } pRoot = p; }else{ - /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array + /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below. */ Fts3Expr *pDel; @@ -171993,7 +173109,7 @@ static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ } } } - + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot); pRoot = 0; @@ -172007,9 +173123,9 @@ static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ ** differences: ** ** 1. It does not do expression rebalancing. -** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the +** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the ** maximum allowable depth. -** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an +** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an ** expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree() ** in this case. */ @@ -172048,7 +173164,7 @@ static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } - + return rc; } @@ -172067,7 +173183,7 @@ static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( ** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to ** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] ** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names -** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. +** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. ** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. ** ** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column @@ -172090,7 +173206,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr ); - + /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){ @@ -172105,7 +173221,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( *ppExpr = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, - "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", + "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -172167,11 +173283,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){ /* ** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the ** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from -** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use +** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use ** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered, ** NULL is returned. ** -** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to +** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to ** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free(). */ static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ @@ -172185,7 +173301,7 @@ static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf( "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn); for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){ - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z, (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"") ); @@ -172218,7 +173334,7 @@ static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ } /* -** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the +** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the ** expression parser. It should be called as follows: ** ** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...); @@ -172251,7 +173367,7 @@ static void fts3ExprTestCommon( char *zErr = 0; if( argc<3 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, + sqlite3_result_error(context, "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 ); return; @@ -172329,15 +173445,15 @@ static void fts3ExprTestRebalance( } /* -** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() -** with database connection db. +** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() +** with database connection db. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ int rc = sqlite3_create_function( db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)pHash, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)pHash, fts3ExprTestRebalance, 0, 0 ); } @@ -172401,8 +173517,8 @@ static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ ** fields of the Hash structure. ** ** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. -** keyClass is one of the constants -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass +** keyClass is one of the constants +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass ** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is ** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and ** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. @@ -172479,7 +173595,7 @@ static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ /* ** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. ** -** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some +** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some ** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: ** ** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a @@ -172539,7 +173655,7 @@ static void fts3HashInsertElement( /* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. -** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail +** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail ** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. ** ** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs. @@ -172584,7 +173700,7 @@ static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( count = pEntry->count; xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); while( count-- && elem ){ - if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ return elem; } elem = elem->next; @@ -172603,7 +173719,7 @@ static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( ){ struct _fts3ht *pEntry; if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; + elem->prev->next = elem->next; }else{ pH->first = elem->next; } @@ -172631,8 +173747,8 @@ static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( } SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( - const Fts3Hash *pH, - const void *pKey, + const Fts3Hash *pH, + const void *pKey, int nKey ){ int h; /* A hash on key */ @@ -172646,7 +173762,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); } -/* +/* ** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key ** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is ** found, or NULL if there is no match. @@ -172820,7 +173936,7 @@ static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int porterOpen( @@ -172873,7 +173989,7 @@ static const char cType[] = { /* ** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in ** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according -** to Porter ruls. +** to Porter ruls. ** ** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. ** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, @@ -172993,11 +174109,11 @@ static int star_oh(const char *z){ /* ** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem -** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the +** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the ** ending to zTo. ** ** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo -** is in normal order. +** is in normal order. ** ** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not ** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and @@ -173066,9 +174182,9 @@ static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ ** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and ** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes ** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies. -** -** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not -** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just +** +** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not +** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just ** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII ** case folding. ** @@ -173113,11 +174229,11 @@ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ } } - /* Step 1b */ + /* Step 1b */ z2 = z; if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ - }else if( + }else if( (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) && z!=z2 ){ @@ -173156,7 +174272,7 @@ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); break; case 'l': - if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) + if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) @@ -173444,7 +174560,7 @@ static int fts3TokenizerEnabled(sqlite3_context *context){ } /* -** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying +** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying ** hash table. This function may be called as follows: ** ** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>); @@ -173616,7 +174732,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer"); }else{ - (*ppTok)->pModule = m; + (*ppTok)->pModule = m; } sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); } @@ -173636,7 +174752,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( /* #include <string.h> */ /* -** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers +** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers ** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This ** function must be called with two or more arguments: ** @@ -173648,9 +174764,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( ** ** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl ** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are -** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the +** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the ** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the -** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, +** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, ** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: ** ** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); @@ -173658,7 +174774,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( ** will return the string: ** ** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" -** +** */ static void testFunc( sqlite3_context *context, @@ -173753,8 +174869,8 @@ finish: static int registerTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p ){ int rc; @@ -173776,8 +174892,8 @@ int registerTokenizer( static int queryTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp ){ int rc; @@ -173862,23 +174978,23 @@ static void intTestFunc( /* ** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of ** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must -** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy +** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy ** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: ** ** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); ** ** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above ** fts3TokenizerFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is -** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header -** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both +** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header +** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both ** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. ** ** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name ** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( - sqlite3 *db, - Fts3Hash *pHash, + sqlite3 *db, + Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *zName ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -174032,7 +175148,7 @@ static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int simpleOpen( @@ -174187,8 +175303,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( ** ** input = <string> ** -** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3 -** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3 +** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With ** fields set as follows: ** @@ -174257,7 +175373,7 @@ static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer( /* ** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated -** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a +** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a ** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear ** to be quoted. ** @@ -174313,7 +175429,7 @@ static int fts3tokDequoteArray( ** and xCreate are identical operations. ** ** argv[0]: module name -** argv[1]: database name +** argv[1]: database name ** argv[2]: table name ** argv[3]: first argument (tokenizer name) */ @@ -174393,16 +175509,16 @@ static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ ** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. */ static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo ){ int i; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){ - if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable - && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 - && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ pInfo->idxNum = 1; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; @@ -174512,7 +175628,7 @@ static int fts3tokFilterMethod( if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte); + if( nByte>0 ) memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte); pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0; rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -174633,7 +175749,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ ** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically, ** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3 ** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some -** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query +** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query ** code in fts3.c. */ @@ -174649,7 +175765,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ /* ** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they -** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end +** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end ** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer ** of 920 bytes is allocated for it. ** @@ -174666,10 +175782,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ ** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example, ** if a query has a LIMIT clause). ** -** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD +** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD ** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes. -** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values -** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful +** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values +** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful ** for testing purposes. ** ** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may @@ -174682,7 +175798,7 @@ int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4; # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold #else -# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4) #endif @@ -174696,7 +175812,7 @@ int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4; /* ** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic -** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for +** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for ** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production ** systems. */ @@ -174782,7 +175898,7 @@ struct Fts3SegReader { char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */ int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */ - /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate + /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist). */ char *pOffsetList; @@ -174827,11 +175943,11 @@ struct SegmentWriter { ** fts3NodeFree() ** ** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge -** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the +** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the ** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of ** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have ** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually -** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively +** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively ** little memory. */ struct SegmentNode { @@ -174852,7 +175968,7 @@ struct SegmentNode { */ #define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0 #define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5 @@ -174900,7 +176016,7 @@ struct SegmentNode { ** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0. ** ** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with -** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound +** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound ** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before ** returning. */ @@ -174924,7 +176040,7 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( /* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)", /* 11 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)", - /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ /* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC", /* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " @@ -174958,7 +176074,7 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( " ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC, 2 DESC LIMIT 1", /* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment -** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See +** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See ** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details. */ /* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) " " FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?", @@ -174973,7 +176089,7 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( /* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?", /* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR -** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute +** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute ** level :1 with index value :2. */ /* 32 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", @@ -174997,7 +176113,7 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( ** Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes. */ /* 36 */ "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", - /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ /* 37 */ "SELECT level, idx, end_block " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? " "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", @@ -175013,7 +176129,7 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) ); assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 ); - + pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; if( !pStmt ){ int f = SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB; @@ -175118,7 +176234,7 @@ static void fts3SqlExec( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; if( *pRC ) return; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); @@ -175128,22 +176244,22 @@ static void fts3SqlExec( /* -** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive -** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before +** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive +** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before ** writing data to the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then ** the caller may end up attempting to take this lock as part of committing -** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or +** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or ** LOCKED_SHAREDCACHEto a COMMIT command. ** -** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when -** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. -** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. -** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly +** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when +** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. +** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. +** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly ** instead of accessing them via FTS. */ static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - + if( p->nPendingData==0 ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); @@ -175160,7 +176276,7 @@ static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){ /* ** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer). ** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the -** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS +** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS ** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative ** levels"). ** @@ -175170,14 +176286,14 @@ static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){ ** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that ** can be used to query the %_segdir table. ** -** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 +** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 ** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index ** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index ** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on. ** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0. ** ** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of -** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index +** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index ** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024). */ static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel( @@ -175198,7 +176314,7 @@ static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel( /* ** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through ** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, ** return an SQLite error code. ** ** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for @@ -175229,16 +176345,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs( if( iLevel<0 ){ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) ); } }else{ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel)); } } @@ -175382,7 +176498,7 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne( } if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ - /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only + /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. */ assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) ); @@ -175428,7 +176544,7 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( assert( pTokenizer && pModule ); /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with - ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and + ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and ** return early. */ if( zText==0 ){ *pnWord = 0; @@ -175459,8 +176575,8 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken ); - - /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too + + /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too ** short for. */ for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){ struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i]; @@ -175476,8 +176592,8 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); } -/* -** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to +/* +** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to ** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the ** contents of the document with docid iDocid. */ @@ -175496,10 +176612,10 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsDocid( ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms ** generate longer doclists. */ - if( iDocid<p->iPrevDocid + if( iDocid<p->iPrevDocid || (iDocid==p->iPrevDocid && p->bPrevDelete==0) || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid - || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData + || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData ){ int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; @@ -175511,7 +176627,7 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsDocid( } /* -** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. +** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ int i; @@ -175536,9 +176652,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ ** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row. */ static int fts3InsertTerms( - Fts3Table *p, - int iLangid, - sqlite3_value **apVal, + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, + sqlite3_value **apVal, u32 *aSz ){ int i; /* Iterator variable */ @@ -175601,7 +176717,7 @@ static int fts3InsertData( rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){ rc = sqlite3_bind_int( - pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, + pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4]) ); } @@ -175628,8 +176744,8 @@ static int fts3InsertData( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } - /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the - ** new docid value. + /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the + ** new docid value. */ sqlite3_step(pContentInsert); rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert); @@ -175679,7 +176795,7 @@ static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){ ** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the ** full-text index. */ -static void fts3DeleteTerms( +static void fts3DeleteTerms( int *pRC, /* Result code */ Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */ sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */ @@ -175726,7 +176842,7 @@ static void fts3DeleteTerms( */ static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int); -/* +/* ** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table. ** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting ** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned @@ -175735,17 +176851,17 @@ static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int); ** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel ** ** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested -** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the +** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the ** allocated index is 0. ** ** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK ** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( - Fts3Table *p, + Fts3Table *p, int iLangid, /* Language id */ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ - int iLevel, + int iLevel, int *piIdx ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ @@ -175793,7 +176909,7 @@ static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( ** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The ** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not ** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated -** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the +** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the ** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set ** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning. ** @@ -175872,14 +176988,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){ sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments); p->pSegments = 0; } - + static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */ int rc; /* Return code */ nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE); rc = sqlite3_blob_read( - pReader->pBlob, + pReader->pBlob, &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], nRead, pReader->nPopulate @@ -175899,10 +177015,10 @@ static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( !pReader->pBlob + assert( !pReader->pBlob || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]) ); - while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK + while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate ){ rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); @@ -175928,7 +177044,7 @@ static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){ ** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3SegReaderNext( - Fts3Table *p, + Fts3Table *p, Fts3SegReader *pReader, int bIncr ){ @@ -175968,7 +177084,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext( fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader); - /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf + /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf ** blocks have already been traversed. */ #ifdef CORRUPT_DB assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock || CORRUPT_DB ); @@ -175978,7 +177094,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext( } rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( - p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, + p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0) ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; @@ -175994,12 +177110,12 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext( rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is + + /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */ pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix); pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix); - if( nSuffix<=0 + if( nSuffix<=0 || (&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] - pNext)<nSuffix || nPrefix>pReader->nTerm ){ @@ -176030,11 +177146,12 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext( pReader->pOffsetList = 0; /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the - ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either + ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt. */ if( pReader->nDoclist > pReader->nNode-(pReader->aDoclist-pReader->aNode) || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1]) + || pReader->nDoclist==0 ){ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } @@ -176054,7 +177171,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ pReader->iDocid = 0; pReader->nOffsetList = 0; sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, - pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof ); }else{ @@ -176070,8 +177187,8 @@ static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ /* ** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist ** associated with the current term. -** -** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then +** +** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then ** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list ** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint). ** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset @@ -176114,22 +177231,22 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of ** the same offset list. */ while( 1 ){ - + /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is - ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired + ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[]. */ while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; assert( *p==0 ); - + if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break; rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } p++; - + /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the ** size of the previous offset-list. */ @@ -176140,7 +177257,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */ while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++; - + /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before @@ -176167,7 +177284,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, int *pnOvfl ){ @@ -176182,8 +177299,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){ Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii]; - if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) - && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) + if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) + && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ sqlite3_int64 jj; for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){ @@ -176201,7 +177318,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( } /* -** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the +** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the ** second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ @@ -176360,7 +177477,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( }else{ /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in - ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. + ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. ** ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid @@ -176395,7 +177512,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( } /* -** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. +** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. ** Comparison is as follows: ** ** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF. @@ -176466,7 +177583,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ /* ** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument -** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. +** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. ** ** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return ** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are @@ -176527,7 +177644,7 @@ static void fts3SegReaderSort( #endif } -/* +/* ** Insert a record into the %_segments table. */ static int fts3WriteSegment( @@ -176569,7 +177686,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Insert a record into the %_segdir table. */ static int fts3WriteSegdir( @@ -176607,7 +177724,7 @@ static int fts3WriteSegdir( /* ** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and -** zNext, in bytes. For example, +** zNext, in bytes. For example, ** ** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3 ** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2 @@ -176631,7 +177748,7 @@ static int fts3PrefixCompress( */ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ + SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */ @@ -176640,7 +177757,7 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( int rc; SegmentNode *pNew; - /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if + /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if ** this is possible. */ if( pTree ){ @@ -176652,7 +177769,7 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; - /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of + /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of ** pWriter->zTerm/pWriter->nTerm. i.e. must be equal to or less than when ** compared with BINARY collation. This indicates corruption. */ if( nSuffix<=0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; @@ -176665,8 +177782,8 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when - ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, - ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. + ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, + ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. */ assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] ); pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq); @@ -176710,7 +177827,7 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it. ** ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for - ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree + ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree ** has no parent, one is created here. */ pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize); @@ -176735,7 +177852,7 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( pTree->zMalloc = 0; }else{ pNew->pLeftmost = pNew; - rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); } *ppTree = pNew; @@ -176746,8 +177863,8 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( ** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite(). */ static int fts3TreeFinishNode( - SegmentNode *pTree, - int iHeight, + SegmentNode *pTree, + int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild ){ int nStart; @@ -176760,15 +177877,15 @@ static int fts3TreeFinishNode( /* ** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the -** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of -** pTree and its peers to the database. +** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of +** pTree and its peers to the database. ** ** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead, ** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is ** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no -** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is ** returned. */ static int fts3NodeWrite( @@ -176796,7 +177913,7 @@ static int fts3NodeWrite( for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){ int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf); int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart; - + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite); iNextFree++; iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1); @@ -176842,7 +177959,7 @@ static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){ */ static int fts3SegWriterAdd( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ + SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */ @@ -176885,7 +178002,7 @@ static int fts3SegWriterAdd( nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; - /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of + /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of ** pWriter->zTerm/pWriter->nTerm. i.e. must be equal to or less than when ** compared with BINARY collation. This indicates corruption. */ if( nSuffix<=0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; @@ -177011,12 +178128,12 @@ static int fts3SegWriterFlush( pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot); } }else{ /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */ - rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, 0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); } p->nLeafAdd++; @@ -177024,7 +178141,7 @@ static int fts3SegWriterFlush( } /* -** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the +** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the ** first argument. */ static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ @@ -177074,9 +178191,9 @@ static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){ ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. */ static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel( - Fts3Table *p, + Fts3Table *p, int iLangid, - int iIndex, + int iIndex, sqlite3_int64 *pnMax ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; @@ -177092,7 +178209,7 @@ static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel( rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) ); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ @@ -177121,8 +178238,8 @@ static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){ int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, - ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + (((u64)iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL ); *pbMax = 0; @@ -177159,9 +178276,9 @@ static int fts3DeleteSegment( ** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large ** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically, ** it: -** -** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with -** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third +** +** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with +** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third ** argument, and ** ** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir @@ -177193,7 +178310,7 @@ static int fts3DeleteSegdir( rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) ); } @@ -177215,7 +178332,7 @@ static int fts3DeleteSegdir( } /* -** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains +** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains ** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This ** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they ** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol. @@ -177242,7 +178359,7 @@ static void fts3ColumnFilter( while( 1 ){ char c = 0; while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80; - + if( iCol==iCurrent ){ nList = (int)(p - pList); break; @@ -177323,7 +178440,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); j = 1; - while( rc==SQLITE_OK + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && j<nMerge && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid @@ -177366,7 +178483,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderStart( int i; int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment; - /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search + /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment @@ -177450,7 +178567,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart() ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep() ** -** then the entire doclist for the term is available in +** then the entire doclist for the term is available in ** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){ @@ -177498,9 +178615,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( do { int nMerge; int i; - + /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array - ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. + ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. */ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i]; @@ -177522,34 +178639,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points - ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all + ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early. ** ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early. */ if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){ - if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm + if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) - || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) + || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) ){ break; } } nMerge = 1; - while( nMerge<nSegment + while( nMerge<nSegment && apSegment[nMerge]->aNode - && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm + && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm) ){ nMerge++; } assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) ); - if( nMerge==1 - && !isIgnoreEmpty - && !isFirst + if( nMerge==1 + && !isIgnoreEmpty + && !isFirst && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0) ){ pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist; @@ -177594,7 +178711,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){ - /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged + /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged ** doclist. */ sqlite3_int64 iDelta; if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){ @@ -177619,7 +178736,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( if( isFirst ){ char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist]; int nWrite; - + nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a); if( nWrite ){ iPrev = iDocid; @@ -177669,18 +178786,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish( } /* -** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT -** statement passed as the first argument. +** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT +** statement passed as the first argument. ** ** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field -** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated -** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock -** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, +** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated +** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock +** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, ** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second. */ static void fts3ReadEndBlockField( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int iCol, + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int iCol, i64 *piEndBlock, i64 *pnByte ){ @@ -177688,11 +178805,11 @@ static void fts3ReadEndBlockField( if( zText ){ int i; int iMul = 1; - i64 iVal = 0; + u64 iVal = 0; for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); } - *piEndBlock = iVal; + *piEndBlock = (i64)iVal; while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++; iVal = 0; if( zText[i]=='-' ){ @@ -177702,7 +178819,7 @@ static void fts3ReadEndBlockField( for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); } - *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul); + *pnByte = ((i64)iVal * (i64)iMul); } } @@ -177726,10 +178843,10 @@ static int fts3PromoteSegments( i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1; i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2; - /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to + /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is - ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all - ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be + ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all + ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be ** promoted to level iAbsLevel. */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1); sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast); @@ -177737,7 +178854,7 @@ static int fts3PromoteSegments( i64 nSize = 0, dummy; fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize); if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){ - /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not + /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not @@ -177803,18 +178920,18 @@ static int fts3PromoteSegments( } /* -** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single +** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single ** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a -** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level +** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level ** currently present in the database. ** ** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one -** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. -** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, +** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. +** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, ** an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3SegmentMerge( - Fts3Table *p, + Fts3Table *p, int iLangid, /* Language id to merge */ int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */ int iLevel /* Level to merge */ @@ -177858,7 +178975,7 @@ static int fts3SegmentMerge( }else{ /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to - ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to + ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */ assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 ); iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1); @@ -177869,8 +178986,8 @@ static int fts3SegmentMerge( assert( csr.nSegment>0 ); assert_fts3_nc( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) ); - assert_fts3_nc( - iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) + assert_fts3_nc( + iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) ); memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter)); @@ -177881,7 +178998,7 @@ static int fts3SegmentMerge( while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr); if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break; - rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, + rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; @@ -177909,13 +179026,13 @@ static int fts3SegmentMerge( } -/* -** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. +/* +** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; - + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -178019,7 +179136,7 @@ static void fts3InsertDocsize( /* ** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints, ** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus -** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the +** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the ** varints are set as follows: ** ** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table. @@ -178104,7 +179221,7 @@ static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( } /* -** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each +** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each ** iIndex/iLangid combination. */ static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ @@ -178145,7 +179262,7 @@ static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ ** ** INSERT INTO <tbl>(<tbl>) VALUES('rebuild'); ** -** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one +** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one ** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on ** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based ** on the contents of the %_content table. @@ -178225,9 +179342,9 @@ static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){ /* -** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an +** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an ** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan -** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute +** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute ** level iAbsLevel. */ static int fts3IncrmergeCsr( @@ -178237,7 +179354,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeCsr( Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */ sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */ /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */ @@ -178292,7 +179409,7 @@ struct Blob { }; /* -** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree +** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree ** nodes (blocks). */ struct NodeWriter { @@ -178361,12 +179478,12 @@ static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){ /* ** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to -** the next entry on the node. +** the next entry on the node. ** -** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). +** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). ** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node ** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to -** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output +** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output ** variables for the new entry. */ static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){ @@ -178419,7 +179536,7 @@ static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){ /* ** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode. ** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to ** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite ** error code is returned. */ @@ -178468,7 +179585,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergePush( int nSpace; /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to - ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, + ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to ** be added to. */ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); @@ -178477,9 +179594,9 @@ static int fts3IncrmergePush( nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; - if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ + if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding - ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize + ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize ** bytes in size, write the key here. */ Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block; @@ -178535,12 +179652,12 @@ static int fts3IncrmergePush( ** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint ** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node. ** -** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a +** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a ** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal ** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0. ** ** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first -** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the +** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the ** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a ** copy of zTerm/nTerm. ** @@ -178557,7 +179674,7 @@ static int fts3AppendToNode( const char *zTerm, /* New term to write */ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ const char *aDoclist, /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */ - int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ + int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0); /* True if this is the first term written */ @@ -178632,7 +179749,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeAppend( rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n); pWriter->nWork++; - /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the + /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the ** parent must: ** ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written @@ -178697,7 +179814,7 @@ static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( NodeWriter *pRoot; /* NodeWriter for root node */ int rc = *pRc; /* Error code */ - /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment + /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot ** will be 1. And so on. */ @@ -178715,17 +179832,17 @@ static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir - ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that - ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the - ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. - ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle + ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that + ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the + ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. + ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0. ** - ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a + ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node. ** - ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments + ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments ** table until we are sure it is needed. */ if( iRoot==0 ){ @@ -178753,7 +179870,7 @@ static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( /* Write the %_segdir record. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, pWriter->iAbsLevel+1, /* level */ pWriter->iIdx, /* idx */ pWriter->iStart, /* start_block */ @@ -178792,11 +179909,11 @@ static int fts3TermCmp( /* -** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is +** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is ** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before -** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. +** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. ** -** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite +** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite ** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case. ** ** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it @@ -178814,14 +179931,14 @@ static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1; rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck); } - + *pbRes = bRes; return rc; } /* ** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation. -** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level +** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level ** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the ** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it. ** @@ -178830,7 +179947,7 @@ static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){ ** * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required ** space pre-allocated), and ** -** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is +** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is ** greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential ** output segment. */ @@ -178924,7 +180041,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight]; pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight; - blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize)+FTS3_NODE_PADDING, &rc ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -178950,7 +180067,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1]; pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild; rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); - blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize)+FTS3_NODE_PADDING, &rc ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -178976,13 +180093,13 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( /* ** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute ** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus -** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all +** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all ** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero. ** ** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of ** *piIdx is undefined in this case. */ -static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( +static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS Table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute index of input segments */ int *piIdx /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */ @@ -179001,7 +180118,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1 ** with idx value iIdx. ** @@ -179015,7 +180132,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( ** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the ** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the ** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number -** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack +** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack ** variable nLeafEst. ** ** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment @@ -179024,10 +180141,10 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( ** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block ** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on. ** -** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the +** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the ** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT. */ -static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( +static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ int iIdx, /* Index of new output segment */ @@ -179065,7 +180182,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries - ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify + ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify ** appendable segments. */ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; @@ -179082,13 +180199,13 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( } /* -** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the +** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the ** following two statements: ** ** DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx ** UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx ** -** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE +** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE ** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated ** idx values. */ @@ -179213,8 +180330,8 @@ static int fts3TruncateNode( pNew->n = 0; /* Populate new node buffer */ - for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); - rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; + for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); + rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) ){ if( pNew->n==0 ){ @@ -179241,7 +180358,7 @@ static int fts3TruncateNode( } /* -** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute +** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute ** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments ** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir ** tables. @@ -179365,9 +180482,9 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeChomp( } *pnRem = 0; }else{ - /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this + /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place - ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ + ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm; int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm; rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm); @@ -179403,7 +180520,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ } /* -** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one +** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one ** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table. ** ** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat @@ -179440,7 +180557,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ /* ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry -** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments +** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments ** and the number of input segments. ** ** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs, @@ -179461,7 +180578,7 @@ static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush( /* ** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint -** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and +** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and ** *pnInput before returning. ** ** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does @@ -179491,10 +180608,10 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){ /* ** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks. ** -** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments -** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest -** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains -** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to +** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments +** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest +** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains +** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to ** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ @@ -179525,7 +180642,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any. ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and - ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, + ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, ** set nSeg to -1. */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0); @@ -179541,7 +180658,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal - ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this + ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){ @@ -179553,9 +180670,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){ /* Based on the scan in the block above, it is known that there ** are no levels with a relative level smaller than that of - ** iAbsLevel with more than nSeg segments, or if nSeg is -1, + ** iAbsLevel with more than nSeg segments, or if nSeg is -1, ** no levels with more than nMin segments. Use this to limit the - ** value of nHintSeg to avoid a large memory allocation in case the + ** value of nHintSeg to avoid a large memory allocation in case the ** merge-hint is corrupt*/ iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel; nSeg = MIN(MAX(nMin,nSeg), nHintSeg); @@ -179579,11 +180696,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ break; } - /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg - ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using + /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg + ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is - ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop + ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop ** to start work on some other level. */ memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc); pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; @@ -179671,7 +180788,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ ** the integer. ** ** This function used for parameters to merge= and incrmerge= -** commands. +** commands. */ static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){ const char *z = *pz; @@ -179866,7 +180983,7 @@ static u64 fts3ChecksumIndex( ** to true and return SQLITE_OK. Or if the contents do not match, set *pbOk ** to false before returning. ** -** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error +** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error ** code. The final value of *pbOk is undefined in this case. */ static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ @@ -179897,7 +181014,7 @@ static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; char *zSql; - + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; @@ -179956,7 +181073,7 @@ static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ ** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the ** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. ** -** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite +** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite ** error code. ** ** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token @@ -179965,7 +181082,7 @@ static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ ** ** + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix ** index etc.), -** + The token (or token prefix) text itself, +** + The token (or token prefix) text itself, ** + The language-id of the row it appears in, ** + The docid of the row it appears in, ** + The column it appears in, and @@ -179976,7 +181093,7 @@ static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ ** ** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways: ** -** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and +** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and ** 2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table. ** ** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have @@ -179997,7 +181114,7 @@ static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck( ** ** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES(<expr>)" ** -** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only +** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only ** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'. */ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ @@ -180055,7 +181172,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ } /* -** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to +** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to ** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ @@ -180083,14 +181200,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */ - + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule; - + assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); - + for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1); @@ -180131,8 +181248,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( - Fts3DeferredToken *p, - char **ppData, + Fts3DeferredToken *p, + char **ppData, int *pnData ){ char *pRet; @@ -180152,7 +181269,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy); *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip; *ppData = pRet; - + memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData); return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -180172,7 +181289,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( } memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred)); pDeferred->pToken = pToken; - pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; + pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; pDeferred->iCol = iCol; pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred; @@ -180189,8 +181306,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( ** of subsiduary data structures accordingly. */ static int fts3DeleteByRowid( - Fts3Table *p, - sqlite3_value *pRowid, + Fts3Table *p, + sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pnChng, /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */ u32 *aSzDel ){ @@ -180228,14 +181345,14 @@ static int fts3DeleteByRowid( ** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual ** tables. The schema of the virtual table being: ** -** CREATE TABLE <table name>( +** CREATE TABLE <table name>( ** <user columns>, -** <table name> HIDDEN, -** docid HIDDEN, +** <table name> HIDDEN, +** docid HIDDEN, ** <langid> HIDDEN ** ); ** -** +** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */ @@ -180255,7 +181372,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 ); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); - assert( + assert( nArg==1 /* DELETE operations */ || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3) /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */ ); @@ -180264,9 +181381,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( ** ** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command'); */ - if( nArg>1 - && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL - && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL + if( nArg>1 + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); goto update_out; @@ -180305,24 +181422,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( pNewRowid = apVal[1]; } - if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid) )){ /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be - ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and + ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any - ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. + ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. ** - ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into + ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any ** other error) while doing so, return immediately. ** ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot - ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual + ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this - ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is + ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value). */ @@ -180343,7 +181460,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ); rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel); } - + /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */ if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]); @@ -180376,10 +181493,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful, -** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if -** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. +** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if +** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ int rc; @@ -180435,7 +181552,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM 'b' /* nCol*nPhrase values */ /* -** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). +** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx" @@ -180452,7 +181569,7 @@ struct LoadDoclistCtx { }; /* -** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the +** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the ** fts3BestSnippet() routine. */ typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter; @@ -180485,7 +181602,7 @@ struct SnippetFragment { }; /* -** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while +** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while ** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function. */ typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo; @@ -180556,8 +181673,8 @@ static MatchinfoBuffer *fts3MIBufferNew(size_t nElem, const char *zMatchinfo){ static void fts3MIBufferFree(void *p){ MatchinfoBuffer *pBuf = (MatchinfoBuffer*)((u8*)p - ((u32*)p)[-1]); - assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] - || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2] + assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] + || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2] ); if( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] ){ pBuf->aRef[1] = 0; @@ -180613,7 +181730,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(MatchinfoBuffer *p){ } } -/* +/* ** End of MatchinfoBuffer code. *************************************************************************/ @@ -180674,7 +181791,7 @@ static int fts3ExprIterate2( ** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator. ** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked. ** -** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, +** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, ** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately. ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for ** all eligible phrase nodes. @@ -180709,11 +181826,11 @@ static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ /* ** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor -** pCsr. +** pCsr. ** -** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable -** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or -** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If +** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable +** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or +** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If ** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all ** matchable phrases of the expression. */ @@ -180743,7 +181860,7 @@ static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two +** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two ** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater ** than or equal to parameter iNext. */ @@ -180812,7 +181929,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetNextCandidate(SnippetIter *pIter){ } /* -** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet +** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet ** iterator pIter. */ static void fts3SnippetDetails( @@ -180892,7 +182009,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ } }else{ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || ( - pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 + pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 )); } @@ -180900,14 +182017,14 @@ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ } /* -** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens +** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens ** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet ** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated ** by adding: ** ** (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet. ** -** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in +** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in ** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set. ** ** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before @@ -180968,7 +182085,7 @@ static int fts3BestSnippet( } } - /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in + /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in ** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore. */ pFragment->iCol = iCol; @@ -181040,8 +182157,8 @@ static int fts3StringAppend( ** ** ........X.....X ** -** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the -** document so that there are approximately the same number of +** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the +** document so that there are approximately the same number of ** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there ** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this: ** @@ -181049,8 +182166,8 @@ static int fts3StringAppend( ** ** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting ** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there -** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document -** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. +** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document +** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. */ static int fts3SnippetShift( Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */ @@ -181140,7 +182257,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */ - + zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); if( zDoc==0 ){ if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ @@ -181180,7 +182297,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end - ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. + ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. ** Then break out of the loop. */ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1); } @@ -181197,7 +182314,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment, - ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. + ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( iPos>0 || iFragment>0 ){ @@ -181233,8 +182350,8 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( /* -** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a -** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single +** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a +** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single ** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the ** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that ** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data). @@ -181280,7 +182397,7 @@ static int fts3ExprLHits( iStart = pExpr->iPhrase * ((p->nCol + 31) / 32); } - while( 1 ){ + if( pIter ) while( 1 ){ int nHit = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pIter); if( (pPhrase->iColumn>=pTab->nColumn || pPhrase->iColumn==iCol) ){ if( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ){ @@ -181320,11 +182437,11 @@ static int fts3ExprLHitGather( /* ** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats -** for a single query. +** for a single query. ** ** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a -** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements -** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements +** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the ** current query. ** ** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This @@ -181340,7 +182457,7 @@ static int fts3ExprLHitGather( ** at least one instance of phrase iPhrase. ** ** If the phrase pExpr consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all X and -** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the +** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the ** file system. This is done because the full-text index doclist is required ** to calculate these values properly, and the full-text index doclist is ** not available for deferred tokens. @@ -181358,7 +182475,7 @@ static int fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb( /* ** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the -** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the ** array that are different for each row returned by the query. */ static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( @@ -181385,7 +182502,7 @@ static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( } static int fts3MatchinfoCheck( - Fts3Table *pTab, + Fts3Table *pTab, char cArg, char **pzErr ){ @@ -181410,8 +182527,8 @@ static size_t fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){ switch( cArg ){ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: nVal = 1; break; @@ -181477,7 +182594,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal( } /* -** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while +** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while ** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the ** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the ** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request. @@ -181490,7 +182607,7 @@ struct LcsIterator { int iPos; /* Current position */ }; -/* +/* ** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has ** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns. */ @@ -181527,16 +182644,16 @@ static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){ pIter->pRead = pRead; return rc; } - + /* -** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. +** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. ** ** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each -** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] +** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] ** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case. ** ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the -** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is +** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is ** undefined. */ static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ @@ -181613,7 +182730,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ /* ** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to -** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the +** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the ** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the ** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format ** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array @@ -181624,7 +182741,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ ** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS) ** have already been populated. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error ** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the ** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined. */ @@ -181649,7 +182766,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoValues( case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol; break; - + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: if( bGlobal ){ sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; @@ -181658,7 +182775,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoValues( } break; - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: if( bGlobal ){ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */ const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */ @@ -181747,7 +182864,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoValues( /* -** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The +** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The ** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32). */ static void fts3GetMatchinfo( @@ -181767,8 +182884,8 @@ static void fts3GetMatchinfo( sInfo.pCursor = pCsr; sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn; - /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the - ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard + /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the + ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard ** the cached data. */ if( pCsr->pMIBuffer && strcmp(pCsr->pMIBuffer->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){ sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer); @@ -181776,7 +182893,7 @@ static void fts3GetMatchinfo( } /* If Fts3Cursor.pMIBuffer is NULL, then this is the first time the - ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case + ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row. */ @@ -181851,7 +182968,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop - ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in + ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate @@ -181922,7 +183039,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( assert( nFToken>0 ); for(i=0; i<nSnippet && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ - rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i], + rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i], i, (i==nSnippet-1), nFToken, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, &res ); } @@ -182020,7 +183137,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; - /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to + /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to ** string-buffer res for each column. */ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){ @@ -182033,7 +183150,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( const char *zDoc; int nDoc; - /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is + /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded. */ @@ -182041,11 +183158,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( sCtx.iTerm = 0; (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void*)&sCtx); - /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored + /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop. ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite - ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM - ** to the caller. + ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM + ** to the caller. */ zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); @@ -182092,7 +183209,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char aBuffer[64]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart ); rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1); @@ -182273,7 +183390,7 @@ static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ ** ** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the ** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result. -** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the +** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the ** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization, ** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all ** codepoints in the aiException[] array. @@ -182299,8 +183416,8 @@ static int unicodeAddExceptions( while( z<zTerm ){ READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 ); - if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum - && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0 + if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum + && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0 ){ nEntry++; } @@ -182317,7 +183434,7 @@ static int unicodeAddExceptions( z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; while( z<zTerm ){ READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); - if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum + if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0 ){ int i, j; @@ -182420,7 +183537,7 @@ static int unicodeCreate( /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int unicodeOpen( @@ -182484,7 +183601,7 @@ static int unicodeNext( const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput]; /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token. - ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of + ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of ** the input. */ while( z<zTerm ){ READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); @@ -182516,7 +183633,7 @@ static int unicodeNext( /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */ if( z>=zTerm ) break; READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); - }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode) + }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode) || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode) ); @@ -182531,7 +183648,7 @@ static int unicodeNext( } /* -** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module +** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module ** structure for the unicode tokenizer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){ @@ -182586,11 +183703,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){ ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e. ** codepoints for which this function should return 0). ** - ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first + ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store - ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value - ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint - ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints + ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value + ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint + ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints ** using this format. */ static const unsigned int aEntry[] = { @@ -182715,46 +183832,46 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){ */ static int remove_diacritic(int c, int bComplex){ unsigned short aDia[] = { - 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, - 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, - 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, - 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, - 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896, - 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106, - 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, - 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198, - 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468, - 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704, - 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914, - 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218, - 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554, - 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766, - 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118, - 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390, + 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, + 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, + 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, + 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, + 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896, + 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106, + 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, + 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198, + 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468, + 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704, + 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914, + 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218, + 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554, + 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766, + 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118, + 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390, }; #define HIBIT ((unsigned char)0x80) unsigned char aChar[] = { - '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', - 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', - 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', - 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', - 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', - 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', - 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a', - 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's', - 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', - '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', - 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, - 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT, - 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's', - 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w', - 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', - 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, - 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT, - 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y', + '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', + 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', + 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', + 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', + 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', + 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', + 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a', + 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's', + 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', + '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', + 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, + 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT, + 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's', + 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w', + 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', + 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, + 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT, + 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y', }; unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007; @@ -182876,19 +183993,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int eRemoveDiacritic){ {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1}, {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1}, {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1}, - {65313, 14, 26}, + {65313, 14, 26}, }; static const unsigned short aiOff[] = { - 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, - 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, - 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, - 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, - 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, - 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, - 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, - 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, - 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, - 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, + 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, + 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, + 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, + 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, + 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, + 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, + 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, + 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, + 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, + 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, }; int ret = c; @@ -182926,7 +184043,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int eRemoveDiacritic){ ret = remove_diacritic(ret, eRemoveDiacritic==2); } } - + else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){ ret = c + 40; } @@ -183155,7 +184272,7 @@ static void jsonReset(JsonString *p){ } -/* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition +/* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition */ static void jsonOom(JsonString *p){ p->bErr = 1; @@ -183194,6 +184311,7 @@ static int jsonGrow(JsonString *p, u32 N){ /* Append N bytes from zIn onto the end of the JsonString string. */ static void jsonAppendRaw(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){ + if( N==0 ) return; if( (N+p->nUsed >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N)!=0 ) return; memcpy(p->zBuf+p->nUsed, zIn, N); p->nUsed += N; @@ -183272,7 +184390,7 @@ static void jsonAppendString(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){ } /* -** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under +** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under ** construction. */ static void jsonAppendValue( @@ -183317,7 +184435,7 @@ static void jsonAppendValue( */ static void jsonResult(JsonString *p){ if( p->bErr==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed, + sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed, p->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free, SQLITE_UTF8); jsonZero(p); @@ -183560,7 +184678,7 @@ static void jsonReturn( if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else + }else #endif assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 ); if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_ESCAPE)==0 ){ @@ -184281,7 +185399,7 @@ static void jsonWrongNumArgs( char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("json_%s() needs an odd number of arguments", zFuncName); sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1); - sqlite3_free(zMsg); + sqlite3_free(zMsg); } /* @@ -184368,7 +185486,7 @@ static void jsonTest1Func( /* ** Implementation of the json_QUOTE(VALUE) function. Return a JSON value -** corresponding to the SQL value input. Mostly this means putting +** corresponding to the SQL value input. Mostly this means putting ** double-quotes around strings and returning the unquoted string "null" ** when given a NULL input. */ @@ -184415,7 +185533,7 @@ static void jsonArrayFunc( ** json_array_length(JSON) ** json_array_length(JSON, PATH) ** -** Return the number of elements in the top-level JSON array. +** Return the number of elements in the top-level JSON array. ** Return 0 if the input is not a well-formed JSON array. */ static void jsonArrayLengthFunc( @@ -184908,7 +186026,7 @@ static void jsonGroupInverse( if( c=='}' || c==']' ) nNest--; } } - pStr->nUsed -= i; + pStr->nUsed -= i; memmove(&z[1], &z[i+1], (size_t)pStr->nUsed-1); } #else @@ -185024,7 +186142,7 @@ static int jsonEachConnect( UNUSED_PARAM(argv); UNUSED_PARAM(argc); UNUSED_PARAM(pAux); - rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, "CREATE TABLE x(key,value,type,atom,id,parent,fullkey,path," "json HIDDEN,root HIDDEN)"); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -185203,7 +186321,7 @@ static int jsonEachColumn( break; } case JEACH_ID: { - sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, (sqlite3_int64)p->i + ((pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0)); break; } @@ -185522,7 +186640,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3 *db){ { "json_tree", &jsonTreeModule }, }; #endif - static const int enc = + static const int enc = SQLITE_UTF8 | SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC | SQLITE_INNOCUOUS; @@ -185553,8 +186671,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3 *db){ __declspec(dllexport) #endif SQLITE_API int sqlite3_json_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi); @@ -185585,7 +186703,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_json_init( ** Database Format of R-Tree Tables ** -------------------------------- ** -** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three +** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three ** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character ** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree ** table. @@ -185611,7 +186729,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_json_init( ** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer. ** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused. ** -** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently +** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently ** stored in the node. ** ** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry @@ -185674,7 +186792,7 @@ typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint; #define RTREE_MAX_AUX_COLUMN 100 /* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to -** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is +** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is ** used. */ #define HASHSIZE 97 @@ -185683,13 +186801,13 @@ typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint; ** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of ** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the ** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum). -** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use +** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use ** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. */ #define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576 #define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST 100 -/* +/* ** An rtree virtual-table object. */ struct Rtree { @@ -185708,7 +186826,7 @@ struct Rtree { #endif int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */ char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */ - char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ + char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ u32 nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */ i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */ u32 nCursor; /* Number of open cursors */ @@ -185717,7 +186835,7 @@ struct Rtree { /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains - - ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree + ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0). */ RtreeNode *pDeleted; @@ -185743,7 +186861,7 @@ struct Rtree { /* Statement for writing to the "aux:" fields, if there are any */ sqlite3_stmt *pWriteAux; - RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ + RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ }; /* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */ @@ -185792,7 +186910,7 @@ struct RtreeSearchPoint { }; /* -** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the +** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the ** maximum. In Gutman's notation: ** ** m = M/3 @@ -185807,7 +186925,7 @@ struct RtreeSearchPoint { /* ** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest ** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates). -** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since +** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since ** 3^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of ** 40 or less. */ @@ -185821,7 +186939,7 @@ struct RtreeSearchPoint { */ #define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5 -/* +/* ** An rtree cursor object. */ struct RtreeCursor { @@ -185901,7 +187019,7 @@ struct RtreeConstraint { #define RTREE_TRUE 0x3f /* ? */ #define RTREE_FALSE 0x40 /* @ */ -/* +/* ** An rtree structure node. */ struct RtreeNode { @@ -185916,7 +187034,7 @@ struct RtreeNode { /* Return the number of cells in a node */ #define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2]) -/* +/* ** A single cell from a node, deserialized */ struct RtreeCell { @@ -185931,11 +187049,11 @@ struct RtreeCell { ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH ** operators in order to constrain a search. ** -** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of +** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of ** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the ** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). -** +** ** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in ** sqlite3_create_function_v2(). */ @@ -186036,9 +187154,9 @@ static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ pCoord->u = *(u32*)p; #else pCoord->u = ( - (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + - (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + - (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + + (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + + (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + + (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + (((u32)p[3]) << 0) ); #endif @@ -186058,13 +187176,13 @@ static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){ return x; #else return (i64)( - (((u64)p[0]) << 56) + - (((u64)p[1]) << 48) + - (((u64)p[2]) << 40) + - (((u64)p[3]) << 32) + - (((u64)p[4]) << 24) + - (((u64)p[5]) << 16) + - (((u64)p[6]) << 8) + + (((u64)p[0]) << 56) + + (((u64)p[1]) << 48) + + (((u64)p[2]) << 40) + + (((u64)p[3]) << 32) + + (((u64)p[4]) << 24) + + (((u64)p[5]) << 16) + + (((u64)p[6]) << 8) + (((u64)p[7]) << 0) ); #endif @@ -186318,7 +187436,7 @@ static int nodeAcquire( } /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries" - ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to + ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. */ if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -186517,7 +187635,7 @@ static int rtreeInit( sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int ); -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method. */ static int rtreeCreate( @@ -186530,7 +187648,7 @@ static int rtreeCreate( return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1); } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method. */ static int rtreeConnect( @@ -186575,7 +187693,7 @@ static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){ } } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method. */ static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ @@ -186583,7 +187701,7 @@ static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method. */ static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ @@ -186593,7 +187711,7 @@ static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';" "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';" "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';", - pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName ); @@ -186611,7 +187729,7 @@ static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method. */ static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ @@ -186660,7 +187778,7 @@ static void resetCursor(RtreeCursor *pCsr){ } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xClose method. */ static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ @@ -186678,7 +187796,7 @@ static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ /* ** Rtree virtual table module xEof method. ** -** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid +** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid ** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise. */ static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ @@ -186734,7 +187852,7 @@ static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ /* ** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH -** constraint pConstraint. +** constraint pConstraint. */ static int rtreeCallbackConstraint( RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* The constraint to test */ @@ -186807,7 +187925,7 @@ static int rtreeCallbackConstraint( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p. ** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node, ** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. @@ -186825,7 +187943,7 @@ static void rtreeNonleafConstraint( */ pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe); - assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_TRUE || p->op==RTREE_FALSE ); assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* 4-byte aligned */ @@ -186868,7 +187986,7 @@ static void rtreeLeafConstraint( ){ RtreeDValue xN; /* Coordinate value converted to a double */ - assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_TRUE || p->op==RTREE_FALSE ); pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4; @@ -186887,12 +188005,12 @@ static void rtreeLeafConstraint( } /* -** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit +** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit ** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell. */ static int nodeRowidIndex( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, i64 iRowid, int *piIndex ){ @@ -187034,7 +188152,7 @@ static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew( pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur); pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++; if( pFirst==0 - || pFirst->rScore>rScore + || pFirst->rScore>rScore || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel) ){ if( pCur->bPoint ){ @@ -187218,7 +188336,7 @@ static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xNext method. */ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ @@ -187236,7 +188354,7 @@ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method. */ static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ @@ -187250,7 +188368,7 @@ static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method. */ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ @@ -187283,7 +188401,7 @@ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ &pCsr->pReadAux, 0); if( rc ) return rc; } - sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pReadAux); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ @@ -187296,12 +188414,12 @@ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ } sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pReadAux, i - pRtree->nDim2 + 1)); - } + } return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with +/* +** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with ** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and ** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set ** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf @@ -187360,11 +188478,11 @@ static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method. */ static int rtreeFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -187409,8 +188527,8 @@ static int rtreeFilter( pCsr->atEOF = 1; } }else{ - /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array - ** with the configured constraints. + /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array + ** with the configured constraints. */ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){ @@ -187481,7 +188599,7 @@ static int rtreeFilter( /* ** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three -** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to +** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to ** least desirable): ** ** idxNum idxStr Strategy @@ -187491,8 +188609,8 @@ static int rtreeFilter( ** ------------------------------------------------ ** ** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy -** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each -** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to +** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each +** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to ** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with ** (argvIndex==1) etc. ** @@ -187538,8 +188656,8 @@ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; - if( bMatch==0 && p->usable - && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + if( bMatch==0 && p->usable + && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */ int jj; @@ -187552,11 +188670,11 @@ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1; /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures - ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be - ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which + ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be + ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return ** a single row. - */ + */ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0; pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 1; pIdxInfo->idxFlags = SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; @@ -187672,8 +188790,8 @@ static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim2; ii+=2){ RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii]; RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii]; - if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) - || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) + if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) + || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) ){ return 0; } @@ -187694,9 +188812,9 @@ static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){ } static RtreeDValue cellOverlap( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCell *p, - RtreeCell *aCell, + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeCell *p, + RtreeCell *aCell, int nCell ){ int ii; @@ -187807,7 +188925,7 @@ static int AdjustTree( cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell); } - + p = pParent; } return SQLITE_OK; @@ -187838,7 +188956,7 @@ static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int); /* ** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size -** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to +** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to ** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values ** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For ** example, assuming the inputs: @@ -187854,9 +188972,9 @@ static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int); ** sorting algorithm. */ static void SortByDistance( - int *aIdx, - int nIdx, - RtreeDValue *aDistance, + int *aIdx, + int nIdx, + RtreeDValue *aDistance, int *aSpare ){ if( nIdx>1 ){ @@ -187910,7 +189028,7 @@ static void SortByDistance( /* ** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size -** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to +** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to ** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values ** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The ** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the @@ -187921,10 +189039,10 @@ static void SortByDistance( */ static void SortByDimension( Rtree *pRtree, - int *aIdx, - int nIdx, - int iDim, - RtreeCell *aCell, + int *aIdx, + int nIdx, + int iDim, + RtreeCell *aCell, int *aSpare ){ if( nIdx>1 ){ @@ -188021,8 +189139,8 @@ static int splitNodeStartree( int nLeft; for( - nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); - nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); + nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); + nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); nLeft++ ){ RtreeCell left; @@ -188077,9 +189195,9 @@ static int splitNodeStartree( static int updateMapping( - Rtree *pRtree, - i64 iRowid, - RtreeNode *pNode, + Rtree *pRtree, + i64 iRowid, + RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight ){ int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64); @@ -188115,7 +189233,7 @@ static int SplitNode( RtreeCell leftbbox; RtreeCell rightbbox; - /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and + /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node. */ aCell = sqlite3_malloc64((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1)); @@ -188232,14 +189350,14 @@ splitnode_out: } /* -** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is +** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is ** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate ** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node. ** ** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update ** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the ** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which -** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this +** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this ** function is called to determine its ancestry. */ static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){ @@ -188313,7 +189431,7 @@ static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){ return rc; } - + /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on. */ @@ -188328,9 +189446,9 @@ static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pParent ){ - int ii; + int ii; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); RtreeCell box; /* Bounding box for pNode */ nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box); @@ -188385,9 +189503,9 @@ static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){ } static int Reinsert( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - RtreeCell *pCell, + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell, int iHeight ){ int *aOrder; @@ -188441,7 +189559,7 @@ static int Reinsert( for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ aDistance[ii] = RTREE_ZERO; for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){ - RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - + RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2])); aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]); } @@ -188486,7 +189604,7 @@ static int Reinsert( } /* -** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a +** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a ** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0). */ static int rtreeInsertCell( @@ -188576,8 +189694,8 @@ static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); - /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry - ** about to be deleted. + /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry + ** about to be deleted. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0); @@ -188608,11 +189726,11 @@ static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ } /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove - ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and + ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and ** reduce the tree height by one. ** ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into - ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform + ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform ** in this scenario). */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ @@ -188682,8 +189800,8 @@ static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){ #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) */ /* -** A constraint has failed while inserting a row into an rtree table. -** Assuming no OOM error occurs, this function sets the error message +** A constraint has failed while inserting a row into an rtree table. +** Assuming no OOM error occurs, this function sets the error message ** (at pRtree->base.zErrMsg) to an appropriate value and returns ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. ** @@ -188696,7 +189814,7 @@ static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){ */ static int rtreeConstraintError(Rtree *pRtree, int iCol){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - char *zSql; + char *zSql; int rc; assert( iCol==0 || iCol%2 ); @@ -188733,9 +189851,9 @@ static int rtreeConstraintError(Rtree *pRtree, int iCol){ ** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables. */ static int rtreeUpdate( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, - int nData, - sqlite3_value **aData, + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nData, + sqlite3_value **aData, sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; @@ -188802,7 +189920,7 @@ static int rtreeUpdate( } } - /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in + /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ if( sqlite3_value_type(aData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(aData[2]); @@ -188908,8 +190026,8 @@ static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node' RENAME TO \"%w_node\";" "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";" "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid' RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";" - , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName - , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName ); if( zSql ){ @@ -188924,8 +190042,8 @@ static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ ** The xSavepoint method. ** ** This module does not need to do anything to support savepoints. However, -** it uses this hook to close any open blob handle. This is done because a -** DROP TABLE command - which fortunately always opens a savepoint - cannot +** it uses this hook to close any open blob handle. This is done because a +** DROP TABLE command - which fortunately always opens a savepoint - cannot ** succeed if there are any open blob handles. i.e. if the blob handle were ** not closed here, the following would fail: ** @@ -189032,10 +190150,10 @@ static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = { }; static int rtreeSqlInit( - Rtree *pRtree, - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zDb, - const char *zPrefix, + Rtree *pRtree, + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zDb, + const char *zPrefix, int isCreate ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -189115,7 +190233,7 @@ static int rtreeSqlInit( } zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFormat, zDb, zPrefix); if( zSql ){ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, appStmt[i], 0); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, appStmt[i], 0); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } @@ -189145,7 +190263,7 @@ static int rtreeSqlInit( if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, &pRtree->pWriteAux, 0); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, &pRtree->pWriteAux, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } } @@ -189186,9 +190304,9 @@ static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){ ** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting ** the root node of the tree. ** -** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. -** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the -** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries +** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. +** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the +** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries ** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size. */ static int getNodeSize( @@ -189239,7 +190357,7 @@ static int rtreeTokenLength(const char *z){ return sqlite3GetToken((const unsigned char*)z,&dummy); } -/* +/* ** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate ** methods of the r-tree virtual table. ** @@ -189304,7 +190422,7 @@ static int rtreeInit( ** the r-tree table schema. */ pSql = sqlite3_str_new(db); - sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "CREATE TABLE x(%.*s INT", + sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "CREATE TABLE x(%.*s INT", rtreeTokenLength(argv[3]), argv[3]); for(ii=4; ii<argc; ii++){ const char *zArg = argv[ii]; @@ -189314,8 +190432,10 @@ static int rtreeInit( }else if( pRtree->nAux>0 ){ break; }else{ + static const char *azFormat[] = {",%.*s REAL", ",%.*s INT"}; pRtree->nDim2++; - sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ",%.*s NUM", rtreeTokenLength(zArg), zArg); + sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, azFormat[eCoordType], + rtreeTokenLength(zArg), zArg); } } sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ");"); @@ -189380,7 +190500,7 @@ rtreeInit_fail: ** ** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one ** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a -** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the +** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the ** <num-dimension>*2 coordinates. */ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ @@ -189436,10 +190556,10 @@ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ */ static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); - if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB + if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB || sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); + sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); }else{ u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]); sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob)); @@ -189522,7 +190642,7 @@ static void rtreeCheckAppendMsg(RtreeCheck *pCheck, const char *zFmt, ...){ if( z==0 ){ pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - pCheck->zReport = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%z", + pCheck->zReport = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%z", pCheck->zReport, (pCheck->zReport ? "\n" : ""), z ); if( pCheck->zReport==0 ){ @@ -189553,7 +190673,7 @@ static u8 *rtreeCheckGetNode(RtreeCheck *pCheck, i64 iNode, int *pnNode){ if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK && pCheck->pGetNode==0 ){ pCheck->pGetNode = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck, - "SELECT data FROM %Q.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno=?", + "SELECT data FROM %Q.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno=?", pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab ); } @@ -189623,7 +190743,7 @@ static void rtreeCheckMapping( }else if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ i64 ii = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); if( ii!=iVal ){ - rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Found (%lld -> %lld) in %s table, expected (%lld -> %lld)", iKey, ii, (bLeaf ? "%_rowid" : "%_parent"), iKey, iVal ); @@ -189639,13 +190759,13 @@ static void rtreeCheckMapping( ** if they are not. ** ** Additionally, if pParent is not NULL, then it is assumed to point to -** the array of coordinates on the parent page that bound the page +** the array of coordinates on the parent page that bound the page ** containing pCell. In this case it is also verified that the two ** sets of coordinates are mutually consistent and an error message added ** to the RtreeCheck object if they are not. */ static void rtreeCheckCellCoord( - RtreeCheck *pCheck, + RtreeCheck *pCheck, i64 iNode, /* Node id to use in error messages */ int iCell, /* Cell number to use in error messages */ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to cell coordinates */ @@ -189661,7 +190781,7 @@ static void rtreeCheckCellCoord( /* printf("%e, %e\n", c1.u.f, c2.u.f); */ if( pCheck->bInt ? c1.i>c2.i : c1.f>c2.f ){ - rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt", i, iCell, iNode ); } @@ -189670,10 +190790,10 @@ static void rtreeCheckCellCoord( readCoord(&pParent[4*2*i], &p1); readCoord(&pParent[4*(2*i + 1)], &p2); - if( (pCheck->bInt ? c1.i<p1.i : c1.f<p1.f) + if( (pCheck->bInt ? c1.i<p1.i : c1.f<p1.f) || (pCheck->bInt ? c2.i>p2.i : c2.f>p2.f) ){ - rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt relative to parent" , i, iCell, iNode ); @@ -189705,7 +190825,7 @@ static void rtreeCheckNode( aNode = rtreeCheckGetNode(pCheck, iNode, &nNode); if( aNode ){ if( nNode<4 ){ - rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Node %lld is too small (%d bytes)", iNode, nNode ); }else{ @@ -189721,8 +190841,8 @@ static void rtreeCheckNode( } nCell = readInt16(&aNode[2]); if( (4 + nCell*(8 + pCheck->nDim*2*4))>nNode ){ - rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, - "Node %lld is too small for cell count of %d (%d bytes)", + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + "Node %lld is too small for cell count of %d (%d bytes)", iNode, nCell, nNode ); }else{ @@ -189865,11 +190985,11 @@ static int rtreeCheckTable( ** b) unless the cell is on the root node, that the cell is bounded ** by the parent cell on the parent node. ** -** c) for leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the %_rowid -** table corresponding to the cell's rowid value that +** c) for leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the %_rowid +** table corresponding to the cell's rowid value that ** points to the correct node. ** -** d) for cells on non-leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the +** d) for cells on non-leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the ** %_parent table mapping from the cell's child node to the ** node that it resides on. ** @@ -189878,17 +190998,17 @@ static int rtreeCheckTable( ** is a leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the %_rowid table. ** ** 3. That there are the same number of entries in the %_parent table -** as there are non-leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that -** there is a non-leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the +** as there are non-leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that +** there is a non-leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the ** %_parent table. */ static void rtreecheck( - sqlite3_context *ctx, - int nArg, + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(ctx, + sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "wrong number of arguments to function rtreecheck()", -1 ); }else{ @@ -190279,7 +191399,7 @@ static void geopolyBlobFunc( ){ GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); if( p ){ - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } @@ -190387,7 +191507,7 @@ static void geopolyXformFunc( GeoX(p,ii) = x1; GeoY(p,ii) = y1; } - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } @@ -190431,7 +191551,7 @@ static void geopolyAreaFunc( if( p ){ sqlite3_result_double(context, geopolyArea(p)); sqlite3_free(p); - } + } } /* @@ -190439,7 +191559,7 @@ static void geopolyAreaFunc( ** ** If the rotation of polygon X is clockwise (incorrect) instead of ** counter-clockwise (the correct winding order according to RFC7946) -** then reverse the order of the vertexes in polygon X. +** then reverse the order of the vertexes in polygon X. ** ** In other words, this routine returns a CCW polygon regardless of the ** winding order of its input. @@ -190465,10 +191585,10 @@ static void geopolyCcwFunc( GeoY(p,jj) = t; } } - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); - } + } } #define GEOPOLY_PI 3.1415926535897932385 @@ -190615,7 +191735,7 @@ static void geopolyBBoxFunc( ){ GeoPoly *p = geopolyBBox(context, argv[0], 0, 0); if( p ){ - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } @@ -190666,7 +191786,7 @@ static void geopolyBBoxFinal( if( pBBox==0 ) return; p = geopolyBBox(context, 0, pBBox->a, 0); if( p ){ - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } @@ -190846,7 +191966,7 @@ static void geopolyAddOneSegment( pEvent->eType = 1; pEvent->pSeg = pSeg; } - + /* @@ -190886,7 +192006,7 @@ static GeoEvent *geopolyEventMerge(GeoEvent *pLeft, GeoEvent *pRight){ } } pLast->pNext = pRight ? pRight : pLeft; - return head.pNext; + return head.pNext; } /* @@ -190935,7 +192055,7 @@ static GeoSegment *geopolySegmentMerge(GeoSegment *pLeft, GeoSegment *pRight){ } } pLast->pNext = pRight ? pRight : pLeft; - return head.pNext; + return head.pNext; } /* @@ -190980,8 +192100,8 @@ static int geopolyOverlap(GeoPoly *p1, GeoPoly *p2){ GeoSegment *pSeg; unsigned char aOverlap[4]; - nByte = sizeof(GeoEvent)*nVertex*2 - + sizeof(GeoSegment)*nVertex + nByte = sizeof(GeoEvent)*nVertex*2 + + sizeof(GeoSegment)*nVertex + sizeof(GeoOverlap); p = sqlite3_malloc64( nByte ); if( p==0 ) return -1; @@ -191123,7 +192243,7 @@ static void geopolyDebugFunc( #endif } -/* +/* ** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate ** methods of the geopoly virtual table. ** @@ -191213,7 +192333,7 @@ geopolyInit_fail: } -/* +/* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xCreate method. */ static int geopolyCreate( @@ -191226,7 +192346,7 @@ static int geopolyCreate( return geopolyInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1); } -/* +/* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xConnect method. */ static int geopolyConnect( @@ -191240,7 +192360,7 @@ static int geopolyConnect( } -/* +/* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xFilter method. ** ** Query plans: @@ -191290,8 +192410,8 @@ static int geopolyFilter( pCsr->atEOF = 1; } }else{ - /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array - ** with the configured constraints. + /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array + ** with the configured constraints. */ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && idxNum<=3 ){ @@ -191372,7 +192492,7 @@ geopoly_filter_end: /* ** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three -** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to +** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to ** least desirable): ** ** idxNum idxStr Strategy @@ -191432,7 +192552,7 @@ static int geopolyBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ } -/* +/* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xColumn method. */ static int geopolyColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ @@ -191452,7 +192572,7 @@ static int geopolyColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ &pCsr->pReadAux, 0); if( rc ) return rc; } - sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pReadAux); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ @@ -191491,9 +192611,9 @@ static int geopolyColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ ** argv[3] = new value for first application-defined column.... */ static int geopolyUpdate( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, - int nData, - sqlite3_value **aData, + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nData, + sqlite3_value **aData, sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; @@ -191535,7 +192655,7 @@ static int geopolyUpdate( } coordChange = 1; - /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in + /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ if( newRowidValid && (!oldRowidValid || oldRowid!=newRowid) ){ int steprc; @@ -191715,7 +192835,7 @@ static int sqlite3_geopoly_init(sqlite3 *db){ aFunc[i].xFunc, 0, 0); } for(i=0; i<sizeof(aAgg)/sizeof(aAgg[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aAgg[i].zName, 1, + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aAgg[i].zName, 1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC|SQLITE_INNOCUOUS, 0, 0, aAgg[i].xStep, aAgg[i].xFinal); } @@ -191731,7 +192851,7 @@ static int sqlite3_geopoly_init(sqlite3 *db){ /* ** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the -** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar +** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar ** function "rtreenode". */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -191858,7 +192978,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0; pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0; pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; - return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback ); } @@ -191883,7 +193003,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc; pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor; pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; - return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback ); } @@ -191919,9 +193039,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init( ************************************************************************* ** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $ ** -** This file implements an integration between the ICU library -** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library -** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses +** This file implements an integration between the ICU library +** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library +** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses ** ICU to provide the following to SQLite: ** ** * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP @@ -191932,7 +193052,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init( ** ** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences. ** -** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to +** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to ** provide case-independent matching. */ @@ -191959,7 +193079,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init( ** This function is called when an ICU function called from within ** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error. ** -** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is +** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is ** loaded with an error message based on the following two args. */ static void icuFunctionError( @@ -192024,7 +193144,7 @@ static const unsigned char icuUtf8Trans1[] = { /* ** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is -** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and +** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and ** false (0) if they are different. */ static int icuLikeCompare( @@ -192051,12 +193171,12 @@ static int icuLikeCompare( ** 3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or ** 4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character */ - if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){ + if( uPattern==MATCH_ALL && !prevEscape && uPattern!=(uint32_t)uEsc ){ /* Case 1. */ uint8_t c; /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a - ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the + ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the ** test string. */ while( (c=*zPattern) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){ @@ -192077,12 +193197,12 @@ static int icuLikeCompare( } return 0; - }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){ + }else if( uPattern==MATCH_ONE && !prevEscape && uPattern!=(uint32_t)uEsc ){ /* Case 2. */ if( *zString==0 ) return 0; SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString); - }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==(uint32_t)uEsc){ + }else if( uPattern==(uint32_t)uEsc && !prevEscape ){ /* Case 3. */ prevEscape = 1; @@ -192109,15 +193229,15 @@ static int icuLikeCompare( ** ** A LIKE B ** -** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, +** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, ** ** A LIKE B ESCAPE E ** ** is mapped to like(B, A, E). */ static void icuLikeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); @@ -192143,7 +193263,7 @@ static void icuLikeFunc( if( zE==0 ) return; U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc); if( i!=nE){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, + sqlite3_result_error(context, "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); return; } @@ -192166,7 +193286,7 @@ static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){ /* ** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes ** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile -** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either +** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either ** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result ** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise. ** @@ -192190,8 +193310,8 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ - /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, - ** then the result is also NULL. + /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, + ** then the result is also NULL. */ if( !zString ){ return; @@ -192229,7 +193349,7 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ } /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL - ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than + ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid ** pointer after this function returns. */ @@ -192240,7 +193360,7 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ } /* -** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and +** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and ** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC). ** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc). ** @@ -192248,7 +193368,7 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ ** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences ** between the two. ** -** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar +** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar ** functions are invoked with one argument: ** ** upper('ABC') -> 'abc' @@ -192356,7 +193476,7 @@ static int icuCollationColl( /* ** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation(). ** -** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation +** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation ** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called ** as follows: ** @@ -192367,8 +193487,8 @@ static int icuCollationColl( ** collation sequence to create. */ static void icuLoadCollation( - sqlite3_context *p, - int nArg, + sqlite3_context *p, + int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p); @@ -192394,7 +193514,7 @@ static void icuLoadCollation( } assert(p); - rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, + rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -192432,11 +193552,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ }; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; - + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){ const struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i]; rc = sqlite3_create_function( - db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, + db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->iContext ? (void*)db : (void*)0, p->xFunc, 0, 0 ); @@ -192450,7 +193570,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ __declspec(dllexport) #endif SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ @@ -192553,7 +193673,7 @@ static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int icuOpen( @@ -192595,7 +193715,7 @@ static int icuOpen( pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3]; pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; - U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); + U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); while( c>0 ){ int isError = 0; c = u_foldCase(c, opt); @@ -192741,7 +193861,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ************************************************************************* ** ** -** OVERVIEW +** OVERVIEW ** ** The RBU extension requires that the RBU update be packaged as an ** SQLite database. The tables it expects to find are described in @@ -192749,34 +193869,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** that the user wishes to write to, a corresponding data_xyz table is ** created in the RBU database and populated with one row for each row to ** update, insert or delete from the target table. -** +** ** The update proceeds in three stages: -** +** ** 1) The database is updated. The modified database pages are written ** to a *-oal file. A *-oal file is just like a *-wal file, except ** that it is named "<database>-oal" instead of "<database>-wal". ** Because regular SQLite clients do not look for file named ** "<database>-oal", they go on using the original database in ** rollback mode while the *-oal file is being generated. -** +** ** During this stage RBU does not update the database by writing ** directly to the target tables. Instead it creates "imposter" ** tables using the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER interface that it uses ** to update each b-tree individually. All updates required by each ** b-tree are completed before moving on to the next, and all ** updates are done in sorted key order. -** +** ** 2) The "<database>-oal" file is moved to the equivalent "<database>-wal" ** location using a call to rename(2). Before doing this the RBU ** module takes an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file, ensuring ** that there are no other active readers. -** +** ** Once the EXCLUSIVE lock is released, any other database readers ** detect the new *-wal file and read the database in wal mode. At ** this point they see the new version of the database - including ** the updates made as part of the RBU update. -** -** 3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way +** +** 3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way ** as a regular database checkpoint, except that a single frame is ** checkpointed each time sqlite3rbu_step() is called. If the RBU ** handle is closed before the entire *-wal file is checkpointed, @@ -192785,7 +193905,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** the future. ** ** POTENTIAL PROBLEMS -** +** ** The rename() call might not be portable. And RBU is not currently ** syncing the directory after renaming the file. ** @@ -192807,7 +193927,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** fields are collected. This means we're probably writing a lot more ** data to disk when saving the state of an ongoing update to the RBU ** update database than is strictly necessary. -** +** */ /* #include <assert.h> */ @@ -192831,42 +193951,42 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** ************************************************************************* ** -** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension. +** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension. */ /* ** SUMMARY ** -** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on +** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on ** b-tree indexes that are collectively larger than the available cache -** memory can be very inefficient. +** memory can be very inefficient. ** ** The problem is that in order to update a b-tree, the leaf page (at least) ** containing the entry being inserted or deleted must be modified. If the -** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a -** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction +** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a +** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction ** may be loaded from or written to the persistent media multiple times. ** Additionally, because the index updates are likely to be applied in -** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in +** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in ** random order, which is itself quite inefficient. ** ** One way to improve the situation is to sort the operations on each index ** by index key before applying them to the b-tree. This leads to an IO ** pattern that resembles a single linear scan through the index b-tree, -** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored +** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored ** exactly once. SQLite uses this trick to improve the performance of ** CREATE INDEX commands. This extension allows it to be used to improve ** the performance of large transactions on existing databases. ** -** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the -** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed -** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot -** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply -** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a -** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process +** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the +** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed +** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot +** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply +** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a +** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process ** has committed one or more sub-transactions, other database clients continue -** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially -** applied transactions are not visible to other clients. +** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially +** applied transactions are not visible to other clients. ** ** "RBU" stands for "Resumable Bulk Update". As in a large database update ** transmitted via a wireless network to a mobile device. A transaction @@ -192882,9 +194002,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** ** * INSERT statements may not use any default values. ** -** * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by +** * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by ** non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values. Rows with NULL values stored in PRIMARY -** KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written +** KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written ** has no PRIMARY KEY, affected rows must be identified by rowid. ** ** * UPDATE statements may not modify PRIMARY KEY columns. @@ -192901,10 +194021,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** PREPARATION ** ** An "RBU update" is stored as a separate SQLite database. A database -** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the +** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the ** target database to be updated, the RBU database should contain a table ** named "data_<target name>" containing the same set of columns as the -** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should +** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should ** have no PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraints, but each column should have ** the same type as the corresponding column in the target database. ** The "rbu_control" column should have no type at all. For example, if @@ -192919,22 +194039,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** The order of the columns in the data_% table does not matter. ** ** Instead of a regular table, the RBU database may also contain virtual -** tables or view named using the data_<target> naming scheme. +** tables or view named using the data_<target> naming scheme. ** -** Instead of the plain data_<target> naming scheme, RBU database tables +** Instead of the plain data_<target> naming scheme, RBU database tables ** may also be named data<integer>_<target>, where <integer> is any sequence ** of zero or more numeric characters (0-9). This can be significant because -** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by +** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by ** name. By judicious selection of the <integer> portion of the names ** of the RBU tables the user can therefore control the order in which they ** are processed. This can be useful, for example, to ensure that "external ** content" FTS4 tables are updated before their underlying content tables. ** ** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table that has no -** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column -** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary -** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does -** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For +** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column +** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary +** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does +** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For ** example, if the target db contains either of the following: ** ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x1 USING fts3(a, b); @@ -192957,35 +194077,35 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, langid, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); ** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); ** -** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU +** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU ** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record ** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 0. The -** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record -** to insert. +** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record +** to insert. ** -** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not -** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to +** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not +** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to ** do so results in an SQLITE_MISMATCH error. ** -** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU +** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU ** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record ** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 1. The ** real primary key values of the row to delete should be stored in the ** corresponding columns of the data_% table. The values stored in the ** other columns are not used. ** -** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU +** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU ** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record ** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain a value of type text. -** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be +** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be ** stored in the corresponding columns of the data_% table row, as should -** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the +** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the ** "rbu_control" column must contain the same number of characters as ** there are columns in the target database table, and must consist entirely -** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For +** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For ** each column that is being updated, the corresponding character is set to ** 'x'. For those that remain as they are, the corresponding character of the -** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables +** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables ** above, the update statement: ** ** UPDATE t1 SET c = 'usa' WHERE a = 4; @@ -192999,30 +194119,30 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** target table with the value stored in the corresponding data_% column, the ** user-defined SQL function "rbu_delta()" is invoked and the result stored in ** the target table column. rbu_delta() is invoked with two arguments - the -** original value currently stored in the target table column and the +** original value currently stored in the target table column and the ** value specified in the data_xxx table. ** ** For example, this row: ** ** INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..d'); ** -** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as: +** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as: ** ** UPDATE t1 SET c = rbu_delta(c, 'usa') WHERE a = 4; ** -** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an +** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an ** ota_control string, the contents of the data_xxx table column is assumed ** to be a "fossil delta" - a patch to be applied to a blob value in the ** format used by the fossil source-code management system. In this case -** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB. +** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB. ** It is replaced by the result of applying the specified fossil delta to ** itself. ** ** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table with no PRIMARY -** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding +** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding ** to the rbu_rowid value. For example, this: ** -** INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control) +** INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control) ** VALUES(NULL, 'usa', 12, '.x'); ** ** causes a result similar to: @@ -193032,14 +194152,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** The data_xxx tables themselves should have no PRIMARY KEY declarations. ** However, RBU is more efficient if reading the rows in from each data_xxx ** table in "rowid" order is roughly the same as reading them sorted by -** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other -** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY +** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other +** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY ** fields before they are inserted into the data_xxx tables. ** ** USAGE ** -** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update -** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the +** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update +** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the ** application: ** ** 1) Opens an RBU handle using the sqlite3rbu_open() function. @@ -193050,24 +194170,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** ** 3) Calls the sqlite3rbu_step() function one or more times on ** the new handle. Each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs a single -** b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply +** b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply ** a complete update. ** ** 4) Calls sqlite3rbu_close() to close the RBU update handle. If ** sqlite3rbu_step() has been called enough times to completely ** apply the update to the target database, then the RBU database -** is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU -** update application is saved in the RBU database for later +** is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU +** update application is saved in the RBU database for later ** resumption. ** ** See comments below for more detail on APIs. ** ** If an update is only partially applied to the target database by the -** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved +** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved ** within the RBU database. This allows subsequent processes to automatically ** resume the RBU update from where it left off. ** -** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database +** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database ** to its original contents, it is sufficient to drop all tables that begin ** with the prefix "rbu_" ** @@ -193103,21 +194223,21 @@ typedef struct sqlite3rbu sqlite3rbu; ** the path to the RBU database. Each call to this function must be matched ** by a call to sqlite3rbu_close(). When opening the databases, RBU passes ** the SQLITE_CONFIG_URI flag to sqlite3_open_v2(). So if either zTarget -** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite +** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite ** database URI, not a regular file name. ** -** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores -** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which +** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores +** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which ** indexes are yet to be updated etc.) within the RBU database itself. This ** can be convenient, as it means that the RBU application does not need to -** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded. -** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which +** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded. +** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which ** the RBU extension can store the state of the update. ** ** When resuming an RBU update, the zState argument must be passed the same ** value as when the RBU update was started. ** -** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not +** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not ** automatically remove any zState database file, even if it created it. ** ** By default, RBU uses the default VFS to access the files on disk. To @@ -193130,7 +194250,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3rbu sqlite3rbu; ** the zipvfs_create_vfs() API below for details on using RBU with zipvfs. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( - const char *zTarget, + const char *zTarget, const char *zRbu, const char *zState ); @@ -193140,13 +194260,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( ** An RBU vacuum is similar to SQLite's built-in VACUUM command, except ** that it can be suspended and resumed like an RBU update. ** -** The second argument to this function identifies a database in which -** to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if it is suspended. The +** The second argument to this function identifies a database in which +** to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if it is suspended. The ** first time sqlite3rbu_vacuum() is called, to start an RBU vacuum ** operation, the state database should either not exist or be empty -** (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling +** (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling ** sqlite3rbu_close() on the RBU handle before sqlite3rbu_step() has -** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database. +** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database. ** The vacuum can be resumed by calling this function to open a new RBU ** handle specifying the same target and state databases. ** @@ -193154,26 +194274,26 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( ** name of the state database is "<database>-vacuum", where <database> ** is the name of the target database file. In this case, on UNIX, if the ** state database is not already present in the file-system, it is created -** with the same permissions as the target db is made. +** with the same permissions as the target db is made. ** -** With an RBU vacuum, it is an SQLITE_MISUSE error if the name of the -** state database ends with "-vactmp". This name is reserved for internal +** With an RBU vacuum, it is an SQLITE_MISUSE error if the name of the +** state database ends with "-vactmp". This name is reserved for internal ** use. ** ** This function does not delete the state database after an RBU vacuum ** is completed, even if it created it. However, if the call to ** sqlite3rbu_close() returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the contents ** of the state tables within the state database are zeroed. This way, -** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a +** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a ** new RBU vacuum operation. ** ** As with sqlite3rbu_open(), Zipvfs users should rever to the comment -** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for -** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with +** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for +** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with ** zipvfs databases. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum( - const char *zTarget, + const char *zTarget, const char *zState ); @@ -193185,7 +194305,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum( ** is removed entirely. If the second parameter is negative, the limit is ** not modified (this is useful for querying the current limit). ** -** In all cases the returned value is the current limit in bytes (zero +** In all cases the returned value is the current limit in bytes (zero ** indicates unlimited). ** ** If the temp space limit is exceeded during operation, an SQLITE_FULL @@ -193194,13 +194314,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum( SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size_limit(sqlite3rbu*, sqlite3_int64); /* -** Return the current amount of temp file space, in bytes, currently used by +** Return the current amount of temp file space, in bytes, currently used by ** the RBU handle passed as the only argument. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu*); /* -** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database +** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database ** connection to access the target and rbu update databases. This ** API allows the application direct access to these database handles. ** @@ -193211,10 +194331,10 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu*); ** following scenarios: ** ** * If any target tables are virtual tables, it may be necessary to -** call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to +** call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to ** register the required virtual table implementations. ** -** * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual +** * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual ** tables, the application may need to call sqlite3_create_module() on ** the rbu update db handle to any required virtual table ** implementations. @@ -193233,12 +194353,12 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu*); SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3rbu_db(sqlite3rbu*, int bRbu); /* -** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db. +** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db. ** -** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or +** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or ** SQLITE_OK if no error occurs but there remains work to do to apply -** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is -** returned. +** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is +** returned. ** ** Once a call to sqlite3rbu_step() has returned a value other than ** SQLITE_OK, all subsequent calls on the same RBU handle are no-ops @@ -193251,7 +194371,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); ** ** If a power failure or application crash occurs during an update, following ** system recovery RBU may resume the update from the point at which the state -** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to +** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to ** sqlite3rbu_close() or this function. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. @@ -193259,7 +194379,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); /* -** Close an RBU handle. +** Close an RBU handle. ** ** If the RBU update has been completely applied, mark the RBU database ** as fully applied. Otherwise, assuming no error has occurred, save the @@ -193273,20 +194393,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); ** eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). ** ** Otherwise, if no error occurs, this function returns SQLITE_OK if the -** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been +** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been ** completely applied. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, char **pzErrmsg); /* -** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or +** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or ** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the ** current RBU update was started. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); /* -** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100) +** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100) ** progress indications for the two stages of an RBU update. This API may ** be useful for driving GUI progress indicators and similar. ** @@ -193299,16 +194419,16 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); ** The update is visible to non-RBU clients during stage 2. During stage 1 ** non-RBU reader clients may see the original database. ** -** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable +** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable ** (*pnOne) is set to 10000 to indicate that stage 1 has finished and (*pnTwo) ** to a value between 0 and 10000 to indicate the permyriadage progress of -** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished, +** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished, ** 9000 indicates that it is 90% finished, and so on. ** -** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable +** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable ** (*pnTwo) is set to 0 to indicate that stage 2 has not yet started. The -** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU -** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it +** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU +** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it ** exists, must contain the same columns as the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE rbu_count(tbl TEXT PRIMARY KEY, cnt INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID; @@ -193367,20 +194487,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_state(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); /* ** Create an RBU VFS named zName that accesses the underlying file-system -** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL, +** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL, ** then the new RBU VFS uses the default system VFS to access the file-system. -** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before +** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before ** returning. ** ** Part of the RBU implementation uses a custom VFS object. Usually, this -** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU. +** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU. ** ** The exception is for applications that also use zipvfs. In this case, ** the custom VFS must be explicitly created by the user before the RBU ** handle is opened. The RBU VFS should be installed so that the zipvfs -** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use +** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use ** (for example multiplexor) to access the file-system. For example, -** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and +** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and ** multiplexor (error checking omitted): ** ** // Create a VFS named "multiplex" (not the default). @@ -193402,9 +194522,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_state(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); ** may be used by RBU clients. Attempting to use RBU with a zipvfs VFS stack ** that does not include the RBU layer results in an error. ** -** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for -** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the -** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality +** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for +** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the +** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality ** occasionally. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(const char *zName, const char *zParent); @@ -193457,17 +194577,17 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(const char *zName); ** RBU_STATE_STAGE: ** May be set to integer values 1, 2, 4 or 5. As follows: ** 1: the *-rbu file is currently under construction. -** 2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved +** 2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved ** to the *-wal path. ** 4: the checkpoint is underway. ** 5: the rbu update has been checkpointed. ** ** RBU_STATE_TBL: -** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table +** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table ** currently being written. ** ** RBU_STATE_IDX: -** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index +** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index ** currently being written, or NULL if the main table is currently being ** updated. ** @@ -193487,14 +194607,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(const char *zName); ** be continued if this happens). ** ** RBU_STATE_COOKIE: -** Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the +** Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the ** target db file. ** ** RBU_STATE_OALSZ: ** Valid if STAGE==1. The size in bytes of the *-oal file. ** ** RBU_STATE_DATATBL: -** Only valid if STAGE==1. The RBU database name of the table +** Only valid if STAGE==1. The RBU database name of the table ** currently being read. */ #define RBU_STATE_STAGE 1 @@ -193576,7 +194696,7 @@ struct RbuSpan { ** the target database that require updating. For each such table, the ** iterator visits, in order: ** -** * the table itself, +** * the table itself, ** * each index of the table (zero or more points to visit), and ** * a special "cleanup table" state. ** @@ -193590,7 +194710,7 @@ struct RbuSpan { ** this array set set to 1. This is because in that case, the module has ** no way to tell which fields will be required to add and remove entries ** from the partial indexes. -** +** */ struct RbuObjIter { sqlite3_stmt *pTblIter; /* Iterate through tables */ @@ -193672,7 +194792,7 @@ struct RbuFrame { ** ** nPhaseOneStep: ** If the RBU database contains an rbu_count table, this value is set to -** a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to +** a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to ** finish populating the *-oal file. This allows the sqlite3_bp_progress() ** API to calculate the permyriadage progress of populating the *-oal file ** using the formula: @@ -193692,7 +194812,7 @@ struct RbuFrame { ** ** * the RBU update contains any UPDATE operations. If the PK specified ** for an UPDATE operation does not exist in the target table, then -** no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the +** no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the ** specified PK does exist, then (nIndex*2) such operations are ** required (one delete and one insert on each index b-tree). ** @@ -194049,7 +195169,7 @@ static void rbuFossilDeltaFunc( /* ** Prepare the SQL statement in buffer zSql against database handle db. ** If successful, set *ppStmt to point to the new statement and return -** SQLITE_OK. +** SQLITE_OK. ** ** Otherwise, if an error does occur, set *ppStmt to NULL and return ** an SQLite error code. Additionally, set output variable *pzErrmsg to @@ -194057,7 +195177,7 @@ static void rbuFossilDeltaFunc( ** of the caller to (eventually) free this buffer using sqlite3_free(). */ static int prepareAndCollectError( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, char **pzErrmsg, const char *zSql @@ -194089,9 +195209,9 @@ static int resetAndCollectError(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrmsg){ /* ** Unless it is NULL, argument zSql points to a buffer allocated using ** sqlite3_malloc containing an SQL statement. This function prepares the SQL -** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement -** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement -** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned. +** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement +** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement +** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *ppStmt is set to NULL and an error code ** returned. In this case, *pzErrmsg may also be set to point to an error @@ -194102,7 +195222,7 @@ static int resetAndCollectError(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrmsg){ ** In this case SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *ppStmt set to NULL. */ static int prepareFreeAndCollectError( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, char **pzErrmsg, char *zSql @@ -194159,7 +195279,7 @@ static void rbuObjIterClearStatements(RbuObjIter *pIter){ } sqlite3_free(pIter->aIdxCol); sqlite3_free(pIter->zIdxSql); - + pIter->pSelect = 0; pIter->pInsert = 0; pIter->pDelete = 0; @@ -194186,16 +195306,16 @@ static void rbuObjIterFinalize(RbuObjIter *pIter){ /* ** Advance the iterator to the next position. ** -** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left -** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is -** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left +** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is +** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the ** error code is returned. */ static int rbuObjIterNext(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ int rc = p->rc; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */ + /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */ rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter); if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, @@ -194254,7 +195374,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterNext(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** The implementation of the rbu_target_name() SQL function. This function ** accepts one or two arguments. The first argument is the name of a table - ** the name of a table in the RBU database. The second, if it is present, is 1 -** for a view or 0 for a table. +** for a view or 0 for a table. ** ** For a non-vacuum RBU handle, if the table name matches the pattern: ** @@ -194302,16 +195422,16 @@ static void rbuTargetNameFunc( /* ** Initialize the iterator structure passed as the second argument. ** -** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left -** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is -** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left +** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is +** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the ** error code is returned. */ static int rbuObjIterFirst(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ int rc; memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter)); - rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg, + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT rbu_target_name(name, type='view') AS target, name " "FROM sqlite_master " @@ -194339,7 +195459,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterFirst(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** ** If an error has already occurred (p->rc is already set to something other ** than SQLITE_OK), then this function returns NULL without modifying the -** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any +** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any ** printf() parameters associated with %z conversions. */ static char *rbuMPrintf(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zFmt, ...){ @@ -194385,12 +195505,12 @@ static int rbuMPrintfExec(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFmt, ...){ } /* -** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte -** bytes. +** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte +** bytes. ** -** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an -** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an -** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL +** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an +** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an +** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL ** immediately without attempting the allocation or modifying the stored ** error code. */ @@ -194487,7 +195607,7 @@ static void rbuFinalize(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ ** RBU_PK_VTAB: Table is a virtual table. ** ** Argument *piPk is also of type (int*), and also points to an output -** parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index +** parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index ** (i.e. unless *peType is set to 3), then *piPk is set to zero. Or, ** if the table does have an external primary key index, then *piPk ** is set to the root page number of the primary key index before @@ -194522,7 +195642,7 @@ static void rbuTableType( /* ** 0) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q AND IsVirtual(%Q) ** 1) PRAGMA index_list = ? - ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q + ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q ** 3) PRAGMA table_info = ? */ sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0}; @@ -194531,7 +195651,7 @@ static void rbuTableType( *piPk = 0; assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT (sql LIKE 'create virtual%%'), rootpage" " FROM sqlite_master" @@ -194547,7 +195667,7 @@ static void rbuTableType( } *piTnum = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 1); - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA index_list=%Q",zTab) ); if( p->rc ) goto rbuTableType_end; @@ -194555,7 +195675,7 @@ static void rbuTableType( const u8 *zOrig = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 3); const u8 *zIdx = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 1); if( zOrig && zIdx && zOrig[0]=='p' ){ - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT rootpage FROM sqlite_master WHERE name = %Q", zIdx )); @@ -194571,7 +195691,7 @@ static void rbuTableType( } } - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info=%Q",zTab) ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -194647,7 +195767,7 @@ static void rbuObjIterCacheIndexedCols(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** the table (not index) that the iterator currently points to. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. If -** an error does occur, an error code and error message are also left in +** an error does occur, an error code and error message are also left in ** the RBU handle. */ static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ @@ -194669,7 +195789,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ if( p->rc ) return p->rc; if( pIter->zIdx==0 ) pIter->iTnum = iTnum; - assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK + assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB ); @@ -194677,7 +195797,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ /* Populate the azTblCol[] and nTblCol variables based on the columns ** of the input table. Ignore any input table columns that begin with ** "rbu_". */ - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", pIter->zDataTbl) ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -194713,7 +195833,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** present in the input table. Populate the abTblPk[], azTblType[] and ** aiTblOrder[] arrays at the same time. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info(%Q)", pIter->zTbl) ); } @@ -194756,8 +195876,8 @@ static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ } /* -** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated -** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the +** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated +** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the ** column names currently stored in the pIter->azTblCol[] array. */ static char *rbuObjIterGetCollist( @@ -194808,10 +195928,10 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetPkList( } /* -** This function is called as part of restarting an RBU vacuum within +** This function is called as part of restarting an RBU vacuum within ** stage 1 of the process (while the *-oal file is being built) while ** updating a table (not an index). The table may be a rowid table or -** a WITHOUT ROWID table. It queries the target database to find the +** a WITHOUT ROWID table. It queries the target database to find the ** largest key that has already been written to the target table and ** constructs a WHERE clause that can be used to extract the remaining ** rows from the source table. For a rowid table, the WHERE clause @@ -194835,7 +195955,7 @@ static char *rbuVacuumTableStart( sqlite3_stmt *pMax = 0; char *zRet = 0; if( bRowid ){ - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT max(_rowid_) FROM \"%s%w\"", zWrite, pIter->zTbl ) @@ -194851,9 +195971,9 @@ static char *rbuVacuumTableStart( char *zList = rbuObjIterGetPkList(p, pIter, "", ", ", ""); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( - "SELECT %s FROM \"%s%w\" ORDER BY %s LIMIT 1", + "SELECT %s FROM \"%s%w\" ORDER BY %s LIMIT 1", zSelect, zWrite, pIter->zTbl, zOrder ) ); @@ -194875,12 +195995,12 @@ static char *rbuVacuumTableStart( ** This function is called as part of restating an RBU vacuum when the ** current operation is writing content to an index. If possible, it ** queries the target index b-tree for the largest key already written to -** it, then composes and returns an expression that can be used in a WHERE -** clause to select the remaining required rows from the source table. +** it, then composes and returns an expression that can be used in a WHERE +** clause to select the remaining required rows from the source table. ** It is only possible to return such an expression if: ** ** * The index contains no DESC columns, and -** * The last key written to the index before the operation was +** * The last key written to the index before the operation was ** suspended does not contain any NULL values. ** ** The expression is of the form: @@ -194890,7 +196010,7 @@ static char *rbuVacuumTableStart( ** except that the "?" placeholders are replaced with literal values. ** ** If the expression cannot be created, NULL is returned. In this case, -** the caller has to use an OFFSET clause to extract only the required +** the caller has to use an OFFSET clause to extract only the required ** rows from the sourct table, just as it does for an RBU update operation. */ char *rbuVacuumIndexStart( @@ -194983,23 +196103,23 @@ char *rbuVacuumIndexStart( } /* -** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL -** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement -** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the -** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the -** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = <idxname>" statement is used +** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL +** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement +** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the +** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the +** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = <idxname>" statement is used ** to obtain the required information. ** ** If the index is of the following form: ** ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(c, b COLLATE nocase); ** -** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column +** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column ** "ipk", the returned string is: ** ** "`c` COLLATE 'BINARY', `b` COLLATE 'NOCASE', `ipk` COLLATE 'BINARY'" ** -** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are +** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are ** returned via output parameters. As follows: ** ** pzImposterCols: ... @@ -195069,11 +196189,11 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexCols( if( pIter->bUnique==0 || sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){ const char *zOrder = (bDesc ? " DESC" : ""); - zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s", + zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s", zImpPK, zCom, nBind, zCol, zOrder ); } - zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q", + zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q", zImpCols, zCom, nBind, zCol, zType, zCollate ); zWhere = sqlite3_mprintf( @@ -195119,7 +196239,7 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexCols( ** the text ", old._rowid_" to the returned value. */ static char *rbuObjIterGetOldlist( - sqlite3rbu *p, + sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, const char *zObj ){ @@ -195160,7 +196280,7 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetOldlist( ** "b = ?1 AND c = ?2" */ static char *rbuObjIterGetWhere( - sqlite3rbu *p, + sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter ){ char *zList = 0; @@ -195175,7 +196295,7 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetWhere( zSep = " AND "; } } - zList = rbuMPrintf(p, + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "_rowid_ = (SELECT id FROM rbu_imposter2 WHERE %z)", zList ); @@ -195215,7 +196335,7 @@ static void rbuBadControlError(sqlite3rbu *p){ ** ** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using -** sqlite3_free(). +** sqlite3_free(). ** ** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new ** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first @@ -195239,19 +196359,19 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetSetlist( for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){ char c = zMask[pIter->aiSrcOrder[i]]; if( c=='x' ){ - zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 ); zSep = ", "; } else if( c=='d' ){ - zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 ); zSep = ", "; } else if( c=='f' ){ - zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 ); zSep = ", "; @@ -195269,7 +196389,7 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetSetlist( ** ** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using -** sqlite3_free(). +** sqlite3_free(). ** ** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new ** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first @@ -195293,8 +196413,8 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetBindlist(sqlite3rbu *p, int nBind){ } /* -** The iterator currently points to a table (not index) of type -** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID. This function creates the PRIMARY KEY +** The iterator currently points to a table (not index) of type +** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID. This function creates the PRIMARY KEY ** declaration for the corresponding imposter table. For example, ** if the iterator points to a table created as: ** @@ -195311,7 +196431,7 @@ static char *rbuWithoutRowidPK(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ const char *zSep = "PRIMARY KEY("; sqlite3_stmt *pXList = 0; /* PRAGMA index_list = (pIter->zTbl) */ sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = <pk-index> */ - + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXList, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl) ); @@ -195349,7 +196469,7 @@ static char *rbuWithoutRowidPK(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** a table b-tree where the table has an external primary key. If the ** iterator passed as the second argument does not currently point to ** a table (not index) with an external primary key, this function is a -** no-op. +** no-op. ** ** Assuming the iterator does point to a table with an external PK, this ** function creates a WITHOUT ROWID imposter table named "rbu_imposter2" @@ -195376,7 +196496,7 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ /* Figure out the name of the primary key index for the current table. ** This is needed for the argument to "PRAGMA index_xinfo". Set ** zIdx to point to a nul-terminated string containing this name. */ - p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg, "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage = ?" ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -195398,7 +196518,7 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3); const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4); - zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %Q", zCols, zComma, + zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %Q", zCols, zComma, iCid, pIter->azTblType[iCid], zCollate ); zPk = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d%s", zPk, zComma, iCid, bDesc?" DESC":""); @@ -195410,7 +196530,7 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum); rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, - "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID", + "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID", zCols, zPk ); sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); @@ -195418,7 +196538,7 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ } /* -** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it +** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it ** immediately returns zero (without doing any work). Or, if an error ** occurs during the execution of this function, it sets the error code ** in the sqlite3rbu object indicated by the first argument and returns @@ -195431,9 +196551,9 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** an imposter table are created, or zero otherwise. ** ** An imposter table is required in all cases except RBU_PK_VTAB. Only -** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the -** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints). -** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types, +** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the +** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints). +** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types, ** collation sequences. For tables that do not have an external PRIMARY ** KEY, it also means the same PRIMARY KEY declaration. */ @@ -195459,7 +196579,7 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** "PRIMARY KEY" to the imposter table column declaration. */ zPk = "PRIMARY KEY "; } - zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %Q%s", + zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %Q%s", zSql, zComma, zCol, pIter->azTblType[iCol], zPk, zColl, (pIter->abNotNull[iCol] ? " NOT NULL" : "") ); @@ -195474,8 +196594,8 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ } sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum); - rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s", - pIter->zTbl, zSql, + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s", + pIter->zTbl, zSql, (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ? " WITHOUT ROWID" : "") ); sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); @@ -195489,12 +196609,12 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** INSERT INTO rbu_tmp_xxx VALUES(?, ?, ? ...); ** ** The number of bound variables is equal to the number of columns in -** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more -** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or +** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more +** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or ** virtual table. */ static void rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert( - sqlite3rbu *p, + sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, const char *zCollist, const char *zRbuRowid @@ -195505,14 +196625,14 @@ static void rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert( assert( pIter->pTmpInsert==0 ); p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTmpInsert, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( - "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)", + "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)", p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, zRbuRowid, zBind )); } } static void rbuTmpInsertFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nVal, sqlite3_value **apVal ){ @@ -195521,8 +196641,8 @@ static void rbuTmpInsertFunc( int i; assert( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 - || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL - || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE + || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL + || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE ); if( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 ){ p->nPhaseOneStep += p->objiter.nIndex; @@ -195637,12 +196757,12 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexWhere(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ } /* -** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the -** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed +** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the +** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed ** as the second argument are available. */ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( - sqlite3rbu *p, + sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, int nOffset /* Add "LIMIT -1 OFFSET $nOffset" to SELECT */ ){ @@ -195716,9 +196836,9 @@ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT %s, 0 AS rbu_control FROM '%q' %s %s %s ORDER BY %s%s", - zCollist, + zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl, - zPart, + zPart, (zStart ? (zPart ? "AND" : "WHERE") : ""), zStart, zCollist, zLimit ); @@ -195739,7 +196859,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( "%s %s typeof(rbu_control)='integer' AND rbu_control!=1 " "ORDER BY %s%s", zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zPart, - zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl, + zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl, zPart, (zPart ? "AND" : "WHERE"), zCollist, zLimit @@ -195781,7 +196901,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, pz, sqlite3_mprintf( - "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)", + "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)", zWrite, zTbl, zCollist, (bRbuRowid ? ", _rowid_" : ""), zBindings ) ); @@ -195874,10 +196994,10 @@ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pSelect, pz, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT %s,%s rbu_control%s FROM '%q'%s %s %s %s", - zCollist, + zCollist, (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "0 AS " : ""), zRbuRowid, - pIter->zDataTbl, (zStart ? zStart : ""), + pIter->zDataTbl, (zStart ? zStart : ""), (zOrder ? "ORDER BY" : ""), zOrder, zLimit ) @@ -195895,16 +197015,16 @@ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( sqlite3_free(zCollist); sqlite3_free(zLimit); } - + return p->rc; } /* ** Set output variable *ppStmt to point to an UPDATE statement that may ** be used to update the imposter table for the main table b-tree of the -** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the +** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the ** rbu_control column of the data_xyz table contains zMask. -** +** ** If the zMask string does not specify any columns to update, then this ** is not an error. Output variable *ppStmt is set to NULL in this case. */ @@ -195931,7 +197051,7 @@ static int rbuGetUpdateStmt( *pp = pUp->pNext; pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate; pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp; - *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate; + *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate; return SQLITE_OK; } nUp++; @@ -195961,7 +197081,7 @@ static int rbuGetUpdateStmt( const char *zPrefix = ""; if( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ) zPrefix = "rbu_imp_"; - zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s", + zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s", zPrefix, pIter->zTbl, zSet, zWhere ); p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( @@ -195977,8 +197097,8 @@ static int rbuGetUpdateStmt( } static sqlite3 *rbuOpenDbhandle( - sqlite3rbu *p, - const char *zName, + sqlite3rbu *p, + const char *zName, int bUseVfs ){ sqlite3 *db = 0; @@ -196007,8 +197127,8 @@ static void rbuFreeState(RbuState *p){ } /* -** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state -** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the +** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state +** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the object using ** sqlite3_free(). ** @@ -196024,7 +197144,7 @@ static RbuState *rbuLoadState(sqlite3rbu *p){ pRet = (RbuState*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuState)); if( pRet==0 ) return 0; - rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT k, v FROM %s.rbu_state", p->zStateDb) ); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ @@ -196134,7 +197254,7 @@ static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pCnt, &p->zErrmsg, "SELECT count(*) FROM stat.sqlite_master" ); - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pCnt)==SQLITE_ROW && 1==sqlite3_column_int(pCnt, 0) ){ @@ -196147,7 +197267,7 @@ static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid state database"); } - + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0); } @@ -196201,7 +197321,7 @@ static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ if( *zExtra=='\0' ) zExtra = 0; } - zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vactmp?rbu_memory=1%s%s", + zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vactmp?rbu_memory=1%s%s", sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main"), (zExtra==0 ? "" : "&"), (zExtra==0 ? "" : zExtra) ); @@ -196216,19 +197336,19 @@ static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, "rbu_tmp_insert", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTmpInsertFunc, 0, 0 ); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, "rbu_fossil_delta", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, rbuFossilDeltaFunc, 0, 0 ); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, "rbu_target_name", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTargetNameFunc, 0, 0 ); } @@ -196238,7 +197358,7 @@ static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ } rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master"); - /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If + /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If ** this call returns SQLITE_NOTFOUND, then the RBU vfs is not in use. ** This is an error. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -196286,10 +197406,10 @@ static void rbuFileSuffix3(const char *zBase, char *z){ } /* -** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database +** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database ** as a 64-bit integer. ** -** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte +** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte ** blob starting at byte offset 40. */ static i64 rbuShmChecksum(sqlite3rbu *p){ @@ -196307,11 +197427,11 @@ static i64 rbuShmChecksum(sqlite3rbu *p){ /* ** This function is called as part of initializing or reinitializing an -** incremental checkpoint. +** incremental checkpoint. ** -** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of -** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the -** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely +** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of +** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the +** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely ** perform the copy operations directly on the file-system. ** ** If argument pState is not NULL, then the incremental checkpoint is @@ -196346,19 +197466,19 @@ static void rbuSetupCheckpoint(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){ ** would be read/written are recorded in the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] ** array. ** - ** * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER, + ** * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER, ** READ0 and CHECKPOINT locks taken as part of the checkpoint are ** no-ops. These locks will not be released until the connection ** is closed. ** - ** * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL + ** * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL ** error. ** ** As a result, unless an error (i.e. OOM or SQLITE_BUSY) occurs, the ** checkpoint below fails with SQLITE_INTERNAL, and leaves the aFrame[] - ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the - ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy - ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the + ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the + ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy + ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the ** contents of aFrame[]. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -196391,9 +197511,9 @@ static void rbuSetupCheckpoint(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){ p->nPagePerSector = 1; } - /* Call xSync() on the wal file. This causes SQLite to sync the - ** directory in which the target database and the wal file reside, in - ** case it has not been synced since the rename() call in + /* Call xSync() on the wal file. This causes SQLite to sync the + ** directory in which the target database and the wal file reside, in + ** case it has not been synced since the rename() call in ** rbuMoveOalFile(). */ p->rc = pWal->pMethods->xSync(pWal, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); } @@ -196434,7 +197554,7 @@ static int rbuCaptureWalRead(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff, int iAmt){ /* ** Called when a page of data is written to offset iOff of the database -** file while the rbu handle is in capture mode. Record the page number +** file while the rbu handle is in capture mode. Record the page number ** of the page being written in the aFrame[] array. */ static int rbuCaptureDbWrite(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff){ @@ -196502,7 +197622,7 @@ static LPWSTR rbuWinUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ ** The RBU handle is currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL state, with a SHARED lock ** on the database file. This proc moves the *-oal file to the *-wal path, ** then reopens the database file (this time in vanilla, non-oal, WAL mode). -** If an error occurs, leave an error code and error message in the rbu +** If an error occurs, leave an error code and error message in the rbu ** handle. */ static void rbuMoveOalFile(sqlite3rbu *p){ @@ -196524,7 +197644,7 @@ static void rbuMoveOalFile(sqlite3rbu *p){ }else{ /* Move the *-oal file to *-wal. At this point connection p->db is ** holding a SHARED lock on the target database file (because it is - ** in WAL mode). So no other connection may be writing the db. + ** in WAL mode). So no other connection may be writing the db. ** ** In order to ensure that there are no database readers, an EXCLUSIVE ** lock is obtained here before the *-oal is moved to *-wal. @@ -196682,8 +197802,8 @@ static void rbuStepOneOp(sqlite3rbu *p, int eType){ /* If this is an INSERT into a table b-tree and the table has an ** explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, check that this is not an attempt ** to write a NULL into the IPK column. That is not permitted. */ - if( eType==RBU_INSERT - && pIter->zIdx==0 && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[i] + if( eType==RBU_INSERT + && pIter->zIdx==0 && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pIter->pSelect, i)==SQLITE_NULL ){ p->rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; @@ -196700,18 +197820,18 @@ static void rbuStepOneOp(sqlite3rbu *p, int eType){ if( p->rc ) return; } if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ - if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB - || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE - || (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p)) + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB + || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE + || (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p)) ){ - /* For a virtual table, or a table with no primary key, the + /* For a virtual table, or a table with no primary key, the ** SELECT statement is: ** ** SELECT <cols>, rbu_control, rbu_rowid FROM .... ** ** Hence column_value(pIter->nCol+1). */ - assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, + assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "rowid" : "rbu_rowid" ); pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1); @@ -196775,8 +197895,8 @@ static int rbuStep(sqlite3rbu *p){ p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pUpdate, i+1, pVal); } } - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK - && (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) ){ /* Bind the rbu_rowid value to column _rowid_ */ assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, "rbu_rowid"); @@ -196806,7 +197926,7 @@ static void rbuIncrSchemaCookie(sqlite3rbu *p){ int iCookie = 1000000; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(dbread, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(dbread, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, "PRAGMA schema_version" ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -196838,7 +197958,7 @@ static void rbuSaveState(sqlite3rbu *p, int eStage){ int rc; assert( p->zErrmsg==0 ); - rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO %s.rbu_state(k, v) VALUES " "(%d, %d), " @@ -196853,9 +197973,9 @@ static void rbuSaveState(sqlite3rbu *p, int eStage){ "(%d, %Q) ", p->zStateDb, RBU_STATE_STAGE, eStage, - RBU_STATE_TBL, p->objiter.zTbl, - RBU_STATE_IDX, p->objiter.zIdx, - RBU_STATE_ROW, p->nStep, + RBU_STATE_TBL, p->objiter.zTbl, + RBU_STATE_IDX, p->objiter.zIdx, + RBU_STATE_ROW, p->nStep, RBU_STATE_PROGRESS, p->nProgress, RBU_STATE_CKPT, p->iWalCksum, RBU_STATE_COOKIE, (i64)pFd->iCookie, @@ -196876,7 +197996,7 @@ static void rbuSaveState(sqlite3rbu *p, int eStage){ /* -** The second argument passed to this function is the name of a PRAGMA +** The second argument passed to this function is the name of a PRAGMA ** setting - "page_size", "auto_vacuum", "user_version" or "application_id". ** This function executes the following on sqlite3rbu.dbRbu: ** @@ -196895,7 +198015,7 @@ static void rbuSaveState(sqlite3rbu *p, int eStage){ static void rbuCopyPragma(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zPragma){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_stmt *pPragma = 0; - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pPragma, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pPragma, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.%s", zPragma) ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pPragma) ){ @@ -196908,7 +198028,7 @@ static void rbuCopyPragma(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zPragma){ } /* -** The RBU handle passed as the only argument has just been opened and +** The RBU handle passed as the only argument has just been opened and ** the state database is empty. If this RBU handle was opened for an ** RBU vacuum operation, create the schema in the target db. */ @@ -196919,7 +198039,7 @@ static void rbuCreateTargetSchema(sqlite3rbu *p){ assert( rbuIsVacuum(p) ); p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA writable_schema=1", 0,0, &p->zErrmsg); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql!='' AND rootpage!=0" " AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " " ORDER BY type DESC" @@ -196934,13 +198054,13 @@ static void rbuCreateTargetSchema(sqlite3rbu *p){ if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, - "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage=0 OR rootpage IS NULL" + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage=0 OR rootpage IS NULL" ); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, "INSERT INTO sqlite_master VALUES(?,?,?,?,?)" ); } @@ -196981,11 +198101,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){ while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl ){ if( pIter->bCleanup ){ - /* Clean up the rbu_tmp_xxx table for the previous table. It + /* Clean up the rbu_tmp_xxx table for the previous table. It ** cannot be dropped as there are currently active SQL statements. ** But the contents can be deleted. */ if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && pIter->abIndexed ){ - rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, "DELETE FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'", p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl ); } @@ -197035,10 +198155,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p->nStep>=p->nFrame ){ sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal; - + /* Sync the db file */ p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xSync(pDb, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); - + /* Update nBackfill */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ void volatile *ptr; @@ -197047,7 +198167,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){ ((u32 volatile*)ptr)[24] = p->iMaxFrame; } } - + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE; p->rc = SQLITE_DONE; @@ -197055,7 +198175,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){ }else{ /* At one point the following block copied a single frame from the ** wal file to the database file. So that one call to sqlite3rbu_step() - ** checkpointed a single frame. + ** checkpointed a single frame. ** ** However, if the sector-size is larger than the page-size, and the ** application calls sqlite3rbu_savestate() or close() immediately @@ -197069,7 +198189,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){ iSector = (pFrame->iDbPage-1) / p->nPagePerSector; rbuCheckpointFrame(p, pFrame); p->nStep++; - }while( p->nStep<p->nFrame + }while( p->nStep<p->nFrame && iSector==((p->aFrame[p->nStep].iDbPage-1) / p->nPagePerSector) && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); @@ -197115,7 +198235,7 @@ static void rbuSetupOal(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){ RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl && (pIter->bCleanup + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl && (pIter->bCleanup || rbuStrCompare(pIter->zIdx, pState->zIdx) || (pState->zDataTbl==0 && rbuStrCompare(pIter->zTbl, pState->zTbl)) || (pState->zDataTbl && rbuStrCompare(pIter->zDataTbl, pState->zDataTbl)) @@ -197191,7 +198311,7 @@ static void rbuDeleteVfs(sqlite3rbu *p){ ** the number of auxilliary indexes on the table. */ static void rbuIndexCntFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nVal, sqlite3_value **apVal ){ @@ -197202,8 +198322,8 @@ static void rbuIndexCntFunc( sqlite3 *db = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->dbRbu : p->dbMain); assert( nVal==1 ); - - rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(db, &pStmt, &zErrmsg, + + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(db, &pStmt, &zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = %Q", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0])) ); @@ -197237,7 +198357,7 @@ static void rbuIndexCntFunc( ** and the cnt column the number of rows it contains. ** ** sqlite3rbu.nPhaseOneStep is initialized to the sum of (1 + nIndex) * cnt -** for all rows in the rbu_count table, where nIndex is the number of +** for all rows in the rbu_count table, where nIndex is the number of ** indexes on the corresponding target database table. */ static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){ @@ -197247,10 +198367,10 @@ static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){ p->nPhaseOneStep = -1; - p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, "rbu_index_cnt", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuIndexCntFunc, 0, 0 ); - + /* Check for the rbu_count table. If it does not exist, or if an error ** occurs, nPhaseOneStep will be left set to -1. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -197264,7 +198384,7 @@ static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){ } p->rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } - + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, "SELECT sum(cnt * (1 + rbu_index_cnt(rbu_target_name(tbl))))" @@ -197282,7 +198402,7 @@ static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){ static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle( - const char *zTarget, + const char *zTarget, const char *zRbu, const char *zState ){ @@ -197320,7 +198440,7 @@ static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle( ** to be a wal-mode db. But, this may have happened due to an earlier ** RBU vacuum operation leaving an old wal file in the directory. ** If this is the case, it will have been checkpointed and deleted - ** when the handle was closed and a second attempt to open the + ** when the handle was closed and a second attempt to open the ** database may succeed. */ rbuOpenDatabase(p, &bRetry); if( bRetry ){ @@ -197333,7 +198453,7 @@ static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle( assert( pState || p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pState->eStage==0 ){ + if( pState->eStage==0 ){ rbuDeleteOalFile(p); rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(p); p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_OAL; @@ -197357,15 +198477,15 @@ static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle( } } - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && (p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE) && pState->eStage!=0 ){ rbu_file *pFd = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->pRbuFd : p->pTargetFd); - if( pFd->iCookie!=pState->iCookie ){ + if( pFd->iCookie!=pState->iCookie ){ /* At this point (pTargetFd->iCookie) contains the value of the - ** change-counter cookie (the thing that gets incremented when a - ** transaction is committed in rollback mode) currently stored on + ** change-counter cookie (the thing that gets incremented when a + ** transaction is committed in rollback mode) currently stored on ** page 1 of the database file. */ p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("database modified during rbu %s", @@ -197402,7 +198522,7 @@ static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle( } /* Check if the main database is a zipvfs db. If it is, set the upper - ** level pager to use "journal_mode=off". This prevents it from + ** level pager to use "journal_mode=off". This prevents it from ** generating a large journal using a temp file. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int frc = sqlite3_file_control(db, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS, 0); @@ -197448,10 +198568,10 @@ static sqlite3rbu *rbuMisuseError(void){ } /* -** Open and return a new RBU handle. +** Open and return a new RBU handle. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( - const char *zTarget, + const char *zTarget, const char *zRbu, const char *zState ){ @@ -197464,7 +198584,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( ** Open a handle to begin or resume an RBU VACUUM operation. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum( - const char *zTarget, + const char *zTarget, const char *zState ){ if( zTarget==0 ){ return rbuMisuseError(); } @@ -197538,8 +198658,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *p, char **pzErrmsg){ rbuObjIterFinalize(&p->objiter); /* If this is an RBU vacuum handle and the vacuum has either finished - ** successfully or encountered an error, delete the contents of the - ** state table. This causes the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() + ** successfully or encountered an error, delete the contents of the + ** state table. This causes the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() ** specifying the current target and state databases to start a new ** vacuum from scratch. */ if( rbuIsVacuum(p) && p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && p->dbRbu ){ @@ -197572,7 +198692,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *p, char **pzErrmsg){ } /* -** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or +** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or ** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the ** current RBU update was started. */ @@ -197670,7 +198790,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *p){ if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const char *zBegin = rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "BEGIN" : "BEGIN IMMEDIATE"; rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, zBegin, 0, 0, 0); } @@ -197685,7 +198805,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *p){ ** Beginning of RBU VFS shim methods. The VFS shim modifies the behaviour ** of a standard VFS in the following ways: ** -** 1. Whenever the first page of a main database file is read or +** 1. Whenever the first page of a main database file is read or ** written, the value of the change-counter cookie is stored in ** rbu_file.iCookie. Similarly, the value of the "write-version" ** database header field is stored in rbu_file.iWriteVer. This ensures @@ -197693,15 +198813,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *p){ ** ** 2. Whenever an SQLITE_OPEN_WAL file is opened, the (rbu_file.pWalFd) ** member variable of the associated database file descriptor is set -** to point to the new file. A mutex protected linked list of all main -** db fds opened using a particular RBU VFS is maintained at +** to point to the new file. A mutex protected linked list of all main +** db fds opened using a particular RBU VFS is maintained at ** rbu_vfs.pMain to facilitate this. ** -** 3. Using a new file-control "SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU", a main db rbu_file +** 3. Using a new file-control "SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU", a main db rbu_file ** object can be marked as the target database of an RBU update. This ** turns on the following extra special behaviour: ** -** 3a. If xAccess() is called to check if there exists a *-wal file +** 3a. If xAccess() is called to check if there exists a *-wal file ** associated with an RBU target database currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL ** stage (preparing the *-oal file), the following special handling ** applies: @@ -197714,26 +198834,26 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *p){ ** ** Then, when xOpen() is called to open the *-wal file associated with ** the RBU target in RBU_STAGE_OAL stage, instead of opening the *-wal -** file, the rbu vfs opens the corresponding *-oal file instead. +** file, the rbu vfs opens the corresponding *-oal file instead. ** ** 3b. The *-shm pages returned by xShmMap() for a target db file in ** RBU_STAGE_OAL mode are actually stored in heap memory. This is to ** avoid creating a *-shm file on disk. Additionally, xShmLock() calls ** are no-ops on target database files in RBU_STAGE_OAL mode. This is -** because assert() statements in some VFS implementations fail if +** because assert() statements in some VFS implementations fail if ** xShmLock() is called before xShmMap(). ** ** 3c. If an EXCLUSIVE lock is attempted on a target database file in any -** mode except RBU_STAGE_DONE (all work completed and checkpointed), it +** mode except RBU_STAGE_DONE (all work completed and checkpointed), it ** fails with an SQLITE_BUSY error. This is to stop RBU connections ** from automatically checkpointing a *-wal (or *-oal) file from within ** sqlite3_close(). ** ** 3d. In RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE mode, all xRead() calls on the wal file, and -** all xWrite() calls on the target database file perform no IO. +** all xWrite() calls on the target database file perform no IO. ** Instead the frame and page numbers that would be read and written ** are recorded. Additionally, successful attempts to obtain exclusive -** xShmLock() WRITER, CHECKPOINTER and READ0 locks on the target +** xShmLock() WRITER, CHECKPOINTER and READ0 locks on the target ** database file are recorded. xShmLock() calls to unlock the same ** locks are no-ops (so that once obtained, these locks are never ** relinquished). Finally, calls to xSync() on the target database @@ -197809,7 +198929,7 @@ static void rbuMainlistRemove(rbu_file *p){ } /* -** Given that zWal points to a buffer containing a wal file name passed to +** Given that zWal points to a buffer containing a wal file name passed to ** either the xOpen() or xAccess() VFS method, search the main-db list for ** a file-handle opened by the same database connection on the corresponding ** database file. @@ -197862,7 +198982,7 @@ static int rbuVfsClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){ /* -** Read and return an unsigned 32-bit big-endian integer from the buffer +** Read and return an unsigned 32-bit big-endian integer from the buffer ** passed as the only argument. */ static u32 rbuGetU32(u8 *aBuf){ @@ -197892,9 +199012,9 @@ static void rbuPutU16(u8 *aBuf, u16 iVal){ ** Read data from an rbuVfs-file. */ static int rbuVfsRead( - sqlite3_file *pFile, - void *zBuf, - int iAmt, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + void *zBuf, + int iAmt, sqlite_int64 iOfst ){ rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; @@ -197905,20 +199025,20 @@ static int rbuVfsRead( assert( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); rc = rbuCaptureWalRead(p->pRbu, iOfst, iAmt); }else{ - if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL - && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) - && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz + if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL + && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) + && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; memset(zBuf, 0, iAmt); }else{ rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); #if 1 - /* If this is being called to read the first page of the target - ** database as part of an rbu vacuum operation, synthesize the + /* If this is being called to read the first page of the target + ** database as part of an rbu vacuum operation, synthesize the ** contents of the first page if it does not yet exist. Otherwise, ** SQLite will not check for a *-wal file. */ - if( pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(pRbu) + if( pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(pRbu) && rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ && iOfst==0 && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) && pRbu->rc==SQLITE_OK @@ -197958,9 +199078,9 @@ static int rbuVfsRead( ** Write data to an rbuVfs-file. */ static int rbuVfsWrite( - sqlite3_file *pFile, - const void *zBuf, - int iAmt, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + const void *zBuf, + int iAmt, sqlite_int64 iOfst ){ rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; @@ -197972,8 +199092,8 @@ static int rbuVfsWrite( rc = rbuCaptureDbWrite(p->pRbu, iOfst); }else{ if( pRbu ){ - if( pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL - && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) + if( pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL + && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz ){ pRbu->iOalSz = iAmt + iOfst; @@ -198033,10 +199153,10 @@ static int rbuVfsFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ /* If this is an RBU vacuum operation and this is the target database, ** pretend that it has at least one page. Otherwise, SQLite will not - ** check for the existance of a *-wal file. rbuVfsRead() contains + ** check for the existance of a *-wal file. rbuVfsRead() contains ** similar logic. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *pSize==0 - && p->pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(p->pRbu) + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *pSize==0 + && p->pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(p->pRbu) && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) ){ *pSize = 1024; @@ -198053,10 +199173,10 @@ static int rbuVfsLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ); - if( eLock==SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE + if( eLock==SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE && (p->bNolock || (pRbu && pRbu->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_DONE)) ){ - /* Do not allow EXCLUSIVE locks. Preventing SQLite from taking this + /* Do not allow EXCLUSIVE locks. Preventing SQLite from taking this ** prevents it from checkpointing the database from sqlite3_close(). */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ @@ -198169,8 +199289,8 @@ static int rbuVfsShmLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int ofst, int n, int flags){ assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ); if( pRbu && (pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE) ){ /* Magic number 1 is the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock. Preventing SQLite from - ** taking this lock also prevents any checkpoints from occurring. - ** todo: really, it's not clear why this might occur, as + ** taking this lock also prevents any checkpoints from occurring. + ** todo: really, it's not clear why this might occur, as ** wal_autocheckpoint ought to be turned off. */ if( ofst==WAL_LOCK_CKPT && n==1 ) rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ @@ -198194,10 +199314,10 @@ static int rbuVfsShmLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int ofst, int n, int flags){ ** Obtain a pointer to a mapping of a single 32KiB page of the *-shm file. */ static int rbuVfsShmMap( - sqlite3_file *pFile, - int iRegion, - int szRegion, - int isWrite, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + int iRegion, + int szRegion, + int isWrite, void volatile **pp ){ rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; @@ -198205,7 +199325,7 @@ static int rbuVfsShmMap( int eStage = (p->pRbu ? p->pRbu->eStage : 0); /* If not in RBU_STAGE_OAL, allow this call to pass through. Or, if this - ** rbu is in the RBU_STAGE_OAL state, use heap memory for *-shm space + ** rbu is in the RBU_STAGE_OAL state, use heap memory for *-shm space ** instead of a file on disk. */ assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ); if( eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ @@ -198331,7 +199451,7 @@ static int rbuVfsOpen( if( pDb->pRbu && pDb->pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ /* This call is to open a *-wal file. Intead, open the *-oal. This ** code ensures that the string passed to xOpen() is terminated by a - ** pair of '\0' bytes in case the VFS attempts to extract a URI + ** pair of '\0' bytes in case the VFS attempts to extract a URI ** parameter from it. */ const char *zBase = zName; size_t nCopy; @@ -198360,8 +199480,8 @@ static int rbuVfsOpen( pFd->pRbu = pRbuVfs->pRbu; } - if( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB - && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "rbu_memory", 0) + if( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB + && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "rbu_memory", 0) ){ assert( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); oflags = SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | @@ -198400,9 +199520,9 @@ static int rbuVfsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ ** is available, or false otherwise. */ static int rbuVfsAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int flags, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int flags, int *pResOut ){ rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs = (rbu_vfs*)pVfs; @@ -198418,7 +199538,7 @@ static int rbuVfsAccess( ** a) if the *-wal file does exist, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. This ** ensures that the RBU extension never tries to update a database ** in wal mode, even if the first page of the database file has - ** been damaged. + ** been damaged. ** ** b) if the *-wal file does not exist, claim that it does anyway, ** causing SQLite to call xOpen() to open it. This call will also @@ -198448,9 +199568,9 @@ static int rbuVfsAccess( ** of at least (DEVSYM_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes. */ static int rbuVfsFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int nOut, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int nOut, char *zOut ){ sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; @@ -198468,7 +199588,7 @@ static void *rbuVfsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ /* ** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable -** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated +** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated ** with dynamic libraries. */ static void rbuVfsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){ @@ -198480,8 +199600,8 @@ static void rbuVfsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){ ** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle. */ static void (*rbuVfsDlSym( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - void *pArg, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + void *pArg, const char *zSym ))(void){ sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; @@ -198498,7 +199618,7 @@ static void rbuVfsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ /* -** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of +** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of ** random data. */ static int rbuVfsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ @@ -198507,7 +199627,7 @@ static int rbuVfsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ } /* -** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds +** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds ** actually slept. */ static int rbuVfsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ @@ -198673,22 +199793,22 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu *pRbu){ /* ** Page paths: -** -** The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the -** root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the +** +** The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the +** root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the ** root-node path is '/'. ** ** The value of the path for the left-most child page of the root of ** a b-tree is '/000/'. (Btrees store content ordered from left to right ** so the pages to the left have smaller keys than the pages to the right.) ** The next to left-most child of the root page is -** '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex +** '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex ** value. The children of the 451st left-most sibling have paths such ** as '/1c2/000/, '/1c2/001/' etc. ** -** Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a +** Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a ** six-digit hexadecimal value to the path to the cell they are linked -** from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from +** from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from ** the left-most cell of the 450th child of the root page are identified ** by the paths: ** @@ -198702,7 +199822,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu *pRbu){ ** ** '/1c2/000/' // Left-most child of 451st child of root */ -static const char zDbstatSchema[] = +static const char zDbstatSchema[] = "CREATE TABLE x(" " name TEXT," /* 0 Name of table or index */ " path TEXT," /* 1 Path to page from root (NULL for agg) */ @@ -198884,6 +200004,7 @@ static int statBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ i = 0; if( iSchema>=0 ){ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iSchema].argvIndex = ++i; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iSchema].omit = 1; pIdxInfo->idxNum |= 0x01; } if( iName>=0 ){ @@ -198896,8 +200017,8 @@ static int statBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ } pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; - /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path). - ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that + /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path). + ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that ** SQLite does not do an external sort. */ if( ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==1 @@ -199003,7 +200124,7 @@ static int getLocalPayload( int nLocal; int nMinLocal; int nMaxLocal; - + if( flags==0x0D ){ /* Table leaf node */ nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23; nMaxLocal = nUsable - 35; @@ -199098,7 +200219,9 @@ static int statDecodePage(Btree *pBt, StatPage *p){ if( nPayload>(u32)nLocal ){ int j; int nOvfl = ((nPayload - nLocal) + nUsable-4 - 1) / (nUsable - 4); - if( iOff+nLocal>nUsable ) goto statPageIsCorrupt; + if( iOff+nLocal>nUsable || nPayload>0x7fffffff ){ + goto statPageIsCorrupt; + } pCell->nLastOvfl = (nPayload-nLocal) - (nOvfl-1) * (nUsable-4); pCell->nOvfl = nOvfl; pCell->aOvfl = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(u32)*nOvfl); @@ -199112,7 +200235,7 @@ static int statDecodePage(Btree *pBt, StatPage *p){ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pPg==0 ); return rc; - } + } pCell->aOvfl[j] = sqlite3Get4byte(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg)); sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); } @@ -199207,7 +200330,7 @@ statNextRestart: while( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl ){ int nUsable, iOvfl; sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt); - nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) - + nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) - sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt); sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt); pCsr->nPage++; @@ -199327,7 +200450,7 @@ static int statEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ ** meaning of the bits in idxNum. */ static int statFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -199393,8 +200516,8 @@ static int statFilter( } static int statColumn( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, - sqlite3_context *ctx, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_context *ctx, int i ){ StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor; @@ -199512,7 +200635,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3 *db){ return SQLITE_OK; } ** This file contains an implementation of the "sqlite_dbpage" virtual table. ** ** The sqlite_dbpage virtual table is used to read or write whole raw -** pages of the database file. The pager interface is used so that +** pages of the database file. The pager interface is used so that ** uncommitted changes and changes recorded in the WAL file are correctly ** retrieved. ** @@ -199573,7 +200696,7 @@ static int dbpageConnect( int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY); - rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, "CREATE TABLE x(pgno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB, schema HIDDEN)"); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pTab = (DbpageTable *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(DbpageTable)); @@ -199713,7 +200836,7 @@ static int dbpageEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ ** idxStr is not used */ static int dbpageFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -199724,7 +200847,7 @@ static int dbpageFilter( Btree *pBt; /* Default setting is no rows of result */ - pCsr->pgno = 1; + pCsr->pgno = 1; pCsr->mxPgno = 0; if( idxNum & 2 ){ @@ -199759,8 +200882,8 @@ static int dbpageFilter( } static int dbpageColumn( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, - sqlite3_context *ctx, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_context *ctx, int i ){ DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor; @@ -199837,7 +200960,7 @@ static int dbpageUpdate( goto update_fail; } szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[3])!=SQLITE_BLOB + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[3])!=SQLITE_BLOB || sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[3])!=szPage ){ zErr = "bad page value"; @@ -199982,7 +201105,7 @@ struct SessionBuffer { }; /* -** An object of this type is used internally as an abstraction for +** An object of this type is used internally as an abstraction for ** input data. Input data may be supplied either as a single large buffer ** (e.g. sqlite3changeset_start()) or using a stream function (e.g. ** sqlite3changeset_start_strm()). @@ -200043,11 +201166,11 @@ struct SessionTable { SessionChange **apChange; /* Hash table buckets */ }; -/* +/* ** RECORD FORMAT: ** -** The following record format is similar to (but not compatible with) that -** used in SQLite database files. This format is used as part of the +** The following record format is similar to (but not compatible with) that +** used in SQLite database files. This format is used as part of the ** change-set binary format, and so must be architecture independent. ** ** Unlike the SQLite database record format, each field is self-contained - @@ -200081,7 +201204,7 @@ struct SessionTable { ** Real values: ** An 8-byte big-endian IEEE 754-2008 real value. ** -** Varint values are encoded in the same way as varints in the SQLite +** Varint values are encoded in the same way as varints in the SQLite ** record format. ** ** CHANGESET FORMAT: @@ -200113,7 +201236,7 @@ struct SessionTable { ** ** The new.* record that is part of each INSERT change contains the values ** that make up the new row. Similarly, the old.* record that is part of each -** DELETE change contains the values that made up the row that was deleted +** DELETE change contains the values that made up the row that was deleted ** from the database. In the changeset format, the records that are part ** of INSERT or DELETE changes never contain any undefined (type byte 0x00) ** fields. @@ -200122,8 +201245,8 @@ struct SessionTable { ** associated with table columns that are not PRIMARY KEY columns and are ** not modified by the UPDATE change are set to "undefined". Other fields ** are set to the values that made up the row before the UPDATE that the -** change records took place. Within the new.* record, fields associated -** with table columns modified by the UPDATE change contain the new +** change records took place. Within the new.* record, fields associated +** with table columns modified by the UPDATE change contain the new ** values. Fields associated with table columns that are not modified ** are set to "undefined". ** @@ -200149,7 +201272,7 @@ struct SessionTable { ** ** As in the changeset format, each field of the single record that is part ** of a patchset change is associated with the correspondingly positioned -** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE +** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE ** statement. ** ** For a DELETE change, all fields within the record except those associated @@ -200167,7 +201290,7 @@ struct SessionTable { ** ** REBASE BLOB FORMAT: ** -** A rebase blob may be output by sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and its +** A rebase blob may be output by sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and its ** streaming equivalent for use with the sqlite3_rebaser APIs to rebase ** existing changesets. A rebase blob contains one entry for each conflict ** resolved using either the OMIT or REPLACE strategies within the apply_v2() @@ -200191,7 +201314,7 @@ struct SessionTable { ** ** In a rebase blob, the first field is set to SQLITE_INSERT if the change ** that caused the conflict was an INSERT or UPDATE, or to SQLITE_DELETE if -** it was a DELETE. The second field is set to 0x01 if the conflict +** it was a DELETE. The second field is set to 0x01 if the conflict ** resolution strategy was REPLACE, or 0x00 if it was OMIT. ** ** If the change that caused the conflict was a DELETE, then the single @@ -200215,7 +201338,7 @@ struct SessionChange { }; /* -** Write a varint with value iVal into the buffer at aBuf. Return the +** Write a varint with value iVal into the buffer at aBuf. Return the ** number of bytes written. */ static int sessionVarintPut(u8 *aBuf, int iVal){ @@ -200230,7 +201353,7 @@ static int sessionVarintLen(int iVal){ } /* -** Read a varint value from aBuf[] into *piVal. Return the number of +** Read a varint value from aBuf[] into *piVal. Return the number of ** bytes read. */ static int sessionVarintGet(u8 *aBuf, int *piVal){ @@ -200269,13 +201392,13 @@ static void sessionPutI64(u8 *aBuf, sqlite3_int64 i){ ** This function is used to serialize the contents of value pValue (see ** comment titled "RECORD FORMAT" above). ** -** If it is non-NULL, the serialized form of the value is written to +** If it is non-NULL, the serialized form of the value is written to ** buffer aBuf. *pnWrite is set to the number of bytes written before ** returning. Or, if aBuf is NULL, the only thing this function does is ** set *pnWrite. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. Or, if an OOM error occurs -** within a call to sqlite3_value_text() (may fail if the db is utf-16)) +** within a call to sqlite3_value_text() (may fail if the db is utf-16)) ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. */ static int sessionSerializeValue( @@ -200287,16 +201410,16 @@ static int sessionSerializeValue( if( pValue ){ int eType; /* Value type (SQLITE_NULL, TEXT etc.) */ - + eType = sqlite3_value_type(pValue); if( aBuf ) aBuf[0] = eType; - + switch( eType ){ - case SQLITE_NULL: + case SQLITE_NULL: nByte = 1; break; - - case SQLITE_INTEGER: + + case SQLITE_INTEGER: case SQLITE_FLOAT: if( aBuf ){ /* TODO: SQLite does something special to deal with mixed-endian @@ -200313,14 +201436,14 @@ static int sessionSerializeValue( } sessionPutI64(&aBuf[1], i); } - nByte = 9; + nByte = 9; break; - + default: { u8 *z; int n; int nVarint; - + assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){ z = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_text(pValue); @@ -200330,12 +201453,12 @@ static int sessionSerializeValue( n = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); if( z==0 && (eType!=SQLITE_BLOB || n>0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; nVarint = sessionVarintLen(n); - + if( aBuf ){ sessionVarintPut(&aBuf[1], n); if( n ) memcpy(&aBuf[nVarint + 1], z, n); } - + nByte = 1 + nVarint + n; break; } @@ -200377,7 +201500,7 @@ static unsigned int sessionHashAppendI64(unsigned int h, i64 i){ } /* -** Append the hash of the blob passed via the second and third arguments to +** Append the hash of the blob passed via the second and third arguments to ** the hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value. */ static unsigned int sessionHashAppendBlob(unsigned int h, int n, const u8 *z){ @@ -200396,7 +201519,7 @@ static unsigned int sessionHashAppendType(unsigned int h, int eType){ /* ** This function may only be called from within a pre-update callback. -** It calculates a hash based on the primary key values of the old.* or +** It calculates a hash based on the primary key values of the old.* or ** new.* row currently available and, assuming no error occurs, writes it to ** *piHash before returning. If the primary key contains one or more NULL ** values, *pbNullPK is set to true before returning. @@ -200503,12 +201626,12 @@ static unsigned int sessionChangeHash( int isPK = pTab->abPK[i]; if( bPkOnly && isPK==0 ) continue; - /* It is not possible for eType to be SQLITE_NULL here. The session + /* It is not possible for eType to be SQLITE_NULL here. The session ** module does not record changes for rows with NULL values stored in ** primary key columns. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT - || eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB - || eType==SQLITE_NULL || eType==0 + assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT + || eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB + || eType==SQLITE_NULL || eType==0 ); assert( !isPK || (eType!=0 && eType!=SQLITE_NULL) ); @@ -200519,7 +201642,7 @@ static unsigned int sessionChangeHash( h = sessionHashAppendI64(h, sessionGetI64(a)); a += 8; }else{ - int n; + int n; a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n); h = sessionHashAppendBlob(h, n, a); a += n; @@ -200534,7 +201657,7 @@ static unsigned int sessionChangeHash( /* ** Arguments aLeft and aRight are pointers to change records for table pTab. ** This function returns true if the two records apply to the same row (i.e. -** have the same values stored in the primary key columns), or false +** have the same values stored in the primary key columns), or false ** otherwise. */ static int sessionChangeEqual( @@ -200571,17 +201694,17 @@ static int sessionChangeEqual( ** Arguments aLeft and aRight both point to buffers containing change ** records with nCol columns. This function "merges" the two records into ** a single records which is written to the buffer at *paOut. *paOut is -** then set to point to one byte after the last byte written before +** then set to point to one byte after the last byte written before ** returning. ** -** The merging of records is done as follows: For each column, if the +** The merging of records is done as follows: For each column, if the ** aRight record contains a value for the column, copy the value from ** their. Otherwise, if aLeft contains a value, copy it. If neither ** record contains a value for a given column, then neither does the ** output record. */ static void sessionMergeRecord( - u8 **paOut, + u8 **paOut, int nCol, u8 *aLeft, u8 *aRight @@ -200611,13 +201734,13 @@ static void sessionMergeRecord( /* ** This is a helper function used by sessionMergeUpdate(). ** -** When this function is called, both *paOne and *paTwo point to a value -** within a change record. Before it returns, both have been advanced so +** When this function is called, both *paOne and *paTwo point to a value +** within a change record. Before it returns, both have been advanced so ** as to point to the next value in the record. ** ** If, when this function is called, *paTwo points to a valid value (i.e. ** *paTwo[0] is not 0x00 - the "no value" placeholder), a copy of the *paTwo -** pointer is returned and *pnVal is set to the number of bytes in the +** pointer is returned and *pnVal is set to the number of bytes in the ** serialized value. Otherwise, a copy of *paOne is returned and *pnVal ** set to the number of bytes in the value at *paOne. If *paOne points ** to the "no value" placeholder, *pnVal is set to 1. In other words: @@ -200716,8 +201839,8 @@ static int sessionMergeUpdate( aOld = sessionMergeValue(&aOld1, &aOld2, &nOld); aNew = sessionMergeValue(&aNew1, &aNew2, &nNew); - if( bPatchset==0 - && (pTab->abPK[i] || (nOld==nNew && 0==memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew))) + if( bPatchset==0 + && (pTab->abPK[i] || (nOld==nNew && 0==memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew))) ){ *(aOut++) = '\0'; }else{ @@ -200806,7 +201929,7 @@ static int sessionPreupdateEqual( } /* -** If required, grow the hash table used to store changes on table pTab +** If required, grow the hash table used to store changes on table pTab ** (part of the session pSession). If a fatal OOM error occurs, set the ** session object to failed and return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. @@ -200946,7 +202069,7 @@ static int sessionTableInfo( *pzTab = (char *)pAlloc; pAlloc += nThis+1; } - + i = 0; while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ int nName = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1); @@ -200959,7 +202082,7 @@ static int sessionTableInfo( i++; } rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - + } /* If successful, populate the output variables. Otherwise, zero them and @@ -200989,14 +202112,14 @@ static int sessionTableInfo( ** If an error occurs, an error code is stored in sqlite3_session.rc and ** non-zero returned. Or, if no error occurs but the table has no primary ** key, sqlite3_session.rc is left set to SQLITE_OK and non-zero returned to -** indicate that updates on this table should be ignored. SessionTable.abPK +** indicate that updates on this table should be ignored. SessionTable.abPK ** is set to NULL in this case. */ static int sessionInitTable(sqlite3_session *pSession, SessionTable *pTab){ if( pTab->nCol==0 ){ u8 *abPK; assert( pTab->azCol==0 || pTab->abPK==0 ); - pSession->rc = sessionTableInfo(pSession->db, pSession->zDb, + pSession->rc = sessionTableInfo(pSession->db, pSession->zDb, pTab->zName, &pTab->nCol, 0, &pTab->azCol, &abPK ); if( pSession->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -201057,7 +202180,7 @@ static int sessionStat1Depth(void *pCtx){ /* -** This function is only called from with a pre-update-hook reporting a +** This function is only called from with a pre-update-hook reporting a ** change on table pTab (attached to session pSession). The type of change ** (UPDATE, INSERT, DELETE) is specified by the first argument. ** @@ -201069,8 +202192,8 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object pTab is attached to */ SessionTable *pTab /* Table that change applies to */ ){ - int iHash; - int bNull = 0; + int iHash; + int bNull = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; SessionStat1Ctx stat1 = {{0,0,0,0,0},0}; @@ -201079,7 +202202,7 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( /* Load table details if required */ if( sessionInitTable(pSession, pTab) ) return; - /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the + /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the ** number of columns in the table. */ if( pTab->nCol!=pSession->hook.xCount(pSession->hook.pCtx) ){ pSession->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; @@ -201131,10 +202254,10 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( SessionChange *pChange; /* New change object */ sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */ int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ - + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); pTab->nEntry++; - + /* Figure out how large an allocation is required */ nByte = sizeof(SessionChange); for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ @@ -201152,7 +202275,7 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( rc = sessionSerializeValue(0, p, &nByte); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto error_out; } - + /* Allocate the change object */ pChange = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); if( !pChange ){ @@ -201162,7 +202285,7 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( memset(pChange, 0, sizeof(SessionChange)); pChange->aRecord = (u8 *)&pChange[1]; } - + /* Populate the change object. None of the preupdate_old(), ** preupdate_new() or SerializeValue() calls below may fail as all ** required values and encodings have already been cached in memory. @@ -201190,8 +202313,8 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( }else if( pC->bIndirect ){ /* If the existing change is considered "indirect", but this current ** change is "direct", mark the change object as direct. */ - if( pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx)==0 - && pSession->bIndirect==0 + if( pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx)==0 + && pSession->bIndirect==0 ){ pC->bIndirect = 0; } @@ -201209,7 +202332,7 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( } static int sessionFindTable( - sqlite3_session *pSession, + sqlite3_session *pSession, const char *zName, SessionTable **ppTab ){ @@ -201226,7 +202349,7 @@ static int sessionFindTable( /* If there is a table-filter configured, invoke it. If it returns 0, ** do not automatically add the new table. */ if( pSession->xTableFilter==0 - || pSession->xTableFilter(pSession->pFilterCtx, zName) + || pSession->xTableFilter(pSession->pFilterCtx, zName) ){ rc = sqlite3session_attach(pSession, zName); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -201261,8 +202384,8 @@ static void xPreUpdate( for(pSession=(sqlite3_session *)pCtx; pSession; pSession=pSession->pNext){ SessionTable *pTab; - /* If this session is attached to a different database ("main", "temp" - ** etc.), or if it is not currently enabled, there is nothing to do. Skip + /* If this session is attached to a different database ("main", "temp" + ** etc.), or if it is not currently enabled, there is nothing to do. Skip ** to the next session object attached to this database. */ if( pSession->bEnable==0 ) continue; if( pSession->rc ) continue; @@ -201353,7 +202476,7 @@ static void sessionDiffHooks( static char *sessionExprComparePK( int nCol, - const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, + const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, const char *zTab, const char **azCol, u8 *abPK ){ @@ -201376,7 +202499,7 @@ static char *sessionExprComparePK( static char *sessionExprCompareOther( int nCol, - const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, + const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, const char *zTab, const char **azCol, u8 *abPK ){ @@ -201453,9 +202576,9 @@ static int sessionDiffFindNew( } static int sessionDiffFindModified( - sqlite3_session *pSession, - SessionTable *pTab, - const char *zFrom, + sqlite3_session *pSession, + SessionTable *pTab, + const char *zFrom, const char *zExpr ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -201554,7 +202677,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff( } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - zExpr = sessionExprComparePK(pTo->nCol, + zExpr = sessionExprComparePK(pTo->nCol, zDb, zFrom, pTo->zName, pTo->azCol, pTo->abPK ); } @@ -201609,7 +202732,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create( memcpy(pNew->zDb, zDb, nDb+1); sessionPreupdateHooks(pNew); - /* Add the new session object to the linked list of session objects + /* Add the new session object to the linked list of session objects ** attached to database handle $db. Do this under the cover of the db ** handle mutex. */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); @@ -201668,7 +202791,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); sqlite3ValueFree(pSession->pZeroBlob); - /* Delete all attached table objects. And the contents of their + /* Delete all attached table objects. And the contents of their ** associated hash-tables. */ sessionDeleteTable(pSession->pTable); @@ -201680,7 +202803,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession){ ** Set a table filter on a Session Object. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( - sqlite3_session *pSession, + sqlite3_session *pSession, int(*xFilter)(void*, const char*), void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */ ){ @@ -201724,7 +202847,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach( rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ /* Populate the new SessionTable object and link it into the list. - ** The new object must be linked onto the end of the list, not + ** The new object must be linked onto the end of the list, not ** simply added to the start of it in order to ensure that tables ** appear in the correct order when a changeset or patchset is ** eventually generated. */ @@ -201792,8 +202915,8 @@ static void sessionAppendValue(SessionBuffer *p, sqlite3_value *pVal, int *pRc){ } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is -** called. Otherwise, append a single byte to the buffer. +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append a single byte to the buffer. ** ** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before ** returning. @@ -201805,8 +202928,8 @@ static void sessionAppendByte(SessionBuffer *p, u8 v, int *pRc){ } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is -** called. Otherwise, append a single varint to the buffer. +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append a single varint to the buffer. ** ** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before ** returning. @@ -201818,16 +202941,16 @@ static void sessionAppendVarint(SessionBuffer *p, int v, int *pRc){ } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is -** called. Otherwise, append a blob of data to the buffer. +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append a blob of data to the buffer. ** ** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before ** returning. */ static void sessionAppendBlob( - SessionBuffer *p, - const u8 *aBlob, - int nBlob, + SessionBuffer *p, + const u8 *aBlob, + int nBlob, int *pRc ){ if( nBlob>0 && 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, nBlob, pRc) ){ @@ -201837,7 +202960,7 @@ static void sessionAppendBlob( } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is ** called. Otherwise, append a string to the buffer. All bytes in the string ** up to (but not including) the nul-terminator are written to the buffer. ** @@ -201845,8 +202968,8 @@ static void sessionAppendBlob( ** returning. */ static void sessionAppendStr( - SessionBuffer *p, - const char *zStr, + SessionBuffer *p, + const char *zStr, int *pRc ){ int nStr = sqlite3Strlen30(zStr); @@ -201857,7 +202980,7 @@ static void sessionAppendStr( } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is ** called. Otherwise, append the string representation of integer iVal ** to the buffer. No nul-terminator is written. ** @@ -201875,9 +202998,9 @@ static void sessionAppendInteger( } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is ** called. Otherwise, append the string zStr enclosed in quotes (") and -** with any embedded quote characters escaped to the buffer. No +** with any embedded quote characters escaped to the buffer. No ** nul-terminator byte is written. ** ** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before @@ -201950,8 +203073,8 @@ static void sessionAppendCol( /* ** -** This function appends an update change to the buffer (see the comments -** under "CHANGESET FORMAT" at the top of the file). An update change +** This function appends an update change to the buffer (see the comments +** under "CHANGESET FORMAT" at the top of the file). An update change ** consists of: ** ** 1 byte: SQLITE_UPDATE (0x17) @@ -201966,10 +203089,10 @@ static void sessionAppendCol( ** If all of the old.* values are equal to their corresponding new.* value ** (i.e. nothing has changed), then no data at all is appended to the buffer. ** -** Otherwise, the old.* record contains all primary key values and the -** original values of any fields that have been modified. The new.* record +** Otherwise, the old.* record contains all primary key values and the +** original values of any fields that have been modified. The new.* record ** contains the new values of only those fields that have been modified. -*/ +*/ static int sessionAppendUpdate( SessionBuffer *pBuf, /* Buffer to append to */ int bPatchset, /* True for "patchset", 0 for "changeset" */ @@ -202020,8 +203143,8 @@ static int sessionAppendUpdate( int nHdr = 1 + sessionVarintGet(&pCsr[1], &n); assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); nAdvance = nHdr + n; - if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i) - && n==sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i) + if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i) + && n==sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i) && (n==0 || 0==memcmp(&pCsr[nHdr], sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, i), n)) ){ break; @@ -202248,7 +203371,7 @@ static int sessionSelectBind( /* ** This function is a no-op if *pRc is set to other than SQLITE_OK when it -** is called. Otherwise, append a serialized table header (part of the binary +** is called. Otherwise, append a serialized table header (part of the binary ** changeset format) to buffer *pBuf. If an error occurs, set *pRc to an ** SQLite error code before returning. */ @@ -202272,7 +203395,7 @@ static void sessionAppendTableHdr( ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the new changeset/patchset ** stored in output variables *pnChangeset and *ppChangeset. Or, if an error -** occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and both output variables set +** occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and both output variables set ** to 0. */ static int sessionGenerateChangeset( @@ -202357,10 +203480,10 @@ static int sessionGenerateChangeset( /* If the buffer is now larger than sessions_strm_chunk_size, pass ** its contents to the xOutput() callback. */ - if( xOutput - && rc==SQLITE_OK - && buf.nBuf>nNoop - && buf.nBuf>sessions_strm_chunk_size + if( xOutput + && rc==SQLITE_OK + && buf.nBuf>nNoop + && buf.nBuf>sessions_strm_chunk_size ){ rc = xOutput(pOut, (void*)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf); nNoop = -1; @@ -202395,10 +203518,10 @@ static int sessionGenerateChangeset( } /* -** Obtain a changeset object containing all changes recorded by the +** Obtain a changeset object containing all changes recorded by the ** session object passed as the first argument. ** -** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer ** using sqlite3_free(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( @@ -202432,10 +203555,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( } /* -** Obtain a patchset object containing all changes recorded by the +** Obtain a patchset object containing all changes recorded by the ** session object passed as the first argument. ** -** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer ** using sqlite3_free(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset( @@ -202641,7 +203764,7 @@ static void sessionSkipRecord( /* ** This function sets the value of the sqlite3_value object passed as the -** first argument to a copy of the string or blob held in the aData[] +** first argument to a copy of the string or blob held in the aData[] ** buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an OOM ** error occurs. */ @@ -202652,7 +203775,7 @@ static int sessionValueSetStr( u8 enc /* String encoding (0 for blobs) */ ){ /* In theory this code could just pass SQLITE_TRANSIENT as the final - ** argument to sqlite3ValueSetStr() and have the copy created + ** argument to sqlite3ValueSetStr() and have the copy created ** automatically. But doing so makes it difficult to detect any OOM ** error. Hence the code to create the copy externally. */ u8 *aCopy = sqlite3_malloc64((sqlite3_int64)nData+1); @@ -202753,7 +203876,7 @@ static int sessionReadRecord( ** + array of PK flags (1 byte per column), ** + table name (nul terminated). ** -** This function ensures that all of the above is present in the input +** This function ensures that all of the above is present in the input ** buffer (i.e. that it can be accessed without any calls to xInput()). ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. ** The input pointer is not moved. @@ -202767,11 +203890,11 @@ static int sessionChangesetBufferTblhdr(SessionInput *pIn, int *pnByte){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nRead += sessionVarintGet(&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nRead], &nCol); /* The hard upper limit for the number of columns in an SQLite - ** database table is, according to sqliteLimit.h, 32676. So - ** consider any table-header that purports to have more than 65536 - ** columns to be corrupt. This is convenient because otherwise, - ** if the (nCol>65536) condition below were omitted, a sufficiently - ** large value for nCol may cause nRead to wrap around and become + ** database table is, according to sqliteLimit.h, 32676. So + ** consider any table-header that purports to have more than 65536 + ** columns to be corrupt. This is convenient because otherwise, + ** if the (nCol>65536) condition below were omitted, a sufficiently + ** large value for nCol may cause nRead to wrap around and become ** negative. Leading to a crash. */ if( nCol<0 || nCol>65536 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; @@ -202836,8 +203959,8 @@ static int sessionChangesetBufferRecord( ** + array of PK flags (1 byte per column), ** + table name (nul terminated). ** -** This function decodes the table-header and populates the p->nCol, -** p->zTab and p->abPK[] variables accordingly. The p->apValue[] array is +** This function decodes the table-header and populates the p->nCol, +** p->zTab and p->abPK[] variables accordingly. The p->apValue[] array is ** also allocated or resized according to the new value of p->nCol. The ** input pointer is left pointing to the byte following the table header. ** @@ -202890,9 +204013,9 @@ static int sessionChangesetReadTblhdr(sqlite3_changeset_iter *p){ ** record is written to *paRec before returning and the number of bytes in ** the record to *pnRec. ** -** Either way, this function returns SQLITE_ROW if the iterator is -** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite -** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further +** Either way, this function returns SQLITE_ROW if the iterator is +** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite +** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further ** changes in the changeset. */ static int sessionChangesetNext( @@ -202956,7 +204079,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetNext( return (p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT); } - if( paRec ){ + if( paRec ){ int nVal; /* Number of values to buffer */ if( p->bPatchset==0 && op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){ nVal = p->nCol * 2; @@ -203123,7 +204246,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new( /* ** This function may only be called with a changeset iterator that has been -** passed to an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT +** passed to an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT ** conflict-handler function. Otherwise, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned. ** ** If successful, *ppValue is set to point to an sqlite3_value structure @@ -203431,7 +204554,7 @@ static int sessionDeleteRow( SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0}; int nPk = 0; - sessionAppendStr(&buf, "DELETE FROM ", &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, "DELETE FROM main.", &rc); sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc); sessionAppendStr(&buf, " WHERE ", &rc); @@ -203473,7 +204596,7 @@ static int sessionDeleteRow( } /* -** Formulate and prepare a statement to UPDATE a row from database db. +** Formulate and prepare a statement to UPDATE a row from database db. ** Assuming a table structure like this: ** ** CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c)); @@ -203485,7 +204608,7 @@ static int sessionDeleteRow( ** b = CASE WHEN ?5 THEN ?6 ELSE b END, ** c = CASE WHEN ?8 THEN ?9 ELSE c END, ** d = CASE WHEN ?11 THEN ?12 ELSE d END -** WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?7 AND (?13 OR +** WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?7 AND (?13 OR ** (?5==0 OR b IS ?4) AND (?11==0 OR d IS ?10) AND ** ) ** @@ -203514,7 +204637,7 @@ static int sessionUpdateRow( SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0}; /* Append "UPDATE tbl SET " */ - sessionAppendStr(&buf, "UPDATE ", &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, "UPDATE main.", &rc); sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc); sessionAppendStr(&buf, " SET ", &rc); @@ -203637,7 +204760,7 @@ static int sessionPrepare(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt **pp, const char *zSql){ /* ** Prepare statements for applying changes to the sqlite_stat1 table. ** These are similar to those created by sessionSelectRow(), -** sessionInsertRow(), sessionUpdateRow() and sessionDeleteRow() for +** sessionInsertRow(), sessionUpdateRow() and sessionDeleteRow() for ** other tables. */ static int sessionStat1Sql(sqlite3 *db, SessionApplyCtx *p){ @@ -203671,7 +204794,7 @@ static int sessionStat1Sql(sqlite3 *db, SessionApplyCtx *p){ } /* -** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem. +** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem. ** See comments in the body of this function for details. */ static int sessionBindValue( @@ -203694,15 +204817,15 @@ static int sessionBindValue( } /* -** Iterator pIter must point to an SQLITE_INSERT entry. This function +** Iterator pIter must point to an SQLITE_INSERT entry. This function ** transfers new.* values from the current iterator entry to statement ** pStmt. The table being inserted into has nCol columns. ** -** New.* value $i from the iterator is bound to variable ($i+1) of +** New.* value $i from the iterator is bound to variable ($i+1) of ** statement pStmt. If parameter abPK is NULL, all values from 0 to (nCol-1) ** are transfered to the statement. Otherwise, if abPK is not NULL, it points -** to an array nCol elements in size. In this case only those values for -** which abPK[$i] is true are read from the iterator and bound to the +** to an array nCol elements in size. In this case only those values for +** which abPK[$i] is true are read from the iterator and bound to the ** statement. ** ** An SQLite error code is returned if an error occurs. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. @@ -203718,8 +204841,8 @@ static int sessionBindRow( int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Neither sqlite3changeset_old or sqlite3changeset_new can fail if the - ** argument iterator points to a suitable entry. Make sure that xValue - ** is one of these to guarantee that it is safe to ignore the return + ** argument iterator points to a suitable entry. Make sure that xValue + ** is one of these to guarantee that it is safe to ignore the return ** in the code below. */ assert( xValue==sqlite3changeset_old || xValue==sqlite3changeset_new ); @@ -203743,18 +204866,18 @@ static int sessionBindRow( ** SQL statement pSelect is as generated by the sessionSelectRow() function. ** This function binds the primary key values from the change that changeset ** iterator pIter points to to the SELECT and attempts to seek to the table -** entry. If a row is found, the SELECT statement left pointing at the row +** entry. If a row is found, the SELECT statement left pointing at the row ** and SQLITE_ROW is returned. Otherwise, if no row is found and no error ** has occured, the statement is reset and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an ** error occurs, the statement is reset and an SQLite error code is returned. ** -** If this function returns SQLITE_ROW, the caller must eventually reset() +** If this function returns SQLITE_ROW, the caller must eventually reset() ** statement pSelect. If any other value is returned, the statement does ** not require a reset(). ** ** If the iterator currently points to an INSERT record, bind values from the ** new.* record to the SELECT statement. Or, if it points to a DELETE or -** UPDATE, bind values from the old.* record. +** UPDATE, bind values from the old.* record. */ static int sessionSeekToRow( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ @@ -203768,7 +204891,7 @@ static int sessionSeekToRow( const char *zDummy; /* Unused */ sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zDummy, &nCol, &op, 0); - rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, + rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, op==SQLITE_INSERT ? sqlite3changeset_new : sqlite3changeset_old, nCol, abPK, pSelect ); @@ -203785,7 +204908,7 @@ static int sessionSeekToRow( ** This function is called from within sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() when ** a conflict is encountered and resolved using conflict resolution ** mode eType (either SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT or SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE).. -** It adds a conflict resolution record to the buffer in +** It adds a conflict resolution record to the buffer in ** SessionApplyCtx.rebase, which will eventually be returned to the caller ** of apply_v2() as the "rebase" buffer. ** @@ -203813,7 +204936,7 @@ static int sessionRebaseAdd( assert( eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE||eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT ); assert( eOp==SQLITE_DELETE || eOp==SQLITE_INSERT || eOp==SQLITE_UPDATE ); - sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase, + sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase, (eOp==SQLITE_DELETE ? SQLITE_DELETE : SQLITE_INSERT), &rc ); sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase, (eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE), &rc); @@ -203861,7 +204984,7 @@ static int sessionRebaseAdd( ** is set to non-zero before returning SQLITE_OK. ** ** If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, SQLITE_ABORT is -** returned. Or, if the conflict handler returns an invalid value, +** returned. Or, if the conflict handler returns an invalid value, ** SQLITE_MISUSE. If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT, ** this function returns SQLITE_OK. */ @@ -203951,16 +205074,16 @@ static int sessionConflictHandler( ** to true before returning. In this case the caller will invoke this function ** again, this time with pbRetry set to NULL. ** -** If argument pbReplace is NULL and a CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict is +** If argument pbReplace is NULL and a CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict is ** encountered invoke the conflict handler with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT instead. ** Or, if pbReplace is not NULL, invoke it with CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If such ** an invocation returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE, set *pbReplace to true ** before retrying. In this case the caller attempts to remove the conflicting -** row before invoking this function again, this time with pbReplace set +** row before invoking this function again, this time with pbReplace set ** to NULL. ** ** If any conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, this function -** returns SQLITE_ABORT. Otherwise, if no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is +** returns SQLITE_ABORT. Otherwise, if no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is ** returned. */ static int sessionApplyOneOp( @@ -204060,7 +205183,7 @@ static int sessionApplyOneOp( assert( op==SQLITE_INSERT ); if( p->bStat1 ){ /* Check if there is a conflicting row. For sqlite_stat1, this needs - ** to be done using a SELECT, as there is no PRIMARY KEY in the + ** to be done using a SELECT, as there is no PRIMARY KEY in the ** database schema to throw an exception if a duplicate is inserted. */ rc = sessionSeekToRow(p->db, pIter, p->abPK, p->pSelect); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ @@ -204093,7 +205216,7 @@ static int sessionApplyOneOp( ** the conflict handler callback. ** ** The difference between this function and sessionApplyOne() is that this -** function handles the case where the conflict-handler is invoked and +** function handles the case where the conflict-handler is invoked and ** returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE - indicating that the change should be ** retried in some manner. */ @@ -204113,7 +205236,7 @@ static int sessionApplyOneWithRetry( /* If the bRetry flag is set, the change has not been applied due to an ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem (i.e. this is an UPDATE or DELETE and ** a row with the correct PK is present in the db, but one or more other - ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler + ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler ** returned SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case retry the operation, ** but pass NULL as the final argument so that sessionApplyOneOp() ignores ** the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem. */ @@ -204131,7 +205254,7 @@ static int sessionApplyOneWithRetry( assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_INSERT ); rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT replace_op", 0, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, + rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, sqlite3changeset_new, pApply->nCol, pApply->abPK, pApply->pDelete); sqlite3_bind_int(pApply->pDelete, pApply->nCol+1, 1); } @@ -204155,7 +205278,7 @@ static int sessionApplyOneWithRetry( ** Retry the changes accumulated in the pApply->constraints buffer. */ static int sessionRetryConstraints( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, int bPatchset, const char *zTab, SessionApplyCtx *pApply, @@ -204203,7 +205326,7 @@ static int sessionRetryConstraints( /* ** Argument pIter is a changeset iterator that has been initialized, but -** not yet passed to sqlite3changeset_next(). This function applies the +** not yet passed to sqlite3changeset_next(). This function applies the ** changeset to the main database attached to handle "db". The supplied ** conflict handler callback is invoked to resolve any conflicts encountered ** while applying the change. @@ -204247,7 +205370,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetApply( int nCol; int op; const char *zNew; - + sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zNew, &nCol, &op, 0); if( zTab==0 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zNew, zTab, nTab+1) ){ @@ -204260,7 +205383,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetApply( sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol); /* cast works around VC++ bug */ sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete); - sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate); + sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate); sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert); sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect); sApply.db = db; @@ -204276,7 +205399,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetApply( sApply.bRebaseStarted = 0; memset(&sApply.constraints, 0, sizeof(SessionBuffer)); - /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the + /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the ** xFilter callback returns zero, skip this table. If it returns ** non-zero, proceed. */ schemaMismatch = (xFilter && (0==xFilter(pCtx, zNew))); @@ -204300,18 +205423,18 @@ static int sessionChangesetApply( for(i=0; i<sApply.nCol; i++){ if( sApply.abPK[i] ) nMinCol = i+1; } - + if( sApply.nCol==0 ){ schemaMismatch = 1; - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, "sqlite3changeset_apply(): no such table: %s", zTab ); } else if( sApply.nCol<nCol ){ schemaMismatch = 1; - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, "sqlite3changeset_apply(): table %s has %d columns, " - "expected %d or more", + "expected %d or more", zTab, sApply.nCol, nCol ); } @@ -204404,7 +205527,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetApply( } /* -** Apply the changeset passed via pChangeset/nChangeset to the main +** Apply the changeset passed via pChangeset/nChangeset to the main ** database attached to handle "db". */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( @@ -204424,7 +205547,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, int flags ){ - sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */ int bInverse = !!(flags & SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT); int rc = sessionChangesetStart(&pIter, 0, 0, nChangeset, pChangeset,bInverse); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -204482,7 +205605,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm( void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, int flags ){ - sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */ int bInverse = !!(flags & SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT); int rc = sessionChangesetStart(&pIter, xInput, pIn, 0, 0, bInverse); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -204611,7 +205734,7 @@ static int sessionChangeMerge( }else{ int op1 = pExist->op; - /* + /* ** op1=INSERT, op2=INSERT -> Unsupported. Discard op2. ** op1=INSERT, op2=UPDATE -> INSERT. ** op1=INSERT, op2=DELETE -> (none) @@ -204623,7 +205746,7 @@ static int sessionChangeMerge( ** op1=DELETE, op2=INSERT -> UPDATE. ** op1=DELETE, op2=UPDATE -> Unsupported. Discard op2. ** op1=DELETE, op2=DELETE -> Unsupported. Discard op2. - */ + */ if( (op1==SQLITE_INSERT && op2==SQLITE_INSERT) || (op1==SQLITE_UPDATE && op2==SQLITE_INSERT) || (op1==SQLITE_DELETE && op2==SQLITE_UPDATE) @@ -204762,7 +205885,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetToHash( /* The new object must be linked on to the end of the list, not ** simply added to the start of it. This is to ensure that the - ** tables within the output of sqlite3changegroup_output() are in + ** tables within the output of sqlite3changegroup_output() are in ** the right order. */ for(ppTab=&pGrp->pList; *ppTab; ppTab=&(*ppTab)->pNext); *ppTab = pTab; @@ -204780,7 +205903,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetToHash( pTab, (pIter->bPatchset && op==SQLITE_DELETE), aRec, pTab->nChange ); - /* Search for existing entry. If found, remove it from the hash table. + /* Search for existing entry. If found, remove it from the hash table. ** Code below may link it back in. */ for(pp=&pTab->apChange[iHash]; *pp; pp=&(*pp)->pNext){ @@ -204798,7 +205921,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetToHash( } } - rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab, bRebase, + rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab, bRebase, pIter->bPatchset, pExist, op, bIndirect, aRec, nRec, &pChange ); if( rc ) break; @@ -204819,7 +205942,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetToHash( ** ** If xOutput is not NULL, then the changeset/patchset is returned to the ** user via one or more calls to xOutput, as with the other streaming -** interfaces. +** interfaces. ** ** Or, if xOutput is NULL, then (*ppOut) is populated with a pointer to a ** buffer containing the output changeset before this function returns. In @@ -204844,7 +205967,7 @@ static int sessionChangegroupOutput( assert( xOutput==0 || (ppOut==0 && pnOut==0) ); /* Create the serialized output changeset based on the contents of the - ** hash tables attached to the SessionTable objects in list p->pList. + ** hash tables attached to the SessionTable objects in list p->pList. */ for(pTab=pGrp->pList; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){ int i; @@ -204947,7 +206070,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm( */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm( sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp, - int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ){ return sessionChangegroupOutput(pGrp, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0); @@ -204963,7 +206086,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp){ } } -/* +/* ** Combine two changesets together. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat( @@ -205030,7 +206153,7 @@ struct sqlite3_rebaser { /* ** Buffers a1 and a2 must both contain a sessions module record nCol -** fields in size. This function appends an nCol sessions module +** fields in size. This function appends an nCol sessions module ** record to buffer pBuf that is a copy of a1, except that for ** each field that is undefined in a1[], swap in the field from a2[]. */ @@ -205065,20 +206188,20 @@ static void sessionAppendRecordMerge( } /* -** This function is called when rebasing a local UPDATE change against one +** This function is called when rebasing a local UPDATE change against one ** or more remote UPDATE changes. The aRec/nRec buffer contains the current ** old.* and new.* records for the change. The rebase buffer (a single ** record) is in aChange/nChange. The rebased change is appended to buffer ** pBuf. ** -** Rebasing the UPDATE involves: +** Rebasing the UPDATE involves: ** ** * Removing any changes to fields for which the corresponding field ** in the rebase buffer is set to "replaced" (type 0xFF). If this ** means the UPDATE change updates no fields, nothing is appended ** to the output buffer. ** -** * For each field modified by the local change for which the +** * For each field modified by the local change for which the ** corresponding field in the rebase buffer is not "undefined" (0x00) ** or "replaced" (0xFF), the old.* value is replaced by the value ** in the rebase buffer. @@ -205137,15 +206260,15 @@ static void sessionAppendPartialUpdate( } /* -** pIter is configured to iterate through a changeset. This function rebases -** that changeset according to the current configuration of the rebaser +** pIter is configured to iterate through a changeset. This function rebases +** that changeset according to the current configuration of the rebaser ** object passed as the first argument. If no error occurs and argument xOutput ** is not NULL, then the changeset is returned to the caller by invoking ** xOutput zero or more times and SQLITE_OK returned. Or, if xOutput is NULL, ** then (*ppOut) is set to point to a buffer containing the rebased changeset ** before this function returns. In this case (*pnOut) is set to the size of ** the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually -** free the (*ppOut) buffer using sqlite3_free(). +** free the (*ppOut) buffer using sqlite3_free(). ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. If ppOut and ** pnOut are not NULL, then the two output parameters are set to 0 before @@ -205223,7 +206346,7 @@ static int sessionRebase( sessionAppendByte(&sOut, SQLITE_INSERT, &rc); sessionAppendByte(&sOut, pIter->bIndirect, &rc); sessionAppendRecordMerge(&sOut, pIter->nCol, - pCsr, nRec-(pCsr-aRec), + pCsr, nRec-(pCsr-aRec), pChange->aRecord, pChange->nRecord, &rc ); } @@ -205280,7 +206403,7 @@ static int sessionRebase( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Create a new rebaser object. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew){ @@ -205297,11 +206420,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Call this one or more times to configure a rebaser. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( - sqlite3_rebaser *p, + sqlite3_rebaser *p, int nRebase, const void *pRebase ){ sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */ @@ -205314,15 +206437,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( return rc; } -/* -** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration +/* +** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( sqlite3_rebaser *p, - int nIn, const void *pIn, - int *pnOut, void **ppOut + int nIn, const void *pIn, + int *pnOut, void **ppOut ){ - sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */ int rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nIn, (void*)pIn); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -205333,8 +206456,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( return rc; } -/* -** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration +/* +** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( sqlite3_rebaser *p, @@ -205343,7 +206466,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ){ - sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */ int rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -205354,8 +206477,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( return rc; } -/* -** Destroy a rebaser object +/* +** Destroy a rebaser object */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p){ if( p ){ @@ -205364,7 +206487,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p){ } } -/* +/* ** Global configuration */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg){ @@ -205391,9 +206514,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg){ /************** Begin file fts5.c ********************************************/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif #if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) @@ -205412,7 +206535,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg){ ** ****************************************************************************** ** -** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, ** FTS5 may be extended with: ** ** * custom tokenizers, and @@ -205457,19 +206580,19 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS ** ** xUserData(pFts): -** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was ** registered with. ** ** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): ** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken ** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is ** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return -** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in ** the FTS5 table. ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** xColumnCount(pFts): @@ -205483,7 +206606,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table @@ -205510,8 +206633,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. ** ** xInst: @@ -205526,7 +206649,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. ** ** xRowid: ** Returns the rowid of the current row. @@ -205542,11 +206665,11 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the ** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to -** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each -** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument -** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback ** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. -** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as ** the third argument to pUserData. ** ** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the @@ -205561,14 +206684,14 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) ** -** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's ** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any ** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of ** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. ** ** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for -** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked -** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a ** single auxiliary data context. ** ** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is @@ -205587,7 +206710,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) ** -** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension ** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. ** ** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared @@ -205607,7 +206730,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within ** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the ** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient -** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate ** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: ** ** Fts5PhraseIter iter; @@ -205625,8 +206748,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates ** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). ** @@ -205650,16 +206773,16 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** } ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either -** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), -** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to ** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). ** ** The information accessed using this API and its companion ** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext ** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is ** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with -** "detail=column" tables. +** "detail=column" tables. ** ** xPhraseNextColumn() ** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. @@ -205673,7 +206796,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ @@ -205702,15 +206825,15 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); }; -/* +/* ** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS *************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************* ** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS ** -** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer -** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the ** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting ** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined ** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: @@ -205721,16 +206844,16 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) ** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object -** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). ** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings ** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the ** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used ** to create the FTS5 table. ** -** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) ** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK ** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should -** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut ** is undefined. ** ** xDelete: @@ -205739,7 +206862,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). ** ** xTokenize: -** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated ** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first ** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object ** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). @@ -205753,8 +206876,8 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the ** FTS index. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed -** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize ** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. ** ** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as @@ -205762,10 +206885,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token ** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to ** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary ** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same -** on a columnsize=0 database. +** on a columnsize=0 database. ** </ul> ** ** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must @@ -205777,10 +206900,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** which the token is derived within the input. ** ** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should -** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports ** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. ** -** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the ** order that they occur within the input text. ** ** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then @@ -205794,7 +206917,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** SYNONYM SUPPORT ** ** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a -** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the ** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances ** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms ** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match @@ -205814,34 +206937,34 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term ** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the -** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term -** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each +** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term +** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each ** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock> ** ** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the -** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query ** similar to: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock> ** ** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query -** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" ** being treated as a single phrase. ** ** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. ** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer -** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a ** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are ** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and ** "place". ** ** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms ** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be -** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for ** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the ** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. ** </ol> @@ -205862,11 +206985,11 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time ** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token -** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. ** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a ** single token. ** -** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add ** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, ** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it ** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the @@ -205878,18 +207001,18 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer ** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). ** -** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, ** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix ** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because ** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space ** within the database. ** ** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, -** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal ** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to ** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' ** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require -** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. ** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, ** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. ** @@ -205903,10 +207026,10 @@ typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; struct fts5_tokenizer { int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, void *pCtx, int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ - const char *pText, int nText, + const char *pText, int nText, int (*xToken)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ @@ -206027,7 +207150,7 @@ typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; #endif -/* Truncate very long tokens to this many bytes. Hard limit is +/* Truncate very long tokens to this many bytes. Hard limit is ** (65536-1-1-4-9)==65521 bytes. The limiting factor is the 16-bit offset ** field that occurs at the start of each leaf page (see fts5_index.c). */ #define FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE 32768 @@ -206040,7 +207163,7 @@ typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; #define FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES 31 /* -** Maximum segments permitted in a single index +** Maximum segments permitted in a single index */ #define FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT 2000 @@ -206060,7 +207183,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5Corrupt(void); /* ** The assert_nc() macro is similar to the assert() macro, except that it -** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be +** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be ** guranteed that the database is not corrupt. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -206089,7 +207212,7 @@ SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_fts5_may_be_corrupt; typedef struct Fts5Global Fts5Global; typedef struct Fts5Colset Fts5Colset; -/* If a NEAR() clump or phrase may only match a specific set of columns, +/* If a NEAR() clump or phrase may only match a specific set of columns, ** then an object of the following type is used to record the set of columns. ** Each entry in the aiCol[] array is a column that may be matched. ** @@ -206117,20 +207240,20 @@ typedef struct Fts5Config Fts5Config; ** ** nAutomerge: ** The minimum number of segments that an auto-merge operation should -** attempt to merge together. A value of 1 sets the object to use the +** attempt to merge together. A value of 1 sets the object to use the ** compile time default. Zero disables auto-merge altogether. ** ** zContent: ** ** zContentRowid: -** The value of the content_rowid= option, if one was specified. Or +** The value of the content_rowid= option, if one was specified. Or ** the string "rowid" otherwise. This text is not quoted - if it is ** used as part of an SQL statement it needs to be quoted appropriately. ** ** zContentExprlist: ** ** pzErrmsg: -** This exists in order to allow the fts5_index.c module to return a +** This exists in order to allow the fts5_index.c module to return a ** decent error message if it encounters a file-format version it does ** not understand. ** @@ -206154,8 +207277,8 @@ struct Fts5Config { int nPrefix; /* Number of prefix indexes */ int *aPrefix; /* Sizes in bytes of nPrefix prefix indexes */ int eContent; /* An FTS5_CONTENT value */ - char *zContent; /* content table */ - char *zContentRowid; /* "content_rowid=" option value */ + char *zContent; /* content table */ + char *zContentRowid; /* "content_rowid=" option value */ int bColumnsize; /* "columnsize=" option value (dflt==1) */ int eDetail; /* FTS5_DETAIL_XXX value */ char *zContentExprlist; @@ -206357,27 +207480,27 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(Fts5Index *p); ** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments. */ static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum( - i64 iRowid, - int iCol, - int iPos, + i64 iRowid, + int iCol, + int iPos, int iIdx, const char *pTerm, int nTerm ); /* -** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in +** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in ** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the ** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen( - const char *p, - int nByte, + const char *p, + int nByte, int nChar ); /* -** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowids that match the +** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowids that match the ** specified token or token prefix. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( @@ -206413,7 +207536,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IterNextScan(Fts5IndexIter*); /* -** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is +** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is ** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more ** times. ** @@ -206448,7 +207571,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSync(Fts5Index *p); /* ** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it ** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data -** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data +** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data ** records must be invalidated. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p); @@ -206464,16 +207587,16 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(Fts5Index *p, const u8*, int); */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index*, u64 cksum); -/* -** Called during virtual module initialization to register UDF -** fts5_decode() with SQLite +/* +** Called during virtual module initialization to register UDF +** fts5_decode() with SQLite */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(sqlite3*); static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(Fts5Index*, int); /* -** Return the total number of entries read from the %_data table by +** Return the total number of entries read from the %_data table by ** this connection since it was created. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(Fts5Index *p); @@ -206490,7 +207613,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(Fts5Index *p); **************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_varint.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_varint.c. */ static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v); static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal); @@ -206515,7 +207638,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v); /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_main.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_main.c. */ /* @@ -206529,7 +207652,7 @@ struct Fts5Table { }; static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer( - Fts5Global*, + Fts5Global*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer**, @@ -206546,7 +207669,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5FlushToDisk(Fts5Table*); **************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_hash.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_hash.c. */ typedef struct Fts5Hash Fts5Hash; @@ -206596,7 +207719,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(Fts5Hash *, **************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_storage.c. fts5_storage.c contains contains +** Interface to code in fts5_storage.c. fts5_storage.c contains contains ** code to access the data stored in the %_content and %_docsize tables. */ @@ -206645,7 +207768,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageReset(Fts5Storage *p); /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_expr.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_expr.c. */ typedef struct Fts5Expr Fts5Expr; typedef struct Fts5ExprNode Fts5ExprNode; @@ -206661,10 +207784,10 @@ struct Fts5Token { /* Parse a MATCH expression. */ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew( - Fts5Config *pConfig, + Fts5Config *pConfig, int iCol, /* Column on LHS of MATCH operator */ const char *zExpr, - Fts5Expr **ppNew, + Fts5Expr **ppNew, char **pzErr ); @@ -206725,8 +207848,8 @@ static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd( ); static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm( - Fts5Parse *pParse, - Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase, + Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase, Fts5Token *pToken, int bPrefix ); @@ -206734,14 +207857,14 @@ static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm( static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetCaret(Fts5ExprPhrase*); static Fts5ExprNearset *sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset( - Fts5Parse*, + Fts5Parse*, Fts5ExprNearset*, - Fts5ExprPhrase* + Fts5ExprPhrase* ); static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColset( - Fts5Parse*, - Fts5Colset*, + Fts5Parse*, + Fts5Colset*, Fts5Token * ); @@ -206762,7 +207885,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5Token*); /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_aux.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_aux.c. */ static int sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(fts5_api*); @@ -206771,7 +207894,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(fts5_api*); **************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c. */ static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api*); @@ -206780,7 +207903,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api*); **************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_vocab.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_vocab.c. */ static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global*, sqlite3*); @@ -206791,7 +207914,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global*, sqlite3*); /************************************************************************** -** Interface to automatically generated code in fts5_unicode2.c. +** Interface to automatically generated code in fts5_unicode2.c. */ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(int c); static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic); @@ -206905,7 +208028,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5UnicodeAscii(u8*, u8*); ** the minor type might be the name of the identifier. ** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type. ** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though. -** This macros defines the minor type for terminal +** This macros defines the minor type for terminal ** symbols. ** fts5YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types. ** This is typically a union of many types, one of @@ -206994,7 +208117,7 @@ typedef union { /* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the ** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement ** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an -** action integer. +** action integer. ** ** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as ** follows @@ -207094,9 +208217,9 @@ static const fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_default[] = { }; /********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/ -/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. +/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. ** If a construct like the following: -** +** ** %fallback ID X Y Z. ** ** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, @@ -207168,10 +208291,10 @@ static char *fts5yyTracePrompt = 0; #endif /* NDEBUG */ #ifndef NDEBUG -/* +/* ** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace ** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off -** by making either argument NULL +** by making either argument NULL ** ** Inputs: ** <ul> @@ -207196,7 +208319,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ #if defined(fts5YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG) /* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals ** are required. The following table supplies these names */ -static const char *const fts5yyTokenName[] = { +static const char *const fts5yyTokenName[] = { /* 0 */ "$", /* 1 */ "OR", /* 2 */ "AND", @@ -207292,7 +208415,7 @@ static int fts5yyGrowStack(fts5yyParser *p){ #endif p->fts5yystksz = newSize; } - return pNew==0; + return pNew==0; } #endif @@ -207334,7 +208457,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParserInit(void *fts5yypRawParser sqlite3Fts5ParserCTX_PD } #ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK -/* +/* ** This function allocates a new parser. ** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like ** malloc. @@ -207361,7 +208484,7 @@ static void *sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE) sql /* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value ** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal ** or nonterminal. "fts5yymajor" is the symbol code, and "fts5yypminor" is -** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the +** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the ** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor ** directives of the input grammar. */ @@ -207376,7 +208499,7 @@ static void fts5yy_destructor( /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a - ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is + ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. ** ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those @@ -207451,7 +208574,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParserFinalize(void *p){ } #ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK -/* +/* ** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for ** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. ** @@ -207673,7 +208796,7 @@ static void fts5yy_shift( assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm == (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack) ); } #endif -#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 +#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>fts5yypParser->fts5yystackEnd ){ fts5yypParser->fts5yytos--; fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser); @@ -207818,7 +208941,7 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm == (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack)); } #endif -#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 +#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>=fts5yypParser->fts5yystackEnd ){ fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser); /* The call to fts5yyStackOverflow() above pops the stack until it is @@ -207855,7 +208978,7 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( { sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(pParse, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24); } break; case 1: /* colset ::= MINUS LCP colsetlist RCP */ -{ +{ fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11); } break; @@ -207863,7 +208986,6 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( { fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11; } break; case 3: /* colset ::= STRING */ - case 6: /* colsetlist ::= STRING */ fts5yytestcase(fts5yyruleno==6); { fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); } @@ -207876,10 +208998,16 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( } break; case 5: /* colsetlist ::= colsetlist STRING */ -{ +{ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); } fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11; break; + case 6: /* colsetlist ::= STRING */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); +} + fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11; + break; case 7: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ { fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_AND, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24, 0); @@ -207920,14 +209048,14 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24; break; case 15: /* cnearset ::= nearset */ -{ - fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46); +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46); } fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24; break; case 16: /* cnearset ::= colset COLON nearset */ -{ - fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46); +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46); sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(pParse, fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy11); } fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24; @@ -207937,9 +209065,9 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46; break; case 18: /* nearset ::= CARET phrase */ -{ +{ sqlite3Fts5ParseSetCaret(fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); - fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); + fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); } break; case 19: /* nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP */ @@ -207951,8 +209079,8 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46; break; case 20: /* nearphrases ::= phrase */ -{ - fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); } fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46; break; @@ -207969,13 +209097,13 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( { fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0 = fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0; } break; case 24: /* phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt */ -{ +{ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy53, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4); } fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy53 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53; break; case 25: /* phrase ::= STRING star_opt */ -{ +{ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4); } fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy53 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53; @@ -208166,7 +209294,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5Parser( #ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL /* A syntax error has occurred. ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the - ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". + ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". ** ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: ** @@ -208302,7 +209430,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ParserFallback(int iToken){ #include <math.h> /* amalgamator: keep */ /* -** Object used to iterate through all "coalesced phrase instances" in +** Object used to iterate through all "coalesced phrase instances" in ** a single column of the current row. If the phrase instances in the ** column being considered do not overlap, this object simply iterates ** through them. Or, if they do overlap (share one or more tokens in @@ -208365,7 +209493,7 @@ static int fts5CInstIterNext(CInstIter *pIter){ } /* -** Initialize the iterator object indicated by the final parameter to +** Initialize the iterator object indicated by the final parameter to ** iterate through coalesced phrase instances in column iCol. */ static int fts5CInstIterInit( @@ -208410,16 +209538,16 @@ struct HighlightContext { /* ** Append text to the HighlightContext output string - p->zOut. Argument -** z points to a buffer containing n bytes of text to append. If n is +** z points to a buffer containing n bytes of text to append. If n is ** negative, everything up until the first '\0' is appended to the output. ** -** If *pRc is set to any value other than SQLITE_OK when this function is -** called, it is a no-op. If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) is encountered, -** *pRc is set to an error code before returning. +** If *pRc is set to any value other than SQLITE_OK when this function is +** called, it is a no-op. If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) is encountered, +** *pRc is set to an error code before returning. */ static void fts5HighlightAppend( - int *pRc, - HighlightContext *p, + int *pRc, + HighlightContext *p, const char *z, int n ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && z ){ @@ -208646,7 +209774,7 @@ static int fts5SnippetScore( } /* -** Return the value in pVal interpreted as utf-8 text. Except, if pVal +** Return the value in pVal interpreted as utf-8 text. Except, if pVal ** contains a NULL value, return a pointer to a static string zero ** bytes in length instead of a NULL pointer. */ @@ -208715,7 +209843,7 @@ static void fts5SnippetFunction( sFinder.nFirst = 0; rc = pApi->xColumnText(pFts, i, &sFinder.zDoc, &nDoc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts, + rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts, sFinder.zDoc, nDoc, (void*)&sFinder,fts5SentenceFinderCb ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; @@ -208750,7 +209878,7 @@ static void fts5SnippetFunction( if( sFinder.aFirst[jj]<io ){ memset(aSeen, 0, nPhrase); - rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i, + rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i, sFinder.aFirst[jj], nToken, &nScore, 0 ); @@ -208829,7 +209957,7 @@ struct Fts5Bm25Data { ** table matched by each individual phrase within the query. */ static int fts5CountCb( - const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, Fts5Context *pFts, void *pUserData /* Pointer to sqlite3_int64 variable */ ){ @@ -208840,12 +209968,12 @@ static int fts5CountCb( } /* -** Set *ppData to point to the Fts5Bm25Data object for the current query. +** Set *ppData to point to the Fts5Bm25Data object for the current query. ** If the object has not already been allocated, allocate and populate it ** now. */ static int fts5Bm25GetData( - const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, Fts5Context *pFts, Fts5Bm25Data **ppData /* OUT: bm25-data object for this query */ ){ @@ -208893,7 +210021,7 @@ static int fts5Bm25GetData( ** is the number that contain at least one instance of the phrase ** under consideration. ** - ** The problem with this is that if (N < 2*nHit), the IDF is + ** The problem with this is that if (N < 2*nHit), the IDF is ** negative. Which is undesirable. So the mimimum allowable IDF is ** (1e-6) - roughly the same as a term that appears in just over ** half of set of 5,000,000 documents. */ @@ -208961,11 +210089,11 @@ static void fts5Bm25Function( /* Determine the BM25 score for the current row. */ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pData->nPhrase; i++){ score += pData->aIDF[i] * ( - ( aFreq[i] * (k1 + 1.0) ) / + ( aFreq[i] * (k1 + 1.0) ) / ( aFreq[i] + k1 * (1 - b + b * D / pData->avgdl) ) ); } - + /* If no error has occurred, return the calculated score. Otherwise, ** throw an SQL exception. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -209059,14 +210187,14 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5Get32(const u8 *aBuf){ } /* -** Append buffer nData/pData to buffer pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set +** Append buffer nData/pData to buffer pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set ** the error code in p. If an error has already occurred when this function ** is called, it is a no-op. */ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob( int *pRc, - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, - u32 nData, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + u32 nData, const u8 *pData ){ assert_nc( *pRc || nData>=0 ); @@ -209079,12 +210207,12 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob( /* ** Append the nul-terminated string zStr to the buffer pBuf. This function -** ensures that the byte following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even +** ensures that the byte following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even ** though this byte is not included in the pBuf->n count. */ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString( int *pRc, - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, const char *zStr ){ int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); @@ -209096,13 +210224,13 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString( ** Argument zFmt is a printf() style format string. This function performs ** the printf() style processing, then appends the results to buffer pBuf. ** -** Like sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(), this function ensures that the byte +** Like sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(), this function ensures that the byte ** following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even though this byte is not ** included in the pBuf->n count. -*/ +*/ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf( int *pRc, - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, char *zFmt, ... ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -209129,12 +210257,12 @@ static char *sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(int *pRc, const char *zFmt, ...){ zRet = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); va_end(ap); if( zRet==0 ){ - *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } return zRet; } - + /* ** Free any buffer allocated by pBuf. Zero the structure before returning. @@ -209145,7 +210273,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){ } /* -** Zero the contents of the buffer object. But do not free the associated +** Zero the contents of the buffer object. But do not free the associated ** memory allocation. */ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){ @@ -209159,8 +210287,8 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){ */ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferSet( int *pRc, - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, - int nData, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + int nData, const u8 *pData ){ pBuf->n = 0; @@ -209176,7 +210304,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64( if( i>=n ){ /* EOF */ *piOff = -1; - return 1; + return 1; }else{ i64 iOff = *piOff; int iVal; @@ -209231,8 +210359,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit( ** to iPos before returning. */ static void sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend( - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, - i64 *piPrev, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + i64 *piPrev, i64 iPos ){ static const i64 colmask = ((i64)(0x7FFFFFFF)) << 32; @@ -209246,7 +210374,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend( } static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend( - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, Fts5PoslistWriter *pWriter, i64 iPos ){ @@ -209275,7 +210403,7 @@ static void *sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(int *pRc, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ ** the length of the string is determined using strlen(). ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the returned -** buffer using sqlite3_free(). If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. +** buffer using sqlite3_free(). If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. */ static char *sqlite3Fts5Strndup(int *pRc, const char *pIn, int nIn){ char *zRet = 0; @@ -209342,9 +210470,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(Fts5Termset **pp){ } static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd( - Fts5Termset *p, + Fts5Termset *p, int iIdx, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int *pbPresent ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -209365,9 +210493,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd( hash = hash % ArraySize(p->apHash); for(pEntry=p->apHash[hash]; pEntry; pEntry=pEntry->pNext){ - if( pEntry->iIdx==iIdx - && pEntry->nTerm==nTerm - && memcmp(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm)==0 + if( pEntry->iIdx==iIdx + && pEntry->nTerm==nTerm + && memcmp(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm)==0 ){ *pbPresent = 1; break; @@ -209441,8 +210569,8 @@ static int fts5_isopenquote(char x){ } /* -** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated -** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in +** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated +** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in ** the string that is not a white-space character. */ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(const char *pIn){ @@ -209454,8 +210582,8 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(const char *pIn){ } /* -** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated -** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in +** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated +** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in ** the string that is not a "bareword" character. */ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipBareword(const char *pIn){ @@ -209486,9 +210614,9 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(const char *pIn){ p++; if( *p=='\'' ){ p++; - while( (*p>='a' && *p<='f') - || (*p>='A' && *p<='F') - || (*p>='0' && *p<='9') + while( (*p>='a' && *p<='f') + || (*p>='A' && *p<='F') + || (*p>='0' && *p<='9') ){ p++; } @@ -209519,7 +210647,7 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(const char *pIn){ if( *p=='+' || *p=='-' ) p++; while( fts5_isdigit(*p) ) p++; - /* At this point, if the literal was an integer, the parse is + /* At this point, if the literal was an integer, the parse is ** finished. Or, if it is a floating point value, it may continue ** with either a decimal point or an 'E' character. */ if( *p=='.' && fts5_isdigit(p[1]) ){ @@ -209543,8 +210671,8 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(const char *pIn){ ** nul-terminator byte. ** ** If the close-quote is found, the value returned is the byte offset of -** the character immediately following it. Or, if the close-quote is not -** found, -1 is returned. If -1 is returned, the buffer is left in an +** the character immediately following it. Or, if the close-quote is not +** found, -1 is returned. If -1 is returned, the buffer is left in an ** undefined state. */ static int fts5Dequote(char *z){ @@ -209555,7 +210683,7 @@ static int fts5Dequote(char *z){ /* Set stack variable q to the close-quote character */ assert( q=='[' || q=='\'' || q=='"' || q=='`' ); - if( q=='[' ) q = ']'; + if( q=='[' ) q = ']'; while( z[iIn] ){ if( z[iIn]==q ){ @@ -209565,7 +210693,7 @@ static int fts5Dequote(char *z){ break; }else{ /* Character iIn and iIn+1 form an escaped quote character. Skip - ** the input cursor past both and copy a single quote character + ** the input cursor past both and copy a single quote character ** to the output buffer. */ iIn += 2; z[iOut++] = q; @@ -209610,8 +210738,8 @@ struct Fts5Enum { typedef struct Fts5Enum Fts5Enum; static int fts5ConfigSetEnum( - const Fts5Enum *aEnum, - const char *zEnum, + const Fts5Enum *aEnum, + const char *zEnum, int *peVal ){ int nEnum = (int)strlen(zEnum); @@ -209731,7 +210859,7 @@ static int fts5ConfigParseSpecial( *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("parse error in tokenize directive"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ - rc = sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(pGlobal, + rc = sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(pGlobal, (const char**)azArg, (int)nArg, &pConfig->pTok, &pConfig->pTokApi, pzErr ); @@ -209798,7 +210926,7 @@ static int fts5ConfigParseSpecial( } /* -** Allocate an instance of the default tokenizer ("simple") at +** Allocate an instance of the default tokenizer ("simple") at ** Fts5Config.pTokenizer. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error ** code if an error occurs. */ @@ -209865,14 +210993,14 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigGobbleWord( } static int fts5ConfigParseColumn( - Fts5Config *p, - char *zCol, - char *zArg, + Fts5Config *p, + char *zCol, + char *zArg, char **pzErr ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_RANK_NAME) - || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_ROWID_NAME) + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_RANK_NAME) + || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_ROWID_NAME) ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("reserved fts5 column name: %s", zCol); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -209915,14 +211043,14 @@ static int fts5ConfigMakeExprlist(Fts5Config *p){ /* ** Arguments nArg/azArg contain the string arguments passed to the xCreate -** or xConnect method of the virtual table. This function attempts to +** or xConnect method of the virtual table. This function attempts to ** allocate an instance of Fts5Config containing the results of parsing ** those arguments. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut is set to point to the -** new Fts5Config object. If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is +** new Fts5Config object. If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is ** returned, *ppOut is set to NULL and an error message may be left in -** *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any +** *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any ** such error message using sqlite3_free(). */ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse( @@ -210009,8 +211137,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse( /* If no zContent option was specified, fill in the default values. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet->zContent==0 ){ const char *zTail = 0; - assert( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL - || pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE + assert( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL + || pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE ); if( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ zTail = "content"; @@ -210081,7 +211209,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(Fts5Config *pConfig){ const char *zSep = (i==0?"":", "); zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z%s%Q", zSql, zSep, pConfig->azCol[i]); } - zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z, %Q HIDDEN, %s HIDDEN)", + zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z, %Q HIDDEN, %s HIDDEN)", zSql, pConfig->zName, FTS5_RANK_NAME ); @@ -210090,7 +211218,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(Fts5Config *pConfig){ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(pConfig->db, zSql); sqlite3_free(zSql); } - + return rc; } @@ -210108,7 +211236,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(Fts5Config *pConfig){ ** int iPos // Position of token in input (first token is 0) ** ** If the callback returns a non-zero value the tokenization is abandoned -** and no further callbacks are issued. +** and no further callbacks are issued. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code ** if an error occurs. If the tokenization was abandoned early because @@ -210138,7 +211266,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5Tokenize( */ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipArgs(const char *pIn){ const char *p = pIn; - + while( 1 ){ p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p); p = fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(p); @@ -210155,7 +211283,7 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipArgs(const char *pIn){ } /* -** Parameter zIn contains a rank() function specification. The format of +** Parameter zIn contains a rank() function specification. The format of ** this is: ** ** + Bareword (function name) @@ -210197,7 +211325,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank( p++; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - const char *pArgs; + const char *pArgs; p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p); pArgs = p; if( *p!=')' ){ @@ -210223,8 +211351,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank( } static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue( - Fts5Config *pConfig, - const char *zKey, + Fts5Config *pConfig, + const char *zKey, sqlite3_value *pVal, int *pbBadkey ){ @@ -210350,7 +211478,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigLoad(Fts5Config *pConfig, int iCookie){ } rc = sqlite3_finalize(p); } - + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iVersion!=FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; if( pConfig->pzErrmsg ){ @@ -210439,7 +211567,7 @@ struct Fts5ExprNode { i64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ Fts5ExprNearset *pNear; /* For FTS5_STRING - cluster of phrases */ - /* Child nodes. For a NOT node, this array always contains 2 entries. For + /* Child nodes. For a NOT node, this array always contains 2 entries. For ** AND or OR nodes, it contains 2 or more entries. */ int nChild; /* Number of child nodes */ Fts5ExprNode *apChild[1]; /* Array of child nodes */ @@ -210518,7 +211646,7 @@ static int fts5ExprIsspace(char t){ ** Read the first token from the nul-terminated string at *pz. */ static int fts5ExprGetToken( - Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5Parse *pParse, const char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into buffer */ Fts5Token *pToken ){ @@ -210588,7 +211716,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew( Fts5Config *pConfig, /* FTS5 Configuration */ int iCol, const char *zExpr, /* Expression text */ - Fts5Expr **ppNew, + Fts5Expr **ppNew, char **pzErr ){ Fts5Parse sParse; @@ -210744,7 +211872,7 @@ static i64 fts5ExprSynonymRowid(Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm, int bDesc, int *pbEof){ ** Argument pTerm must be a synonym iterator. */ static int fts5ExprSynonymList( - Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm, + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm, i64 iRowid, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, /* Use this buffer for space if required */ u8 **pa, int *pn @@ -210817,13 +211945,13 @@ static int fts5ExprSynonymList( /* ** All individual term iterators in pPhrase are guaranteed to be valid and -** pointing to the same rowid when this function is called. This function +** pointing to the same rowid when this function is called. This function ** checks if the current rowid really is a match, and if so populates ** the pPhrase->poslist buffer accordingly. Output parameter *pbMatch ** is set to true if this is really a match, or false otherwise. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code -** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if the current rowid is +** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if the current rowid is ** not a match. */ static int fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch( @@ -210837,7 +211965,7 @@ static int fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch( int i; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int bFirst = pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst; - + fts5BufferZero(&pPhrase->poslist); /* If the aStatic[] array is not large enough, allocate a large array @@ -210959,7 +212087,7 @@ struct Fts5NearTrimmer { ** function is called, it is a no-op. Or, if an error (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) ** occurs within this function (*pRc) is set accordingly before returning. ** The return value is undefined in both these cases. -** +** ** If no error occurs and non-zero (a match) is returned, the position-list ** of each phrase object is edited to contain only those entries that ** meet the constraint before returning. @@ -210991,7 +212119,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNearIsMatch(int *pRc, Fts5ExprNearset *pNear){ /* Initialize a lookahead iterator for each phrase. After passing the ** buffer and buffer size to the lookaside-reader init function, zero ** the phrase poslist buffer. The new poslist for the phrase (containing - ** the same entries as the original with some entries removed on account + ** the same entries as the original with some entries removed on account ** of the NEAR constraint) is written over the original even as it is ** being read. This is safe as the entries for the new poslist are a ** subset of the old, so it is not possible for data yet to be read to @@ -211148,7 +212276,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNearTest( ** phrase is not a match, break out of the loop early. */ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i]; - if( pPhrase->nTerm>1 || pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym + if( pPhrase->nTerm>1 || pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym || pNear->pColset || pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst ){ int bMatch = 0; @@ -211296,7 +212424,7 @@ static void fts5ExprNodeZeroPoslist(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ */ static int fts5NodeCompare( Fts5Expr *pExpr, - Fts5ExprNode *p1, + Fts5ExprNode *p1, Fts5ExprNode *p2 ){ if( p2->bEof ) return -1; @@ -211311,7 +212439,7 @@ static int fts5NodeCompare( ** If an EOF is reached before this happens, *pbEof is set to true before ** returning. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code +** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code ** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if an iterator reaches ** EOF. */ @@ -211328,8 +212456,8 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest_STRING( const int bDesc = pExpr->bDesc; /* Check that this node should not be FTS5_TERM */ - assert( pNear->nPhrase>1 - || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1 + assert( pNear->nPhrase>1 + || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1 || pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym || pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].bFirst ); @@ -211389,7 +212517,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING( Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */ Fts5ExprNode *pNode, /* FTS5_STRING or FTS5_TERM node */ int bFromValid, - i64 iFrom + i64 iFrom ){ Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0]; int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -211407,8 +212535,8 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING( for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){ if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter)==0 ){ i64 ii = p->pIter->iRowid; - if( ii==iRowid - || (bFromValid && ii!=iFrom && (ii>iFrom)==pExpr->bDesc) + if( ii==iRowid + || (bFromValid && ii!=iFrom && (ii>iFrom)==pExpr->bDesc) ){ if( bFromValid ){ rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(p->pIter, iFrom); @@ -211454,9 +212582,9 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest_TERM( Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression that pNear is a part of */ Fts5ExprNode *pNode /* The "NEAR" node (FTS5_TERM) */ ){ - /* As this "NEAR" object is actually a single phrase that consists + /* As this "NEAR" object is actually a single phrase that consists ** of a single term only, grab pointers into the poslist managed by the - ** fts5_index.c iterator object. This is much faster than synthesizing + ** fts5_index.c iterator object. This is much faster than synthesizing ** a new poslist the way we have to for more complicated phrase or NEAR ** expressions. */ Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]; @@ -211479,7 +212607,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest_TERM( ** xNext() method for a node of type FTS5_TERM. */ static int fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode, int bFromValid, i64 iFrom @@ -211522,7 +212650,7 @@ static void fts5ExprNodeTest_OR( } static int fts5ExprNodeNext_OR( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode, int bFromValid, i64 iFrom @@ -211534,7 +212662,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeNext_OR( Fts5ExprNode *p1 = pNode->apChild[i]; assert( p1->bEof || fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iLast)>=0 ); if( p1->bEof==0 ){ - if( (p1->iRowid==iLast) + if( (p1->iRowid==iLast) || (bFromValid && fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iFrom)<0) ){ int rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, p1, bFromValid, iFrom); @@ -211606,7 +212734,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest_AND( } static int fts5ExprNodeNext_AND( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode, int bFromValid, i64 iFrom @@ -211649,7 +212777,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest_NOT( } static int fts5ExprNodeNext_NOT( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode, int bFromValid, i64 iFrom @@ -211706,7 +212834,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest( return rc; } - + /* ** Set node pNode, which is part of expression pExpr, to point to the first ** match. If there are no matches, set the Node.bEof flag to indicate EOF. @@ -211760,8 +212888,8 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeFirst(Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ /* ** Begin iterating through the set of documents in index pIdx matched by -** the MATCH expression passed as the first argument. If the "bDesc" -** parameter is passed a non-zero value, iteration is in descending rowid +** the MATCH expression passed as the first argument. If the "bDesc" +** parameter is passed a non-zero value, iteration is in descending rowid ** order. Or, if it is zero, in ascending order. ** ** If iterating in ascending rowid order (bDesc==0), the first document @@ -211783,9 +212911,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(Fts5Expr *p, Fts5Index *pIdx, i64 iFirst, int bD /* If not at EOF but the current rowid occurs earlier than iFirst in ** the iteration order, move to document iFirst or later. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && 0==pRoot->bEof - && fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iFirst)<0 + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && 0==pRoot->bEof + && fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iFirst)<0 ){ rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(p, pRoot, 1, iFirst); } @@ -211799,7 +212927,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(Fts5Expr *p, Fts5Index *pIdx, i64 iFirst, int bD } /* -** Move to the next document +** Move to the next document ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. It ** is not considered an error if the query does not match any documents. @@ -211981,7 +213109,7 @@ static int fts5ParseTokenize( Fts5ExprPhrase *pNew; int nNew = SZALLOC + (pPhrase ? pPhrase->nTerm : 0); - pNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase*)sqlite3_realloc64(pPhrase, + pNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase*)sqlite3_realloc64(pPhrase, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase) + sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm) * nNew ); if( pNew==0 ){ @@ -212098,8 +213226,8 @@ static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm( ** expression passed as the second argument. */ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, - int iPhrase, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + int iPhrase, Fts5Expr **ppNew ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ @@ -212110,15 +213238,15 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase( pOrig = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase]; pNew = (Fts5Expr*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Expr)); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pNew->apExprPhrase = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + pNew->apExprPhrase = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*)); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprNode)); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pNew->pRoot->pNear = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + pNew->pRoot->pNear = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprNearset) + sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*)); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -212128,7 +213256,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase( Fts5Colset *pColset; nByte = sizeof(Fts5Colset) + (pColsetOrig->nCol-1) * sizeof(int); pColset = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte); - if( pColset ){ + if( pColset ){ memcpy(pColset, pColsetOrig, (size_t)nByte); } pNew->pRoot->pNear->pColset = pColset; @@ -212167,9 +213295,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase( pNew->pRoot->pNear->nPhrase = 1; sCtx.pPhrase->pNode = pNew->pRoot; - if( pOrig->nTerm==1 - && pOrig->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 - && pOrig->aTerm[0].bFirst==0 + if( pOrig->nTerm==1 + && pOrig->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 + && pOrig->aTerm[0].bFirst==0 ){ pNew->pRoot->eType = FTS5_TERM; pNew->pRoot->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM; @@ -212202,7 +213330,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5Token *pTok){ } static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance( - Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5ExprNearset *pNear, Fts5Token *p ){ @@ -212231,7 +213359,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance( ** The second argument passed to this function may be NULL, or it may be ** an existing Fts5Colset object. This function returns a pointer to ** a new colset object containing the contents of (p) with new value column -** number iCol appended. +** number iCol appended. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, store an error code in pParse and return NULL. ** The old colset object (if any) is not freed in this case. @@ -212281,7 +213409,7 @@ static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5Colset *p Fts5Colset *pRet; int nCol = pParse->pConfig->nCol; - pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, + pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, sizeof(Fts5Colset) + sizeof(int)*nCol ); if( pRet ){ @@ -212334,7 +213462,7 @@ static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColset( /* ** If argument pOrig is NULL, or if (*pRc) is set to anything other than -** SQLITE_OK when this function is called, NULL is returned. +** SQLITE_OK when this function is called, NULL is returned. ** ** Otherwise, a copy of (*pOrig) is made into memory obtained from ** sqlite3Fts5MallocZero() and a pointer to it returned. If the allocation @@ -212345,7 +213473,7 @@ static Fts5Colset *fts5CloneColset(int *pRc, Fts5Colset *pOrig){ if( pOrig ){ sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(Fts5Colset) + (pOrig->nCol-1) * sizeof(int); pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(pRc, nByte); - if( pRet ){ + if( pRet ){ memcpy(pRet, pOrig, (size_t)nByte); } }else{ @@ -212384,13 +213512,13 @@ static void fts5MergeColset(Fts5Colset *pColset, Fts5Colset *pMerge){ ** zero, or it may create copies of pColset using fts5CloneColset(). */ static void fts5ParseSetColset( - Fts5Parse *pParse, - Fts5ExprNode *pNode, + Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5ExprNode *pNode, Fts5Colset *pColset, Fts5Colset **ppFree ){ if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM || pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING + assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM || pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING || pNode->eType==FTS5_AND || pNode->eType==FTS5_OR || pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT || pNode->eType==FTS5_EOF ); @@ -212422,9 +213550,9 @@ static void fts5ParseSetColset( ** Apply colset pColset to expression node pExpr and all of its descendents. */ static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset( - Fts5Parse *pParse, - Fts5ExprNode *pExpr, - Fts5Colset *pColset + Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5ExprNode *pExpr, + Fts5Colset *pColset ){ Fts5Colset *pFree = pColset; if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ @@ -212442,7 +213570,7 @@ static void fts5ExprAssignXNext(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ switch( pNode->eType ){ case FTS5_STRING: { Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear; - if( pNear->nPhrase==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm==1 + if( pNear->nPhrase==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].bFirst==0 ){ @@ -212498,7 +213626,7 @@ static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseNode( if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nChild = 0; /* Number of children of returned node */ sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate for this node */ - + assert( (eType!=FTS5_STRING && !pNear) || (eType==FTS5_STRING && !pLeft && !pRight) ); @@ -212533,7 +213661,7 @@ static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseNode( if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){ Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[0]; - if( pNear->nPhrase!=1 + if( pNear->nPhrase!=1 || pPhrase->nTerm>1 || (pPhrase->nTerm>0 && pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst) ){ @@ -212541,7 +213669,7 @@ static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseNode( pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; assert( pParse->zErr==0 ); pParse->zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( - "fts5: %s queries are not supported (detail!=full)", + "fts5: %s queries are not supported (detail!=full)", pNear->nPhrase==1 ? "phrase": "NEAR" ); sqlite3_free(pRet); @@ -212577,14 +213705,14 @@ static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd( sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pRight); }else{ - assert( pLeft->eType==FTS5_STRING + assert( pLeft->eType==FTS5_STRING || pLeft->eType==FTS5_TERM || pLeft->eType==FTS5_EOF || pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND ); - assert( pRight->eType==FTS5_STRING - || pRight->eType==FTS5_TERM - || pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF + assert( pRight->eType==FTS5_STRING + || pRight->eType==FTS5_TERM + || pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF ); if( pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND ){ @@ -212592,9 +213720,9 @@ static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd( }else{ pPrev = pLeft; } - assert( pPrev->eType==FTS5_STRING - || pPrev->eType==FTS5_TERM - || pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF + assert( pPrev->eType==FTS5_STRING + || pPrev->eType==FTS5_TERM + || pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF ); if( pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF ){ @@ -212676,20 +213804,20 @@ static char *fts5PrintfAppend(char *zApp, const char *zFmt, ...){ } /* -** Compose a tcl-readable representation of expression pExpr. Return a -** pointer to a buffer containing that representation. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to at some point free the buffer using +** Compose a tcl-readable representation of expression pExpr. Return a +** pointer to a buffer containing that representation. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to at some point free the buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). */ static char *fts5ExprPrintTcl( - Fts5Config *pConfig, + Fts5Config *pConfig, const char *zNearsetCmd, Fts5ExprNode *pExpr ){ char *zRet = 0; if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){ Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear; - int i; + int i; int iTerm; zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s ", zNearsetCmd); @@ -212739,9 +213867,9 @@ static char *fts5ExprPrintTcl( switch( pExpr->eType ){ case FTS5_AND: zOp = "AND"; break; case FTS5_NOT: zOp = "NOT"; break; - default: + default: assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR ); - zOp = "OR"; + zOp = "OR"; break; } @@ -212767,7 +213895,7 @@ static char *fts5ExprPrint(Fts5Config *pConfig, Fts5ExprNode *pExpr){ }else if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){ Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear; - int i; + int i; int iTerm; if( pNear->pColset ){ @@ -212812,9 +213940,9 @@ static char *fts5ExprPrint(Fts5Config *pConfig, Fts5ExprNode *pExpr){ switch( pExpr->eType ){ case FTS5_AND: zOp = " AND "; break; case FTS5_NOT: zOp = " NOT "; break; - default: + default: assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR ); - zOp = " OR "; + zOp = " OR "; break; } @@ -212826,7 +213954,7 @@ static char *fts5ExprPrint(Fts5Config *pConfig, Fts5ExprNode *pExpr){ }else{ int e = pExpr->apChild[i]->eType; int b = (e!=FTS5_STRING && e!=FTS5_TERM && e!=FTS5_EOF); - zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s%z%s", + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s%z%s", (i==0 ? "" : zOp), (b?"(":""), z, (b?")":"") ); @@ -212944,7 +214072,7 @@ static void fts5ExprFunctionTcl( /* ** The implementation of an SQLite user-defined-function that accepts a -** single integer as an argument. If the integer is an alpha-numeric +** single integer as an argument. If the integer is an alpha-numeric ** unicode code point, 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. */ static void fts5ExprIsAlnum( @@ -212955,7 +214083,7 @@ static void fts5ExprIsAlnum( int iCode; u8 aArr[32]; if( nArg!=1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "wrong number of arguments to function fts5_isalnum", -1 ); return; @@ -212974,7 +214102,7 @@ static void fts5ExprFold( sqlite3_value **apVal /* Function arguments */ ){ if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "wrong number of arguments to function fts5_fold", -1 ); }else{ @@ -213068,7 +214196,7 @@ static Fts5PoslistPopulator *sqlite3Fts5ExprClearPoslists(Fts5Expr *pExpr, int b Fts5Buffer *pBuf = &pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->poslist; Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode; assert( pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->nTerm==1 ); - if( bLive && + if( bLive && (pBuf->n==0 || pNode->iRowid!=pExpr->pRoot->iRowid || pNode->bEof) ){ pRet[i].bMiss = 1; @@ -213135,9 +214263,9 @@ static int fts5ExprPopulatePoslistsCb( static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists( Fts5Config *pConfig, - Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5PoslistPopulator *aPopulator, - int iCol, + int iCol, const char *z, int n ){ int i; @@ -213149,7 +214277,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists( for(i=0; i<pExpr->nPhrase; i++){ Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode; Fts5Colset *pColset = pNode->pNear->pColset; - if( (pColset && 0==fts5ExprColsetTest(pColset, iCol)) + if( (pColset && 0==fts5ExprColsetTest(pColset, iCol)) || aPopulator[i].bMiss ){ aPopulator[i].bOk = 0; @@ -213158,7 +214286,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists( } } - return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, z, n, (void*)&sCtx, fts5ExprPopulatePoslistsCb ); } @@ -213223,12 +214351,12 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ExprCheckPoslists(Fts5Expr *pExpr, i64 iRowid){ } /* -** This function is only called for detail=columns tables. +** This function is only called for detail=columns tables. */ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, - int iPhrase, - const u8 **ppCollist, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + int iPhrase, + const u8 **ppCollist, int *pnCollist ){ Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase]; @@ -213238,8 +214366,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist( assert( iPhrase>=0 && iPhrase<pExpr->nPhrase ); assert( pExpr->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ); - if( pNode->bEof==0 - && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid + if( pNode->bEof==0 + && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid && pPhrase->poslist.n>0 ){ Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[0]; @@ -213297,9 +214425,9 @@ struct Fts5Hash { }; /* -** Each entry in the hash table is represented by an object of the -** following type. Each object, its key (a nul-terminated string) and -** its current data are stored in a single memory allocation. The +** Each entry in the hash table is represented by an object of the +** following type. Each object, its key (a nul-terminated string) and +** its current data are stored in a single memory allocation. The ** key immediately follows the object in memory. The position list ** data immediately follows the key data in memory. ** @@ -213321,7 +214449,7 @@ struct Fts5Hash { struct Fts5HashEntry { Fts5HashEntry *pHashNext; /* Next hash entry with same hash-key */ Fts5HashEntry *pScanNext; /* Next entry in sorted order */ - + int nAlloc; /* Total size of allocation */ int iSzPoslist; /* Offset of space for 4-byte poslist size */ int nData; /* Total bytes of data (incl. structure) */ @@ -213450,7 +214578,7 @@ static int fts5HashResize(Fts5Hash *pHash){ } static int fts5HashAddPoslistSize( - Fts5Hash *pHash, + Fts5Hash *pHash, Fts5HashEntry *p, Fts5HashEntry *p2 ){ @@ -213513,16 +214641,16 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5HashWrite( u8 *pPtr; int nIncr = 0; /* Amount to increment (*pHash->pnByte) by */ int bNew; /* If non-delete entry should be written */ - + bNew = (pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL); /* Attempt to locate an existing hash entry */ iHash = fts5HashKey2(pHash->nSlot, (u8)bByte, (const u8*)pToken, nToken); for(p=pHash->aSlot[iHash]; p; p=p->pHashNext){ char *zKey = fts5EntryKey(p); - if( zKey[0]==bByte + if( zKey[0]==bByte && p->nKey==nToken - && memcmp(&zKey[1], pToken, nToken)==0 + && memcmp(&zKey[1], pToken, nToken)==0 ){ break; } @@ -213571,8 +214699,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5HashWrite( nIncr += p->nData; }else{ - /* Appending to an existing hash-entry. Check that there is enough - ** space to append the largest possible new entry. Worst case scenario + /* Appending to an existing hash-entry. Check that there is enough + ** space to append the largest possible new entry. Worst case scenario ** is: ** ** + 9 bytes for a new rowid, @@ -213700,7 +214828,7 @@ static Fts5HashEntry *fts5HashEntryMerge( ** list. */ static int fts5HashEntrySort( - Fts5Hash *pHash, + Fts5Hash *pHash, const char *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Query prefix, if any */ Fts5HashEntry **ppSorted ){ @@ -213718,7 +214846,7 @@ static int fts5HashEntrySort( for(iSlot=0; iSlot<pHash->nSlot; iSlot++){ Fts5HashEntry *pIter; for(pIter=pHash->aSlot[iSlot]; pIter; pIter=pIter->pHashNext){ - if( pTerm==0 + if( pTerm==0 || (pIter->nKey+1>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(fts5EntryKey(pIter), pTerm, nTerm)) ){ Fts5HashEntry *pEntry = pIter; @@ -213833,7 +214961,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** ****************************************************************************** ** -** Low level access to the FTS index stored in the database file. The +** Low level access to the FTS index stored in the database file. The ** routines in this file file implement all read and write access to the ** %_data table. Other parts of the system access this functionality via ** the interface defined in fts5Int.h. @@ -213849,10 +214977,10 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** As well as the main term index, there may be up to 31 prefix indexes. ** The format is similar to FTS3/4, except that: ** -** * all segment b-tree leaf data is stored in fixed size page records -** (e.g. 1000 bytes). A single doclist may span multiple pages. Care is -** taken to ensure it is possible to iterate in either direction through -** the entries in a doclist, or to seek to a specific entry within a +** * all segment b-tree leaf data is stored in fixed size page records +** (e.g. 1000 bytes). A single doclist may span multiple pages. Care is +** taken to ensure it is possible to iterate in either direction through +** the entries in a doclist, or to seek to a specific entry within a ** doclist, without loading it into memory. ** ** * large doclists that span many pages have associated "doclist index" @@ -213885,14 +215013,14 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** CREATE TABLE %_data(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB); ** ** , contains the following 5 types of records. See the comments surrounding -** the FTS5_*_ROWID macros below for a description of how %_data rowids are +** the FTS5_*_ROWID macros below for a description of how %_data rowids are ** assigned to each fo them. ** ** 1. Structure Records: ** ** The set of segments that make up an index - the index structure - are ** recorded in a single record within the %_data table. The record consists -** of a single 32-bit configuration cookie value followed by a list of +** of a single 32-bit configuration cookie value followed by a list of ** SQLite varints. If the FTS table features more than one index (because ** there are one or more prefix indexes), it is guaranteed that all share ** the same cookie value. @@ -213924,7 +215052,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** ** TERM/DOCLIST FORMAT: ** -** Most of each segment leaf is taken up by term/doclist data. The +** Most of each segment leaf is taken up by term/doclist data. The ** general format of term/doclist, starting with the first term ** on the leaf page, is: ** @@ -213967,7 +215095,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** ** PAGE FORMAT ** -** Each leaf page begins with a 4-byte header containing 2 16-bit +** Each leaf page begins with a 4-byte header containing 2 16-bit ** unsigned integer fields in big-endian format. They are: ** ** * The byte offset of the first rowid on the page, if it exists @@ -214002,7 +215130,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** 5. Segment doclist indexes: ** ** Doclist indexes are themselves b-trees, however they usually consist of -** a single leaf record only. The format of each doclist index leaf page +** a single leaf record only. The format of each doclist index leaf page ** is: ** ** * Flags byte. Bits are: @@ -214012,8 +215140,8 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** ** * First rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint. ** -** * A list of varints, one for each subsequent termless page. A -** positive delta if the termless page contains at least one rowid, +** * A list of varints, one for each subsequent termless page. A +** positive delta if the termless page contains at least one rowid, ** or an 0x00 byte otherwise. ** ** Internal doclist index nodes are: @@ -214026,7 +215154,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** * Copy of first rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint. ** ** * A list of delta-encoded varints - the first rowid on each subsequent -** child page. +** child page. ** */ @@ -214043,7 +215171,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** ** Each segment has a unique non-zero 16-bit id. ** -** The rowid for each segment leaf is found by passing the segment id and +** The rowid for each segment leaf is found by passing the segment id and ** the leaf page number to the FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID macro. Leaves are numbered ** sequentially starting from 1. */ @@ -214140,7 +215268,7 @@ struct Fts5DoclistIter { /* ** The contents of the "structure" record for each index are represented -** using an Fts5Structure record in memory. Which uses instances of the +** using an Fts5Structure record in memory. Which uses instances of the ** other Fts5StructureXXX types as components. */ struct Fts5StructureSegment { @@ -214213,10 +215341,10 @@ struct Fts5CResult { ** Current leaf page number within segment. ** ** iLeafOffset: -** Byte offset within the current leaf that is the first byte of the +** Byte offset within the current leaf that is the first byte of the ** position list data (one byte passed the position-list size field). ** rowid field of the current entry. Usually this is the size field of the -** position list data. The exception is if the rowid for the current entry +** position list data. The exception is if the rowid for the current entry ** is the last thing on the leaf page. ** ** pLeaf: @@ -214230,7 +215358,7 @@ struct Fts5CResult { ** Mask of FTS5_SEGITER_XXX values. Interpreted as follows: ** ** FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM: -** If set, set the iterator to point to EOF after the current doclist +** If set, set the iterator to point to EOF after the current doclist ** has been exhausted. Do not proceed to the next term in the segment. ** ** FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE: @@ -214259,7 +215387,7 @@ struct Fts5SegIter { /* Next method */ void (*xNext)(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*); - /* The page and offset from which the current term was read. The offset + /* The page and offset from which the current term was read. The offset ** is the offset of the first rowid in the current doclist. */ int iTermLeafPgno; int iTermLeafOffset; @@ -214282,7 +215410,7 @@ struct Fts5SegIter { }; /* -** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a +** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a ** leaf page. */ #define ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(x) assert( \ @@ -214292,7 +215420,7 @@ struct Fts5SegIter { #define FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM 0x01 #define FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE 0x02 -/* +/* ** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a leaf ** page. This macro evaluates to true if the leaf contains no terms, or ** false if it contains at least one term. @@ -214314,13 +215442,13 @@ struct Fts5SegIter { ** on empty segments. ** ** The results of comparing segments aSeg[N] and aSeg[N+1], where N is an -** even number, is stored in aFirst[(nSeg+N)/2]. The "result" of the +** even number, is stored in aFirst[(nSeg+N)/2]. The "result" of the ** comparison in this context is the index of the iterator that currently ** points to the smaller term/rowid combination. Iterators at EOF are ** considered to be greater than all other iterators. ** ** aFirst[1] contains the index in aSeg[] of the iterator that points to -** the smallest key overall. aFirst[0] is unused. +** the smallest key overall. aFirst[0] is unused. ** ** poslist: ** Used by sqlite3Fts5IterPoslist() when the poslist needs to be buffered. @@ -214382,7 +215510,7 @@ static void fts5PutU16(u8 *aOut, u16 iVal){ static u16 fts5GetU16(const u8 *aIn){ return ((u16)aIn[0] << 8) + aIn[1]; -} +} /* ** Allocate and return a buffer at least nByte bytes in size. @@ -214448,7 +215576,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5IndexCloseReader(Fts5Index *p){ /* ** Retrieve a record from the %_data table. ** -** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error left in the +** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error left in the ** Fts5Index object. */ static Fts5Data *fts5DataRead(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid){ @@ -214471,11 +215599,11 @@ static Fts5Data *fts5DataRead(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid){ if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } - /* If the blob handle is not open at this point, open it and seek + /* If the blob handle is not open at this point, open it and seek ** to the requested entry. */ if( p->pReader==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; - rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, + rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, "block", iRowid, 0, &p->pReader ); } @@ -214483,7 +215611,7 @@ static Fts5Data *fts5DataRead(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid){ /* If either of the sqlite3_blob_open() or sqlite3_blob_reopen() calls ** above returned SQLITE_ERROR, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB instead. ** All the reasons those functions might return SQLITE_ERROR - missing - ** table, missing row, non-blob/text in block column - indicate + ** table, missing row, non-blob/text in block column - indicate ** backing store corruption. */ if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; @@ -214568,7 +215696,7 @@ static void fts5DataWrite(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid, const u8 *pData, int nData){ if( p->pWriter==0 ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pWriter, sqlite3_mprintf( - "REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_data'(id, block) VALUES(?,?)", + "REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_data'(id, block) VALUES(?,?)", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName )); if( p->rc ) return; @@ -214592,7 +215720,7 @@ static void fts5DataDelete(Fts5Index *p, i64 iFirst, i64 iLast){ if( p->pDeleter==0 ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_data' WHERE id>=? AND id<=?", + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_data' WHERE id>=? AND id<=?", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName ); if( fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDeleter, zSql) ) return; @@ -214626,7 +215754,7 @@ static void fts5DataRemoveSegment(Fts5Index *p, int iSegid){ } /* -** Release a reference to an Fts5Structure object returned by an earlier +** Release a reference to an Fts5Structure object returned by an earlier ** call to fts5StructureRead() or fts5StructureDecode(). */ static void fts5StructureRelease(Fts5Structure *pStruct){ @@ -214706,7 +215834,7 @@ static int fts5StructureDecode( i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->nMerge); i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], nTotal); if( nTotal<pLvl->nMerge ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; - pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nTotal * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment) ); nSegment -= nTotal; @@ -214772,10 +215900,10 @@ static void fts5StructureAddLevel(int *pRc, Fts5Structure **ppStruct){ ** segments. */ static void fts5StructureExtendLevel( - int *pRc, - Fts5Structure *pStruct, - int iLvl, - int nExtra, + int *pRc, + Fts5Structure *pStruct, + int iLvl, + int nExtra, int bInsert ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -214829,7 +215957,7 @@ static i64 fts5IndexDataVersion(Fts5Index *p){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p->pDataVersion==0 ){ - p->rc = fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDataVersion, + p->rc = fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDataVersion, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.data_version", p->pConfig->zDb) ); if( p->rc ) return 0; @@ -214848,7 +215976,7 @@ static i64 fts5IndexDataVersion(Fts5Index *p){ ** Read, deserialize and return the structure record. ** ** The Fts5Structure.aLevel[] and each Fts5StructureLevel.aSeg[] array -** are over-allocated as described for function fts5StructureDecode() +** are over-allocated as described for function fts5StructureDecode() ** above. ** ** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code left in the @@ -214997,8 +216125,8 @@ static int fts5SegmentSize(Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg){ } /* -** Return a copy of index structure pStruct. Except, promote as many -** segments as possible to level iPromote. If an OOM occurs, NULL is +** Return a copy of index structure pStruct. Except, promote as many +** segments as possible to level iPromote. If an OOM occurs, NULL is ** returned. */ static void fts5StructurePromoteTo( @@ -215038,8 +216166,8 @@ static void fts5StructurePromoteTo( ** ** b) If the segment just written is larger than the newest segment on ** the next populated level, then that segment, and any other adjacent -** segments that are also smaller than the one just written, are -** promoted. +** segments that are also smaller than the one just written, are +** promoted. ** ** If one or more segments are promoted, the structure object is updated ** to reflect this. @@ -215073,7 +216201,7 @@ static void fts5StructurePromote( if( sz>szMax ) szMax = sz; } if( szMax>=szSeg ){ - /* Condition (a) is true. Promote the newest segment on level + /* Condition (a) is true. Promote the newest segment on level ** iLvl to level iTst. */ iPromote = iTst; szPromote = szMax; @@ -215092,7 +216220,7 @@ static void fts5StructurePromote( /* -** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. If the end of the +** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. If the end of the ** doclist-index page is reached, return non-zero. */ static int fts5DlidxLvlNext(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){ @@ -215107,7 +216235,7 @@ static int fts5DlidxLvlNext(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){ }else{ int iOff; for(iOff=pLvl->iOff; iOff<pData->nn; iOff++){ - if( pData->p[iOff] ) break; + if( pData->p[iOff] ) break; } if( iOff<pData->nn ){ @@ -215137,7 +216265,7 @@ static int fts5DlidxIterNextR(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter, int iLvl){ if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){ fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData); memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl)); - pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, + pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno) ); if( pLvl->pData ) fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl); @@ -215157,7 +216285,7 @@ static int fts5DlidxIterNext(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ ** points to the first rowid in the doclist-index. ** ** pData: -** pointer to doclist-index record, +** pointer to doclist-index record, ** ** When this function is called pIter->iLeafPgno is the page number the ** doclist is associated with (the one featuring the term). @@ -215188,7 +216316,7 @@ static void fts5DlidxIterLast(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ Fts5DlidxLvl *pChild = &pLvl[-1]; fts5DataRelease(pChild->pData); memset(pChild, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl)); - pChild->pData = fts5DataRead(p, + pChild->pData = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, i-1, pLvl->iLeafPgno) ); } @@ -215211,8 +216339,8 @@ static int fts5DlidxLvlPrev(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){ int ii; int nZero = 0; - /* Currently iOff points to the first byte of a varint. This block - ** decrements iOff until it points to the first byte of the previous + /* Currently iOff points to the first byte of a varint. This block + ** decrements iOff until it points to the first byte of the previous ** varint. Taking care not to read any memory locations that occur ** before the buffer in memory. */ iLimit = (iOff>9 ? iOff-9 : 0); @@ -215257,7 +216385,7 @@ static int fts5DlidxIterPrevR(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter, int iLvl){ if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){ fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData); memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl)); - pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, + pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno) ); if( pLvl->pData ){ @@ -215356,7 +216484,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterNextPage( pIter->pLeaf = pIter->pNextLeaf; pIter->pNextLeaf = 0; }else if( pIter->iLeafPgno<=pSeg->pgnoLast ){ - pIter->pLeaf = fts5LeafRead(p, + pIter->pLeaf = fts5LeafRead(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, pIter->iLeafPgno) ); }else{ @@ -215400,7 +216528,7 @@ static int fts5GetPoslistSize(const u8 *p, int *pnSz, int *pbDel){ ** Fts5SegIter.nPos ** Fts5SegIter.bDel ** -** Leave Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset pointing to the first byte of the +** Leave Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset pointing to the first byte of the ** position list content (if any). */ static void fts5SegIterLoadNPos(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ @@ -215451,7 +216579,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterLoadRowid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ } /* -** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of the +** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of the ** "nSuffix" field of a term. Function parameter nKeep contains the value ** of the "nPrefix" field (if there was one - it is passed 0 if this is ** the first term in the segment). @@ -215462,7 +216590,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterLoadRowid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ ** Fts5SegIter.rowid ** ** accordingly and leaves (Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset) set to the content of -** the first position list. The position list belonging to document +** the first position list. The position list belonging to document ** (Fts5SegIter.iRowid). */ static void fts5SegIterLoadTerm(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter, int nKeep){ @@ -215510,10 +216638,10 @@ static void fts5SegIterSetNext(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ /* ** Initialize the iterator object pIter to iterate through the entries in -** segment pSeg. The iterator is left pointing to the first entry when +** segment pSeg. The iterator is left pointing to the first entry when ** this function returns. ** -** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If ** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. */ static void fts5SegIterInit( @@ -215558,8 +216686,8 @@ static void fts5SegIterInit( ** the position-list size field for the first relevant rowid on the page. ** Fts5SegIter.rowid is set, but nPos and bDel are not. ** -** This function advances the iterator so that it points to the last -** relevant rowid on the page and, if necessary, initializes the +** This function advances the iterator so that it points to the last +** relevant rowid on the page and, if necessary, initializes the ** aRowidOffset[] and iRowidOffset variables. At this point the iterator ** is in its regular state - Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset points to the first ** byte of the position list content associated with said rowid. @@ -215779,10 +216907,10 @@ static void fts5SegIterNext_None( /* -** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry. +** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry. ** -** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. It -** is not considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF. If an error has +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. It +** is not considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF. If an error has ** already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. */ static void fts5SegIterNext( @@ -215893,7 +217021,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterNext( }else{ /* The following could be done by calling fts5SegIterLoadNPos(). But ** this block is particularly performance critical, so equivalent - ** code is inlined. + ** code is inlined. ** ** Later: Switched back to fts5SegIterLoadNPos() because it supports ** detail=none mode. Not ideal. @@ -215973,7 +217101,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterReverse(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ } /* If pLast is NULL at this point, then the last rowid for this doclist - ** lies on the page currently indicated by the iterator. In this case + ** lies on the page currently indicated by the iterator. In this case ** pIter->iLeafOffset is already set to point to the position-list size ** field associated with the first relevant rowid on the page. ** @@ -216003,8 +217131,8 @@ static void fts5SegIterReverse(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ /* ** Iterator pIter currently points to the first rowid of a doclist. -** There is a doclist-index associated with the final term on the current -** page. If the current term is the last term on the page, load the +** There is a doclist-index associated with the final term on the current +** page. If the current term is the last term on the page, load the ** doclist-index from disk and initialize an iterator at (pIter->pDlidx). */ static void fts5SegIterLoadDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ @@ -216018,8 +217146,8 @@ static void fts5SegIterLoadDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ /* Check if the current doclist ends on this page. If it does, return ** early without loading the doclist-index (as it belongs to a different ** term. */ - if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno - && pIter->iEndofDoclist<pLeaf->szLeaf + if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno + && pIter->iEndofDoclist<pLeaf->szLeaf ){ return; } @@ -216184,7 +217312,7 @@ static sqlite3_stmt *fts5IdxSelectStmt(Fts5Index *p){ ** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within segment ** pSeg. If there is no such term in the index, the iterator is set to EOF. ** -** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If ** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. */ static void fts5SegIterSeekInit( @@ -216264,10 +217392,10 @@ static void fts5SegIterSeekInit( /* ** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within the -** in-memory hash table. If there is no such term in the hash-table, the +** in-memory hash table. If there is no such term in the hash-table, the ** iterator is set to EOF. ** -** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If ** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. */ static void fts5SegIterHashInit( @@ -216297,7 +217425,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterHashInit( } } }else{ - p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashQuery(p->pHash, sizeof(Fts5Data), + p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashQuery(p->pHash, sizeof(Fts5Data), (const char*)pTerm, nTerm, (void**)&pLeaf, &nList ); if( pLeaf ){ @@ -216347,7 +217475,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterClear(Fts5SegIter *pIter){ ** two iterators. */ static void fts5AssertComparisonResult( - Fts5Iter *pIter, + Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *p1, Fts5SegIter *p2, Fts5CResult *pRes @@ -216384,7 +217512,7 @@ static void fts5AssertComparisonResult( /* ** This function is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined when this module -** is compiled. In that case, this function is essentially an assert() +** is compiled. In that case, this function is essentially an assert() ** statement used to verify that the contents of the pIter->aFirst[] array ** are correct. */ @@ -216398,9 +217526,9 @@ static void fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ /* Check that pIter->iSwitchRowid is set correctly. */ for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i++){ Fts5SegIter *p1 = &pIter->aSeg[i]; - assert( p1==pFirst - || p1->pLeaf==0 - || fts5BufferCompare(&pFirst->term, &p1->term) + assert( p1==pFirst + || p1->pLeaf==0 + || fts5BufferCompare(&pFirst->term, &p1->term) || p1->iRowid==pIter->iSwitchRowid || (p1->iRowid<pIter->iSwitchRowid)==pIter->bRev ); @@ -216430,7 +217558,7 @@ static void fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ ** ** If the returned value is non-zero, then it is the index of an entry ** in the pIter->aSeg[] array that is (a) not at EOF, and (b) pointing -** to a key that is a duplicate of another, higher priority, +** to a key that is a duplicate of another, higher priority, ** segment-iterator in the pSeg->aSeg[] array. */ static int fts5MultiIterDoCompare(Fts5Iter *pIter, int iOut){ @@ -216521,7 +217649,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterGotoPage( } /* -** Advance the iterator passed as the second argument until it is at or +** Advance the iterator passed as the second argument until it is at or ** past rowid iFrom. Regardless of the value of iFrom, the iterator is ** always advanced at least once. */ @@ -216617,7 +217745,7 @@ static void fts5MultiIterAdvanced( ** If non-zero is returned, the caller should call fts5MultiIterAdvanced() ** on the iterator instead. That function does the same as this one, except ** that it deals with more complicated cases as well. -*/ +*/ static int fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid( Fts5Iter *pIter, /* Iterator to update aFirst[] array for */ int iChanged, /* Index of sub-iterator just advanced */ @@ -216668,14 +217796,14 @@ static void fts5MultiIterSetEof(Fts5Iter *pIter){ } /* -** Move the iterator to the next entry. +** Move the iterator to the next entry. ** -** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. It is not -** considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF, or if it is already at +** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. It is not +** considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF, or if it is already at ** EOF when this function is called. */ static void fts5MultiIterNext( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter, int bFrom, /* True if argument iFrom is valid */ i64 iFrom /* Advance at least as far as this */ @@ -216693,7 +217821,7 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNext( pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm); } - if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm + if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm || fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg) ){ fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1); @@ -216713,7 +217841,7 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNext( } static void fts5MultiIterNext2( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter, int *pbNewTerm /* OUT: True if *might* be new term */ ){ @@ -216727,7 +217855,7 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNext2( assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm); - if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm + if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm || fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg) ){ fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1); @@ -216752,7 +217880,7 @@ static Fts5Iter *fts5MultiIterAlloc( int nSlot; /* Power of two >= nSeg */ for(nSlot=2; nSlot<nSeg; nSlot=nSlot*2); - pNew = fts5IdxMalloc(p, + pNew = fts5IdxMalloc(p, sizeof(Fts5Iter) + /* pNew */ sizeof(Fts5SegIter) * (nSlot-1) + /* pNew->aSeg[] */ sizeof(Fts5CResult) * nSlot /* pNew->aFirst[] */ @@ -216767,8 +217895,8 @@ static Fts5Iter *fts5MultiIterAlloc( } static void fts5PoslistCallback( - Fts5Index *pUnused, - void *pContext, + Fts5Index *pUnused, + void *pContext, const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk ){ UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); @@ -216805,8 +217933,8 @@ static int fts5IndexColsetTest(Fts5Colset *pColset, int iCol){ } static void fts5PoslistOffsetsCallback( - Fts5Index *pUnused, - void *pContext, + Fts5Index *pUnused, + void *pContext, const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk ){ PoslistOffsetsCtx *pCtx = (PoslistOffsetsCtx*)pContext; @@ -216829,7 +217957,7 @@ static void fts5PoslistOffsetsCallback( static void fts5PoslistFilterCallback( Fts5Index *pUnused, - void *pContext, + void *pContext, const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk ){ PoslistCallbackCtx *pCtx = (PoslistCallbackCtx*)pContext; @@ -216974,7 +218102,7 @@ static int fts5IndexExtractCol( while( iCol>iCurrent ){ /* Advance pointer p until it points to pEnd or an 0x01 byte that is ** not part of a varint. Note that it is not possible for a negative - ** or extremely large varint to occur within an uncorrupted position + ** or extremely large varint to occur within an uncorrupted position ** list. So the last byte of each varint may be assumed to have a clear ** 0x80 bit. */ while( *p!=0x01 ){ @@ -217039,7 +218167,7 @@ static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Nocolset(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ assert( pIter->pColset==0 ); if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){ - /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output + /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output ** variables to point into the body of the page object. */ pIter->base.pData = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset]; }else{ @@ -217075,13 +218203,13 @@ static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ } /* -** xSetOutputs callback used when: +** xSetOutputs callback used when: ** ** * detail=col, ** * there is a column filter, and -** * the table contains 100 or fewer columns. +** * the table contains 100 or fewer columns. ** -** The last point is to ensure all column numbers are stored as +** The last point is to ensure all column numbers are stored as ** single-byte varints. */ static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ @@ -217093,7 +218221,7 @@ static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ fts5IterSetOutputs_Col(pIter, pSeg); }else{ u8 *a = (u8*)&pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset]; - u8 *pEnd = (u8*)&a[pSeg->nPos]; + u8 *pEnd = (u8*)&a[pSeg->nPos]; int iPrev = 0; int *aiCol = pIter->pColset->aiCol; int *aiColEnd = &aiCol[pIter->pColset->nCol]; @@ -217132,7 +218260,7 @@ static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Full(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ assert( pColset ); if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){ - /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output + /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output ** variables to point into the body of the page object. */ const u8 *a = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset]; if( pColset->nCol==1 ){ @@ -217196,7 +218324,7 @@ static void fts5IterSetOutputCb(int *pRc, Fts5Iter *pIter){ ** is zero or greater, data from the first nSegment segments on level iLevel ** is merged. ** -** The iterator initially points to the first term/rowid entry in the +** The iterator initially points to the first term/rowid entry in the ** iterated data. */ static void fts5MultiIterNew( @@ -217265,8 +218393,8 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNew( assert( iIter==nSeg ); } - /* If the above was successful, each component iterators now points - ** to the first entry in its segment. In this case initialize the + /* If the above was successful, each component iterators now points + ** to the first entry in its segment. In this case initialize the ** aFirst[] array. Or, if an error has occurred, free the iterator ** object and set the output variable to NULL. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -217335,12 +218463,12 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNew2( } /* -** Return true if the iterator is at EOF or if an error has occurred. +** Return true if the iterator is at EOF or if an error has occurred. ** False otherwise. */ static int fts5MultiIterEof(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ - assert( p->rc - || (pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof + assert( p->rc + || (pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof ); return (p->rc || pIter->base.bEof); } @@ -217359,8 +218487,8 @@ static i64 fts5MultiIterRowid(Fts5Iter *pIter){ ** Move the iterator to the next entry at or following iMatch. */ static void fts5MultiIterNextFrom( - Fts5Index *p, - Fts5Iter *pIter, + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Iter *pIter, i64 iMatch ){ while( 1 ){ @@ -217374,7 +218502,7 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNextFrom( } /* -** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the term associated with the +** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the term associated with the ** entry that the iterator currently points to. */ static const u8 *fts5MultiIterTerm(Fts5Iter *pIter, int *pn){ @@ -217385,11 +218513,11 @@ static const u8 *fts5MultiIterTerm(Fts5Iter *pIter, int *pn){ /* ** Allocate a new segment-id for the structure pStruct. The new segment -** id must be between 1 and 65335 inclusive, and must not be used by +** id must be between 1 and 65335 inclusive, and must not be used by ** any currently existing segment. If a free segment id cannot be found, ** SQLITE_FULL is returned. ** -** If an error has already occurred, this function is a no-op. 0 is +** If an error has already occurred, this function is a no-op. 0 is ** returned in this case. */ static int fts5AllocateSegid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Structure *pStruct){ @@ -217458,10 +218586,10 @@ static void fts5IndexDiscardData(Fts5Index *p){ } /* -** Return the size of the prefix, in bytes, that buffer +** Return the size of the prefix, in bytes, that buffer ** (pNew/<length-unknown>) shares with buffer (pOld/nOld). ** -** Buffer (pNew/<length-unknown>) is guaranteed to be greater +** Buffer (pNew/<length-unknown>) is guaranteed to be greater ** than buffer (pOld/nOld). */ static int fts5PrefixCompress(int nOld, const u8 *pOld, const u8 *pNew){ @@ -217473,7 +218601,7 @@ static int fts5PrefixCompress(int nOld, const u8 *pOld, const u8 *pNew){ } static void fts5WriteDlidxClear( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, int bFlush /* If true, write dlidx to disk */ ){ @@ -217484,7 +218612,7 @@ static void fts5WriteDlidxClear( if( pDlidx->buf.n==0 ) break; if( bFlush ){ assert( pDlidx->pgno!=0 ); - fts5DataWrite(p, + fts5DataWrite(p, FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno), pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n ); @@ -217538,8 +218666,8 @@ static int fts5WriteFlushDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter){ } /* -** This function is called whenever processing of the doclist for the -** last term on leaf page (pWriter->iBtPage) is completed. +** This function is called whenever processing of the doclist for the +** last term on leaf page (pWriter->iBtPage) is completed. ** ** The doclist-index for that term is currently stored in-memory within the ** Fts5SegWriter.aDlidx[] array. If it is large enough, this function @@ -217624,8 +218752,8 @@ static i64 fts5DlidxExtractFirstRowid(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){ ** doclist-index. */ static void fts5WriteDlidxAppend( - Fts5Index *p, - Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, i64 iRowid ){ int i; @@ -217638,11 +218766,11 @@ static void fts5WriteDlidxAppend( if( pDlidx->buf.n>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){ /* The current doclist-index page is full. Write it to disk and push ** a copy of iRowid (which will become the first rowid on the next - ** doclist-index leaf page) up into the next level of the b-tree + ** doclist-index leaf page) up into the next level of the b-tree ** hierarchy. If the node being flushed is currently the root node, ** also push its first rowid upwards. */ pDlidx->buf.p[0] = 0x01; /* Not the root node */ - fts5DataWrite(p, + fts5DataWrite(p, FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno), pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n ); @@ -217726,13 +218854,13 @@ static void fts5WriteFlushLeaf(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter){ ** Append term pTerm/nTerm to the segment being written by the writer passed ** as the second argument. ** -** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has +** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has ** already occurred, this function is a no-op. */ static void fts5WriteAppendTerm( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, - int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm + int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm ){ int nPrefix; /* Bytes of prefix compression for term */ Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer; @@ -217751,7 +218879,7 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendTerm( } fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nTerm+FTS5_DATA_PADDING); } - + /* TODO1: Updating pgidx here. */ pPgidx->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint( &pPgidx->p[pPgidx->n], pPage->buf.n - pPage->iPrevPgidx @@ -217767,11 +218895,11 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendTerm( if( pPage->pgno!=1 ){ /* This is the first term on a leaf that is not the leftmost leaf in ** the segment b-tree. In this case it is necessary to add a term to - ** the b-tree hierarchy that is (a) larger than the largest term + ** the b-tree hierarchy that is (a) larger than the largest term ** already written to the segment and (b) smaller than or equal to ** this term. In other words, a prefix of (pTerm/nTerm) that is one ** byte longer than the longest prefix (pTerm/nTerm) shares with the - ** previous term. + ** previous term. ** ** Usually, the previous term is available in pPage->term. The exception ** is if this is the first term written in an incremental-merge step. @@ -217808,10 +218936,10 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendTerm( } /* -** Append a rowid and position-list size field to the writers output. +** Append a rowid and position-list size field to the writers output. */ static void fts5WriteAppendRowid( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, i64 iRowid ){ @@ -217822,7 +218950,7 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendRowid( fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter); } - /* If this is to be the first rowid written to the page, set the + /* If this is to be the first rowid written to the page, set the ** rowid-pointer in the page-header. Also append a value to the dlidx ** buffer, in case a doclist-index is required. */ if( pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage ){ @@ -217844,18 +218972,18 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendRowid( } static void fts5WriteAppendPoslistData( - Fts5Index *p, - Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, - const u8 *aData, + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + const u8 *aData, int nData ){ Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer; const u8 *a = aData; int n = nData; - + assert( p->pConfig->pgsz>0 ); - while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK - && (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n + n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n + n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){ int nReq = p->pConfig->pgsz - pPage->buf.n - pPage->pgidx.n; int nCopy = 0; @@ -217878,7 +219006,7 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendPoslistData( ** allocations associated with the writer. */ static void fts5WriteFinish( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ int *pnLeaf /* OUT: Number of leaf pages in b-tree */ ){ @@ -217906,8 +219034,8 @@ static void fts5WriteFinish( } static void fts5WriteInit( - Fts5Index *p, - Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, int iSegid ){ const int nBuffer = p->pConfig->pgsz + FTS5_DATA_PADDING; @@ -217930,7 +219058,7 @@ static void fts5WriteInit( if( p->pIdxWriter==0 ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pIdxWriter, sqlite3_mprintf( - "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_idx'(segid,term,pgno) VALUES(?,?,?)", + "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_idx'(segid,term,pgno) VALUES(?,?,?)", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName )); } @@ -217996,13 +219124,13 @@ static void fts5TrimSegments(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ /* Set up the new page-index array */ fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, 4); - if( pSeg->iLeafPgno==pSeg->iTermLeafPgno + if( pSeg->iLeafPgno==pSeg->iTermLeafPgno && pSeg->iEndofDoclist<pData->szLeaf && pSeg->iPgidxOff<=pData->nn ){ int nDiff = pData->szLeaf - pSeg->iEndofDoclist; fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, buf.n - 1 - nDiff - 4); - fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, pData->nn - pSeg->iPgidxOff, &pData->p[pSeg->iPgidxOff] ); } @@ -218019,8 +219147,8 @@ static void fts5TrimSegments(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ } static void fts5MergeChunkCallback( - Fts5Index *p, - void *pCtx, + Fts5Index *p, + void *pCtx, const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk ){ Fts5SegWriter *pWriter = (Fts5SegWriter*)pCtx; @@ -218235,7 +219363,7 @@ static int fts5IndexMerge( ** segment. This function updates the write-counter accordingly and, if ** necessary, performs incremental merge work. ** -** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has +** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has ** already occurred, this function is a no-op. */ static void fts5IndexAutomerge( @@ -218286,12 +219414,12 @@ static int fts5IndexReturn(Fts5Index *p){ typedef struct Fts5FlushCtx Fts5FlushCtx; struct Fts5FlushCtx { Fts5Index *pIdx; - Fts5SegWriter writer; + Fts5SegWriter writer; }; /* ** Buffer aBuf[] contains a list of varints, all small enough to fit -** in a 32-bit integer. Return the size of the largest prefix of this +** in a 32-bit integer. Return the size of the largest prefix of this ** list nMax bytes or less in size. */ static int fts5PoslistPrefix(const u8 *aBuf, int nMax){ @@ -218309,10 +219437,10 @@ static int fts5PoslistPrefix(const u8 *aBuf, int nMax){ } /* -** Flush the contents of in-memory hash table iHash to a new level-0 +** Flush the contents of in-memory hash table iHash to a new level-0 ** segment on disk. Also update the corresponding structure record. ** -** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has +** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has ** already occurred, this function is a no-op. */ static void fts5FlushOneHash(Fts5Index *p){ @@ -218369,13 +219497,13 @@ static void fts5FlushOneHash(Fts5Index *p){ i64 iDelta = 0; int iOff = 0; - /* The entire doclist will not fit on this leaf. The following - ** loop iterates through the poslists that make up the current + /* The entire doclist will not fit on this leaf. The following + ** loop iterates through the poslists that make up the current ** doclist. */ while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<nDoclist ){ iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pDoclist[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta); iRowid += iDelta; - + if( writer.bFirstRowidInPage ){ fts5PutU16(&pBuf->p[0], (u16)pBuf->n); /* first rowid on page */ pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], iRowid); @@ -218479,7 +219607,7 @@ static void fts5IndexFlush(Fts5Index *p){ } static Fts5Structure *fts5IndexOptimizeStruct( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5Structure *pStruct ){ Fts5Structure *pNew = 0; @@ -218490,7 +219618,7 @@ static Fts5Structure *fts5IndexOptimizeStruct( /* Figure out if this structure requires optimization. A structure does ** not require optimization if either: ** - ** + it consists of fewer than two segments, or + ** + it consists of fewer than two segments, or ** + all segments are on the same level, or ** + all segments except one are currently inputs to a merge operation. ** @@ -218567,7 +219695,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOptimize(Fts5Index *p){ fts5StructureRelease(pNew); } - return fts5IndexReturn(p); + return fts5IndexReturn(p); } /* @@ -218651,7 +219779,7 @@ static void fts5DoclistIterNext(Fts5DoclistIter *pIter){ } static void fts5DoclistIterInit( - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, Fts5DoclistIter *pIter ){ memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter)); @@ -218767,17 +219895,17 @@ static void fts5MergePrefixLists( Fts5Buffer out = {0, 0, 0}; Fts5Buffer tmp = {0, 0, 0}; - /* The maximum size of the output is equal to the sum of the two + /* The maximum size of the output is equal to the sum of the two ** input sizes + 1 varint (9 bytes). The extra varint is because if the ** first rowid in one input is a large negative number, and the first in ** the other a non-negative number, the delta for the non-negative ** number will be larger on disk than the literal integer value - ** was. + ** was. ** ** Or, if the input position-lists are corrupt, then the output might ** include up to 2 extra 10-byte positions created by interpreting -1 ** (the value PoslistNext64() uses for EOF) as a position and appending - ** it to the output. This can happen at most once for each input + ** it to the output. This can happen at most once for each input ** position-list, hence two 10 byte paddings. */ if( sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &out, p1->n + p2->n + 9+10+10) ) return; fts5DoclistIterInit(p1, &i1); @@ -218801,7 +219929,7 @@ static void fts5MergePrefixLists( assert( out.n<=((i1.aPoslist-p1->p) + (i2.aPoslist-p2->p)+9+10+10) ); } else{ - /* Merge the two position lists. */ + /* Merge the two position lists. */ i64 iPos1 = 0; i64 iPos2 = 0; int iOff1 = 0; @@ -218926,8 +220054,8 @@ static void fts5SetupPrefixIter( pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); if( aBuf && pStruct ){ - const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN - | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY + const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN + | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT; int i; i64 iLastRowid = 0; @@ -219009,9 +220137,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite(Fts5Index *p, int bDelete, i64 iRowid){ } /* Flush the hash table to disk if required */ - if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid + if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid || (iRowid==p->iWriteRowid && p->bDelete==0) - || (p->nPendingData > p->pConfig->nHashSize) + || (p->nPendingData > p->pConfig->nHashSize) ){ fts5IndexFlush(p); } @@ -219034,7 +220162,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSync(Fts5Index *p){ /* ** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it ** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data -** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data +** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data ** records must be invalidated. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p){ @@ -219068,8 +220196,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReinit(Fts5Index *p){ ** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen( - Fts5Config *pConfig, - int bCreate, + Fts5Config *pConfig, + int bCreate, Fts5Index **pp, char **pzErr ){ @@ -219086,8 +220214,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen( pConfig, "data", "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB", 0, pzErr ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx", - "segid, term, pgno, PRIMARY KEY(segid, term)", + rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx", + "segid, term, pgno, PRIMARY KEY(segid, term)", 1, pzErr ); } @@ -219127,13 +220255,13 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(Fts5Index *p){ } /* -** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in +** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in ** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the ** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen( - const char *p, - int nByte, + const char *p, + int nByte, int nChar ){ int n = 0; @@ -219159,7 +220287,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen( ** unicode characters in the string. */ static int fts5IndexCharlen(const char *pIn, int nIn){ - int nChar = 0; + int nChar = 0; int i = 0; while( i<nIn ){ if( (unsigned char)pIn[i++]>=0xc0 ){ @@ -219171,7 +220299,7 @@ static int fts5IndexCharlen(const char *pIn, int nIn){ } /* -** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is +** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is ** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more ** times. ** @@ -219202,7 +220330,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite( const int nChar = pConfig->aPrefix[i]; int nByte = sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(pToken, nToken, nChar); if( nByte ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(p->pHash, + rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(p->pHash, p->iWriteRowid, iCol, iPos, (char)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX+i+1), pToken, nByte ); @@ -219213,7 +220341,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite( } /* -** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowid that match the +** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowid that match the ** specified token or token prefix. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( @@ -219240,9 +220368,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( ** satisfied by scanning multiple terms in the main index. ** ** If the QUERY_TEST_NOIDX flag was specified, then this must be a - ** prefix-query. Instead of using a prefix-index (if one exists), + ** prefix-query. Instead of using a prefix-index (if one exists), ** evaluate the prefix query using the main FTS index. This is used - ** for internal sanity checking by the integrity-check in debug + ** for internal sanity checking by the integrity-check in debug ** mode only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pConfig->bPrefixIndex==0 || (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX) ){ @@ -219262,7 +220390,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( Fts5Structure *pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); buf.p[0] = (u8)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX + iIdx); if( pStruct ){ - fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY, + fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY, pColset, buf.p, nToken+1, -1, 0, &pRet ); fts5StructureRelease(pStruct); @@ -219296,7 +220424,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( ** Return true if the iterator passed as the only argument is at EOF. */ /* -** Move to the next matching rowid. +** Move to the next matching rowid. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IterNext(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){ Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter; @@ -219361,7 +220489,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5IterClose(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){ } /* -** Read and decode the "averages" record from the database. +** Read and decode the "averages" record from the database. ** ** Parameter anSize must point to an array of size nCol, where nCol is ** the number of user defined columns in the FTS table. @@ -219387,7 +220515,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexGetAverages(Fts5Index *p, i64 *pnRow, i64 *anSize){ } /* -** Replace the current "averages" record with the contents of the buffer +** Replace the current "averages" record with the contents of the buffer ** supplied as the second argument. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(Fts5Index *p, const u8 *pData, int nData){ @@ -219405,7 +220533,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(Fts5Index *p){ } /* -** Set the 32-bit cookie value stored at the start of all structure +** Set the 32-bit cookie value stored at the start of all structure ** records to the value passed as the second argument. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error @@ -219420,7 +220548,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(Fts5Index *p, int iNew){ assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); sqlite3Fts5Put32(aCookie, iNew); - rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, + rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, "block", FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID, 1, &pBlob ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -219441,7 +220569,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(Fts5Index *p){ /************************************************************************* ************************************************************************** -** Below this point is the implementation of the integrity-check +** Below this point is the implementation of the integrity-check ** functionality. */ @@ -219449,9 +220577,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(Fts5Index *p){ ** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments. */ static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum( - i64 iRowid, - int iCol, - int iPos, + i64 iRowid, + int iCol, + int iPos, int iIdx, const char *pTerm, int nTerm @@ -219467,15 +220595,15 @@ static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum( #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** This function is purely an internal test. It does not contribute to +** This function is purely an internal test. It does not contribute to ** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way. ** -** Instead, it tests that the same set of pgno/rowid combinations are +** Instead, it tests that the same set of pgno/rowid combinations are ** visited regardless of whether the doclist-index identified by parameters ** iSegid/iLeaf is iterated in forwards or reverse order. */ static void fts5TestDlidxReverse( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, int iSegid, /* Segment id to load from */ int iLeaf /* Load doclist-index for this leaf */ ){ @@ -219582,11 +220710,11 @@ static int fts5TestUtf8(const char *z, int n){ } /* -** This function is also purely an internal test. It does not contribute to +** This function is also purely an internal test. It does not contribute to ** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way. */ static void fts5TestTerm( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5Buffer *pPrev, /* Previous term */ const char *z, int n, /* Possibly new term to test */ u64 expected, @@ -219615,12 +220743,12 @@ static void fts5TestTerm( if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ck1!=ck2 ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; /* If this is a prefix query, check that the results returned if the - ** the index is disabled are the same. In both ASC and DESC order. + ** the index is disabled are the same. In both ASC and DESC order. ** ** This check may only be performed if the hash table is empty. This ** is because the hash table only supports a single scan query at ** a time, and the multi-iter loop from which this function is called - ** is already performing such a scan. + ** is already performing such a scan. ** ** Also only do this if buffer zTerm contains nTerm bytes of valid ** utf-8. Otherwise, the last part of the buffer contents might contain @@ -219652,7 +220780,7 @@ static void fts5TestTerm( } p->rc = rc; } - + #else # define fts5TestDlidxReverse(x,y,z) # define fts5TestTerm(u,v,w,x,y,z) @@ -219765,7 +220893,7 @@ static void fts5IndexIntegrityCheckSegment( int iIdxLeaf = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 2); int bIdxDlidx = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 3); - /* If the leaf in question has already been trimmed from the segment, + /* If the leaf in question has already been trimmed from the segment, ** ignore this b-tree entry. Otherwise, load it into memory. */ if( iIdxLeaf<pSeg->pgnoFirst ) continue; iRow = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, iIdxLeaf); @@ -219873,7 +221001,7 @@ static void fts5IndexIntegrityCheckSegment( /* -** Run internal checks to ensure that the FTS index (a) is internally +** Run internal checks to ensure that the FTS index (a) is internally ** consistent and (b) contains entries for which the XOR of the checksums ** as calculated by sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum() is cksum. ** @@ -219895,7 +221023,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index *p, u64 cksum){ Fts5Buffer term = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used to hold most recent term */ #endif const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT; - + /* Load the FTS index structure */ pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); @@ -219917,7 +221045,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index *p, u64 cksum){ ** ** Two versions of the same checksum are calculated. The first (stack ** variable cksum2) based on entries extracted from the full-text index - ** while doing a linear scan of each individual index in turn. + ** while doing a linear scan of each individual index in turn. ** ** As each term visited by the linear scans, a separate query for the ** same term is performed. cksum3 is calculated based on the entries @@ -220019,12 +221147,12 @@ static void fts5DebugStructure( for(iLvl=0; iLvl<p->nLevel; iLvl++){ Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &p->aLevel[iLvl]; - sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {lvl=%d nMerge=%d nSeg=%d", iLvl, pLvl->nMerge, pLvl->nSeg ); for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pLvl->nSeg; iSeg++){ Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = &pLvl->aSeg[iSeg]; - sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {id=%d leaves=%d..%d}", + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {id=%d leaves=%d..%d}", pSeg->iSegid, pSeg->pgnoFirst, pSeg->pgnoLast ); } @@ -220037,7 +221165,7 @@ static void fts5DebugStructure( ** ** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain a serialized Fts5Structure object. This ** function appends a human-readable representation of the same object -** to the buffer passed as the second argument. +** to the buffer passed as the second argument. */ static void fts5DecodeStructure( int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: error code */ @@ -220060,9 +221188,9 @@ static void fts5DecodeStructure( /* ** This is part of the fts5_decode() debugging aid. ** -** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain an "averages" record. This function -** appends a human-readable representation of record to the buffer passed -** as the second argument. +** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain an "averages" record. This function +** appends a human-readable representation of record to the buffer passed +** as the second argument. */ static void fts5DecodeAverages( int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: error code */ @@ -220101,7 +221229,7 @@ static int fts5DecodePoslist(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, const u8 *a, int n){ ** The start of buffer (a/n) contains the start of a doclist. The doclist ** may or may not finish within the buffer. This function appends a text ** representation of the part of the doclist that is present to buffer -** pBuf. +** pBuf. ** ** The return value is the number of bytes read from the input buffer. */ @@ -220131,7 +221259,7 @@ static int fts5DecodeDoclist(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, const u8 *a, int n){ } /* -** This function is part of the fts5_decode() debugging function. It is +** This function is part of the fts5_decode() debugging function. It is ** only ever used with detail=none tables. ** ** Buffer (pData/nData) contains a doclist in the format used by detail=none @@ -220218,7 +221346,7 @@ static void fts5DecodeFunction( lvl.iLeafPgno = iPgno; for(fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl); lvl.bEof==0; fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl)){ - sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &s, + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &s, " %d(%lld)", lvl.iLeafPgno, lvl.iRowid ); } @@ -220329,7 +221457,7 @@ static void fts5DecodeFunction( int bFirst = (iPgidxOff==szLeaf); /* True for first term on page */ int nByte; /* Bytes of data */ int iEnd; - + iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], nByte); iPgidxPrev += nByte; iOff = iPgidxPrev; @@ -220369,7 +221497,7 @@ static void fts5DecodeFunction( fts5BufferFree(&term); } - + decode_out: sqlite3_free(a); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -220397,7 +221525,7 @@ static void fts5RowidFunction( i64 iRowid; int segid, pgno; if( nArg!=3 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "should be: fts5_rowid('segment', segid, pgno))", -1 ); }else{ @@ -220407,7 +221535,7 @@ static void fts5RowidFunction( sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, iRowid); } }else{ - sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "first arg to fts5_rowid() must be 'segment'" , -1 ); } @@ -220429,7 +221557,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(sqlite3 *db){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function( - db, "fts5_decode_none", 2, + db, "fts5_decode_none", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, fts5DecodeFunction, 0, 0 ); } @@ -220486,9 +221614,9 @@ typedef struct Fts5Sorter Fts5Sorter; typedef struct Fts5TokenizerModule Fts5TokenizerModule; /* -** NOTES ON TRANSACTIONS: +** NOTES ON TRANSACTIONS: ** -** SQLite invokes the following virtual table methods as transactions are +** SQLite invokes the following virtual table methods as transactions are ** opened and closed by the user: ** ** xBegin(): Start of a new transaction. @@ -220497,7 +221625,7 @@ typedef struct Fts5TokenizerModule Fts5TokenizerModule; ** xRollback(): Rollback the transaction. ** ** Anything that is required as part of a commit that may fail is performed -** in the xSync() callback. Current versions of SQLite ignore any errors +** in the xSync() callback. Current versions of SQLite ignore any errors ** returned by xCommit(). ** ** And as sub-transactions are opened/closed: @@ -220506,9 +221634,9 @@ typedef struct Fts5TokenizerModule Fts5TokenizerModule; ** xRelease(int S): Commit and close savepoint S. ** xRollbackTo(int S): Rollback to start of savepoint S. ** -** During a write-transaction the fts5_index.c module may cache some data +** During a write-transaction the fts5_index.c module may cache some data ** in-memory. It is flushed to disk whenever xSync(), xRelease() or -** xSavepoint() is called. And discarded whenever xRollback() or xRollbackTo() +** xSavepoint() is called. And discarded whenever xRollback() or xRollbackTo() ** is called. ** ** Additionally, if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an instance of the following @@ -220522,13 +221650,13 @@ struct Fts5TransactionState { }; /* -** A single object of this type is allocated when the FTS5 module is +** A single object of this type is allocated when the FTS5 module is ** registered with a database handle. It is used to store pointers to ** all registered FTS5 extensions - tokenizers and auxiliary functions. */ struct Fts5Global { fts5_api api; /* User visible part of object (see fts5.h) */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection */ i64 iNextId; /* Used to allocate unique cursor ids */ Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; /* First in list of all aux. functions */ Fts5TokenizerModule *pTok; /* First in list of all tokenizer modules */ @@ -220584,7 +221712,7 @@ struct Fts5MatchPhrase { ** ** aIdx[]: ** There is one entry in the aIdx[] array for each phrase in the query, -** the value of which is the offset within aPoslist[] following the last +** the value of which is the offset within aPoslist[] following the last ** byte of the position list for the corresponding phrase. */ struct Fts5Sorter { @@ -220600,8 +221728,8 @@ struct Fts5Sorter { ** Virtual-table cursor object. ** ** iSpecial: -** If this is a 'special' query (refer to function fts5SpecialMatch()), -** then this variable contains the result of the query. +** If this is a 'special' query (refer to function fts5SpecialMatch()), +** then this variable contains the result of the query. ** ** iFirstRowid, iLastRowid: ** These variables are only used for FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors. Assuming the @@ -220652,7 +221780,7 @@ struct Fts5Cursor { }; /* -** Bits that make up the "idxNum" parameter passed indirectly by +** Bits that make up the "idxNum" parameter passed indirectly by ** xBestIndex() to xFilter(). */ #define FTS5_BI_MATCH 0x0001 /* <tbl> MATCH ? */ @@ -220731,7 +221859,7 @@ static void fts5CheckTransactionState(Fts5FullTable *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ assert( iSavepoint>=p->ts.iSavepoint ); p->ts.iSavepoint = iSavepoint; break; - + case FTS5_RELEASE: assert( p->ts.eState==1 ); assert( iSavepoint>=0 ); @@ -220762,7 +221890,7 @@ static int fts5IsContentless(Fts5FullTable *pTab){ } /* -** Delete a virtual table handle allocated by fts5InitVtab(). +** Delete a virtual table handle allocated by fts5InitVtab(). */ static void fts5FreeVtab(Fts5FullTable *pTab){ if( pTab ){ @@ -220918,7 +222046,7 @@ static void fts5SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ } /* -** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS5 tables. Within the +** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS5 tables. Within the ** WHERE constraint, it searches for the following: ** ** 1. A MATCH constraint against the table column. @@ -220933,7 +222061,7 @@ static void fts5SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ ** 5. ORDER BY rank [ASC|DESC] ** 6. ORDER BY rowid [ASC|DESC] ** -** Information for the xFilter call is passed via both the idxNum and +** Information for the xFilter call is passed via both the idxNum and ** idxStr variables. Specifically, idxNum is a bitmask of the following ** flags used to encode the ORDER BY clause: ** @@ -221020,7 +222148,7 @@ static int fts5BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ ){ /* A MATCH operator or equivalent */ if( p->usable==0 || iCol<0 ){ - /* As there exists an unusable MATCH constraint this is an + /* As there exists an unusable MATCH constraint this is an ** unusable plan. Set a prohibitively high cost. */ pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50; assert( iIdxStr < pInfo->nConstraint*6 + 1 ); @@ -221044,8 +222172,8 @@ static int fts5BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; } } - else if( p->usable && bSeenEq==0 - && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && iCol<0 + else if( p->usable && bSeenEq==0 + && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && iCol<0 ){ idxStr[iIdxStr++] = '='; bSeenEq = 1; @@ -221153,15 +222281,15 @@ static int fts5StmtType(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ /* ** This function is called after the cursor passed as the only argument -** is moved to point at a different row. It clears all cached data +** is moved to point at a different row. It clears all cached data ** specific to the previous row stored by the cursor object. */ static void fts5CsrNewrow(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ - CsrFlagSet(pCsr, - FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT - | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE - | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST - | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST + CsrFlagSet(pCsr, + FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT + | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE + | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST + | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST ); } @@ -221265,14 +222393,14 @@ static int fts5SorterNext(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ /* -** Set the FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK flag on all FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors +** Set the FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK flag on all FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors ** open on table pTab. */ static void fts5TripCursors(Fts5FullTable *pTab){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr; for(pCsr=pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){ if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH - && pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab + && pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab ){ CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK); } @@ -221281,14 +222409,14 @@ static void fts5TripCursors(Fts5FullTable *pTab){ /* ** If the REQUIRE_RESEEK flag is set on the cursor passed as the first -** argument, close and reopen all Fts5IndexIter iterators that the cursor +** argument, close and reopen all Fts5IndexIter iterators that the cursor ** is using. Then attempt to move the cursor to a rowid equal to or laster -** (in the cursors sort order - ASC or DESC) than the current rowid. +** (in the cursors sort order - ASC or DESC) than the current rowid. ** ** If the new rowid is not equal to the old, set output parameter *pbSkip ** to 1 before returning. Otherwise, leave it unchanged. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or if no reseek was required, or an +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or if no reseek was required, or an ** error code if an error occurred. */ static int fts5CursorReseek(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int *pbSkip){ @@ -221316,7 +222444,7 @@ static int fts5CursorReseek(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int *pbSkip){ /* -** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table that matches the +** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table that matches the ** search criteria. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned @@ -221328,7 +222456,7 @@ static int fts5NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ int rc; assert( (pCsr->ePlan<3)== - (pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE) + (pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE) ); assert( !CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF) ); @@ -221345,12 +222473,12 @@ static int fts5NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ rc = SQLITE_OK; break; } - + case FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH: { rc = fts5SorterNext(pCsr); break; } - + default: { Fts5Config *pConfig = ((Fts5Table*)pCursor->pVtab)->pConfig; pConfig->bLock++; @@ -221371,14 +222499,14 @@ static int fts5NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ } } } - + return rc; } static int fts5PrepareStatement( sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, - Fts5Config *pConfig, + Fts5Config *pConfig, const char *zFmt, ... ){ @@ -221390,9 +222518,9 @@ static int fts5PrepareStatement( va_start(ap, zFmt); zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); if( zSql==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT, &pRet, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pConfig->pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pConfig->db)); @@ -221403,11 +222531,11 @@ static int fts5PrepareStatement( va_end(ap); *ppStmt = pRet; return rc; -} +} static int fts5CursorFirstSorted( - Fts5FullTable *pTab, - Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + Fts5FullTable *pTab, + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bDesc ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->p.pConfig; @@ -221417,7 +222545,7 @@ static int fts5CursorFirstSorted( int rc; const char *zRank = pCsr->zRank; const char *zRankArgs = pCsr->zRankArgs; - + nPhrase = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); nByte = sizeof(Fts5Sorter) + sizeof(int) * (nPhrase-1); pSorter = (Fts5Sorter*)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); @@ -221428,7 +222556,7 @@ static int fts5CursorFirstSorted( /* TODO: It would be better to have some system for reusing statement ** handles here, rather than preparing a new one for each query. But that ** is not possible as SQLite reference counts the virtual table objects. - ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual + ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual ** table, saving it creates a circular reference. ** ** If SQLite a built-in statement cache, this wouldn't be a problem. */ @@ -221475,8 +222603,8 @@ static int fts5CursorFirst(Fts5FullTable *pTab, Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bDesc){ ** parameters. */ static int fts5SpecialMatch( - Fts5FullTable *pTab, - Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + Fts5FullTable *pTab, + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, const char *zQuery ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ @@ -221574,7 +222702,7 @@ static int fts5FindRankFunction(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ static int fts5CursorParseRank( Fts5Config *pConfig, - Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_value *pRank ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -221623,7 +222751,7 @@ static i64 fts5GetRowidLimit(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){ ** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See ** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional ** information. -** +** ** There are three possible query strategies: ** ** 1. Full-text search using a MATCH operator. @@ -221728,7 +222856,7 @@ static int fts5FilterMethod( bOrderByRank = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK) ? 1 : 0); pCsr->bDesc = bDesc = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_DESC) ? 1 : 0); - /* Set the cursor upper and lower rowid limits. Only some strategies + /* Set the cursor upper and lower rowid limits. Only some strategies ** actually use them. This is ok, as the xBestIndex() method leaves the ** sqlite3_index_constraint.omit flag clear for range constraints ** on the rowid field. */ @@ -221744,11 +222872,11 @@ static int fts5FilterMethod( } if( pTab->pSortCsr ){ - /* If pSortCsr is non-NULL, then this call is being made as part of + /* If pSortCsr is non-NULL, then this call is being made as part of ** processing for a "... MATCH <expr> ORDER BY rank" query (ePlan is ** set to FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH). pSortCsr is the cursor that will - ** return results to the user for this query. The current cursor - ** (pCursor) is used to execute the query issued by function + ** return results to the user for this query. The current cursor + ** (pCursor) is used to execute the query issued by function ** fts5CursorFirstSorted() above. */ assert( pRowidEq==0 && pRowidLe==0 && pRowidGe==0 && pRank==0 ); assert( nVal==0 && bOrderByRank==0 && bDesc==0 ); @@ -221804,8 +222932,8 @@ static int fts5FilterMethod( return rc; } -/* -** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this ** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. */ static int fts5EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ @@ -221817,9 +222945,9 @@ static int fts5EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ ** Return the rowid that the cursor currently points to. */ static i64 fts5CursorRowid(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ - assert( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH - || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH - || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE + assert( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH + || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH + || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE ); if( pCsr->pSorter ){ return pCsr->pSorter->iRowid; @@ -221828,7 +222956,7 @@ static i64 fts5CursorRowid(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ } } -/* +/* ** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to ** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts5 ** exposes %_content.rowid as the rowid for the virtual table. The @@ -221837,7 +222965,7 @@ static i64 fts5CursorRowid(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ static int fts5RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor; int ePlan = pCsr->ePlan; - + assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 ); switch( ePlan ){ case FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL: @@ -221868,7 +222996,7 @@ static int fts5RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ static int fts5SeekCursor(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bErrormsg){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* If the cursor does not yet have a statement handle, obtain one now. */ + /* If the cursor does not yet have a statement handle, obtain one now. */ if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){ Fts5FullTable *pTab = (Fts5FullTable*)(pCsr->base.pVtab); int eStmt = fts5StmtType(pCsr); @@ -221919,7 +223047,7 @@ static void fts5SetVtabError(Fts5FullTable *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ ** INSERT INTO fts(fts) VALUES($pCmd) ** INSERT INTO fts(fts, rank) VALUES($pCmd, $pVal) ** -** Argument pVal is the value assigned to column "fts" by the INSERT +** Argument pVal is the value assigned to column "fts" by the INSERT ** statement. This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite ** error code if an error occurs. ** @@ -221938,7 +223066,7 @@ static int fts5SpecialInsert( if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete-all", zCmd) ){ if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ - fts5SetVtabError(pTab, + fts5SetVtabError(pTab, "'delete-all' may only be used with a " "contentless or external content fts5 table" ); @@ -221948,7 +223076,7 @@ static int fts5SpecialInsert( } }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("rebuild", zCmd) ){ if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE ){ - fts5SetVtabError(pTab, + fts5SetVtabError(pTab, "'rebuild' may not be used with a contentless fts5 table" ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -221983,7 +223111,7 @@ static int fts5SpecialInsert( } static int fts5SpecialDelete( - Fts5FullTable *pTab, + Fts5FullTable *pTab, sqlite3_value **apVal ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -221996,9 +223124,9 @@ static int fts5SpecialDelete( } static void fts5StorageInsert( - int *pRc, - Fts5FullTable *pTab, - sqlite3_value **apVal, + int *pRc, + Fts5FullTable *pTab, + sqlite3_value **apVal, i64 *piRowid ){ int rc = *pRc; @@ -222011,13 +223139,13 @@ static void fts5StorageInsert( *pRc = rc; } -/* -** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by +/* +** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by ** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be ** inserted, updated or deleted. ** ** A delete specifies a single argument - the rowid of the row to remove. -** +** ** Update and insert operations pass: ** ** 1. The "old" rowid, or NULL. @@ -222041,8 +223169,8 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( assert( pVtab->zErrMsg==0 ); assert( nArg==1 || nArg==(2+pConfig->nCol+2) ); - assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER - || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER + || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); assert( pTab->p.pConfig->pzErrmsg==0 ); pTab->p.pConfig->pzErrmsg = &pTab->p.base.zErrMsg; @@ -222051,13 +223179,13 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( fts5TripCursors(pTab); eType0 = sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]); - if( eType0==SQLITE_NULL - && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol])!=SQLITE_NULL + if( eType0==SQLITE_NULL + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ /* A "special" INSERT op. These are handled separately. */ const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol]); - if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL - && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete", z) + if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL + && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete", z) ){ rc = fts5SpecialDelete(pTab, apVal); }else{ @@ -222065,7 +223193,7 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( } }else{ /* A regular INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement. The trick here is that - ** any conflict on the rowid value must be detected before any + ** any conflict on the rowid value must be detected before any ** modifications are made to the database file. There are 4 cases: ** ** 1) DELETE @@ -222087,7 +223215,7 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( ** This is not suported. */ if( eType0==SQLITE_INTEGER && fts5IsContentless(pTab) ){ pTab->p.base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( - "cannot %s contentless fts5 table: %s", + "cannot %s contentless fts5 table: %s", (nArg>1 ? "UPDATE" : "DELETE from"), pConfig->zName ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -222107,7 +223235,7 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; } - else if( eType0!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + else if( eType0!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ /* If this is a REPLACE, first remove the current entry (if any) */ if( eConflict==SQLITE_REPLACE && eType1==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ i64 iNew = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]); /* Rowid to delete */ @@ -222149,7 +223277,7 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( } /* -** Implementation of xSync() method. +** Implementation of xSync() method. */ static int fts5SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ int rc; @@ -222163,7 +223291,7 @@ static int fts5SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ } /* -** Implementation of xBegin() method. +** Implementation of xBegin() method. */ static int fts5BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ fts5CheckTransactionState((Fts5FullTable*)pVtab, FTS5_BEGIN, 0); @@ -222207,8 +223335,8 @@ static int fts5ApiColumnCount(Fts5Context *pCtx){ } static int fts5ApiColumnTotalSize( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iCol, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken ){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; @@ -222223,8 +223351,8 @@ static int fts5ApiRowCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, i64 *pnRow){ } static int fts5ApiTokenize( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - const char *pText, int nText, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + const char *pText, int nText, void *pUserData, int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) ){ @@ -222246,15 +223374,15 @@ static int fts5ApiPhraseSize(Fts5Context *pCtx, int iPhrase){ } static int fts5ApiColumnText( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iCol, - const char **pz, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iCol, + const char **pz, int *pn ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; - if( fts5IsContentless((Fts5FullTable*)(pCsr->base.pVtab)) - || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL + if( fts5IsContentless((Fts5FullTable*)(pCsr->base.pVtab)) + || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL ){ *pz = 0; *pn = 0; @@ -222269,8 +223397,8 @@ static int fts5ApiColumnText( } static int fts5CsrPoslist( - Fts5Cursor *pCsr, - int iPhrase, + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + int iPhrase, const u8 **pa, int *pn ){ @@ -222325,7 +223453,7 @@ static int fts5CacheInstArray(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ Fts5PoslistReader *aIter; /* One iterator for each phrase */ int nIter; /* Number of iterators/phrases */ int nCol = ((Fts5Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pConfig->nCol; - + nIter = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); if( pCsr->aInstIter==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * nIter; @@ -222340,7 +223468,7 @@ static int fts5CacheInstArray(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ /* Initialize all iterators */ for(i=0; i<nIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ const u8 *a; - int n; + int n; rc = fts5CsrPoslist(pCsr, i, &a, &n); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(a, n, &aIter[i]); @@ -222352,8 +223480,8 @@ static int fts5CacheInstArray(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ int *aInst; int iBest = -1; for(i=0; i<nIter; i++){ - if( (aIter[i].bEof==0) - && (iBest<0 || aIter[i].iPos<aIter[iBest].iPos) + if( (aIter[i].bEof==0) + && (iBest<0 || aIter[i].iPos<aIter[iBest].iPos) ){ iBest = i; } @@ -222395,7 +223523,7 @@ static int fts5CacheInstArray(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ static int fts5ApiInstCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, int *pnInst){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 + if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) ){ *pnInst = pCsr->nInstCount; } @@ -222403,16 +223531,16 @@ static int fts5ApiInstCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, int *pnInst){ } static int fts5ApiInst( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iIdx, - int *piPhrase, - int *piCol, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iIdx, + int *piPhrase, + int *piCol, int *piOff ){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 - || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) + if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 + || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) ){ if( iIdx<0 || iIdx>=pCsr->nInstCount ){ rc = SQLITE_RANGE; @@ -222561,8 +223689,8 @@ static void *fts5ApiGetAuxdata(Fts5Context *pCtx, int bClear){ } static void fts5ApiPhraseNext( - Fts5Context *pUnused, - Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + Fts5Context *pUnused, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, int *piCol, int *piOff ){ UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); @@ -222583,9 +223711,9 @@ static void fts5ApiPhraseNext( } static int fts5ApiPhraseFirst( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iPhrase, - Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iPhrase, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, int *piCol, int *piOff ){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; @@ -222601,8 +223729,8 @@ static int fts5ApiPhraseFirst( } static void fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, int *piCol ){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; @@ -222631,9 +223759,9 @@ static void fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn( } static int fts5ApiPhraseFirstColumn( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iPhrase, - Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iPhrase, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, int *piCol ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -222674,7 +223802,7 @@ static int fts5ApiPhraseFirstColumn( } -static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(Fts5Context*, int, void*, +static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(Fts5Context*, int, void*, int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*) ); @@ -222705,8 +223833,8 @@ static const Fts5ExtensionApi sFts5Api = { ** Implementation of API function xQueryPhrase(). */ static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iPhrase, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iPhrase, void *pUserData, int(*xCallback)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*) ){ @@ -222788,7 +223916,7 @@ static void fts5ApiCallback( /* -** Given cursor id iId, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Table +** Given cursor id iId, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Table ** object. Or NULL If the cursor id does not exist. */ static Fts5Table *sqlite3Fts5TableFromCsrid( @@ -222871,7 +223999,7 @@ static int fts5PoslistBlob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from ** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. */ @@ -222884,7 +224012,7 @@ static int fts5ColumnMethod( Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->p.pConfig; Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - + assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 ); if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL ){ @@ -222904,7 +224032,7 @@ static int fts5ColumnMethod( /* The value of the "rank" column. */ if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE ){ fts5PoslistBlob(pCtx, pCsr); - }else if( + }else if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH ){ @@ -223040,7 +224168,7 @@ static int fts5CreateAux( } /* -** Register a new tokenizer. This is the implementation of the +** Register a new tokenizer. This is the implementation of the ** fts5_api.xCreateTokenizer() method. */ static int fts5CreateTokenizer( @@ -223079,7 +224207,7 @@ static int fts5CreateTokenizer( } static Fts5TokenizerModule *fts5LocateTokenizer( - Fts5Global *pGlobal, + Fts5Global *pGlobal, const char *zName ){ Fts5TokenizerModule *pMod = 0; @@ -223096,7 +224224,7 @@ static Fts5TokenizerModule *fts5LocateTokenizer( } /* -** Find a tokenizer. This is the implementation of the +** Find a tokenizer. This is the implementation of the ** fts5_api.xFindTokenizer() method. */ static int fts5FindTokenizer( @@ -223121,7 +224249,7 @@ static int fts5FindTokenizer( } static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer( - Fts5Global *pGlobal, + Fts5Global *pGlobal, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppTok, @@ -223195,7 +224323,7 @@ static void fts5SourceIdFunc( ){ assert( nArg==0 ); UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused); - sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2020-01-27 19:55:54 3bfa9cc97da10598521b342961df8f5f68c7388fa117345eeb516eaa837bb4d6", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2020-05-25 16:19:56 0c1fcf4711a2e66c813aed38cf41cd3e2123ee8eb6db98118086764c4ba83350", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } /* @@ -223291,7 +224419,7 @@ static int fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){ ** this module is being built as part of the SQLite core (SQLITE_CORE is ** defined), then sqlite3_open() will call sqlite3Fts5Init() directly. ** -** Or, if this module is being built as a loadable extension, +** Or, if this module is being built as a loadable extension, ** sqlite3Fts5Init() is omitted and the two standard entry points ** sqlite3_fts_init() and sqlite3_fts5_init() defined instead. */ @@ -223350,19 +224478,19 @@ struct Fts5Storage { Fts5Index *pIndex; int bTotalsValid; /* True if nTotalRow/aTotalSize[] are valid */ i64 nTotalRow; /* Total number of rows in FTS table */ - i64 *aTotalSize; /* Total sizes of each column */ + i64 *aTotalSize; /* Total sizes of each column */ sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[11]; }; -#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC!=0 -# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC mismatch" +#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC!=0 +# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC mismatch" #endif -#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC!=1 -# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC mismatch" +#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC!=1 +# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC mismatch" #endif #if FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP!=2 -# error "FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP mismatch" +# error "FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP mismatch" #endif #define FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT 3 @@ -223388,12 +224516,12 @@ static int fts5StorageGetStmt( ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* If there is no %_docsize table, there should be no requests for + /* If there is no %_docsize table, there should be no requests for ** statements to operate on it. */ assert( p->pConfig->bColumnsize || ( - eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE - && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE - && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE + eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE + && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE + && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE )); assert( eStmt>=0 && eStmt<ArraySize(p->aStmt) ); @@ -223419,26 +224547,26 @@ static int fts5StorageGetStmt( switch( eStmt ){ case FTS5_STMT_SCAN: - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent ); break; case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC: case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC: - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist, + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid, pC->zContentRowid, pC->zContentRowid ); break; case FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP: - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid ); break; - case FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT: + case FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT: case FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONTENT: { int nCol = pC->nCol + 1; char *zBind; @@ -223512,7 +224640,7 @@ static int fts5ExecPrintf( ** code otherwise. */ static int sqlite3Fts5DropAll(Fts5Config *pConfig){ - int rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + int rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_data';" "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_idx';" "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_config';", @@ -223521,13 +224649,13 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5DropAll(Fts5Config *pConfig){ pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){ - rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize';", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ - rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content';", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName ); @@ -223542,7 +224670,7 @@ static void fts5StorageRenameOne( const char *zName /* New name of FTS5 table */ ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + *pRc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_%s' RENAME TO '%q_%s';", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zTail, zName, zTail ); @@ -223580,7 +224708,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5CreateTable( char *zErr = 0; rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, &zErr, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_%q'(%s)%s", - pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zPost, zDefn, + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zPost, zDefn, #ifndef SQLITE_FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID bWithout?" WITHOUT ROWID": #endif @@ -223588,7 +224716,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5CreateTable( ); if( zErr ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf( - "fts5: error creating shadow table %q_%s: %s", + "fts5: error creating shadow table %q_%s: %s", pConfig->zName, zPost, zErr ); sqlite3_free(zErr); @@ -223599,15 +224727,15 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5CreateTable( /* ** Open a new Fts5Index handle. If the bCreate argument is true, create -** and initialize the underlying tables +** and initialize the underlying tables ** ** If successful, set *pp to point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code. */ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen( - Fts5Config *pConfig, - Fts5Index *pIndex, - int bCreate, + Fts5Config *pConfig, + Fts5Index *pIndex, + int bCreate, Fts5Storage **pp, char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message */ ){ @@ -223719,8 +224847,8 @@ static int fts5StorageInsertCallback( ** remove the %_content row at this time though. */ static int fts5StorageDeleteFromIndex( - Fts5Storage *p, - i64 iDel, + Fts5Storage *p, + i64 iDel, sqlite3_value **apVal ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; @@ -223754,7 +224882,7 @@ static int fts5StorageDeleteFromIndex( nText = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iCol-1]); } ctx.szCol = 0; - rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, zText, nText, (void*)&ctx, fts5StorageInsertCallback ); p->aTotalSize[iCol-1] -= (i64)ctx.szCol; @@ -223797,7 +224925,7 @@ static int fts5StorageInsertDocsize( } /* -** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the +** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the ** p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] variables. If successful, and if ** argument bCache is true, set the p->bTotalsValid flag to indicate ** that the contents of aTotalSize[] and nTotalRow are valid until @@ -223816,7 +224944,7 @@ static int fts5StorageLoadTotals(Fts5Storage *p, int bCache){ } /* -** Store the current contents of the p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] +** Store the current contents of the p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] ** variables in the "averages" record on disk. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error @@ -223893,7 +225021,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDeleteAll(Fts5Storage *p){ /* Delete the contents of the %_data and %_docsize tables. */ rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, - "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_data';" + "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_data';" "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_idx';", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName @@ -223944,7 +225072,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRebuild(Fts5Storage *p){ if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){ const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, ctx.iCol+1); int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, ctx.iCol+1); - rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, zText, nText, (void*)&ctx, @@ -224014,8 +225142,8 @@ static int fts5StorageNewRowid(Fts5Storage *p, i64 *piRowid){ ** Insert a new row into the FTS content table. */ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert( - Fts5Storage *p, - sqlite3_value **apVal, + Fts5Storage *p, + sqlite3_value **apVal, i64 *piRowid ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; @@ -224049,8 +225177,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert( ** Insert new entries into the FTS index and %_docsize table. */ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert( - Fts5Storage *p, - sqlite3_value **apVal, + Fts5Storage *p, + sqlite3_value **apVal, i64 iRowid ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; @@ -224070,7 +225198,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert( if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){ const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]); int nText = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]); - rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, zText, nText, (void*)&ctx, @@ -224096,7 +225224,7 @@ static int fts5StorageCount(Fts5Storage *p, const char *zSuffix, i64 *pnRow){ char *zSql; int rc; - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_%s'", + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_%s'", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zSuffix ); if( zSql==0 ){ @@ -224243,7 +225371,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, i+1); int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, i+1); - rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, zText, nText, (void*)&ctx, @@ -224306,13 +225434,13 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p){ ** %_content table. */ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt( - Fts5Storage *p, - int eStmt, - sqlite3_stmt **pp, + Fts5Storage *p, + int eStmt, + sqlite3_stmt **pp, char **pzErrMsg ){ int rc; - assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC + assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP ); @@ -224330,8 +225458,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt( ** must match that passed to the sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt() call. */ static void sqlite3Fts5StorageStmtRelease( - Fts5Storage *p, - int eStmt, + Fts5Storage *p, + int eStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt ){ assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC @@ -224414,7 +225542,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageSize(Fts5Storage *p, int iCol, i64 *pnToken){ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRowCount(Fts5Storage *p, i64 *pnRow){ int rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* nTotalRow being zero does not necessarily indicate a corrupt + /* nTotalRow being zero does not necessarily indicate a corrupt ** database - it might be that the FTS5 table really does contain zero ** rows. However this function is only called from the xRowCount() API, ** and there is no way for that API to be invoked if the table contains @@ -224448,7 +225576,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRollback(Fts5Storage *p){ } static int sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue( - Fts5Storage *p, + Fts5Storage *p, const char *z, sqlite3_value *pVal, int iVal @@ -224498,7 +225626,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue( /* ** For tokenizers with no "unicode" modifier, the set of token characters -** is the same as the set of ASCII range alphanumeric characters. +** is the same as the set of ASCII range alphanumeric characters. */ static unsigned char aAsciiTokenChar[128] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x00..0x0F */ @@ -224517,8 +225645,8 @@ struct AsciiTokenizer { }; static void fts5AsciiAddExceptions( - AsciiTokenizer *p, - const char *zArg, + AsciiTokenizer *p, + const char *zArg, int bTokenChars ){ int i; @@ -224540,7 +225668,7 @@ static void fts5AsciiDelete(Fts5Tokenizer *p){ ** Create an "ascii" tokenizer. */ static int fts5AsciiCreate( - void *pUnused, + void *pUnused, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut ){ @@ -224643,7 +225771,7 @@ static int fts5AsciiTokenize( rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, pFold, nByte, is, ie); is = ie+1; } - + if( pFold!=aFold ) sqlite3_free(pFold); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; return rc; @@ -224748,7 +225876,7 @@ static int fts5UnicodeAddExceptions( p->aTokenChar[iCode] = (unsigned char)bTokenChars; }else{ bToken = p->aCategory[sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCategory(iCode)]; - assert( (bToken==0 || bToken==1) ); + assert( (bToken==0 || bToken==1) ); assert( (bTokenChars==0 || bTokenChars==1) ); if( bToken!=bTokenChars && sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0 ){ int i; @@ -224827,12 +225955,12 @@ static int unicodeSetCategories(Unicode61Tokenizer *p, const char *zCat){ ** Create a "unicode61" tokenizer. */ static int fts5UnicodeCreate( - void *pUnused, + void *pUnused, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Unicode61Tokenizer *p = 0; /* New tokenizer object */ + Unicode61Tokenizer *p = 0; /* New tokenizer object */ UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); @@ -224903,7 +226031,7 @@ static int fts5UnicodeCreate( /* ** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenizing with the tokenizer -** passed as the first argument, codepoint iCode is considered a token +** passed as the first argument, codepoint iCode is considered a token ** character (not a separator). */ static int fts5UnicodeIsAlnum(Unicode61Tokenizer *p, int iCode){ @@ -224995,7 +226123,7 @@ static int fts5UnicodeTokenize( } }else if( a[*zCsr]==0 ){ /* An ascii-range separator character. End of token. */ - break; + break; }else{ ascii_tokenchar: if( *zCsr>='A' && *zCsr<='Z' ){ @@ -225009,9 +226137,9 @@ static int fts5UnicodeTokenize( } /* Invoke the token callback */ - rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, aFold, zOut-aFold, is, ie); + rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, aFold, zOut-aFold, is, ie); } - + tokenize_done: if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; return rc; @@ -225049,7 +226177,7 @@ static void fts5PorterDelete(Fts5Tokenizer *pTok){ ** Create a "porter" tokenizer. */ static int fts5PorterCreate( - void *pCtx, + void *pCtx, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut ){ @@ -225193,7 +226321,7 @@ static int fts5Porter_Ostar(char *zStem, int nStem){ /* porter rule condition: (m > 1 and (*S or *T)) */ static int fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(char *zStem, int nStem){ assert( nStem>0 ); - return (zStem[nStem-1]=='s' || zStem[nStem-1]=='t') + return (zStem[nStem-1]=='s' || zStem[nStem-1]=='t') && fts5Porter_MGt1(zStem, nStem); } @@ -225218,16 +226346,16 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int ret = 0; int nBuf = *pnBuf; switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ - - case 'a': + + case 'a': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("al", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 2; } } break; - - case 'c': + + case 'c': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ance", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; @@ -225238,24 +226366,24 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'e': + + case 'e': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("er", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 2; } } break; - - case 'i': + + case 'i': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("ic", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 2; } } break; - - case 'l': + + case 'l': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("able", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; @@ -225266,8 +226394,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'n': + + case 'n': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ant", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; @@ -225286,8 +226414,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'o': + + case 'o': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ion", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; @@ -225298,16 +226426,16 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 's': + + case 's': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ism", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; } } break; - - case 't': + + case 't': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ate", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; @@ -225318,76 +226446,76 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'u': + + case 'u': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ous", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; } } break; - - case 'v': + + case 'v': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ive", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; } } break; - - case 'z': + + case 'z': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ize", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; } } break; - + } return ret; } - + static int fts5PorterStep1B2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int ret = 0; int nBuf = *pnBuf; switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ - - case 'a': + + case 'a': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("at", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ate", 3); *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3; ret = 1; } break; - - case 'b': + + case 'b': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("bl", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ble", 3); *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3; ret = 1; } break; - - case 'i': + + case 'i': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("iz", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ize", 3); *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3; ret = 1; } break; - + } return ret; } - + static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int ret = 0; int nBuf = *pnBuf; switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ - - case 'a': + + case 'a': if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ational", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ate", 3); @@ -225400,8 +226528,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'c': + + case 'c': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("enci", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ence", 4); @@ -225414,8 +226542,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'e': + + case 'e': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("izer", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ize", 3); @@ -225423,8 +226551,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'g': + + case 'g': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("logi", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "log", 3); @@ -225432,8 +226560,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'l': + + case 'l': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("bli", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ble", 3); @@ -225461,8 +226589,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'o': + + case 'o': if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ization", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ize", 3); @@ -225480,8 +226608,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 's': + + case 's': if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alism", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2); @@ -225504,8 +226632,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 't': + + case 't': if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("aliti", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2); @@ -225523,18 +226651,18 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - + } return ret; } - + static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int ret = 0; int nBuf = *pnBuf; switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ - - case 'a': + + case 'a': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ical", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ic", 2); @@ -225542,16 +226670,16 @@ static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 's': + + case 's': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ness", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; } } break; - - case 't': + + case 't': if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("icate", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ic", 2); @@ -225564,24 +226692,24 @@ static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'u': + + case 'u': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ful", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; } } break; - - case 'v': + + case 'v': if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ative", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 5; } } break; - - case 'z': + + case 'z': if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alize", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2); @@ -225589,18 +226717,18 @@ static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - + } return ret; } - + static int fts5PorterStep1B(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int ret = 0; int nBuf = *pnBuf; switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ - - case 'e': + + case 'e': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("eed", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ee", 2); @@ -225613,8 +226741,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep1B(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'n': + + case 'n': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ing", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_Vowel(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; @@ -225622,12 +226750,12 @@ static int fts5PorterStep1B(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - + } return ret; } - -/* + +/* ** GENERATED CODE ENDS HERE (mkportersteps.tcl) *************************************************************************** **************************************************************************/ @@ -225636,7 +226764,7 @@ static void fts5PorterStep1A(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int nBuf = *pnBuf; if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='s' ){ if( aBuf[nBuf-2]=='e' ){ - if( (nBuf>4 && aBuf[nBuf-4]=='s' && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='s') + if( (nBuf>4 && aBuf[nBuf-4]=='s' && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='s') || (nBuf>3 && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='i' ) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf-2; @@ -225651,11 +226779,11 @@ static void fts5PorterStep1A(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } static int fts5PorterCb( - void *pCtx, + void *pCtx, int tflags, - const char *pToken, - int nToken, - int iStart, + const char *pToken, + int nToken, + int iStart, int iEnd ){ PorterContext *p = (PorterContext*)pCtx; @@ -225673,8 +226801,8 @@ static int fts5PorterCb( if( fts5PorterStep1B(aBuf, &nBuf) ){ if( fts5PorterStep1B2(aBuf, &nBuf)==0 ){ char c = aBuf[nBuf-1]; - if( fts5PorterIsVowel(c, 0)==0 - && c!='l' && c!='s' && c!='z' && c==aBuf[nBuf-2] + if( fts5PorterIsVowel(c, 0)==0 + && c!='l' && c!='s' && c!='z' && c==aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ nBuf--; }else if( fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf) && fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf) ){ @@ -225696,7 +226824,7 @@ static int fts5PorterCb( /* Step 5a. */ assert( nBuf>0 ); if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='e' ){ - if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) || (fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf-1) && !fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf-1)) ){ nBuf--; @@ -225704,8 +226832,8 @@ static int fts5PorterCb( } /* Step 5b. */ - if( nBuf>1 && aBuf[nBuf-1]=='l' - && aBuf[nBuf-2]=='l' && fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) + if( nBuf>1 && aBuf[nBuf-1]=='l' + && aBuf[nBuf-2]=='l' && fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) ){ nBuf--; } @@ -225748,7 +226876,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api *pApi){ { "ascii", {fts5AsciiCreate, fts5AsciiDelete, fts5AsciiTokenize }}, { "porter", {fts5PorterCreate, fts5PorterDelete, fts5PorterTokenize }}, }; - + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int i; /* To iterate through builtin functions */ @@ -225796,46 +226924,46 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api *pApi){ */ static int fts5_remove_diacritic(int c, int bComplex){ unsigned short aDia[] = { - 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, - 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, - 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, - 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, - 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896, - 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106, - 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, - 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198, - 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468, - 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704, - 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914, - 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218, - 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554, - 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766, - 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118, - 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390, + 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, + 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, + 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, + 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, + 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896, + 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106, + 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, + 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198, + 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468, + 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704, + 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914, + 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218, + 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554, + 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766, + 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118, + 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390, }; #define HIBIT ((unsigned char)0x80) unsigned char aChar[] = { - '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', - 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', - 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', - 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', - 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', - 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', - 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a', - 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's', - 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', - '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', - 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, - 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT, - 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's', - 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w', - 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', - 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, - 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT, - 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y', + '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', + 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', + 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', + 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', + 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', + 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', + 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a', + 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's', + 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', + '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', + 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, + 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT, + 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's', + 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w', + 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', + 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, + 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT, + 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y', }; unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007; @@ -225957,19 +227085,19 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int eRemoveDiacritic){ {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1}, {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1}, {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1}, - {65313, 14, 26}, + {65313, 14, 26}, }; static const unsigned short aiOff[] = { - 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, - 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, - 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, - 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, - 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, - 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, - 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, - 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, - 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, - 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, + 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, + 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, + 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, + 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, + 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, + 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, + 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, + 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, + 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, + 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, }; int ret = c; @@ -226007,7 +227135,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int eRemoveDiacritic){ ret = fts5_remove_diacritic(ret, eRemoveDiacritic==2); } } - + else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){ ret = c + 40; } @@ -226016,7 +227144,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int eRemoveDiacritic){ } -static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ +static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ aArray[0] = 1; switch( zCat[0] ){ case 'C': @@ -226026,7 +227154,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'n': aArray[3] = 1; break; case 's': aArray[4] = 1; break; case 'o': aArray[31] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[1] = 1; aArray[2] = 1; aArray[3] = 1; @@ -226044,7 +227172,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 't': aArray[8] = 1; break; case 'u': aArray[9] = 1; break; case 'C': aArray[30] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[5] = 1; aArray[6] = 1; aArray[7] = 1; @@ -226060,7 +227188,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'c': aArray[10] = 1; break; case 'e': aArray[11] = 1; break; case 'n': aArray[12] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[10] = 1; aArray[11] = 1; aArray[12] = 1; @@ -226073,7 +227201,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'd': aArray[13] = 1; break; case 'l': aArray[14] = 1; break; case 'o': aArray[15] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[13] = 1; aArray[14] = 1; aArray[15] = 1; @@ -226090,7 +227218,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'i': aArray[20] = 1; break; case 'o': aArray[21] = 1; break; case 's': aArray[22] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[16] = 1; aArray[17] = 1; aArray[18] = 1; @@ -226108,7 +227236,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'k': aArray[24] = 1; break; case 'm': aArray[25] = 1; break; case 'o': aArray[26] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[23] = 1; aArray[24] = 1; aArray[25] = 1; @@ -226122,7 +227250,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'l': aArray[27] = 1; break; case 'p': aArray[28] = 1; break; case 's': aArray[29] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[27] = 1; aArray[28] = 1; aArray[29] = 1; @@ -226135,369 +227263,369 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ } static u16 aFts5UnicodeBlock[] = { - 0, 1471, 1753, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, - 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1763, 1765, + 0, 1471, 1753, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, + 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1763, 1765, }; static u16 aFts5UnicodeMap[] = { - 0, 32, 33, 36, 37, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, - 45, 46, 48, 58, 60, 63, 65, 91, 92, 93, - 94, 95, 96, 97, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 160, - 161, 162, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, - 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 184, 185, - 186, 187, 188, 191, 192, 215, 216, 223, 247, 248, - 256, 312, 313, 329, 330, 377, 383, 385, 387, 388, - 391, 394, 396, 398, 402, 403, 405, 406, 409, 412, - 414, 415, 417, 418, 423, 427, 428, 431, 434, 436, - 437, 440, 442, 443, 444, 446, 448, 452, 453, 454, - 455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 477, 478, 496, - 497, 498, 499, 500, 503, 505, 506, 564, 570, 572, - 573, 575, 577, 580, 583, 584, 592, 660, 661, 688, - 706, 710, 722, 736, 741, 748, 749, 750, 751, 768, - 880, 884, 885, 886, 890, 891, 894, 900, 902, 903, - 904, 908, 910, 912, 913, 931, 940, 975, 977, 978, - 981, 984, 1008, 1012, 1014, 1015, 1018, 1020, 1021, 1072, - 1120, 1154, 1155, 1160, 1162, 1217, 1231, 1232, 1329, 1369, - 1370, 1377, 1417, 1418, 1423, 1425, 1470, 1471, 1472, 1473, - 1475, 1476, 1478, 1479, 1488, 1520, 1523, 1536, 1542, 1545, - 1547, 1548, 1550, 1552, 1563, 1566, 1568, 1600, 1601, 1611, - 1632, 1642, 1646, 1648, 1649, 1748, 1749, 1750, 1757, 1758, - 1759, 1765, 1767, 1769, 1770, 1774, 1776, 1786, 1789, 1791, - 1792, 1807, 1808, 1809, 1810, 1840, 1869, 1958, 1969, 1984, - 1994, 2027, 2036, 2038, 2039, 2042, 2048, 2070, 2074, 2075, - 2084, 2085, 2088, 2089, 2096, 2112, 2137, 2142, 2208, 2210, - 2276, 2304, 2307, 2308, 2362, 2363, 2364, 2365, 2366, 2369, - 2377, 2381, 2382, 2384, 2385, 2392, 2402, 2404, 2406, 2416, - 2417, 2418, 2425, 2433, 2434, 2437, 2447, 2451, 2474, 2482, - 2486, 2492, 2493, 2494, 2497, 2503, 2507, 2509, 2510, 2519, - 2524, 2527, 2530, 2534, 2544, 2546, 2548, 2554, 2555, 2561, - 2563, 2565, 2575, 2579, 2602, 2610, 2613, 2616, 2620, 2622, - 2625, 2631, 2635, 2641, 2649, 2654, 2662, 2672, 2674, 2677, - 2689, 2691, 2693, 2703, 2707, 2730, 2738, 2741, 2748, 2749, - 2750, 2753, 2759, 2761, 2763, 2765, 2768, 2784, 2786, 2790, - 2800, 2801, 2817, 2818, 2821, 2831, 2835, 2858, 2866, 2869, - 2876, 2877, 2878, 2879, 2880, 2881, 2887, 2891, 2893, 2902, - 2903, 2908, 2911, 2914, 2918, 2928, 2929, 2930, 2946, 2947, - 2949, 2958, 2962, 2969, 2972, 2974, 2979, 2984, 2990, 3006, - 3008, 3009, 3014, 3018, 3021, 3024, 3031, 3046, 3056, 3059, - 3065, 3066, 3073, 3077, 3086, 3090, 3114, 3125, 3133, 3134, - 3137, 3142, 3146, 3157, 3160, 3168, 3170, 3174, 3192, 3199, - 3202, 3205, 3214, 3218, 3242, 3253, 3260, 3261, 3262, 3263, - 3264, 3270, 3271, 3274, 3276, 3285, 3294, 3296, 3298, 3302, - 3313, 3330, 3333, 3342, 3346, 3389, 3390, 3393, 3398, 3402, - 3405, 3406, 3415, 3424, 3426, 3430, 3440, 3449, 3450, 3458, - 3461, 3482, 3507, 3517, 3520, 3530, 3535, 3538, 3542, 3544, - 3570, 3572, 3585, 3633, 3634, 3636, 3647, 3648, 3654, 3655, - 3663, 3664, 3674, 3713, 3716, 3719, 3722, 3725, 3732, 3737, - 3745, 3749, 3751, 3754, 3757, 3761, 3762, 3764, 3771, 3773, - 3776, 3782, 3784, 3792, 3804, 3840, 3841, 3844, 3859, 3860, - 3861, 3864, 3866, 3872, 3882, 3892, 3893, 3894, 3895, 3896, - 3897, 3898, 3899, 3900, 3901, 3902, 3904, 3913, 3953, 3967, - 3968, 3973, 3974, 3976, 3981, 3993, 4030, 4038, 4039, 4046, - 4048, 4053, 4057, 4096, 4139, 4141, 4145, 4146, 4152, 4153, - 4155, 4157, 4159, 4160, 4170, 4176, 4182, 4184, 4186, 4190, - 4193, 4194, 4197, 4199, 4206, 4209, 4213, 4226, 4227, 4229, - 4231, 4237, 4238, 4239, 4240, 4250, 4253, 4254, 4256, 4295, - 4301, 4304, 4347, 4348, 4349, 4682, 4688, 4696, 4698, 4704, - 4746, 4752, 4786, 4792, 4800, 4802, 4808, 4824, 4882, 4888, - 4957, 4960, 4969, 4992, 5008, 5024, 5120, 5121, 5741, 5743, - 5760, 5761, 5787, 5788, 5792, 5867, 5870, 5888, 5902, 5906, - 5920, 5938, 5941, 5952, 5970, 5984, 5998, 6002, 6016, 6068, - 6070, 6071, 6078, 6086, 6087, 6089, 6100, 6103, 6104, 6107, - 6108, 6109, 6112, 6128, 6144, 6150, 6151, 6155, 6158, 6160, - 6176, 6211, 6212, 6272, 6313, 6314, 6320, 6400, 6432, 6435, - 6439, 6441, 6448, 6450, 6451, 6457, 6464, 6468, 6470, 6480, - 6512, 6528, 6576, 6593, 6600, 6608, 6618, 6622, 6656, 6679, - 6681, 6686, 6688, 6741, 6742, 6743, 6744, 6752, 6753, 6754, - 6755, 6757, 6765, 6771, 6783, 6784, 6800, 6816, 6823, 6824, - 6912, 6916, 6917, 6964, 6965, 6966, 6971, 6972, 6973, 6978, - 6979, 6981, 6992, 7002, 7009, 7019, 7028, 7040, 7042, 7043, - 7073, 7074, 7078, 7080, 7082, 7083, 7084, 7086, 7088, 7098, - 7142, 7143, 7144, 7146, 7149, 7150, 7151, 7154, 7164, 7168, - 7204, 7212, 7220, 7222, 7227, 7232, 7245, 7248, 7258, 7288, - 7294, 7360, 7376, 7379, 7380, 7393, 7394, 7401, 7405, 7406, - 7410, 7412, 7413, 7424, 7468, 7531, 7544, 7545, 7579, 7616, - 7676, 7680, 7830, 7838, 7936, 7944, 7952, 7960, 7968, 7976, - 7984, 7992, 8000, 8008, 8016, 8025, 8027, 8029, 8031, 8033, - 8040, 8048, 8064, 8072, 8080, 8088, 8096, 8104, 8112, 8118, - 8120, 8124, 8125, 8126, 8127, 8130, 8134, 8136, 8140, 8141, - 8144, 8150, 8152, 8157, 8160, 8168, 8173, 8178, 8182, 8184, - 8188, 8189, 8192, 8203, 8208, 8214, 8216, 8217, 8218, 8219, - 8221, 8222, 8223, 8224, 8232, 8233, 8234, 8239, 8240, 8249, - 8250, 8251, 8255, 8257, 8260, 8261, 8262, 8263, 8274, 8275, - 8276, 8277, 8287, 8288, 8298, 8304, 8305, 8308, 8314, 8317, - 8318, 8319, 8320, 8330, 8333, 8334, 8336, 8352, 8400, 8413, - 8417, 8418, 8421, 8448, 8450, 8451, 8455, 8456, 8458, 8459, - 8462, 8464, 8467, 8468, 8469, 8470, 8472, 8473, 8478, 8484, - 8485, 8486, 8487, 8488, 8489, 8490, 8494, 8495, 8496, 8500, - 8501, 8505, 8506, 8508, 8510, 8512, 8517, 8519, 8522, 8523, - 8524, 8526, 8527, 8528, 8544, 8579, 8581, 8585, 8592, 8597, - 8602, 8604, 8608, 8609, 8611, 8612, 8614, 8615, 8622, 8623, - 8654, 8656, 8658, 8659, 8660, 8661, 8692, 8960, 8968, 8972, - 8992, 8994, 9001, 9002, 9003, 9084, 9085, 9115, 9140, 9180, - 9186, 9216, 9280, 9312, 9372, 9450, 9472, 9655, 9656, 9665, - 9666, 9720, 9728, 9839, 9840, 9985, 10088, 10089, 10090, 10091, - 10092, 10093, 10094, 10095, 10096, 10097, 10098, 10099, 10100, 10101, - 10102, 10132, 10176, 10181, 10182, 10183, 10214, 10215, 10216, 10217, - 10218, 10219, 10220, 10221, 10222, 10223, 10224, 10240, 10496, 10627, - 10628, 10629, 10630, 10631, 10632, 10633, 10634, 10635, 10636, 10637, - 10638, 10639, 10640, 10641, 10642, 10643, 10644, 10645, 10646, 10647, - 10648, 10649, 10712, 10713, 10714, 10715, 10716, 10748, 10749, 10750, - 11008, 11056, 11077, 11079, 11088, 11264, 11312, 11360, 11363, 11365, - 11367, 11374, 11377, 11378, 11380, 11381, 11383, 11388, 11390, 11393, - 11394, 11492, 11493, 11499, 11503, 11506, 11513, 11517, 11518, 11520, - 11559, 11565, 11568, 11631, 11632, 11647, 11648, 11680, 11688, 11696, - 11704, 11712, 11720, 11728, 11736, 11744, 11776, 11778, 11779, 11780, - 11781, 11782, 11785, 11786, 11787, 11788, 11789, 11790, 11799, 11800, - 11802, 11803, 11804, 11805, 11806, 11808, 11809, 11810, 11811, 11812, - 11813, 11814, 11815, 11816, 11817, 11818, 11823, 11824, 11834, 11904, - 11931, 12032, 12272, 12288, 12289, 12292, 12293, 12294, 12295, 12296, - 12297, 12298, 12299, 12300, 12301, 12302, 12303, 12304, 12305, 12306, - 12308, 12309, 12310, 12311, 12312, 12313, 12314, 12315, 12316, 12317, - 12318, 12320, 12321, 12330, 12334, 12336, 12337, 12342, 12344, 12347, - 12348, 12349, 12350, 12353, 12441, 12443, 12445, 12447, 12448, 12449, - 12539, 12540, 12543, 12549, 12593, 12688, 12690, 12694, 12704, 12736, - 12784, 12800, 12832, 12842, 12872, 12880, 12881, 12896, 12928, 12938, - 12977, 12992, 13056, 13312, 19893, 19904, 19968, 40908, 40960, 40981, - 40982, 42128, 42192, 42232, 42238, 42240, 42508, 42509, 42512, 42528, - 42538, 42560, 42606, 42607, 42608, 42611, 42612, 42622, 42623, 42624, - 42655, 42656, 42726, 42736, 42738, 42752, 42775, 42784, 42786, 42800, - 42802, 42864, 42865, 42873, 42878, 42888, 42889, 42891, 42896, 42912, - 43000, 43002, 43003, 43010, 43011, 43014, 43015, 43019, 43020, 43043, - 43045, 43047, 43048, 43056, 43062, 43064, 43065, 43072, 43124, 43136, - 43138, 43188, 43204, 43214, 43216, 43232, 43250, 43256, 43259, 43264, - 43274, 43302, 43310, 43312, 43335, 43346, 43359, 43360, 43392, 43395, - 43396, 43443, 43444, 43446, 43450, 43452, 43453, 43457, 43471, 43472, - 43486, 43520, 43561, 43567, 43569, 43571, 43573, 43584, 43587, 43588, - 43596, 43597, 43600, 43612, 43616, 43632, 43633, 43639, 43642, 43643, - 43648, 43696, 43697, 43698, 43701, 43703, 43705, 43710, 43712, 43713, - 43714, 43739, 43741, 43742, 43744, 43755, 43756, 43758, 43760, 43762, - 43763, 43765, 43766, 43777, 43785, 43793, 43808, 43816, 43968, 44003, - 44005, 44006, 44008, 44009, 44011, 44012, 44013, 44016, 44032, 55203, - 55216, 55243, 55296, 56191, 56319, 57343, 57344, 63743, 63744, 64112, - 64256, 64275, 64285, 64286, 64287, 64297, 64298, 64312, 64318, 64320, - 64323, 64326, 64434, 64467, 64830, 64831, 64848, 64914, 65008, 65020, - 65021, 65024, 65040, 65047, 65048, 65049, 65056, 65072, 65073, 65075, - 65077, 65078, 65079, 65080, 65081, 65082, 65083, 65084, 65085, 65086, - 65087, 65088, 65089, 65090, 65091, 65092, 65093, 65095, 65096, 65097, - 65101, 65104, 65108, 65112, 65113, 65114, 65115, 65116, 65117, 65118, - 65119, 65122, 65123, 65124, 65128, 65129, 65130, 65136, 65142, 65279, - 65281, 65284, 65285, 65288, 65289, 65290, 65291, 65292, 65293, 65294, - 65296, 65306, 65308, 65311, 65313, 65339, 65340, 65341, 65342, 65343, - 65344, 65345, 65371, 65372, 65373, 65374, 65375, 65376, 65377, 65378, - 65379, 65380, 65382, 65392, 65393, 65438, 65440, 65474, 65482, 65490, - 65498, 65504, 65506, 65507, 65508, 65509, 65512, 65513, 65517, 65529, - 65532, 0, 13, 40, 60, 63, 80, 128, 256, 263, - 311, 320, 373, 377, 394, 400, 464, 509, 640, 672, - 768, 800, 816, 833, 834, 842, 896, 927, 928, 968, - 976, 977, 1024, 1064, 1104, 1184, 2048, 2056, 2058, 2103, - 2108, 2111, 2135, 2136, 2304, 2326, 2335, 2336, 2367, 2432, - 2494, 2560, 2561, 2565, 2572, 2576, 2581, 2585, 2616, 2623, - 2624, 2640, 2656, 2685, 2687, 2816, 2873, 2880, 2904, 2912, - 2936, 3072, 3680, 4096, 4097, 4098, 4099, 4152, 4167, 4178, - 4198, 4224, 4226, 4227, 4272, 4275, 4279, 4281, 4283, 4285, - 4286, 4304, 4336, 4352, 4355, 4391, 4396, 4397, 4406, 4416, - 4480, 4482, 4483, 4531, 4534, 4543, 4545, 4549, 4560, 5760, - 5803, 5804, 5805, 5806, 5808, 5814, 5815, 5824, 8192, 9216, - 9328, 12288, 26624, 28416, 28496, 28497, 28559, 28563, 45056, 53248, - 53504, 53545, 53605, 53607, 53610, 53613, 53619, 53627, 53635, 53637, - 53644, 53674, 53678, 53760, 53826, 53829, 54016, 54112, 54272, 54298, - 54324, 54350, 54358, 54376, 54402, 54428, 54430, 54434, 54437, 54441, - 54446, 54454, 54459, 54461, 54469, 54480, 54506, 54532, 54535, 54541, - 54550, 54558, 54584, 54587, 54592, 54598, 54602, 54610, 54636, 54662, - 54688, 54714, 54740, 54766, 54792, 54818, 54844, 54870, 54896, 54922, - 54952, 54977, 54978, 55003, 55004, 55010, 55035, 55036, 55061, 55062, - 55068, 55093, 55094, 55119, 55120, 55126, 55151, 55152, 55177, 55178, - 55184, 55209, 55210, 55235, 55236, 55242, 55246, 60928, 60933, 60961, - 60964, 60967, 60969, 60980, 60985, 60987, 60994, 60999, 61001, 61003, - 61005, 61009, 61012, 61015, 61017, 61019, 61021, 61023, 61025, 61028, - 61031, 61036, 61044, 61049, 61054, 61056, 61067, 61089, 61093, 61099, - 61168, 61440, 61488, 61600, 61617, 61633, 61649, 61696, 61712, 61744, - 61808, 61926, 61968, 62016, 62032, 62208, 62256, 62263, 62336, 62368, - 62406, 62432, 62464, 62528, 62530, 62713, 62720, 62784, 62800, 62971, - 63045, 63104, 63232, 0, 42710, 42752, 46900, 46912, 47133, 63488, - 1, 32, 256, 0, 65533, + 0, 32, 33, 36, 37, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, + 45, 46, 48, 58, 60, 63, 65, 91, 92, 93, + 94, 95, 96, 97, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 160, + 161, 162, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, + 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 184, 185, + 186, 187, 188, 191, 192, 215, 216, 223, 247, 248, + 256, 312, 313, 329, 330, 377, 383, 385, 387, 388, + 391, 394, 396, 398, 402, 403, 405, 406, 409, 412, + 414, 415, 417, 418, 423, 427, 428, 431, 434, 436, + 437, 440, 442, 443, 444, 446, 448, 452, 453, 454, + 455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 477, 478, 496, + 497, 498, 499, 500, 503, 505, 506, 564, 570, 572, + 573, 575, 577, 580, 583, 584, 592, 660, 661, 688, + 706, 710, 722, 736, 741, 748, 749, 750, 751, 768, + 880, 884, 885, 886, 890, 891, 894, 900, 902, 903, + 904, 908, 910, 912, 913, 931, 940, 975, 977, 978, + 981, 984, 1008, 1012, 1014, 1015, 1018, 1020, 1021, 1072, + 1120, 1154, 1155, 1160, 1162, 1217, 1231, 1232, 1329, 1369, + 1370, 1377, 1417, 1418, 1423, 1425, 1470, 1471, 1472, 1473, + 1475, 1476, 1478, 1479, 1488, 1520, 1523, 1536, 1542, 1545, + 1547, 1548, 1550, 1552, 1563, 1566, 1568, 1600, 1601, 1611, + 1632, 1642, 1646, 1648, 1649, 1748, 1749, 1750, 1757, 1758, + 1759, 1765, 1767, 1769, 1770, 1774, 1776, 1786, 1789, 1791, + 1792, 1807, 1808, 1809, 1810, 1840, 1869, 1958, 1969, 1984, + 1994, 2027, 2036, 2038, 2039, 2042, 2048, 2070, 2074, 2075, + 2084, 2085, 2088, 2089, 2096, 2112, 2137, 2142, 2208, 2210, + 2276, 2304, 2307, 2308, 2362, 2363, 2364, 2365, 2366, 2369, + 2377, 2381, 2382, 2384, 2385, 2392, 2402, 2404, 2406, 2416, + 2417, 2418, 2425, 2433, 2434, 2437, 2447, 2451, 2474, 2482, + 2486, 2492, 2493, 2494, 2497, 2503, 2507, 2509, 2510, 2519, + 2524, 2527, 2530, 2534, 2544, 2546, 2548, 2554, 2555, 2561, + 2563, 2565, 2575, 2579, 2602, 2610, 2613, 2616, 2620, 2622, + 2625, 2631, 2635, 2641, 2649, 2654, 2662, 2672, 2674, 2677, + 2689, 2691, 2693, 2703, 2707, 2730, 2738, 2741, 2748, 2749, + 2750, 2753, 2759, 2761, 2763, 2765, 2768, 2784, 2786, 2790, + 2800, 2801, 2817, 2818, 2821, 2831, 2835, 2858, 2866, 2869, + 2876, 2877, 2878, 2879, 2880, 2881, 2887, 2891, 2893, 2902, + 2903, 2908, 2911, 2914, 2918, 2928, 2929, 2930, 2946, 2947, + 2949, 2958, 2962, 2969, 2972, 2974, 2979, 2984, 2990, 3006, + 3008, 3009, 3014, 3018, 3021, 3024, 3031, 3046, 3056, 3059, + 3065, 3066, 3073, 3077, 3086, 3090, 3114, 3125, 3133, 3134, + 3137, 3142, 3146, 3157, 3160, 3168, 3170, 3174, 3192, 3199, + 3202, 3205, 3214, 3218, 3242, 3253, 3260, 3261, 3262, 3263, + 3264, 3270, 3271, 3274, 3276, 3285, 3294, 3296, 3298, 3302, + 3313, 3330, 3333, 3342, 3346, 3389, 3390, 3393, 3398, 3402, + 3405, 3406, 3415, 3424, 3426, 3430, 3440, 3449, 3450, 3458, + 3461, 3482, 3507, 3517, 3520, 3530, 3535, 3538, 3542, 3544, + 3570, 3572, 3585, 3633, 3634, 3636, 3647, 3648, 3654, 3655, + 3663, 3664, 3674, 3713, 3716, 3719, 3722, 3725, 3732, 3737, + 3745, 3749, 3751, 3754, 3757, 3761, 3762, 3764, 3771, 3773, + 3776, 3782, 3784, 3792, 3804, 3840, 3841, 3844, 3859, 3860, + 3861, 3864, 3866, 3872, 3882, 3892, 3893, 3894, 3895, 3896, + 3897, 3898, 3899, 3900, 3901, 3902, 3904, 3913, 3953, 3967, + 3968, 3973, 3974, 3976, 3981, 3993, 4030, 4038, 4039, 4046, + 4048, 4053, 4057, 4096, 4139, 4141, 4145, 4146, 4152, 4153, + 4155, 4157, 4159, 4160, 4170, 4176, 4182, 4184, 4186, 4190, + 4193, 4194, 4197, 4199, 4206, 4209, 4213, 4226, 4227, 4229, + 4231, 4237, 4238, 4239, 4240, 4250, 4253, 4254, 4256, 4295, + 4301, 4304, 4347, 4348, 4349, 4682, 4688, 4696, 4698, 4704, + 4746, 4752, 4786, 4792, 4800, 4802, 4808, 4824, 4882, 4888, + 4957, 4960, 4969, 4992, 5008, 5024, 5120, 5121, 5741, 5743, + 5760, 5761, 5787, 5788, 5792, 5867, 5870, 5888, 5902, 5906, + 5920, 5938, 5941, 5952, 5970, 5984, 5998, 6002, 6016, 6068, + 6070, 6071, 6078, 6086, 6087, 6089, 6100, 6103, 6104, 6107, + 6108, 6109, 6112, 6128, 6144, 6150, 6151, 6155, 6158, 6160, + 6176, 6211, 6212, 6272, 6313, 6314, 6320, 6400, 6432, 6435, + 6439, 6441, 6448, 6450, 6451, 6457, 6464, 6468, 6470, 6480, + 6512, 6528, 6576, 6593, 6600, 6608, 6618, 6622, 6656, 6679, + 6681, 6686, 6688, 6741, 6742, 6743, 6744, 6752, 6753, 6754, + 6755, 6757, 6765, 6771, 6783, 6784, 6800, 6816, 6823, 6824, + 6912, 6916, 6917, 6964, 6965, 6966, 6971, 6972, 6973, 6978, + 6979, 6981, 6992, 7002, 7009, 7019, 7028, 7040, 7042, 7043, + 7073, 7074, 7078, 7080, 7082, 7083, 7084, 7086, 7088, 7098, + 7142, 7143, 7144, 7146, 7149, 7150, 7151, 7154, 7164, 7168, + 7204, 7212, 7220, 7222, 7227, 7232, 7245, 7248, 7258, 7288, + 7294, 7360, 7376, 7379, 7380, 7393, 7394, 7401, 7405, 7406, + 7410, 7412, 7413, 7424, 7468, 7531, 7544, 7545, 7579, 7616, + 7676, 7680, 7830, 7838, 7936, 7944, 7952, 7960, 7968, 7976, + 7984, 7992, 8000, 8008, 8016, 8025, 8027, 8029, 8031, 8033, + 8040, 8048, 8064, 8072, 8080, 8088, 8096, 8104, 8112, 8118, + 8120, 8124, 8125, 8126, 8127, 8130, 8134, 8136, 8140, 8141, + 8144, 8150, 8152, 8157, 8160, 8168, 8173, 8178, 8182, 8184, + 8188, 8189, 8192, 8203, 8208, 8214, 8216, 8217, 8218, 8219, + 8221, 8222, 8223, 8224, 8232, 8233, 8234, 8239, 8240, 8249, + 8250, 8251, 8255, 8257, 8260, 8261, 8262, 8263, 8274, 8275, + 8276, 8277, 8287, 8288, 8298, 8304, 8305, 8308, 8314, 8317, + 8318, 8319, 8320, 8330, 8333, 8334, 8336, 8352, 8400, 8413, + 8417, 8418, 8421, 8448, 8450, 8451, 8455, 8456, 8458, 8459, + 8462, 8464, 8467, 8468, 8469, 8470, 8472, 8473, 8478, 8484, + 8485, 8486, 8487, 8488, 8489, 8490, 8494, 8495, 8496, 8500, + 8501, 8505, 8506, 8508, 8510, 8512, 8517, 8519, 8522, 8523, + 8524, 8526, 8527, 8528, 8544, 8579, 8581, 8585, 8592, 8597, + 8602, 8604, 8608, 8609, 8611, 8612, 8614, 8615, 8622, 8623, + 8654, 8656, 8658, 8659, 8660, 8661, 8692, 8960, 8968, 8972, + 8992, 8994, 9001, 9002, 9003, 9084, 9085, 9115, 9140, 9180, + 9186, 9216, 9280, 9312, 9372, 9450, 9472, 9655, 9656, 9665, + 9666, 9720, 9728, 9839, 9840, 9985, 10088, 10089, 10090, 10091, + 10092, 10093, 10094, 10095, 10096, 10097, 10098, 10099, 10100, 10101, + 10102, 10132, 10176, 10181, 10182, 10183, 10214, 10215, 10216, 10217, + 10218, 10219, 10220, 10221, 10222, 10223, 10224, 10240, 10496, 10627, + 10628, 10629, 10630, 10631, 10632, 10633, 10634, 10635, 10636, 10637, + 10638, 10639, 10640, 10641, 10642, 10643, 10644, 10645, 10646, 10647, + 10648, 10649, 10712, 10713, 10714, 10715, 10716, 10748, 10749, 10750, + 11008, 11056, 11077, 11079, 11088, 11264, 11312, 11360, 11363, 11365, + 11367, 11374, 11377, 11378, 11380, 11381, 11383, 11388, 11390, 11393, + 11394, 11492, 11493, 11499, 11503, 11506, 11513, 11517, 11518, 11520, + 11559, 11565, 11568, 11631, 11632, 11647, 11648, 11680, 11688, 11696, + 11704, 11712, 11720, 11728, 11736, 11744, 11776, 11778, 11779, 11780, + 11781, 11782, 11785, 11786, 11787, 11788, 11789, 11790, 11799, 11800, + 11802, 11803, 11804, 11805, 11806, 11808, 11809, 11810, 11811, 11812, + 11813, 11814, 11815, 11816, 11817, 11818, 11823, 11824, 11834, 11904, + 11931, 12032, 12272, 12288, 12289, 12292, 12293, 12294, 12295, 12296, + 12297, 12298, 12299, 12300, 12301, 12302, 12303, 12304, 12305, 12306, + 12308, 12309, 12310, 12311, 12312, 12313, 12314, 12315, 12316, 12317, + 12318, 12320, 12321, 12330, 12334, 12336, 12337, 12342, 12344, 12347, + 12348, 12349, 12350, 12353, 12441, 12443, 12445, 12447, 12448, 12449, + 12539, 12540, 12543, 12549, 12593, 12688, 12690, 12694, 12704, 12736, + 12784, 12800, 12832, 12842, 12872, 12880, 12881, 12896, 12928, 12938, + 12977, 12992, 13056, 13312, 19893, 19904, 19968, 40908, 40960, 40981, + 40982, 42128, 42192, 42232, 42238, 42240, 42508, 42509, 42512, 42528, + 42538, 42560, 42606, 42607, 42608, 42611, 42612, 42622, 42623, 42624, + 42655, 42656, 42726, 42736, 42738, 42752, 42775, 42784, 42786, 42800, + 42802, 42864, 42865, 42873, 42878, 42888, 42889, 42891, 42896, 42912, + 43000, 43002, 43003, 43010, 43011, 43014, 43015, 43019, 43020, 43043, + 43045, 43047, 43048, 43056, 43062, 43064, 43065, 43072, 43124, 43136, + 43138, 43188, 43204, 43214, 43216, 43232, 43250, 43256, 43259, 43264, + 43274, 43302, 43310, 43312, 43335, 43346, 43359, 43360, 43392, 43395, + 43396, 43443, 43444, 43446, 43450, 43452, 43453, 43457, 43471, 43472, + 43486, 43520, 43561, 43567, 43569, 43571, 43573, 43584, 43587, 43588, + 43596, 43597, 43600, 43612, 43616, 43632, 43633, 43639, 43642, 43643, + 43648, 43696, 43697, 43698, 43701, 43703, 43705, 43710, 43712, 43713, + 43714, 43739, 43741, 43742, 43744, 43755, 43756, 43758, 43760, 43762, + 43763, 43765, 43766, 43777, 43785, 43793, 43808, 43816, 43968, 44003, + 44005, 44006, 44008, 44009, 44011, 44012, 44013, 44016, 44032, 55203, + 55216, 55243, 55296, 56191, 56319, 57343, 57344, 63743, 63744, 64112, + 64256, 64275, 64285, 64286, 64287, 64297, 64298, 64312, 64318, 64320, + 64323, 64326, 64434, 64467, 64830, 64831, 64848, 64914, 65008, 65020, + 65021, 65024, 65040, 65047, 65048, 65049, 65056, 65072, 65073, 65075, + 65077, 65078, 65079, 65080, 65081, 65082, 65083, 65084, 65085, 65086, + 65087, 65088, 65089, 65090, 65091, 65092, 65093, 65095, 65096, 65097, + 65101, 65104, 65108, 65112, 65113, 65114, 65115, 65116, 65117, 65118, + 65119, 65122, 65123, 65124, 65128, 65129, 65130, 65136, 65142, 65279, + 65281, 65284, 65285, 65288, 65289, 65290, 65291, 65292, 65293, 65294, + 65296, 65306, 65308, 65311, 65313, 65339, 65340, 65341, 65342, 65343, + 65344, 65345, 65371, 65372, 65373, 65374, 65375, 65376, 65377, 65378, + 65379, 65380, 65382, 65392, 65393, 65438, 65440, 65474, 65482, 65490, + 65498, 65504, 65506, 65507, 65508, 65509, 65512, 65513, 65517, 65529, + 65532, 0, 13, 40, 60, 63, 80, 128, 256, 263, + 311, 320, 373, 377, 394, 400, 464, 509, 640, 672, + 768, 800, 816, 833, 834, 842, 896, 927, 928, 968, + 976, 977, 1024, 1064, 1104, 1184, 2048, 2056, 2058, 2103, + 2108, 2111, 2135, 2136, 2304, 2326, 2335, 2336, 2367, 2432, + 2494, 2560, 2561, 2565, 2572, 2576, 2581, 2585, 2616, 2623, + 2624, 2640, 2656, 2685, 2687, 2816, 2873, 2880, 2904, 2912, + 2936, 3072, 3680, 4096, 4097, 4098, 4099, 4152, 4167, 4178, + 4198, 4224, 4226, 4227, 4272, 4275, 4279, 4281, 4283, 4285, + 4286, 4304, 4336, 4352, 4355, 4391, 4396, 4397, 4406, 4416, + 4480, 4482, 4483, 4531, 4534, 4543, 4545, 4549, 4560, 5760, + 5803, 5804, 5805, 5806, 5808, 5814, 5815, 5824, 8192, 9216, + 9328, 12288, 26624, 28416, 28496, 28497, 28559, 28563, 45056, 53248, + 53504, 53545, 53605, 53607, 53610, 53613, 53619, 53627, 53635, 53637, + 53644, 53674, 53678, 53760, 53826, 53829, 54016, 54112, 54272, 54298, + 54324, 54350, 54358, 54376, 54402, 54428, 54430, 54434, 54437, 54441, + 54446, 54454, 54459, 54461, 54469, 54480, 54506, 54532, 54535, 54541, + 54550, 54558, 54584, 54587, 54592, 54598, 54602, 54610, 54636, 54662, + 54688, 54714, 54740, 54766, 54792, 54818, 54844, 54870, 54896, 54922, + 54952, 54977, 54978, 55003, 55004, 55010, 55035, 55036, 55061, 55062, + 55068, 55093, 55094, 55119, 55120, 55126, 55151, 55152, 55177, 55178, + 55184, 55209, 55210, 55235, 55236, 55242, 55246, 60928, 60933, 60961, + 60964, 60967, 60969, 60980, 60985, 60987, 60994, 60999, 61001, 61003, + 61005, 61009, 61012, 61015, 61017, 61019, 61021, 61023, 61025, 61028, + 61031, 61036, 61044, 61049, 61054, 61056, 61067, 61089, 61093, 61099, + 61168, 61440, 61488, 61600, 61617, 61633, 61649, 61696, 61712, 61744, + 61808, 61926, 61968, 62016, 62032, 62208, 62256, 62263, 62336, 62368, + 62406, 62432, 62464, 62528, 62530, 62713, 62720, 62784, 62800, 62971, + 63045, 63104, 63232, 0, 42710, 42752, 46900, 46912, 47133, 63488, + 1, 32, 256, 0, 65533, }; static u16 aFts5UnicodeData[] = { - 1025, 61, 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53, - 49, 85, 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50, - 56, 48, 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 1057, 61, - 53, 151, 58, 53, 56, 58, 39, 52, 57, 34, - 58, 56, 58, 57, 79, 56, 37, 85, 56, 47, - 39, 51, 111, 53, 745, 57, 233, 773, 57, 261, - 1822, 37, 542, 37, 1534, 222, 69, 73, 37, 126, - 126, 73, 69, 137, 37, 73, 37, 105, 101, 73, - 37, 73, 37, 190, 158, 37, 126, 126, 73, 37, - 126, 94, 37, 39, 94, 69, 135, 41, 40, 37, - 41, 40, 37, 41, 40, 37, 542, 37, 606, 37, - 41, 40, 37, 126, 73, 37, 1886, 197, 73, 37, - 73, 69, 126, 105, 37, 286, 2181, 39, 869, 582, - 152, 390, 472, 166, 248, 38, 56, 38, 568, 3596, - 158, 38, 56, 94, 38, 101, 53, 88, 41, 53, - 105, 41, 73, 37, 553, 297, 1125, 94, 37, 105, - 101, 798, 133, 94, 57, 126, 94, 37, 1641, 1541, - 1118, 58, 172, 75, 1790, 478, 37, 2846, 1225, 38, - 213, 1253, 53, 49, 55, 1452, 49, 44, 53, 76, - 53, 76, 53, 44, 871, 103, 85, 162, 121, 85, - 55, 85, 90, 364, 53, 85, 1031, 38, 327, 684, - 333, 149, 71, 44, 3175, 53, 39, 236, 34, 58, - 204, 70, 76, 58, 140, 71, 333, 103, 90, 39, - 469, 34, 39, 44, 967, 876, 2855, 364, 39, 333, - 1063, 300, 70, 58, 117, 38, 711, 140, 38, 300, - 38, 108, 38, 172, 501, 807, 108, 53, 39, 359, - 876, 108, 42, 1735, 44, 42, 44, 39, 106, 268, - 138, 44, 74, 39, 236, 327, 76, 85, 333, 53, - 38, 199, 231, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 39, - 135, 44, 39, 106, 140, 74, 74, 44, 39, 42, - 71, 103, 76, 333, 71, 87, 207, 58, 55, 76, - 42, 199, 71, 711, 231, 71, 71, 71, 44, 106, - 76, 76, 108, 44, 135, 39, 333, 76, 103, 44, - 76, 42, 295, 103, 711, 231, 71, 167, 44, 39, - 106, 172, 76, 42, 74, 44, 39, 71, 76, 333, - 53, 55, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 71, 167, - 44, 39, 42, 44, 42, 140, 74, 74, 44, 44, - 42, 71, 103, 76, 333, 58, 39, 207, 44, 39, - 199, 103, 135, 71, 39, 71, 71, 103, 391, 74, - 44, 74, 106, 106, 44, 39, 42, 333, 111, 218, - 55, 58, 106, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 39, 108, - 138, 108, 140, 76, 71, 71, 76, 333, 239, 58, - 74, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 44, 39, 42, 44, - 170, 44, 74, 74, 76, 74, 39, 71, 76, 333, - 71, 74, 263, 103, 1319, 39, 106, 140, 106, 106, - 44, 39, 42, 71, 76, 333, 207, 58, 199, 74, - 583, 775, 295, 39, 231, 44, 106, 108, 44, 266, - 74, 53, 1543, 44, 71, 236, 55, 199, 38, 268, - 53, 333, 85, 71, 39, 71, 39, 39, 135, 231, - 103, 39, 39, 71, 135, 44, 71, 204, 76, 39, - 167, 38, 204, 333, 135, 39, 122, 501, 58, 53, - 122, 76, 218, 333, 335, 58, 44, 58, 44, 58, - 44, 54, 50, 54, 50, 74, 263, 1159, 460, 42, - 172, 53, 76, 167, 364, 1164, 282, 44, 218, 90, - 181, 154, 85, 1383, 74, 140, 42, 204, 42, 76, - 74, 76, 39, 333, 213, 199, 74, 76, 135, 108, - 39, 106, 71, 234, 103, 140, 423, 44, 74, 76, - 202, 44, 39, 42, 333, 106, 44, 90, 1225, 41, - 41, 1383, 53, 38, 10631, 135, 231, 39, 135, 1319, - 135, 1063, 135, 231, 39, 135, 487, 1831, 135, 2151, - 108, 309, 655, 519, 346, 2727, 49, 19847, 85, 551, - 61, 839, 54, 50, 2407, 117, 110, 423, 135, 108, - 583, 108, 85, 583, 76, 423, 103, 76, 1671, 76, - 42, 236, 266, 44, 74, 364, 117, 38, 117, 55, - 39, 44, 333, 335, 213, 49, 149, 108, 61, 333, - 1127, 38, 1671, 1319, 44, 39, 2247, 935, 108, 138, - 76, 106, 74, 44, 202, 108, 58, 85, 333, 967, - 167, 1415, 554, 231, 74, 333, 47, 1114, 743, 76, - 106, 85, 1703, 42, 44, 42, 236, 44, 42, 44, - 74, 268, 202, 332, 44, 333, 333, 245, 38, 213, - 140, 42, 1511, 44, 42, 172, 42, 44, 170, 44, - 74, 231, 333, 245, 346, 300, 314, 76, 42, 967, - 42, 140, 74, 76, 42, 44, 74, 71, 333, 1415, - 44, 42, 76, 106, 44, 42, 108, 74, 149, 1159, - 266, 268, 74, 76, 181, 333, 103, 333, 967, 198, - 85, 277, 108, 53, 428, 42, 236, 135, 44, 135, - 74, 44, 71, 1413, 2022, 421, 38, 1093, 1190, 1260, - 140, 4830, 261, 3166, 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 265, - 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 41, 41, 41, 94, 229, - 265, 453, 261, 264, 261, 264, 261, 264, 165, 69, - 137, 40, 56, 37, 120, 101, 69, 137, 40, 120, - 133, 69, 137, 120, 261, 169, 120, 101, 69, 137, - 40, 88, 381, 162, 209, 85, 52, 51, 54, 84, - 51, 54, 52, 277, 59, 60, 162, 61, 309, 52, - 51, 149, 80, 117, 57, 54, 50, 373, 57, 53, - 48, 341, 61, 162, 194, 47, 38, 207, 121, 54, - 50, 38, 335, 121, 54, 50, 422, 855, 428, 139, - 44, 107, 396, 90, 41, 154, 41, 90, 37, 105, - 69, 105, 37, 58, 41, 90, 57, 169, 218, 41, - 58, 41, 58, 41, 58, 137, 58, 37, 137, 37, - 135, 37, 90, 69, 73, 185, 94, 101, 58, 57, - 90, 37, 58, 527, 1134, 94, 142, 47, 185, 186, - 89, 154, 57, 90, 57, 90, 57, 250, 57, 1018, - 89, 90, 57, 58, 57, 1018, 8601, 282, 153, 666, - 89, 250, 54, 50, 2618, 57, 986, 825, 1306, 217, - 602, 1274, 378, 1935, 2522, 719, 5882, 57, 314, 57, - 1754, 281, 3578, 57, 4634, 3322, 54, 50, 54, 50, - 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, - 975, 1434, 185, 54, 50, 1017, 54, 50, 54, 50, - 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 537, 8218, 4217, 54, - 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, - 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, - 50, 2041, 54, 50, 54, 50, 1049, 54, 50, 8281, - 1562, 697, 90, 217, 346, 1513, 1509, 126, 73, 69, - 254, 105, 37, 94, 37, 94, 165, 70, 105, 37, - 3166, 37, 218, 158, 108, 94, 149, 47, 85, 1221, - 37, 37, 1799, 38, 53, 44, 743, 231, 231, 231, - 231, 231, 231, 231, 231, 1036, 85, 52, 51, 52, - 51, 117, 52, 51, 53, 52, 51, 309, 49, 85, - 49, 53, 52, 51, 85, 52, 51, 54, 50, 54, - 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 181, 38, 341, 81, 858, - 2874, 6874, 410, 61, 117, 58, 38, 39, 46, 54, - 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 90, - 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 49, 54, - 82, 58, 302, 140, 74, 49, 166, 90, 110, 38, - 39, 53, 90, 2759, 76, 88, 70, 39, 49, 2887, - 53, 102, 39, 1319, 3015, 90, 143, 346, 871, 1178, - 519, 1018, 335, 986, 271, 58, 495, 1050, 335, 1274, - 495, 2042, 8218, 39, 39, 2074, 39, 39, 679, 38, - 36583, 1786, 1287, 198, 85, 8583, 38, 117, 519, 333, - 71, 1502, 39, 44, 107, 53, 332, 53, 38, 798, - 44, 2247, 334, 76, 213, 760, 294, 88, 478, 69, - 2014, 38, 261, 190, 350, 38, 88, 158, 158, 382, - 70, 37, 231, 44, 103, 44, 135, 44, 743, 74, - 76, 42, 154, 207, 90, 55, 58, 1671, 149, 74, - 1607, 522, 44, 85, 333, 588, 199, 117, 39, 333, - 903, 268, 85, 743, 364, 74, 53, 935, 108, 42, - 1511, 44, 74, 140, 74, 44, 138, 437, 38, 333, - 85, 1319, 204, 74, 76, 74, 76, 103, 44, 263, - 44, 42, 333, 149, 519, 38, 199, 122, 39, 42, - 1543, 44, 39, 108, 71, 76, 167, 76, 39, 44, - 39, 71, 38, 85, 359, 42, 76, 74, 85, 39, - 70, 42, 44, 199, 199, 199, 231, 231, 1127, 74, - 44, 74, 44, 74, 53, 42, 44, 333, 39, 39, - 743, 1575, 36, 68, 68, 36, 63, 63, 11719, 3399, - 229, 165, 39, 44, 327, 57, 423, 167, 39, 71, - 71, 3463, 536, 11623, 54, 50, 2055, 1735, 391, 55, - 58, 524, 245, 54, 50, 53, 236, 53, 81, 80, - 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, - 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 85, 54, 50, 149, - 112, 117, 149, 49, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, - 117, 57, 49, 121, 53, 55, 85, 167, 4327, 34, - 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53, 49, 85, - 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50, 56, 48, - 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 54, 50, 53, 54, - 50, 85, 327, 38, 1447, 70, 999, 199, 199, 199, - 103, 87, 57, 56, 58, 87, 58, 153, 90, 98, - 90, 391, 839, 615, 71, 487, 455, 3943, 117, 1455, - 314, 1710, 143, 570, 47, 410, 1466, 44, 935, 1575, - 999, 143, 551, 46, 263, 46, 967, 53, 1159, 263, - 53, 174, 1289, 1285, 2503, 333, 199, 39, 1415, 71, - 39, 743, 53, 271, 711, 207, 53, 839, 53, 1799, - 71, 39, 108, 76, 140, 135, 103, 871, 108, 44, - 271, 309, 935, 79, 53, 1735, 245, 711, 271, 615, - 271, 2343, 1007, 42, 44, 42, 1703, 492, 245, 655, - 333, 76, 42, 1447, 106, 140, 74, 76, 85, 34, - 149, 807, 333, 108, 1159, 172, 42, 268, 333, 149, - 76, 42, 1543, 106, 300, 74, 135, 149, 333, 1383, - 44, 42, 44, 74, 204, 42, 44, 333, 28135, 3182, - 149, 34279, 18215, 2215, 39, 1482, 140, 422, 71, 7898, - 1274, 1946, 74, 108, 122, 202, 258, 268, 90, 236, - 986, 140, 1562, 2138, 108, 58, 2810, 591, 841, 837, - 841, 229, 581, 841, 837, 41, 73, 41, 73, 137, - 265, 133, 37, 229, 357, 841, 837, 73, 137, 265, - 233, 837, 73, 137, 169, 41, 233, 837, 841, 837, - 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 901, - 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, - 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, - 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 94, 1613, 135, 871, 71, - 39, 39, 327, 135, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, - 103, 71, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 71, 39, - 135, 231, 135, 135, 39, 327, 551, 103, 167, 551, - 89, 1434, 3226, 506, 474, 506, 506, 367, 1018, 1946, - 1402, 954, 1402, 314, 90, 1082, 218, 2266, 666, 1210, - 186, 570, 2042, 58, 5850, 154, 2010, 154, 794, 2266, - 378, 2266, 3738, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 17351, - 34, 3074, 7692, 63, 63, + 1025, 61, 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53, + 49, 85, 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50, + 56, 48, 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 1057, 61, + 53, 151, 58, 53, 56, 58, 39, 52, 57, 34, + 58, 56, 58, 57, 79, 56, 37, 85, 56, 47, + 39, 51, 111, 53, 745, 57, 233, 773, 57, 261, + 1822, 37, 542, 37, 1534, 222, 69, 73, 37, 126, + 126, 73, 69, 137, 37, 73, 37, 105, 101, 73, + 37, 73, 37, 190, 158, 37, 126, 126, 73, 37, + 126, 94, 37, 39, 94, 69, 135, 41, 40, 37, + 41, 40, 37, 41, 40, 37, 542, 37, 606, 37, + 41, 40, 37, 126, 73, 37, 1886, 197, 73, 37, + 73, 69, 126, 105, 37, 286, 2181, 39, 869, 582, + 152, 390, 472, 166, 248, 38, 56, 38, 568, 3596, + 158, 38, 56, 94, 38, 101, 53, 88, 41, 53, + 105, 41, 73, 37, 553, 297, 1125, 94, 37, 105, + 101, 798, 133, 94, 57, 126, 94, 37, 1641, 1541, + 1118, 58, 172, 75, 1790, 478, 37, 2846, 1225, 38, + 213, 1253, 53, 49, 55, 1452, 49, 44, 53, 76, + 53, 76, 53, 44, 871, 103, 85, 162, 121, 85, + 55, 85, 90, 364, 53, 85, 1031, 38, 327, 684, + 333, 149, 71, 44, 3175, 53, 39, 236, 34, 58, + 204, 70, 76, 58, 140, 71, 333, 103, 90, 39, + 469, 34, 39, 44, 967, 876, 2855, 364, 39, 333, + 1063, 300, 70, 58, 117, 38, 711, 140, 38, 300, + 38, 108, 38, 172, 501, 807, 108, 53, 39, 359, + 876, 108, 42, 1735, 44, 42, 44, 39, 106, 268, + 138, 44, 74, 39, 236, 327, 76, 85, 333, 53, + 38, 199, 231, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 39, + 135, 44, 39, 106, 140, 74, 74, 44, 39, 42, + 71, 103, 76, 333, 71, 87, 207, 58, 55, 76, + 42, 199, 71, 711, 231, 71, 71, 71, 44, 106, + 76, 76, 108, 44, 135, 39, 333, 76, 103, 44, + 76, 42, 295, 103, 711, 231, 71, 167, 44, 39, + 106, 172, 76, 42, 74, 44, 39, 71, 76, 333, + 53, 55, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 71, 167, + 44, 39, 42, 44, 42, 140, 74, 74, 44, 44, + 42, 71, 103, 76, 333, 58, 39, 207, 44, 39, + 199, 103, 135, 71, 39, 71, 71, 103, 391, 74, + 44, 74, 106, 106, 44, 39, 42, 333, 111, 218, + 55, 58, 106, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 39, 108, + 138, 108, 140, 76, 71, 71, 76, 333, 239, 58, + 74, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 44, 39, 42, 44, + 170, 44, 74, 74, 76, 74, 39, 71, 76, 333, + 71, 74, 263, 103, 1319, 39, 106, 140, 106, 106, + 44, 39, 42, 71, 76, 333, 207, 58, 199, 74, + 583, 775, 295, 39, 231, 44, 106, 108, 44, 266, + 74, 53, 1543, 44, 71, 236, 55, 199, 38, 268, + 53, 333, 85, 71, 39, 71, 39, 39, 135, 231, + 103, 39, 39, 71, 135, 44, 71, 204, 76, 39, + 167, 38, 204, 333, 135, 39, 122, 501, 58, 53, + 122, 76, 218, 333, 335, 58, 44, 58, 44, 58, + 44, 54, 50, 54, 50, 74, 263, 1159, 460, 42, + 172, 53, 76, 167, 364, 1164, 282, 44, 218, 90, + 181, 154, 85, 1383, 74, 140, 42, 204, 42, 76, + 74, 76, 39, 333, 213, 199, 74, 76, 135, 108, + 39, 106, 71, 234, 103, 140, 423, 44, 74, 76, + 202, 44, 39, 42, 333, 106, 44, 90, 1225, 41, + 41, 1383, 53, 38, 10631, 135, 231, 39, 135, 1319, + 135, 1063, 135, 231, 39, 135, 487, 1831, 135, 2151, + 108, 309, 655, 519, 346, 2727, 49, 19847, 85, 551, + 61, 839, 54, 50, 2407, 117, 110, 423, 135, 108, + 583, 108, 85, 583, 76, 423, 103, 76, 1671, 76, + 42, 236, 266, 44, 74, 364, 117, 38, 117, 55, + 39, 44, 333, 335, 213, 49, 149, 108, 61, 333, + 1127, 38, 1671, 1319, 44, 39, 2247, 935, 108, 138, + 76, 106, 74, 44, 202, 108, 58, 85, 333, 967, + 167, 1415, 554, 231, 74, 333, 47, 1114, 743, 76, + 106, 85, 1703, 42, 44, 42, 236, 44, 42, 44, + 74, 268, 202, 332, 44, 333, 333, 245, 38, 213, + 140, 42, 1511, 44, 42, 172, 42, 44, 170, 44, + 74, 231, 333, 245, 346, 300, 314, 76, 42, 967, + 42, 140, 74, 76, 42, 44, 74, 71, 333, 1415, + 44, 42, 76, 106, 44, 42, 108, 74, 149, 1159, + 266, 268, 74, 76, 181, 333, 103, 333, 967, 198, + 85, 277, 108, 53, 428, 42, 236, 135, 44, 135, + 74, 44, 71, 1413, 2022, 421, 38, 1093, 1190, 1260, + 140, 4830, 261, 3166, 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 265, + 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 41, 41, 41, 94, 229, + 265, 453, 261, 264, 261, 264, 261, 264, 165, 69, + 137, 40, 56, 37, 120, 101, 69, 137, 40, 120, + 133, 69, 137, 120, 261, 169, 120, 101, 69, 137, + 40, 88, 381, 162, 209, 85, 52, 51, 54, 84, + 51, 54, 52, 277, 59, 60, 162, 61, 309, 52, + 51, 149, 80, 117, 57, 54, 50, 373, 57, 53, + 48, 341, 61, 162, 194, 47, 38, 207, 121, 54, + 50, 38, 335, 121, 54, 50, 422, 855, 428, 139, + 44, 107, 396, 90, 41, 154, 41, 90, 37, 105, + 69, 105, 37, 58, 41, 90, 57, 169, 218, 41, + 58, 41, 58, 41, 58, 137, 58, 37, 137, 37, + 135, 37, 90, 69, 73, 185, 94, 101, 58, 57, + 90, 37, 58, 527, 1134, 94, 142, 47, 185, 186, + 89, 154, 57, 90, 57, 90, 57, 250, 57, 1018, + 89, 90, 57, 58, 57, 1018, 8601, 282, 153, 666, + 89, 250, 54, 50, 2618, 57, 986, 825, 1306, 217, + 602, 1274, 378, 1935, 2522, 719, 5882, 57, 314, 57, + 1754, 281, 3578, 57, 4634, 3322, 54, 50, 54, 50, + 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, + 975, 1434, 185, 54, 50, 1017, 54, 50, 54, 50, + 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 537, 8218, 4217, 54, + 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, + 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, + 50, 2041, 54, 50, 54, 50, 1049, 54, 50, 8281, + 1562, 697, 90, 217, 346, 1513, 1509, 126, 73, 69, + 254, 105, 37, 94, 37, 94, 165, 70, 105, 37, + 3166, 37, 218, 158, 108, 94, 149, 47, 85, 1221, + 37, 37, 1799, 38, 53, 44, 743, 231, 231, 231, + 231, 231, 231, 231, 231, 1036, 85, 52, 51, 52, + 51, 117, 52, 51, 53, 52, 51, 309, 49, 85, + 49, 53, 52, 51, 85, 52, 51, 54, 50, 54, + 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 181, 38, 341, 81, 858, + 2874, 6874, 410, 61, 117, 58, 38, 39, 46, 54, + 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 90, + 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 49, 54, + 82, 58, 302, 140, 74, 49, 166, 90, 110, 38, + 39, 53, 90, 2759, 76, 88, 70, 39, 49, 2887, + 53, 102, 39, 1319, 3015, 90, 143, 346, 871, 1178, + 519, 1018, 335, 986, 271, 58, 495, 1050, 335, 1274, + 495, 2042, 8218, 39, 39, 2074, 39, 39, 679, 38, + 36583, 1786, 1287, 198, 85, 8583, 38, 117, 519, 333, + 71, 1502, 39, 44, 107, 53, 332, 53, 38, 798, + 44, 2247, 334, 76, 213, 760, 294, 88, 478, 69, + 2014, 38, 261, 190, 350, 38, 88, 158, 158, 382, + 70, 37, 231, 44, 103, 44, 135, 44, 743, 74, + 76, 42, 154, 207, 90, 55, 58, 1671, 149, 74, + 1607, 522, 44, 85, 333, 588, 199, 117, 39, 333, + 903, 268, 85, 743, 364, 74, 53, 935, 108, 42, + 1511, 44, 74, 140, 74, 44, 138, 437, 38, 333, + 85, 1319, 204, 74, 76, 74, 76, 103, 44, 263, + 44, 42, 333, 149, 519, 38, 199, 122, 39, 42, + 1543, 44, 39, 108, 71, 76, 167, 76, 39, 44, + 39, 71, 38, 85, 359, 42, 76, 74, 85, 39, + 70, 42, 44, 199, 199, 199, 231, 231, 1127, 74, + 44, 74, 44, 74, 53, 42, 44, 333, 39, 39, + 743, 1575, 36, 68, 68, 36, 63, 63, 11719, 3399, + 229, 165, 39, 44, 327, 57, 423, 167, 39, 71, + 71, 3463, 536, 11623, 54, 50, 2055, 1735, 391, 55, + 58, 524, 245, 54, 50, 53, 236, 53, 81, 80, + 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, + 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 85, 54, 50, 149, + 112, 117, 149, 49, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, + 117, 57, 49, 121, 53, 55, 85, 167, 4327, 34, + 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53, 49, 85, + 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50, 56, 48, + 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 54, 50, 53, 54, + 50, 85, 327, 38, 1447, 70, 999, 199, 199, 199, + 103, 87, 57, 56, 58, 87, 58, 153, 90, 98, + 90, 391, 839, 615, 71, 487, 455, 3943, 117, 1455, + 314, 1710, 143, 570, 47, 410, 1466, 44, 935, 1575, + 999, 143, 551, 46, 263, 46, 967, 53, 1159, 263, + 53, 174, 1289, 1285, 2503, 333, 199, 39, 1415, 71, + 39, 743, 53, 271, 711, 207, 53, 839, 53, 1799, + 71, 39, 108, 76, 140, 135, 103, 871, 108, 44, + 271, 309, 935, 79, 53, 1735, 245, 711, 271, 615, + 271, 2343, 1007, 42, 44, 42, 1703, 492, 245, 655, + 333, 76, 42, 1447, 106, 140, 74, 76, 85, 34, + 149, 807, 333, 108, 1159, 172, 42, 268, 333, 149, + 76, 42, 1543, 106, 300, 74, 135, 149, 333, 1383, + 44, 42, 44, 74, 204, 42, 44, 333, 28135, 3182, + 149, 34279, 18215, 2215, 39, 1482, 140, 422, 71, 7898, + 1274, 1946, 74, 108, 122, 202, 258, 268, 90, 236, + 986, 140, 1562, 2138, 108, 58, 2810, 591, 841, 837, + 841, 229, 581, 841, 837, 41, 73, 41, 73, 137, + 265, 133, 37, 229, 357, 841, 837, 73, 137, 265, + 233, 837, 73, 137, 169, 41, 233, 837, 841, 837, + 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 901, + 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, + 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, + 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 94, 1613, 135, 871, 71, + 39, 39, 327, 135, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, + 103, 71, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 71, 39, + 135, 231, 135, 135, 39, 327, 551, 103, 167, 551, + 89, 1434, 3226, 506, 474, 506, 506, 367, 1018, 1946, + 1402, 954, 1402, 314, 90, 1082, 218, 2266, 666, 1210, + 186, 570, 2042, 58, 5850, 154, 2010, 154, 794, 2266, + 378, 2266, 3738, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 17351, + 34, 3074, 7692, 63, 63, }; -static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCategory(u32 iCode) { +static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCategory(u32 iCode) { int iRes = -1; int iHi; int iLo; @@ -226847,7 +227975,7 @@ static int FTS5_NOINLINE fts5PutVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ v >>= 7; } return 9; - } + } n = 0; do{ buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); @@ -226899,7 +228027,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal){ ****************************************************************************** ** ** This is an SQLite virtual table module implementing direct access to an -** existing FTS5 index. The module may create several different types of +** existing FTS5 index. The module may create several different types of ** tables: ** ** col: @@ -226907,21 +228035,21 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal){ ** ** One row for each term/column combination. The value of $doc is set to ** the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term -** $term within column $col. Field $cnt is set to the total number of -** instances of term $term in column $col (in any row of the fts5 table). +** $term within column $col. Field $cnt is set to the total number of +** instances of term $term in column $col (in any row of the fts5 table). ** ** row: ** CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, cnt, PRIMARY KEY(term)); ** ** One row for each term in the database. The value of $doc is set to ** the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term -** $term. Field $cnt is set to the total number of instances of term +** $term. Field $cnt is set to the total number of instances of term ** $term in the database. ** ** instance: ** CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, col, offset, PRIMARY KEY(<all-fields>)); ** -** One row for each term instance in the database. +** One row for each term instance in the database. */ @@ -226938,6 +228066,7 @@ struct Fts5VocabTable { sqlite3 *db; /* Database handle */ Fts5Global *pGlobal; /* FTS5 global object for this database */ int eType; /* FTS5_VOCAB_COL, ROW or INSTANCE */ + unsigned bBusy; /* True if busy */ }; struct Fts5VocabCursor { @@ -226982,7 +228111,7 @@ struct Fts5VocabCursor { /* -** Translate a string containing an fts5vocab table type to an +** Translate a string containing an fts5vocab table type to an ** FTS5_VOCAB_XXX constant. If successful, set *peType to the output ** value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, set *pzErr to an error message ** and return SQLITE_ERROR. @@ -227060,8 +228189,8 @@ static int fts5VocabInitVtab( sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ ){ - const char *azSchema[] = { - "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA ")", + const char *azSchema[] = { + "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA ")", "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_ROW_SCHEMA ")", "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_INST_SCHEMA ")" }; @@ -227080,10 +228209,10 @@ static int fts5VocabInitVtab( const char *zDb = bDb ? argv[3] : argv[1]; const char *zTab = bDb ? argv[4] : argv[3]; const char *zType = bDb ? argv[5] : argv[4]; - int nDb = (int)strlen(zDb)+1; + int nDb = (int)strlen(zDb)+1; int nTab = (int)strlen(zTab)+1; int eType = 0; - + rc = fts5VocabTableType(zType, pzErr, &eType); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( eType>=0 && eType<ArraySize(azSchema) ); @@ -227135,7 +228264,7 @@ static int fts5VocabCreateMethod( return fts5VocabInitVtab(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); } -/* +/* ** Implementation of the xBestIndex method. ** ** Only constraints of the form: @@ -227144,7 +228273,7 @@ static int fts5VocabCreateMethod( ** term == ? ** term >= ? ** -** are interpreted. Less-than and less-than-or-equal are treated +** are interpreted. Less-than and less-than-or-equal are treated ** identically, as are greater-than and greater-than-or-equal. */ static int fts5VocabBestIndexMethod( @@ -227195,8 +228324,8 @@ static int fts5VocabBestIndexMethod( ** specifically - "ORDER BY term" or "ORDER BY term ASC" - set the ** sqlite3_index_info.orderByConsumed flag to tell the core the results ** are already in sorted order. */ - if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 - && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 ){ pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; @@ -227210,7 +228339,7 @@ static int fts5VocabBestIndexMethod( ** Implementation of xOpen method. */ static int fts5VocabOpenMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr ){ Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pVTab; @@ -227220,6 +228349,12 @@ static int fts5VocabOpenMethod( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; char *zSql = 0; + if( pTab->bBusy ){ + pVTab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "recursive definition for %s.%s", pTab->zFts5Db, pTab->zFts5Tbl + ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "SELECT t.%Q FROM %Q.%Q AS t WHERE t.%Q MATCH '*id'", pTab->zFts5Tbl, pTab->zFts5Db, pTab->zFts5Tbl, pTab->zFts5Tbl @@ -227231,10 +228366,12 @@ static int fts5VocabOpenMethod( assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + pTab->bBusy = 1; if( pStmt && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ i64 iId = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); pFts5 = sqlite3Fts5TableFromCsrid(pTab->pGlobal, iId); } + pTab->bBusy = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pFts5==0 ){ @@ -227294,7 +228431,7 @@ static int fts5VocabCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ static int fts5VocabInstanceNewTerm(Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - + if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pCsr->pIter) ){ pCsr->bEof = 1; }else{ @@ -227320,11 +228457,11 @@ static int fts5VocabInstanceNext(Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr){ Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pCsr->pIter; i64 *pp = &pCsr->iInstPos; int *po = &pCsr->iInstOff; - + assert( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter)==0 ); assert( pCsr->bEof==0 ); while( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE - || sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, po, pp) + || sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, po, pp) ){ pCsr->iInstPos = 0; pCsr->iInstOff = 0; @@ -227449,8 +228586,8 @@ static int fts5VocabNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ zTerm = sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(pCsr->pIter, &nTerm); - if( nTerm!=pCsr->term.n - || (nTerm>0 && memcmp(zTerm, pCsr->term.p, nTerm)) + if( nTerm!=pCsr->term.n + || (nTerm>0 && memcmp(zTerm, pCsr->term.p, nTerm)) ){ break; } @@ -227529,8 +228666,8 @@ static int fts5VocabFilterMethod( if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE ){ rc = fts5VocabInstanceNewTerm(pCsr); } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCsr->bEof - && (eType!=FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCsr->bEof + && (eType!=FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE || pCsr->pFts5->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE) ){ rc = fts5VocabNextMethod(pCursor); @@ -227539,8 +228676,8 @@ static int fts5VocabFilterMethod( return rc; } -/* -** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this ** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. */ static int fts5VocabEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ @@ -227615,13 +228752,13 @@ static int fts5VocabColumnMethod( return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to ** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. The ** rowid should be written to *pRowid. */ static int fts5VocabRowidMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor; @@ -227662,7 +228799,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global *pGlobal, sqlite3 *db){ } - + #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) */ /************** End of fts5.c ************************************************/ @@ -227837,8 +228974,9 @@ static int stmtColumn( sqlite3_result_int(ctx, sqlite3_stmt_busy(pCur->pStmt)); break; } - case STMT_COLUMN_MEM: { - i = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED + + default: { + assert( i==STMT_COLUMN_MEM ); + i = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED + STMT_COLUMN_NSCAN - SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; /* Fall thru */ } @@ -227878,11 +229016,11 @@ static int stmtEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ /* ** This method is called to "rewind" the stmt_cursor object back ** to the first row of output. This method is always called at least -** once prior to any call to stmtColumn() or stmtRowid() or +** once prior to any call to stmtColumn() or stmtRowid() or ** stmtEof(). */ static int stmtFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -227908,7 +229046,7 @@ static int stmtBestIndex( } /* -** This following structure defines all the methods for the +** This following structure defines all the methods for the ** stmt virtual table. */ static sqlite3_module stmtModule = { @@ -227953,8 +229091,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StmtVtabInit(sqlite3 *db){ __declspec(dllexport) #endif SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -227968,9 +229106,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_init( #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB) */ /************** End of stmt.c ************************************************/ -#if __LINE__!=227945 +#if __LINE__!=229109 #undef SQLITE_SOURCE_ID -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-01-27 19:55:54 3bfa9cc97da10598521b342961df8f5f68c7388fa117345eeb516eaa837balt2" +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-05-25 16:19:56 0c1fcf4711a2e66c813aed38cf41cd3e2123ee8eb6db98118086764c4ba8alt2" #endif /* Return the source-id for this library */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.h b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.h index 93256e78ae4..1679756cfa8 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.h +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.h @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ extern "C" { ** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented ** and Z will be reset to zero. ** -** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), +** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), ** SQLite source code has been stored in the ** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management ** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ extern "C" { ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.31.1" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3031001 -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-01-27 19:55:54 3bfa9cc97da10598521b342961df8f5f68c7388fa117345eeb516eaa837balt1" +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.32.1" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3032001 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-05-25 16:19:56 0c1fcf4711a2e66c813aed38cf41cd3e2123ee8eb6db98118086764c4ba83350" /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ extern "C" { ** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have ** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The ** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns -** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the ** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built ** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters ** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^ @@ -167,20 +167,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics ** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 -** indicating whether the specified option was defined at -** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the -** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating ** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by ** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, -** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ -** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by ** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). ** ** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() -** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the ** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. ** ** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes ** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, ** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe ** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. ** @@ -261,14 +261,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; ** ** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values ** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The -** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values ** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. */ #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; # ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; -# else +# else typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; # endif #elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) @@ -299,26 +299,22 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; ** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated ** resources are deallocated. ** -** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared -** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() -** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. -** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements -** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes -** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the -** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is -** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with -** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which -** destructors are called is arbitrary. -** -** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], -** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** Ideally, applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all +** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and ** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated -** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If -** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has -** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or -** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation -** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], -** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements, BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then +** sqlite3_close() will leave the database connection open and return +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared +** statements, unclosed BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, +** it returns [SQLITE_OK] regardless, but instead of deallocating the database +** connection immediately, it marks the database connection as an unusable +** "zombie" and makes arrangements to automatically deallocate the database +** connection after all prepared statements are finalized, all BLOB handles +** are closed, and all backups have finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface +** is intended for use with host languages that are garbage collected, and +** where the order in which destructors are called is arbitrary. ** ** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, ** the transaction is automatically rolled back. @@ -348,7 +344,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], ** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL -** without having to use a lot of C code. +** without having to use a lot of C code. ** ** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, ** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, @@ -388,7 +384,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. ** ** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer -** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or ** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database ** is not changed. ** @@ -507,10 +503,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (29<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (30<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (31<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DATA (SQLITE_IOERR | (32<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB (SQLITE_LOCKED | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT (SQLITE_BUSY | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) @@ -519,6 +517,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (6<<8)) #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) @@ -670,7 +669,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle ** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the ** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface ** implementations will ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields @@ -692,7 +691,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file { ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** -** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method ** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The ** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] @@ -842,7 +841,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS ** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified -** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should ** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use ** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and @@ -865,24 +864,24 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and ** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a -** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked -** because the user has configured SQLite with -** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place ** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with ** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced ** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated -** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that -** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications -** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may -** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite ** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately ** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal ** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call -** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the -** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic @@ -930,13 +929,13 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening ** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some -** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current ** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of ** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the -** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable ** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. ** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with @@ -955,7 +954,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** upper-most shim only. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] -** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding ** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument ** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of @@ -966,7 +965,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] ** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or ** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal ** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the ** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op @@ -1006,7 +1005,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that ** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The ** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if -** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit ** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This ** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. ** @@ -1050,7 +1049,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by ** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for -** this opcode. +** this opcode. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then @@ -1067,7 +1066,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write -** operations since the previous successful call to +** operations since the previous successful call to ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically. ** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were ** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage. @@ -1079,7 +1078,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write -** operations since the previous successful call to +** operations since the previous successful call to ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back. ** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode ** so that all subsequent write operations are independent. @@ -1087,10 +1086,12 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode causes attempts to obtain -** a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS to wait -** for up to M milliseconds before failing, where M is the single -** unsigned integer parameter. +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode is used to configure a VFS +** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to +** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS. +** The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit signed integer that contains +** the value that M is to be set to. Before returning, the 32-bit signed +** integer is overwritten with the previous value of M. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] opcode is used to detect changes to @@ -1112,6 +1113,11 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** happen either internally or externally and that are associated with ** a particular attached database. ** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint +** in wal mode before the client starts to copy pages from the wal +** file to the database file. +** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint ** in wal mode after the client has finished copying pages from the wal @@ -1155,6 +1161,8 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { #define SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION 35 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT 36 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE 37 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES 38 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START 39 /* deprecated names */ #define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE @@ -1238,14 +1246,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. ** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen -** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the ** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to ** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. ** @@ -1287,10 +1295,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() -** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. -** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened +** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened ** for exclusive access. ** ** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite @@ -1314,7 +1322,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** non-zero error code if there is an I/O error or if the name of ** the file given in the second argument is illegal. If SQLITE_OK ** is returned, then non-zero or zero is written into *pResOut to indicate -** whether or not the file is accessible. +** whether or not the file is accessible. ** ** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the ** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer @@ -1334,16 +1342,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as ** a floating point value. ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian -** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in -** a 24-hour day). +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current -** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. ** ** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces ** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided -** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding ** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can ** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult ** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden @@ -1390,7 +1398,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. + ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ }; @@ -1434,7 +1442,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { ** </ul> ** ** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as -** was given on the corresponding lock. +** was given on the corresponding lock. ** ** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or ** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED @@ -1579,7 +1587,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); ** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code ** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. ** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** @@ -1597,7 +1605,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to ** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. ** By creating an instance of this object ** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative @@ -1627,7 +1635,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple ** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. ** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] -** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** ** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, @@ -1685,7 +1693,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default -** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.</dd> ** @@ -1720,7 +1728,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt> -** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is ** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. ** The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of @@ -1771,7 +1779,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt> ** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool ** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page -** cache implementation. +** cache implementation. ** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-defined page ** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]. ** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to @@ -1799,7 +1807,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** additional cache line. </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt> -** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer ** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs ** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. ** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled @@ -1854,7 +1862,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt> -** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is ** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies ** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd> @@ -1868,7 +1876,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite ** global [error log]. ** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a -** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is ** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the ** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. @@ -1977,7 +1985,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]] ** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL ** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which -** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. +** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. ** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes) ** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk. ** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held @@ -1999,7 +2007,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference ** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded ** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default -** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a +** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a ** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour. ** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option. @@ -2027,7 +2035,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ @@ -2062,7 +2070,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> -** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a ** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. @@ -2080,7 +2088,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** when the "current value" returned by ** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. ** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside -** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns ** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY]] @@ -2157,11 +2165,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** until after the database connection closes. ** </dd> ** -** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt> -** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a -** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no -** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint +** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a +** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no +** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint ** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to ** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation ** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the @@ -2180,7 +2188,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** slower. But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior. With ** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as ** was used during testing in the lab. -** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable ** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting ** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled @@ -2188,15 +2196,15 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt> -** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not +** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not ** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This ** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this ** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer - ** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it, ** or negative to leave the setting unchanged. -** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written -** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if -** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written +** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if +** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE</dt> @@ -2210,7 +2218,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any ** errors. This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep ** the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before -** the reset. +** the reset. ** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0); ** <li> [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0); ** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0); @@ -2222,7 +2230,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE</dt> ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE option activates or deactivates the ** "defensive" flag for a database connection. When the defensive -** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to +** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to ** deliberately corrupt the database file are disabled. The disabled ** features include but are not limited to the following: ** <ul> @@ -2237,7 +2245,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA option activates or deactivates the ** "writable_schema" flag. This has the same effect and is logically equivalent ** to setting [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] or [PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF]. -** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable ** the writable_schema, positive to enable writable_schema, or negative to ** leave the setting unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an ** integer into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the writable_schema @@ -2282,7 +2290,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** including: ** <ul> ** <li> Prohibit the use of SQL functions inside triggers, views, -** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, +** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, ** partial indexes, or generated columns ** unless those functions are tagged with [SQLITE_INNOCUOUS]. ** <li> Prohibit the use of virtual tables inside of triggers or views @@ -2303,7 +2311,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** any SQLite version back to 3.0.0 ([dateof:3.0.0]). Without this setting, ** newly created databases are generally not understandable by SQLite versions ** prior to 3.3.0 ([dateof:3.3.0]). As these words are written, there -** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible +** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible ** all the way back to version 3.0.0, and so this setting is of little ** practical use, but is provided so that SQLite can continue to claim the ** ability to generate new database files that are compatible with version @@ -2361,8 +2369,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); ** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of ** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] ** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not -** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred -** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns +** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred +** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns ** zero. ** ** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database @@ -2372,15 +2380,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); ** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as ** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory ** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid -** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to +** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to ** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid -** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original -** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning +** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original +** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning ** control to the user. ** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will -** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is -** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will +** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is +** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned ** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a @@ -2413,7 +2421,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to -** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R +** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R ** without inserting a row into the database. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); @@ -2429,37 +2437,37 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); ** returned by this function. ** ** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are -** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], +** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], ** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted. -** -** Changes to a view that are intercepted by -** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value -** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or -** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real +** +** Changes to a view that are intercepted by +** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value +** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or +** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real ** tables are counted. ** ** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is ** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the ** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback ** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially: -** +** ** <ul> ** <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by -** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program +** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program ** has finished, the original value is restored.)^ -** -** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE -** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() -** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include -** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() +** +** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE +** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() +** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include +** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() ** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^ ** </ul> -** +** ** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used -** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it +** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it ** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing. -** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger -** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the +** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger +** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the ** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection @@ -2485,10 +2493,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); ** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as ** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement ** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes(). -** +** ** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the ** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are -** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers +** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers ** are not counted. ** ** The [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number @@ -2497,7 +2505,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); ** To detect changes against a database file from other database ** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control]. -** +** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value ** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. @@ -2539,7 +2547,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the ** running statement count reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been ** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are @@ -2571,7 +2579,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** -** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior ** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, ** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero @@ -2616,7 +2624,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] -** to the application instead of invoking the +** to the application instead of invoking the ** busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and @@ -2641,7 +2649,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, ** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. -** +** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ @@ -2759,7 +2767,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions ** from the standard C library. ** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from -** the standard library printf() +** the standard library printf() ** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]). ** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details. ** @@ -2955,7 +2963,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that -** access is denied. +** access is denied. ** ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third ** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter @@ -3008,7 +3016,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the -** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a ** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the ** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. ** @@ -3156,7 +3164,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each ** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the ** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which -** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment +** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment ** that indicates the invocation of a trigger. ^The callback can compute ** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()] ** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking @@ -3172,7 +3180,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** ** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_ROW</dt> ** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared -** statement generates a single row of result. +** statement generates a single row of result. ** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the ** X argument is unused. ** @@ -3199,10 +3207,10 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of ** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants. ** -** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides +** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides ** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2(). ** -** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by +** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by ** mask M occur. ^The integer return value from the callback is currently ** ignored, though this may change in future releases. Callback ** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility. @@ -3234,8 +3242,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( ** database connection D. An example use for this ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** -** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the -** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive ** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress ** handler is disabled. @@ -3262,7 +3270,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3 ** -** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually @@ -3381,17 +3389,17 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** information. ** ** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an -** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string -** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an -** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if ** present, is ignored. ** ** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file -** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, -** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin ** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) -** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. -** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path ** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^ ** ** [[core URI query parameters]] @@ -3411,13 +3419,13 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** ** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", ** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is -** an error)^. -** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only -** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the -** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to -** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) -** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had -** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is ** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads ** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for @@ -3427,7 +3435,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or ** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the ** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to -** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is ** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. ** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in ** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting @@ -3453,7 +3461,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** property on a database file that does in fact change can result ** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. ** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. -** +** ** </ul> ** ** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an @@ -3465,36 +3473,36 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** ** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5> ** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results -** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> ** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br> -** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> -** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> +** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> +** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> ** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". -** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> +** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> ** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. -** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> +** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> ** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db ** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive -** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly ** necessary - space characters can be used literally ** in URI filenames. -** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> ** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. ** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by ** default, use a private cache. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td> ** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" ** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. -** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> ** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. ** </table> ** ** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and ** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a -** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits ** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a -** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all ** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the ** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, ** the results are undefined. @@ -3530,14 +3538,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters ** ** These are utility routines, useful to [VFS|custom VFS implementations], -** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. ** -** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of -** a VFS implementation or it is the return value of [sqlite3_db_filename()] +** The first parameter to these interfaces (hereafter referred to +** as F) must be one of: +** <ul> +** <li> A database filename pointer created by the SQLite core and +** passed into the xOpen() method of a VFS implemention, or +** <li> A filename obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], or +** <li> A new filename constructed using [sqlite3_create_filename()]. +** </ul> +** If the F parameter is not one of the above, then the behavior is +** undefined and probably undesirable. Older versions of SQLite were +** more tolerant of invalid F parameters than newer versions. +** +** If F is a suitable filename (as described in the previous paragraph) ** and if P is the name of the query parameter, then ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P -** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a ** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F and it ** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns ** a pointer to an empty string. @@ -3546,7 +3565,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value ** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the ** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any -** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of ** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or ** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query @@ -3564,7 +3583,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** parameters minus 1. The N value is zero-based so N should be 0 to obtain ** the name of the first query parameter, 1 for the second parameter, and ** so forth. -** +** ** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and ** is not a database file pathname pointer that the SQLite core passed @@ -3617,17 +3636,89 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_database(const char*); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_journal(const char*); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_wal(const char*); +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database File Corresponding To A Journal +** +** ^If X is the name of a rollback or WAL-mode journal file that is +** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then +** sqlite3_database_file_object(X) returns a pointer to the [sqlite3_file] +** object that represents the main database file. +** +** This routine is intended for use in custom [VFS] implementations +** only. It is not a general-purpose interface. +** The argument sqlite3_file_object(X) must be a filename pointer that +** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the +** flags parameter to xOpen contains one of the bits +** [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] or [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]. Any other use +** of this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable +** behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create and Destroy VFS Filenames +** +** These interfces are provided for use by [VFS shim] implementations and +** are not useful outside of that context. +** +** The sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) allocates memory to hold a version of +** database filename D with corresponding journal file J and WAL file W and +** with N URI parameters key/values pairs in the array P. The result from +** sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) is a pointer to a database filename that +** is safe to pass to routines like: +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_parameter()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_boolean()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_int64()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()], +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_database()], +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_journal()], or +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_wal()]. +** </ul> +** If a memory allocation error occurs, sqlite3_create_filename() might +** return a NULL pointer. The memory obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(X) +** must be released by a corresponding call to sqlite3_free_filename(Y). +** +** The P parameter in sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) should be an array +** of 2*N pointers to strings. Each pair of pointers in this array corresponds +** to a key and value for a query parameter. The P parameter may be a NULL +** pointer if N is zero. None of the 2*N pointers in the P array may be +** NULL pointers and key pointers should not be empty strings. +** None of the D, J, or W parameters to sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) may +** be NULL pointers, though they can be empty strings. +** +** The sqlite3_free_filename(Y) routine releases a memory allocation +** previously obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(). Invoking +** sqlite3_free_filename(Y) where Y is a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** If the Y parameter to sqlite3_free_filename(Y) is anything other +** than a NULL pointer or a pointer previously acquired from +** sqlite3_create_filename(), then bad things such as heap +** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should be +** used again after sqlite3_free_filename(Y) has been called. This means +** that if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen()] method of a VFS has been called using Y, +** then the corresponding [sqlite3_module.xClose() method should also be +** invoked prior to calling sqlite3_free_filename(Y). +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_create_filename( + const char *zDatabase, + const char *zJournal, + const char *zWal, + int nParam, + const char **azParam +); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with +** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with ** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface ** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that ** API call. ** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() -** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** interface is the same except that it always returns the ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are ** disabled. ** @@ -3684,7 +3775,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); ** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated. ** ** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The -** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object +** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object ** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a ** prepared statement before it can be run. ** @@ -3714,7 +3805,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; ** new limit for that construct.)^ ** ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. -** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a ** [limits | hard upper bound] ** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called ** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>]. @@ -3722,7 +3813,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. ** -** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the ** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. ** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, ** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. @@ -3827,7 +3918,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner ** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and ** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] -** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will +** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will ** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using ** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts ** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to @@ -3934,12 +4025,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** </li> ** ** <li> -** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the +** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the ** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, -** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been ** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change -** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. -** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column ** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4] compile-time option is enabled. @@ -4048,8 +4139,8 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** the content of the database file. ** ** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or -** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. -** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that ** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would ** change the database file through side-effects: ** @@ -4063,10 +4154,10 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], ** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, ** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but -** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the ** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause ** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements -** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make ** changes to the content of the database files on disk. ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since ** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and @@ -4092,18 +4183,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the -** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using ** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned ** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor ** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) -** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a ** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] ** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. ** ** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] -** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database ** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, -** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared ** statements that are holding a transaction open. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); @@ -4122,7 +4213,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The -** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new +** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new ** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not @@ -4130,7 +4221,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) -** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, @@ -4199,12 +4290,30 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index ** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. ** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] -** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). +** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 32766). ** ** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. ** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() ** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter ** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF8 text. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text16() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF16 text. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to a well-formed unicode string that is +** either UTF8 if the sixth parameter is SQLITE_UTF8, or UTF16 +** otherwise. +** +** [[byte-order determination rules]] ^The byte-order of +** UTF16 input text is determined by the byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) +** found in first character, which is removed, or in the absence of a BOM +** the byte order is the native byte order of the host +** machine for sqlite3_bind_text16() or the byte order specified in +** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^ +** ^If UTF16 input text contains invalid unicode +** characters, then SQLite might change those invalid characters +** into the unicode replacement character: U+FFFD. ** ** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the ** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the @@ -4218,7 +4327,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then ** that parameter must be the byte offset ** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL -** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than +** terminated. If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than ** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will ** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings ** with embedded NULs is undefined. @@ -4380,7 +4489,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the -** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the +** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the ** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]). ** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not ** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement @@ -4562,7 +4671,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to ** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything ** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of -** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using ** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from ** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1], ** sqlite3_step() began @@ -4653,7 +4762,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int64</b><td>→<td>64-bit INTEGER result ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text</b><td>→<td>UTF-8 TEXT result ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text16</b><td>→<td>UTF-16 TEXT result -** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an ** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object. ** <tr><td> <td> <td> ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes</b><td>→<td>Size of a BLOB @@ -4701,7 +4810,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which ** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value. ** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no -** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. +** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. ** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type() ** is undefined, though harmless. Future ** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() @@ -4729,7 +4838,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** the number of bytes in that string. ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. ** -** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and ** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end ** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by ** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of @@ -4748,7 +4857,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], ** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe. ** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface -** is normally only useful within the implementation of +** is normally only useful within the implementation of ** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within ** top-level application code. ** @@ -4923,8 +5032,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior ** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between -** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding -** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being +** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding +** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being ** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for ** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function() ** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions @@ -4938,7 +5047,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or ** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 ** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name -** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. ** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name ** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. ** @@ -4953,7 +5062,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for ** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to -** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes ** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the ** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or ** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] @@ -4980,7 +5089,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** For best security, the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] flag is recommended for ** all application-defined SQL functions that do not need to be ** used inside of triggers, view, CHECK constraints, or other elements of -** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL +** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL ** functions that have side effects or reveal internal application state. ** Without this flag, an attacker might be able to modify the schema of ** a database file to include invocations of the function with parameters @@ -5001,21 +5110,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function ** callbacks. ** -** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue +** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue ** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to ** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal ** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in -** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be +** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be ** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate ** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation -** of aggregate window functions are +** of aggregate window functions are ** [user-defined window functions|available here]. ** ** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or ** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for -** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function -** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection -** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function +** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection +** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to ** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ^When the destructor callback is ** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application ** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). @@ -5028,7 +5137,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with ** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding ** matches the database encoding is a better -** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** match than a function where the encoding is different. ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is ** between UTF8 and UTF16. @@ -5100,7 +5209,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Flags ** -** These constants may be ORed together with the +** These constants may be ORed together with the ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument ** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or ** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. @@ -5116,10 +5225,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( ** SQLite might also optimize deterministic functions by factoring them ** out of inner loops. ** </dd> -** +** ** [[SQLITE_DIRECTONLY]] <dt>SQLITE_DIRECTONLY</dt><dd> ** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag means that the function may only be invoked -** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in +** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in ** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses], ** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], or [generated columns]. ** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flags is a security feature which is recommended @@ -5172,7 +5281,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( ** DEPRECATED ** ** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain -** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue ** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid ** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid ** these functions, we will not explain what they do. @@ -5240,11 +5349,11 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 ** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces ** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. ** -** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized +** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized ** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)] ** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y), ** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise, -** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() +** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() ** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the @@ -5367,7 +5476,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); ** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. ** -** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called ** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite allocates ** N bytes of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to @@ -5380,19 +5489,19 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); ** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the ** first time from within xFinal().)^ ** -** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer ** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory ** allocate error occurs. ** ** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is ** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the -** value of N in any subsequents call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within +** value of N in any subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory ** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set -** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no ** pointless memory allocations occur. ** -** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. ** ** The first parameter must be a copy of the @@ -5442,7 +5551,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example ** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching ** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as -** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** metadata associated with the pattern string. ** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, ** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple ** invocations of the same function. @@ -5468,10 +5577,10 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** SQL statement)^, or ** <li> ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same ** parameter)^, or -** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory ** allocation error occurs.)^ </ul> ** -** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in ** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the ** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() ** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the @@ -5543,8 +5652,9 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() ** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error ** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite -** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native -** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() +** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 using +** the same [byte-order determination rules] as [sqlite3_bind_text16()]. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() ** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error ** message all text up through the first zero character. ** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or @@ -5612,6 +5722,25 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. ** +** ^For the sqlite3_result_text16(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and +** sqlite3_result_text16be() routines, and for sqlite3_result_text64() +** when the encoding is not UTF8, if the input UTF16 begins with a +** byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) then the BOM is removed from the +** string and the rest of the string is interpreted according to the +** byte-order specified by the BOM. ^The byte-order specified by +** the BOM at the beginning of the text overrides the byte-order +** specified by the interface procedure. ^So, for example, if +** sqlite3_result_text16le() is invoked with text that begins +** with bytes 0xfe, 0xff (a big-endian byte-order mark) then the +** first two bytes of input are skipped and the remaining input +** is interpreted as UTF16BE text. +** +** ^For UTF16 input text to the sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16be(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and +** sqlite3_result_text64() routines, if the text contains invalid +** UTF16 characters, the invalid characters might be converted +** into the unicode replacement character, U+FFFD. +** ** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of ** the application-defined function to be a copy of the ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The @@ -5624,7 +5753,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an ** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it -** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that +** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that ** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an ** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()]. ** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor @@ -5666,8 +5795,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n); ** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of -** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with -** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits +** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with +** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits ** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite; ** higher order bits are discarded. ** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase @@ -5714,7 +5843,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); ** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, ** that collation is no longer usable. ** -** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg ** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified ** by the eTextRep argument. The two integer parameters to the collating ** function callback are the length of the two strings, in bytes. The collating @@ -5745,36 +5874,36 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); ** calls to the collation creation functions or when the ** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. ** -** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the +** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke -** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should ** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer ** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. -** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency -** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards ** compatibility. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, const void *zName, - int eTextRep, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); @@ -5807,64 +5936,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3*, - void*, + sqlite3*, + void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ); -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be -** called right after sqlite3_open(). -** -** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release -** of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ -); - -/* -** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not -** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the -** database is decrypted. -** -** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release -** of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ -); - -/* -** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless -** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( - const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ -); -#endif - #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD /* -** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( @@ -5920,7 +6004,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be @@ -5977,7 +6061,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory; ** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be @@ -6216,7 +6300,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), void* ); @@ -6230,7 +6314,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ ** ** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. -** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). +** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). ** In prior versions of SQLite, ** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. ** @@ -6251,8 +6335,8 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag. ** ** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0 -** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, -** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via +** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, +** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]. ** ** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a @@ -6305,7 +6389,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); ** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. ** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay ** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate -** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit ** is advisory only. ** ** ^The sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface sets a hard upper bound of @@ -6421,7 +6505,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); ** ** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. ** -** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table ** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no @@ -6487,7 +6571,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( ** prior to calling this API, ** otherwise an error will be returned. ** -** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the +** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the ** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this ** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface ** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()] @@ -6574,7 +6658,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); ** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the ** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to ** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] -** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully ** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization ** routines. */ @@ -6609,8 +6693,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} ** -** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", -** defines the implementation of a [virtual table]. +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual table]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent @@ -6649,7 +6733,7 @@ struct sqlite3_module { void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); - /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); @@ -6699,7 +6783,7 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column ** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also ** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression -** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to +** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to ** non-zero. ** ** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information @@ -6726,17 +6810,17 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** ** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular ** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar -** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) ** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a ** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. ** ** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that ** will be returned by the strategy. ** -** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a +** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a ** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag - ** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite -** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. +** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. ** ** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then ** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as @@ -6749,14 +6833,14 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite. ** ** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info -** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). +** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). ** If a virtual table extension is -** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting -** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely ** to include crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should ** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a ** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field -** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). +** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). ** It may therefore only be used if ** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to ** 3009000. @@ -6796,7 +6880,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags ** -** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the +** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the ** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of ** these bits. */ @@ -6836,7 +6920,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. ** ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified -** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the ** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to ** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through @@ -6951,7 +7035,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions -** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. ** But global versions of those functions ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ ** @@ -7002,7 +7086,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow; ** </pre>)^ ** -** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but +** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but ** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is ** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement. ** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP @@ -7015,28 +7099,28 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored ** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error ** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided -** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] +** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] ** on *ppBlob after this function it returns. ** ** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true: ** <ul> -** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, -** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, -** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, +** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, ** <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^, ** <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^, ** <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not ** a TEXT or BLOB value)^, -** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE +** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE ** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^, -** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, +** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, ** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is ** being opened for read/write access)^. ** </ul> ** -** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the -** [database connection] error code and message accessible via -** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the ** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using @@ -7062,7 +7146,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** blob. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces -** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a ** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface. ** ** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually @@ -7112,7 +7196,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed -** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the +** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the ** handle is still closed.)^ ** ** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if @@ -7122,10 +7206,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); ** code is returned and the transaction rolled back. ** ** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an -** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine -** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to +** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine +** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to ** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function -** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the +** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the ** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); @@ -7134,7 +7218,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB ** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. @@ -7185,9 +7269,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); ** ** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ -** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the -** [database connection] error code and message accessible via -** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for ** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), @@ -7196,9 +7280,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); ** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is ** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the -** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined -** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the +** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined +** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less ** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ** ** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an @@ -7350,7 +7434,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation ** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() ** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses -** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable ** behavior.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was @@ -7513,7 +7597,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this @@ -7540,7 +7624,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); ** method becomes the return value of this routine. ** ** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly -** by the SQLite core and never invoke the +** by the SQLite core and never invoke the ** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes ** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into @@ -7604,7 +7688,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 /* NOT USED */ @@ -7627,7 +7711,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking ** -** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords +** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords ** recognized by SQLite. Applications can uses these routines to determine ** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example, ** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser. @@ -7699,14 +7783,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_str sqlite3_str; ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes ** a new [sqlite3_str] object. To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by -** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a ** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory ** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will -** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from -** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for +** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from +** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for ** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. It is always safe to use the value ** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter @@ -7742,9 +7826,9 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); ** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained ** from [sqlite3_str_new()]. ** -** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and ** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf] -** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of +** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of ** [sqlite3_str] object X. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S @@ -7761,7 +7845,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); ** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction -** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. +** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. ** ** These methods do not return a result code. ^If an error occurs, that fact ** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a @@ -7863,7 +7947,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt> @@ -7872,11 +7956,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the -** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^ ** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] @@ -7889,7 +7973,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to the [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt> @@ -7902,7 +7986,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** <dd>No longer used.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt> -** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. +** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. ** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^ ** </dl> @@ -7924,12 +8008,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that -** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely ** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** @@ -7964,7 +8048,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** checked out.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt> -** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** @@ -7989,7 +8073,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. ** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a ** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap @@ -8004,7 +8088,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated -** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ ** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the ** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to ** [shared cache mode] being enabled. @@ -8019,13 +8103,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** @@ -8083,7 +8167,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than -** an index. +** an index. ** ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement @@ -8110,7 +8194,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter -** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt> @@ -8128,14 +8212,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed ** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal -** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be ** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. ** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 ** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been -** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to +** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to ** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan. ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN</dt> @@ -8195,15 +8279,15 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} ** ** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can -** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an ** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ -** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by ** SQLite is used for the page cache. -** By implementing a +** By implementing a ** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control -** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which -** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to -** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for ** how long. ** ** The alternative page cache mechanism is an @@ -8216,19 +8300,19 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** ** [[the xInit() page cache method]] -** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective ** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() ** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ -** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures -** required by the custom page cache implementation. -** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache.)^ ** ** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] ** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** It can be used to clean up +** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. ** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. ** @@ -8247,7 +8331,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must ** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The -** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage ** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will ** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the ** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying @@ -8260,7 +8344,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. ** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to -** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** @@ -8275,12 +8359,12 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. -** +** ** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] -** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to ** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. ** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a -** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a ** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be ** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested ** for each entry in the page cache. @@ -8319,8 +8403,8 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. ** -** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single -** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls ** to xFetch(). ** ** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] @@ -8360,7 +8444,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); - void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); @@ -8405,7 +8489,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or -** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] ** @@ -8416,36 +8500,36 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without ** preventing other database connections from ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. -** -** ^(To perform a backup operation: +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: ** <ol> ** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the -** backup, -** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer +** backup, +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer ** the data between the two databases, and finally -** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources -** associated with the backup operation. +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. ** </ol>)^ ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> ** -** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the -** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database ** and the database name, respectively. ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. -** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** ^The S and M arguments passed to ** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] ** and database name of the source database, respectively. ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) ** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** -** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if -** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the +** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if +** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the ** destination database. ** ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is @@ -8457,14 +8541,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and -** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> ** -** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. -** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there ** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages @@ -8486,8 +8570,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then ** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] -** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the -** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then ** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source ** [database connection] @@ -8495,15 +8579,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this ** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or -** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then -** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These -** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept -** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle ** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. ** ** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock -** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either -** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete ** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that ** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. @@ -8512,18 +8596,18 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically -** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> ** -** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application ** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all -** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. ** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid @@ -8563,8 +8647,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently ** from within other threads. ** -** However, the application must guarantee that the destination -** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after ** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] @@ -8575,11 +8659,11 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means -** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, ** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple ** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). ** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the @@ -8604,8 +8688,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See -** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. -** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. @@ -8613,14 +8697,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. ** ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes -** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. ** ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a ** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that -** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an ** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The ** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] @@ -8634,15 +8718,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds -** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. ** -** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a ** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, ** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing -** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked ** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. ** @@ -8655,7 +8739,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b> ** -** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to @@ -8668,12 +8752,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. -** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions ** related to the set of unblocked database connections. ** ** <b>Deadlock Detection</b> ** -** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for @@ -8696,7 +8780,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b> ** -** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost ** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements @@ -8709,7 +8793,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned ** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the ** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in -** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just ** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( @@ -8800,8 +8884,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that ** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode. ** -** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and -** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation +** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation ** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. ** ** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked @@ -8820,7 +8904,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results ** are undefined. ** -** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback ** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any ** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the ** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the @@ -8828,7 +8912,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), void* ); @@ -8841,7 +8925,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( ** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D ** to automatically [checkpoint] ** after committing a transaction if there are N or -** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or ** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic ** checkpoints entirely. ** @@ -8871,7 +8955,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); ** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to ** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^ ** -** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the +** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the ** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be ** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to ** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition @@ -8897,10 +8981,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd> -** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database -** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames +** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames ** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback] -** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. +** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. ** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished ** if there are concurrent readers or writers. ** @@ -8914,9 +8998,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd> ** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition -** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the ** [busy-handler callback]) -** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures ** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning. ** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new ** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers. @@ -8938,31 +9022,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero. ** ** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If -** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the -** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a ** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. ** -** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the +** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the ** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be ** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and ** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock ** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for ** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before ** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the -** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as -** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible ** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. ** ** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the -** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to ** [database connection] db. In this case the -** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If -** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the -** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining -** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other -** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned -** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error -** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached ** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL @@ -9022,7 +9106,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options -** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} +** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} ** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration option} ** ** These macros define the various options to the @@ -9045,20 +9129,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees ** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before ** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. -** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite ** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon -** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. ** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns ** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode ** had been ABORT. ** ** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE -** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the -** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON -** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should ** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and ** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT ** constraint handling. ** </dd> ** @@ -9121,12 +9205,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*); ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint ** ** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex] -** method of a [virtual table]. +** method of a [virtual table]. ** ** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the ** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be ** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info -** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer +** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer ** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding ** constraint. */ @@ -9240,7 +9324,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ void *pOut /* Result written here */ -); +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters @@ -9258,15 +9342,15 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*); ** ** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the ** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty -** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out +** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out ** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an ** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database ** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] ** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and ** any [attached] databases. ** -** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages -** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained +** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages +** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained ** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked ** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then ** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages @@ -9313,16 +9397,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); ** kind of update operation that is about to occur. ** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the ** database within the database connection that is being modified. This -** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or +** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or ** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached ** databases.)^ ** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the ** table that is being modified. ** ** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth -** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the +** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the ** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table, -** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth +** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth ** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the ** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted ** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback @@ -9361,7 +9445,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate ** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete -** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level +** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level ** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level ** triggers; and so forth. ** @@ -9395,7 +9479,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); ** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be ** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such -** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. +** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*); @@ -9433,12 +9517,12 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { ** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly ** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK. ** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when -** this function is called, one is opened automatically. +** this function is called, one is opened automatically. ** ** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of ** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is ** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined -** in this case. +** in this case. ** ** <ul> ** <li> The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode]. @@ -9450,13 +9534,13 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { ** ** <li> One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal ** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means -** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal +** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal ** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction ** must be written to it first. ** </ul> ** ** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the -** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, +** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, ** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined. ** ** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to @@ -9476,38 +9560,38 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get( ** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot ** -** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read -** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of -** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to -** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the -** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read +** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of +** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to +** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the +** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK ** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails. ** -** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in +** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in ** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there ** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle ** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed -** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). +** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). ** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or ** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid. ** ** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified -** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case +** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case ** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned. ** -** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is +** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is ** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same ** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT ** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an ** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the -** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the +** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the ** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P. ** ** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the ** database connection D does not know that the database file for ** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know ** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior -** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] +** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] ** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^ ** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened ** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.) @@ -9539,17 +9623,17 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*); ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot ** ** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages -** of two valid snapshot handles. +** of two valid snapshot handles. ** -** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database -** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. +** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database +** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. ** ** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the ** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the ** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the ** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database -** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the -** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function +** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the +** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function ** is undefined. ** ** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older @@ -9614,7 +9698,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const c ** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has ** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same ** values of D and S. -** The size of the database is written into *P even if the +** The size of the database is written into *P even if the ** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy ** of the database exists. ** @@ -9651,7 +9735,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( /* ** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database ** -** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the +** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the ** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then ** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained ** in P. The serialized database P is N bytes in size. M is the size of @@ -9670,7 +9754,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( ** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup ** operation. ** -** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the +** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the ** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then ** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning. ** @@ -9785,7 +9869,7 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { }; /* -** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be ** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: ** ** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) @@ -9800,7 +9884,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( /* -** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the ** argument to scored geometry callback registered using ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). ** @@ -9895,7 +9979,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter; ** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a ** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is ** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for -** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting +** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting ** either of these things are undefined. ** ** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in @@ -9913,13 +9997,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create( ** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session ** -** Delete a session object previously allocated using +** Delete a session object previously allocated using ** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the ** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module ** function are undefined. ** ** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they -** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for +** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for ** [sqlite3session_create()] for details. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); @@ -9937,10 +10021,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** the eventual changesets. ** ** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value -** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a +** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a ** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session. ** -** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if +** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if ** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); @@ -9955,7 +10039,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); ** <ul> ** <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is ** made, or -** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action +** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action ** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement. ** </ul> ** @@ -9967,10 +10051,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); ** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the ** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag ** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value -** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the +** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the ** indirect flag for the specified session object. ** -** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if +** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if ** it is clear, or 1 if it is set. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect); @@ -9980,20 +10064,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect) ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** ** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach -** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes -** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See +** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes +** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See ** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details. ** ** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables -** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by -** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for +** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by +** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for ** the new tables are also recorded. ** ** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly -** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the +** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the ** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY ** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key. -** +** ** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor ** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However, ** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios. @@ -10001,29 +10085,29 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect) ** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored ** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error ** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. ** ** <h3>Special sqlite_stat1 Handling</h3> ** -** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to +** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to ** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is: ** <pre> -** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat) +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat) ** </pre> ** -** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are -** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes +** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are +** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes ** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such ** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or ** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be ** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(), ** concat() and similar. ** -** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the +** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the ** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1 ** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(), -** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset +** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset ** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a ** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application ** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required. @@ -10042,10 +10126,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach( ** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object. ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** -** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows +** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows ** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called -** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. -** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is +** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. +** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is ** attached, xFilter will not be called again. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( @@ -10061,9 +10145,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** -** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the -** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, -** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset +** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the +** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, +** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset ** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning ** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to ** zero and return an SQLite error code. @@ -10078,7 +10162,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it ** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT. ** -** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or +** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or ** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted, ** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this ** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in @@ -10131,14 +10215,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** <ul> ** <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried ** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT -** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change +** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change ** is added to the changeset. ** -** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is +** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is ** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is ** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been -** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to -** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE +** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to +** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE ** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching ** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original ** values, no change is added to the changeset. @@ -10146,7 +10230,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** ** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later ** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete -** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a +** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a ** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is ** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of ** a DELETE and an INSERT. @@ -10155,10 +10239,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted. ** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row ** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row -** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while +** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while ** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the ** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled. -** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and +** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and ** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the ** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields. */ @@ -10179,7 +10263,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** an error). ** ** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.) -** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains +** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains ** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function. ** A table is considered compatible if it: ** @@ -10195,25 +10279,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored. ** ** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be -** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") -** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session +** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") +** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session ** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically: ** ** <ul> -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in ** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object. ** -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in ** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object. ** -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features ** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the -** session. +** session. ** </ul> ** ** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed -** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to -** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be +** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to +** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be ** identical. ** ** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the @@ -10221,7 +10305,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** ** If the operation is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite ** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg -** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error ** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). */ @@ -10240,19 +10324,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff( ** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that: ** ** <ul> -** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The +** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The ** original values of other fields are omitted. -** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from +** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from ** UPDATE records. ** </ul> ** -** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all -** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all +** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), ** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly, ** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the -** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. +** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. ** -** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no +** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset ** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work ** in the same way as for changesets. @@ -10271,22 +10355,22 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset( /* ** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes. ** -** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by -** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or +** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by +** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or ** more changes have been recorded, return zero. ** ** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling ** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a -** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in -** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values +** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in +** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values ** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is -** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a +** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a ** changeset containing zero changes. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); /* -** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset +** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. @@ -10294,7 +10378,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an ** SQLite error code is returned. ** -** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset +** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset ** iterator created by this function: ** ** <ul> @@ -10311,12 +10395,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** ** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the ** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or -** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset -** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when -** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by -** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited -** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change -** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit +** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset +** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when +** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by +** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited +** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change +** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit ** another change for table X. ** ** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_start_v2() and its streaming equivalent @@ -10367,12 +10451,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2( ** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances ** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If ** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call -** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. +** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. ** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited, ** SQLITE_DONE is returned. ** -** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error -** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error +** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or ** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); @@ -10390,14 +10474,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); ** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a ** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table ** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either -** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the -** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is +** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the +** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is ** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If ** pbIndirect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change ** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for ** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect -** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of -** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the +** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the ** type of change that the iterator currently points to. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an @@ -10451,7 +10535,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent -** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise, ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. @@ -10461,9 +10545,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of ** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and -** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this +** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this ** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers. ** ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code @@ -10482,7 +10566,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent -** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise, ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. @@ -10492,12 +10576,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of ** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and ** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include -** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and -** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that -** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete +** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and +** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that +** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete ** triggers. ** ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code @@ -10524,7 +10608,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the ** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback ** and returns SQLITE_OK. ** @@ -10568,7 +10652,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( ** call has no effect. ** ** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx() -** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an +** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an ** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding ** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is ** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code): @@ -10580,7 +10664,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( ** } ** rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize(); ** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ -** // An error has occurred +** // An error has occurred ** } ** </pre> */ @@ -10608,7 +10692,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); ** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned. ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() -** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful +** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful ** call to this function. ** ** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid @@ -10622,11 +10706,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert( /* ** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects ** -** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a +** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a ** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying -** changeset A followed by changeset B. +** changeset A followed by changeset B. ** -** This function combines the two input changesets using an +** This function combines the two input changesets using an ** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the ** following code fragment: ** @@ -10658,7 +10742,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat( /* ** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle ** -** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more +** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more ** [changesets] or [patchsets] */ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; @@ -10674,7 +10758,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** ** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with ** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller -** should eventually free the returned object using a call to +** should eventually free the returned object using a call to ** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code ** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** @@ -10686,7 +10770,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object ** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add(). ** -** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained +** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained ** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output(). ** ** <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete(). @@ -10695,7 +10779,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to ** new() and delete(), and in any order. ** -** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and +** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and ** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming ** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(). */ @@ -10706,7 +10790,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup ** ** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size -** nData bytes) to the changegroup. +** nData bytes) to the changegroup. ** ** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function ** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if @@ -10733,7 +10817,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. ** <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td> -** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the +** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the ** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the ** existing change and then updated according to the new change. ** <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td> @@ -10744,17 +10828,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. ** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td> -** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended -** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once +** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended +** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once ** by the existing change and then again by the new change. ** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td> ** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the ** changegroup. ** <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td> ** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the -** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing +** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing ** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the -** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same +** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same ** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded. ** <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td> ** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new @@ -10799,7 +10883,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pDa ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output ** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK -** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a +** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a ** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a ** call to sqlite3_free(). @@ -10821,7 +10905,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** ** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to ** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in -** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. +** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. ** ** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter ** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one @@ -10832,16 +10916,16 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to ** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted. ** -** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function -** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is +** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function +** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is ** considered compatible if all of the following are true: ** ** <ul> -** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the +** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the ** changeset, and -** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the +** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the ** changeset, and -** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as +** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as ** recorded in the changeset. ** </ul> ** @@ -10850,11 +10934,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most ** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset. ** -** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made -** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE -** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler -** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be -** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for +** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made +** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE +** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler +** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be +** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for ** each type of change is below. ** ** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results @@ -10862,23 +10946,23 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** argument are undefined. ** ** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one -** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or +** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned ** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler ** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and -** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different +** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different ** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value ** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to -** the documentation for the three +** the documentation for the three ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details. ** ** <dl> ** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd> -** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database -** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the -** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values -** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in ** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database. ** ** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of @@ -10907,22 +10991,22 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default ** values. ** -** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already ** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler -** function is invoked with the second argument set to +** function is invoked with the second argument set to ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. ** ** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint -** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is +** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is ** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]. -** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because -** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. ** ** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd> -** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database -** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the -** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values ** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values ** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database. ** @@ -10938,12 +11022,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] ** passed as the second argument. ** -** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with +** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument. -** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after +** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after ** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned -** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. ** </dl> ** ** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the @@ -10954,12 +11038,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction. ** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to ** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is -** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an +** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an ** SQLite error code returned. ** ** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and ** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() -** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the +** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the ** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase) ** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the ** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer @@ -11020,7 +11104,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully ** applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag ** causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the -** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, +** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, ** it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT <dd> @@ -11031,7 +11115,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT 0x0001 #define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT 0x0002 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler ** ** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler. @@ -11040,32 +11124,32 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd> ** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument ** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required -** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other -** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the +** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other +** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the ** expected "before" values. -** +** ** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching ** primary key. -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd> ** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second ** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the ** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database. -** +** ** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the ** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd> ** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict -** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result +** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result ** in duplicate primary key values. -** +** ** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching ** primary key. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd> ** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the -** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict +** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict ** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument ** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler ** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the @@ -11075,12 +11159,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function ** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle ** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(). -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd> -** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. -** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is +** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. +** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is ** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument. -** +** ** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the ** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. ** @@ -11092,7 +11176,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler ** ** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values. @@ -11100,13 +11184,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd> ** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The -** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module +** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module ** continues to the next change in the changeset. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd> ** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict ** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this -** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the +** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the ** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. ** ** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict @@ -11119,7 +11203,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the original row is restored to the database before continuing. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd> -** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back +** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back ** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT. ** </dl> */ @@ -11127,20 +11211,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets ** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that ** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a ** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based -** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and -** applied to the database. The database is then in state +** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and +** applied to the database. The database is then in state ** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict ** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote". -** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict +** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict ** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts -** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. +** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. ** ** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an ** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)": @@ -11159,7 +11243,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** ** <dl> ** <dt>Local INSERT<dd> -** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict +** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict ** resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased ** changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add ** nothing to the rebased changeset. @@ -11183,12 +11267,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote ** change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied ** into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by -** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would +** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would ** be updated, the change is omitted. ** </dl> ** -** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes -** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote +** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes +** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote ** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset ** is rebased: ** @@ -11201,10 +11285,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** of the OMIT resolutions. ** </ul> ** -** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are -** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the -** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single -** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for +** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are +** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the +** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single +** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for ** OMIT. ** ** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first @@ -11212,7 +11296,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then: ** ** <ol> -** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling +** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling ** sqlite3rebaser_create(). ** <li> The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure(). @@ -11233,8 +11317,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser; ** ** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to ** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error -** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) -** to NULL. +** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) +** to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); @@ -11248,9 +11332,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( - sqlite3_rebaser*, + sqlite3_rebaser*, int nRebase, const void *pRebase -); +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset @@ -11260,7 +11344,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( ** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy ** of the changeset rebased according to the configuration of the ** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut) -** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and +** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and ** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut) @@ -11268,8 +11352,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( sqlite3_rebaser*, - int nIn, const void *pIn, - int *pnOut, void **ppOut + int nIn, const void *pIn, + int *pnOut, void **ppOut ); /* @@ -11280,30 +11364,30 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( ** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation ** of sqlite3rebaser_create(). */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions. ** -** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the +** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the ** corresponding non-streaming API functions: ** ** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex"> ** <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th> -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] -** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] -** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] ** </table> ** ** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input -** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. -** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning -** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). -** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a +** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. +** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning +** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). +** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a ** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the ** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous. ** @@ -11325,12 +11409,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** </pre> ** ** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first -** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second -** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no -** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data -** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied -** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) -** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite +** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second +** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no +** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data +** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied +** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) +** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite ** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns ** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function ** returns a copy of the error code to the caller. @@ -11338,7 +11422,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be ** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the ** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters -** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions +** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions ** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput. ** ** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets) @@ -11368,7 +11452,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy ** of the xOutput error code to the application. ** -** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third +** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third ** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this, ** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned. */ @@ -11439,12 +11523,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), void *pIn ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, - int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( @@ -11459,16 +11543,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( ** CAPI3REF: Configure global parameters ** ** The sqlite3session_config() interface is used to make global configuration -** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs +** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs ** of the application. ** ** The sqlite3session_config() interface is not threadsafe. If it is invoked ** while any other thread is inside any other sessions method then the ** results are undefined. Furthermore, if it is invoked after any sessions -** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. +** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. ** ** The first argument to the sqlite3session_config() function must be one -** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The +** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The ** interpretation of the (void*) value passed as the second parameter and ** the effect of calling this function depends on the value of the first ** parameter. @@ -11518,7 +11602,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg); ** ****************************************************************************** ** -** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, ** FTS5 may be extended with: ** ** * custom tokenizers, and @@ -11562,19 +11646,19 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS ** ** xUserData(pFts): -** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was ** registered with. ** ** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): ** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken ** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is ** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return -** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in ** the FTS5 table. ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** xColumnCount(pFts): @@ -11588,7 +11672,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table @@ -11615,8 +11699,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. ** ** xInst: @@ -11631,7 +11715,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. ** ** xRowid: ** Returns the rowid of the current row. @@ -11647,11 +11731,11 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the ** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to -** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each -** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument -** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback ** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. -** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as ** the third argument to pUserData. ** ** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the @@ -11666,14 +11750,14 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) ** -** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's ** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any ** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of ** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. ** ** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for -** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked -** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a ** single auxiliary data context. ** ** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is @@ -11692,7 +11776,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) ** -** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension ** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. ** ** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared @@ -11712,7 +11796,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within ** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the ** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient -** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate ** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: ** ** Fts5PhraseIter iter; @@ -11730,8 +11814,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates ** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). ** @@ -11755,16 +11839,16 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** } ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either -** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), -** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to ** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). ** ** The information accessed using this API and its companion ** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext ** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is ** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with -** "detail=column" tables. +** "detail=column" tables. ** ** xPhraseNextColumn() ** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. @@ -11778,7 +11862,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ @@ -11807,15 +11891,15 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); }; -/* +/* ** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS *************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************* ** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS ** -** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer -** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the ** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting ** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined ** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: @@ -11826,16 +11910,16 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) ** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object -** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). ** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings ** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the ** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used ** to create the FTS5 table. ** -** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) ** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK ** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should -** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut ** is undefined. ** ** xDelete: @@ -11844,7 +11928,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). ** ** xTokenize: -** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated ** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first ** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object ** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). @@ -11858,8 +11942,8 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the ** FTS index. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed -** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize ** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. ** ** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as @@ -11867,10 +11951,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token ** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to ** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary ** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same -** on a columnsize=0 database. +** on a columnsize=0 database. ** </ul> ** ** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must @@ -11882,10 +11966,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** which the token is derived within the input. ** ** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should -** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports ** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. ** -** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the ** order that they occur within the input text. ** ** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then @@ -11899,7 +11983,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** SYNONYM SUPPORT ** ** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a -** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the ** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances ** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms ** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match @@ -11919,34 +12003,34 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term ** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the -** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term -** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each +** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term +** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each ** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock> ** ** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the -** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query ** similar to: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock> ** ** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query -** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" ** being treated as a single phrase. ** ** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. ** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer -** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a ** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are ** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and ** "place". ** ** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms ** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be -** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for ** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the ** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. ** </ol> @@ -11967,11 +12051,11 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time ** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token -** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. ** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a ** single token. ** -** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add ** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, ** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it ** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the @@ -11983,18 +12067,18 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer ** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). ** -** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, ** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix ** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because ** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space ** within the database. ** ** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, -** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal ** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to ** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' ** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require -** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. ** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, ** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. ** @@ -12008,10 +12092,10 @@ typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; struct fts5_tokenizer { int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, void *pCtx, int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ - const char *pText, int nText, + const char *pText, int nText, int (*xToken)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ |